47 CFR 0.408 Table of Contents
Page
Explanation v
Title 47:
Chapter I -- Federal Communications Commission (Continued)
Finding Aids:
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
Table of OMB Control Numbers
List of CFR Sections Affected
47 CFR 0.408 Explanation
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
ISSUE DATES
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16 as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27 as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41 as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50 as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its
revision date (in this case, October 1, 1991), consult the ''List of CFR
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ''Cumulative
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be
inserted following the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires Federal
agencies to display an OMB control number with their information
collection request. Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB
control numbers as amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These
OMB numbers are placed as close as possible to the applicable
recordkeeping or reporting requirements.
OBSOLETE PROVISIONS
Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected,
1949-1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes.
For the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ''List of CFR Sections
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I), and Acts Requiring Publication
in the Federal Register (Table II). A list of CFR titles, chapters, and
parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are
also included in this volume.
An index to the text of ''Title 3 -- The President'' is carried
within that volume.
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form.
This index is based on a consolidation of the ''Contents'' entries in
the daily Federal Register.
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES AND SALES
For a summary, legal interpretation, or other explanation of any
regulation in this volume, contact the issuing agency. Inquiries
concerning editing procedures and reference assistance with respect to
the Code of Federal Regulations may be addressed to the Director, Office
of the Federal Register, National Archives and Records Administration,
Washington, DC 20408 (telephone 202-523-3517). Sales are handled
exclusively by the Superintendent of Documents, Government Printing
Office, Washington, DC 20402 (telephone 202-783-3238).
Martha L. Girard,
Director,
Office of the Federal Register.
October 1, 1991.
47 CFR 0.408 THIS TITLE
Title 47 -- Telecommunication is composed of five volumes. The parts
in these volumes are arranged in the following order: Parts 0-19, parts
20-39, parts 40-69, parts 70-79, and part 80 to End, chapter I --
Federal Communications Commission. The last volume, part 80 to End,
also includes chapter II -- Office of Science and Technology Policy and
National Security Council, and chapter III -- National
Telecommunications and Information Administration, Department of
Commerce. The contents of these volumes represent all current
regulations codified under this title of the CFR as of October 1, 1991.
Part 73 contains a numerical designation of FM broadcast channels (
73.201) and a table of FM allotments designated for use in communities
in the United States, its territories, and possessions ( 73.202). Part
73 also contains a numerical designation of television channels (
73.603) and a table of allotments which contain channels designated for
the listed communities in the United States, its territories, and
possessions ( 73.606).
The OMB control numbers for the Federal Communications Commission,
appear in 0.408 of chapter I. For the convenience of the user 0.408
is reprinted in the Finding Aids section of the second through fifth
volumes.
A Cross Reference table appears in the Finding Aids section of the
volume containing part 80 to End.
For this volume, Ms. S. Meyer was Chief Editor, assisted by Robert
Sheehan. The Code of Federal Regulations publication program is under
the direction of Richard L. Claypoole, assisted by Alomha S. Morris.
47 CFR 0.0 47 CFR Ch. I (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 0.0 Federal Communications Commission
47 CFR 0.0 Title 47 -- Telecommunication
47 CFR 0.0 (This book contains part 80 to End)
Part
chapter i -- Federal Communications Commission (Continued) 80
chapter ii -- Office of Science and Technology Policy and National
Security Council 201
chapter iii -- National Telecommunications and Information
Administration, Department of Commerce 300
47 CFR 0.0 47 CFR Ch. I (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 0.0 Federal Communications Commission
47 CFR 0.0 CHAPTER I -- FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS
47 CFR 0.0 COMMISSION
47 CFR 0.0 (Continued)
47 CFR 0.0 SUBCHAPTER D -- SAFETY AND SPECIAL RADIO SERVICES
Part
Page
80 Stations in the maritime services
87 Aviation services
90 Private land mobile radio services
94 Private operational-fixed microwave service
95 Personal radio services
97 Amateur radio service
100 Direct broadcast satellite service
Supplemental Publications:
Annual Reports of the Federal Communications Commission to Congress.
Federal Communications Commission Reports of Orders and Decisions.
Communications Act of 1934 (with amendments and index thereto),
Recap. Version May 1989.
Study Guide and Reference Material for Commercial Radio Operator
Examinations, May 1987 edition.
47 CFR 0.0 47 CFR Ch. I (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 0.0 Federal Communications Commission
47 CFR 0.0 SUBCHAPTER D -- SAFETY AND SPECIAL RADIO SERVICES
47 CFR 0.0 PART 80 -- STATIONS IN THE MARITIME SERVICES
47 CFR 0.0 Pt. 80
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart A -- General Information
Sec.
80.1 Basis and purpose.
80.2 Other regulations that apply.
80.3 Other applicable rule parts of this chapter.
80.5 Definitions.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart B -- Applications and Licenses
80.11 Scope.
80.13 Station license required.
80.15 Eligibility for station license.
80.17 Administrative classes of stations.
80.19 Standard forms to be used.
80.21 Supplemental information required.
80.23 Filing of applications.
80.25 License term.
80.29 Changes during license term.
80.31 Cancellation of license.
80.33 Developmental license.
80.37 One authorization for a plurality of stations.
80.39 Authorized station location.
80.41 Control points and dispatch points.
80.43 Equipment acceptable for licensing.
80.45 Frequencies.
80.47 Operation during emergency.
80.49 Time in which station is placed in operation.
80.51 Ship earth station licensing.
80.53 Application for a portable ship station license.
80.54 Automated Maritime Telecommunications System (AMTS) -- System
Licensing.
80.55 Application for a fleet station license.
80.56 Transfer of ship station license prohibited.
80.57 Canada/U.S.A. channeling arrangement for VHF maritime public
correspondence.
80.59 Compulsory ship stations.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart C -- Operating Requirements and Procedures
80.61 Commission inspection of stations.
80.63 Maintenance of transmitter power.
80.67 General facilities requirements for coast stations.
80.68 Facilities requirements for public coast stations using
telegraphy.
80.69 Facilities requirement for public coast stations using
telephony.
80.70 Special provisions relative to coast station VHF facilities.
80.71 Operating controls for stations on land.
80.72 Antenna requirements for coast stations.
80.74 Public coast station facilities for a telephony busy signal.
80.76 Requirements for land station control points.
80.79 Inspection of ship station by a foreign Government.
80.80 Operating controls for ship stations.
80.81 Antenna requirements for ship stations.
80.83 Protection from potentially hazardous RF radiation.
80.86 International regulations applicable.
80.87 Cooperative use of frequency assignments.
80.88 Secrecy of communication.
80.89 Unauthorized transmissions.
80.90 Suspension of transmission.
80.91 Order of priority of communications.
80.92 Prevention of interference.
80.93 Hours of service.
80.94 Control by coast or Government station.
80.95 Message charges.
80.96 Maintenance tests.
80.97 Radiotelegraph operating procedures.
80.98 Radiotelegraph testing procedures.
80.99 Radiotelegraph station identification.
80.100 Morse code requirement.
80.101 Radiotelephone testing procedures.
80.102 Radiotelephone station identification.
80.103 Digital selective calling (DSC) operating procedures.
80.104 Identification of radar transmissions not authorized.
80.105 General obligations of coast stations.
80.106 Intercommunication in the mobile service.
80.107 Service of private coast stations and marine-utility stations.
80.108 Transmission of traffic lists by coast stations.
80.109 Transmission to a plurality of mobile stations by a public
coast station.
80.110 Inspection and maintenance of tower markings and associated
control equipment.
80.111 Radiotelephone operating procedures for coast stations.
80.114 Authority of the master.
80.115 Operational conditions for use of associated ship units.
80.116 Radiotelephone operating procedures for ship stations.
80.121 Public coast stations using telegraphy.
80.122 Public coast stations using facsimile.
80.131 Radioprinter operations.
80.141 General provisions for ship stations.
80.142 Ships using radiotelegraphy.
80.143 Required frequencies for radiotelephony.
80.145 Class C EPIRB operational procedures.
80.146 Watch on 500 kHz.
80.147 Watch on 2182 kHz.
80.148 Watch on 156.8 MHz (Channel 16).
80.149 Answer to notice of violation.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart D -- Operator Requirements
80.151 Classification of operator licenses and endorsements.
80.153 Coast station operator requirements.
80.155 Ship station operator requirements.
80.156 Control by operator.
80.157 Radio officer defined.
80.159 Operator requirements of Title III of the Communications Act
and the Safety Convention.
80.161 Operator requirements of the Great Lakes Radio Agreement.
80.163 Operator requirements of the Bridge-to-Bridge Act.
80.165 Operator requirements for voluntary stations.
80.167 Limitations on operators.
80.169 Operators required to adjust transmitters or radar.
80.175 Availability of operator licenses.
80.177 When operator license is not required.
80.179 Unattended operation.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart E -- General Technical Standards
80.201 Scope.
80.203 Authorization of transmitters for licensing.
80.205 Bandwidths.
80.207 Classes of emission.
80.209 Transmitter frequency tolerances.
80.211 Emission limitations.
80.213 Modulation requirements.
80.215 Transmitter power.
80.217 Suppression of interference aboard ships.
80.219 Special requirements for narrow-band direct-printing (NB-DP)
equipment.
80.221 Special requirements for automatically generating the
radiotelephone alarm signal.
80.223 Special requirements for survival craft stations.
80.225 Requirements for digital selective calling (DSC) equipment.
80.227 Special requirements for protection from RF radiation.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart F -- Equipment Authorization for Compulsory Ships
80.251 Scope.
80.253 Technical requirements for main transmitter.
80.255 Technical requirements for reserve transmitter.
80.257 Manufacturing requirements for radiotelegraph automatic alarm
receiver (auto alarm).
80.259 Technical requirements for radiotelegraph auto alarm receiver.
80.261 Technical requirements for automatic-alarm-signal keying
device .
80.263 Common requirements for survival craft radio equipment.
80.265 Requirements for survival craft portable radio equipment.
80.267 Requirements for survival craft nonportable radio equipment.
80.269 Technical requirements for radiotelephone distress frequency
watch receiver.
80.271 Technical requirements for portable survival craft
radiotelephone transceivers.
80.273 Technical requirements for radar equipment.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart G -- Safety Watch Requirements and Procedures
80.301 Watch requirements.
80.302 Notice of discontinuance, reduction, or impairment of service
involving a distress watch.
80.303 Watch on 156.800 MHz (Channel 16).
80.304 Watch requirement during silence periods.
80.305 Watch requirements of the Communications Act and the Safety
Convention.
80.306 Provisions governing the radiotelegraph watch.
80.307 Compulsory use of radiotelegraphy auto alarm.
80.308 Watch required by the Great Lakes Radio Agreement.
80.309 Watch required by the Bridge-to-Bridge Act.
80.310 Watch required by voluntary vessels.
80.311 Authority for distress transmission.
80.312 Priority of distress transmissions.
80.313 Frequencies for use in distress.
80.314 Distress signals.
80.315 Distress calls.
80.316 Distress messages.
80.317 Radiotelegraph and radiotelephone alarm signals.
80.318 Use of alarm signals.
80.319 Radiotelegraph distress call and message transmission
procedure.
80.320 Radiotelephone distress call and message transmission
procedure.
80.321 Acknowledgement of receipt of distress message.
80.322 Form of acknowledgement.
80.323 Information furnished by an acknowledging station.
80.324 Transmission of distress message by station not itself in
distress.
80.325 Control of distress traffic.
80.326 Notification of resumption of normal working.
80.327 Urgency signals.
80.328 Urgency message.
80.329 Safety signals.
80.330 Safety message.
80.331 Bridge-to-bridge communication procedure.
80.332 Equipment to aid search and rescue operations.
80.333 Stations in the maritime mobile-satellite service.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart H -- Frequencies
80.351 Scope.
80.353 General uses -- radiotelegraphy.
80.355 Distress, urgency, safety, call and reply Morse code
frequencies.
80.357 Morse code working frequencies.
80.359 Frequencies for digital selective calling (DSC).
80.361 Frequencies for narrow-band direct-printing (NB-DP) and data
transmissions.
80.363 Frequencies for facsimile.
80.365 Scope.
80.367 General uses -- radiotelephony.
80.369 Distress, urgency, safety, call and reply frequencies.
80.371 Public correspondence frequencies.
80.373 Private communications frequencies.
80.374 Special provisions for frequencies in the 4000-4063 kHz and
the 8100-8195 kHz bands shared with the fixed service.
80.375 Radiodetermination frequencies.
80.377 Frequencies for ship earth stations.
80.379 Maritime frequencies assignable to aircraft stations.
80.381 Frequencies for operational fixed stations.
80.383 Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) system frequencies.
80.385 Frequencies for automated systems.
80.387 Frequencies for Alaska fixed stations.
80.389 Frequencies for maritime support stations.
80.391 Frequencies for developmental stations.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart I -- Station Documents
80.401 Station documents requirement.
80.403 Availability of documents.
80.405 Station license.
80.407 Operator authorization.
80.409 Station logs.
80.411 Vessel certification or exemption.
80.413 On-board station equipment records.
80.415 ITU publications.
80.417 FCC Rules and Regulations.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart J -- Public Coast Stations
80.451 Supplemental eligibility requirements.
80.453 Scope of communications.
80.455 Assignment and use of frequencies for manual Morse code
telegraphy.
80.459 Digital selective calling.
80.461 Narrow-band direct-printing.
80.465 Assignment and use of frequencies for telephony.
80.467 Duplication of VHF service.
80.469 Maritime mobile repeater stations in Alaska.
80.471 Discontinuance or impairment of service.
80.475 Scope of service of the Automated Maritime Telecommunications
Systems (AMTS).
80.477 Points of communications.
80.479 Assignment and use of frequencies for AMTS.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart K -- Private Coast Stations and Marine Utility
Stations
80.501 Supplemental eligibility requirements.
80.503 Cooperative use of facilities.
80.505 Points of communication.
80.507 Scope of service.
80.509 Frequency assignment.
80.511 Assignment limitations.
80.513 Frequency coordination.
80.514 Marine VHF frequency coordinating committee(s).
80.515 Limitations on use.
80.517 Time limitation on communication.
80.519 Station identification.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart L -- Operational Fixed Stations
80.551 Applicability.
80.553 Supplemental eligibility requirements.
80.555 Scope of communication.
81.557 Assignment and use of frequencies.
81.559 Licensing limitations.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart M -- Stations in the Radiodetermination Service
80.601 Scope of communications.
80.603 Assignment and use of frequencies.
80.605 U.S. Coast Guard coordination.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart N-Maritime Support Stations
80.651 Supplemental eligibility requirements.
80.653 Scope of communications.
80.655 Use of frequencies.
80.659 Technical requirements.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart O -- Alaska Fixed Stations
80.701 Scope of service.
80.703 Priority of distress and other signals.
80.705 Hours of service of Alaska-public fixed stations.
80.707 Cooperative use of frequency assignments.
80.709 Frequencies available.
80.711 Use of U.S. Government frequencies.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart P -- Standards for Computing Public Coast Station
VHF Coverage
80.751 Scope.
80.753 Signal strength requirements at the service area contour.
80.755 Applicability.
80.757 Topographical data.
80.759 Average terrain elevation.
80.761 Conversion graphs.
80.763 Effective antenna height.
80.765 Effective radiated power.
80.767 Propagation curve.
80.769 Shadow loss.
80.771 Method of computing coverage.
80.773 Ratio of desired to undesired signal strengths.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart Q -- Compulsory Radiotelegraph Installations for
Vessels 1600 Gross Tons
80.801 Applicability.
80.802 Inspection of station.
80.804 Radio station.
80.805 Radio installations.
80.806 Requirements of main installation.
80.807 Requirements of radiotelephone installation.
80.808 Requirements of reserve installation.
80.809 Routing of power supply wiring.
80.810 Use of reserve installation.
80.811 Tests of reserve installation and automatic-alarm-signal
keying device.
80.812 Automatic-alarm-signal keying device.
80.813 Installation of automatic-alarm-signal keying device.
80.814 Radiotelegraph auto alarm.
80.815 Installation of radiotelegraph auto alarm.
80.817 Tests of radiotelegraph auto alarm.
80.818 Direction finding and homing equipment.
80.819 Requirements for radio direction finder.
80.820 Auxiliary receiving antenna.
80.821 Installation of direction finder.
80.822 Contingent acceptance of direction finder calibration.
80.823 Check bearings by authorized ship personnel.
80.824 Homing facility requirements.
80.825 Radar installation requirements and specifications.
80.826 Interior communication systems.
80.827 Requirements for interior communications systems.
80.828 Radiotelegraph station clock.
80.829 Survival craft nonportable radiotelegraph installation.
80.830 Power supply for survival craft nonportable radiotelegraph
installation.
80.831 Survival craft portable radiotelegraph equipment.
80.832 Tests of survival craft radio equipment.
80.833 Class S survival craft emergency position indicating
radiobeacons (EPIRB's).
80.834 Survival craft portable two-way radiotelephone.
80.835 Ship and survival craft station spare parts, tools,
instruction books, circuit diagrams and testing equipment.
80.836 General and individual vessel exemptions.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart R -- Compulsory Radiotelephone Installations for
Vessels 300 Gross Tons
80.851 Applicability.
80.853 Radiotelephone station.
80.854 Radiotelephone installation.
80.855 Radiotelephone transmitter.
80.856 Automatic radiotelephone alarm signal generator.
80.857 Installation of automatic radiotelephone alarm signal
generator.
80.858 Radiotelephone receiver.
80.859 Main power supply.
80.860 Reserve power supply.
80.861 Required capacity.
80.862 Proof of capacity.
80.863 Antenna system.
80.864 Emergency electric lights.
80.865 Radiotelephone station clock.
80.866 Spare antenna.
80.867 Ship station tools, instruction books, circuit diagrams and
testing equipment.
80.868 Card of instructions.
80.869 Test of radiotelephone station.
80.870 Survival craft radio equipment.
80.871 VHF radiotelephone station.
80.872 The VHF radiotelephone installation.
80.873 VHF radiotelephone transmitter.
80.874 VHF radiotelephone receiver.
80.875 VHF radiotelephone power supply.
80.876 VHF radiotelephone antenna system.
80.877 Controls and indicators required for VHF radiotelephone
installation.
80.879 Radar installation requirements and specifications.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart S -- Compulsory Radiotelephone Installations for
Small Passenger Boats
80.901 Applicability.
80.903 Inspection of radiotelephone installation.
80.905 Vessel radio equipment.
80.907 Principal operating position.
80.909 Radiotelephone transmitter.
80.911 VHF transmitter.
80.913 Radiotelephone receivers.
80.915 Main power supply.
80.917 Reserve power supply.
80.919 Required capacity.
80.921 Proof of capacity.
80.923 Antenna system.
80.925 Electric light.
80.927 Antenna radio frequency indicator.
80.929 Nameplate.
80.931 Test of radiotelephone installation.
80.933 General exemptions.
80.935 Station clock.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart T -- Radiotelephone Installation Required for
Vessels on the Great Lakes
80.951 Applicability.
80.953 Inspection and certification.
80.955 Radiotelephone installation.
80.956 Required frequencies and uses.
80.957 Principal operating position.
80.959 Radiotelephone transmitter.
80.961 Radiotelephone receiver.
80.963 Main power supply.
80.965 Reserve power supply.
80.967 Antenna system.
80.969 Illumination of operating controls.
80.971 Test of radiotelephone installation.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart U -- Radiotelephone Installations Required by the
Bridge-to-Bridge Act
80.1001 Applicability.
80.1003 Station required.
80.1005 Inspection of station.
80.1007 Bridge-to-bridge radiotelephone installation.
80.1009 Principal operator and operating position.
80.1011 Transmitter.
80.1013 Receiver.
80.1015 Power supply.
80.1017 Antenna system.
80.1019 Antenna radio frequency indicator.
80.1021 Nameplate.
80.1023 Test of radiotelephone installation.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart V -- Emergency Position Indicating Radiobeacons
(EPIRB's)
80.1051 Scope.
80.1053 Special requirements for Class A EPIRB stations.
80.1055 Special requirements for Class B EPIRB stations.
80.1057 Special requirements for Class C EPIRB stations.
80.1059 Special requirements for Class S EPIRB stations.
80.1061 Special requirements for 406.025 MHz EPIRBs.
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart W -- Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) -- (Reserved)
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart X -- Voluntary Radio Installations
80.1151 Voluntary radio operations.
80.1153 Station log and radio watches.
80.1155 Radioprinter.
80.1157 Facsimile.
80.1159 Narrow-band direct-printing (NB-DP).
80.1161 Emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB).
80.1165 Assignment and use of frequencies.
80.1169 (Reserved)
80.1171 Assignment and use of frequencies.
80.1175 Scope of communications of on-board stations.
80.1177 Assignment and use of frequencies.
80.1179 On-board repeater limitations.
80.1181 Station identification.
80.1183 Remote control for maneuvering or navigation.
80.1185 Supplemental eligibility for mobile-satellite stations.
80.1187 Scope of communication.
80.1189 Portable ship earth stations.
80.1201 Special provisions for cable-repair ship stations.
Authority: Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat. 1066, 1082, as amended; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, unless otherwise noted. Interpret or apply 48 Stat.
1064-1068, 1081-1105, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 151-155, 301-609; 3 UST
3450, 3 UST 4726, 12 UST 2377.
Source: 51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 0.0 General
47 CFR 0.0 Subpart A -- General Information
47 CFR 80.1 Basis and purpose.
This section contains the statutory basis for this part of the rules
and provides the purpose for which this part is issued.
(a) Basis. The rules for the maritime services in this part are
promulgated under the provisions of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, which vests authority in the Federal Communications Commission
to regulate radio transmission and to issue licenses for radio stations.
The rules in this part are in accordance wtih applicable statutes,
international treaties, agreements and recommendations to which the
United States is a party. The most significant of these documents are
listed below with the short title appearing in parenthesis:
Communications Act of 1934, as amended -- (Communications Act).
Communications Satellite Act of 1962, as amended -- (Communications
Satellite Act).
International Telecommunication Union Radio Regulations, in force for
the United States -- (Radio Regulations).
Agreement Between the United States of America and Canada for the
Promotion of Safety on the Great Lakes by Means of Radio, as amended,
and the Technical Regulations annexed thereto -- (Great Lakes Radio
Agreement).
International Convention for Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, as amended,
and the Annex thereto -- (Safety Convention).
Vessel Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act -- (Bridge-to-Bridge Act).
(b) Purpose. This part states the conditions under which radio may
be licensed and used in the maritime services. These rules do not
govern radio stations operated by agencies of the U.S. Government.
47 CFR 80.2 Other regulations that apply.
The Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard has promulgated regulations which
affect radiotelecommunication equipment carriage and power source
installation requirements for certain ships. Inquiries concerning
applicable U.S. Coast Guard regulations are to addressed to the
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593, or to the nearest
District Headquarters Office of the U.S. Coast Guard.
47 CFR 80.3 Other applicable rule parts of this chapter.
Other FCC rule parts applicable to licensees in the maritime services
include the following:
(a) Part 0. This part describes the Commission's organization and
delegations of authority. Part 0 also lists available Commission
publications, standards and procedures for access to Commission records
and location on Commission monitoring stations.
(b) Part 1. This part includes rules of practice and procedure for
license applications, adjudicatory proceedings, procedures for
reconsideration and review of the Commission actions; provisions
concerning violation notices and forfeiture proceedings; and the
environmental processing requirements that, if applicable, must be
complied with prior to the initiation of construction.
(c) Part 2. This part contains the Table of Frequency Allocations
and special requirements in international regulations, recommendations,
agreements, and treaties. This part also contain standards and
procedures concerning marketing of radio frequency devices, and for
obtaining equipment authorization.
(d) Part 13. This part contains information and rules for the
licensing of commercial radio operators.
(e) Part 17. This part contains requirements for construction,
marking and lighting of antenna towers.
(f) Part 21. This part contains rules concerning point-to-point
microwave service authority relating to communication common carriers.
(g) Part 42. This part contains rules concerning the preservation of
records of communication common carriers.
(h) Part 43. This part contains rules concerning reports of
communication common carriers.
(i) Part 61. This part contains tariff rules applicable to
communication common carriers.
(j) Part 62. This part contains rules concerning interlocking
directorates relating to communication common carriers.
(k) Part 63. This part contains rules concerning the extension of
lines and discontinuance of service by communication common carriers.
(l) Part 64. This part contains miscellaneous rules relating to
communication common carriers.
(m) Part 68. This part contains technical standards for connection
of terminal equipment to the telephone network.
(n) Part 87. This part contains rules for the aviation services.
Some maritime frequencies are authorized for use by aircraft stations
for safety and distress, public correpondence and for operational
communications.
(o) Part 94. This part contains rules concerning the private
microwave service relating to point-to-point communication requirements.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 55 FR 20398, May 16, 1990)
47 CFR 80.5 Definitions.
Alaska -- public fixed station. A fixed station in Alaska which is
open to public correspondence and is licensed by the Commission for
radio communication with Alaska-Private fixed stations on paired
channels.
Alaska -- private fixed station. A fixed station in Alaska which is
licensed by the Commission for radio communication within Alaska and
with associated ship stations, on single frequency channels.
Alaska-private fixed stations are also eligible to communicate with
Alaska-public fixed stations on paired channels.
Associated ship unit. A portable VHF transmitter for use in the
vicinity of the ship station with which it is associated.
Automated maritime telecommunications system (AMTS). An automatic,
integrated and interconnected maritime communications system.
Automated mutual-assistance vessel rescue system (AMVER). An
international system, operated by the U.S. Coast Guard, which provides
aid to the development and coordination of search and rescue (SAR)
efforts. Data is made available to recognized SAR agencies or vessels
of any nation for reasons related to marine safety.
Bridge-to-bridge station. A radio station located on a ship's
navigational bridge or main control station operating on a specified
frequency which is used only for navigational communications, in the
156-162 MHz band.
Cargo ship safety radiotelegraphy certificate. A certificate issued
after an inspection of a cargo ship radiotelegraph station which
complies with the applicable Safety Convention radio requirements.
Cargo ship safety radiotelephony certificate. A certificate issued
after inspection of a cargo ship radiotelephone station which complies
with the applicable Safety Convention radio requirements.
Categories of ships. (1) When referenced in Part II of Title III of
the Communications Act or the radio provisions of the Safety Convention,
a ship is a passenger ship if it carries or is licensed or certificated
to carry more than twelve passengers. A cargo ship is any ship not a
passenger ship.
(2) A commercial transport vessel is any ship which is used primarily
in commerce (i) for transporting persons or goods to or from any
harbor(s) or port(s) or between places within a harbor or port area, or
(ii) in connection with the construction, change in construction,
servicing, maintenance, repair, loading, unloading, movement, piloting,
or salvaging of any other ship or vessel.
(3) The term passenger carrying vessel, when used in reference to
Part III, Title III of the Communications Act of the Great Lakes Radio
Agreement, means any ship transporting more than six passengers for
hire.
(4) Power-driven vessel. Any ship propelled by machinery.
(5)Towing vessel. Any commercial ship engaged in towing another ship
astern, alongside or by pushing ahead.
(6) Compulsory ship. Any ship which is required to be equipped with
radiotelecommunication equipment in order to comply with the radio or
radio-navigation provisions of a treaty or statute to which the vessel
is subject.
(7) Voluntary ship. Any ship which is not required by treaty or
statute to be equipped with radiotelecommunication equipment.
Coast station. A land station in the maritime mobile service.
Commercial communications. Communications between coast stations and
ship stations aboard commercial transport vessels, or between ship
stations aboard commercial transport vessels, which relate directly to
the purposes for which the ship is used including the piloting of
vessels, movements of vessels, obtaining vessel supplies, and scheduling
of repairs.
Day. (1) Where the word day is applied to the use of a specific
frequency assignment or to a specific authorized transmitter power, its
use means transmission on the frequency assignment or with the
authorized transmitter power during that period of time included between
one hour after local sunrise and one hour before local sunset.
(2) Where the word day occurs in reference to watch requirements, or
to equipment testing, its use means the calendar day, from midnight to
midnight, local time.
Digital selective calling (DSC). A synchronous system developed by
the International Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR), used to establish
contact with a station or group of stations automatically by means of
radio. The operational and technical characteristics of this system are
contained in CCIR Recommendation 493.
Direction finder (radio compass). Apparatus capable of receiving
radio signals and taking bearings on these signals from which the true
bearing and direction of the point of origin may be determined.
Distress signal. The distress signal is an internationally
recognized radiotelegraph or radiotelephone transmission which indicates
that a ship, aircraft, or other vehicle is threatened by grave and
imminent danger and requests immediate assistance.
(1) In radiotelegraphy, the international distress signal consists of
the group ''three dots, three dashes, three dots'', transmitted as a
single signal in which the dashes are emphasized so as to be
distinguished clearly from the dots.
(2) In radiotelephony, the international distress signal consists of
the enunciation of the word ''Mayday'', pronounced as the French
expression ''m'aider''. In case of distress, transmission of this
particular signal is intended to ensure recognition of a radiotelephone
distress call by stations of any nationality.
Distress traffic. All messages relative to the immediate assistance
required by a ship, aircraft, or other vehicle in distress.
Emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB) station. A station
in the maritime mobile service the emissions of which are intended to
facilitate search and rescue operations.
Environmental communications. Broadcasts of information about the
environmental conditions in which vessels operate, i.e., weather, sea
conditions, time signals adequate for practical navigation, notices to
mariners, and hazards to navigation.
Fleet radio station license. An authorization issued by the
Commission for two or more ships having a common owner or operator.
Future global maritime distress and safety system (FGMDSS). An
International Maritime Organization (IMO) worldwide coordinated maritime
distress system designed to provide the rapid transfer of distress
messages from vessels in distress to units best suited for giving or
coordinating assistance. The system includes standardized equipment and
operational procedures, unique identifers for each station, and the
integrated use of frequency bands and radio systems to ensure the
transmission and reception of distress and safety calls and messages at
short, medium and long ranges.
Great Lakes. This term, used in this part in reference to the Great
Lakes Radio Agreement, means all of Lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron
(including Georgian Bay), Michigan, Superior, their connecting and
tributary waters and the St. Lawrence River as far east as the lower
exit of the St. Lambert Lock as Montreal in the Province of Quebec,
Canada, but does not include any connecting and tributary waters other
than: the St. Marys River, the St. Clair River, Lake St. Clair, the
Detroit River and the Welland Canal.
Harbor or port. Any place to which ships may resort for shelter, or
to load or unload passengers or goods, or to obtain fuel, water, or
supplies. This term applies to such places whether proclaimed public or
not and whether natural or artifical.
Inland waters. This term, as used in reference to waters of the
United States, its territories and possessions, means waters that lie
landward of the boundary lines of inland waters as contained in 33 CFR
part 82, as well as waters within its land territory, such as rivers and
lakes, over which the United States exercises sovereignty.
Marine utility station. A station in the maritime mobile service
consisting of one or more handheld radiotelephone units licensed under a
single authorization. Each unit is capable of operation while being
hand-carried by an individual. The station operates under the rules
applicable to ship stations when the unit is aboard a vessel, and under
the rules applicable to private coast stations when the unit is on land.
Maritime control communications. Communications between private
coast and ship stations or between ship stations licensed to a state or
local governmental entity, which relate directly to the control of
boating activities or assistance to ships.
Maritime mobile repeater station. A land station at a fixed location
established for the automatic retransmission of signals to extend the
range of communication of ship and coast stations.
Maritime mobile-satellite service. A mobile-satellite service in
which mobile earth stations are located on board ships. Survival craft
stations and EPIRB stations may also participate in this service.
Maritime mobile service. A mobile service between coast stations and
ship stations, or between ship stations, or between associated on-board
communication stations. Survival craft stations and EPIRB stations also
participate in this service.
Maritime mobile service identities. An international system for the
identification of radio stations in the maritime mobile service. The
system is comprised of a series of nine digits which are transmitted
over the radio path to uniquely identify ship stations, ship earth
stations, coast stations, coast earth stations and groups of stations.
Maritime radiodetermination service. A maritime radiocommunication
service for determining the position, velocity, and/or other
characteristics of an object, or the obtaining of information relating
to these parameters, by the propagation properties of radio waves.
Maritime support station. A station on land used in support of the
maritime services to train personnel and to demonstrate, test and
maintain equipment.
Navigational communications. Safety communications pertaining to the
maneuvering of vessels or the directing of vessel movements. Such
communications are primarily for the exchange of information between
ship stations and secondarily between ship stations and coast stations.
Noncommercial communications. Communication between coast stations
and ship stations other than commercial transport ships, or between ship
stations aboard other than commercial transport ships which pertain to
the needs of the ship.
Non-selectable transponder. A transponder whose coded response is
displayed on any conventional radar operating in the appropriate band.
On-board communication station. A low-powered mobile station in the
maritime mobile service intended for use for internal communications on
board a ship, or between a ship and its lifeboats and liferafts during
lifeboat drills or operations, or for communication within a group of
vessels being towed or pushed, as well as for line handling and mooring
instructions.
On-board repeater. A radio station that receives and automatically
retransmits signals between on-board communication stations.
Open sea. The water area of the open coast seaward of the ordinary
low-water mark, or seaward of inland waters.
Operational fixed station. A fixed station, not open to public
correspondence, operated by entities that provide their own
radiocommunication facilities in the private land mobile, maritime or
aviation services.
Passenger ship safety certificate. A certificate issued by the
Commandant of the Coast Guard after inspection of a passenger ship which
complies with the requirements of the Safety Convention.
Pilot. Pilot means a Federal pilot required by 46 U.S.C. 764, a state
pilot required under the authority of 46 U.S.C. 211, or a registered
pilot required by 46 U.S.C. 216.
Port operations communications. Communications in or near a port, in
locks or in waterways between coast stations and ship stations or
between ship stations, which relate to the operational handling,
movement and safety of ships and in emergency to the safety of persons.
Portable ship station. A ship station which includes a single
transmitter intended for use upon two or more ships.
Private coast station. A coast station, not open to public
correspondence, which serves the operational, maritime control and
business needs of ships.
Public coast station. A coast station that offers radio
communication common carrier services to ship radio stations.
Public correspondence. Any telecommunication which the offices and
stations must, by reason of their being at the disposal of the public,
accept for transmission.
Radar beacon (RACON). A receiver-transmitter which, when triggered
by a radar, automatically returns a distinctive signal which can appear
on the display of the triggering radar, providing range, bearing and
identification information.
Radioprinter operations. Communications by means of a direct
printing radiotelegraphy system using any alphanumeric code, within
specified bandwidth limitations, which is authorized for use between
private coast stations and their associated ship stations on vessels of
less than 1600 gross tons.
Safety communication. The transmission or reception of distress,
alarm, urgency, or safety signals, or any communication preceded by one
of these signals, or any form of radiocommunication which, if delayed in
transmission or reception, may adversely affect the safety of life or
property.
Safety signal. (1) The safety signal is the international
radiotelegraph or radiotelephone signal which indicates that the station
sending this signal is preparing to transmit a message concerning the
safety of navigation or giving important meteorological warnings.
(2) In radiotelegraphy, the international safety signals consists of
three repetitions of the group ''TTT'', sent before the call, with the
letters of each group and the successive groups clearly separated from
each other.
(3) In radiotelephony, the international safety signal consists of
three oral repetitions of ''Security'', pronounced as the French word
''Securite'', sent before the call.
Selectable transponder. A transponder whose coded response may be
inhibited or displayed on a radar on demand by the operator of that
radar.
Selective calling. A means of calling in which signals are
transmitted in accordance with a prearranged code to operate a
particular automatic attention device at the station whose attention is
sought.
Ship earth station. A mobile earth station in the maritime
mobile-satellite service located on board ship.
Ship or vessel. Ship or vessel includes every description of
watercraft or other artificial contrivance, except aircraft, capable of
being used as a means of transportation on water whether or not it is
actually afloat.
Ship radio station license. An authorization issued by the
Commission to operate a radio station onboard a vessel.
Ship station. A mobile station in the maritime mobile service
located on-board a vessel which is not permanently moored, other than a
survival craft station.
Station. One or more transmitters or a combination of transmitters
and receivers, including the accessory equipment, necessary at one
location for carrying on radiocommunication services.
Survival craft station. A mobile station in the maritime or
aeronautical mobile service intended solely for survival purposes and
located on any lifeboat, liferaft or other survival equipment.
Urgency signal. (1) The urgency signal is the international
radiotelegraph or radiotelephone signal which indicates that the calling
station has a very urgent message to transmit concerning the safety of a
ship, aircraft, or other vehicle, or of some person on board or within
sight.
(2) In radiotelegraphy, the international urgency signal consists of
three repetitions of the group ''XXX'', sent before the call, with the
letters of each group and the successive groups clearly separated from
each other.
(3) In radiotelephony, the international urgency signal consists of
three oral repetitions of the group of words ''PAN PAN'', each word of
the group pronounced as the French word ''PANNE'' and sent before the
call.
Vessel traffic service (VTS). A U.S. Coast Guard traffic control
service for ships in designated water areas to prevent collisions,
groundings and environmental harm.
Watch. The act of listening on a designated frequency.
(52 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 7417, Mar. 11, 1987;
52 FR 35244, Sept. 18, 1987; 56 FR 3783, Jan. 31, 1991)
47 CFR 80.5 Subpart B -- Applications and Licenses
47 CFR 80.11 Scope.
This subpart contains the procedures and requirements for the filing
of applications for licenses to operate radio facilities in the maritime
services. Part 1 of the Commission's rules contains the general rules
of practice and procedure applicable to proceedings before the FCC.
47 CFR 80.13 Station license required.
(a) All stations in the maritime services must be licensed by the
FCC.
(b) One ship station license will be granted for operation of all
maritime services transmitting equipment on board a vessel.
47 CFR 80.15 Eligibility for station license.
(a) General. A station license cannot be granted to or held by a
foreign government or its representative.
(b) Public coast stations and Alaska-public fixed stations. A
station license for a public coast station or an Alaska-public fixed
station cannot be granted to or held by:
(1) Any alien or the representative of any alien;
(2) Any foreign government or its representative;
(3) Any corporation organized under the laws of any foreign
government;
(4) Any corporation of which any officer or director is an alien;
(5) Any corporation of which more than one-fifth of the capital stock
is owned of record or voted by aliens or their representatives or by a
foreign government or its representative, or by a corporation organized
under the laws of a foreign country;
(6) Any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other
corporation of which any officer or more than one-fourth of the
directors are aliens, if the Commission finds that the public interest
will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license; or
(7) Any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other
corporation of which more than one-fourth of the capital stock is owned
of record or voted by aliens, their representatives, or by a foreign
government or its representatives, or by any corporation organized under
the laws of a foreign country, if the Commission finds that the public
interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license.
(c) Private coast and marine utility stations. The supplemental
eligibility requirements for private coast and marine utility stations
are contained in 80.501(a).
(d) Ship stations. A ship station license may only be granted to:
(1) The owner or operator of the vessel;
(2) A subsidiary communications corporation of the owner or operator
of the vessel;
(3) A State or local government subdivision; or
(4) Any agency of the U.S. Government subject to section 301 of the
Communications Act.
(e) EPIRB stations. (1) Class C EPIRB stations will be authorized:
(i) For use on board vessels operating within 32 kilometers
(approximately 20 miles) of shore and in the Great Lakes, or
(ii) On passenger and cargo vessels with survival craft as required
or recommended by the U.S. Coast Guard.
(2) Class A or B EPIRB stations will be authorized for use on board
the following types of vessels:
(i) Vessels authorized to carry survival craft; or
(ii) Vessels expected to travel in waters beyond the range of marine
VHF distress coverage which is generally considered to be more than 32
kilometers (approximately 20 miles) offshore; or
(iii) Vessels required to be fitted with EPIRB's to comply with U.S.
Coast Guard regulations.
(3) A 406.025 MHz EPIRBs may be used by any ship required by U.S.
Coast Guard regulations to carry an EPIRB or by any ship that is
equipped with a VHF ship radio station.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 37308, Sept. 26,
1988)
47 CFR 80.17 Administrative classes of stations.
(a) Stations in the Maritime Mobile Service are licensed according to
class of station as follows:
(1) Public coast stations.
(2) Private coast stations.
(3) Maritime support stations.
(4) Ship stations. The ship station license may include authority to
operate other radio station classes aboard ship such as;
radionavigation, on-board, satellite, EPIRB, radiotelephone,
radiotelegraph and survival craft.
(5) Marine utility stations.
(b) Stations on land in the Maritime Radiodetermination Service are
licensed according to class of station as follows:
(1) Shore radiolocation stations.
(2) Shore radionavigation stations.
(c) Fixed stations in the Fixed Service associated with the maritime
services are licensed as follows:
(1) Operational fixed stations.
(2) Alaska-public fixed stations.
(3) Alaska-private fixed stations.
47 CFR 80.19 Standard forms to be used.
The following table indicates the correct standard form or other
means to be used when submitting an application. Forms may be obtained
from the Commission at Gettysburg, PA 17325, Washington, DC 20554 or any
of its District Offices.
47 CFR 80.21 Supplemental information required.
Applications for radio stations to be located within designated radio
protection areas, radio stations with a proposed antenna structure which
will require antenna markings, a new public coast stations proposing
operations in the 156-162 MHz band and new ship stations on vessels not
located in the United States must contain supplementary information as
indicated in this section. Other supplemental information may be
required by other rule sections of this part concerning particular
maritime services.
(a) To minimize harmful interference at the National Radio Astronomy
Observatory site at Green Bank, Pocahontas County, WV, and at the Naval
Radio Research Observatory site at Sugar Grove, Pendleton County, WV, an
applicant for a new station authorization (other than mobile or
temporary fixed), or for modification of an existing license to change
the frequency, power, antenna location, height or directivity within the
area bounded by 39 15 N. on the north, 78 30 W. on the east, 37 30 N.
on the south and 80 30 W. on the west, must, at the time of filing such
application with the Commission, notify the Director, National Radio
Astronomy Observatory, Attn: Interference Office, Post Office Box No.
2, Green Bank, WV 24944, in writing, of the geographical coordinates of
the antenna, antenna height, antenna directivity if any, proposed
frequency, type of emission, and power. The application must show the
date notification was made to the Observatory. The Commission will
allow twenty (20) days after receipt of the notification for comments or
objections. If a timely objection is received, the Commission will
consider the comments or objections and act appropriately.
(b) Protection for Federal Communications Commission monitoring
stations:
(1) Geographical coordinates of FCC facilities which require
protection are listed in 0.121(c) of this chapter. Applications for
stations (except mobile stations) which will be located within 80 km (50
miles) of the referenced coordinates are examined to determine extent of
possible interference. A clause protecting the monitoring station may
be added to the station license.
(2) Prospective applicants of stations for which the calculated value
of expected field strength exceeds 10 mV/m (^65.8 dBW/m2) at the
referenced coordinates, should consult with the FCC to determine if any
protection is necessary. Write:
Chief, Field Operations Bureau, Federal Communications Commission,
Washington, DC 20554.
(c) Each application for a new public coast station operating on
frequencies in the band 156-162 MHz must include as supplementary
information a chart, with supporting data, showing the service area
contour computed in accordance with Subpart P of this part.
(d) Each application for a new public coast station operating on
frequencies in the band 156-162 MHz to be located within the
coordination boundaries of ''Arrangement ''A'' of the Canada/U.S.A.
Frequency Coordination Agreement above 30 MHz'', must comply with the
provisions of the ''Canada/U.S.A. Channeling Agreement for VHF Maritime,
Public Correspondence'' as contained in 80.57.
(e) An application for a new station on a vessel not located in the
United States must include:
(1) A statement that the vessel is not documented or otherwise
registered by any foreign authority; and
(2) A statement that the foreign authorities where the vessel is
located will not or cannot license the vessel radio equipment, or that
they do not object to the licensing of the equipment by the United
States.
47 CFR 80.23 Filing of applications.
Rules about the filing of applications for radio station licenses are
contained in this section.
(a) Each application must specify an address in the United States to
be used by the Commission in serving documents or directing
correspondence to the licensee.
(b) An original of each application must be filed.
(c) Each application must be filed with the Federal Communications
Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17326 unless otherwise noted on the
application form. Applications requiring fees as set forth at part 1,
subpart G of this chapter must be filed in accordance with 0.401(b) of
the rules.
(d) One application for two or more new maritime utility stations may
be submitted when the applicant and proposed area of operation for each
station is the same.
(e) One application for transfer of control may be submitted for two
or more stations subject to this part when the individual stations are
clearly identified and the following elements are the same for all
existing or requested station authorizations involved:
(1) Applicant;
(2) Specific details of basic request.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 10231, Mar. 31,
1987)
47 CFR 80.25 License term.
(a) Licenses for stations in the maritime services will normally be
issued for a term of five years from the date of original issuance,
major modification, or renewal.
(b) Licenses for stations engaged in developmental operation will be
issued for a period not to exceed one year from date of grant.
47 CFR 80.29 Changes during license term.
(a) The following table indicates the required action for changes
made during the license term:
(b) Written notices must be sent to the Federal Communications
Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17325.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 3783, Jan. 31, 1991)
47 CFR 80.31 Cancellation of license.
When a station subject to this part which is not a communication
common carrier permanently discontinues operation, the licensee must
return the station license to the Commission's office at P.O. Box 1040,
Gettysburg, PA 17325, for cancellation. Communication common carrier
stations subject to this part must comply with the discontinuance of
service provisions of part 63 of this chapter.
47 CFR 80.33 Developmental license.
This section contains rules about the licensing of developmental
operations at stations subject to this part.
(a) Supplemental eligibility. An authorization for developmental
operation will be issued only to persons eligible to operate such
stations on a regular basis.
(b) Showing required. Each application for a developmental license
must be accompanied by a letter showing that:
(1) The applicant has an organized plan of development leading to an
objective;
(2) A point has been reached in the program where actual transmission
by radio is essential to progress;
(3) The program will contribute to the use of the radio services
subject to this part;
(4) The program will be conducted by qualified personnel;
(5) The applicant is legally qualified and possesses technical
facilities for conduct of the program as proposed; and
(6) The public interest, convenience and necessity will be served by
the proposed operation.
(c) Signature and statement of understanding. The showing must be
signed by the applicant and state that the applicant agrees that any
developmental license issued will be accepted with the express
understanding that it is subject to change in any of its terms or to
cancellation in its entirety at any time, upon reasonable notice but
without a hearing, if, in the opinion of the Commission, circumstances
should so require.
(d) Assignable frequencies. Applicants for a developmental license
may be authorized to use a frequency or frequencies available for the
service and class of station proposed. The number of frequencies
assignable to a particular station will depend upon the specific
requirements of the developmental program and the number of frequencies
available for use in the area where the station is to be operated.
(e) Developmental program. (1) The developmental program as
described by the applicant in the application for authorization must be
substantially followed unless the Commission otherwise directs.
(2) Where some phases of the developmental program are not covered by
the general rules of the Commission and the rules in this part, the
Commission may specify supplemental or additional requirements or
conditions.
(3) The Commission may, from time to time, require a station engaged
in developmental work to conduct special tests which are reasonable to
the authorized developmental program.
(f) Use of developmental stations. (1) Stations authorized to
conduct developmental operations must conform to all applicable
technical and operating requirements contained in this part, unless a
waiver is specifically provided in the station authorization.
(2) Communication with any station of a country other than the United
States is prohibited unless specifically provided in the station
authorization.
(3) Developmental operations must not cause harmful interference to
the operation of stations regularly authorized to use the frequency or
frequencies.
(g) Report of operation required. A report on the results of the
developmental program must be filed within 60 days of the expiration of
the license. A report must accompany a request for renewal of the
license. Matters which the applicant does not wish to disclose publicly
may be so labeled; they will be used solely for the Commission's
information. However, public disclosure is governed by 0.467 of this
chapter. The report must include the following:
(1) Results of operation to date.
(2) Analysis of the results obtained.
(3) Copies of any published reports.
(4) Need for continuation of the program.
(5) Number of hours of operation on each authorized frequency during
the term of the license to the date of the report.
47 CFR 80.37 One authorization for a plurality of stations.
Marine utility stations. One station license may be issued to
authorize a designated maximum number of marine utility stations
operating at temporary unspecified locations, normally in multiples of
ten stations when:
(a) The licensee of each station is the same; and
(b) The authorized area of operation of each station is the same.
47 CFR 80.39 Authorized station location.
This section describes the circumstances under which a coast station
location is classified as permanent or temporary unspecified.
(a) Permanent. Whenever a station is to transmit from a single
location, the station location is permanent and the location must be
shown on the application.
(b) Temporary unspecified. Whenever a station is to transmit from
unspecified locations within a prescribed geographical area, the station
location is temporary unspecified and the proposed geographical
operating area must be shown on the application.
47 CFR 80.41 Control points and dispatch points.
This section applies to coast or fixed stations at permanent
locations.
(a) Applicants must provide the address or location of the control
point where station records will be kept.
(b) When the address or location of a control point where station
records are kept is to be changed, the licensee must request a
modification of the station license.
(c) Control points not collocated with station records and dispatch
points may be installed and used without obtaining any authorization
from the Commission.
47 CFR 80.43 Equipment acceptable for licensing.
Transmitters listed in 80.203 must be type accepted for a particular
use by the Commission based upon technical requirements contained in
subparts E and F of this part.
47 CFR 80.45 Frequencies.
When an application is submitted on FCC Form 503, the applicant must
propose frequencies to be used by the station. The applicant must
ensure that frequencies requested are consistent with the applicant's
eligibility, the proposed class of station operation and the frequencies
available for assignment as contained in subpart H of this part.
47 CFR 80.47 Operation during emergency.
A station may be used for emergency communications when normal
communication facilities are disrupted. The Commission may order the
discontinuance of any such emergency communication service.
47 CFR 80.49 Time in which station is placed in operation.
This section applies to public coast and public fixed stations. When
a new license has been issued or additional operating frequencies have
been authorized, if the station or frequencies authorized have not been
placed in operation within eight months from the date of the grant, the
authorization becomes invalid and must be returned to the Commission for
cancellation.
47 CFR 80.51 Ship earth station licensing.
(a) In cases where a ship earth station is required to be
commissioned before it is certified to use a privately owned satellite
system, FCC Form 506 must be submitted to the Commission prior to
transmission on any of the satellite frequency bands allocated for
maritime satellite communications.
(b) A ship earth station authorized to operate the INMARSAT space
segment must display the Commission license in conjunction with the
commissioning certificate issued by the INMARSAT Organization. Ship
earth stations that were operating in the MARISAT system and are not
commissioned by the INMARSAT Organization will continue to be used in
the INMARSAT system without a commissioning certificate issued by the
INMARSAT Organization. The continued use of such equipment, however,
will not be permitted after September 1, 1991, unless a commissioning
certificate is obtained from the INMARSAT Organization. Notwithstanding
the requirements in this paragraph, ship earth stations can operate in
the INMARSAT space segment without an INMARSAT issued commissioning
certificate provided an appropriate written approval is obtained from
the INMARSAT Organization in addition to the Commission's license.
47 CFR 80.53 Application for a portable ship station license.
(a) The Commission may grant a license permitting operation of a
portable ship station aboard different vessels of the United States.
Each application for a portable ship station must include a showing
that:
(1) The station will be operated as an established class of station
on board ship, and
(2) A station license for portable equipment is necessary to
eliminate frequent application to operate a ship station on board
different vessels.
47 CFR 80.54 Automated Maritime Telecommunications System (AMTS) --
System Licensing.
AMTS licensees will be issued blanket authority for a system of coast
stations and mobile units (subscribers). AMTS applicants will specify
the maximum number of mobile units to be placed in operation during the
license period.
(56 FR 3783, Jan. 31, 1991)
47 CFR 80.55 Application for a fleet station license.
(a) An applicant may apply for licenses for two or more
radiotelephone stations aboard different vessels on the same
application. Under these circumstances a fleet station license may be
issued for operation of all radio stations aboard the vessels in the
fleet.
(b) The fleet station license is issued on the following conditions:
(1) The licensee must keep a current list of vessel names and
registration numbers authorized by the fleet license;
(2) The vessels do not engage in voyages to any foreign country;
(3) The vessels are not subject to the radio requirements of the
Communications Act or the Safety Convention.
47 CFR 80.56 Transfer of ship station license prohibited.
A ship station license may not be assigned. Whenever the vessel
ownership is transferred, the previous authorization must be forwarded
to the Commission for cancellation. The new owner must file for a new
authorization.
47 CFR 80.57 Canada/U.S.A. channeling arrangement for VHF maritime
public correspondence.
(a) Canada/U.S.A. arrangement. Pursuant to arrangements between the
United States and Canada, assignment of VHF frequencies in the band
156-162 MHz to public coast stations in certain areas of Washington
state, the Great Lakes and the east coast of the United States must be
made in accordance with the provisions of this section.
(b) Definitions. On the west coast, specific terms are defined as
follows:
(1) Inland Waters Public Correspondence Sector. A distinct
geographical area in which one primary and one supplementary channel is
allotted. A number of local channels may also be authorized.
(2) Coastal Waters Public Correspondence Sector. A distinct
geographical area in which one primary and one supplementary channel is
allotted. Local channels may also be authorized.
(3) Inland Waters. Inland waters of western Washington and British
Columbia bounded by 47 degrees latitude on the south, the Canada/U.S.A.
Coordination Zone Line B on the north, and to the west by 124 degrees 40
minutes longitude at the west entrance to the Strait of Juan de Fuca.
(4) Coastal Waters. Waters along the Pacific Coast of Washington
state and Vancouver Island within the Canada/U.S.A. Coordination Zone.
(5) Inland Waters Primary Channel. A channel intended to cover the
greater portion of an Inland Waters Public Correspondence Sector. It
may provide some coverage to an adjacent sector but must not provide
coverage beyond the adjacent sector. Harmful interference beyond the
adjacent sector must not occur. Only one primary channel will be
authorized in any sector.
(6) Inland Waters Supplementary Channel. A channel intended to
improve coverage within a sector or to relieve traffic congestion on the
primary channel. It may provide some coverage of an adjacent sector but
must not provide coverage beyond the adjacent sector. Harmful
interference beyond the adjacent sector must not occur. Only one
supplementary channel will be authorized in any sector.
(7) Inland Waters Local Channel. A channel designed to provide local
coverage of certain bays, inlets and ports where coverage by primary or
supplementary channels is poor or where heavy traffic loading warrants.
A local channel must not cause harmful interference to any primary or
supplementary channels. Coverage must be confined to the designated
sector.
(8) Coastal Waters Primary Channel. Same as (5) except for technical
characteristics.
(9) Coastal Waters Supplementary Channel. Same as (6) except for
technical characteristics.
(10) Coastal Waters Local Channel. Same as (7) except for technical
characteristics.
(c) Technical characteristics. On the west coast, technical
characteristics of public correspondence stations will be as follows:
(1) Inland Waters Primary and Supplementary Channels. The effective
radiated power (ERP) must not exceed 60 watts. Antenna height must not
exceed 152 meters (500 feet) above mean sea level (AMSL) with the
exceptions noted in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
(2) Inland Waters Local Channel. ERP must not exceed 8 watts with an
antenna height of no more than 15 meters (50 feet) AMSL or the ERP must
not exceed 2 watts with an antenna height of no more than 30 meters (100
feet) AMSL.
(3) Coastal Waters Primary and Supplementary Channels. ERP must not
exceed 125 watts with no antenna restrictions.
(4) Coastal Waters Local Channel. ERP must not exceed 10 watts with
a maximum antenna height of 76 meters (250 feet) AMSL.
(5) Harmful interference will be determined and resolved using the
definition and procedures of the ITU Radio Regulations.
(6) To keep the ERP and antenna elevations at a minimum and to limit
coverage to the desired areas, an informal application may be filed for
special temporary authority in accordance with 1.41 and 1.925 to
conduct a field survey to obtain necessary data for informal
application. Such data may accompany the application and be used in
lieu of theoretical calculations as required in subpart P of this part.
The Seattle FCC District Office must be notified in advance of scheduled
tests.
(d) Canada/U.S.A. channeling arrangement for West Coast VHF maritime
mobile public correspondence. (1) The provisions of the Canada/U.S.
channeling arrangement apply to waters of the State of Washington and of
the Province of British Columbia within the coordination boundaries of
''Arrangement A'' of the Canada/U.S.A. Frequency Coordination Agreement
above 30 MHz. In addition, all inland waters as far south as Olympia
are to be included. A map of these waters is contained in paragraph
(d)(6) of this section, Figure 1.
(2) The channeling arrangement applies to the following VHF public
correspondence channels: Channels 24, 84, 25, 85, 26, 86, 27, 87 and
28.
(3) Public correspondence stations may be established by either
country in accordance with the provisions of the arrangements. However,
there must be an exchange of information prior to the establishment of
new stations or a change in technical parameters of existing stations.
Any channel except that used as primary or supplementary channel in a
given sector is available for use as a local channel in that sector.
Local channels are not protected from interference caused by primary or
supplementary channels in adjacent sectors if these stations are in
compliance with this section.
(4) Preliminary local Canadian/U.S. coordination is required for all
applications at variance with this section. This coordination will be
in accordance with the provisions of Arrangement ''A'' of the
Canada/U.S. Frequency Coordination Agreement over 30 MHz. Stations at
variance with the arrangement are not protected from interference and
must not cause interference to existing or future stations which are in
accordance with the agreement.
(5) Stations in existence at the time of the arrangement must have
complied with the provisions of the arrangement within 12 months after
it became effective with the following exceptions:
(i) Public coast (VHF) stations:
KOH627 Tacoma, Washington
KOH630 Seattle, Washington
WXY956 Camano, Washington
VAI2 Mount Parke, British Columbia
VAS5 Watts Point, British Columbia
XLK672 Bowen Island, British Columbia
(ii) These stations employing frequencies assigned at the time of the
arrangement may be maintained with existing antenna heights in excess of
152 meters (500 feet) unless harmful interference to existing stations
is identified and reported directly to the Federal Communications
Commission or through the Public Correspondence Committee of the North
Pacific Marine Radio Council.
(6) The agreed channeling arrangements for the west coast are as
follows:
Insert illus 0786
(e) Canada/U.S.A. VHF channeling arrangement on the Great Lakes and
the St. Lawrence Seaway. Channels on the Great Lakes and the St.
Lawrence Seaway will be assigned as follows:
(1) The provisions of the arrangement apply to the waters of the
Great Lakes and the St. Lawrence Seaway within the coordination
boundaries of ''Arrangement A'' of the Canada/U.S.A. Frequency
Coordiantion Agreement above 30 MHz.
(2) The arrangement applies to the following public correspondence
channels: Channels 24, 84, 25, 85, 26, 86, 27, 87, 28, and 88.
(3) Canada and the U.S.A. use the following channeling arrangement:
(i) Canadian channels: 24, 85, 27, 88 (Note 1).
(ii) U.S.A. channels: 84, 25, 86, 87, 28 (Note 2).
(iii) Shared channels: 26 (Note 3).
Notes:
1. Also assignable to U.S. Stations within the frequency coordination
zone following successful coordination with Canada.
2. Also assignable to Canadian station within the frequency
coordination zone following successful coordination with the United
States.
3. Changes to existing assignments and new assignments within the
frequency coordination zone of either country are subject to prior
coordination with the other Administration.
(f) Canada/U.S.A. channeling arrangement for East Coast VHF maritime
mobile public correspondence. For purposes of this section, channels on
the east coast will be assigned as follows:
(1) The provisions of the arrangement apply to the Canadian and
U.S.A. east coast waters including the St. Lawrence Seaway within the
coordination boundaries of ''Arrangement A'' of the Canada/U.S.A.
Frequency Coordination Agreement above 30 MHz.
(2) The arrangement applies to the following public correspondence
channels: Channels 24, 84, 25, 85, 26, 86, 27, 87, 28, and 88.
(3) Canada and the U.S.A. use the following channeling arrangement:
(i) Canadian channels: 24, 85, 27, 88 (Note 1).
(ii) U.S.A. channels: 84, 25, 86, 87, 28 (Note 2).
(iii) Shared channel: 26 (Note 3).
Notes:
1. Also assignable to U.S. stations within the frequency coordination
zone following successful coordination with Canada.
2. Also assignable to Canadian stations within the frequency
coordination zone following successful coordination with the United
States.
3. Changes to existing assignments and new assignments within the
frequency coordination zone of either country are subject to prior
coordination with the other Administration.
47 CFR 80.59 Compulsory ship stations.
(a) Application for inspection and certification. An application for
inspection and certification must be submitted to the Engineer in Charge
of the FCC District Office nearest the proposed place of inspection on
one of the following forms at least three days before the proposed
inspection date:
(1) FCC Form 801 must be used to apply for a ship radio inspection on
board ships subject to Part II or III of Title III of the Communications
Act, the Safety Convention or the Great Lakes Radio Agreement. In
addition, FCC Form 801 must be used to apply for inspections of
bridge-to-bridge radio stations on board vessels subject to the Vessel
Bridge-to-Bridge Radiotelephone Act when they are additionally subject
to any of the laws and treaties mentioned in the previous sentence.
(2) FCC Form 808 must be used to apply for a ship radio inspection on
board ships subject to Part II of Title III of the Communications Act or
the Great Lake Radio Agreement on a Sunday or national holiday or during
other than established working hours on any other day.
(b) Responsibilities. Applicants for a ship radio inspection subject
to Part II or III of Title III of the Communications Act, the Safety
Convention, or the Great Lakes Radio Agreement must ensure that a
licensed radio operator of the required class and endorsements, and
sufficient personnel to lower and raise antennas and to launch any radio
equipped survival craft are available on the ship at the time of
inspection. The radio operator provided must be either a regularly
assigned radio operator or a service representative.
(c) Application for exemption. FCC Form 820 must be used to apply
for exemption from the radio provisions of Part II or III of Title III
of the Communications Act, the Safety Convention, or the Great Lakes
Radio Agreement, or for modification or renewal of an exemption
previously granted. Applications for exemptions must be submitted to
the Secretary, Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554.
In cases of emergency, the Commission may consider an informal
application which includes the full information normally furnished on
the formal application.
(d) Temporary waiver of annual inspection. The Commission may grant
a waiver of the annual inspection for a period not to exceed 30 days
from the time of first arrival of a ship at a United States port
directly from a foreign port for the sole purpose of enabling the vessel
to proceed coastwise to another port in the United States where an
inspection can be made.
(1) An informal application (such as a letter or telegram, or
telephone call to be confirmed by letter) for waiver of inspection must
be submitted by either the vessel owner, the vessel's operating agency,
the ship station licensee or the master of the vessel. The application
must be submitted not earlier than 3 days in advance of the vessel's
arrival at the United States port. The application must be submitted to
the Commission's Engineer in Charge of the FCC District Office nearest
the port of arrival. The application must include:
(i) The ship's name and radio call sign;
(ii) The name of the first United States port of arrival directly
from a foreign port;
(iii) The date of arrival;
(iv) The date and port at which annual inspection will be formally
requested to be conducted;
(v) Reason for requesting waiver; and
(vi) A statement that the ship's compulsory radio equipment is
operable.
(e) Compensation for overtime services. Under section 4(f)(3) of the
Communications Act, Engineers in Charge and Radio Engineers of the Field
Operations Bureau of the Federal Communications Commission who may be
required to remain on duty to perform services in connection with the
inspection of ship radio equipment and apparatus for the purpose of Part
II of Title III of the Communications Act or the Great Lakes Radio
Agreement at night or on Sundays and holidays must receive extra
compensation to be paid by the master, owner, or agent of the vessel
under the following regulations:
(1) The rates of extra compensation are payable in cases where the
services of such engineers have been duly requested and they have
reported for duty, even though no actual service may be performed.
(2) The extra compensation for overtime services is in addition to
the regular compensation paid by the government in the cases of
engineers whose compensation is fixed on the ordinary per diem basis and
those receiving compensation per month or per annum.
(3) Extra compensation for waiting time will not be allowed unless
and until the engineer actually reports for duty.
(4) For the purpose of computing extra compensation, the word night
means the time between the established closing hour of one day at the
office involved and the established opening hour of the following
business day at such office, but will not include any such time within
the 24 hours of a Sunday or holiday. Each Sunday and each holiday will
comprise the 24 hours between midnight and midnight. For the purposes
of this section, the time between the established closing hour of an
office and midnight of the day immediately preceding a Sunday or holiday
and the time from midnight until the established opening hour of the day
immediately following the Sunday or holiday will be considered as a
single night. The term holiday includes only government recognized
holidays, and such other days as may be designated national holidays by
the President or Congress.
(5) For authorized service in excess of 8 hours on any day excluding
Sunday and holidays, extra compensation equivalent to one-half day's pay
is payable for each 2 hours or fraction thereof of at least 1 hour that
the overtime extends beyond the 8 hours when the overtime is not less
than 1 hour. The maximum amount which may be paid for authorized
overtime services on any day other than on a Sunday or holiday must not
exceed 2 1/2 days' pay.
(6) In computing the amount earned for overtime at the rate of
''one-half day's pay for each 2 hours or fraction thereof of at least 1
hour that the overtime extends beyond the established closing hour'',
one-half day's pay must be one-half of the gross daily rate of pay;
each 2 hours is the time period for the purpose of computation; at
least 1 hour means the minimum service in any 2-hour overtime period for
which extra pay may be granted, and each additional period in the amount
of 2 hours or fraction thereof of at least 1 hour will entitle the
engineer to an additional one-half day's pay. Payment of extra
compensation for services consisting of at least 1 hour is authorized
from the established closing hour, even though such services may not
actually begin until later, Provided, That the engineer rendering the
service remained on duty after the established closing hour, in which
case the time between the established closing hour, and the time of
beginning the actual services must be computed as waiting time. Where
the performance of actual service is preceded by such a waiting time
there should be an affirmative statement that the engineer was required
to remain on duty between the established closing hour and the time of
beginning the actual services.
(7) In computing extra compensation where the services rendered are
in broken periods, the time served should be combined with the waiting
time and computed as continuous service.
(8) The same considerations must apply when charging for waiting time
as govern the charge for services actually rendered. No charge should
be made unless after having reported for duty the waiting time amounts
to at least 1 hour.
(9) For any authorized services performed on Sundays and holidays,
totalling not more than 8 hours, extra compensation is payable
equivalent to two day's pay in addition to any regular compensation for
such days. For any authorized service in excess of 8 hours (starting
either before or after 5 p.m. local time) extra compensation at the rate
of one-half days' pay, based on the normal daily rate of pay, for each
two hours of service or fraction thereof of not less than 1 hour, is
payable in addition to the extra compensation payable for service up to
and including 8 hours of service. The maximum extra compensation
payable for work on Sundays and holidays is 4 1/2 days' pay.
(10) When engineers are in travel status overtime will apply the same
as if they were at an official station. However, compensation for such
overtime must not include travel time.
(11) Assessments and collection of fees against steamship companies
for overtime services must be made even though the payment to employees
for such services may not be made until funds are appropriated for that
purpose.
(12) An application on FCC Form 808 must be filed with the office
being requested to furnish overtime services before such assignment can
be made.
(13) Overtime services must be billed to the steamship companies as
soon as possible after the services have been performed and on a
collection voucher (FCC Form 907). Remittance shall be by postal money
order or certified check payable to the Collector of Customs, Treasury
Department and forwarded to that officer at the port indicated on the
voucher, who shall in turn deposit such remittance on a properly
designated receipt account.
(14) Protests against the extraction of extra compensation must be
forwarded to the Commission at Washington, DC, and a copy sent to the
office which furnished the overtime services.
47 CFR 80.59 Subpart C -- Operating Requirements and Procedures
47 CFR 80.59 Station Requirements -- General
47 CFR 80.61 Commisson inspection of stations.
All stations and required station records must be made available for
inspection by authorized representatives of the Commission.
47 CFR 80.63 Maintenance of transmitter power.
(a) The power of each radio transmitter must not be more than that
necessary to carry on the service for which the station is licensed.
(b) Except for transmitters using single sideband and independent
sideband emissions, each radio transmitter rated by the manufacturer for
carrier power in excess of 100 watts must contain the instruments
necessary to determine the transmitter power during its operation.
47 CFR 80.63 Station Requirements -- Land Stations
47 CFR 80.67 General facilities requirements for coast stations.
(a) All coast stations licensed to transmit in the band 156-162 MHz
must be able to transmit and receive on 156.800 MHz and at least one
working frequency in the band.
(b) All coast stations that operate telephony on frequencies in the
1605-3500 kHz band must be able to transmit and receive using J3E
emission on the frequency 2182 kHz and at least one working frequency in
the band. In addition, each such public coast station must transmit and
receive H3E emission on the frequency 2182 kHz.
47 CFR 80.68 Facilities requirements for public coast stations using
telegraphy.
Public coast station using telegraphy must be provided with the
following facilities.
(a) Stations having a frequency assignment below 150 kHz must:
(1) Transmit A1A emission on at least one working frequency within
the band 100-150 kHz;
(2) Receive A1A emission on all radio channels authorized for
transmission by mobile stations operating in the maritime mobile service
for telegraphy within the band 100-150 kHz.
(b) Stations having a frequency assignment within the 405-525 kHz
band must transmit and receive on 500 kHz and at least one working
frequency in the band.
(c) Stations having frequency assignments above 4000 kHz must be
equipped to receive on each of their assigned frequencies and all ship
station radiotelegraphy frequencies in the same sub-band as the assigned
frequency of the coast station. See subpart H of this part for the list
of frequencies.
47 CFR 80.69 Facilities requirement for public coast stations using
telephony.
Public coast stations using telephony must be provided with the
following facilities.
(a) When the station is authorized to use frequencies in the
1605-3500 kHz band, equipment meeting the requirements of 80.67(b) must
be installed at each transmitting location.
(b) The transmitter power on the frequency 2182 kHz must not exceed
50 watts carrier power for normal operation. During distress, urgency
and safety traffic, operation at maximum power is permitted.
47 CFR 80.70 Special provisions relative to coast station VHF
facilities.
(a) Coast stations which transmit on the same radio channel above 150
MHz must minimize interference by reducing radiated power, by decreasing
antenna height or by installing directional antennas. Coast stations at
locations separated by less than 241 kilometers (150 miles) which
transmit on the same radio channel above 150 MHz must also consider a
time-sharing arrangement. The Commission may order station changes if
agreement cannot be reached between the involved licensees.
(b) Coast stations which transmit on a radio channel above 150 MHz
and are located within interference range of any station within Canada
or Mexico must minimize interference to the involved foreign station(s),
and must notify the Commission of any station changes.
47 CFR 80.71 Operating controls for stations on land.
Each coast station, Alaska-public fixed station and Alaska-private
fixed station must provide operating controls in accordance with the
following:
(a) Each station using telegraphy or telephony must be capable of
changeover from transmission to reception and vice versa within two
seconds excluding a change in operating radio channel.
(b) During it hours of service, each station must be capable of:
(1) Commencing operation within one minute after the need to do so
occurs;
(2) Discontinuing all emission within five seconds after emission is
no longer desired. The emission of an unattended station in an
automated multistation system at which restoration to standby is
automatic on conclusion of a call must be discontinued within three
seconds of the disconnect signal or, if a disconnect signal is not
received, within twenty seconds after reception of the final carrier
transmission from a ship station.
(c) Each station using a multichannel installation for telegraphy
must be capable of changing from one telegraphy channel to any other
telegraphy channel within the same sub-band below 525 kHz within five
seconds. This requirement need not be met by equipment intended for use
only in emergencies and not used for normal communication.
(d) Every coast station using a multi-channel installation for
radiotelephony must be capable of changing from one telephony channel to
another telephony channel within:
(1) Five seconds within the frequency band 1605-3500 kHz; or
(2) Three seconds within the band 156-162 MHz. This requirement also
applies to marine utility stations.
47 CFR 80.72 Antenna requirements for coast stations.
All emissions of a coast station a marine-utility station operated on
shore using telephony within the frequency band 30-200 MHz must be
vertically polarized.
47 CFR 80.74 Public coast station facilities for a telephony busy
signal.
A ''busy'' signal, when used by a public coast station in accordance
with the provisions of 80.111(d), must consist of the transmission of a
single audio frequency regularly interrupted, as follows:
(a) Audio frequency: Not less than 100 nor more than 1100 Hertz,
provided the frequency used for this purpose will not cause auto alarms
or selective-ringing devices to be operated.
(b) Rate of interruption: 60 times per minute 10%.
(c) Duration of each interruption: 0.5 second 10%.
47 CFR 80.76 Requirements for land station control points.
Each coast or fixed station subject to this part must have the
following facilities:
(a) Except for marine utility stations, a visual indication of
antenna current; or a pilot lamp, meter or equivalent device which
provides continuous visual indication whenever the transmitter control
circuits have been actuated.
(b) Capability to aurally monitor all transmissions originating at
dispatch points and to disconnect the dispatch points from the
transmitter or to terminate the operation of the transmitter.
(c) Facilities which will permit the responsible operator to turn the
carrier of the radio transmitter on and off at will.
47 CFR 80.76 Station Requirements -- Ship Stations
47 CFR 80.79 Inspection of ship station by a foreign Government.
The Governments or appropriate administrations of countries which a
ship visits may require the license of the ship station or ship earth
station to be produced for examination. When the license cannot be
produced without delay or when irregularities are observed, Governments
or administrations may inspect the radio installations to satisfy
themselves that the installation conforms to the conditions imposed by
the Radio Regulations.
47 CFR 80.80 Operating controls for ship stations.
(a) Each control point must be capable of:
(1) Starting and discontinuing operation of the station;
(2) Changing frequencies within the same sub-band;
(3) Changing from transmission to reception and vice versa.
(4) In the case of stations operating in the 156-162 MHz bands,
reducing power output to one watt or less in accordance with 80.215(e).
/1/
(b) Each ship station using telegraphy must be capable of changing
from telegraph transmission to telegraph reception and vice versa
without manual switching.
(c) Each ship station using telephony must be capable of changing
from transmission to reception and vice versa within two seconds
excluding a change in operating radio channel.
(d) During its hours of service, each ship station must be capable
of:
(1) Commencing operation within one minute;
(2) Discontinuing all emission within five seconds after emission is
no longer desired.
(e) Each ship station using a multi-channel installation for
telegraphy (except equipment intended for use only in emergencies on
frequencies below 515 kHz) must be capable of changing from one radio
channel to another within:
(1) Five seconds if the channels are within the same sub-band; or
(2) Fifteen seconds if the channels are not within the same sub-band.
(f) Each ship station and marine-utility station using a
multi-channel installation for telephony must be capable of changing
from one radio channel to another within:
(1) Five seconds within the band 1605-3500 kHz; or
(2) Three seconds within the band 156-162 MHz.
(g)(1) Any telegraphy transmitter constructed since January 1, 1952,
that operates in the band 405-525 kHz with an output power in excess of
250 watts must be capable of reducing the output power to 150 watts or
less.
(2) The requirement of paragraph (g)(1) of this section does not
apply when there is available in the same station a transmitter capable
of operation on the international calling frequency 500 kHz and at least
one working frequency within the band 405-525 kHz, capable of being
energized by a source of power other than an emergency power source and
not capable of an output in excess of 100 watts when operated on such
frequencies.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35244, Sept. 18,
1987)
/1/ Ship station transmitters, except hand-held portable
transmitters, manufactured after January 21, 1987 must automatically
reduce the carrier power to one watt or less when turned to the
frequency 156.375 MHz or 156.650 MHz. All ship station tramsmitters,
except hand-held portable transmitters, used after January 21, 1997,
must automatically reduce power as described above. A manual override
device must be provided which when held by the operator will permit full
carrier power operation on channels 13 and 67. Hand-held portable
transmitters must be capable of reducing power to one watt, but need not
do so automatically.
47 CFR 80.81 Antenna requirements for ship stations.
All telephony emissions of a ship station or a marine utility station
on board ship within the frequency band 30-200 MHz must be vertically
polarized.
47 CFR 80.83 Protection from potentially hazardous RF radiation.
Any license or renewal application for a ship earth station that will
cause exposure to radiofrequency (RF) radiation in excess of the RF
exposure guidelines specified in 1.1307(b) of the Commission's Rules
must comply with the environmental processing rules set forth in
1.1301-1.1319 of this chapter.
(53 FR 28225, July 27, 1988)
47 CFR 80.83 Operating Procedures -- General
47 CFR 80.86 International regulations applicable.
In addition to being regulated by these rules, the use and operation
of stations subject to this part are governed by the Radio Regulations
and the radio provisions of all other international agreements in force
to which the United States is a party.
47 CFR 80.87 Cooperative use of frequency assignments.
Each radio channel is available for use on a shared basis only and is
not available for the exclusive use of any one station or station
licensee. Station licensees must cooperate in the use of their
respective frequency assignments in order to minimize interference and
obtain the most effective use of the authorized radio channels.
47 CFR 80.88 Secrecy of communication.
The station licensee, the master of the ship, the responsible radio
operators and any person who may have knowledge of the radio
communications transmitted or received by a fixed, land, or mobile
station subject to this part, or of any radiocommunication service of
such station, must observe the secrecy requirements of the
Communications Act and the Radio Regulations. See sections 501, 502,
and 705 of the Communications Act and Article 23 of the Radio
Regulations.
47 CFR 80.89 Unauthorized transmissions.
Stations must not:
(a) Engage in superfluous radiocommunication.
(b) Use telephony on 243 MHz.
(c) Use selective calling on 2182 kHz or 156.800 MHz.
(d) When using telephony, transmit signals or communications not
addressed to a particular station or stations. This provision does not
apply to the transmission of distress, alarm, urgency, or safety signals
or messages, or to test transmissions.
(e) When using telegraphy, transmit signals or communications not
addressed to a particular station or stations, unless the transmission
is preceded by CQ or CP or by distress, alarm, urgency, safety signals,
or test transmissions.
(f) Transmit while on board vessels located on land. Vessels in the
following situations are not considered to be on land for the purposes
of this paragraph:
(1) Vessels which are aground due to a distress situation;
(2) Vessels in drydock undergoing repairs; and
(3) State or local government vessels which are involved in search
and rescue operations including related training exercises.
(g) Transmit on frequencies or frequency bands not authorized on the
current station license.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35244, Sept. 18,
1987)
47 CFR 80.90 Suspension of transmission.
Transmission must be suspended immediately upon detection of a
transmitter malfunction and must remain suspended until the malfunction
is corrected, except for transmission concerning the immediate safety of
life or property, in which case transmission must be suspended as soon
as the emergency is terminated.
47 CFR 80.91 Order of priority of communications.
(a) The order of priority of radiotelegraph communications is as
follows:
(1) Distress calls including the international distress signal for
radiotelegraphy, the international radiotelegraph alarm signal, the
international radiotelephone alarm signal, distress messages and
distress traffic.
(2) Communications preceded by the international radiotelegraph
urgency signal.
(3) Communications preceded by the international radiotelegraphy
safety signal.
(4) Communications relative to radio direction-finding bearings.
(5) Communications relative to the navigation and safe movement of
aircraft.
(6) Communications relative to the navigation, movements, and needs
of ships, including weather observation messages destined for an
official meteorological service.
(7) Government communications for which priority right has been
claimed.
(8) Service communications relating to the working of the
radiocommunication service or to communications previously transmitted.
(9) All other communications.
(b) The order of priority of radiotelephone communications is as
follows:
(1) Distress calls including the international distress signal for
radiotelephony, the international radiotelephone alarm signal, distress
messages and distress traffic.
(2) Communications preceded by the international radiotelephone
urgency signal, or known to the station operator to consist of one or
more urgent messages concerning the safety of a person, aircraft or
other mobile unit.
(3) Communications preceded by the international radiotelephone
safety signal, or known to the station operator to consist of one or
more messages concerning the safety of navigation or important
meteorological warnings.
(4) Communications known by the station operator to consist of one or
more messages relative to the navigation, movements and needs of ships,
including weather observation messages destined for an official
meteorological service.
(5) Government communications for which priority right has been
claimed.
(6) All other communications.
47 CFR 80.92 Prevention of interference.
(a) The station operator must determine that the frequency is not in
use by monitoring the frequency before transmitting, except for
transmission of signals of distress.
(b) When a radiocommunication causes interference to a communication
which is already in progress, the interfering station must cease
transmitting at the request of either party to the existing
communication. As between nondistress traffic seeking to commence use
of a frequency, the priority is established under 80.91.
(c) Except in cases of distress, communications between ship stations
or between ship and aircraft stations must not interfere with public
coast stations. The ship or aircraft stations which cause interference
must stop transmitting or change frequency upon the first request of the
affected coast station.
47 CFR 80.93 Hours of service.
(a) All stations. All stations whose hours of service are not
continuous must not suspend operation before having concluded all
communication required in connection with a distress call or distress
traffic.
(b) Public coast stations. (1) Each public coast station whose hours
of service are not continuous must not suspend operation before having
concluded all communication involving messages or calls originating in
or destined to mobile stations within range and mobile stations which
have indicated their presence.
(2) Unless otherwise authorized by the Commission upon adequate
showing of need, each public coast station authorized to operate on
frequencies in the 3000-23,000 kHz band must maintain continuous hours
of service.
(c) Compulsory ship stations. Compulsory ship stations whose service
is not continous may not suspend operation before concluding all traffic
originating in or destined for public coast stations situated within
their range and mobile stations which have indicated their presence.
(d) Other than public coast or compulsory ship stations. The hours
of service of stations other than public coast or compulsory ship
stations are determined by the station licensee.
47 CFR 80.94 Control by coast or Government station.
When communicating with a coast station or any Government station in
the maritime mobile service, ship stations must comply with the
instruction given by the coast station or Government station relative to
the order and time of transmission, the choice of frequency, the
suspension of communication and the permissible type of message traffic
that may be transmitted. This provision does not apply in the event of
distress.
47 CFR 80.95 Message charges.
(a) Charges must not be made for service of:
(1) Any public coast station unless tariffs for the service are on
file with the Commission;
(2) Any station other than a public coast station or an Alaska --
public fixed station, except cooperatively shared stations covered by
80.503;
(3) Distress calls and related traffic; and
(4) Navigation hazard warnings preceded by the SAFETY signal.
(b) The licensee of each ship station is responsible for the payment
of all charges accruing to any other station(s) or facilities for the
handling or forwarding of messages or communications transmitted by that
station.
(c) In order to be included in the ITU List of Coast Stations public
coast stations must recognize international Accounting Authority
Identification Codes (AAIC) for purposes of billing and accounts
settlement in accordance with Article 66 of the Radio Regulations.
Stations which elect not to recognize international AAIC's will be
removed from the ITU List of Coast Stations.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35244, Sept. 18,
1987)
47 CFR 80.96 Maintenance tests.
Stations are authorized to engage in test transmissions necessary for
maintenance of the station. Test transmissions must conform to
appropriate test operating procedures.
47 CFR 80.97 Radiotelegraph operating procedures.
This section applies to ships and coast stations authorized to
transmit in the band 405-525 kHz.
(a) Except for the transmission of distress or urgency signals, all
transmissions must cease within the band 485-515 kHz during each 500 kHz
silence period.
(b) Stations transmitting telegraphy must use the service
abbreviations (''Q'' code) listed in Appendix 14 to the Radio
Regulations.
(c) The call consists of:
(1) The call sign of the station called, not more than twice; the
word ''DE'' and the call sign of the calling station, not more than
twice; if useful, the frequency on which the called station should
reply; and the letter ''K''.
(2) If the call is transmitted twice at an interval of not less than
one minute, it must not be repeated until after an interval of three
minutes.
(d) The reply to calls consists of: The call sign of the calling
station, not more than twice; the word ''DE''; and the call sign of
the station called, once only.
47 CFR 80.98 Radiotelegraph testing procedures.
(a) Stations authorized to use telegraphy may conduct tests on any
assigned frequency. Emissions must not cause harmful interference.
When radiation is necessary the radiotelegraph testing procedure
described in this paragraph must be followed:
(1) The operator must not interfere with transmissions in progress.
(2) The operator must transmit ''IE'' (two dots, space, one dot) on
the test frequency as a warning that test emissions are about to be
made. When the frequency of the test emission is within the frequency
band 405-525 kHz, a watch must be maintained on 500 kHz throughout the
test period.
(3) If any station transmits ''AS'' (wait), testing must be
suspended. When transmission of ''IE'' is resumed and no response is
heard, the test may proceed.
(4) Test signals composed of a series of ''VVV'' having a duration of
not more than ten seconds, followed by the call sign of the testing
station will be transmitted. The call sign must be sent clearly at a
speed of approximately 10 words per minute. This test transmission must
not be repeated until a period of at least one minute has elapsed. On
500 kHz in a region of heavy traffic, at least five minutes must elapse
before the test transmission is repeated.
(b) When testing is conducted on 500 kHz, no tests will be conducted
during the 500 kHz silence periods. Care must be exercised not to so
prolong and space the dash portion of the ''VVV'' series as to form the
alarm signal.
(c) When testing is conducted on any frequency in the band 8362-8366
kHz, tests must not actuate any automatic alarm receiver.
47 CFR 80.99 Radiotelegraph station identification.
This section applies to coast, ship and survival craft stations
authorized to transmit in the band 405-525 kHz.
(a) The station transmitting radiotelegraph emissions must be
identified by its call sign. The call sign must be transmitted with the
telegraphy emission normally used by the station. The call sign must be
transmitted at 20 minute intervals when transmission is sustained for
more than 20 minutes. When a ship station is exchanging public
correspondence communications, the identification may be deferred until
completion of each communication with any other station.
(b) The requirements of this section do not apply to survival craft
stations when transmitting distress signals automatically or when
operating on 121.500 MHz for radiobeacon purposes.
(c) Emergency position indicating radiobeacon stations do not require
identification.
47 CFR 80.100 Morse code requirement.
The code employed for telegraphy must be the Morse code specified in
the Telegraph Regulations annexed to the International Telecommunication
Convention. Pertinent extracts from the Telegraph Regulations are
contained in the ''Manual for Use by the Maritime Mobile and Maritime
Mobile-Satellite Services'' published by the International
Telecommunication Union.
47 CFR 80.101 Radiotelephone testing procedures.
This section is applicable to all stations using telephony except
where otherwise specified.
(a) Station licensees must not cause harmful interference. When
radiation is necessary or unavoidable, the testing procedure described
below must be followed:
(1) The operator must not interfere with transmissions in progress.
(2) The testing station's call sign, followed by the word ''test'',
must be announced on the radio-channel being used for the test.
(3) If any station responds ''wait'', the test must be suspended for
a minimum of 30 seconds, then repeat the call sign followed by the word
''test'' and listen again for a response. To continue the test, the
operator must use counts or phrases which do not conflict with normal
operating signals, and must end with the station's call sign. Test
signals must not exceed ten seconds, and must not be repeated until at
least one minute has elapsed. On the frequency 2182 kHz or 156.800 MHz,
the time between tests must be a minimum of five minutes.
(b) Testing of transmitters must be confined to single frequency
channels on working frequencies. However, 2182 kHz and 156.800 MHz may
be used to contact ship or coast stations as appropriate when signal
reports are necessary. Short tests on 2182 kHz by vessels with DSB (A3)
equipment for distress and safety purposes are permitted to evaluate the
compatibility of that equipment with an A3J emission system. U.S. Coast
Guard stations may be contacted on 2182 kHz or 156.800 MHz for test
purposes only when tests are being conducted during inspections by
Commission representatives, when qualified radio technicians are
installing or repairing the station radiotelephone equipment, or when
qualified ship's personnel conduct an operational check requested by the
U.S. Coast Guard. In these cases the test must be identified as ''FCC''
or ''technical''.
(c) Survival craft transmitter tests must not be made within
actuating range of automatic alarm receivers. Survival craft
transmitters must not be tested on the frequency 500 kHz during the
silence periods.
47 CFR 80.102 Radiotelephone station identification.
This section applies to all stations using telephony which are
subject to this part.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section,
stations must give the call sign in English. Identification must be
made:
(1) At the beginning and end of each communication with any other
station.
(2) At 15 minute intervals when transmission is sustained for more
than 15 minutes. When public correspondence is being exchanged with a
ship or aircraft station, the identification may be deferred until the
completion of the communications.
(b) Private coast stations located at drawbridges and transmitting on
the navigation frequency 156.650 MHz may identify by use of the name of
the bridge in lieu of the call sign.
(c) Ship stations transmitting on any authorized VHF bridge-to-bridge
channel may be identified by the name of the ship in lieu of the call
sign.
(d) Ship stations operating in a vessel traffic service system or on
a waterway under the control of a U.S. Government agency or a foreign
authoriy, when communicating with such an agency or authority may be
identified by the name of the ship in lieu of the call sign, or as
directed by the agency or foreign authority.
(e) VHF public coast station may identify by means of the approximate
geographic location of the station or the area it serves when it is the
only VHF public coast station serving the location or there will be no
conflict with the identification of any other station.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35244, Sept. 18,
1987)
47 CFR 80.103 Digital selective calling (DSC) operating procedures.
(a) Operating procedures for the use of DSC equipment in the maritime
mobile service are as contained in CCIR Recommendation 541 as modified
by paragraph (c) of this section.
(b) When using DSC techniques, coast and ship stations must use nine
digit maritime mobile service identities.
(c) DSC acknowledgement of DSC distress and safety calls must be made
by designated coast stations and such acknowledgement must be in
accordance with procedures contained in CCIR Recommendation 541.
Nondesignated public and private coast stations must follow the guidance
provided for ship stations in CCIR Recommendation 541 with respect to
DSC ''Acknowledgement of distress calls'' and ''Distress relays''.
47 CFR 80.104 Identification of radar transmissions not authorized.
This section applies to all maritime radar transmitters except radar
beacon stations.
(a) Radar transmitters must not transmit station identification.
47 CFR 80.104 Operating Procedures -- Land Stations
47 CFR 80.105 General obligations of coast stations.
Each coast station or marine-utility station must acknowledge and
receive all calls directed to it by ship or aircraft stations. Such
stations are permitted to transmit safety communication to any ship or
aircraft station.
47 CFR 80.106 Intercommunication in the mobile service.
(a) Each public coast station must exchange radio communications with
any ship or aircraft station at sea; and each station on shipboard or
aircraft at sea must exchange radio communications with any other
station on shipboard or aircraft at sea or with any public coast
station.
(b) Each public coast station must acknowledge and receive all
communications from mobile stations directed to it, transmit all
communications delivered to it which are directed to mobile stations
within range in accordance with their tariffs. Discrimination in
service is prohibited.
47 CFR 80.107 Service of private coast stations and marine-utility
stations.
A private coast station or a marine-utility station is authorized to
transmit messages necessary for the private business and operational
needs of ships and the safety of aircraft.
47 CFR 80.108 Transmission of traffic lists by coast stations.
(a) Each coast station is authorized to transmit lists of call signs
in alphabetical order of all mobile stations for which they have traffic
on hand. These traffic lists will be transmitted on the station's
normal working frequencies at intervals of:
(1) In the case of telegraphy, at least two hours and not more than
four hours during the working hours of the coast station.
(2) In the case of radiotelephony, at least one hour and not more
than four hours during the working hours of the coast station.
(b) The announcement must be as brief as possible and must not be
repeated more than twice. Coast stations may announce on a calling
frequency that they are about to transmit call lists on a specific
working frequency.
47 CFR 80.109 Transmission to a plurality of mobile stations by a
public coast station.
Group calls to vessels under the common control of a single entity
and information for the general benefit of mariners including storm
warnings, ordinary weather, hydrographic information and press materials
may be transmitted by a public coast station simultaneously to a
plurality of mobile stations.
47 CFR 80.110 Inspection and maintenance of tower markings and
associated control equipment.
The licensee of any radio station which has an antenna structure
required to be painted or illuminated pursuant to the provisions of
section 303(q) of the Communications Act must operate and maintain the
tower marking and associated control equipment in accordance with part
17 of this chapter.
47 CFR 80.111 Radiotelephone operating procedures for coast stations.
This section applies to all coast stations using telephony which are
subject to this part.
(a) Limitations on calling. (1) Except when transmitting a general
call to all stations for announcing or preceding the transmission of
distress, urgency, or safety messages, a coast station must call the
particular station(s) with which it intends to communicate.
(2) Coast stations must call ship stations by voice unless it is
known that the particular ship station may be contacted by other means
such as automatic actuation of a selective ringing or calling device.
(3) Coast stations may be authorized emission for selective calling
on each working frequency.
(4) Calling a particular station must not continue for more than one
minute in each instance. If the called station does not reply, that
station must not again be called for two minutes. When a called station
does not reply to a call sent three times at intervals of two minutes,
the calling must cease for fifteen minutes. However, if harmful
interference will not be caused to other communications in progress, the
call may be repeated after three minutes.
(5) A coast station must not attempt to communicate with a ship
station that has specifically called another coast station until it
becomes evident that the called station does not answer, or that
communication between the ship station and the called station cannot be
carried on because of unsatisfactory operating conditions.
(6) Calls to establish communication must be initiated on an
available common working frequency when such a frequency exists and it
is known that the called ship maintains a simultaneous watch on the
common working frequency and the appropriate calling frequency(ies).
(b) Time limitation on calling frequency. Transmissions by coast
stations on 2182 kHz or 156.800 MHz must be minimized and any one
exchange of communications must not exceed one minute in duration.
(c) Change to working frequency. After establishing communications
with another station by call and reply on 2182 kHz or 156.800 MHz coast
stations must change to an authorized working channel for the
transmission of messages.
(d) Use of busy signal. A coast station, when communicating with a
ship station which transmits to the coast station on a radio channel
which is a different channel from that used by the coast station for
transmission, may transmit a ''busy'' signal whenever transmission from
the ship station is being received. The characteristics of the ''busy''
signal are contained in 80.74.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35244, Sept. 18,
1987)
47 CFR 80.111 Operating Procedures -- Ship Stations
47 CFR 80.114 Authority of the master.
(a) The service of each ship station must at all times be under the
ultimate control of the master, who must require that each operator or
such station comply with the Radio Regulations in force and that the
ship station is used in accordance with those regulations.
(b) These rules are waived when the vessel is under the control of
the U.S. Government.
47 CFR 80.115 Operational conditions for use of associated ship units.
(a) Associated ship units may be operated under a ship station
authorization. Use of an associated ship unit is restricted as follows;
(1) It must only be operated on the safety and calling frequency
156.800 MHz or on commercial or noncommercial VHF intership frequencies
appropriate to the class of ship station with which it is associated.
(2) Except for safety purposes, it must only be used to communicate
with the ship station with which it is associated or with associated
ship units of the same ship station. Such associated ship units may not
be used from shore.
(3) It must be equipped to transmit on the frequency 156.800 MHz and
at least one appropriate intership frequency.
(4) Calling must occur on the frequency 156.800 MHz unless calling
and working on an intership frequency has been prearranged.
(5) Power is limited to one watt.
(6) The station must be identified by the call sign of the ship
station with which it is associated and an appropriate unit designator.
(b) State or local government vehicles used to tow vessels involved
in search and rescue operations are authorized to operate on maritime
mobile frequencies as associated ship units. Such operations must be in
accordance with paragraph (a) of this section, except that the
associated ship unit: May be operated from shore; may use Distress,
Safety and Calling, Intership Safety, Liaison, U.S. Coast Guard, or
Maritime Control VHF intership frequencies; and may have a transmitter
power of 25 watts.
47 CFR 80.116 Radiotelephone operating procedures for ship stations.
(a) Calling coast stations. (1) Use by ship stations of the freqency
2182 kHz for calling coast stations and for replying to calls from coast
stations is authorized. However, such calls and replies should be on
the appropriate ship-shore working frequency.
(2) Use by ship stations and marine utility stations of the frequency
156.800 MHz for calling coast stations and marine utility stations on
shore, and for replying to calls from such stations, is authorized.
However, such calls and replies should be made on the appropriate
ship-shore working frequency.
(b) Calling ship stations. (1) Except when other operating procedure
is used to expedite safety communication, ship stations, before
transmitting on the intership working frequencies 2003, 2142, 2638,
2738, or 2830 kHz, must first establish communications with other ship
stations by call and reply on 2182 kHz. Calls may be initiated on an
intership working frequency when it is known that the called vessel
maintains a simultaneous watch on the working frequency and on 2182 kHz.
(2) Except when other operating procedures are used to expedite
safety communications, the frequency 156.800 MHz must be used for call
and reply by ship stations and marine utility stations before
establishing communication on one of the intership working frequencies.
Calls may be initiated on an intership working frequency when it is
known that the called vessel maintains a simultaneous watch on the
working frequency and on 156.800 MHz.
(c) Change to working frequency. After establishing communication
with another station by call and reply on 2182 kHz or 156.800 MHz
stations on board ship must change to an authorized working frequency
for the transmission of messages.
(d) Limitations on calling. Calling a particular station must not
continue for more than 30 seconds in each instance. If the called
station does not reply, the station must not again be called until after
an interval of 2 minutes. When a called station called does not reply
to a call sent three times at intervals of 2 minutes, the calling must
cease and must not be renewed until after an interval of 15 minutes;
however, if there is no reason to believe that harmful interference will
be caused to other communications in progress, the call sent three times
at intervals of 2 minutes may be repeated after a pause of not less than
3 minutes. In event of an emergency involving safety, the provisions of
this paragraph do not apply.
(e) Limitations on working. Any one exchange of communications
between any two ship stations on 2003, 2142, 2638, 2738, or 2830 kHz or
between a ship station and a private coast station on 2738 or 2830 kHz
must not exceed 3 minutes after the stations have established contact.
Subsequent to such exchange of communications, the same two stations
must not again use 2003, 2142, 2638, 2738, or 2830 kHz for communication
with each other until 10 minutes have elapsed.
(f) Transmission limitation on 2182 kHz and 156.800 MHz. To
facilitate the reception of distress calls, all transmissions on 2182
kHz and 156.800 MHz (channel 16) must be minimized and transmissions on
156.800 MHz must not exceed 1 minute.
(g) Limitations on commercial communication. On frequencies in the
band 156-162 MHz, the exchange of commercial communication must be
limited to the minimum practicable transmission time. In the conduct of
ship-shore communication other than distress, stations on board ship
must comply with instructions given by the private coast station or
marine utility station on shore with which they are communicating.
(h) 2182 kHz silence periods. To facilitate the reception of
distress calls, transmission by ship or survival craft stations is
prohibited on any frequency (including 2182 kHz) within the band
2173.5-2190.5 kHz during each 2182 kHz silence period.
47 CFR 80.116 Special Procedures -- Public Coast Stations
47 CFR 80.121 Public coast stations using telegraphy.
(a) Narrow-band direct-printing (NB-DP) operating procedures. (1)
When both terminals of the NB-DP circuit are satisfied that the circuit
is in operable condition, the message preamble must be transmitted in
the following format:
(i) One carriage return and one line feed,
(ii) Serial number or number of the message,
(iii) The name of the office of origin,
(iv) The number of words,
(v) The date of handing in of the message,
(vi) The time of handing in of the message, and
(vii) Any service instructions. (See The ITU ''Manual for Use by the
Maritime Mobile and Maritime Mobile-Satellite Services''.)
(2) Upon completion of transmission of the preamble, the address,
text and signature must be transmitted as received from the sender.
(3) Upon completion of transmission of the signature the coast
station must, following the signal ''COL'', routinely repeat all service
indications in the address and for figures or mixed groups of letters,
figures or signs in the address, text or signature.
(4) In telegrams of more than 50 words, routine repetition must be
given at the end of each page.
(5) Paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of this section need not be
followed when a direct connection is employed.
(6) In calling ship stations by narrow-band direct-printing, the
coast station must use the ship station selective calling number (5
digits) and its assigned coast station identification number (4 digits).
Calls to ship stations must employ the following format: Ship station
selective call number, repeated twice; ''DE'', sent once; and coast
station identification number, repeated twice. When the ship station
does not reply to a call sent three times at intervals of two minutes,
the calling must cease and must not be renewed until after an interval
of fifteen minutes.
(7) A public coast station authorized to use NB-DP frequencies
between 4000 kHz and 27500 kHz may use class A1A emission on the
''mark'' frequency for station identification and for establishing
communications with ship stations. The radio station license must
reflect authority for this type of operation, and harmful interference
must not be caused.
(b) Watch on ship calling frequencies. (1) Public coast stations
using telegraphy must maintain a continuous watch during their working
hours for calls from ship stations on frequencies in the same band(s) in
which the coast station is licensed to operate. See subpart H of this
part.
(2) Such station must employ receivers which are capable of being
accurately set to any designated calling frequency in each band for
which the receiver is intended to operate. The time required to set the
receiver to a frequency must not exceed five seconds. The receiver must
have a long term frequency stability of not more than 50 Hz and a
minimum sensitivity of two microvolts across receiver input terminals of
50 ohms, or equivalent. The audio harmonic distortion must not exceed
five percent at any rated output power.
(c) Radiotelegraph frequencies. Radiotelegraph frequencies available
for assignment to public coast stations are contained in subpart H of
this part.
47 CFR 80.122 Public coast stations using facsimile.
Facsimile operations are a form of telegraphy for the transmission
and receipt of fixed images between authorized coast and ship stations
in accordance with the following paragraphs.
(a) Supplemental eligibility requirements. Public coast stations are
eligible to use facsimile techniques with ship stations.
(b) Assignment and use of frequencies. (1) For the purpose of
providing facsimile communications with ship stations, public coast
stations will request frequencies from the bands 2000-27500 kHz listed
in part 2 of this chapter which are available for shared use by the
maritime mobile service and other radio services.
(2) Equipment used for facsimile operations is subject to the
applicable provisions of subpart E of this part.
(3) The use of voice on frequencies authorized for facsimile
operations is limited to set-up and confirmation of receipt of facsimile
transmissions.
47 CFR 80.122 Special Procedures -- Private Coast Stations
47 CFR 80.131 Radioprinter operations.
Radioprinter operations provide a relatively low cost system of
record communications between authorized coast and ship stations in
accordance with the following paragraphs.
(a) Supplementary eligibility requirement. A radioprinter
authorization for a private coast station may be issued to the owner or
operator of a ship of less than 1600 gross tons, a community of ships
all of which are less than 1600 gross tons, or an association whose
members operate ships of less than 1600 gross tons.
(b) Scope of communications. Only those communications which concern
the business and operational needs of vessels are authorized.
(c) Assignment and use of frequencies. (1) Frequencies may be
assigned to private coast stations for radioprinter use from the
appropriate bands listed in subpart H of this part.
(2) Frequencies in the listed bands are shared with other radio
services including the maritime mobile service. Each assigned frequency
is available on a shared use basis only, not for the exclusive use of
any one station or licensee.
(d) Coast station responsibilities. (1) Private coast stations must
propose frequencies and provide the names of ships to be served with the
application.
(2) Private coast station licensees must provide copies of their
license to all ships with which they are authorized to conduct
radioprinter operations.
47 CFR 80.131 Special Procedures -- Ship Stations
47 CFR 80.141 General provisions for ship stations.
(a) Points of communication. Ship stations and marine utility
stations on board ships are authorized to communicate with any station
in the maritime mobile service.
(b) Service requirements for all ship stations. (1) Each ship
station must receive and acknowledge all communications which are
addressed to the ship or to any person on board.
(2) Every ship, on meeting with any direct danger to the navigation
of other ships such as ice, a derelict vessel, a tropical storm,
subfreezing air temperatures associated with gale force winds causing
severe icing on superstructures, or winds of force 10 or above on the
Beaufort scale for which no storm warning has been received, must
transmit related information to ships in the vicinity and to the
authorities on land unless such action has already been taken by another
station. All such radio messages must be preceded by the safety signal.
(3) A ship station may accept communications for retransmission to
any other station in the maritime mobile service. Whenever such
messages or communications have been received and acknowledged by a ship
station for this purpose, that station must retransmit the message as
soon as possible.
(c) Service requirements for vessels. Each ship station provided for
compliance with Part II of Title III of the Communications Act must
provide a public correspondence service on voyages of more than 24 hours
for any person who requests the service.
(1) Compulsory radiotelegraph ships must provide this service during
the hours the radio operator is normally on duty.
(2) Compulsory radiotelephone ships must provide this service for at
least four hours daily. The hours must be prominently posted at the
principal operating location of the station.
47 CFR 80.142 Ships using radiotelegraphy.
(a) Calling by narrow-band direct-printing. (1) NB-DP ship stations
must call United States public coast stations on frequencies designated
for NB-DP operation.
(2) Where it is known that the coast station maintains a watch on
working frequencies for ship station NB-DP calls the ship station must
make its initial NB-DP call on those frequencies.
(3) Calls to a coast station or other ship station must employ the
following format: Coast station identification number, repeated twice;
''DE'', sent once; and ship station selective call number, repeated
twice. When the coast station does not reply to a call sent three times
at intervals of two minutes, the calling must cease for fifteen minutes.
(b) NB-DP operating procedure. The operation of NB-DP equipment in
the maritime mobile service must be in accordance with the operating
procedures contained in the latest version of CCIR Recommendation 492
that does not prevent the use of existing equipment.
(c) Required channels for radiotelegraphy. (1) Each ship station
using telegraphy on frequencies within the band 405-525 kHz must be
capable of:
(i) Transmit and receive on 500 kHz using the authorized emissions,
and
(ii) Transmit on at least two working frequencies and receive on all
other frequencies necessary for their service using authorized
emissions, and
(iii) When a radiotelegraph installation is compulsory, a fourth
frequency within this band which is authorized specifically for
direction finding must also be provided.
(2) Each ship station using telegraphy on frequencies within the band
90-160 kHz must be capable of transmitting and receiving Class A1A
emission on the frequency 143 kHz, and on at least two additional
working frequencies within this band except that portion between 140 kHz
and 146 kHz.
(3) Each ship station using telegraphy and operating in the bands
between 4000-27500 kHz must be capable of transmitting and receiving
Class A1A or J2A emission on at least one frequency authorized for
calling and at least two frequencies authorized for working in each of
the bands for which facilities are provided to carry on its service.
(4) Each ship station using telegraphy in Region 2 on frequencies
within the band 2065-2107 kHz must be capable of transmitting and
receiving Class A1A or J2A emission on at least one frequency in this
band authorized for working in addition to a frequency in this hand
authorized for calling.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 49993, Dec. 4, 1989)
47 CFR 80.143 Required frequencies for radiotelephony.
(a) Except for compulsory vessels, each ship radiotelephone station
licensed to operate in the band 1605-3500 kHz must be able to receive
and transmit J3E emission on the frequency 2182 kHz. Ship stations are
additionally authorized to receive and transmit H3E emission for
communications with foreign coast stations and with vessels of foreign
registry. If the station is used for other than safety communications,
it must be capable also of receiving and transmitting the J3E emission
on at least two other frequencies in that band. However, ship stations
which operate exclusively on the Mississippi River and its connecting
waterways, and on high frequency bands above 3500 kHz, need be equipped
with 2182 kHz and one other frequency within the band 1605-3500 kHz.
Additionally, use of A3E emission is permitted for distress and safety
purposes on 2182 kHz for portable survival craft equipment also having
the capability to operate on 500 kHz and for transmitters authorized for
use prior to January 1, 1972.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, at least one
VHF radiotelephone transmitter/receiver must be able to transmit and
receive on the following frequencies:
(1) The distress, safety and calling frequency 156.800 MHz;
(2) The primary intership safety frequency 156.300 MHz;
(3) One or more working frequencies; and
(4) All other frequencies necessary for its service.
(c) Where a ship ordinarily has no requirement for VHF
communications, handheld VHF equipment may be used solely to comply with
the bridge-to-bridge navigational communication requirements contained
in subpart U of this part.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35244, Sept. 18,
1987)
47 CFR 80.145 Class C EPIRB operational procedures.
Class C EPIRBs must be used for distress purposes only after use of
the VHF/FM radiotelephone installation, in accordance with 80.320, has
proved unsuccessful or when a VHF/FM radiotelephone installation is not
fitted, or when specifically requested to do so by a station engaged in
search and rescue operations.
47 CFR 80.145 Shipboard General Purpose Watches
47 CFR 80.146 Watch on 500 kHz.
During their hours of service, ship stations using frequencies in the
authorized bands between 405-525 kHz must, remain on watch on 500 kHz
except when the operator is transmitting on 500 kHz or operating on
another frequency. The provisions of this section do not relieve the
ship from complying with the requirements for a safety watch as
prescribed in 80.304 and 80.305.
47 CFR 80.147 Watch on 2182 kHz.
Ship stations must maintain a watch on 2182 kHz as prescribed by
80.304(b).
47 CFR 80.148 Watch on 156.8 MHz (Channel 16).
Each VHF ship station, or if more than one VHF ship station is being
operated from a vessel (for example, if a pilot is operating his radio
equipment on board the vessel), then at least one VHF ship station per
vessel must during its hours of service maintain a watch on 156.800 MHz
whenever such station is not being used for exchanging communications.
The watch is not required:
(a) Where a ship station is operating only with handheld
bridge-to-bridge VHF radio equipment under 80.143(c) of this part;
(b) For vessels subject to the Bridge-to-Bridge Act and participating
in a Vessel Traffic Service (VTS) system when the watch is maintained on
both the bridge-to-bridge frequency and a separately assigned VTS
frequency; or
(c) For a station on board a voluntary vessel equipped with digital
selective calling (DSC) equipment, maintaining a continuous DSC watch on
156.525 MHz whenever such station is not being used for exchanging
communications, and while such station is within the VHF service area of
a U.S. Coast Guard radio facility which is DSC equipped.
47 CFR 80.148 Violations
47 CFR 80.149 Answer to notice of violation.
(a) Any person receiving official notice of violation of the terms of
the Communications Act, any legislative act, executive order, treaty to
which the United States is a party, terms of a station or operator
license, or the rules and regulations of the Federal Communications
Commission must within 10 days from such receipt, send a written answer,
in duplicate, to the office of the Commission originating the official
notice. If an answer cannot be sent or an acknowledgment made within
such 10-day period by reason of illness or other unavoidable
circumstances, acknowledgment and answer must be made at the earliest
practicable date with a satisfactory explanation of the delay. The
answer to each notice must be complete in itself and must not be
abbreviated by references to other communications or answers to other
notices. The answer must contain a full explanation of the incident
involved and must set forth the action taken to prevent a continuation
or recurrence. If the notice relates to lack of attention to or
improper operation of the station or to log or watch discrepancies, the
answer must give the name and license number of the licensed operator on
duty.
(b) When an official notice of violation, impending violation, or
discrepancy, pertaining to any provision of Part II of Title III of the
Communications Act or the radio provisions of the Safety Convention, is
served upon the master or person responsible for a vessel and any
instructions appearing on such document issued by a representative of
the Commission are at variance with the content of paragraph (a) of this
section, the instructions issued by the Commission's representative
supersede those set forth in paragraph (a) of this section.
47 CFR 80.149 Subpart D -- Operator Requirements
47 CFR 80.151 Classification of operator licenses and endorsements.
(a) Commercial radio operator licenses issued by the Commission are
classified in accordance with the Radio Regulations of the International
Telecommunication Union.
(b) The following licenses are issued by the Commission.
International classification, if different from the license name, is
given in parentheses. The licenses and their alphanumeric designator
are listed in descending order.
(1) T-1. First Class Radiotelegraph Operator's Certificate.
(2) T-2. Second Class Radiotelegraph Operator's Certificate.
(3) G. General Radiotelephone Operator License (radiotelephone
operator's general certificate).
(4) T-3. Third Class Radiotelegraph Operator's Certificate
(radiotelegraph operator's special certificate).
(5) MP. Marine Radio Operator Permit (radiotelephone operator's
restricted certificate).
(6) RP. Restricted Radiotelephone Operator Permit (radiotelephone
operator's restricted certificate).
(c) The following license endorsements are affixed by the Commission
to provide special authorizations or restrictions. Applicable licenses
are given in parentheses.
(1) Ship Radar endorsement (First and Second Class Radiotelegraph
Operator's Certificate, General Radiotelephone Operator License).
(2) Six Months Service endorsement (First and Second Class
Radiotelegraph Operator's Certificate).
(3) Restrictive endorsements; relating to physical handicaps,
English language or literacy waivers, or other matters (all licenses).
47 CFR 80.151 Coast Station Operator Requirements
47 CFR 80.153 Coast station operator requirements.
(a) Except as provided in 80.179, operation of a coast station
transmitter must be performed by a person holding a commercial radio
operator license of the required class, who is on duty at the control
point of the station. The operator is responsible for the proper
operation of the station.
(b) The minimum class of radio operator license required for
operation of each specific classification of station is set forth below:
Public coast telegraph, all classes -- T-2.
-- Manual Morse under supervision of T1 or T2 -- T-3. -- NB-DP
under supervision of T1 or T2 -- T-3, G or MP.
Coast telephone, all classes:
-- Exceeding 250 watts carrier power or 1,500 watts peak envelope
power -- T-2 or G.
Except in Alaska regional and local area stations -- T-3, G or
MP.
-- 250 watts or less carrier power or 1,500 watts or less peak
envelope power operating on frequencies below 30 MHz -- T-3, G or MP.
Except in Alaska -- None. -- 250 watts or less carrier power
operating on frequencies above
30 MHz -- None.
(c) Special Operating Conditions: (1) When a coast telephone station
of any class is used to transmit manual telegraphy the telegraph key
operator must hold a third-class or higher radiotelegraph operator's
license.
(2) An operational fixed station associated with a coast station may
be operated by the operator of the associated coast station.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 10008, Mar. 9, 1989;
54 FR 40058, Sept. 29, 1989)
47 CFR 80.153 Ship Station Operator Requirements
47 CFR 80.155 Ship station operator requirements.
Except as provided in 80.177 and 80.179, operation of transmitters
of any ship station must be performed by a person holding a commercial
radio operator license or permit of the class required below. The
operator is responsible for the proper operation of the station.
(54 FR 10008, Mar. 9, 1989)
47 CFR 80.156 Control by operator.
The operator on board ships required to have a holder of a commercial
operator license or permit on board may, if authorized by the station
licensee or master, permit an unlicensed person to modulate the
transmitting apparatus for all modes of communication except Morse code
radiotelegraphy.
(51 FR 34984, Oct. 1, 1986)
47 CFR 80.157 Radio officer defined.
A radio officer means a person holding a first or second class
radiotelegraph operator's certificate issued by the Commission who is
employed to operate a ship radio station in compliance with Part II of
Title III of the Communications Act. Such a person is also required to
be licensed as a radio officer by the U.S. Coast Guard when employed to
operate a ship radiotelegraph station.
(53 FR 46455, Nov. 17, 1988)
47 CFR 80.159 Operator requirements of Title III of the Communications
Act and the Safety Convention.
(a) Each telegraphy passenger ship equipped with a radiotelegraph
station in accordance with Part II of Title III of the Communications
Act must carry one radio officer holding a first or second class
radiotelegraph operator's certificate and a second radio officer holding
either a first or second class radiotelegraph operator's certificate.
The holder of a second class radiotelegraph operator's certificate may
not act as the chief radio officer.
(b) Each cargo ship equipped with a radiotelegraph station in
accordance with Part II of Title III of the Communications Act and which
has a radiotelegraph auto alarm must carry a radio officer holding a
first or second class radiotelegraph operator's certificate who has had
at least six months service as a radio officer on board U.S. ships. If
the radiotelegraph station does not have an auto alarm, a second radio
officer who holds a first or second class radiotelegraph operator's
certificate must be carried.
(c) Each cargo ship equipped with a radiotelephone station in
accordance with Part II of Title III of the Communications Act must
carry a radio operator who meets the following requirements:
(1) Where the station power does not exceed 1500 watts peak envelope
power, the operator must hold a marine radio operator permit or higher
class license.
(2) Where the station power exceeds 1500 watts peak envelope power,
the operator must hold a general radiotelephone radio operator license
or higher class license.
(d) Each ship transporting more than six passengers for hire equipped
with a radiotelephone station in accordance with Part III of Title III
of the Communications Act must carry a radio operator who meets the
following requirements:
(1) Where the station power does not exceed 250 watts carrier power
or 1500 watts peak envelope power, the radio operator must hold a marine
radio operator permit or higher class license.
(2) Where the station power exceeds 250 watts carrier power or 1500
watts peak envelope power, the radio operator must hold a general
radiotelephone operator license or higher class license.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 40058, Sept. 29,
1989)
47 CFR 80.161 Operator requirements of the Great Lakes Radio Agreement.
Each ship subject to the Great Lakes Radio Agreement must have on
board an officer or member of the crew who holds a marine radio operator
permit or higher class license.
47 CFR 80.163 Operator requirements of the Bridge-to-Bridge Act.
Each ship subject to the Bridge-to-Bridge Act must have on board a
radio operator who holds a restricted radiotelephone operator permit or
higher class license.
47 CFR 80.165 Operator requirements for voluntary stations.
47 CFR 80.165 General Operator Requirements
47 CFR 80.167 Limitations on operators.
The operator of maritime radio equipment other than T-1, T-2, or G
licensees, must not:
(a) Make equipment adjustments which may affect transmitter
operation;
(b) Operate any transmitter which requires more than the use of
simple external switches or manual frequency selection or transmitters
whose frequency stability is not maintained by the transmitter itself.
47 CFR 80.169 Operators required to adjust transmitters or radar.
(a) All adjustments of radio transmitters in any radiotelephone
station or coincident with the installation, servicing, or maintenance
of such equipment which may affect the proper operation of the station,
must be performed by or under the immediate supervision and
responsibility of a person holding a first or second class
radiotelegraph operator's certificate or a general radiotelephone
operator license.
(b) Only persons holding a first or second class radiotelegraph
operator certificate must perform such functions at radiotelegraph
stations transmitting Morse code.
(c) Only persons holding an operator certificate containing a ship
radar endorsement must perform such functions on radar equipment.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 40058, Sept. 29,
1989)
47 CFR 80.175 Availability of operator licenses.
All operator licenses required by this subpart must be readily
available for inspection.
47 CFR 80.177 When operator license is not required.
(a) No radio operator authorization is required to operate:
(1) A shore radar, a shore radiolocation, maritime support or shore
radionavigation station;
(2) A survival craft station or an emergency position indicating
radio beacon;
(3) A ship radar station if:
(i) The radar frequency is determined by a nontunable, pulse type
magnetron or other fixed tuned device, and
(ii) The radar is capable of being operated exclusively by external
controls;
(4) An on board station; or
(5) A ship station operating in the VHF band on board a ship
voluntarily equipped with radio and sailing on a domestic voyage.
(b) No radio operator license is required to install a VHF
transmitter in a ship station if the installation is made by, or under
the supervision of, the licensee of the ship station and if
modifications to the transmitter other than front panel controls are not
made.
(c) No operator license is required to operate coast stations of 250
watts or less carrier power or 1500 watts or less peak envelope power
operating on frequencies above 30 MHz, or marine utility stations.
(d) No radio operator license is required to install a radar station
on a voluntarily equipped ship when a manual is included with the
equipment that provides step-by-step instructions for the installation,
calibration, and operation of the radar. The installation must be made
by, or under the supervision of, the licensee of that ship station and
no modifications or adjustments other than to the front panel controls
are to be made to the equipment.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 41434, Oct. 28,
1987)
47 CFR 80.179 Unattended operation.
The following unattended transmitter operations are authorized:
(a) EPIRB operations when emergency conditions preclude attendance of
the EPIRB transmitter by a person.
(b) Automatic use of a transmitter during narrow band-direct printing
(NB-DP) operations in accordance with CCIR Recommendation 476 or 625.
(c) Automatic use of a transmitter during digital selective calling
(DSC) operations in accordance with CCIR Recommendations 493 and 541.
(d) Automatic use of transmitter when operating as part of the
Automated Maritime Telecommunications System (AMTS) or an automated
multi-station system for which provisions are contained in this part.
(e) Automatic use of a VHF transmitter to send brief digital
communications relating to the condition or safety of vessels while
moored when all of the following conditions are met:
(1) The equipment must be using DSC in accordance with CCIR
Recommendations 493 and 541 as modified by this section.
(2) Sensors must automatically activate the transmitter only under
one or more of the following conditions:
(i) Fire, explosion;
(ii) Flooding;
(iii) Collision;
(iv) Grounding;
(v) Listing, in danger of capsizing;
(vi) Sinking;
(vii) Disabled and adrift; and
(viii) Undesignated condition related to ship safety.
(3) The ''ROUTINE'' DSC category must be used.
(4) Communications must be selectively addressed to an individual
station.
(5) Transmitter output power must not exceed one watt.
(6) The call must employ a fixed format and must be in conformity
with Recommendation 493 as follows:
Format specifier: Individual call -- symbol 120 sent twice.
Address: 9 digit maritime mobile service identity of called station.
Category: Routine -- symbol 100.
Self-identification: 9 digit ship station identity.
Message 1: Telecommand symbol 126 sent twice.
Message 2: Telecommand symbol 126 sent 6 times.
End of sequence: Symbol 127.
Error-check character: Check sum.
(7) Such transmissions are permitted only on channel 70 and the
transmitter must be inhibited automatically whenever there is another
call in progress on Channel 70.
(8) The call sequence for any one alarm must not be repeated until
after an interval of at least five seconds. Further repetition is
permitted only after intervals of at least fifteen minutes each.
Repetitions following fifteen-minute waiting intervals must not exceed
three.
(54 FR 10008, Mar. 9, 1989)
47 CFR 80.179 Subpart E -- General Technical Standards
47 CFR 80.201 Scope.
This subpart gives the general technical requirements for the use of
frequencies and equipment in the maritime services. These requirements
include standards for equipment authorization, frequency tolerance,
modulation, emission, power and bandwidth.
47 CFR 80.203 Authorization of transmitters for licensing.
(a) Each transmitter authorized in a station in the maritime services
after September 30, 1986, except as indicated in paragraphs (g), (h) and
(i) of this section, must be type accepted by the Commission for part 80
operations. The procedures for type acceptance are contained in part 2
of this chapter. Transmitters of a model type accepted or type approved
before October 1, 1986 will be considered type accepted for use in ship
or coast stations as appropriate.
(b) The external controls, of maritime station transmitters capable
of operation in the 156-162 MHz band and manufactured in or imported
into the United States after August 1, 1990, or sold or installed after
August 1, 1991, must provide for selection of only maritime channels for
which the maritime station is authorized. Such transmitters must not be
capable of being programmed by station operators using external controls
to transmit on channels other than those programmed by the manufacturer,
service or maintenance personnel.
(1) Any manufacturer procedures and special devices for programming
must only be made available to service companies employing licensed
service and maintenance personnel that meet the requirements of
80.169(a) and must not be made available with information normally
provided to consumers.
(2) The channels preprogrammed by manufacturers, service and
maintenance personnel for selection by the external controls of a
maritime station transmitter must be limited to those channels listed in
this part and the duplex channels listed in Appendix 18 of the
international Radio Regulations. The duplex channels listed in Appendix
18 of the international Radio Regulations must be used only in the
specified duplex mode. Simplex operations on Appendix 18 duplex
channels that are not in accordance with this part are prohibited.
(3) Programming of authorized channels must be performed only by a
person holding a first or second class radiotelegraph operator's
certificate or a general radiotelephone operator's license using any of
the following procedures:
(i) Internal adjustment of the transmitter;
(ii) Use of controls normally inaccessible to the station operator;
(iii) Use of external devices or equipment modules made available
only to service and maintenance personnel through a service company;
and
(iv) Copying of a channel selection program directly from another
transmitter (cloning) using devices and procedures made available only
to service and maintenance personnel through a service company.
(4) VHF maritime radio station transmitters capable of being
programmed by station operators by means of external controls that are
installed in a maritime station by August 1, 1991, are authorized for
use indefinitely at the same maritime station.
(c) All VHF ship station transmitters capable of operation on
frequencies contained in 80.373(f) of this part that are either
manufactured in or imported into the United States, on or after August
1, 1993, or are initially installed on or after August 1, 1994, must be
equipped with an automatic timing device that deactivates the
transmitter and reverts the transmitter to the receive mode after an
uninterrupted transmission period of five minutes, plus or minus 10 per
cent. Additionally, such transmitters must have a device that indicates
when the automatic timer has deactivated the transmitter. VHF ship
station transmitters initially installed before August 1, 1994, are
authorized for use indefinitely at the same maritime station.
(1) Hand-held transmitters are not required to comply with the
requirements in paragraph (c) of this section.
(2) Reserved.
(d) Except for radar equipment, applicants for type acceptance of
radio equipment designed to satisfy Part II of Title III of the
Communications Act or the Safety Convention must also submit with their
application a working unit of the type for which type acceptance is
desired. Manufacturers of radar equipment intended for installation on
voluntarily equipped ships by persons without FCC operators license must
include with their equipment authorization application a manual that
provides step-by-step procedures for the installation, calibration, and
operation of the radar stations.
(e) Double sideband (DSB) radiotelephone equipment operating in the
1605-27500 kHz band will be authorized only for use in ship stations.
Such equipment must comply with Chapter IV of the Safety Convention,
operate only on the frequency 2182 kHz, and be marked ''Distress and
Safety Use Only''.
(f) Transmitters type accepted for single sideband suppressed carrier
radiotelephone transmissions may be used for facsimile transmissions
without filing for a type acceptance modification provided the
transmitters retain type acceptance and comply with the applicable
standards in this part.
(g) Manufacturers of ship earth station transmitters intended for use
in the INMARSAT space segment must comply with the verification
procedures given in part 2 of this chapter. Verification of such
equipment must be in accordance with the technical requirements provided
in the INMARSAT document titled ''Type Approval Procedures for an
INMARSAT Standard-A Ship Earth Station Model''. The ship earth station
input/output parameters, the data obtained when the equipment is
integrated in system configuration and the pertinent method of test
procedures that are used for type approval of the station model which
are essential for the compatible operation of that station in the
INMARSAT space segment must be disclosed by the manufacturer upon
request of the FCC or the United States Signatory. Witnessing of the
type approval tests and the disclosure of the ship earth station
equipment design or any other information of a proprietary nature will
be at the discretion of the ship earth station manufacturer.
Transmitters of a model that was type accepted by MARISAT for use in its
system will be considered verified for use in the INMARSAT system.
However, the continued use of such equipment will not be permitted after
September 1, 1991, unless verified under the Commission's procedures.
(h) In addition to the type acceptance requirements contained in part
2 of this chapter applicants for type acceptance of 406.025 MHz
radiobeacons must also comply with the type acceptance procedures
contained in 80.1061 of this part.
(i) Type acceptance is not required for U.S. Government furnished
transmitters to fulfill a U.S. Government contract. However, such
transmitters must comply with all technical requirements in this part.
(j) Type acceptance is not required for transmitters authorized for
developmental stations.
(k) Type acceptance of individual radio transmitters requested by
station applicants or licensees must also follow the type acceptance
procedure in paragraph (a) of this section. However, operation of such
transmitters must be limited to the specific units individually
identified on the station authorization. Such transmitters will not be
included in the Commission's ''Radio Equipment List''.
(l) Ship station transmitters may be type accepted for emissions not
shown in 80.205 of this part. However, such emissions are not
authorized for use in the United States or for communications with U.S.
coast stations.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 41434, Oct. 28,
1987; 53 FR 37308, Sept. 26, 1988; 54 FR 31839, Aug. 2, 1989; 56 FR
3787, Jan. 31, 1991)
47 CFR 80.205 Bandwidths.
(a) An emission designator shows the necessary bandwidth for each
class of emission of a station except that in ship earth stations it
shows the occupied or necessary bandwidth, whichever is greater. The
following table gives the class of emission and corresponding emission
designator and authorized bandwidth:
(b) For land stations the maximum authorized frequency deviation for
F3E or G3E emission is as follows:
(1) 5 kHz in the 72.0-73.0 MHz, 75.4-76.0 MHz and 156-162 MHz bands;
(2) 15 kHz for stations which were authorized for operation before
December 1, 1961, in the 73.0-74.6 MHz band.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 7418, Mar. 11, 1987;
53 FR 37308, Sept. 26, 1988; 56 FR 11516, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 80.207 Classes of emission.
(a) Authorization to use radiotelephone and radiotelegraph emissions
by ship and coast stations includes the brief use of radiotelegraphy,
including keying only the modulating audio frequency, tone signals,
digital selective calling and other signalling devices to establish or
maintain communications, provided:
(1) That these signalling techniques, other than digital selective
calling, are not used on frequencies designated for general purpose DSC
calling and distress and safety DSC calling as listed in 80.359 (a) and
(b).
(2) The authorized radiotelephone emission bandwidth is not exceeded;
and
(3) Harmful interference is not caused to stations operating in
accordance with the Radio Regulations.
(4) Use of selective calling equipment based upon this section, other
than DSC equipment, may be continued for at least three years subsequent
to an FCC Order that will authorize DSC as the only selective calling
technique permitted for use in the maritime services. To quality for
the continuation, the equipment must be used at the same station
location where it was installed and operating on the date of the
indicated FCC Order. This paragraph is not applicable to AMTS in the
216-220 MHz band or to NB-DP equipment that complies with CCIR
Recommendation 476.
(b) In radiotelegraphy communications employing a modulated carrier
the carrier must be keyed and modulated by an audio frequency.
(c) Authorization to use single sideband emission is limited to
emitting a carrier;
(1) For full carrier transmitters at a power level between 3 and 6 dB
below peak envelope power;
(2) For suppressed carrier transmitters at a power level at least 40
dB below peak envelope power; and
(3) For reduced or variable level carrier:
(i) In the 1600-4000 kHz band:
(A) For coast station transmitters 18 2 dB below peak envelope power;
(B) For ship station transmitters installed before January 2, 1982,
16 2 dB below peak envelope power; and
(C) For ship station transmitters installed after January 1, 1982, 18
2 dB below peak envelope power.
(ii) In the 4000-27500 kHz band:
(A) For coast station transmitters 18 2 dB below peak envelope power;
(B) For ship station transmitters installed before January 2, 1978,
16 2 dB below peak envelope power; and
(C) For ship station transmitters installed after January 1, 1978, 18
2 dB below peak envelope power.
(d) The authorized classes of emission are as follows:
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 51 FR 34984, Oct. 1, 1986; as amended
at 52 FR 7418, Mar. 11, 1987; 52 FR 35244, Sept. 18, 1987; 53 FR 8905,
Mar. 18, 1988; 53 FR 37308, Sept. 26, 1988; 54 FR 40058, Sept. 29,
1989; 54 FR 49993, Dec. 4, 1989; 56 FR 11516, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 80.209 Transmitter frequency tolerances.
(a) The frequency tolerances applicable to transmitters in the
maritime services are shown in the following table. Tolerances are
given as parts in 10 /6/ unless shown in Hz.
(b) When pulse modulation is used in land and ship radar stations
operating in the bands above 2.4 GHz the frequency at which maximum
emission occurs must be within the authorized bandwidth and must not be
closer than 1.5/T MHz to the upper and lower limits of the authorized
bandwidth where ''T'' is the pulse duration in microseconds. In the
band 14.00-14.05 GHz the center frequency must not vary more than 10 MHz
from 14.025 GHz.
(c) For stations in the maritime radiodetermination service, other
than ship radar stations, the authorized frequency tolerance will be
specified on the license when it is not specified in this part.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 7418, Mar. 11, 1987;
53 FR 37308, Sept. 26, 1988; 54 FR 49994, Dec. 4, 1989)
47 CFR 80.211 Emission limitations.
The emissions must be attenuated according to the following schedule.
(a) The mean power when using emissions H3E, J3E and R3E:
(1) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
50 percent up to and including 150 percent of the authorized bandwidth:
at least 25 dB for transmitters installed before February 1, 1992,
at least 28 dB for transmitters installed on or after February 1,
1992;
(2) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
150 percent up to and including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth:
At least 35 dB; and
(3) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At least 43 plus 10log10 (mean
power in watts) dB.
(b) For transmitters operating in the band 1626.5-1646.5 MHz. In any
4 kHz band the mean power of emissions shall be attenuated below the
mean output power of the transmitter as follows:
(1) Where the center frequency is removed from the assigned frequency
by more than 50 percent up to and including 100 percent of the
authorized bandwidth: At least 25 dB;
(2) Where the center frequency is removed from the assigned frequency
by more than 100 percent up to 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth:
At least 35 dB; and
(3) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At least 43 plus 10log10 (mean
power in watts) dB.
(c) In any 4 kHz band the peak power of spurious emissions and noise
at the input to the transmit antenna must be attenuated below the peak
output power of the station as follows:
(1) 125 dB at 1525.0 MHz, increasing linearly to 90 dB at 1612.5 MHz;
(2) 90 dB at 1612.5 MHz increasing linearly to 60 dB at 1624.0 MHz;
(3) 90 dB from 1624.0 MHz to 1650.0 MHz, except at frequencies near
the transmitted carrier where the requirements of paragraphs (b)(1)
through (3) of this section, apply;
(4) 60 dB at 1650.0 MHz decreasing linearly to 90 dB at 1662.5 MHz;
(5) 90 dB at 1662.5 MHz decreasing linearly to 125 dB at 1752.5 MHz;
and
(6) 125 dB outside above range, except for harmonics which must
comply with (b)(3) of this section.
(d) Radiotelegraph survival craft transmitters must comply with
80.223.
(e) The mean power of EPIRBs operating on 121.500 MHz, 243.000 MHz
and 406.025 MHz must be as follows:
(1) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
50 percent, up to and including 100 percent of the authorized bandwidth:
At least 25 dB;
(2) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
100 percent: at least 30 dB.
(f) The mean power when using emissions other than those in
paragraphs (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this section:
(1) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
50 percent up to and including 100 percent of the authorized bandwidth:
At least 25 dB;
(2) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
100 percent up to and including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth:
At least 35 dB; and
(3) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At least 43 plus 10log10 (mean
power in watts) dB.
(g) Developmental stations must conform to the standards for regular
authorized stations.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 40058, Sept. 29,
1989; 54 FR 49994, Dec. 4, 1989; 56 FR 11516, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 80.213 Modulation requirements.
(a) Transmitters must meet the following modulation requirements:
(1) When double sideband emission is used the peak modulation must be
maintained between 75 and 100 percent;
(2) When phase or frequency modulation is used in the 156-162 MHz and
216-220 MHz bands the peak modulation must be maintained between 75 and
100 percent. A frequency deviation of 5 kHz is defined as 100 percent
peak modulation; and
(3) In single sideband operation the upper sideband must be
transmitted. Single sideband transmitters must automatically limit the
peak envelope power to their authorized operating power and meet the
requirements in 80.207(c).
(b) Radiotelephone transmitters using A3E, F3E and G3E emission must
have a modulation limiter to prevent any modulation over 100 percent.
This requirement does not apply to survival craft transmitters, to
transmitters that do not require a license or to transmitters whose
output power does not exceed 3 watts.
(c) Coast station transmitters operated in the 72.0-73.0 MHz and
75.4-76.0 MHz bands must be equipped with an audio low-pass filter. The
filter must be installed between the modulation limiter and the
modulated radio frequency stage. At frequencies between 3 kHz and 15
kHz it must have an attenuation greater than at 1 kHz by at least
40log10 (f/3) dB where ''f'' is the frequency in kilohertz. At
frequencies above 15 kHz the attenuation must be at least 28 dB greater
than at 1 kHz.
(d) Ship station transmitters using G3D or G3E emission in the
156-162 MHz and 216-220 MHz bands must be capable of proper technical
operation with a frequency deviation of 5 kHz.
(e) Coast station transmitters operated in the 156-162 MHz band must
be equipped with an audio low-pass filter. The filter must be installed
between the modulation limiter and the modulated radio frequency stage.
At frequencies between 3 kHz and 20 kHz it must have an attenuation
greater than at 1 kHz by at least 60log10 (f/3) dB where ''f'' is the
audio frequency in kilohertz. At frequencies above 20 kHz the
attenuation must be at least 50 dB greater than at 1 kHz.
(f) Radiodetermination ship stations operating on 154.585 MHz,
159.480 MHz, 160.725 MHz, 160.785 MHz, 454.000 MHz and 459.000 MHz must
employ a duty cycle with a maximum transmission period of 60 seconds
followed by a minimum quiescent period four times the duration of the
transmission period.
(g) Radar stations operating in the bands above 2.4 GHz may use any
type of modulation consistent with the bandwidth requirements in
80.209(b).
(h) Radar transponder coast stations using the 2920-3100 MHz or
9320-9500 MHz band must operate in a variable frequency mode and respond
on their operating frequencies with a maximum error equivalent to 100
meters. Additionally, their response must be encoded with a Morse
character starting with a dash. The duration of a Morse dot is defined
as equal to the width of a space and 1/3 of the width of a Morse dash.
The duration of the response code must not exceed 50 microseconds. The
sensitivity of the stations must be adjustable so that received signals
below ^10 dBm at the antenna will not activate the transponder. Antenna
polarization must be horizontal when operating in the 9320-9500 MHz band
and either horizontal or both horizontal and vertical when operating in
the 2920-3100 MHz band. Racons using frequency agile transmitting
techniques must include circuitry designed to reduce interference caused
by triggering from radar antenna sidelobes.
(i) Variable frequency ship station transponders operating in the
2920-3100 MHz or 9320-9500 MHz band that are not used for search and
rescue purposes must meet the following requirements:
(1) Non-selectable transponders must have the following
characteristics:
(i) They must respond on all their frequencies with a maximum range
error equivalent to 100 meters;
(ii) They must use a Morse encoding of ''PS'' (dot-dash-dash-dot,
dot-dot-dot), meaning ''You should not come any closer''. The width of
a Morse dot is defined as equal to the width of a space and 1/3 of the
width of a Morse dash;
(iii) When they employ swept frequency techniques they must not
transmit on any frequency for more than 10 seconds in any 120 second
period;
(iv) Any range offset of their response must occur during their pause
on the fixed frequency;
(v) The duration of the response code must not exceed 50
microseconds;
(vi) The sensitivity of the stations must be adjustable so that
received signals below ^10 dBm at the antenna input will not activate
the transponder;
(vii) Antenna polarization must be horizontal when operating in the
9320-9500 MHz band and either horizontal or both horizontal and vertical
when operating in the 2920-3100 MHz band.
(viii) Transponders using frequency agile techniques must include
circuitry designed to reduce interference caused by triggering from
radar antenna sidelobes.
(2) Selectable transponders must be authorized under part 5 of the
Commission's rules until standards for their use are developed.
(j) The transmitted signals of search and rescue transponders must
cause to appear on a radar display a series of at least 20 equally
spaced dots.
(k) The modulation requirements for EPIRB's are contained in subpart
V.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 7418, Mar. 11, 1987;
52 FR 28825, Aug. 4, 1987; 54 FR 40058, Sept. 29, 1989)
47 CFR 80.215 Transmitter power.
(a) Transmitter power shown on the radio station authorization is the
maximum power the licensee is authorized to use. Power is expressed in
the following terms:
(1) For single sideband emission: Peak evelope power;
(2) For G3E emission: Carrier power;
(3) For PON and F3N emission: Mean power;
(4) For all emissions in the 1626.5-1646.5 MHz band: equivalent
isotropic radiated power.
(5) For all other emissions: the carrier power multiplied by 1.67.
(b) Coast station frequencies below 27500 kHz. The maximum power
must not exceed the values listed below.
(1) Public coast stations, except Alaska:
(i) Radiotelegraphy:
100-160 kHz -- 80kW
405-525 kHz -- 40kW
2035-2065 kHz -- 6.6kW
4000-8000 kHz -- 10kW
8000-9000 kHz -- 20kW
12000-27500 kHz -- 30kW
(ii) Radiotelephony:
2000-4000 kHz -- day -- 800W
2000-4000 kHz -- night -- 400W
4000-27500 kHz -- 10kW
(2) Private coast stations, except in Alaska: 1kW
(3) Coast stations in Alaska, public and private:
405-525 kHz -- 265W
1605-12000 kHz -- 150W
(c) Coast station frequencies above 27500 kHz. The maximum power
must not exceed the values listed below.
(1) Coast stations:
156-162 MHz -- 50W /1/ , /12/
216-220 MHz /2/
(2) Marine utility stations:
156-162 MHz -- 10W
(d) Ship station frequencies below 27500 kHz. The maximum power must
not exceed the values listed below:
(1) Radiotelegraphy: All ships -- 2kW /3/
(2) Radiotelephony:
(i) All ships -- Great Lakes and Inland Waters -- 150W
(ii) All ships -- Open waters; 2000-4000 kHz -- 150W
2182 kHz -- emergency, urgency, or safety ship to shore -- 400W /4/
(iii) All ships -- Open waters; 4000-27500 kHz -- 1.5kW /5/ .
(3) Digital selective calling:
All ships 415-526.5 kHz -- 400 W
All ships 1605-4000 kHz -- 400 W
All ships 4000-27500 kHz -- 1.5 kW
(e) Ship stations frequencies above 27500 kHz. The maximum power
must not exceed the values listed below.
(1) Ship stations 156-162 MHz -- 25W /6/
Marine utility stations and hand-held portable transmitters 156-162
MHz -- 10W
(2) Ship stations 216-220 MHz -- 25W /7/
(3) On board stations 456-468 MHz -- 4W /8/
(4) Ship earth stations 1626.5-1646.5 MHz /9/
(5) Ship radar stations with F3N emission -- 200 mW
(6) EPIRB -- 121.500 and 243.00 MHz /10/
(7) EPIRB -- 156.750 and 156.800 MHz /10/
(f) Fixed stations. The maximum power must not exceed the values
listed below.
(1) Maritime support (receiver test):
R3E and J3C emission -- 150W
F3E emission -- 50W
(2) Operational fixed: 72-76 MHz and above 162 MHz /11/
(3) Alaska -- Private fixed:
10-200 kHz -- 650W
405-525 kHz -- 265W
1605-12000 kHz -- 150W
(4) Alaska -- Public fixed:
405-525 kHz -- 1kW
1605-12000 kHz -- 1kW
(g) The carrier power of ship station radiotelephone transmitters,
except portable transmitters, operating in the 156-162 MHz band must be
at least 8 but not more than 25 watts. Transmitters that use 12 volt
lead acid storage batteries as a primary power source must be measured
with a primary voltage between 12.2 and 13.7 volts DC. Additionally,
unless otherwise indicated, equipment in radiotelephone ship stations
operating in the 156-162 MHz band must meet the following requirements:
(1) All transmitters must be capable of reducing the carrier power to
one watt or less;
(2) All remote control units that are used with transmitters
manufactured after August 31, 1979, or installed after February 29,
1980, must be capable of causing the carrier power to be reduced to one
watt or less;
(3) Except as indicated in (4) of this paragraph, all transmitters
manufactured after January 21, 1987, or in use after January 21, 1997,
must automatically reduce the carrier power to one watt or less when the
transmitter is tuned to 156.375 MHz or 156.650 MHz, and must be provided
with a manual override switch which when held by an operator will permit
full carrier power operation on 156.375 MHz and 156.650 MHz;
(4) Hand-held portable transmitters are not required to comply with
the automatic reduction of carrier power in (g)(3) of this section; and
(5) Transmitters dedicated for use on public correspondence duplex
channels as additional equipment to a VHF ship station in the Great
Lakes which meet all pertinent rules in this part are not required to
reduce their carrier power to one watt.
(h) Coast stations in an AMTS may radiate as follows, subject to the
condition that no harmful interference will be caused to television
reception except that TV services authorized subsequent to the filing of
the AMTS station application will not be protected.
(1) When located more than 169 kilometers (105 miles) from the
antenna of a Channel 13 TV station and more than 129 kilometers (80
miles) from the antenna of a channel 10 station, the ERP of coast
stations having an antenna height of 61 meters (200 feet) or less above
ground must not exceed 1000 watts.
(2) Coast stations located less than 169 kilometers (105 miles) from
a Channel 13 TV station, or less than 129 kilometers (80 miles) from a
channel 10 station or when using a transmitting antenna height above
ground greater than 61 meters (200 feet), must submit a plan to limit
interference to TV reception. The plan must include:
(i) A description of the interference contour with indentification of
the method used to determine this contour; and
(ii) A statement concerning the number of residences within the
interference contour. The interference contour includes only areas
inside the TV grade B contour with the latter determined assuming
maximum permissible TV antenna height and power for broadcast stations
and the actual facility parameters for translators and low power TV
stations. See part 73, subpart E of this chapter for further
information on TV grade B contour determination.
(3) When located as described in paragraph (h)(2) of this section,
the coast station (or stations affecting the same TV Grade B contour)
will be authorized if the applicant's plan has limited the interference
contour(s) to fewer than 100 residences or if the applicant:
(i) Shows that the proposed site is the only suitable location;
(ii) Develops a plan to control any interference caused to TV
reception within the Grade B contour from its operations; and
(iii) Agrees to make such adjustments in the TV receivers affected as
may be necessary to eliminate interference caused by its operations.
(4) The applicant must eliminate any interference caused by its
operation to TV reception within the Grade B contour that might develop
within 90 days of the time it is notified in writing by the Commission.
If this interference is not removed within the 90-day period, operation
of the coast station must be discontinued. The licensee is expected to
help resolve all complaints of interference, whether inside or outside
the Grade B contour.
(5) The transmitter output power must be 50 watts or less.
(i) A ship station must have a transmitter output power not exceeding
25 watts and an ERP not exceeding 18 watts. The transmitter must
include the capability to reduce the carrier power to 2.5 watts with a
front panel control. The maximum transmitter output power is permitted
to be increased to 50 watts under the following conditions:
(1) Increases exceeding 25 watts are made only by radio command from
the controlling coast stations; and
(2) The application for an equipment authorization demonstrates that
the transmitter output power is 25 watts or less when external radio
commands are not present.
(j) A ship installation with a transmitter output power exceeding 25
watts under the conditions of paragraph (i) of this section is exempted
from the limitation of 18 watts ERP when operating in specific
geographical areas identified in a plan for the use of higher power.
(k) Within the 1626.5-1646.5 MHz band the maximum e.i.r.p by a ship
earth station in any direction in the horizontal plane or in the
direction of the space station must not exceed +40 dB relative to one
watt in any 4 kHz band in the main beam, except upon a satisfactory
showing of need for greater power, in which case a maximum of +55 dB
relative to one watt may be authorized.
(l) For operational fixed stations using frequencies in the 72-76 MHz
band and for other classes of stations operating above 162.025 MHz, the
transmitter power must be specified in the station authorization.
Frequencies in the 72-76 MHz band are listed in 80.381. The operational
requirements for 72-76 MHz are contained in subpart L of this part.
(m) For radiodetermination transmitters using A1D, A2D, F1D, F2D, G1D
and G2D emissions on 154.585 MHz, 159.480 MHz, 160.725 MHz, 160.785 MHz,
454.000 MHz and 459.000 MHz the mean output power of the unmodulated
carrier must not exceed 25 watts.
(n) For radiodetermination stations operating above 2400 MHz the
output power must be as follows:
(1) For radar stations that use F3N emission the mean output power
must not exceed 200 milliwatts;
(2) For search and rescue stations the output power must be at least
400 milliwatts peak e.i.r.p.
(3) For all other transponder stations the output power must not
exceed 20 watts peak e.i.r.p. Licensees of non-selectable transponder
coast stations operating in the 2920-3100 MHz and 9320-9500 MHz bands
must notify in writing the USCG District Commander of any incremental
increase of their station's output power above 5 watts peak e.i.r.p.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 7419, Mar. 11, 1987;
52 FR 35244, Sept. 18, 1987; 54 FR 40058, Sept. 29, 1989; 54 FR
49994, Dec. 4, 1989; 56 FR 3783, Jan. 31, 1991)
/1/ Maximum authorized power at the input terminals of the station
antenna.
/2/ See paragraph (h) of this section.
/3/ For passenger ships 5000 gross tons and over -- 8kW. For
cable-repair ships -- 15W; see 80.375(b).
/4/ For passenger ships 5000 gross tons and over -- 1kW.
/5/ For passenger ships 5,000 gross tons and over 3kW.
/6/ Reducible to 1 watt or less, except for transmitters limited to
public correspondence channels and used in an automated system.
/7/ Reducible to 2.5 watts or less; see paragraph (i) of this
section.
/8/ Type acceptance based on a carrier power of 4 watts with
transmitter connected to a dummy load of matching impedance. The
effective radiated power must not exceed 2 watts.
/9/ See paragraph (k) of this section.
/10/ See subpart V of this part.
/11/ See paragraph (l) of this section.
/12/ The frequencies 156.375 MHz and 156.650 MHz are primarily
intership frequencies. When authorized for coast stations on a
secondary basis, the normal output power must not exceed 1 watt and the
maximum output power must not exceed 10 watts.
47 CFR 80.217 Suppression of interference aboard ships.
(a) A voluntarily equipped ship station receiver must not cause
harmful interference to any receiver required by statute or treaty.
(b) The electromagnetic field from receivers required by statute or
treaty must not exceed the following value at a distance over sea water
of one nautical mile from the receiver:
or
Deliver not more than the following amounts of power, to an
artificial antenna having electrical characteristics equivalent to those
of the average receiving antenna(s) use on shipboard:
47 CFR 80.219 Special requirements for narrow-band direct-printing
(NB-DP) equipment.
NB-DP and data transmission equipment installed in ship and coast
stations before October 1, 1990, that operate on frequencies in the
4000-27500 kHz bands must conform to the technical requirements of CCIR
Recommendations 476 or 625. Equipment installed on or after October 1,
1990, must conform to the technical requirements of CCIR Recommendation
625. Equipment installed before October 1, 1990, and built in
accordance with CCIR Recommendation 476, however, may continue to be
used.
(54 FR 49994, Dec. 4, 1989)
47 CFR 80.221 Special requirements for automatically generating the
radiotelephone alarm signal.
(a) Each device for automatically generating the radiotelephone alarm
signal must be capable of being disabled to permit the immediate
transmission of a distress call and message.
(b) The device must comply with the following requirements:
(1) The frequency tolerance of each tone must be 1.5 percent;
(2) The duration tolerance of each tone must be 50 milliseconds;
(3) The interval between successive tones must not exceed 50
milliseconds; and
(4) The amplitude ratio of the tones must be flat within 1.6 dB.
(c) Devices installed on or after January 1, 1983, must comply with
the following requirements:
(1) The frequency tolerance of each tone must be 1.5 percent;
(2) The duration tolerance of each tone must be 10 milliseconds;
(3) The interval between successive tones must not exceed 4
milliseconds;
(4) The amplitude ratio of the tones must be flat within 1.6 dB;
(5) The output of the device must be sufficient to modulate the
associated transmitter for H2B emission to at least 70 percent, and for
J2B emission to within 3 dB of the rated peak envelope power;
(6) Light from the device must not interfere with the safe navigation
of the ship;
(7) After activation the device must automatically generate the
radiotelephone alarm signal for not less than 30 seconds and not more
than 60 seconds unless manually interrupted;
(8) After generating the radiotelephone alarm signal or after manual
interruption the device must be immediately ready to repeat the signal;
(9) The transmitter must be automatically switched from the stand-by
condition to the transmit condition at the start and return to the
stand-by condition at the conclusion of the radiotelephone alarm signal.
(d) Any device used by a station to automatically generate the
radiotelephone alarm signal must be type accepted by the Commission.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 40059, Sept. 29,
1989)
47 CFR 80.223 Special requirements for survival craft stations.
(a) Survival craft stations capable of transmitting on:
(1) 500 kHz must be able to operate with class A2A and A2B or H2A and
H2B emissions;
(2) 2182 kHz must be able to operate with A2B and A3E or H2B and H3E
and J2B and J3E emissions;
(3) 8364 kHz must be able to operate with class A2A or H2A emission;
and
(4) 121.500 MHz must be able to operate with A3E or A3N emission.
(b) Survival craft stations must be able to receive the frequency and
types of emission which the transmitter is capable of using. Where the
transmitter frequency is 8364 kHz the receiver must be able to receive
A1A, A2A and H2A emissions throughout the 8320-8745 kHz band.
(c) Survival craft transmitters operating on 500 kHz or on 8364 kHz
must be able to be manually keyed. If provisions are made for
automatically transmitting the radiotelegraph alarm signal or the
radiotelegraph distress signal, such provisions must meet the
requirements in subpart F of this part.
(d) Any EPIRB carried as part of a survival craft station must comply
with the specific technical and performance requirements for its class
contained in subpart V of this chapter.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 8905, Mar. 18, 1988;
53 FR 37308, Sept. 26, 1988; 56 FR 11516, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 80.225 Requirements for digital selective calling (DSC)
equipment.
This section specifies the requirements for optional DSC equipment
installed in ship and coast stations. Reference to any CCIR
Recommendation in this section is to the most recent CCIR approved
Recommendation that does not prevent the use of existing equipment.
(a) DSC equipment installed in coast and ship stations must be
designed in accordance with CCIR Recommendation 493. Classes A, B, and
Class C DSC equipment must not be used with the sensors referred to in
80.179(e)(2).
(b) Manufacturers of Class C DSC equipment to be used on United
States vessels must affix a clearly discernible permanent plate or label
visible from the operating controls containing the following:
Warning. This equipment is designed to generate a digital maritime
distress and safety signal to facilitate search and rescue. To be
effective as a safety device, this equipment must be used only within
communication range of a shore-based VHF marine channel 70 distress and
safety watch system. The range of the signal may vary but under normal
conditions should be approximately 20 nautical miles.
(c) Selective calling equipment, other than that designed in
accordance with CCIR Recommendation 493, is authorized as follows:
(1) Equipment used in conjunction with the Automated Maritime
Telecommunications System (AMTS) in the band 216-220 MHz,
(2) Equipment used to perform a selective calling function during
narrow-band direct-printing (NB-DP) operations in accordance with CCIR
Recommendation 476 or 625, and
(3) Equipment functioning under the provisions of 80.207(a) until at
least three years after mandatory DSC requirements become effective.
(54 FR 10009, Mar. 9, 1989)
47 CFR 80.227 Special requirements for protection from RF radiation.
As part of the information provided with transmitters for ship earth
stations, manufacturers of each such unit must include installation and
operating instructions to help prevent human exposure to radiofrequency
(RF) radiation in excess of the RF exposure guidelines specified in
1.1307(b) of the Commission's Rules.
(53 FR 28225, July 27, 1988)
47 CFR 80.227 Subpart F -- Equipment Authorization for Compulsory Ships
47 CFR 80.251 Scope.
(a) This subpart gives the general technical requirements for type
acceptance of equipment used on compulsory ships. Such equipment
includes radiotelegraph transmitters, radiotelegraph auto alarms,
automatic-alarm-signal keying devices, survival craft radio equipment,
watch receivers, and radar.
(b) The equipment described in this subpart must be type accepted.
(c) The term transmitter means the transmitter unit and all auxiliary
equipment necessary to make this unit operate as a main or emergency
transmitter in a ship station at sea. Each separate motor-generator,
rectifier, or other unit required to convert the ship primary power to
the phase, frequency, or voltage necessary to energize the transmitter
unit is considered a component of the transmitter.
(d) Average ship station antenna means an actual antenna installed on
board ship having a capacitance of 750 picofarads and an effective
resistance of 4 ohms at a frequency of 500 kHz, or an artificial antenna
having the same electrical characteristics.
47 CFR 80.253 Technical requirements for main transmitter.
(a) The following table gives the operating carrier frequency,
emission, modulation and average ship station antenna power requirements
for the main transmitter.
(b) A main transmitter must operate at its required antenna power
when adjusted to any required operating frequency and energized by the
main power supply of the ship station or by an equivalent power supply.
(c) A main transmitter must be equipped to measure (1) antenna
current, (2) transmitter power supply voltages, and (3) anode or
collector current(s).
(d) The antenna power must be determined at the operating carrier
frequency by the product of the antenna resistance and the square of the
average antenna current, both measured at the same point in the antenna
circuit at approximately ground potential.
(e) A main transmitter producing more than 250 watts output power
must have the output power reduced to not more than 150 watts when used
for telegraphy. In stations where a separate telegraph transmitter
operable on the same frequencies as the main transmitter with an output
power of less than 250 watts, is installed, the power reduction
requirement does not apply. Such separate transmitters must not obtain
power from the emergency power supply.
47 CFR 80.255 Technical requirements for reserve transmitter.
(a) The following table describes the operating carrier frequency,
emission, modulation and average ship station antenna power requirements
for the reserve transmitter.
(b) A reserve transmitter must operate at its required antenna power
when adjusted to the operating frequency and energized by the reserve
power supply of the ship station or by an equivalent power supply.
(c) A reserve transmitter must be equipped to measure antenna
current.
(d) The antenna power must be determined at the operating carrier
frequency by the product of the antenna resistance and the square of the
average antenna current both measured at the same point in the antenna
circuit at approximately gound potential.
47 CFR 80.257 Manufacturing requirements for radiotelegraph automatic
alarm receiver (auto alarm).
(a) The auto alarm must consist of:
(1) A radio receiver capable of receiving emissions of classes A1A,
A1B, A2A, A2B, H2A, H2B, J2A, and J2B over the frequency range 496
through 504 kHz.
(i) The receiver must reject signals +106 dB above one microvolt at
150 kHz from the center frequency and +88 dB above one microvolt at 40
kHz from the center frequency.
(ii) The receiver must respond to signals from 100 microvolts to 1
volt on the center frequency. There must be less than 6 dB variation in
sensitivity from 496 kHz through 504 kHz.
(2) A device capable of selecting the alarm signal specified under
80.259 (a) and (b).
(3) A minimum of 3 audible alarm units to meet the three location
installation requirements of 80.259(g).
(4) A testing device to determine locally that the auto alarm system
is operative.
(b) The auto alarm may be constructed in one or more units but must
be independent of the ship's regular radio receiving apparatus.
(c) A telephone jack must be provided to permit reception by a
telephone receiver.
(d) Tuning and timing controls must not be accessible from the
exterior of the device.
(e) Once set into operation the audible alarms must continue to
function until switches off in the principal radiotelegraph operating
room.
(f) A nonlocking or momentary-throw switch must be provided to permit
temporary disconnection of the audible alarm on the bridge and in the
operator's quarters when the auto alarm system is being tested.
(g) A failure of the auto alarm power supply must activate the
audible alarms.
(h) The auto alarm must operate within specifications throughout the
temperature range 0-50 degrees Celsius at relative humidities as high as
95%.
(i) The auto alarm must be protected from excessive currents, power
supply reversals and voltage variations which could cause damage to any
component.
(j) The auto alarm must be capable of operating when subjected to
vibrations having a frequency between 20 and 30 Hertz and an amplitude
of 0.03 inch in a direction of an angle of 30 to 45 degrees with the
base of the auto alarm.
47 CFR 80.259 Technical requirements for radiotelegraph auto alarm
receiver.
(a) For type acceptance the auto alarm in the absence of interference
must be capable of being operated by four consecutive dashes whose
length may vary from 6.0 to 3.5 seconds and the intervening spaces vary
between 1.5 seconds to 10 milliseconds. These types of auto alarms must
not respond to dashes longer than 6.31 seconds or shorter than 3.33
seconds nor to intervening spaces longer than 1.58 seconds or shorter
than 5 milliseconds except as follows:
(1) Non-digital types employing resistance-capacitance timing, type
approved before October 1, 1969, and placed in service on or before
January 1, 1985, must not respond to dashes longer than 7.40 seconds or
shorter than 2.80 seconds, nor to space intervals longer than 1.80
seconds or shorter than 5 milliseconds.
(2) Digital types employing a stable clock as the basic timing
device, type approved before May 1, 1968, and placed in service on or
before December 1, 1975, may accept dashes whose lower limits extends
down to 3.0 seconds.
(b) The auto alarm must operate with a signal of 100 microvolts RMS
at 500 kHz applied to an artificial antenna consisting of a 20
microhenry inductance, a 500 picofarad capacitor, and a 5 ohm resistor
connected in series in the absence of any interference and without
manual adjustment. It must be capable of operation under these
conditions on the following classes of emission:
(1) A1B;
(2) A2B with a carrier modulated at any modulation percentage from 30
through 100 percent with any modulation frequency from 300 through 1350
Hertz; and
(3) H2B with a carrier keyed and emitted at any power level from 3
through 6 decibels below peak envelope power, with any modulation
frequency from 300 through 1350 Hertz.
(c) The auto alarm must operate with signal levels up to 1 volt under
normal operating conditions.
(d) The auto alarm warning device must not be activated by
atmospherics or by any signal from the antenna other than the alarm
signal.
(e) The auto alarms must respond to the alarm signal through
non-continuous interference caused by atmospherics and powerful signals
other than the alarm signal. In the presence of atmospherics or
interfering signals, the auto alarm must automatically adjust itself
within a reasonable time to the condition in which it can most readily
distinguish the alarm signal.
(f) The auto alarm must respond without adjustment and with
practically uniform sensitivity to signals over a band extending no less
than 4 kHz on each side of the 500 kHz radiotelegraph frequency and with
a minimum attenuation of:
5 dB at 495.0 kHz and 505.0 kHz
40 dB at 487.0 kHz and 513.0 kHz
80 dB at 475.0 kHz and 525.0 kHz
(g) When the auto alarm is activated it must sound continuously a
warning in the radiotelegraph operating room, in the radio operator's
cabin, and on the bridge.
(h) The auto alarm must include a 500 kHz signal generator and a
keying device which automatically disconnects the auto alarm from the
antenna when an alarm signal of 100 microvolts is applied to test the
auto alarm.
47 CFR 80.261 Technical requirements for automatic-alarm-signal keying
device.
(a) The automatic-alarm-signal keying device may consist of one or
more units.
(b) The device must be designed to activate the keying circuits of
any transmitter approved by the Commission for use as a main or reserve
transmitter.
(c) Timing-adjustment controls must not be accessible from the
exterior of the device.
(d) The device must be able to repeatedly transmit the alarm signal.
For this purpose the dashes transmitted must have a duration of 3.8 to
4.2 seconds, and spaces between each of the twelve dashes constituting a
series must have a duration of 0.8 to 1.2 seconds. Spaces between each
series of twelve dashes must have a duration of 0.8 second to one
minute. This operation must be sustainable with power supply voltage
variations of 15%.
(e) A single control, protected to avoid accidental manipulation,
must be provided for placing the device into full operation within 30
seconds. Once in operation, the device must be capable of continuous
operation without attention for a least one hour.
(f) When the ''on-off'' control of the device is placed in the
''off'' position, the keying circuit to the radio transmitter(s) must be
automatically opened.
(g) The automatic-alarm-signal keying device must be capable of
operation from a power supply independent of ship power. It may operate
from the radio station emergency power supply.
(h) Instructions for adjustment of the device and the correct
indication of any instrument incorporated to reveal improper operation
must be inscribed on a plate mounted on the device in a position to be
easily read by the operator.
(i) The keying circuit must be capable of switching 0.75 amperes DC
through a 32 ohms non-inductive resistance. If the
automatic-alarm-signal keying device is also intended to be used with
transmitters requiring a keying circuit capability of 2 amperes DC
through a 115 ohms non-inductive resistance, the keying circuit of the
device must comply with this latter requirement.
(j) The automatic-alarm-signal keying device must operate within
specifications throughout the temperature range 0-50 degrees Celsius at
relative humidities as high as 95%.
(k) The automatic-alarm-signal keying device must be protected from
excessive currents, power supply reversals and voltage variations which
could cause damage to any component.
(l) The automatic-alarm-signal keying device must be capable of
operating when subjected to vibrations having a frequency between 20 and
30 Hertz and an amplitude of 0.03 inch in a direction at an angle of 30
to 45 degrees with the base of the automatic-alarm-signal keying device.
47 CFR 80.263 Common requirements for survival craft radio equipment.
In addition to the requirements set forth in 80.265 and 80.267,
survival craft radio equipment must comply with the following:
(a) The radio equipment must be operable without tools.
(b) Each equipment must be provided with an instruction manual
covering the design, installation, operation, and maintenance of the
equipment.
(c) Simple instructions for the operation of the equipment must be
prominently and permanently attached to it. These instructions must
include information about the erection of the antenna(s), and automatic
and manual transmission of the international distress and alarm signals
on 500 kHz.
(d) An artificial antenna for test purposes must be provided.
(e) The survival craft radio transmitter must meet the following:
(1) Must be pretuned to the required frequencies. The operating
frequencies must be maintained within the prescribed tolerances under
varying voltages, antenna circuit characteristics, and other normal
conditions of adjustment, and shock or vibration. The frequency control
circuit adjustments must not be readily available to the person using
the transmitter;
(2) Antenna tuning controls must be provided on the operating panel.
An initial adjustment of these controls must resonate the antenna
circuit at each required operating radio frequency. Resonance must be
maintained without further adjustment of the controls during a normal
operating period of the transmitter;
(3) The front panel must contain controls for manual operation on 500
kHz, manual operation on 8364 kHz, and automatic operation alternately
on these two frequencies. Not more than one manual switch adjustment
must be necessary to transmit automatically. For manual radiotelegraphy
the transmitter and receiver, including their controls, must be arranged
so that they can be operated from the same operating position and the
time necessary to change from transmission to recepition and vice versa
must not exceed two seconds; and
(4) In automatic operation the radio must:
(i) On 500 kHz transmit the international radiotelegraph alarm signal
followed by the international radiotelegraph distress signal, the latter
to be transmitted in one or more separate groups, each group consisting
of three separate distress signals;
(ii) On 8364 kHz transmit the international radiotelegraph distress
signal in one or more separate groups, each group consisting of three
separate distress signals; this group or these groups to be followed by
a continuous long dash of not less than 30 seconds in duration;
(iii) Transmit the specified signals by automatically changing the
operating frequency of the transmitter from 500 kHz to 8364 kHz and vice
versa with a transfer time interval not to exceed one second;
(iv) Completely de-energize the receiver during operation of the
transmitter;
(v) Be capable of testing the required automatic keying arrangement
without the generation of radio frequency energy; and
(vi) For automatic transmission of the international radiotelegraph
distress signal, not exceed 16 words per minute or be less than 8 words
per minute. The alarm signal dashes must have a duration within the
limits of 3.8 to 4.2 seconds, and the spaces between each of the 12
dashes constituting a series must have a duration within the limits of
0.8 to 1.2 seconds.
(f) Survival craft radio receivers must meet the following
requirements:
(1) The receiver must be capable of receiving A2A or H2A emission
over the 492-508 kHz band without manual tuning and when manually tuned
must be capable of receiving A1A and A2A or H2A and J2A emission on any
frequency in the 8320-8745 kHz band;
(2) The selectivity of the receiver preceeding the final detector
must be flat within 6 dB over the band 492 to 508 kHz;
(3) The audio frequency response of the receiver must be flat within
6 dB over the range of frequencies between 400 and 1400 Hertz; and
(4) The receiver must be equipped with only one manually operated
volume control.
(g) The artificial antenna must meet the following requirements:
(1) Provide a reliable test load for the transmitter at the
frequencies 500 kHz and 8364 kHz of approximately the same electrical
characteristics as the single wire or collapsible rod antenna required
by this section;
(2) Be housed in a single container and provided with terminals. If
more than two terminals are provided on the artificial antenna, all the
terminals must be labelled; and
(3) Be prominently labelled ''FOR TEST USE ONLY''.
47 CFR 80.265 Requirements for survival craft portable radio equipment.
(a) Survival craft portable radio equipment must be provided as a
single portable buoyant unit consisting of a transmitter, receiver
including headphones, power supply, grounding system, antenna system and
line for lowering the apparatus. Each totally enclosed lifeboat must
comply with the additional equipment requirements specified in this
section:
(1) The radio must float in sea water and withstand a drop into sea
water in various positions from a height of 6 meters (20 feet), without
requiring repair or adjustment other than normal antenna tuning. The
operating controls, indicating devices and instruments, including the
headphones, must be protected against physical damage and from prolonged
exposure to the weather. The radio must withstand submersion in sea
water so that no part is less than 5 centimeters (2 inches) below the
surface of the water for two hours without leaking;
(2) The radio must be fitted with handles or grips. It must be
carryable by either one or two persons;
(3) The radio must be designed to attach to a lifeboat thwart by
lashing or other acceptable means;
(4) The radio, exclusive of the line for lowering, must not weigh
more than 27 kilograms (60 pounds). A radio for use in a totally
enclosed lifeboat must not weigh more than 18 kilograms (40 pounds);
(5) The line for lowering must consist of not less than 12 meters (40
feet) of 9 thread manila or sisal rope, or the equivalent thereof, which
must be securely attached to the radio at all times;
(6) All removable components necessary for the proper operation of
the radio must be attached to this equipment;
(7) Each radio must have a durable removable plate showing clearly
the survival craft radio call sign in letters and digits and in
characters of the Morse code; and
(8) The maximum overall dimensions of the radio to be used in totally
enclosed lifeboats including accessories must not exceed 35 by 40 by 50
centimeters (14 by 16 by 20 inches).
(b)(1) Portable survival craft radio transmitters must meet the
following requirements:
(2) The transmitter must be equipped with a visual indicator or
indicators such as neon tubes to show antenna circuit resonance.
Failure of the indicator(s) must not keep the transmitter from
operating.
(c) Portable survival craft receivers must meet the following
requirements:
(1) The audio output must be one milliwatt with a signal to noise
power ratio of at least 10 to 1, when the receiver is supplied through
the following artificial antennas with the respective radio frequency
signals:
(2) The noise power present in the output of the receiver when the
receiver is adjusted for A2A or H2A emission on 500 kHz and 8364 kHz
must be determined with an unmodulated input signal of the indicated
strength.
(d) The power supply must meet the following requirements:
(1) The source of power must be a manually operated electric
generator capable of energizing the survival craft radio installation.
The mechanical power applied to the crank handle(s) or the propelling
lever(s) of the generator driving mechanism must not exceed a maximum of
0.15 horsepower for any operation of the survival craft radio
installation at any temperature of the generator and its associated
driving mechanism between minus 30 degrees and plus 50 degrees Celsius.
Under these conditions the speed of rotation of the crank handle(s) must
not be greater than 70 revolutions per minute nor must the cycles of
operation of the propelling lever(s) be greater than 70 cycles per
minute. The voltages applied to the radio installation must not vary
from their normal values more than 20 percent at any generator speed in
excess of the normal operating speed which can be manually developed.
(e) The antenna system must consist of a single wire antenna with a
collapsible mast or a collapsible rod antenna conforming to the
following requirements:
(1) The single wire antenna must be at least 12 meters (40 feet) of
at least No. 10 AWG insulated extra-flexible stranded copper and
include a means for fastening the wire to the antenna supports, and
means for making electrical connection to the transmitter;
(2) Each totally enclosed lifeboat must be provided with a
collapsible rod antenna which operates in either a freestanding position
or supported only by a grommet in the canopy of the lifeboat. The
antenna must be capable of being erected from within of the enclosure.
Antennas for use in totally enclosed lifeboats must be type accepted.
(f) The grounding system must consist of either a conducting wire or
plate to provide an efficient ground for the portable survival craft
equipment. The conducting wire must consist of a length of not less
than 6 meters (20 feet) of No. 10 AWG bare stranded copper or
equivalent copper braid weighted at one end for immersion in the sea.
The ground plate must consist of a bare plate or strips of corrosion
resistant metal having a total area of at least .6 square meters (6.5
square feet) and must be located on the hull of the lifeboat below the
waterline. The electrical connection to the grounding conductor or to
the ground plate must be made from inside the lifeboat.
47 CFR 80.267 Requirements for survival craft nonportable radio
equipment.
(a)(1) The radio transmitter must meet the following requirements:
(2) The transmitter must have an antenna current meter.
(b) Survival craft non-portable receivers must meet the following
requirements:
(1) The audio output must be one milliwatt at a signal to noise power
ratio of at least 10 to 1, when the receiver is supplied through the
following artificial antennas with the respective radio frequency
signals:
(2) When the receiver is adjusted for A2A or H2A emission on 500 kHz
and 8364 kHz the noise power present in the output of the receiver must
be determined with an unmodulated input signal of the indicated
strength;
(3) The audio output of the receiver must be capable of at least 8 dB
above one milliwatt at the rated loan impedance.
47 CFR 80.269 Technical requirements for radiotelephone distress
frequency watch receiver.
(a) The radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver is comprised
of a receiver, a loudspeaker and a radiotelephone auto alarm device.
(b) The radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver must meet
the following requirements:
(1) The receiver must be capable of being switched to 2182 kHz and of
receiving signals of at least A2A, A2B, H2A and H2B emissions;
(2) The receiver sensitivity must provide a SINAD of 20 dB at the
audio output when a 30 microvolt signal with A2A, A2B, H2A, or H2B
emission modulated 30% at 400 Hz is applied to the receiver RF
terminals;
(3) The audio output of the receiver must be at least 50 milliwatts
at the rated load impedance;
(4) The receiver must be provided with an auto alarm device which
mutes the receiver (silences the loudspeaker) unless the radiotelephone
alarm signal or the signal preceeding a vital navigational warning is
received. When the auto alarm is activated the receiver audio output
level must be louder than the output level of the received speech
signal. Additionally, the receiver must meet the following
requirements:
(i) When the receiver is muted its audio output power must be less
than 1 milliwatt;
(ii) If tone filters are used to process the 1300 Hz and 2200 Hz
tones the tolerance of their center frequency must be 1.5 percent of
the alerting frequency. The response must be flat within 6 dB to 3% of
the center frequency of the filters; and
(iii) The receiver must not be unmuted by atmospherics or by strong
signals other than the radiotelephone alarm and the vital navigational
warning signal.
(5) The receiver must be unmuted within 4 to 6 seconds when a double
sideband alarm signal modulated at 70% is applied at its input terminals
at a level which produces a SINAD of 10 dB under the following
conditions:
(i) For radiotelephone alarm the signal must be modulated
sequentially by a 1300 20 Hz tone and a 2200 35 Hz tone. The duration
of each tone must be 250 50 milliseconds and the period between each
tone must not exceed 50 milliseconds; and
(ii) For navigational warning the signal must be modulated by a 2200
35 Hz tone and the modulated carrier must be turned ''on'' for 250 50
milliseconds and then ''off'' for 250 50 milliseconds.
(6) The receiver must not be unmuted when a double sideband signal of
70 dB above the receiver measured sensitivity, modulated at 70% by a
2200 35 Hz tone with the following durations is applied at its input
terminals:
(i) ''On'' periods of less than 175 milliseconds or more than 325
milliseconds followed by ''off'' periods of any duration; and
(ii) ''Off'' periods of less than 175 milliseconds or more then 425
milliseconds followed by ''on'' periods of any duration.
(7) The controls listed below must be provided on the exterior of the
equipment:
(i) On/off switch with a visual indication that the device is on;
(ii) Volume control to adjust the audio output;
(iii) Control for dimming any light on the equipment;
(iv) Control for switching the auto alarm in and out of operation;
and
(v) Control to manually reset the auto alarm to muted condition.
(8) The receiver must operate within specifications throughout the
temperature range 0-50 degrees Celsius at relative humidities as high as
95%.
(9) The receiver must be capable of operating when subjected to
vibrations having a frequency between 20 and 30 Hertz and an amplitude
of 0.03 inch in a direction at an angle of 30 to 45 degrees with the
base of the auto alarm.
47 CFR 80.271 Technical requirements for portable survival craft
radiotelephone transceivers.
(a) Portable survival craft radiotelephone transceivers must comply
with the following:
(1) The transceivers must receive and transmit either on 457.525 MHz
or on 156.800 MHz;
(2) The receiver must comply with the requirements in part 15,
subpart C of this chapter and must have a sensitivity of not more than 2
microvolts. The sensitivity requirement must be met using the receiver
sensitivity measurement procedure specified in the Radio Technical
Commission for Marine Services (RTCM) Special Committee No. 66 Report
MMS-R2;
(3) The effective radiated power of the transmitter must be at least
0.1 watt;
(4) The transceivers must be battery powered and operate for at least
four hours with a transmit to receive ratio of 1:9 with no significant
adverse effect upon the performance of the device;
(5) The transceivers must have a permanently attached waterproof
label with the statement ''Complies with the FCC requirements for
survival craft two-way radiotelephone equipment''; and
(6) The antenna must be permanently attached to the device or its
removal must require the use of a special tool.
(b) Portable radiotelephone transceivers that are already type
accepted may be used to satisfy the survival craft radiotelephone
requirement until October 1, 1993, provided the device meets the
technical requirements in paragraphs (a)(1) through (3) of this section.
(c) Survival craft radiotelephone equipment installed after October
1, 1988, must be type accepted to meet the requirements of this section.
(d) After October 1, 1993, all portable radiotelephone transceivers
that are used to satisfy the survival craft radiotelephone requirement
must have been type accepted to meet the requirements of this section.
(e) Portable radiotelephone transceivers which are type accepted to
meet the requirements of this section must be identified by an
appropriate note in the Commission's Radio Equipment List.
47 CFR 80.273 Technical requirements for radar equipment.
The technical requirements for radar equipment are contained in
80.825.
47 CFR 80.273 Subpart G -- Safety Watch Requirements and Procedures
47 CFR 80.273 Coast Station Safety Watches
47 CFR 80.301 Watch requirements.
(a) Each public coast station operating on telegraphy frequencies in
the band 405-535 kHz must maintain a watch for classes A1A, A2B and H2B
emissions by a licensed radiotelegraph operator on the frequency 500 kHz
for three minutes twice each hour, beginning at x h.15 and x h.45
Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
(b) Each public coast station licensed to operate in the band
1605-3500 kHz must monitor such frequency(s) as are used for working or,
at the licensee's discretion, maintain a watch on 2182 kHz.
(c) Except for distress, urgency or safety messages, coast stations
must not transmit on 2182 kHz during the silence periods for three
minutes twice each hour beginning at x h.00 and x h.30 Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC).
(d) Each public coast station must provide assistance for distress
communications when requested by the Coast Guard.
47 CFR 80.302 Notice of discontinuance, reduction, or impairment of
service involving a distress watch.
(a) When changes occur in the operation of a public coast station
which include discontinuance, reduction or suspension of a watch
required to be maintained on 500 kHz, 2182 kHz, or 156.800 MHz,
notification must be made by the licensee to the nearest district office
of the U.S. Coast Guard as soon as practicable. The notification must
include the estimated or known resumption time of the watch.
47 CFR 80.303 Watch on 156.800 MHz (Channel 16).
(a) During its hours of operation, each coast station operating in
the 156-162 MHz band and serving rivers, bays and inland lakes except
the Great Lakes, must maintain a safety watch on the frequency 156.800
MHz except when transmitting on 156.800 MHz.
(b) A coast station may be exempted from compliance with the watch
requirement when Federal, State or Local Government stations maintain a
watch on 156.800 MHz over 95% of the coast station's service area.
Requests for an exemption must include a chart showing the receiving
service area of the inland water public coast station. The coordinates,
to the nearest minute, and the receiving service area of the Government
stations maintaining the continuous watch on 156.800 MHz must be
indicated on the same chart. The service area of these stations must be
calculated using criteria specified in subpart P of this part.
(c) If the government station(s) providing the 156.800 MHz watch over
the service area of an exempt station temporarily discontinues that
watch, the exempt coast station upon receiving notice of this condition
must maintain the watch on 156.800 HMz during the discontinuance.
Automated maritime communications systems' compliance with this
requirement is limited to the use of existing facilities.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987)
47 CFR 80.303 Ship Station Safety Watches
47 CFR 80.304 Watch requirement during silence periods.
(a) Each ship station operating on telegraphy frequencies in the band
405-535 kHz, must maintain a watch on the frequency 500 kHz of three
minutes twice each hour beginning at x h.15 and x h.45 Coordinated
Universal Time (UTC) by a licensed radiotelegraph officer using either a
loudspeaker or headphone.
(b) Each ship station operating on telephony on frequencies in the
band 1605-3500 kHz must maintain a watch on the frequency 2182 kHz.
This watch must be maintained at least twice each hour for 3 minutes
commencing at x h.00 and x h.30 Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) using
either a loudspeaker or headphone. Expect for distress, urgency or
safety messages, ship stations must not transmit during the silence
periods on 2182 kHz.
47 CFR 80.305 Watch requirements of the Communications Act and the
Safety Convention.
(a) Each ship of the United States which is equipped with a
radiotelegraph station for compliance with part II of title III of the
Communications Act or chapter IV of the Safety Convention must:
(1) Keep a continuous and efficient watch on 500 kHz by means of
radio officers while being navigated in the open sea outside a harbor or
port. In lieu thereof, on a cargo ship equipped with a radiotelegraph
auto alarm in proper operating condition, an efficient watch on 500 kHz
must be maintained by means of a radio officer for at least 8 hours per
day in the aggregate, i.e., for at least one-third of each day or
portion of each day that the vessel is navigated in the open sea outside
of a harbor or port.
(2) Keep a continuous and efficient watch on the radiotelephone
distress frequency 2182 kHz from the principal radio operating position
or the room from which the vessel is normally steered while being
navigated in the open sea outside a harbor or port. A radiotelephone
distress frequency watch receiver having a loudspeaker and a
radiotelephone auto alarm facility must be used to keep the continuous
watch on 2182 kHz if such watch is kept from the room from which the
vessel is normally steered. After a determination by the master that
conditions are such that maintenance of the listening watch would
interfere with the safe navigation of the ship, the watch may be
maintained by the use of the radiotelephone auto alarm facility alone.
(3) Keep a continuous and efficient watch on the VHF distress
frequency 156.800 MHz from the room from which the vessel is normally
steered while in the open sea outside a harbor or port. The watch must
be maintained by a designated member of the crew who may perform other
duties, relating to the operation or navigation of the vessel, provided
such other duties do not interfere with the effectiveness of the watch.
Use of a properly adjusted squelch or brief interruptions due to other
nearby VHF transmissions are not considered to adversely affect the
continuity or efficiency of the required watch on the VHF distress
frequency. This watch need not be maintained by vessels subject to the
Bridge-to-Bridge Act and participating in a Vessel Traffic Services
(VTS) system as required or recommended by the U.S. Coast Guard, when
an efficient listening watch is maintained on both the bridge-to-bridge
frequency and a separate assigned VTS frequency.
(b) Each cargo ship of the United States which is equipped with a
radiotelephone station for compliance with part II of title III of the
Communications Act or chapter IV of the Safety Convention must while
being navigated outside of a harbor or port:
(1) Keep a continuous watch on 2182 kHz in the room from which the
vessel is normally steered while at sea, whenever such station is not
being used for authorized traffic. Such watch must be maintained by at
least one officer or crewmember who may perform other duties relating to
the operation or navigation of the vessel, provided such other duties do
not interfere with the watch. A radiotelephone watch receiver having a
loudspeaker and a radiotelephone auto alarm must be used to keep the
continuous watch on 2182 kHz. After a determination by the master that
maintenance of the watch would interfere with the safe navigation of the
ship, the watch may be maintained by use of the radiotelephone auto
alarm facility alone.
(2) Keep a continuous watch on 156.800 MHz from the room from which
the vessel is normally steered. The watch must be maintained by a
crewmember who may perform other duties, relating to the operation or
navigation of the vessel, provided such other duties do not interfere
with the watch. Use of properly adjusted squelch of brief interruptions
due to other nearby VHF transmissions are not considered to adversely
affect the watch. This watch need not be maintained by vessels subject
to the Bridge-to-Bridge Act and participating in a Vessel Traffic
Services (VTS) system when a watch is maintained on both the
bridge-to-bridge frequency and a VTS frequency.
(c) Each vessel of the United States transporting more than six
passengers for hire, which is equipped with a radiotelephone station for
compliance with part III of title III of the Communications Act must,
while being navigated in the open sea or any tidewater within the
jurisdiction of the United States adjacent or contiguous to the open
sea, keep a continuous watch on 2182 kHz while the vessel is beyond VHF
communication range of the nearest VHF coast station, whenever the
radiotelephone station is not being used for authorized traffic. A VHF
watch must be kept on 156.800 MHz whenever such station is not being
used for authorized traffic. The VHF watch must be maintained at the
vessel's steering station actually in use by the qualified operator as
defined by 80.157 or by a crewmember who may perform other duties
relating to the operation or navigation of the vessel, provided such
other duties do not interfere with the watch. The use of a properly
adjusted squelch is not considered to adversely affect the watch. The
VHF watch need not be maintained by vessels subject to the
Bridge-to-Bridge Act and participating in a Vessel Traffic Services
(VTS) system when an efficient listening watch is maintained on both the
bridge-to-bridge frequency and a VTS frequency.
47 CFR 80.306 Provisions governing the radiotelegraph watch.
(a) The radio officer must use the main or reserve receiver, and
either headphones or a loudspeaker to keep the watch on 500 kHz.
(b) During the watch, the radio officer may temporarily interrupt the
required watch on 500 kHz while transmitting or receiving signals or
messages to or from a station but only if it is not feasible to
simultaneously handle such traffic and listen on 500 kHz by split
headphones or a loudspeaker. The watch on 500 kHz must, however,
without exception be maintained during the silence periods.
(c) During this watch, on vessels subject to the Communications Act
and the Safety Convention on international voyages, the radio officer
may discontinue listening when handling traffic on other frequencies or
performing other essential radio duties, but only if it is impracticable
to listen by split headphones or loudspeaker. The watch must always be
maintained by a radio officer using headphones or loudspeaker during the
silence periods. The term ''essential radio duties'' in this rule
includes urgent repairs of radiocommunication equipment used for safety
or radio navigational equipment by order of the master.
(d) When authorized by the master, the radio officer may perform
maintenance repair of communications, navigation or other electronic
equipment outside of the radiotelegraph room, provided that the
listening watch on 500 kHz can be maintained by headphones,
loudspeakers, portable receivers, or other suitable means. The watch on
500 kHz must be maintained in the radiotelegraph room during the silence
period.
47 CFR 80.307 Compulsory use of radiotelegraph auto alarm.
The radiotelegraph auto alarm required on a cargo ship subject to the
radiotelegraph provisions of part II of title III of the Communications
Act or the Safety Convention must be in operation, connected to the main
antenna and adjusted for optimum efficiency at all times while the ship
is being navigated in the open sea when a radio officer is not listening
on the frequency 500 kHz, except under the circumstances as set forth in
80.306(b).
47 CFR 80.308 Watch required by the Great Lakes Radio Agreement.
(a) Each ship of the United States that is equipped with a
radiotelephone station for compliance with the Great Lakes Radio
Agreement must when underway keep a watch on:
(1) 156.800 MHz on board a vessel 20 meters (65 feet) and over in
length, a vessel engaged in towing (See 80.951(b)), or a vessel
carrying more than 6 passengers for hire. This watch must be maintained
whenever the station is not being used for authorized traffic. However,
a watch on 156.800 MHz need not be maintained by a vessel maintaining a
watch on the bridge-to-bridge frequency 156.650 MHz and participating in
a Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) system and maintaining a watch on the
specified VTS frequency.
(2) 156.650 MHz on board a vessel 38 meters (124 feet) and over in
length, a vessel engaged in towing (See 80.951(b)), or a vessel
carrying more than six passengers for hire. This watch must be
maintained continuously and effectively. Sequential monitoring is not
sufficient. Portable VHF equipment may be used to meet this
requirement. Vessels are exempted from this requirement while
transiting the St. Lawrence Seaway and complying with the Joint
Regulations of the St. Lawrence Seaway Authority and St. Lawrence
Seaway Development Corporation between the lower exit of St. Lambert
Lock at Montreal and Crossover Island, New York and in the Welland Canal
and approaches between Calling in Point No. 15 and No. 16.
(b) The watch must be maintained by the master, or person designated
by the master, who may perform other duties provided they do not
interfere with the effectiveness of the watch.
(53 FR 17052, May 13, 1988)
47 CFR 80.309 Watch required by the Bridge-to-Bridge Act.
All vessels subject to the Bridge-to-Bridge Act must keep a watch on
the designated navigational frequency. The watch must be maintained by
the master or person in charge of the vessel or the person designated by
the master or person in charge to pilot or direct the movement of the
vessel. The person standing watch may perform other duties provided
such other duties do not interfere with the watch.
47 CFR 80.310 Watch required by voluntary vessels.
Voluntary vessels must maintain a watch on 156.800 MHz whenever the
radio is operating and is not being used to communicate.
47 CFR 80.310 Distress, Alarm, Urgency and Safety Procedures
47 CFR 80.311 Authority for distress transmission.
A mobile station in distress may use any means at its disposal to
attract attention, make known its position, and obtain help. A distress
call and message, however, must be transmitted only on the authority of
the master or person responsible for the mobile station. No person
shall knowingly transmit, or cause to be transmitted, any false or
fraudulent signal of distress or related communication.
47 CFR 80.312 Priority of distress transmissions.
The distress call has absolute priority over all other transmissions.
All stations which hear it must immediately cease any transmission
capable of interfering with the distress traffic and must continue to
listen on the frequency used for the emission of the distress call.
This call must not be addressed to a particular station.
Acknowledgement of receipt must not be given before the distress message
which follows it is sent.
47 CFR 80.313 Frequencies for use in distress.
The frequencies specified in the bands below are for use by mobile
stations in distress. The conventional emission is shown. When a ship
station cannot transmit on the designated frequency or the conventional
emission, it may use any available frequency or emission. Frequencies
for distress and safety calling using digital selective calling
techniques are listed in 80.359(b). Distress and safety NB-DP
frequencies are indicated by footnote 2 in 80.361(b).
The maximum transmitter power obtainable may be used.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 51 FR 34984, Oct. 1, 1986)
47 CFR 80.314 Distress signals.
(a) The international radiotelegraphy distress signal consists of the
group ''three dots, three dashes, three dots'' (... ---...), symbolized
herein by SOS, transmitted as a single signal in which the dashes are
slightly prolonged so as to be distinguished clearly from the dots.
(b) The international radiotelephone distress signal consists of the
word MAYDAY, pronounced as the French expression ''m'aider''.
(c) These distress signals indicate that a mobile station is
threatened by grave and imminent danger and requests immediate
assistance.
47 CFR 80.315 Distress calls.
(a) The radiotelegraph distress call consists of:
(1) The distress signal SOS, sent three times;
(2) The word DE;
(3) The call sign of the mobile station in distress, sent three
times.
(b) The radiotelephone distress call consists of:
(1) The distress signal MAYDAY spoken three times;
(2) The words THIS IS;
(3) The call sign (or name, if no call sign assigned) of the mobile
station in distress, spoken three times.
47 CFR 80.316 Distress messages.
(a) The radiotelegraph distress message consists of:
(1) The distress signal SOS;
(2) The name of the mobile station in distress;
(3) Particulars of its position;
(4) The nature of the distress;
(5) The kind of assistance desired;
(6) Any other information which might facilitate rescue.
(b) The radiotelephone distress message consists of:
(1) The distress signal MAYDAY;
(2) The name of the mobile station in distress;
(3) Particulars of its position;
(4) The nature of the distress;
(5) The kind of assistance desired;
(6) Any other information which might facilitate rescue, for example,
the length, color, and type of vessel, number of persons on board.
(c) As a general rule, a ship must signal its position in latitude
and longitude, using figures for the degrees and minutes, together with
one of the words NORTH or SOUTH and one of the words EAST or WEST. In
radiotelegraphy, the signal .-.-.- must be used to separate the degrees
from the minutes. When practicable, the true bearing and distance in
nautical miles from a known geographical position may be given.
47 CFR 80.317 Radiotelegraph and radiotelephone alarm signals.
(a) The international radiotelegraph alarm signal consists of a
series of twelve dashes sent in one minute, the duration of each dash
being four seconds and the duration of the interval between consecutive
dashes one second. The purpose of this special signal is the actuation
of automatic devices giving the alarm to attract the attention of the
operator when there is no listening watch on the distress frequency.
(b) The international radiotelephone alarm signal consists of two
substantially sinusoidal audio frequency tones transmitted alternately.
One tone must have a frequency of 2200 Hertz and the other a frequency
of 1300 Hertz, the duration of each tone being 250 milliseconds. When
generated by automatic means, the radiotelephone alarm signal must be
transmitted continuously for a period of at least 30 seconds, but not
exceeding one minute; when generated by other means, the signal must be
transmitted as continuously as practicable over a period of
approximately one minute. The purpose of this special signal is to
attract the attention of the person on watch or to actuate automatic
devices giving the alarm.
47 CFR 80.318 Use of alarm signals.
(a) The radiotelegraph or radiotelephone alarm signal, as
appropriate, must only be used to announce:
(1) That a distress call or message is about to follow;
(2) The transmission of an urgent cyclone warning. In this case the
alarm signal may only be used by coast stations authorized by the
Commission to do so; or
(3) The loss of a person or persons overboard. In this case the
alarm signal may only be used when the assistance of other ships is
required and cannot be satisfactorily obtained by the use of the urgency
signal only, but the alarm signal must not be repeated by other
stations. The message must be preceded by the urgency signal.
(b) In cases described in paragraphs (a)(2) and (3) of this section,
the transmission of the warning or message by radiotelegraphy must not
begin until two minutes after the end of the radiotelegraph alarm
signal.
47 CFR 80.319 Radiotelegraph distress call and message transmission
procedure.
(a) The radiotelegraph distress procedure consists of the following
six steps: however, when time is vital, the first and second steps may
be omitted. These two steps of the distress procedure may also be
omitted in circumstances when transmission of the alarm signal is
considered unnecessary:
(1) The radiotelegraph alarm signal;
(2) The distress call and an interval of two minutes;
(3) The distress call;
(4) The distress message;
(5) Two dashes of ten to fifteen seconds each;
(6) The call sign of the mobile station in distress.
(b) The radiotelegraph distress transmissions must be sent by means
of the international Morse code at a speed not exceeding 16 words per
minute nor less than 8 words per minute.
(c) The distress message, preceded by the distress call, must be
repeated at intervals, especially during the 500 kHz international
silence periods, until an answer is received. The radiotelegraph alarm
signal may also be repeated, if necessary.
(d) The transmissions under paragraphs (a)(5) and (6) of this
section, which are to permit direction finding stations to determine the
position of the station in distress, may be repeated at frequent
intervals if necessary.
(e) When the mobile station in distress receives no answer to a
distress message transmitted on the distress frequency, the message may
be repeated on any other available frequency on which attention might be
attracted.
47 CFR 80.320 Radiotelephone distress call and message transmission
procedure.
(a) The radiotelephone distress procedure consists of:
(1) The radiotelephone alarm signal (whenever possible);
(2) The distress call;
(3) The distress message.
(b) Radiotelephone distress transmissions must be made slowly and
distinctly, each word being clearly pronounced to facilitate
transcription.
(c) After the transmission by radiotelephony of its distress message,
the mobile station may be requested to transmit suitable signals
followed by its call sign or name, to permit direction-finding stations
to determine its position. This request may be repeated at frequent
intervals if necessary.
(d) The distress message, preceded by the distress call, must be
repeated at intervals until an answer is received. This repetition must
be preceded by the radiotelephone alarm signal whenever possible.
(e) When the mobile station in distress receives no answer to a
distress message transmitted on the distress frequency, the message may
be repeated on any other available frequency on which attention might be
attracted.
47 CFR 80.321 Acknowledgement of receipt of distress message.
(a) Stations of the maritime mobile service which receive a distress
message from a mobile station which is beyond any possible doubt in
their vicinity must immediately acknowledge receipt. However, in areas
where reliable communication with one or more coast stations is
practicable, ship stations may defer this acknowledgement for a short
interval so that a coast station may acknowledge receipt.
(b) Stations of the maritime mobile service which receive a distress
message from a mobile station which beyond any possible doubt is not in
their vicinity, must allow a short interval of time to elapse before
acknowledging receipt of the message in order to permit stations nearer
to the mobile station in distress to acknowledge receipt without
interference.
47 CFR 80.322 Form of acknowledgement.
(a) The acknowledgement of receipt of a radiotelegraph distress
message is transmitted in the following form:
(1) The distress signal SOS;
(2) The call sign of the station sending the distress message, sent
three times;
(3) The word DE;
(4) The call sign of the station acknowledging receipt, sent three
times;
(5) The group RRR;
(6) The message signal SOS.
(b) The acknowledgement of receipt of a radiotelephone distress
message is transmitted in the following form:
(1) The distress signal MAYDAY;
(2) The call sign or other identification of the station sending the
distress message, spoken three times;
(3) The words THIS IS;
(4) The call sign or other identification of the station
acknowledging receipt, spoken three times;
(5) The word RECEIVED;
(6) The distress signal MAYDAY.
47 CFR 80.323 Information furnished by an acknowledging station.
(a) Every mobile station which acknowledges receipt of a distress
message must on the order of the master or person responsible for the
ship, aircraft, or other vehicle carrying such mobile station, transmit
as soon as possible the following information in the order shown:
(1) Its identifier;
(2) Its position;
(3) The speed at which it is proceeding towards, and the approximate
time it will take to reach the mobile station in distress.
(b) Before sending this message, the station must ensure that it will
not interfere with the emissions of other stations better situated to
render immediate assistance to the station in distress.
47 CFR 80.324 Transmission of distress message by station not itself in
distress.
(a) A mobile station or a land station which learns that a mobile
station is in distress must transmit a distress message in any of the
following cases:
(1) When the station in distress cannot transmit the distress
message.
(2) When the master or person responsible for the ship, aircraft, or
other vehicle not in distress, or for the land station, believes that
further help is necessary.
(3) When, although not in a position to assist, it has heard a
distress message which has not been acknowledged. When a mobile station
transmits such a distress message, it must notify the authorities who
may be able to assist.
(b) Transmission must be made on the international distress
frequencies or on any other available frequency on which attention might
be attracted.
(c) Transmission of the distress message must always be preceded by
the call indicated below, which must itself be preceded whenever
possible by the radiotelegraph or radiotelephone alarm signal. This
call consists of:
(1) When radiotelegraphy is used:
(i) The signal DDD SOS SOS SOS DDD:
(ii) The word DE;
(iii) The call sign of the transmitting station, sent three times.
(2) When radiotelephony is used:
(i) The signal MAYDAY RELAY, spoken three times;
(ii) The words THIS IS;
(iii) The call sign or other identification of the transmitting
station, spoken three times.
(d) When the radiotelegraph alarm signal is used, an interval of two
minutes must be allowed, whenever this is considered necessary, before
the transmission of the call mentioned in paragraph (c)(1) of this
section.
47 CFR 80.325 Control of distress traffic.
(a) Distress traffic consists of all messages relating to the
immediate assistance required by the mobile station in distress. In
distress traffic, the distress signal must be sent before the call and
at the beginning of the preamble of any radiotelegram.
(b) The control of distress traffic is the responsibility of the
mobile station in distress or of the station which has sent the distress
message. These stations may delegate the control of the distress
traffic to another station.
(c) The station in distress or the station in control of distress
traffic may impose silence either on all stations of the mobile service
in the area or on any station which interferes with the distress
traffic. It must address these instructions ''to all stations'' or to
one station only, according to circumstances. In either case, it must
use one of the following signals which are reserved for use by the
mobile station in distress and for the station controlling distress
traffic:
(1) In radiotelegraphy, the abbreviation QRT, followed by the
distress signal SOS.
(2) In radiotelephony, the signal SEELONCE MAYDAY.
(d) If essential, any station of the mobile service near the ship,
aircraft, or other vehicle in distress may also impose silence. It must
use for this purpose:
(1) In radiotelegraphy, the abbreviation QRT, followed by the word
DISTRESS and its own call sign;
(2) In radiotelephony, the word SEELONCE, followed by the word
DISTRESS and its own call sign or other identification.
47 CFR 80.326 Notification of resumption of normal working.
(a) When distress traffic has ceased, or when complete silence is no
longer necessary on a frequency which has been used for distress
traffic, the station which has controlled this traffic must transmit on
that frequency a message addressed ''to all stations'' indicating that
normal working may be resumed.
(1) In radiotelegraphy, this message consists of:
(i) The distress signal SOS;
(ii) The call ''to all stations'' (CQ), sent three times;
(iii) The word DE;
(iv) The call sign of the station sending the message;
(v) The time of handing in the message;
(vi) The name and call sign of the mobile station which was in
distress;
(vii) The service abbreviation QUM.
(2) In radiotelephony, this message consists of:
(i) The distress signal MAYDAY;
(ii) The call ''Hello all stations'', spoken three times;
(iii) The words THIS IS;
(iv) The call sign or other identification of the station sending the
message;
(v) The time of handing in of the message;
(vi) The name and call sign of the mobile station which was in
distress;
(vii) The words SEELONCE FEENEE OR PRU-DONCE.
(b) Until they receive the foregoing message indicating that normal
or limited working may be resumed, all stations which are aware of the
distress traffic, and which are not taking part in it, are forbidden to
transmit on the frequencies on which the distress traffic is taking
place.
47 CFR 80.327 Urgency signals.
(a) The urgency signal indicates that the calling station has a very
urgent message to transmit concerning the safety of a ship, aircraft, or
other vehicle, or the safety of a person. The urgency signal must be
sent only on the authority of the master or person responsible for the
mobile station.
(b) In radiotelegraphy, the urgency signal consists of three
repetitions of the group XXX, sent with the individual letters of each
group, and the successive groups clearly separated from each other. It
must be transmitted before the call.
(c) In radiotelephony, the urgency signal consists of three oral
repetitions of the group of words PAN PAN transmitted before the call.
(d) The urgency signal has priority over all other communications
except distress. All mobile and land stations which hear it must not
interfere with the transmission of the message which follows the urgency
signal.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987)
47 CFR 80.328 Urgency message.
(a) The urgency signal and call, and the message following it, must
be sent on one of the international distress frequencies. Stations
which cannot transmit on a distress frequency may use any other
available frequency on which attention might be attracted.
(b) Mobile stations which hear the urgency signal must continue to
listen for at least three minutes. At the end of this period, if no
urgency message has been heard, they may resume their normal service.
However, land and mobile stations which are in communication on
frequencies other than those used for the transmission of the urgency
signal and of the call which follows it may continue their normal work
without interruption provided the urgency message is not addressed ''to
all stations''.
(c) When the urgency signal has been sent before transmitting a
message ''to all stations'' which calls for action by the stations
receiving the message, the station responsible for its transmission must
cancel it as soon as it knows that action is no longer necessary. This
message of cancellation must likewise be addressed ''to all stations''.
47 CFR 80.329 Safety signals.
(a) The safety signal indicates that the station is about to transmit
a message concerning the safety of navigation or giving important
meteorological warnings.
(b) In radiotelegraphy, the safety signal consists of three
repetitions of the group TTT, sent with the individual letters of each
group, and the successive groups clearly separated from each other. It
must be sent before the call.
(c) In radiotelephony, the safety signal consists of the word
SECURITE, pronounced as in French, spoken three times and transmitted
before the call.
(d) The safety signal and call must be sent on one of the
international distress frequencies (500 kHz or 8364 kHz radiotelegraph;
2182 kHz or 156.8 MHz radiotelephone). Stations which cannot transmit
on a distress frequency may use any other available frequency on which
attention might be attracted.
47 CFR 80.330 Safety message.
(a) The safety signal and call must be followed by the safety
message. Where practicable, the safety message should be sent on a
working frequency, and a suitable announcement to this effect must be
made at the end of the call.
(b) Except for the cases mentioned in paragraph (c) of this section,
the safety signal when sent on the frequency 500 kHz must be transmitted
toward the end of the first available silence period; the safety
message must be transmitted immediately after the silence period.
(c) Messages about meteorological warnings, of cyclones, dangerous
ice, dangerous wrecks, or any other imminent danger to marine navigation
must be preceded by the safety signal.
(d) Stations hearing the safety signal must not make any transmission
likely to interfere with the message.
47 CFR 80.331 Bridge-to-bridge communication procedure.
(a) Vessels subject to the Bridge-to-Bridge Act transmitting on the
designated navigational frequency must conduct communications in a
format similar to those given below:
(1) This is the (name of vessel). My position is (give readily
identifiable position, course and speed) about to (describe contemplated
action). Out.
(2) Vessel off (give a readily identifiable position). This is (name
of vessel) off (give a readily identifiable position). I plan to (give
proposed course of action). Over.
(3) (Coast station), this is (vessel's name) off (give readily
identifiable position). I plan to (give proposed course of action).
Over.
(b) Vessels acknowledging receipt must answer ''(Name of vessel
calling). This is (Name of vessel answering). Received your call,''
and follow with an indication of their intentions. Communications must
terminate when each ship is satisfied that the other no longer poses a
threat to its safety and is ended with ''Out''.
(c) Use of power greater than 1 watt in a bridge-to-bridge station
shall be limited to the following three situations:
(1) Emergency.
(2) Failure of the vessel being called to respond to a second call at
low power.
(3) A broadcast call as in paragraph (a)(1) of this section in a
blind situation, e.g., rounding a bend in a river.
47 CFR 80.332 Equipment to aid search and rescue operations.
(a) Survival craft stations may transmit distress, urgency and safety
signals, calls and messages.
(b) EPIRB's may transmit only in accordance with the requirements of
subparts V and X of this part.
47 CFR 80.333 Stations in the maritime mobile-satellite service.
The provisions of 80.311 and 80.324 apply to the operations of ship
earth stations in the maritime mobile-satellite service.
47 CFR 80.333 Subpart H -- Frequencies
47 CFR 80.333 Radiotelegraphy
47 CFR 80.351 Scope.
The following sections describe the carrier frequencies and general
uses of radiotelegraphy with respect to the following:
-- Distress, urgency, safety, call and reply. -- Working. --
Digital selective calling (DSC). -- Narrow-band direct-printing
(NB-DP). -- Facsimile.
47 CFR 80.353 General uses -- radiotelegraphy.
(a) Unless otherwise indicated radiotelegraphy may be used by ship
and public coast stations only.
(b) The signal code for Morse telegraphy must be the international
Morse code signals specified in the Telegraph Regulations annexed to the
International Telecommunication Convention.
(c) To facilitate communications, ship stations transmitting by means
of radiotelegraphy must use the service abbreviations (''Q'' signals)
listed in Appendix 14 to the ITU Radio Regulations whenever practicable.
(d) In order to reduce interference stations must attempt to select
calling frequencies which provide the most favorable propagational
characteristics for effecting reliable communications.
(e) Coast stations may apply to use for telegraphy communications any
additional coast station frequencies that are allocated for such
communications in the 10-27500 kHz band that are not listed in this
part. See the Table of Frequency allocations in 2.106 of this chapter.
The use of such frequencies will be authorized initially with a six
month provisional period.
(f) Radiotelegraphy stations communicating with a Government station
may transmit on a Government frequency when authorized to do so by the
Government station or agency if the emission, bandwidth and frequency
tolerance of the non-Government station are within the same limits as
the Government station.
47 CFR 80.355 Distress, urgency, safety, call and reply Morse code
frequencies.
This section describes the distress, urgency, safety, call and reply
carrier frequencies assignable to stations for Morse code
radiotelegraphy.
(a) Frequencies in the 100-160 kHz band. The international calling
frequency in the 100-160 kHz band is 143 kHz using A1A or J2A emission.
When a ship station operating in the 100-160 kHz band desires to
communicate with a coast station, it must call on the frequency 143 kHz
unless the International List of Coast Stations provides otherwise.
Coast stations must reply on their normal working frequency in this
band. Only individual calls, replies to such calls, and transmission of
signals preparatory to traffic may be transmitted on 143 kHz.
(b) Frequencies in the 405-535 kHz band. (1) The international
distress, urgency, safety, call and reply frequency used by ship and
coast stations operating in the 405-525 kHz band is 500 kHz. A2A and
A2B or H2A and H2B emissions are preferred for distress calls, distress
traffic and for urgency and safety messages. For call and reply
messages A1A or J2A emission must be used. In order to facilitate
distress communications routine correspondence tranmissions on 500 kHz
must be reduced to a minimum.
(2) In Region 2 and areas of heavy traffic ship stations must request
coast stations to listen on the ship station's working frequencies.
(3) In areas where 500 kHz is used for distress a ship or coast
station must use the supplementary calling frequency 512 kHz for routine
calling and normally request a reply on its working frequency. The
called station may reply on 512 kHz when requested to do so by the
calling station.
(c) Frequencies in the 2000-27500 kHz band -- (1) Survival craft
frequencies: Survival craft operating on 8364 kHz must use A2A or H2A
emission to establish communications related to search and rescue
operations.
(2) Ship station frequencies. The following table describes the
calling frequencies in the 4000-27500 kHz band which are available for
use by authorized ship stations equipped with crystal controlled
oscillators for A1A or J2A radiotelegraphy. There are two series of
frequencies for worldwide use and two series of frequencies for each
geographic region. Ship stations with synthesized transmitters may
operate on every full 100 Hz increment in the 0.5 kHz channel for the
frequencies listed, except for 100 Hz above and below those designated
for worldwide use. During normal business hours when not communicating
on other frequencies, all U.S. coast radiotelegraph stations must
monitor the worldwide frequencies and the initial calling frequencies
for the region in which it is located. The specific frequencies which
must be monitored by a coast station will vary with propagation
conditions. The calling frequencies which are routinely monitored by
specific coast stations can be determined by reference to the ITU
publication entitled ''List of Coast Stations''. Initial calls by ship
stations must be made on the appropriate initial calling frequency
first. Calls on the worldwide frequencies may be made only after calls
on the appropriate initial calling frequency are unsuccessful.
(3) Coast Station frequencies. Coast stations may use any working
carrier frequency for distress, safety and calling listed in
80.357(b)(1) which is not identified with a specific use.
(d) Frequencies in the VHF bands. (1) Survival craft stations using
121.500 MHz may be assigned A3N emission for radiobeacon purposes.
(2) EPIRB stations may be assigned 121.500 MHz and 243.000 MHz using
A3E, A3X and NON emission or 156.750 MHz and 156.800 MHz using G3N
emission to aid search and rescue operations. See subpart V of this
part.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 51 FR 34984, Oct. 1, 1986; 52 FR
35245, Sept. 18, 1987; 56 FR 9886, Mar. 8, 1991; 56 FR 11516, Mar.
19, 1991)
47 CFR 80.357 Morse code working frequencies.
This section describes the working frequencies assignable to maritime
stations for A1A or J2A radiotelegraphy.
(a) Ship station frequencies -- (1) Frequencies in the 100-160 kHz
band. The following table describes the working carrier frequencies in
the 100-160 kHz band which are assignable to ship stations. A ship
station may also transmit on a radiotelegraphy working channel of a
coast station within the 100-160 kHz band when directed to do so by the
coast station provided interference is not caused to any land, fixed,
broadcast, or radiolocation station.
(2) Frequencies in the 405-525 kHz band. The following table
describes the working carrier frequencies in the 405-525 kHz band which
are assignable to ship stations. A ship station may transmit on a
radiotelegraphy working channel of a coast station in the 415-490 kHz
band when directed to do so by the coast station.
(3) Frequencies in the 2000-27500 kHz band. This paragraph describes
the working frequencies and Channel Series in the 2000-27500 kHz band
which are assignable to ship stations.
(i) Two Channel Series will be assigned for routine use to each ship
station. Frequencies from any other Channel Series may be used if the
frequencies in the assigned Channel Series are not adequate for
communications.
(ii) If the frequencies listed in paragraph (3)(i) of this section
are not adequate for communications, ship stations may use any of the
non-paired narrow-band direct-printing frequencies listed in 80.361(b)
of this part for A1A or J2A radiotelegraphy.
(b) Coast station frequencies -- (1) Frequencies in the 100-27500 kHz
band. The following table describes the working carrier frequencies in
the 100-27500 kHz band which are assignable to coast stations located in
the designated geographical areas. The exclusive maritime mobile HF
bands listed in the table contained in 80.363(b) of this part are also
available for assignment to public coast stations for A1A or J2A
radiotelegraphy following coordination with government users.
(2) Conditions of use. The following conditions are applicable to
these frequencies:
(i) Frequencies in the 100-160 kHz band are assignable to coast
stations for high seas communications only;
(ii) Frequencies above 5 MHz may be assigned primarily to stations
serving the high seas and secondarily to stations serving inland waters
of the United States, including the Great Lakes, under the condition
that interference will not be caused to any coast station serving the
high seas. Applicants for these frequencies must submit a substantial
showing of need based on the following factors:
(A) A schedule of each currently licensed Morse working frequency and
the expected use of the proposed frequencies;
(B) For additional frequencies within the same MHz band, a factual
showing of the 3 busiest hours of any 4 days within a consecutive 10 day
period for each of the 2 months immediately preceding the filing of the
application indicating that the applicant has used its currently
assigned frequencies within the same MHz band an aggregate average of at
least 40% of the 3 busiest hours of each day for exchanging
communications; and
(C) Any other facts that support the need for the proposed
assignment, e.g., evidence of radio interference by another station
located near enough to render a currently licensed frequency
substantially unusable.
(iii) The frequency 410 kHz may be used on a secondary basis for the
transmission of radiodetermination information and for transmitting by
radiotelegraph radiodetermination messages to direction-finding
stations; and
(iv) The frequency 512 kHz may be used as a supplementary calling
frequency when 500 kHz is used for distress, urgency and safety
communications. The use of the 512 kHz as a working frequency is
prohibited in areas where 500 kHz is used for distress, urgency and
safety communications.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 51 FR 34984, Oct. 1, 1986; 56 FR 9887,
Mar. 8, 1991; 56 FR 34029, July 25, 1991)
47 CFR 80.359 Frequencies for digital selective calling (DSC).
(a) General purpose calling. The following table describes the
calling frequencies for use by authorized ship and coast stations for
general purpose DSC. There are three series of paried frequencies. One
series is for worldwide use; the other two series are for regional use.
The ''Series A'' designation includes coast stations along, and ship
stations in, the Atlantic Ocean, the Gulf of Mexico, and the Caribbean
Sea. The ''Series B'' designation includes stations in any remaining
areas. Stations must initiate contact on the appropriate regional
frequency depending upon the location of the called station and
propagation conditions. Acknowledgement is made on the paired
frequency. The worldwide frequencies may be used for international
calling, if calls on the appropriate regional frequencies are
unsuccessful, or the regional series does not contain the appropriate
band (e.g., 2 MHz). During normal working hours, all public coast
stations capable of DSC operations must monitor the worldwide and
regional frequencies appropriate for its location. The specific
frequencies to be monitored will vary with propagation conditions.
(b) Distress and safety calling. The frequencies 2187.5 kHz, 4207.5
kHz, 6312.0 kHz, 8414.5 kHz, 12577.0 kHz, 16804.5 kHz, and 156.525 MHz
may be used for DSC by coast and ship stations on a simplex basis for
distress and safety purposes. The provisions and procedures for
distress and safety calling are contained in CCIR Recommendation 541 as
modified by 80.103(c) of this part.
(c) Working frequencies. Coast and ship stations may use DSC
techniques for general calling purposes on their assigned working
frequencies in the 2000-27500 kHz band and on those frequencies in the
156-162 MHz band which are allocated for maritime control, commercial,
non-commercial and public correspondence communications.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 49995, Dec. 4, 1989;
56 FR 9890, Mar. 8, 1991; 56 FR 14150, Apr. 5, 1991)
47 CFR 80.361 Frequencies for narrow-band direct-printing (NBDP) and
data transmissions.
(a) Paired channels. (1) The following frequencies are available for
assignment to public coast stations for narrow-band direct-printing
(NBDP) and data transmissions. The paired ship frequencies are
available for use by authorized ship stations for NBDP and data
transmissions.
(2) Applicants for these frequencies must submit a substantial
showing of need based on the following factors:
(i) A schedule of each currently licensed NBDP frequency and the
expected use of the proposed frequencies;
(ii) For additional frequencies within the same MHz band, a factual
showing of the 3 busiest hours of any 4 days within a consecutive 10 day
period for each of the 2 months immediately preceding the filing of the
application indicating that the applicant has used its currently
assigned frequencies within the same MHz band an aggregate average of at
least 40% of the 3 busiest hours of each day for exchanging
communications; and
(iii) Any other facts that support the need for the proposed
assignment, e.g., evidence of radio interference by another station
located near enough to render a currently licensed frequency
substantially unusable.
(b) Non-paired channels. The following frequencies are available for
use by authorized ship stations for NBDP and data transmissions with
public coast stations. Public coast stations may receive only on these
frequencies.
(c) Distress and calling. The frequencies 2174.5 kHz, 4177.5 kHz,
6268.0 kHz, 8376.5 kHz, 12520.0 kHz, and 16695.0 kHz may be used for
NBDP and data transmissions by coast and ship stations on a simplex
basis for distress and safety purposes.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 9890, Mar. 8, 1991)
47 CFR 80.363 Frequencies for facsimile.
The non-paired frequencies with F1C, F3C, J2C or J3C emission which
are assignable to ship and public coast stations for facsimile are as
follows:
(a) Ship station frequencies. The following frequencies are
available for use by authorized ship stations for facsimile.
(b) Coast station frequencies. The following table describes the
exclusive maritime mobile HF frequency bands that are available for
assignment to coast stations using 3 kHz channels for facsimile.
However, any frequency in the 2000-27500 kHz bands listed in Part 2 of
the Commission's Rules as available for shared use by the maritime
mobile service and other radio services, except for the 4000-4063 kHz
and the 8100-8195 kHz bands, is available for assignment to coast
stations for facsimile. Frequency assignments are subject to
coordination with government users.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 40059, Sept. 29,
1989; 56 FR 9893, Mar. 8, 1991)
47 CFR 80.363 Radiotelephony
47 CFR 80.365 Scope.
The following sections describe the carrier frequencies and general
conditions of use for the following types of radiotelephony:
-- Distress, urgency, safety, call and reply. -- Working. --
Public. -- Private.
47 CFR 80.367 General uses -- radiotelephony.
(a) Ship stations communicating with foreign coast stations may
operate on any frequency designated by that coast station.
(b) Radiotelephony stations communicating with a Government station
may transmit on a Government frequency when authorized to do so by the
Government station or agency if the emission, bandwidth and frequency
tolerance of the maritime station are within the same limits as the
Government station.
(c) Frequencies assigned to Government radio stations are assignable
to non-Government maritime stations for radiotelephony communications
with other non-Government stations in connection with activities
performed in coordination with or on behalf of the Government.
(d) Frequencies in the 2000-27500 kHz band will be authorized only to
ship stations that in addition are authorized to use frequencies in the
156-162 MHz band.
(e) Frequencies in the 2000-2850 kHz band will be authorized to
private coast stations that in addition are authorized to use
frequencies in the 156-162 MHz band.
(f) Ship and coast stations authorized to use frequencies in both the
2000-27500 kHz and 156-162 MHz bands must not use frequencies in the
2000-27500 kHz band for communications with any other station which is
within the VHF service range.
(g) Coast and ship station radiotelephone working frequencies are
available for DSC general purpose calling under the provisions of
Section 80.207(a).
(h) Digital selective calling techniques are not authorized on the
frequencies 2182 kHz or 156.800 MHz.
47 CFR 80.369 Distress, urgency, safety, call and reply frequencies.
This section describes the general uses and frequencies assignable to
maritime stations for distress, urgency, safety, call and reply
radiotelephony communications.
(a) In the 1605-3500 kHz band, the frequency 2182 is an international
radiotelephony distress, urgency and safety frequency for ship stations,
public and private coast stations, and survival craft stations. It is
also used for call and reply by ship stations on a primary basis and by
public coast stations on a secondary basis. The carrier frequency 2191
kHz may be used as a supplementary calling frequency in areas of heavy
usage of 2182 kHz. All stations must use J3E emission when operating on
2182 and 2191 kHz, except that:
(1) H3E emission may be used on 2182 kHz for communications with
foreign coast and ship stations; or,
(2) A3E emission may be used on 2182 kHz by portable survival craft
stations, or transmitters authorized for use prior to January 1, 1972.
See 80.203(c).
(b) The frequencies 4125.0 kHz, 6215 kHz, 8291 kHz, 12290 kHz, and
16420 kHz may be used by coast and ship stations on a simplex basis for
distress and safety communications. The frequency 4125.0 kHz may also
be used for distress and safety communications between aircraft and
maritime mobile stations.
(c) The frequency 5167.5 kHz is available to any station for
emergency communications in the State of Alaska. Peak envelope power of
stations operating on this frequency must not exceed 150 watts. This
frequency may also be used by Alaska private fixed stations for calling
and listening, but only for establishing communication.
(d) In the 4000-27500 kHz band, the following coast frequencies are
available for assignment to public coast stations for call and reply
communications. The paired ship frequencies are available for use by
authorized ship stations.
(e) In the 120-156 MHz band the following frequencies are used as
indicated:
(1) The frequencies 121.500 MHz and 123.100 MHz using A3E emission
are available for scene of action search and rescue operations to ship,
coast and aircraft stations. Communications in support of search and
rescue operations must employ the frequency 121.500 MHz only when
communications on 123.100 MHz or other VHF frequencies is not
practicable. Ship, coast and aircraft stations engaged in such
communications on 121.500 MHz must shift to 123.100 MHz as soon as
possible.
(2) The frequency 156.525 MHz is available for intership, ship and
coast general purpose, distress and safety DSC calls.
(3) The frequency 156.800 MHz is the international radiotelephone
distress, urgency, safety, call and reply frequency for ship, public and
private coast stations. Stations operating on 156.800 MHz must be able
to transmit and receive using G3E emission.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987; 54 FR 49995, Dec. 4, 1989; 56 FR 9893, Mar. 8, 1991)
47 CFR 80.371 Public correspondence frequencies.
This section describes the radiotelephony working frequencies
assignable to ship and public coast stations.
(a) Working frequencies in the 2000-4000 kHz band. The following
table describes the working carrier frequency pairs in the 2000-4000 kHz
band.
(b) Working frequencies in the 4000-25700 kHz band. This paragraph
describes the working carrier frequencies in the 4000-27500 kHz band.
(1) The following table specifies the carrier frequencies available
for assignment to public coast stations. The paired ship frequencies
are available for use by authorized ship stations.
(2) The following table specifies the additional carrier frequencies
available for assignment to public coast stations for public
correspondence. The paired ship frequencies are available for use by
authorized ship stations. The specific frequency assignment available
to public coast stations for a particular geographic area is indicated
by an ''x'' under the appropriate column. Table B is based on the
initial Appendix 25 Allotment Arrangement published by the International
Frequency Registration Board (IFRB) (see IFRB Circular-letter No. 836,
dated September 28, 1990). The allotment areas are in accordance with
the ''Standard Defined Areas'' as identified in the Appendix 25 Planning
System and indicated in the Preface to the International Frequency List
(IFL) (see IFRB Circular-letter No. 843, dated October 31, 1990).
(3) The following table specifies the non-paired carrier frequencies
that are available for assignment to public coast stations for simplex
operations subject to the provision of paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
These frequencies are available for use by authorized ship stations for
transmissions to coast stations (simplex operations). Assignments on
these frequencies must accept interference. They are shared with
government users and are considered ''common use'' frequencies under the
international Radio Regulations. They cannot be notified for inclusion
in the Master International Frequency Register, which provides stations
with interference protection, but may be listed in the international
List of Coast Stations. (See Radio Regulation No. 1220 and
Recommendation 304.)
(4) Applicants for these public coast frequencies specified in this
section must submit a substantial showing of need based on the following
factors:
(i) A schedule of each currently licensed working frequency in the
4000-27500 kHz band and the expected use of the proposed frequencies;
(ii) For additional frequencies within the same MHz band, a factual
showing of the 3 busiest hours of any 4 days within a consecutive 10 day
period for each of the 2 months immediately preceding the filing of the
application indicating that the applicant has used its currently
assigned frequencies within the same MHz band an aggregate average of at
least 40% of the 3 busiest hours of each day for exchanging
communications;
(iii) Any other facts that support the need for the proposed
assignment, e.g., evidence of radio interference by another station
located near enough to render a currently licensed frequency
substantially unusable; and
(iv) For simplex frequencies listed in paragraph (b)(3) of this
section, an additional showing supporting the use of simplex rather than
duplex frequencies for the proposed situation.
(c) Working frequencies in the 156-162 MHz band. Initial grants will
be limited to one working frequency. An additional frequency may be
assigned when the assigned working frequency is also used by a foreign
station near enough to result in harmful radio interference by
simultaneous operation or when the channel occupancy of the assigned
frequency or frequencies exceeds 40 percent during its busiest hours of
operation. An application for assignment of an additional working
frequency based on channel occupancy must be accompanied by a factual
showing that for any 4 days within a 10-consecutive-day period of
station operation in each of 2 months immediately prior to the filing of
the application, the assigned frequency or frequencies was in average
daily use for exchanging communications at least 40 percent of the 3
busiest hours of each day, of which not more the half of the use time
was waiting or setup time. For purposes of this paragraph, an
application for a frequency which overlaps by 70 percent or more the
coverage area of a frequency already authorized for use by a station
licensed to the same applicant or substantially the same applicant will
be considered an application for an additional frequency.
(d) Working frequencies in the Mississippi River System. The
Mississippi River System includes the Mississippi River and connecting
navigable waters other than the Great Lakes. The following simplex
frequencies are available for assignment to public coast stations
serving the Mississippi River System for radiotelephony communications.
These simplex frequencies also are available for use by authorized ship
stations within communication service range, whether or not the ship is
operating within the confines of the Mississippi River System.
Frequencies (kHz)
(e) Canada/U.S.A. channeling arrangement frequencies. The VHF
frequencies assignable to ship and coast stations in the State of
washington and their usage limitations purusant to the Canada/U.S.A.
channeling arrangement are described in subpart B of this part.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987; 52 FR 48439, Dec. 22, 1987; 56 FR 9894, Mar. 8, 1991)
47 CFR 80.373 Private communications frequencies.
This section describes the carrier frequencies assignable for
ship-to-ship and ship-to-coast private communications.
(a) Special requirements for private coast stations. Assignment to
private coast stations of radiotelephony frequencies in the 2000-27500
kHz band are subject to the following:
(1) Private coast stations must see J3E emission.
(2) On 2182 kHz, private coast stations must be capable of receiving
J3E and H3E emissions.
(3) Except in the Mississippi River System and Great Lakes, private
coast stations serving lakes or rivers are not authorized on the
2000-2850 kHz band.
(4) Private coast stations may use DSC for calling on their assigned
frequencies in the 2000-27500 kHz band and on those frequencies in the
156-162 MHz band which are allocated for maritime control, commercial
and non-commercial communications.
(b) Frequencies in the 2000-27500 kHz band for intership safety and
other communications. This paragraph describes the geographic areas of
operation and the frequencies and liminations in the band available for
assignment for intership safety and operational simplex radiotelephone
communications.
(1) Frequencies avaiable.
(2) Except for 2093.0 kHz and 2214.0 kHz the frequencies shown in
paragraph (b)(1) of this section are authorized primarily for intership
safety communications in the indicated geographic area.
(3) Except for the frequencies 2093.0 kHz, 2214.0 Khz and 2670.0 kHz
the frequencies shown in paragraph (b)(1) of this section may be used on
a non-interference basis to safety communications, for operational
communications and in the case of commercial transport ships and ships
of municipal and state governments, for business communications.
(4) Ship stations may communicate with government coast stations on
2003.0 kHz about passage of vessels. Interference must not be caused to
communications on the St. Lawrence Seaway and on the St. Mary's River.
(5) Ship stations may use 2670.0 kHz for communications with coast
and ship stations of the U.S. Coast Guard. When a ship is not equipped
to transmit on 2670.0 kHz or in the band 156-162 MHz the frequency
2003.0 kHz may be used on the Great Lakes for communications must not
cause harmful interference to intership safety, operational and business
communications.
(6) Navigational communications between ships and private coast
stations may be exchanged on 2738.0 kHz and 2830.0 kHz. The frequencies
2214.0 kHz2738.0 kHz and 2830.0 kHz are assignable to private coast
stations upon a showing that they need to communicate with commercial
transport or Government ships. Private coast station applicants must
show that public coast stations do not provide the required
communications and harmful interference will not be caused to the
intership use of these frequencies. The transmitter power must not
exceed 150 watts. If 2214.0 kHz is authorized for ships, intership
communication is also authorized. The geographic limitations to the
frequencies 2738.0 kHz and 2830.0 kHz do not prohibit intership
communication of less than 200 statute miles when only one of the ship
stations is within a permitted use geographic area.
(7) Private aircraft stations may communicate with ship stations on
2738.0 kHz and 2830.0 kHz if:
(i) The communications are limited to business or operational needs
of the vessel while it is engaged in commercial fishing activities in
the open sea or adjacent waters;
(ii) Harmful interference must not be caused to intership
communications;
(iii) The maximum output power used for such communication must not
exceed 25 watts;
(c) Frequencies in the 2000-27500 kHz bands for business and
operational communications. (1) The following simplex frequencies in
the 2000-27500 kHz band are available for assignment to private coast
stations for business and operational radiotelephone communications.
These simplex frequencies also are available for use by authorized ship
stations for business and operational radiotelephone communications.
(2) Assignment of these frequencies is subject to the following
general limitations:
(i) These frequencies are shared and are not available for the
exclusive use of any station. No more than one frequency from each of
the frequency bands will be authorized to a private station without
justification;
(ii) The emissions must be J3E except that when DSC is used the
emission must be F1B or J2B; and
(iii) Maximum transmitter output power is limited to 1 kW except as
noted.
(d) Radioprinter frequencies. (1) The following table describes the
bands available for radioprinter simplex communications between ship and
private coast stations:
(2) Ship stations may conduct radioprinter communications with
private coast stations on frequencies within these bands which are
assigned to their associated private coast stations;
(3) Any alphanumeric code may be used; and
(4) The bandwidth of radioprinter communications on frequencies
within these bands must not exceed 300 Hz.
(e) Frequencies in the 2000-27500 kHz band for medical advisory
communications. (1) Private coast stations may be authorized to use any
frequencies within the 2030-27500 kHz band that are allocated to
Government and non-Government fixed or fixed and mobile radio services
shown in the Commission's Table of Frequency Allocations contained in
2.106 of this chapter for communications with ship stations to provide
medical treatment information or advice. Assignment of these
frequencies is subject to the following limitations:
(2) No protection is provided from harmful interference caused by
foreign stations; and
(3) A private coast station must cease operations on a frequency that
causes harmful interference to a foreign station.
(f) Frequencies in the 156-162 MHz band. The following tables
describe the carrier frequencies available in the 156-162 MHz band for
radiotelephone communications between ship and private coast stations:
(g) On-board communications: This section describes the carrier
frequency pairs assignable for on-board mobile radiotelephony
communications. The center of the on-board repeater antenna must not be
located more than 10 feet above the ship's working deck. These
frequencies are available on a shared basis with stations in the
Business Radio Service.
(h) Repeater frequencies in Alaska. The following frequencies are
assignable on a primary basis to public and on a secondary basis to
private coast stations in Alaska for maritime repeater operations:
Repeater receive: 157.275 MHz
Repeater transmit: 161.875 MHz
(i) Frequencies in the 1600-5450 kHz band for private communications
in Alaska. The following simplex frequencies are available for
assignment to private fixed stations located in the State of Alaska for
radiotelephony communications with ship stations. These simplex
frequencies are available for use by authorized ship stations for
radiotelephony communications with private fixed stations located in the
State of Alaska.
(j) Frequencies for portable ship stations. VHF frequencies
authorized for stations authorized carrier frequencies in the 156.275
MHz to 157.450 MHz and 161.575 MHz to 162.025 MHz bands may also be
authorized as marine utility stations. Marine-utility stations on shore
must not cause interference to any VHF or coast station, VHF or UHF land
mobile base station, or U.S. Government station.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 51 FR 34984, Oct. 1, 1986, as amended
at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18, 1987; 53 FR 17052, May 13, 1988; 54 FR 8542,
Mar. 1, 1989; 54 FR 40059, Sept. 29, 1989; 56 FR 9896, Mar. 8, 1991;
56 FR 34030, July 25, 1991)
47 CFR 80.374 Special provisions for frequencies in the 4000-4063 kHz
and the 8100-8195 kHz bands shared with the fixed service.
Until implementation procedures and schedules are determined by a
conference of the International Telecommunications Union (ITU), the
bands 4000-4063 kHz and 8100-8195 kHz are allocated on a shared primary
basis between the fixed service and the maritime mobile service; see
2.106, note US236, of the Commission's Rules. Frequency assignments in
the 4000-4063 kHz and 8100-8195 kHz bands are subject to coordination
with government users. Additionally, coast station assignments in the
4000-4063 kHz band deviate from international provisions. Coast station
assignments in the 4000-4063 kHz band are permitted provided that
harmful interference is not caused to, and must accept interference
from, stations operated by other countries in accordance with the Radio
Regulations (see Radio Regulation Nos. 342 and 517).
(a) Application requirements. Applicants for public coast station
frequencies described in this section must submit a substantial showing
of need based on the following factors:
(1) A schedule of each currently licensed 4, 6, and 8 MHz frequency
and the expected use of the proposed frequencies;
(2) For additional frequencies within the same MHz band, a factual
showing of the 3 busiest hours of any 4 days within a consecutive 10 day
period for each of the 2 months immediately preceding the filing of the
application indicating that the applicant has used its currently
assigned frequencies within the same MHz band an aggregate average of at
least 40% of the 3 busiest hours of each day for exchanging
communications; and
(3) Any other facts that support the need for the proposed
assignment, e.g., evidence of radio interference by another station
located near enough to render a currently licensed frequency
substantially unusable.
(b) Frequencies in the 4000-4063 kHz band. (1) The frequencies in
the 4000-4063 kHz bands are available to ship and public coast stations
for:
(i) Supplementary ship-to-shore duplex operations with coast stations
assigned the frequencies described in 80.371(b) of this part;
(ii) Intership simplex operations and cross-band operations;
(iii) Ship-to-shore or shore-to-ship simplex operations; or
(iv) Duplex operations with coast stations assigned in the band
4438-4650 kHz, as described in 80.373(d) of this part.
(2) The following table describes the channelization of carrier
frequencies in the 4000-4063 kHz band.
(c) Frequencies in the 8100-8195 kHz band. (1) The frequencies in
the 8100-8195 kHz bands are available to ship and public coast stations
for:
(i) Supplementary ship-to-shore duplex operations with coast stations
assigned the frequencies described in 80.371(b) of this part;
(ii) Intership simplex operations and cross-band operations; or
(iii) Ship-to-shore or shore-to-ship simplex operations.
(2) The following table describes the channelization of carrier
frequencies in the 8100-8195 kHz band.
(56 FR 9896, Mar. 8, 1991)
47 CFR 80.374 Radiodetermination
47 CFR 80.375 Radiodetermination frequencies.
This section describes the carrier frequencies assignable to
radiodetermination stations. Only direction finding radar stations will
be authorized on land.
(a) Direction finding frequencies. The carrier frequencies
assignable to ship stations for direction finding operations are:
(1) Except in distress the assigned frequency for direction finding
is 410 kHz;
(2) Ship stations may use 500 kHz for direction finding exclusively
in Regions 1 and 3 outside areas of heavy radio traffic. Use must not
interfere with distress urgency and safety signals or calls and replies.
(b) Radiodetermination frequencies for cable-repair ships. Except in
Region 1 the channels in the 285-325 kHz band are assignable to ship
stations for cable-repair radiodetermination operations. In Region 1
the channels available for assignment for such operations are limited to
the 285-315 kHz band. The conditions of use of these channels are set
forth in subpart X of this part. Channel usage must comply with the
following requirements:
(1) They are not permitted within the territorial waters of a foreign
country;
(2) Their output power must not exceed 15 watts; and
(3) They must not cause interference to any maritime station in the
radionavigation service.
(c) Radiodetermination frequencies below 500 MHz. The frequencies
154.585 MHz, 159.480 MHz, 160.725 MHz, 160.785 MHz, 454.000 MHz and
459.000 MHz are authorized for offshore radiolocation and associated
telecommand operations under a ship station license provided:
(1) The use of these frequencies is related to the ship's commercial
operations;
(2) The station antenna height does not exceed 20 feet above sea
level in a buoy station or 20 feet above the mast of the ship in which
it is installed.
(d) Radiodetermination frequency bands above 2400 MHz. (1) The
radiodetermination frequency bands assignable to ship and shore stations
including ship and shore radar and transponder stations are as follows:
2450-2500 MHz; 2900-3100 MHz; 5460-5650 MHz; 9300-9500 MHz; and
14.00-14.05 GHz.
(2) Assignment of these bands to ship and coast stations are subject
to the following conditions:
(i) The 2450-2500 MHz band may be used only for radiolocation on the
condition that harmful interference must not be caused to the fixed and
mobile services. No protection is provided from interference caused by
emissions from industrial, scientific, or medical equipment;
(ii) The use of the 2900-3100 MHz, 5470-5650 MHz and 9300-9500 MHz
bands for radiolocation must not cause harmful interference to the
radionavigation and Government radiolocation services. Additionally,
the use of the 2900-3000 MHz band for radiolocation must not cause
harmful interference to the Government meteorological aids service.
(iii) In the 2920-3100 MHz and 9320-9500 MHz bands the use of
fixed-frequency transponders for radionavigation is not permitted;
(iv) Non-Government radiolocation stations may be authorized in the
5460-5470 MHz band on the condition that harmful interference shall not
be caused to the aeronautical or maritime radionavigation services or to
Government radiolocation service;
(v) The use of the 5460-5650 MHz band for radionavigation is limited
to shipborne radar;
(vi) The use of the 14.00-14.05 GHz band will be authorized only for
test purposes and maritime radionavigation on a secondary basis to the
fixed-satellite service; and
(vii) Selectable transponders must be authorized under Part 5 of the
Commission rules until technical standards for their use are developed.
(3) In addition to the conditions in (2) of this paragraph ship
stations are subject to the following conditions:
(i) Transponders used for safety purposes will be authorized in the
2900-3100 MHz, 5470-5650 MHz and 9300-9500 MHz bands. Transponders used
for non-safety purposes will be confined to the 2930-2950 MHz, 5470-5480
MHz and 9300-9500 MHz subbands only;
(ii) In the 2900-2920 MHz and 9300-9320 MHz subbands the use of
radars other than those installed prior to January 2, 1976, is not
permitted;
(iii) In the 2920-3100 MHz and 9320-9500 MHz bands non-selectable
transponders will be authorized only for safety purposes;
(iv) Non-selectable transponders must not be used to enhance
detection of marine craft;
(4) In the 2920-3100 MHz and 9320-9500 MHz bands shore station radar
transponders used only as racons will be authorized.
(e) In addition to the other technical requirements contained in
subpart E of this part search and rescue transponder stations must meet
the following technical standards contained in the latest international
Radio Consultative Committee (CCIR) Recommendation 628 titled
''Technical Characteristics for a Search and Rescue Radar Transponder'':
(1) Operate in the 9300-9500 MHz band;
(2) Be horizontally polarized at their source;
(3) Have an effective receiver sensitivity including its antenna gain
better than ^50 dBm;
(4) Operate within specifications between the temperatures of ^20 and
+50 degrees Celsius;
(5) Operate within specifications for at least 48 hours at 0 degrees
Celsius without changing batteries;
(6) Have a sawtooth sweep with a 5 microseconds 0.5 microseconds
rate and return of less than 0.5 microseconds;
(7) Have a pulse emission of 100 microseconds maximum duration;
(8) Have a recovery time following excitation of 10 microseconds or
less;
(9) Have a delay between receipt of a radar signal and start of
transmissions of 1.25 microseconds or less;
(10) Have an antenna whose vertical beamwidth is no less than 25
degrees and its azimuthal beamwidth is omnidirectional within 2 dB; and
(11) Suppress interference caused by the interrogating radar
antenna's sidelobes.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 7419, Mar. 11, 1987;
55 FR 6394, Feb. 23, 1990)
47 CFR 80.375 Ship Earth Stations
47 CFR 80.377 Frequencies for ship earth stations.
The frequency band 1626.5-1645.5 MHz is assignable for communication,
radiodetermination and telecommand messages, and developmental
operations that are associated with the position, orientation and
operational functions of maritime satellite equipment. The frequency
band 1645.5-1646.5 MHz is reserved for use in the Future Global Maritime
Distress and Safety System (FGMDSS).
47 CFR 80.377 Aircraft Stations
47 CFR 80.379 Maritime frequencies assignable to aircraft stations.
This section describes the maritime frequencies assignable to
aircraft stations for simplex operations:
(a) Available frequencies:
(b) The conditions of use of the carrier frequencies in paragraph (a)
of this section, are:
(1) For permissible geographic areas of operation see 80.373(b)(1).
For other limitations see 80.373(b)(7);
(2) Aircraft and ship stations may use 3023.0 kHz and 5680.0 kHz for
search and rescue scene-of-action coordination including communications
between these stations and participating land stations. Stations using
these frequencies must use J3E emission;
(3) Assignable for distress and safety communications between
aircraft and maritime mobile stations;
(4) Assignable for search and rescue between ships and aircraft.
Stations using these frequencies must use A3E emission;
(5) These frequencies may be used by aircraft stations when:
(i) The altitude of aircraft stations does not exceed 1,000 feet,
except for reconnaissance aircraft participating in icebreaking
operations where an altitude of 1,500 feet is allowed;
(ii) The mean power of aircraft stations must not exceed five watts;
(iii) Communications are limited to operations in which the maritime
mobile stations are primarily involved and where direct communications
between the aircraft and the ship or coast station is required;
(iv) Stations may use 156.300 MHz for safety purposes only;
(v) Stations may use 156.800 MHz for distress, safety and calling
only; and
(vi) Use of 156.375 MHz by aircraft is not permitted in the New
Orleans VTS area specified in 80.383.
(6) The use of 157.100 MHz is limited to communications with stations
of the Department of Interior at Lake Mead, Nevada; and
(7) Commercial fishing vessels and associated aircraft may use
157.425 MHz while engaged in commercial fishing activities except within
75 miles of the United States/Canada border and Puget Sound and the
Strait of Juan de Fuca and its approaches, the Great Lakes, and the St.
Lawrence Seaway.
47 CFR 80.379 Operational Fixed Stations
47 CFR 80.381 Frequencies for operational fixed stations.
The following carrier frequencies in the 72-76 MHz band are
assignable to operational fixed stations using vertical polarization, if
no harmful interference is caused to TV reception on Channels 4 and 5.
These frequencies are shared with the Land Mobile and Aviation Radio
Services.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 40059, Sept. 29,
1989)
47 CFR 80.381 Vessel Traffic Services System (VTS)
47 CFR 80.383 Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) system frequencies.
This section describes the carrier frequencies available for use in
the Coast Guard Vessel Traffic Services (VTS) systems within the
designated geographic radio protected areas.
(a) Assigned frequencies:
(b) The U.S. Coast Guard designated radio protection areas for VTS
are as follows:
(1) New York. The rectangle between north latitudes 40 degrees and
42 degrees and west longitudes 71 degrees and 74 degrees 30 minutes;
(2) New Orleans. The rectangle between North latitudes 27 degrees 30
minutes and 31 degrees 30 minutes and West longitudes 87 degrees 30
minutes and 93 degrees;
(3) Houston. The rectangle between north latitudes 28 degrees 30
minutes and 30 degrees 20 minutes and west longitudes 93 degrees 30
minutes and 96 degrees; and
(4) Seattle (Puget Sound). From 49 degrees North 121 degrees West on
the United States-Canadian Border, south to 46 degrees 30 minutes North
121 degrees West, then west to 46 degrees 30 minutes North 125 West,
then north to 48 degrees 30 minutes North 125 degrees West, then east to
the United States-Canadian Border and thence along the United
States-Canadian Border to 49 degrees North 121 degrees West.
(c) The use of the frequencies shown in paragraph (a) of this section
is permitted in areas outside the Coast Guard radio protection areas
provided there is no interference to VTS communications within the VTS
areas.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987; 54 FR 8746, Mar. 2, 1989; 55 FR 46514, Nov. 5, 1990)
47 CFR 80.383 Automated Systems
47 CFR 80.385 Frequencies for automated systems.
This section describes the carrier frequencies for the Automated
Maritime Telecommunications System (AMTS) and for other automated
multi-station systems.
(a) Automated Maritime Telecommunications System (AMTS). (1) The
Automated Maritime Telecommunications System (AMTS) is an integrated and
interconnected maritime communications system.
(2) The following carrier frequency pairs are available for
radiotelephony, facsimile and teleprinter communications. Coast
stations within 169 kilometers (105 miles) of a TV channel 13 station
will not be authorized on the frequencies in Groups C and D. AMTS
operations must not cause harmful interference to the U.S. Navy SPASUR
system which operates in the band 216.880-217.080 MHz.
(b) Narrowband operations in AMTS. AMTS licensees may operate on
frequencies offset from the assignable channels specified in paragraph
(a)(2) of this section provided such licensees are also licensed for
channels on each side of the offset frequency. Licensees using offset
frequencies must conform with all other conditions of operation.
(c) Automated multi-station system. Great Lakes Region. The
following table describes the assignable carrier frequency pairs to
provide communication services including automated calling, teleprinter
and facsimile:
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 29041, July 11,
1989; 56 FR3783, Jan. 31, 1991)
47 CFR 80.385 Alaska Fixed Stations
47 CFR 80.387 Frequencies for Alaska fixed stations.
(a) The carrier frequencies listed in (b) of this section are
assignable for point-to-point simplex radiotelephone communications
between private fixed stations in Alaska. The frequency pairs listed in
paragraph (d) of this section are assignable for point-to-point duplex
radiotelephone communications between private and public fixed stations
in Alaska. Fixed stations in Alaska authorized to share carrier
frequencies with the maritime mobile service must always give priority
on such frequencies to maritime distress, urgency and safety
communications.
(b) Alaska-private fixed station frequencies:
(c) Use of the frequencies in paragraph (b) of this section must meet
the following conditions:
(1) Communications between private coast and private fixed stations
are prohibited; and
(2) Station licensees must not charge for third party communication
services between their station and any other private fixed station.
(d) The following carrier frequency pairs are assignable for
point-to-point communications between public fixed and private fixed
stations:
(e) The public fixed station frequencies are assignable to common
carriers.
(f) The private fixed station frequencies described in paragraph (d)
of this section are assignable to private entities located in areas
where common carrier facilities are not available. Private fixed
stations operating on the frequencies in paragraph (d) of this section,
must communicate with public fixed stations only. Private fixed
stations are permitted to provide third party communications between
their station and the public fixed stations. A charge for such service
is prohibited.
(g) U.S. Government frequencies will be authorized if the Commission
determines that the assignment is in the public interest.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987; 56 FR 34030, July 25, 1991)
47 CFR 80.387 Maritime Support Stations
47 CFR 80.389 Frequencies for maritime support stations.
(a) Marine receiver test. Maritime support stations will be
authorized to conduct receiver tests on the ship station frequencies of
the channels assigned to the associated public coast station.
(b) Shore radar and radiolocation tests. The following frequency
bands are available for assignment to demonstrate radar and
radiolocation equipment. The use of frequencies within these bands must
not cause harmful interference to the radionavigation service and the
Government radiolocation service: 2450-2500 MHz, 2900-3100 MHz,
5460-5650 MHz, 9300-9500 MHz, 14.0-14.05 GHz.
47 CFR 80.389 Developmental Stations
47 CFR 80.391 Frequencies for developmental stations.
(a) Ship and shore stations engaged in developmental operations may
be assigned any frequency or frequencies assignable to the service and
class of station they propose to operate. The following frequency bands
are also assignable to ships and coast stations for developmental
operations:
(b) Stations authorized to conduct developmental operations are
prohibited from communicating with any station of a country other than
the United States.
(c) Stations authorized to conduct developmental operations must not
cause harmful interference to the operation of stations authorized in
other public services nor to any United States Government or foreign
station.
47 CFR 80.391 Subpart I -- Station Documents
47 CFR 80.401 Station documents requirement.
Licensees of radio stations are required to have current station
documents as indicated in the following table.
Insert illustration 0919
Notes:
1. The expired station license must be retained in the station
records until the first Commission inspection after the expiration date.
2. Alternatively, a list of coast stations maintained by the licensee
with which communications are likely to be conducted, showing
watchkeeping hours, frequencies and charges, is authorized.
3. Required only if station provides a service to oceangoing vessels.
47 CFR 80.403 Availability of documents.
Station documents must be readily available to the licensed
operator(s) on duty during the hours of service of the station and to
authorized Commission employees upon request.
47 CFR 80.405 Station license.
(a) Requirement. Stations must have an authorization granted by the
Federal Communications Commission.
(b) Application. Application for authorizations in the maritime
services must be submitted on the prescribed forms in accordance with
subpart B of this part.
(c) Posting. The current station authorization or a clearly legible
copy must be posted at the principal control point of each station. If
a copy is posted, it must indicate the location of the original. When
the station license cannot be posted, as in the case of a marine utility
station operating at temporary unspecified locations, it must be kept
where it will be readily available for inspection. The licensee of a
station on board a ship subject to Part II or III of Title III of the
Communications Act or the Safety Convention must retain the most
recently expired ship station license in the station records until the
first Commission inspection after the expiration date.
47 CFR 80.407 Operator authorization.
This section contains information and rules pertinent to the
application for and posting of radio operator authorizations. Rules
applicable to radio operator requirements are contained in subpart D of
this part and other rules pertinent to commercial radio operators are
contained in Part 13 of this chapter.
(a) Application. Detailed information about application forms,
filing procedures, and places to file applications for radio operator
authorizations is contained in the bulletin ''Commercial Radio Operator
Licenses and Permits.'' This bulletin is available from any Commission
District Office or from the FCC, Washington, DC 20554.
(b) Posting. When a Commission-authorized operator is required, the
original authorization of each operator must be posted at the principal
control point of the station. In lieu of posting, an operator who holds
a restricted radiotelephone operator permit or a higher class operator
license may have the operator authorization or a photocopy thereof
available for inspection upon request by authorized Commission employees
when operating the following:
(1) A voluntary station;
(2) Any class of ship station when the operator is on board solely to
service the radio equipment; or
(3) A portable station.
47 CFR 80.409 Station logs.
(a) General requirements. Logs must be established and properly
maintained as follows:
(1) The log must be kept in an orderly manner. The required
information for the particular class or category of station must be
readily available. Key letters or abbreviations may be used if their
proper meaning or explanation is contained elsewhere in the same log.
(2) Erasures, obliterations or willful destruction within the
retention period are prohibited. Corrections may be made only by the
person originating the entry by striking out the error, initialing the
correction and indicating the date of correction.
(3) Ship station logs must identify the vessel name, country of
registry, and official number of the vessel.
(4) The station licensee and the radio operator in charge of the
station are responsible for the maintenance of station logs.
(b) Availability and retention. Station logs must be made available
to authorized Commission employees upon request and retained as follows:
(1) Logs must be retained by the licensee for a period of one year
from the date of entry, and when applicable for such additional periods
as required by the following paragraphs:
(i) Logs relating to a distress situation or disaster must be
retained for three years from the date of entry.
(ii) If the Commission has notified the licensee of an investigation,
the related logs must be retained until the licensee is specifically
authorized in writing to destroy them.
(iii) Logs relating to any claim or complaint of which the station
licensee has notice must be retained until the claim or complaint has
been satisfied or barred by statute limiting the time for filing suits
upon such claims.
(2) Logs containing entries required by paragraphs (e) and (f) of
this section must be kept at the principal radiotelephone operating
location while the vessel is being navigated. All entries in their
original form must be retained on board the vessel for at least 30 days
from the date of entry.
(3) Ship radiotelegraph logs must be kept in the principal
radiotelegraph operating room during the voyage.
(c) Public coast station logs. Public coast stations must maintain a
log as follows:
(1) ''ON DUTY'' must be entered by the operator beginning a duty
period, followed by the operator's signature. ''OFF DUTY'' must be
entered by the operator being relieved of or terminating duty, followed
by the operator's signature.
(2) The date and time of making an entry must be shown opposite the
entry.
(3) Failure of equipment to operate as required and incidents tending
to unduly delay communication must be entered.
(4) All measurements of the transmitter frequency(ies) must be
entered with a statement of any corrective action taken.
(5) Entries must be made giving details of all work performed which
may affect the proper operation of the station. The entry must be made,
signed and dated by the operator who supervised or performed the work
and, unless the operator is regularly employed on a full-time basis at
the station, must also include the mailing address, class, serial
number, and expiration date of the operator license.
(6) Entries must be made about the operation of the antenna tower
lights when the radio station has an antenna structure requiring
illumination by Part 17 of this chapter.
(7) All distress or safety related calls transmitted or received must
be entered, together with the frequency used and the position of any
vessel in need of assistance.
(8) Coast stations which maintain a watch on 500 kHz must enter the
time this watch is begun, suspended or ended.
(d) Ship radiotelegraph logs. Logs of ship stations which are
compulsorily equipped for radiotelegraphy and operating in the band 90
to 535 kHz must contain log entries as follows:
(1) The date and time of each occurrence or incident required to be
entered in the log must be shown opposite the entry and the time must be
expressed in Coordinated Universal Time (UTC).
(2) ''ON WATCH'' must be entered by the operator beginning a watch,
followed by the operator's signature. ''OFF WATCH'' must be entered by
the operator being relieved or terminating a watch, followed by the
operator's signature. All log entries must be completed by the end of
each watch.
(3) During the watch, all calls and replies to and from the station
must be entered to include the time, frequencies, and call letters of
the station communicated with or heard. Also, any messages exchanged
must be entered to include the time, frequency, and call letters of the
station(s) communicated with or heard.
(4) During the watch, an entry must be made twice per hour stating
whether the international silence period was observed. Entries must
also be made indicating any signals or communications heard on 500
kilohertz during this period. If no signals are heard on 500 kHz, an
entry to that effect must be made.
(5) The time and reason for discontinuance and the time of resuming
the watch must be entered when the 500 kHz watch is discontinued.
(6) All distress calls, automatic-alarm signals, urgency and safety
signals made or intercepted, the complete text, if possible, or distress
messages and distress communications, and any incidents or occurrences
which may appear to be of importance to safety of life or property at
sea, must be entered, together with the time of such observation or
occurrence and the position of the ship or other mobile unit in need of
assistance.
(7) The position of the ship at least once per day.
(8) A daily entry must be made comparing the radio station clock with
standard time, including errors observed and corrections made. For this
purpose, authentic radio time signals received from land or fixed
stations will be acceptable as standard time.
(9) All test transmissions must be entered, including the time of the
transmissions and the approximate geographical location of the vessel.
(10) Any failure of equipment to operate as required and any
incidents tending to unduly delay communications must be entered.
(11) A ship required to keep a radiotelegraph watch on 500 kHz must
meet the following:
(i) Entries must be made of the results of tests of the emergency
installation including transmitter antenna current, hydrometer readings
of lead-acid storage batteries, voltage readings of other types of
batteries, and quantity of fuel available for engine generators.
(ii) When the vessel is in the open sea, a log entry must be made
each time the emergency power supply is used to carry on a communication
other than during a safety watch.
(iii) When the vessel is in the open sea, a daily entry must be made
showing whether the storage batteries were brought up to the normal full
charge condition that day.
(iv) Entries must be made stating when each storage battery is placed
on charge or off charge.
(v) Entries must be made about maintenance of survival craft radio
equipment, including a record of charging of any storage batteries
supplying power to such equipment. The record of charging must show
when such storage battery is placed on charge and when it is taken off
charge.
(vi) Results of inspections and tests of survival craft radio
equipment, prior to departure of the vessel from a harbor or port and
weekly inspections, must be entered.
(vii) On a cargo vessel equipped with an auto alarm, the entry ''AUTO
ALARM ON'' and the entry ''AUTO ALARM OFF'', respectively, must be made
whenever the operator places the auto alarm in and out of operation.
Results of the required auto alarm tests must be entered daily,
including the minimum number of 4-second dashes from the testing device
which were necessary to properly operate the alarm.
(viii) On a cargo vessel equipped with an auto alarm, a log entry
must be made whenever the auto alarm becomes inoperative. The entry
must include a statement showing the time the operator was called to
make repairs; the reason for the failure; parts changed; repairs;
and the time the auto alarm was restored to service.
(e) Ship radiotelephone logs. Logs of ship stations which are
compulsorily equipped for radiotelephony must contain the following
applicable log entries and the time of their occurrence:
(1) A summary of all distress, urgency and safety traffic;
(2) A summary of communications conducted on other than VHF
frequencies between the ship station and land or mobile stations;
(3) A reference to important service incidents;
(4) The position of the ship at least once a day;
(5) The name of the operator at the beginning and end of the watch
period;
(6) The time the watch begins when the vessel leaves port, and the
time it ends when the ship reaches port;
(7) The time the watch is discontinued, including the reason, and the
time the watch is resumed;
(8) The times when storage batteries provided as a part of the
required radiotelephone installation are placed on charge and taken off
charge;
(9) Results of required equipment tests, including specific gravity
of lead-acid storage batteries and voltage reading of other types of
batteries provided as a part of the compulsory installation;
(10) Results of inspections and tests of compulsorily fitted lifeboat
radio equipment;
(11) A daily statement about the condition of the required
radiotelephone equipment, as determined by either normal communication
or test communication;
(12) When the master is notified about improperly operating
radiotelephone equipment.
(f) Applicable radiotelephone log entries. The log entries listed in
paragraph (e) of this section are applicable as follows:
(1) Radiotelephony stations subject to parts II and III of title III
of the Communications Act and/or the Safety Convention must record
entries indicated by paragraphs (e)(1) through (e)(11) of this section.
(2) Radiotelephony stations subject to the Great Lakes Radio
Agreement must record entries indicated by paragraphs (e) (1), (5), (8),
(9), (11) and (12) of this section.
(3) Radiotelephony stations subject to the Bridge-to-Bridge Act must
record entries indicated by paragraphs (e) (1), (5), (6), (7), (11) and
(12) of this section.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987; 54 FR 40059, Sept. 29, 1989)
47 CFR 80.411 Vessel certification or exemption.
(a) Application. The application procedures for inspection and
certification and for exemptions are contained in 80.59.
(b) Posting. Communications Act, Safety Convention and Great Lakes
Radio Agreement certificates or exemptions must be posted in a
prominent, accessible place in the ship.
47 CFR 80.413 On-board station equipment records.
(a) The licensee of an on-board station must keep equipment records
which show:
(1) The ship name and identification of the on-board station;
(2) The number and type of repeater and mobile units used on-board
the vessel; and
(3) The date and type of equipment which is added or removed from the
on-board station.
47 CFR 80.415 ITU publications.
(a) The following publications listed in the table contained in
80.401 are published by the International Telecommunications Union
(ITU):
(1) Manual for Use of the Maritime Mobile and Maritime
Mobile-Satellite Services.
(2) List IV -- List of Coast Stations.
(3) List V -- List of Ship Stations.
(4) List VI -- List of Radiodetermination and Special Services
Stations.
(5) List VII A -- Alphabetical List of Call Signs of Stations Used by
the Maritime Mobile Service, Ship Station Selective Call Numbers or
Signals and Coast Station Identification Numbers or Signals.
(b) The publications listed in paragraph (a) of this section may be
purchased from:
International Telecommunication Union, General Secretariat -- Sales
Section, Place des Nations, CH-1211 Geneva 20, Switzerland
47 CFR 80.417 FCC Rules and Regulations.
The Commission's printed publications are described in subpart C of
part 0 of this chapter. These publications may be purchased from the
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402. The Commission does not furnish copies of these
publications but will furnish a price list, Information Services and
Publications-Bulletin No. 1, upon request. Requests for copies of this
list should be directed to the Office of Congressional and Public
Affairs, Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554.
47 CFR 80.417 Stations on Land
47 CFR 80.417 Subpart J -- Public Coast Stations
47 CFR 80.451 Supplemental eligibility requirements.
A public coast station license may be granted to any person meeting
the citizenship provisions of 80.15(b).
47 CFR 80.453 Scope of communications.
Public coast stations provide ship/shore radiotelephone and
radiotelegraph services.
(a) Public coast stations are authorized to communicate:
(1) With any ship or aircraft station operating in the maritime
mobile service, for the transmission or reception of safety
communication;
(2) With any land station to exchange safety communications to or
from a ship or aircraft station;
(3) With Government and non-Government ship and aircraft stations to
exchange public correspondence;
(b) Public coast stations are authorized to communicate with a
designated station at a remote fixed location where other communication
facilities are not available.
(c) Public coast stations are authorized to transmit meteorological
and navigational information of benefit to mariners.
(d) Each public coast telegraphy station is authorized to communicate
with other public coast telegraphy stations to exchange message traffic
destined to or originated at mobile stations:
(1) To exchange operating signals, brief service messages or safety
communication;
(2) To exchange message traffic destined for a mobile station when
the coast station initially concerned is unable to communicate directly
with the mobile station;
(3) In the Great Lakes region, to exchange message traffic originated
at a mobile station when the use of available point-to-point
communication facilities would delay the delivery of such message
traffic;
(4) Utilization of radiotelegraphy must not incur additional charges
or replace available point-to-point communication facilities;
(5) Only authorized working frequencies within the band 415 kHz to
5000 kHz must be employed for communications between coast stations;
(6) Harmful interference must not be caused to communication between
mobile stations and coast stations or between mobile stations.
47 CFR 80.453 Use of Telegraphy
47 CFR 80.455 Assignment and use of frequencies for manual Morse code
telegraphy.
(a) The frequencies designated in 80.355 and 80.357 may be licensed
for use by coast stations employing telegraphy.
47 CFR 80.459 Digital selective calling.
Subpart H of this part lists frequencies assignable for DSC.
47 CFR 80.461 Narrow-band direct-printing.
Subpart H of this part lists the frequencies assignable to public
coast stations for operations with ship stations. Operating procedures
are listed in subpart C of this part.
47 CFR 80.461 Use of Telephony
47 CFR 80.465 Assignment and use of frequencies for telephony.
Subpart H of this part lists the frequencies available for assignment
to public coast stations for telephony operations.
47 CFR 80.467 Duplication of VHF service.
No duplication of service areas as determined by subpart P of this
part will be permitted by public coast stations operating on the same
VHF public correspondence channel. Within the service area of a
station, the ratio of desired to undesired co-channel signal strengths
on public correspondence channels must be at least 12dB.
47 CFR 80.469 Maritime mobile repeater stations in Alaska.
(a) Maritime mobile repeater stations are authorized to extend the
range of communication between a VHF public coast station located in
Alaska and ship stations.
(b) On a secondary basis, maritime mobile repeater stations may be
authorized to extend the range of a private coast station:
(1) In an area where VHF common carrier service is not available;
(2) A maritime mobile repeater station license expires 60 days after
a public coast station in the area begins service.
(c) Each application for a maritime mobile repeater station must
include a statement showing why operational fixed frequencies cannot be
employed.
(d) The provisions relating to duplication of service described in
subpart P apply to maritime mobile repeater stations.
(e) The frequencies 157.275 and 161.875 MHz are assignable to
maritime mobile repeater stations.
(f) Each maritime mobile repeater station must:
(1) Deactivate automatically within 5 seconds after the signals
controlling the station cease; and
(2) During periods when it is not controlled from a manned control
point, deactivate automatically not more than 20 minutes after its
activation by a mobile unit.
47 CFR 80.471 Discontinuance or impairment of service.
A public coast station must not discontinue or impair service unless
authorized to do so by the Commission.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18, 1987)
47 CFR 80.471 Automated Systems
47 CFR 80.475 Scope of service of the Automated Maritime
Telecommunications System (AMTS).
(a) AMTS applicants proposing to serve inland waterways must show how
the proposed system will provide continuity of service along more than
60% of each of one or more navigable inland waterways. Inland waterways
less than 240 kilometers (150 miles) long must be served in their
entirety. AMTS applicants proposing to serve portions of the Atlantic,
Pacific or Gulf of Mexico coastline must define a substantial
navigational area and show how the proposed system will provide
continuity of service for it. A separate Form 503 is not required for
each coast station in a system. However, the applicant must provide the
technical characteristics for each proposed coast station, including
transmitter type, operating frequencies, emissions, transmitter output
power, antenna arrangement and location.
(1) Applicants proposing to locate a coast station transmitter within
169 kilometers (105 miles) of a channel 13 television station or within
129 kilometers (80 miles) of a channel 10 television station or with an
antenna height greater than 61 meters (200 feet) must submit an
engineering study clearly showing the means of avoiding interference
with television reception within the grade B contour. See 80.215(h).
(2) Additionally, applicants required to submit the above specified
must give written notice of the filing of such application(s) to the
television stations which may be affected. A list of the notified
television stations must be submitted with the subject applications.
(b) In lieu of public correspondence service an AMTS system may
provide private coast station communications related to the operational
requirements of ships including transmissions of fuel, weather, position
and supply reports. However, such communications may be provided only
to ship stations whose licensees make cooperative arrangements with the
AMTS coast station licensees. In emergency and distress situations,
services must be provided without prior arrangements.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987; 56 FR 3783, Jan. 31, 1991)
47 CFR 80.477 Points of communications.
(a) AMTS coast stations may communicate with fixed platform stations
located in the offshore waters of the Gulf of Mexico and with ship
stations.
(b) AMTS licensees in the offshore waters of the Gulf of Mexico may
use AMTS coast and ship station frequencies on a secondary basis for
fixed service communications to support offshore AMTS operations.
(c) AMTS service may be provided to any vessel within communication
service range of an AMTS station even though the vessel may not be
operating within the confines of a served waterway.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987)
47 CFR 80.479 Assignment and use of frequencies for AMTS.
(a) The frequencies assignable to AMTS stations are listed in subpart
H of this part. These frequencies are assignable to ship and public
coast stations for voice, facsimile and radioteletypewriter
communications.
47 CFR 80.479 Subpart K -- Private Coast Stations and Marine Utility Stations
47 CFR 80.501 Supplemental eligibility requirements.
(a) A private coast station or a marine utility station may be
granted only to a person who is:
(1) Regularly engaged in the operation, docking, direction,
construction, repair, servicing or management of one or more commercial
transport vessels or United States, state or local government vessels;
or is
(2) Responsible for the operation, control, maintenance or
development of a harbor, port or waterway used by commercial transport
vessels; or is
(3) Engaged in furnishing a ship arrival and departure service, and
will employ the station only for the purpose of obtaining the
information essential to that service; or is
(4) A corporation proposing to furnish a nonprofit radio
communication service to its parent corporation, to another subsidiary
of the same parent, or to its own subsidiary where the party to be
served performs any of the eligibility activities described in this
section; or is
(5) A nonprofit corporation or association, organized to furnish a
maritime mobile service solely to persons who operate one or more
commercial transport vessels; or is
(6) Responsible for the operation of bridges, structures or other
installations that area part of, or directly related to, a harbor, port
or waterway when the operation of such facilities requires radio
communications with vessels for safety or navigation; or is
(7) A person controlling public moorage facilities; or is
(8) A person servicing or supplying vessels other than commercial
transport vessels; or is
(9) An organized yacht club with moorage facilities; or is
(10) A nonprofit organization providing noncommercial communications
to vessels other than commercial transport vessels.
(b) Each application for station authorization for a private coast
station or a marine utility station must be accompanied by a statement
indicating eligibility under paragraph (a) of this section.
47 CFR 80.503 Cooperative use of facilities.
(a) A person engaged in the operation of one or more commercial
transport vessels or government vessels may receive maritime mobile
service from a private coast station or a marine utility station on
shore even though not the licensee of the private coast station or the
marine utility station. Restrictions on cooperative arrangements are as
follows:
(1) Foreign persons must be the licensees of the radio stations
installed on board their vessels.
(2) The licensee of a private coast station or marine utility station
on shore may install ship radio stations on board United States
commercial transport vessels of other persons. In each case these
persons must enter into a written agreement verifying that the ship
station licensee has the sole right of control of the ship stations,
that the vessel operators must use the ship stations subject to the
orders and instructions of the coast station or marine utility station
on shore, and that the ship station licensee will have sufficient
control of the ship station to enable it to carry out its
responsibilities under the ship station license.
(b) Cooperative arrangements are limited concerning cost and charges
as follows:
(1) The arrangement must be established on a non-profit, cost-sharing
basis by written contract. A copy of the contract must be kept with the
station records and made available for inspection by Commission
representatives.
(2) Contributions to capital and operating expenses are to be
prorated on an equitable basis among all persons who are parties to the
cooperative arrangement. Records which reflect the cost of the service
and its nonprofit, cost-sharing nature must be maintained by the
licensee of the station and made available for inspection by Commission
representatives.
47 CFR 80.505 Points of communication.
(a) Private coast stations and marine utility stations are authorized
to communicate:
(1) With any mobile station in the maritime mobile service for the
exchange of safety communications;
(2) With any land station for the purpose of aiding the exchange of
safety communications;
(3) With ship stations.
(b) Private coast stations of the same licensee may be authorized to
communicate on a secondary basis between themselves if:
(1) The communications are confined exclusively to those for which
authority has been granted the coast station, and concerns ships with
which one or both of the coast stations are authorized to communicate;
and
(2) Other satisfactory point-to-point communication facilities
between the coast stations are unavailable; and
(3) Coast stations which communicate with each other are not more
than 160 km (100 miles) apart; and
(4) Harmful interference is not cause to mobile stations.
(c) A private coast station and associated marine utility stations
serving and located on a shipyard regularly engaged in construction or
repair of commercial transport vessels or Government vessels are
authorize to communicate between stations when they are licensed to the
same entity and communications are limited to serving the needs of ships
on a non-interference basis to other stations in the maritime mobile
service. A separate showing is required.
47 CFR 80.507 Scope of service.
(a) A private coast station or marine utility station using telephony
serves the operational and business needs of ships including the
transmission of safety communication.
(b) In areas where environmental communications are provided by U.S.
Government stations or by public coast stations, private coast stations
and marine utility stations on shore must not duplicate that service.
In other areas, private coast stations and marine utility stations on
shore may transmit weather and hydrographic information required for the
ships with which they normally communicate. Private coast stations may
provide environmental communication service in areas where adequate
service is not available.
(c) Each marine utility station on shore must be operated as a
private coast station except that it may be operated at temporary
unspecified locations. Marine utility stations on ships are operated as
ship stations.
47 CFR 80.509 Frequency assignment.
Frequencies assignable to private coast stations and marine utility
stations are listed in subpart H.
47 CFR 80.511 Assignment limitations.
(a) Only one port operation, one commercial and one non-commerical
frequency will be assigned to a private coast station or marine utility
station. Applications for authority to use more than one frequency in
any one of the above three categories must include a showing of need as
specified below.
(b) An application for an additional frequency by a person who
services vessels, must include a description of the vessels with which
communication is planned and a statement that the applicant has personal
knowledge that the ship radio stations are not capable of operating on
working frequencies already assigned to the coast station.
(c) An application for an additional frequency based on congestion of
the assigned frequency must show that for any four periods of 5
consecutive days each, in the preceeding 6 months, the assigned
frequency was in use at least 25 percent of the time during 3 hours of
daily peak activity. If the application for an additional frequency is
based on the congestion by other nearby stations, the showing must
include the call signs and locations of such stations.
47 CFR 80.513 Frequency coordination.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section each
application for a new VHF private coast station license or modification
of an existing license to be located in an area having a recognized
frequency coordinating committee must be accompanied by:
(1) A report based on a field study, indicating the degree of
probable interference to existing stations operating in the same area.
The applicant must consider all stations operating on the working
frequency or frequencies requested or assigned within 80 km (50 miles)
of the proposed station location, and
(2) The report must include a statement that all existing licensees
on the frequency within 80 km (50 miles) and the frequency coordinating
committee have been notified of the applicant's intention to file an
application. The notice of intention to file must provide the licensees
concerned and the advisory committee with the following information:
The frequency and emission; transmitter location and power; and the
antenna height proposed by the applicant.
(b) Applications for modification need not be accompanied by the
field study where the modification does not involve any change in
frequency(ies), power, emission, antenna height, antenna location or
area of operation.
(c)(1) In lieu of the field study, a statement from a frequency
coordinating committee may be submitted with the application. The
committee must comment on the requested frequency or the proposed
changes in the authorized station and give an opinion regarding the
probable interference to existing stations. The committee must consider
all stations operating on the requested frequency within 80 km (50
miles) of the proposed station location. The frequency coordinating
committee statement must also recommend a frequency which will result in
the least amount of interference to proposed and existing stations.
Committee recommendations may also include comments on technical factors
and may recommend restrictions to minimize interference.
(2) A frequency coordinating committee must be representative of all
persons who are eligible for VHF private coast stations within the
service area of the recognized frequency coordinating committee. A
statement of organization, service area and composition of the committee
must be submitted to the Commission for approval. The functions of any
coordinating committee are purely advisory to the applicant and the
Commission. Its recommendations are not binding upon either the
applicant or the Commission.
47 CFR 80.514 Marine VHF frequency coordinating committee(s).
This section contains the names of organizations that have been
recognized by the Commission to serve as marine VHF frequency
coordinating committees for their respective areas. Write or call FCC;
Private Radio Bureau Licensing Division; Consumer Assistance Branch;
Gettysburg, PA, 17326; Phone: (717) 337-1212; for frequency advisory
committee mailing address information.
(a) The Southern California Marine Radio Council serves the
California counties of Santa Barbara, Kern, San Bernardino, Ventura, Los
Angeles, Orange, Riverside, San Diego, Imperial and the Channel Islands.
(b) The North Pacific Marine Radio Council serves the following
counties in the State of Washington: Clallam, Island, Jefferson, King,
Kitsap, Mason, Pierce, San Juan, Skagit, Snohomish, Thurston, and
Whatcom.
(52 FR 35246, Sept. 18, 1987, as amended at 56 FR 6583, Feb. 19,
1991)
47 CFR 80.515 Limitations on use.
A private coast station or marine utility station using telephony
must:
(a) Not be used for public correspondence;
(b) Not be used to transmit program material for radio broadcasting;
and
(c) Not be used to transmit press material or news items which are
not required to serve the needs of ships.
47 CFR 80.517 Time limitation on communication.
All communication engaged in by private coast stations and marine
utility stations must be limited to the minimum practicable transmission
time. Each station licensee must employ standardized operating
practices and procedures.
47 CFR 80.519 Station identification.
(a) Stations must identify transmissions by announcing in the English
language the station's assigned call sign. In lieu of the
identification of the station by voice, the official call sign may be
transmitted by tone-modulated telegraphy in international Morse Code
manually or by means of an automatic device approved by the Commission.
Transmissions on the navigation frequency (156.650 MHz) by stations on
drawbridges may be identified by use of the name of the bridge in lieu
of the call sign. Identification must be made:
(1) At the beginning and end of each exchange of communications and;
(2) At intervals not exceeding 15 minutes whenever transmissions or
communications are sustained for more than 15 minutes.
(b) Marine utility stations or private coast stations when exchanging
communications with marine utility stations may be identified by a unit
identifier in lieu of the call sign. Identification by transmission of
the assigned call sign must be at the end of the exchange of
communications or at least once each 15 minutes.
47 CFR 80.519 Subpart L -- Operational Fixed Stations
47 CFR 80.551 Applicability.
This subpart contains rules applicable to operational fixed stations.
47 CFR 80.553 Supplemental eligibility requirements.
An applicant for an operational fixed station must show that:
(a) The applicant is the licensee of a coast station;
(b) Other suitable telecommunications facilities are not available to
satisfy coast station requirements.
47 CFR 80.555 Scope of communication.
An operational fixed station provides control, repeater or relay
functions for its associated coast station.
47 CFR 80.557 Assignment and use of frequencies.
The specific frequencies for these stations are listed in subpart H
of this part.
47 CFR 80.559 Licensing limitations.
Operational fixed stations are subject to the following licensing
limitations:
(a) A maximum of four frequencies will be assigned.
(b) Stations will not be authorized when applications indicate less
than 16 km (10 miles) separation between a proposed station and a TV
transmitter operating on either Channel 4 or 5, or from the post office
of a community in which either channel is assigned but not in operation.
(c) Stations located between 16 km (10 miles) and 128 km (80 miles)
of a TV transmitter operating on either Channel 4 or 5, or from the post
office of a community in which either channel is assigned but not in
operation, are secondary to TV operations within the Grade B service
contour. /1/
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 51 FR 34984, Oct. 1, 1986; as amended
at 54 FR 40059, Sept. 29, 1989)
/1/ OET Bulletin No. 67, March 1988, entitled ''Potential
Interference from Operational Fixed Stations in the 72-76 MHz Band to
Television Channels 4 and 5'' describes an analytical model that can be
used to calculate the potential interference that might result from a
given fixed station operation. Copies of the bulletin may be obtained
from the Commission's current duplication contractor. Information
concerning the current duplication contractor may be obtained from the
Office of Public Affairs, Consumer Assistance and Small Business
Division, Telephone (202) 632-7000.
47 CFR 80.559 Subpart M -- Stations in the Radiodetermination Service
47 CFR 80.601 Scope of communications.
Stations on land in the Maritime Radiodetermination Service provide a
radionavigation or radiolocation service for ships.
47 CFR 80.603 Assignment and use of frequencies.
The frequencies available for assignment to shore
radionavigation/radiolocation stations are contained in subpart H of
this part.
47 CFR 80.605 U.S. Coast Guard coordination.
(a) Radionavigation coast stations operated to provide information to
aid in the movement of any ship are private aids to navigation. Before
submitting an application for an radionavigation station, an applicant
must obtain written permission from the cognizant Coast Guard District
Commander at the area in which the device will be located.
Documentation of the Coast Guard approval must be submitted with the
application.
Note: Surveillance radar coast stations do not require U.S. Coast
Guard approval.
(b) Applications for type acceptance of coast and ship station
transponders must include a description of the technical characteristics
of the equipment including the scheme of interrogation and the
characteristics of the transponder response. When a type acceptance
application in submitted to the Commission a copy of such application
must be submitted concurrently to: Commandant (G-TTS-3), U.S. Coast
Guard, Washington, DC 20593.
(c) Prior to submitting an application for a non-selectable
transponder coast station license in the 2920-3100 MHz or 9320-9500 MHz
band the applicant must submit a letter requesting written approval of
the proposed station to the cognizant Coast Guard District Commander of
the area in which the device will be located. The letter must include:
(1) The necessity for the station;
(2) The latitude and longitude of its position;
(3) The transponder antenna height above sea level;
(4) The antenna azimuth response (angle of directivity);
(5) The manufacturer and model number of the transponder;
(6) The identifying Morse character for transponders used as racons;
(7) The name and address of the person responsible for the operation
and maintenance of the station;
(8) The time and date during which it is proposed to operate the
station; and
(9) The maximum station e.i.r.p. if it would exceed 5 watts.
A copy of the request and the U.S. Coast Guard approval must be
submitted to the Commission with the station license application.
(d) Prior to submitting an application for a non-selectable
transponder ship station license in the 2920-3100 MHz or 9320-9500 MHz
band the applicant must submit a letter requesting approval of the
proposed station to: Commandant (G-NSR), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington,
DC 20593. The letter must include the name, address and telephone
number of a person or a point of contact responsible for the operation
of the device, the specific need for the station, the name of the
associated ship, the area in which the transponder will be used, and the
hours of operation. A copy of the request and the U.S. Coast Guard
approval must be submitted to the Commission with the station license
application.
(52 FR 7419, Mar. 11, 1987)
47 CFR 80.605 Subpart N -- Maritime Support Stations
47 CFR 80.651 Supplemental eligibility requirements.
(a) An applicant for a maritime support station must demonstrate a
requirement for training personnel associated with the maritime service
or for the testing, demonstration or maintenance of ship or coast radio
equipment.
47 CFR 80.653 Scope of communications.
(a) Maritime support stations are land stations authorized to operate
at permanent locations or temporary unspecified locations.
(b) Maritime support stations are authorized to conduct the following
operations:
(1) Training of personnel in maritime telecommunications;
(2) Transmissions necessary for the test and maintenance of maritime
radio equipment at repair shops; and
(3) Transmissions necessary to test the technical performance of the
licensee's public coast station(s) radiotelephone receiver(s); and
(4) Transmissions necessary for radar/racon equipment demonstration.
47 CFR 80.655 Use of frequencies.
(a) The frequencies available for assignment to maritime support
stations are described or listed in:
(1) Section 80.373 for scope of communications described in
80.653(b)(1);
(2) Sections 80.373 and 80.385 for scope of communications described
in 80.653(b)(2); and
(3) Section 80.389 for scope of communications described in 80.653
(b)(3) and (4).
(b) Frequencies must be used only on a secondary, non-interference
basis to operational maritime communications.
(c) Use of frequencies assigned to services other than the maritime
radiolocation service is limited to one hour per twenty four hour
period.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 52 FR 35245, Sept. 18,
1987)
47 CFR 80.659 Technical requirements.
The authorized frequency tolerance, class of emission, bandwidth, and
transmitter power for maritime support stations are contained in subpart
E of this part under the category associated with the intended use
except for power limitations imposed upon stations operating within the
scope of 80.653(b)(3), which are further limited by the provisions of
80.215(f).
47 CFR 80.659 Subpart O -- Alaska Fixed Stations
47 CFR 80.701 Scope of service.
There are two classes of Alaska Fixed stations. Alaska-public fixed
stations are common carriers, open to public correspondence, which
operate on the paired duplex channels listed in subpart H of this part.
Alaska-private fixed stations may operate on simplex frequencies listed
in subpart H of this part to communicate with other Alaska private fixed
stations or with ship stations, and on duplex frequencies listed in
subpart H of this part when communicating with the Alaska-public fixed
stations. Alaska-private fixed stations must not charge for service,
although third party traffic may be transmitted. Only Alaska-public
fixed stations are authorized to charge for communication services.
47 CFR 80.703 Priority of distress and other signals.
Alaska-public fixed stations, when operating on an authorized carrier
frequency which is also used by the maritime mobile service, must give
priority to distress, urgency or safety signals, or to any communication
preceded by one of these signals.
47 CFR 80.705 Hours of service of Alaska-public fixed stations.
Each Alaska-public fixed station whose hours of service are not
continuous must not suspend operations before having concluded all
communications of an emergency nature.
47 CFR 80.707 Cooperative use of frequency assignments.
(a) Only one Alaska-public fixed station will be authorized to serve
any area whose point-to-point communication needs can be adequately
served by a single radio communication facility.
(b) Each radio channel authorized for use by an Alaska-private fixed
station is available on a shared basis only. All station licensees must
cooperate in the use of their respective frequency assignments to
minimize interference.
47 CFR 80.709 Frequencies available.
Frequencies assignable to Alaska fixed stations are listed in subpart
H of this part.
47 CFR 80.711 Use of U.S. Government frequencies.
Alaska-public fixed stations may be authorized to use frequencies
assigned to U.S. Government radio stations for communications with
Government stations or for coordination of Government activities.
47 CFR 80.711 Subpart P -- Standards for Computing Public Coast Station VHF Coverage
47 CFR 80.751 Scope.
This subpart specifies receiver antenna terminal requirements in
terms of power, and relates the power available at the receiver antenna
terminals to transmitter power and antenna height and gain.
47 CFR 80.753 Signal strength requirements at the service area contour.
(a) The requirements for reception by a marine VHF shipboard receiver
are satisfied if the field strength from the coast station, calculated
in accordance with 80.771 is at least +17 dBu above one microvolt.
(b) These field strengths, voltages and powers at the receiver input
are equivalent:
(1) ^132 dBW (decibels referred to 1 watt).
(2) 1.8 microvolts across 50 ohms.
(3) +17 dBu (decibels referred to 1 microvolt per meter).
(4) 7 microvolts per meter.
47 CFR 80.755 Applicability.
Applications for maritime frequencies in the 156-162 MHz band must
include a map showing the proposed service area contour. The service
area contour must be computed in accordance with the following
procedures.
47 CFR 80.757 Topographical data.
(a) In the preparation of profile graphs and in determining the
location and height above sea level of the antenna site, the elevations
or contour intervals must be taken from U.S. Geological Survey
topographic quadrangle maps, U.S. Army Corps of Engineers maps or
Tennessee Valley Authority maps, whichever is the latest, for all areas
for which maps are available. If such maps are not published for the
area in question, the next best topographic information must be used.
The maps used must include the principal area to be served. U.S.
Geological Survey topographic quadrangle maps may be obtained from the
Eastern Distribution Branch, U.S. Geological Survey, 1200 South Eads
Street, Arlington, VA 22202, for maps of areas east of the Mississippi
River, including Minnesota, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, and
from the Western Distribution Branch, U.S. Geological Survey, Federal
Center, Denver CO 80225, for maps of areas west of the Mississippi
River, including Alaska, Hawaii, Louisiana, Guam and American Samoa.
Sectional aeronautical charts are available from the Distribution
Division, National Ocean Service, Riverdale, MD 20840.
(b) In lieu of maps, the average terrain elevation may be computer
generated, using elevations from a 30 second point or better topographic
data file such as those available for the U.S. Geological Survey's
National Geographic Information Center or the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration's National Geophysical Data Center. In case
of dispute maps will be used to determine the correct value.
47 CFR 80.759 Average terrain elevation.
(a)(1) Draw radials from the antenna site for each 45 degrees of
azimuth starting with true north. Any such radial which extends
entirely over land from the antenna site to the point of +17 dBu field
strength need not be drawn.
(2) If the distance from the antenna site to the point of +17 dBu
field strength between any of the 45 degrees radials would be less than
the distances calculated along these radials, an additional radial
between such adjacent radials must be plotted and calculations made in
each case. Each additional radial must be that radial along which it
appears by inspection that transmission loss would be greatest.
(b) Draw a circle of 10 statute mile radius using the antenna site as
the center. Divide each radial into 0.2 statute mile increments inside
the circumference to the 2.0 statute mile point.
(c) Calculate the height above sea level of each 0.2 statute mile
division by interpolating the contour intervals of the map, and record
the value.
(d) Average the values by adding them and dividing by the number of
readings along each radial.
(e) Calculate the height above average terrain by averaging the
values calculated for each radial.
47 CFR 80.761 Conversion graphs.
The following graphs must be employed where conversion from one to
the other of the indicated types of units is required.
(a) Graph 1. To convert effective radiated power in watts to dBk or
to dBW, find the power in watts on the horizontal axis. Move vertically
along the line representing the power to the diagonal line. Move
horizontally from the diagonal to the right side to read dBW and to the
left to read dBk.
(b) Graph 2. To convert microvolts across 50 ohms to received power
in dBW, find the signal in microvolts on the horizontal axis. Move
vertically to the diagonal line, then move right horizontally to read
dBW.
Insert Illustration 0945
Insert Illustration 0946
(c) Graph 3. To convert received power in dBW to field intensity in
dBu find the received power in dBW on the horizontal axis. Move
vertically to the diagonal line, then move right horizontally to read
dBu.
Insert Illustration 0948
47 CFR 80.763 Effective antenna height.
The effective height of the antenna is the vertical distance between
the center of the radiating system above the mean sea level and the
average terrain elevation.
47 CFR 80.765 Effective radiated power.
Effective radiated power is used in computing the service area
contour. The effective radiated power is derived from the transmitter
output power, loss in the transmission system including duplexers,
cavities, circulators, switches and filters, and the gain relative to a
half-wave dipole of the antenna system.
47 CFR 80.767 Propagation curve.
The propagation graph, 80.767 Graph 1, must be used in computing the
service area contour. The graph provides data for field strengths in
dBu for an effective radiated power of 1 kW, over sea water, fresh water
or land (smooth earth); transmitting antena heights of 4,800, 3,200,
1,600, 800, 400, 200, and 100 feet; based on a receiving antenna height
of 9 meters (30 feet), for the 156-162 MHz band. The use of this is
described in this section.
(a) Calculate the effective radiated power of the coast station, Ps
in dB referred to 1 kW (dBk), as follows:
where,
Pt=Transmitter output power in dB referred to 1 kW: Transmitter
output power in watts is converted to dBk by Pt=10 (log10 (Power in
watts))^30. Also see 80.761 Graph 1 for a conversion graph.
G=Antenna gain in dB referred to a standard half-wave dipole, in the
direction of each plotted radial, and
L=Line losses between the transmitter and the antenna, in dB.
Notes:
1. To determine field strengths where the distance is known, for
effective radiated powers other than 1kW (0 dBk): Enter the graph from
the ''statute miles'' scale at the known distance, read up to
intersection with the curve for the antenna height, read left to the
''dBu for 1 kW radiated'' scale and note the referenced field strength
(Fe). The value of the actual field strength (F) in dBu will be F=Fe+Ps
where Ps is the effective radiated power calculated above.
2. To determine distance, where the actual field strength is
specified, for effective radiated powers other than 0 dBk: The value of
the field referenced strength will be Fe=F^Ps in dBu. Enter the graph,
from the ''dBu for 1 kW radiated'' scale at the corrected value of Fe,
read right to intersection with the antenna height, read down to
''statute miles'' scale.
(b) Determine the antenna height. For antenna heights between the
heights for which this graph is drawn, use linear interpolation; assume
linear height-gain for antennas higher than 4,800 feet.
(c) For receiver antenna heights lower than 9 meters (30 feet),
assume that the field strength is the same as at 9 meters (30 feet).
(d) Assume that propagation over fresh water or over land is the same
as that over sea water.
Insert Illustration 0951
47 CFR 80.769 Shadow loss.
Where the transmission path is obstructed the received signal must be
adjusted to include shadow loss. Attenuation due to shadowing must be
taken from 80.769 Graph 1, as follows:
(a) Inspect the map(s) to determine if a hill(s) obstructs an
imaginary line of sight (dashed line on illustrative profiles of 80.769
Graph 1 from the average terrain elevation at the coast station antenna
to the water level at the ship location. If average terrain elevation
exceeds the actual ground elevation at the antenna site, the latter
elevation must be used as the average terrain elevation.
(b) If a hill appears to obstruct the radio path, plot the antenna
site elevation, the obstruction elevation and the height of the ship
station on rectangular coordinate paper using elevation above mean sea
level as the vertical scale and distance in statute miles as the
horizontal scale. Then draw a straight line between the antenna and the
ship.
(c) If a hill obstructs the imaginary line of sight, determine its
height (H) above the imaginary line and its distance (D) from either the
coast or ship station, whichever is nearer, as illustrated by examples
''A'' and ''B'' on Graph 1.
(d) Read the shadow loss from this Graph 1 and subtract that loss
from the computed received signal.
(e) Where more than one hill obstructs the transmission path,
determine the height and position of a single equivalent hill, as
illustrated by example ''C'' on this graph. Read the shadow loss from
this graph for the equivalent hill.
Insert Illustration 0953
47 CFR 80.771 Method of computing coverage.
Compute the +17 dBu contour as follows:
(a) Determine the effective antenna height above mean sea level
according to the procedures in 80.757- 80.761.
(b) Determine the effective radiated power according to 80,765.
Determine for each radial the distance from the antenna site to the +17
dBu point of field strength using procedures of 80.765 and 80.767.
(c) Plot on a suitable map each point of +17 dBu field strength for
all radials and draw the contour by connecting the adjacent points by a
smooth curve.
47 CFR 80.773 Ratio of desired to undesired signal strengths.
Where a frequency is shared the ratio of desired to undesired signal
strengths must be at least 12 dB within the service area of a station.
47 CFR 80.773 Stations on Shipboard
47 CFR 80.773 Subpart Q -- Compulsory Radiotelegraph Installations for Vessels 1600 Gross Tons
47 CFR 80.801 Applicability.
The radiotelegraph requirements of Part II of Title III of the
Communications Act apply to all passenger ships irrespective of size and
cargo ships of 1600 gross tons and upward. The Safety Convention
applies to such ships on international voyages. These ships are
required to carry a radiotelegraph installation complying with this
subpart.
47 CFR 80.802 Inspection of station.
(a) Every ship of the United States subject to Part II of Title III
of the Communications Act or the radio provisions of the Safety
Convention must have the required equipment inspected at least once
every 12 months. If the ship is in compliance with the requirements of
the Safety Convention, a Safety Certificate will be issued; if in
compliance with the Communications Act, the license will be endorsed
accordingly.
(1) The effective date of ship safety certificates is the date the
station is found to be in compliance or not later than one business day
later.
(2) At inspection, the minimum field strength capability of the main
installation and reserve installation when connected to the main antenna
may be shown by the licensee by either producing a record of
communications on 500 kHz over a minimum distance of 200 nautical miles
for the main installation and 100 nautical miles for the reserve
installation which demonstrates the transmission and reception of
clearly perceptible signals from ship to ship by day and under normal
conditions and circumstances, or providing documentation by a
professional engineer not affiliated with the licensee or its service
company that the installation produces at one nautical mile a minimum
field strength of thirty (30) millivolts per meter for the main
installation and ten (10) millivolts per meter for the reserve
installation.
(b) Certificates issued in accordance with the Safety Convention must
be posted in a prominent and accessible place in the ship.
47 CFR 80.804 Radio station.
The required radio station must comply with the provisions of this
subpart in addition to all other applicable requirements of this part.
The radio station consists of a radiotelegraph station and a ship radar
station. The radiotelegraph station comprises a main and a reserve
radiotelegraph installation, electrically separate and electrically
independent of each other except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b)
of 80.805, a radiotelephone installation and such other equipment as
may be necessary for the proper operation of these installations. The
ship radar station comprises a radar installation and such other
equipment and facilities as may be necessary for its proper operation.
47 CFR 80.805 Radio installations.
(a) The main radiotelegraph installation includes a main transmitter,
a main receiver, a main power supply, a main antenna system and a 2182
kHz radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver.
(b) The reserve radiotelegraph installation includes a reserve
transmitter, a reserve receiver, a reserve power supply, emergency
electric lights and reserve antenna system: except that:
(1) In installations on cargo ships of 300 gross tons and upwards but
less than 1,600 gross tons, and in installations on cargo ships of 1,600
gross tons and upwards installed prior to November 19, 1952, if the main
transmitter complies with all the requirements for the reserve
transmitter, the latter may be omitted.
(2) A cargo ship the keel of which was laid prior to June 1, 1954,
may either be equipped with a reserve antenna or provided a spare
antenna consisting of a single-wire transmitting antenna (including
suitable insulators) completely assembled for immediate installation.
(c) The medium frequency radiotelephone installation includes a
radiotelephone transmitter, a radiotelephone receiver and an appropriate
antenna system.
47 CFR 80.806 Requirements of main installation.
All main radiotelegraph installations must meet the following
requirements:
(a) The main antenna must be installed and protected to ensure proper
operation of the station. Effective October 14, 1986, the main antenna
energized by the main transmitter on the frequency 500 kHz must produce
at one nautical mile a minimum field strength of thirty (30) millivolts
per meter. If the main antenna is suspended between masts or other
supports liable to whipping, a safety link must be installed which,
under heavy stress, will reduce breakage of the antenna, the halyards,
or any other antenna-supporting elements.
(b) The main transmitter must be capable of meeting the requirements
of 80.253.
(c) The main receiver must efficiently receive A1A and A2A emission
on all frequencies within the bands 100-200 kHz and 405-535 kHz. It
must have headphones capable of effective operation. The main receiver
must have sufficient sensitivity to effectively operate headphones or a
loudspeaker when the receiver input is 50 microvolts.
(d) The main power supply must simultaneously (1) energize the main
transmitter at its required antenna power, and the main receiver, (2)
charge at any required rate all batteries forming part of the
radiotelegraph station, and (3) charge the main power supply for this
purpose at all times including times of inspection. Under this load
condition the voltage of the main power supply at the radio room
terminals must not deviate from its rated value by more than 10 percent
on vessels completed on or after July 1, 1941, nor by more than 15
percent on vessels completed before that date. While at sea, batteries
forming part of the main installation must be fully charged daily.
(e) To measure voltage(s) of the main power supply at its radio room
terminals, voltmeter(s) must be permanently installed in the
radiotelegraph operating room.
(f) The main installation must be provided with a device permitting
changeover from transmission to reception and vice versa without manual
switching.
(g) The main installation must be capable of being quickly connected
with and tuned to the main antenna and the reserve antenna if one is
installed.
47 CFR 80.807 Requirements of radiotelephone installation.
All radiotelephone installations in radiotelegraph equipped vessels
must meet the following conditions.
(a) The radiotelephone transmitter must be capable of transmission of
A3E or H3E emission on 2182 kHz and must be capable of transmitting
clearly perceptible signals from ship to ship during daytime, under
normal conditions over a range of 150 nautical miles when used with an
antenna system in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section. The
transmitter must:
(1) Have a duty cycle which allows for transmission of the
radiotelephone alarm signal described in 80.221.
(2) Provide 25 watts carrier power for A3E emission or 60 watts peak
power on H3E emission into an artificial antenna consisting of 10 ohms
resistance and 200 picofarads capacitance or 50 ohms nominal impedance
to demonstrate compliance with the 150 nautical mile range requirement.
(3) Have a visual indication whenever the transmitter is supplying
power to the antenna.
(4) Have a two-tone alarm signal generator that meets 80.221.
(5) The radiotelephone transmitter required by this paragraph may be
contained in the same enclosure as the receiver required by paragraph
(b) of this section. Additionally, these transmitters may have the
capability to transmit J3E emissions.
(b)(1) The radiotelephone receiver must receive A3E and H3E emissions
when connected to the antenna system specified in paragraph (c) this
section and must be preset to 2182 kHz. The receiver must additionally:
(i) Provide an audio output of 50 milliwatts to a loudspeaker when
the RF input is 50 microvolts. The 50 microvolt input signal must be
modulated 30 percent at 400 Hertz and provide at least a 6 dB
signal-to-noise ratio when measured in the rated audio bandwidth.
(ii) Be equipped with one or more loudspeakers capable of being used
to maintain a watch on 2182 kHz at the principal operating position or
in the room from which the vessel is normally steered.
(2) The receiver required by 80.805 may be used instead of this
receiver. If the watch is stood at the place from which the ship is
normally steered, a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver
must be used for this purpose.
(3) This receiver may be contained in the same enclosure as the
transmitter required by paragraph (a) of this section. Additionally,
these receivers may have the capability to receive J3E emissions.
(c) The antenna system must be as nondirectional and efficient as is
practicable for the transmission and reception of radio ground waves
over seawater. The installation and construction of the required
antenna must ensure, insofar as is practicable, proper operation in time
of emergency. If the required antenna is suspended between masts or
other supports subject to whipping, a safety link must be installed
which under heavy stress will reduce breakage of the antenna, the
halyards, or any other supporting elements.
(d) The radiotelephone installation must be provided with a device
for permitting changeover from transmission to reception and vice versa
without manual switching.
(e) An artificial antenna must be provided to permit weekly checks,
without causing interference, of the automatic device for generating the
radiotelephone alarm signal on frequencies other than the radiotelephone
distress frequency.
(f) The radiotelephone installation must be located in the
radiotelegraph operating room or in the room from which the ship is
normally steered.
(g) Demonstration of the radiotelephone installation may be required
by Commission representatives to show compliance with applicable
regulations.
(h) The radiotelephone installation must be protected from excessive
currents and voltages.
(i) The radiotelephone installation must be maintained in an
efficient condition.
47 CFR 80.808 Requirements of reserve installation.
(a) All reserve radiotelegraph installations must comply with the
following conditions, in addition to all other requirements:
(1) The reserve installation must be capable of being placed in
operation within a maximum time of 1 minute.
(2) The reserve antenna must be installed and protected to ensure
proper operation in time of an emergency.
(3) Effective October 14, 1986, the main antenna energized by the
reserve transmitter on 500 kHz must produce at one nautical mile a
minimum field strength of ten (10) millivolts per meter.
(4) The reserve transmitter must meet the requirements of 80.255.
(5) The reserve receiver must receive A1A and A2B emissions on all
frequencies within the band 405-535 kHz. It must have headphones.
Additionally a loudspeaker may be provided for use in accordance with
the provisions of 80.313. The reserve receiver must be able to operate
headphones or a loudspeaker when the receiver RF input is 100
microvolts.
(6) The reserve installation must be capable of being quickly
connected with and tuned to the main antenna, and the reserve antenna if
one is installed.
(7) Emergency electric lights, energized solely by the reserve power
supply and connected to it through individual fuses must be provided.
The emergency electric lights must illuminate the operating controls of
the main and reserve radiotelegraph installations and the radio station
clock. The emergency lighting circuits must avoid excessive voltage to
the emergency lights during the charging of any batteries forming part
of the reserve installation. The provisions of this paragraph do not
preclude the use of any other power supply for energizing these lights
solely as an additional provision. If a separate emergency
radiotelegraph operating room is provided, the requirements of this
paragraph apply to it.
(8) The emergency electric lights must be controlled by two-way
switches placed near the main entrance to the radiotelegraph operating
room and at the radiotelegraph operating position, in all cases where
the distance between these points is greater than 8 feet. This
requirement applies to stations which replace, or initially install the
main or reserve radiotelegraph transmitter on and after May 26, 1965.
(9) There must be readily available under normal load conditions a
reserve power supply for the reserve installation which must be
independent of the propelling power of the ship and of any other
electrical system. The reserve power supply must simultaneously
energize the reserve transmitter at its required antenna power and the
reserve receiver for at least 6 hours continuously under normal working
conditions, and energize the automatic-alarm-signal keying device
continuously for a period of 1 hour.
(10) The reserve power supply may be used to energize the following
apparatus provided it has adequate capacity:
(i) The audible warning apparatus included as a component of an
approved radiotelegraph auto alarm;
(ii) The VHF installation required by subpart R of this chapter
simultaneously with the reserve transmitter in the case of distress,
urgency and safety communications;
(iii) The VHF installation required by subpart R of this chapter
alternately with the reserve transmitter. A switching device must be
fitted to ensure alternate operation only in the case of distress,
urgency and safety communications;
(iv) The radiotelephone alarm signal generator;
(v) The bridge-to-bridge VHF radiotelephone installation required by
subpart U of this chapter.
(11) The reserve power supply must be located as near to the reserve
transmitter and reserve receiver as is practicable and must comply with
all applicable rules and regulations of the United States Coast Guard.
The switchboard of the reserve power supply must wherever possible, be
situated in the radiotelegraph operating room. If it is not, it must be
illuminated.
(12) All reserve power supply circuits must be protected from
overloads.
(13) Means must be provided for charging any batteries forming a part
of the reserve installation, and such batteries must be maintained in a
fully charged condition daily while at sea. There must be a device
which, during charging of the batteries, gives a continuous indication
of the rate and polarity of the charging current.
(14) The cooling system of each internal combustion engine used as a
part of the reserve power supply must be protected to prevent freezing
or overheating consistent with the season and route to be traveled by
the particular vessel.
(b)(1) The shipowner, operating company, or station licensee, if
directed by the Commission or its authorized representative must
demonstrate that the reserve installation satisfies the 6-hour operating
requirement of law.
(2) When the reserve power supply includes a battery, proof of the
ability of such battery to operate continuously and effectively for 6
hours can be established by a discharge test over a prescribed period of
time, when supplying power at the voltage required for normal operation
to an electrical load as prescribed by paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(3) When the reserve power supply includes an engine-driven
generator, proof of the adequacy of the engine fuel supply to operate
the unit continuously and effectively for 6 hours may be established by
measuring the fuel consumption during 1 hour when supplying power, at
the voltage required for normal operation, to an electrical load as
prescribed by paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
(4) To determine the electrical load to be supplied by the reserve
power supply, the following formula must be used:
(i) One-half of the reserve transmitter current with the key closed;
plus
(ii) One-half of the reserve transmitter current with the key open;
plus
(iii) One sixth of the current of the automatic radiotelegraph alarm
signal keying device when this device is energized; plus
(iv) Current of the reserve receiver; plus
(v) Current of emergency lights; plus
(vi) Current of the bridge-to-bridge transceiver when connected.
(5) At the conclusion of the tests specified in paragraphs (b) (2)
and (3) of this section, no part of the reserve power supply must have
an excessive temperature rise, nor must the specific gravity or voltage
of the battery be below the 90 percent discharge point.
47 CFR 80.809 Routing of power supply wiring.
The conductors connecting the main power supply to the main
installation, the reserve supply to reserve installation and the radar
power supply to the ship radar station, must be routed to ensure
adequate protection from overload, mechanical injury and be kept clear
of electrical grounds.
47 CFR 80.810 Use of reserve installation.
The reserve transmitter, and the reserve power supply for the reserve
transmitter, are primarily for safety and test communication. This
equipment may be used for other communication for a period not to exceed
1 hour per day in the aggregate. The reserve receiver, and the reserve
power supply for the reserve receiver if a battery, may be used at any
time to maintain a safety watch if such use will not reduce the
capabilities of the reserve power supply to energize the associated
component or components of the reserve installation for at least 6
consecutive hours.
47 CFR 80.811 Tests of reserve installation and automatic-alarm-signal
keying device.
(a) The condition of the reserve installation and of the automatic
alarm signal keying device must be determined (with the exception noted
in paragraph (b) of this section) prior to the vessel's departure from
each port and on each day the vessel is outside of a harbor or port. If
the vessel is in two or more ports within one day, the required tests
need be made only once. If the vessel is in port for less than one day,
the required test for that day may be made before arrival or after
departure. The following tests must be made and the results entered in
the radiotelegraph station log:
(1) Check the reserve power supply as follows:
(i) Test battery charging circuits for correct polarity and charging
rate:
(ii) In the case of lead-acid batteries, determine the specific
gravity of the electrolyte.
(iii) In the case of other types of batteries, take voltage readings
under normal battery load.
(iv) When an engine-driven generator is used, check the quantity of
fuel in the fuel tank;
(2) Test the emergency lighting circuits and emergency electric
lights by actual operation;
(3) Test the reserve receiver, while energized by the reserve power
supply, by actual operation and comparison of received signals with
similar signals received by the main receiver;
(4) On days when not used for communication, the reserve transmitter
energized by the reserve power supply must be tested by actual operation
when connected to the main antenna, an artificial antenna or a reserve
antenna.
(5) If installed, the reserve antenna must be used at least once each
voyage, noting antenna currents;
(6) Test the automatic-alarm-signal keying device for correct timing
adjustment of the keying mechanism. Do not transmit when making this
test.
(b) In the case of vessels loading or discharging flammable, unstable
or dangerous cargo, or while berthed at oil terminals or in other
comparable areas, predeparture transmitter tests need not be made. In
such cases, the provisions of paragraph (a)(4) of this section, in
connection with predeparture tests, do not apply if a suitable
explanation is entered in the radio station log.
47 CFR 80.812 Automatic-alarm-signal keying device.
The required radiotelegraph station includes one or more devices, of
a type accepted by the Commission in accordance with subpart F of this
part capable of automatically operating the normal keying circuits of a
required radiotelegraph transmitter to transmit the international
radiotelegraph alarm signal.
47 CFR 80.813 Installation of automatic-alarm-signal keying device.
(a) The automatic radiotelegraph alarm signal keyer must be installed
in the radiotelegraph operating room. It must be possible to key,
nonsimultaneously, the main transmitter and the reserve transmitter, and
to permit the device to be taken out of operation at any time in order
to permit immediate manual transmitter operation. Only one control must
be provided for each automatic alarm signal keying device. This control
must be located in the radiotelegraph operating room.
(b) The required automatic radiotelegraph alarm signal keying device
must be capable of operating efficiently for a continuous period of 1
hour when energized solely by the reserve power supply.
47 CFR 80.814 Radiotelegraph auto alarm.
An auto alarm which is installed and used on board a cargo ship of
the United States pursuant to the provisions of 80.315 comprises a
complete receiving, selecting and warning device of a type accepted by
the Commission in accordance with section 3(x) of the Communications
Act, capable of being actuated automatically by intercepted radio
frequency waves forming the international radiotelegraph alarm signal.
47 CFR 80.815 Installation of radiotelegraph auto alarm.
Installation of a radiotelegraph auto alarm must comply with the
following conditions.
(a) The auto alarm must be located in the radiotelegraph operating
room and be installed and protected to insure proper operation. The
radiotelegraph auto alarm system must be operated from the
radiotelegraph operating room. A switch must be provided to:
(1) Transfer the main antenna from all other equipment and connect it
to the radiotelegraph auto alarm receiver and place the auto alarm in
service and, back to the original configuration A voltmeter must be
provided for the determining that the supply voltages are within the
operating limits.
(b) The auto alarm must give an audible warning in the radiotelegraph
operating room, in the radio officer's cabin, and on the navigating
bridge. The alarm must operate continuously after the alarm has been
actuated by a radiotelegraph alarm signal or by failure of the system,
until manually turned off. Only one switch for stopping the alarm is
authorized, and this must be located in the radiotelegraph operating
room and be capable of manual operation only. However ships operating
under the general exemption of 80.836(c) may install an additional
switch on the bridge for stopping the warning apparatus.
(c) Failure of the auto alarm if of a type approved prior to July 23,
1951, to function normally due to prolonged interference must operate a
visual indicator on the bridge. The type and method of installation of
such visual indicator must comply with the requirements of the U.S.
Coast Guard.
(d) The power supply voltage of an auto alarm must be maintained
within definite upper and lower limits. The power supply must have an
auxiliary device which:
(1) Will energize the alarm if this power supply fails or its voltage
exceeds the limits specified for the particular type of auto alarm
involved; or
(2) Will automatically connect the auto alarm to an auxiliary power
supply, the voltage of which is within the specified limits.
47 CFR 80.817 Tests of radiotelegraph auto alarm.
(a) The radio officer must at least once every 24 hours while the
ship is in the open sea:
(1) Test the auto alarm by using the testing device to determine
whether the auto alarm will respond to not less than 4 nor more than 12
consecutive dashes having an approximate duration of 4 seconds and an
approximate spacing of 1 second.
(2) Determine the proper functioning of the auto alarm receiver while
connected to its normal antenna, by actual operation and comparison of
received signals with similar signals received on 500 kHz by the main
receiver.
(b) If the auto alarm is not in proper operating condition, the radio
officer must report that fact to the master or officer on watch on the
bridge.
(c) A statement that the tests specified in this section have been
made, and the results of such tests, must be inserted in the
radiotelegraph station log.
47 CFR 80.818 Direction finding and homing equipment.
Each compulsory ship of 1,600 gross tons or over whose keel was laid:
(a) Prior to May 25, 1980, must be equipped with radio direction
finding apparatus in operating condition and approved by the Commission
during an inspection.
(b) On or after May 25, 1980, must be equipped with radio direction
finding apparatus having a homing capability in operating condition and
approved by the Commission during an inspection.
47 CFR 80.819 Requirements for radio direction finder.
(a) To be approved by the Commission during an inspection the radio
direction finding apparatus must:
(1) Be capable of receiving signals A1A, A2B and R2B emission, on
each frequency within the band 285-515 kHz assigned by the Radio
Regulations for distress and direction finding and for maritime radio
beacons, and be calibrated to take bearings on such signals from which
the true bearing and direction may be determined; and
(2) Possess a sensitivity, sufficient to permit the taking of
bearings on a signal having a field strength of 50 microvolts per meter.
(b) The calibration of the direction finder must be verified by check
bearings or by a further calibration whenever any changes are made in
the physical or electrical characteristics or the position of any
antennas, and whenever any changes are made in the position of any deck
structures which might affect the accuracy of the direction finder. In
addition, the calibration must be verified by check bearings at yearly
intervals. A record of the calibrations, and of the check bearings made
of their accuracy and the accuracy of the check bearings must be kept on
board the ship for a period of not less than 1 year.
47 CFR 80.820 Auxiliary receiving antenna.
An auxiliary receiving antenna must be provided when necessary to
avoid unauthorized interruption or reduced efficiency of the required
watch because the normal receiving antenna is not available because a
radio direction finder on board the vessel is operated.
47 CFR 80.821 Installation of direction finder.
(a) The direction finder must be located to minimize interference
from noise.
(b) The direction finder antenna system must be erected so that the
determination of bearings will not be hindered by the proximity of other
antennas, cranes, wire halyards, or large metal objects.
47 CFR 80.822 Contingent acceptance of direction finder calibration.
(a) When the required calibration can not be made before departure
from a harbor or port for a voyage in the open sea, the direction finder
may be tentatively approved on condition that the master certifies in
writing that the direction finder will be calibrated by a competent
technician; and
(b) In the absence of acceptable calibration at the time of the
subsequent inspection the Commission may withdraw approval of the
direction finder until such evidence is available.
47 CFR 80.823 Check bearings by authorized ship personnel.
The requirement for calibration by check bearings is met if:
(a) The required verification by check bearings are made not more
than 90 days prior to the date of the annual detailed inspection of the
radiotelegraph station;
(b) The verification consists of a comparison of simultaneous visual
and radio direction finder bearings. At least one comparison bearing
must be taken in each quadrant, within plus or minus 20 degrees from the
following bearings relative to the ship's heading: 45 degrees; 135
degrees; 225 degrees; 315 degrees;
(c) The verification shows the visual bearing relative to the ship's
heading and the difference between the visual and radio direction finder
bearing, and the date each check bearing is taken.
47 CFR 80.824 Homing facility requirements.
(a) Direction finding equipment used on compulsory vessels whose keel
was laid on or after May 25, 1980, must additionally have a homing
facility which is:
(1) Capable of operating with A1A, A2B, H2B and H8E emission on any
frequency in the band 2167-2197 kHz;
(2) Capable of taking direction finding bearings on the
radiotelephone distress frequency 2182 kHz without ambiguity of sense
within an arc of 30 degrees on either side of the bow;
(3) Installed with due regard to CCIR Recommendation 428-2:
(4) Sufficiently sensitive, in the absence of interference, to take
bearings on a signal having a field strength of 25 microvolts per meter;
(5) Capable of determining its accuracy by comparison of visual or
calculated bearings and homing facility bearings. Comparisons must be
made at ^30, 0 and +30 degrees relative to the ships heading to show
that the correct sense is indicated.
47 CFR 80.825 Radar installation requirements and specifications.
(a) Radar installations on board ships that are required by the
Safety Convention or the U.S. Coast Guard to be equipped with radar must
comply with either the document referenced in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section or the applicable document referenced in paragraphs (a)(2)
through (a)(4) of this section. These documents are incorporated by
reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). The documents contain
specifications, standards and general requirements applicable to
shipboard radar equipment and shipboard radar installations. For
purposes of this part, the specifications, standards and general
requirements stated in these documents are mandatory irrespective of
discretionary language. Radar documents are available for inspection at
the Commission Headquarters in Washington, DC, or may be obtained from
the Radio Technical Commission for Maritime Services (RTCM), P.O. Box
19087, Washington, DC 20036.
(1) Radar installed on ships of 500 gross tons and upwards on or
after July 1, 1988, must comply with the provisions of RTCM Paper
133-87/SC 103-33 including Appendix A. Title: ''RTCM Recommended
Performance Specification for a General Purpose Navigational Radar Set
for Oceangoing Ships of 500 Gross Tons and Upwards for New Radar
Installations.'' Title of Appendix A: ''General Purpose Shipborne
Navigational Radar Set for Oceangoing Ships Design and Testing
Specifications.'' Document originally approved by RTCM August 15, 1985
and revised May 15, 1987.
(2) Radar installed on ships of 1,600 gross tons and upwards on or
before April 27, 1981, must comply with the provisions of Volume II of
RTCM Special Committee No. 65 Final Report; Part II. Title:
''Performance Specification for a General Purpose Navigational Radar Set
for Oceangoing Ships of 1,600 Tons Gross Tonnage and Upwards for Ships
Already Fitted.'' Document approved by RTCM July 18, 1978; effective as
FCC requirement on April 27, 1981.
(3) Radar installed on ships of 1,600 gross tons and upwards after
April 27, 1981 and before July 1, 1988, must comply with the provisions
of Volume II of RTCM Special Committee No. 65 Final Report with Change
1 entered; Part I including Appendix A. Title: ''Performance
Specification for a General Purpose Navigational Radar Set for
Oceangoing Vessels of 1,600 Tons Gross Tonnage and Upwards for New Radar
Installations.'' Title of Appendix A: ''General Purpose Shipborne
Navigational Radar Set for Oceangoing Ships Design and Testing
Specifications.'' Document approved by RTCM July 18, 1978; effective as
FCC requirement on April 27, 1981.
(4) Ships between 500 and 1,600 gross tons constructed on or after
September 1, 1984, with radar installed before July 1, 1988, must comply
with Regulation 12, Chapter V of the Safety Convention and with the
provisions of Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organization
(IMCO) (Now International Maritime Organization (IMO)) Resolution
A.477(XII). Title: ''Performance Standards for Radar Equipment.''
Adopted by IMCO November 19, 1981.
(b) For ships of 10,000 gross tons or more and any other ship that is
required to be equipped with two radar systems, each of these systems
must be capable of operating independently and must comply with the
specifications, standards and general requirements established by
paragraph (a) of this section. One of the systems must provide a
display with an effective diameter of not less than 340 millimeters
(13.4 inches) (16-inch cathode ray tube). The other system must provide
a display with an effective diameter of not less than 250 millimeters
(9.8 inches) (12-inch cathode ray tube).
(c) Recommendations for tools, test equipment, spares and technical
manuals are contained in Part IV of Volume III of the RTCM SC-65 Final
Report approved by RTCM July 18, 1978.
(52 FR 35247, Sept. 18, 1987)
47 CFR 80.826 Interior communication systems.
(a) An interior communicaiton system must be provided between the
bridge of the ship and the radiotelegraph operating room in all cases
where the radiotelegraph operating room does not adjoin or open onto the
navigating bridge structure. An interior communication system must also
be provided between the bridge and the location of the radio direction
finding apparatus whenever the latter is not located on the bridge or
within any compartment adjoining or opening onto the navigating bridge
structure. If the operating position of the reserve radio installation
is not located in the room normally used for operating the main radio
installation, an interior communication system must be separately
provided between the bridge and each of these radio operating positions.
(b) If a vessel has more than one location from which it is normally
controlled and steered, the interior communication system between the
radiotelegraph operating room and bridge must include communication to
each such location. The existence at a location of all of the following
factors will require that a point of communication be established there:
(1) A steering wheel; (2) a compass; (3) an engine order telegraph;
(4) control of the whistle; and (5) a wheelhouse enclosure.
(c) Paragraph (b) of this section does not apply to locations
established solely for emergency use in event of failure of the normal
steering facilities or locations used solely while docking or
maneuvering a ship while in port or for brief periods while navigating
the ship in close quarters on inland waters.
47 CFR 80.827 Requirements for interior communication systems.
The interior communication systems required by 80.826 must provide
two-way calling and voice communication, be independent of any other
communication system in the ship, and be of a type approved by the
United States Coast Guard. The location and termination of individual
systems is subject to approval by the Commission.
47 CFR 80.828 Radiotelegraph station clock.
A working clock equipped with a sweep seconds hand and having a dial
not less than 5 inches in diameter, the face of which is marked to
indicate the silence periods prescribed for the radiotelegraph service
by the International Radio Regulations, must be provided. It must be
securely mounted in the radiotelegraph operating room in such a position
that the entire dial can be clearly observed by the radio officer from
the normal radiotelegraph operating position, from the operating
position where the international radiotelegraph alarm signal would
ordinarily be transmitted by hand, and from the position used for
testing the auto alarm (if installed). If a separate emergency
radiotelegraph operating room is provided, the requirements of this
section apply to it also.
47 CFR 80.829 Survival craft nonportable radiotelegraph installation.
(a) A survival craft nonportable radiotelegraph installation required
by law to be provided in a motor lifeboat must include the following
components as a minimum:
(1) A transmitting and receiving antenna and antenna accessories,
(2) An artificial antenna for testing purposes;
(3) A transmitter with keying arrangements for use of
radiotelegraphy, an associated radio receiver with headphones, and a
suitable device for converting from the power supply battery voltage to
the voltages used by the transmitter and receiver;
(4) A power supply;
(5) A device for a ground connection to the water when the lifeboat
is afloat.
(b) Components of a survival craft nonportable radiotelegraph
installation specified in paragraph (a)(2) of this section must be type
accepted of 80.263 and 80.265.
(c) The radiotelegraph equipment must be installed in a cabin large
enough to accommodate both the equipment and the person using it. The
operation of the radiotelegraph installation must not be interfered with
by the survival craft engine while it is running, whether or not a
battery is on charge.
(d) The antenna must be a single wire inverted L type with a
horizontal section of the maximum practicable length and a height above
the mean waterline of not less than 6 meters (20 feet), and must be so
designed that it can be quickly erected and utilized by a person in the
lifeboat while afloat.
(e) The ground system must comply with the following requirements:
(1) The radio installation when installed in a metal hull lifeboat
must be grounded to the hull of the lifeboat. The ground connection
must be physically located in a position where it is inaccessible to the
normal movement of occupants or accessories in the lifeboat;
(2) The radio installation when installed in a lifeboat having a
nonmetallic hull must be grounded to a bare plate or strips of corrosion
resistant metal having a total area of at least 6 square feet and
located on the hull of the lifeboat below the waterline.
(f) When the lifeboat is afloat the installation must be capable of
developing an antenna current such that the product of the maximum
height of the antenna above the mean surface of the water, expressed in
feet, and the r.m.s. antenna current on the frequency 500 kHz, expressed
in amperes, is not less than 32.
47 CFR 80.830 Power supply for survival craft nonportable
radiotelegraph installation.
(a) The power supply for the survival craft nonportable
radiotelegraph installation must consist of a battery capable of
operating the survival craft radiotelegraph installation for at least 6
hours continuously under normal working conditions.
(b) The battery may power equipment other than the radiotelegraph
installation (except that it must not be used to supply power to any
engine starting motor or ignition system) provided such additional use
will not adversely affect the required capabilities of the battery. All
circuits connected to the battery must be independently fused.
(c) The battery must be kept charged at all times while at sea. The
charging of the battery must not require its removal from the survival
craft in which it is installed. The necessary charging equipment must
not interfere with the launching of the survival craft, and must be
easily and quickly removable. The charging circuit for the battery must
be routed through the radiotelegraph operating room, and include a
device located in the radiotelegraph operating room which will give
continuous indication of the polarity and the rate of charge.
(d) Installation must provide for charging of the battery by means of
a generator on the survival craft engine.
(e) Subject to approval of the United States Coast Guard, the battery
must be mounted in a suitable container that will provide protection
from salt water spray and also allow proper ventilation.
47 CFR 80.831 Survival craft portable radiotelegraph equipment.
(a) Survival craft portable radiotelegraph equipment required by law
to be provided must be type accepted by the Commission as capable of
meeting the provisions of 80.263 and 80.265.
(b) The equipment must be stowed in the radio room, bridge or a
protected location near a lifeboat and be readily accessible for
transfer to a lifeboat. However, in tankers of 3,000 gross tons and
over in which lifeboats are fitted amidships and aft, this equipment
must be kept in a suitable place in the vicinity of those lifeboats
which are farthest away from the ship's main transmitter.
(c) Equipment for totally enclosed lifeboats must meet the extra
requirements specified in 80.265.
47 CFR 80.832 Tests of survival craft radio equipment.
(a) Except for emergency position indicating radio beacons and
two-way radiotelephone equipment, inspections and tests of survival
craft radio equipment must be conducted by the licensee at weekly
intervals while the ship is at sea or, if a test or inspection has not
been conducted within a week prior to its departure, within 24 hours
prior to the ship's departure from a port. The inspection and tests
must include operation of the transmitter connected to an artificial
antenna and determination of the specific gravity or voltage under
normal load of any batteries.
(b) When the ship is in a harbor or port of the United States an
authorized representative of the Commission may require:
(1) Inspection and test of the survival craft radio equipment in the
survival craft afloat, including an operational test of the transmitter
and receiver connected to the required antenna to determine that the
equipment is in operating condition;
(2) Demonstration in accordance with 80.808 that a battery used as a
part of the survival craft nonportable radio installation is capable of
energizing the installation for the required 6 hours.
(c) The results of the inspections and test must be made known to the
master, and be entered in the ship's radio station log, or in the ship's
log if the ship is not provided with a radio station.
47 CFR 80.833 Class S survival craft emergency position indicating
radiobeacons (EPIRB's).
(a) Survival craft emergency position indicating radiobeacons, Class
S, required to comply with title 46 of the Code of Federal Regulations
must be type accepted to meet the provisions of 80.1059.
(b) The Class S EPIRB must be stowed in the survival craft.
(c) The Class S EPIRB must be tested at intervals not to exceed
twelve months.
(d) Batteries must be replaced after the date specified in
80.1053(e), or after the transmitter has been used in an emergency
situation, whichever is earlier.
47 CFR 80.834 Survival craft portable two-way radiotelephone.
(a) Survival craft portable two-way radiotelephone transceivers must
meet the provisions of 80.271.
(b) The equipment must be stowed in the radio room, on the bridge or
in a location readily accessible for transfer to life boats when not
being used by shipboard personnel to satisfy the vessel's operational
requirements.
(c) When not in routine use the survival craft two-way radiotelephone
transceivers must be operationally tested once a week. Operational test
should be conducted with equipment separated as far as practical and in
the case of UHF equipment must include tests on the frequency 457.525
MHz.
(d) All survival craft two-way radiotelephones associated with a ship
must operate in the same frequency band (VHF or UHF).
47 CFR 80.835 Ship and survival craft station spare parts, tools,
instruction books, circuit diagrams and testing equipment.
(a) Each ship station must be provided with such spare parts, tools,
testing equipment, instruction books and circuit diagrams as will enable
the radiotelegraph installation and survival craft station to be
maintained in working condition while at sea. Each ship station
licensee must compile a list of spare parts, tools, test equipment and
circuit diagrams it considers necessary for compliance with this
requirement. This list must be available at inspection. The Commission
may consider equipment manufacturer lists of recommended spare parts,
tools, test equipment and repair circuit diagrams in determining
compliance with this sub-section. Spare parts for the survival craft
station must be kept with that station. Other items must be located
convenient to the radio room.
(b) The testing equipment must include an instrument or instruments
for measuring A.C. volts, D.C. volts and ohms.
47 CFR 80.836 General and individual vessel exemptions.
(a) All U.S. passenger vessels of less than 100 gross tons, not
subject to the radio provisions of the Safety Convention, are exempt
from the radiotelegraph provisions of part II of title III of the
Communications Act, provided that the vessels are equipped with a
radiotelephone installation fully complying with the Commission's Rules
and with the provisions of part III of title III of the Communications
Act.
(b) All newly constructed U.S. cargo vessels of 1600 gross tons and
upward are exempt from the radiotelegraph and radio direction finding
provisions of Part II of Title III of the Communications Act when
navigated on sea trials, not more than 150 nautical miles from the
nearest land, if the following conditions are met:
(1) The vessel is equipped with a radiotelephone capable of operation
on 2182 kHz and equipped with a radiotelephone alarm signal generator.
The vessel may carry an additional portable radiotelephone, located in
the wheelhouse, equipped with a radiotelephone alarm signal generator to
satisfy the radiotelephone alarm signal generator requirement;
(2) The radio direction-finding apparatus is calibrated during the
sea trials;
(3) A continous watch is maintained in 2182 kHz whenever the
radiotelephone is not being used for authorized traffic during the sea
trials; and
(4) The local FCC Engineer in Charge is advised of the dates and
routes of the sea trials.
(c) Cargo ships of 1600 gross tons and upward navigated on domestic
voyages along the coasts of the contiguous 48 states are exempt from the
radio telegraph requirements of Part II of Title III of the
Communications Act, if the following criteria are met:
(1) The routes of the voyage are never more than 150 nautical miles
from the nearest land.
(2) The ship has a satellite terminal providing both voice and telex.
(3) The ship has a single sideband radiotelephone with voice channels
capable of operating on any distress and safety channel in the marine
bands.
(4) The ship has a narrow-band direct printing radiotelegraph with
SITOR.
(5) The ship has a separate 2182 kHz radiotelephone distress
frequency watch receiver with a radiotelephone alarm signal generator.
(6) The ship has at least two VHF transceivers.
(7) The above equipment has provisions for emergency and reserve
power sources.
(8) The ship has a 500 kHz auto alarm receiver and the capability of
relaying the distress messages received to shore via one of the systems
listed above.
(9) The ship participates in the AMVER system.
(10) The ship carries licensed operators to operate and maintain all
of the ship's systems used for distress and safety.
(d) These exemptions may be terminated at any time without hearing
if, in the Commission's discretion, the need for such action arises.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 19301, Apr. 26,
1991)
47 CFR 80.836 Subpart R -- Compulsory Radiotelephone Installations for Vessels 300 Gross Tons
47 CFR 80.851 Applicability.
The radiotelephone requirements of Part II of Title III of the
Communications Act apply to cargo ships of 300 gross tons and upward but
less than 1600 gross tons. The radiotelephone requirements of the
Safety Convention apply to passenger ships irrespective of size and
cargo ships of 300 gross tons and upward on international voyages.
These ships are required to carry a radiotelephone installation
complying with this subpart.
47 CFR 80.853 Radiotelephone station.
(a) The radiotelephone station is a radiotelephone installation and
other equipment necessary for the proper operation of the installation.
(b) The radiotelephone station must be installed to insure safe and
effective operation of the equipment and to facilitate repair. Adequate
protection must be provided against the effects of vibration, moisture,
and temperature.
(c) The radiotelephone station and all necessary controls must be
located at the level of the main wheelhouse or at least one deck above
the ship's main deck.
(d) The principal operating position of the radiotelephone station
must be in the room from which the ship is normally steered while at
sea. In installations on cargo ships of 300 gross tons and upwards but
less than 500 gross tons on which the keel was laid prior to January 1,
1965, the location of the principal operating controls may be in a room
adjoining and opening into the room from which the vessel is normally
steered while at sea. If the station can be operated from any location
other than the principal operating position, a positive means must be
provided at the principal operating position to take full control of the
station.
(e) The use of a independent communication system between the
principal operating position and all other operating locations is
acceptable as a method for taking control at the principal operating
position. For stations first placed in service on or after June 1, 1956
the use of this method for taking control at the principal operating
position is acceptable only for operating locations in the chartroom or
master's quarters.
47 CFR 80.854 Radiotelephone installation.
The radiotelephone installation includes:
(a) A radiotelephone transmitter;
(b) A receiver as specified in 80.858(a);
(c) A radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver specified in
80.269;
(d) A main source of energy;
(e) A reserve source of energy, when required by 80.860(a);
(f) An antenna system.
47 CFR 80.855 Radiotelephone transmitter.
(a) The transmitter must be capable of transmission of H3E and J3E
emission on 2182 kHz, and J3E emission on 2638 kHz and at least two
other frequencies within the band 1605 to 3500 kHz available for
ship-to-shore or ship-to-ship communication.
(b) The duty cycle of the transmitter must permit transmission of the
international radiotelephone alarm signal.
(c) The transmitter must be capable of transmitting clearly
perceptible signals from ship to ship during daytime under normal
conditions over a range of 150 nautical miles.
(d) The transmitter complies with the range requirement specified in
paragraph (c) of this section if:
(1) The transmitter is capable of being matched to actual ship
station transmitting antenna meeting the requirements of 80.863; and
(2) The output power is not less than 60 watts peak envelope power
for H3E and J3E emission on the frequency 2182 kHz and for J3E emission
on the frequency 2638 kHz into either an artificial antenna consisting
of a series network of 10 ohms resistance and 200 picofarads
capacitance, or an artificial antenna of 50 ohms nominal impedance. An
individual demonstration of the power output capability of the
transmitter, with the radiotelephone installation normally installed on
board ship, may be required.
(e) The transmitter must provide visual indication whenever the
transmitter is supplying power to the antenna.
(f) The transmitter must be protected from excessive currents and
voltages.
(g) A durable nameplate must be mounted on the transmitter or made an
integral part of it showing clearly the name of the transmitter
manufacturer and the type or model of the transmitter.
(h) An artificial antenna must be provided to permit weekly checks of
the automatic device for generating the radiotelephone alarm signal on
frequencies other than the radiotelephone distress frequency.
47 CFR 80.856 Automatic radiotelephone alarm signal generator.
The transmitter must be equipped with an international radiotelephone
alarm signal generator type accepted by the Commission. See 80.221.
47 CFR 80.857 Installation of automatic radiotelephone alarm signal
generator.
The controls of the automatic radiotelephone alarm signal generator
required by 80.856 must be located at the principal radiotelephone
operating position only. The controls must permit instant use of this
device to modulate the required transmitter and permit the device to be
taken out of operation at any time so that the transmitter may be
immediately voice modulated for transmission of a distress call and
message.
47 CFR 80.858 Radiotelephone receiver.
(a) The receiver required by 80.854(a) of this part must be capable
of reception of H3E and J3E emissions on the radiotelephone distress
frequency. The receiver must be capable of reception of J3E emissions
on 2638 kHz and the receiving frequencies associated with the
transmitting frequencies authorized pursuant to 80.855(a).
(b) In addition to the receiver required by paragraph (a) of this
section, a radiotelephone distress frequency watch receiver meeting the
technical standards of 80.269 must be provided.
(c) One or more loudspeakers capable of being used to maintain the
distress frequency (2182 kHz) watch at the principal operating position
and at any other place where the listening watch is performed must be
provided.
(d) The receiver required by paragraph (a) of the section must:
(1) Have a sensitivity of 50 microvolts;
(2) Be capable of operation when energized by the main source of
energy, and by the reserve source of energy if a reserve source is
required by 80.860(a);
(3) Be protected from excessive currents and voltages;
(4) Be provided with a nameplate showing the name of the receiver
manufacturer and the type or model.
(e) The sensitivity of a receiver is the strength in microvolts of a
signal, modulated 30 percent at 400 cycles per second, required at the
receiver input to produce an audio output of 50 milliwatts to the
loudspeaker with a signal-to-noise ratio of at least 6 decibels.
Evidence of a manufacturer's rating or a demonstration of the
sensitivity of a required receiver computed on this basis must be
furnished upon request of a Commission representative.
47 CFR 80.859 Main power supply.
(a) The main power supply must simultaneously energize the
radiotelephone transmitter at its required antenna power and the
required receivers. Under this load condition the voltage of the main
power supply at the radiotelephone input terminals must not deviate from
its rated potential by more than 10 percent on ships completed on or
after July 1, 1941, nor by more than 15 percent on ships completed
before that date.
(b) Means must be provided for charging any batteries used as a main
power supply. A continuous indication of the rate and polarity of the
charging current must be provided during charging of the batteries.
47 CFR 80.860 Reserve power supply.
(a) When the main power supply is not on the same deck as the main
wheelhouse or at least one deck above the vessel's main deck, a reserve
power supply must be provided and must be so situated. The location of
the reserve power supply must be located as near to the required
transmitter and receivers as practicable and meet all applicable rules
and regulations of the United States Coast Guard.
(b) The reserve power supply must be independent of the propelling
power of the ship and of any other electrical system, and must
simultaneously energize the radiotelephone transmitter at its required
antenna power, the required receivers, the emergency light and the
automatic radiotelephone alarm signal generator. The reserve power
supply must be available at all times.
(c) The reserve power supply may be used to energize the
bridge-to-bridge radiotelephone and the VHF radiotelephone installation
required by 80.871.
(d) All circuits connected to the reserve power supply must be
protected from overloads.
(e) Means must be provided for charging any batteries used as a
reserve power supply. A continuous indication of the rate and polarity
of the charging current during charging of the batteries must be
provided.
(f) The cooling system of each internal combustion engine used as a
part of the reserve power supply must be adequately treated to prevent
freezing or overheating consistent with the season and route to be
traveled by the particular vessel involved.
(g) The reserve power supply must be available within 1 minute.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 52 FR 35246, Sept. 18, 1987)
47 CFR 80.861 Required capacity.
If the main power supply or the reserve power supply provided for the
purpose of complying with 80.859 and 80.860 consists of batteries, the
batteries must have sufficient reserve capacity available at all times
while the vessel is leaving or attempting to leave a harbor or port for
a voyage in the open sea, and while being navigated in the open sea
outside of a harbor or port, to permit operation of the radiotelephone
transmitter and the required receivers for at least 6 hours continuously
under normal working conditions.
47 CFR 80.862 Proof of capacity.
(a) When directed by the Commission or its authorized representative,
the station licensee must prove that the requirements of 80.861 are
met.
(b) Proof of the ability of a battery used as a main or reserve
source to operate continuously for 6 hours can be established by a
discharge test over a prescribed period of time, when supplying power at
the voltage required for normal and operation to an electrical load as
prescribed by paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) When the reserve power supply is an engine-driven generator,
proof of the adequacy of the engine fuel supply to operate the unit
contiuously for 6 hours can be established by measuring the fuel
consumption for 1 hour when supplying power, at the voltage required for
normal operation, to an electrical load as prescribed by paragraph (d)
of this section.
(d) In determining the electrical load to be supplied, the following
formula must be used:
(1) One-half of the current of the required transmitter at its rated
power output.
(2) One fourth of the current of the automatic radiotelephone alarm
signal generator; plus
(3) Current of receiver; plus
(4) Current of emergency light(s); plus
(5) Current of the bridge-to-bridge transceiver when connected.
(e) At the conclusion of the test specified in paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section, no part of the main or reserve power supply must have
an excessive temperature rise, nor must the specific gravity or voltage
of any battery be below 90 percent discharge point of the fully charged
value.
47 CFR 80.863 Antenna system.
(a) An antenna system must be installed which is as nondirectional
and as efficient as is practicable for the transmission and reception of
radio ground waves over seawater. The installation and construction of
the required antenna must insure operation in time of emergency.
(b) If the required antenna is suspended between masts or other
supports liable to whipping, a safety link which, under heavy stress,
will operate to greatly reduce such stress without breakage of the
antenna, the halyards, or other antenna-supporting elements, must be
installed.
(c) When an electrical ground connection is used as an element of the
antenna system, the connection must be efficient.
47 CFR 80.864 Emergency electric lights.
(a) Emergency electric light(s) must be installed to illuminate the
operating controls of the radiotelephone installation at the principal
operating position, the card of instructions, and the radiotelephone
station clock if the latter is not self-illuminated.
(b) The emergency electric light(s) must be energized from the
reserve power supply, if a reserve power supply is required. In cases
where a reserve power supply is not required, the emergency lights must
be energized independently of the system which supplies the normal
lighting.
47 CFR 80.865 Radiotelephone station clock.
A clock having a face of at least 5 inches in diameter must be
mounted in a position that can be observed from the principal operating
position.
47 CFR 80.866 Spare antenna.
A spare transmitting antenna completely assembled for immediate
erection must be provided. If the installed transmitting antenna is
suspended between supports, this spare antenna must be a single-wire
transmitting antenna of the same length and must also include suitable
insulators.
47 CFR 80.867 Ship station tools, instruction books, circuit diagrams
and testing equipment.
(a) Each ship station must be provided with such tools, testing
equipment, instruction books and circuit diagrams to enable the
radiotelephone installation to be maintained in efficient working
condition while at sea. Each ship station licensee must compile a list
of spare parts, tools, test equipment and circuit diagrams it considers
necessary for compliance with this requirement. This list must be
available at inspection. The Commission may consider equipment
manufacturer lists of recommended spare parts, tools, test equipment,
and repair circuit diagrams in determining compliance with this
subsection. These items must be located convenient to the radio room.
(b) The testing equipment must include an instrument or instruments
for measuring A.C. volts, D.C. volts and ohms.
47 CFR 80.868 Card of instructions.
A card of instructions giving a clear summary of the radiotelephone
distress procedure must be securely mounted and displayed in full view
of the principal operating position.
47 CFR 80.869 Test of radiotelephone station.
Unless the normal use of the required radiotelephone station
demonstrates that the equipment is operating, a test communication on a
required or working frequency must be made each day the ship is
navigated. When this test is performed by a person other than the
master and the equipment is found to be defective the master must be
promptly notified.
47 CFR 80.870 Survival craft radio equipment.
(a) A Class S survival craft emergency position indicating
radiobeacon, (EPIRB) required to be carried to comply with title 46 of
the Code of Federal Regulations must meet the provisions of 80.833.
(b) A survival craft two-way radiotelephone apparatus must meet the
provisions of 80.834.
47 CFR 80.871 VHF radiotelephone station.
(a) All passenger ships irrespective of size and all cargo ships of
300 gross tons and upwards subject to part II of title III of the
Communications Act or to the Safety Convention are required to carry a
VHF radiotelephone station complying with this subpart. Ships subject
only to the Communications Act may use a VHF radiotelephone installation
meeting the technical standards of the Bridge-to-Bridge Act to satisfy
the watch requirements of 80.305(a)(3) if the equipment can transmit
and receive on 156.800 MHz.
(b) The VHF radiotelephone station must be installed to insure safe
and effective operation of the equipment and facilitate repair. It must
be protected against vibration, moisture and temperature.
(c) The principal operating position of the radiotelephone station
must be in the room from which the ship is normally steered while at
sea.
(d) The radiotelephone stations on ships subject to Part II of Title
III of the Communications Act must be capable of operating on the
frequency 156.800 MHz and in other respects meet the requirements of
80.143. The radiotelephone stations on ships subject to the Safety
Convention must be capable of operating in the simplex mode on the ship
station transmitting frequencies specified in the frequency band 156.025
MHz to 157.425 MHz and in the semiduplex mode on the two frequency
channels specified in the following table:
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 52 FR 35246, Sept. 18, 1987, as amended
at 54 FR 40059, Sept. 29, 1989)
47 CFR 80.872 The VHF radiotelephone installation.
The VHF radiotelephone installation includes:
(a) A VHF radiotelephone transmitter,
(b) A VHF radiotelephone receiver,
(c) A power supply,
(d) An antenna system.
47 CFR 80.873 VHF radiotelephone transmitter.
(a) The transmitter must be capable of transmission of G3E emission
on 156.300 MHz and 156.800 MHz, and on frequencies which have been
specified for use in a system established to promote safety of
navigation. Vessels in waters of other Administrations are required to
communicate on any channel designated by that Administration for
navigational safety in the bands specified in 80.871(d).
(b) The transmitter must be adjusted so that the transmission of
speech normally produces peak modulation within the limits of 75 percent
and 100 percent.
(c) The transmitter must deliver a carrier power between 8 and 25
watts into a 50 ohm effective resistance. Provision must be made for
reducing the carrier power to a value between 0.1 and 1.0 watts.
(d) The transmitter complies with the power output requirements
specified in paragraph (c) of this section when:
(1) The transmitter is capable of being adjusted for efficient use
with an actual ship station transmitting antenna meeting the
requirements of 80.876; and
(2) The transmitter has been demonstrated capable, with normal
operating voltages applied, of delivering not less than 8 watts of
carrier power into 50 ohms effective resistance over the frequency band
specified in 80.871(d). An individual demonstration of the power output
capability of the transmitter, with the radiotelephone installation
normally installed on board ship, may be required; and
(3) It is type accepted as required by subpart F of this part.
47 CFR 80.874 VHF radiotelephone receiver.
(a) The receiver used for providing the watch for navaigational
safety required by 80.313 must be type accepted by the Commission and
capable of effective reception of G3E emission on the frequencies
required by 80.871(d) when connected to the antenna specified in
80.876.
(b) The receiver must have a usable sensitivity of 0.5 microvolts.
(c) The receiver must deliver adequate audio output power to be heard
in the ambient noise level likely to be expected on board ships with a
loudspeaker and/or a telephone handset.
(d) In the simplex mode when the transmitter is activated the
receiver output must be muted.
47 CFR 80.875 VHF radiotelephone power supply.
(a) There must be readily available for use under normal load
conditions a power supply sufficient to simultaneously energize the VHF
transmitter at its required antenna power, and the VHF receiver. Under
this load condition the voltage of the source of energy at the power
input terminals of the VHF radiotelephone installation must not deviate
from its rated value by more than 10 percent on ships completed on or
after March 1, 1957, nor by more than 15 percent on ships completed
before that date.
(b) When the power supply for the VHF radiotelephone installation
consists of batteries, they must be installed in the upper part of the
ship, secured against shifting with motion of the ship, capable of
operating the installation for 6 hours, and accessible with not less
than 10 inches head room.
(c) Means must be provided for charging any rechargeable batteries
used in the ship's VHF radiotelephone installation. There must be
provided a device which, during charging of the batteries, will give a
continuous indication of the charging current.
(d) The VHF radiotelephone installation may be connected to the
reserve power supply of a compulsorily fitted radiotelephone or
radiotelegraph installation.
47 CFR 80.876 VHF radiotelephone antenna system.
A vertically polarized nondirectional antenna must be provided for
VHF radiotelephone installations. The construction and installation of
this antenna must insure proper operation in an emergency.
47 CFR 80.877 Controls and indicators required for VHF radiotelephone
installation.
The controls and indicators used on equipment of the VHF
radiotelephone installation must meet the following standards:
(a) The size of controls must easily permit normal adjustment. The
function and the setting of the controls must be clearly indicated.d
(b) Controls must be illuminated to permit satisfactory operation of
the equipment.
(c) Means must be provided to reduce to extinction any light output
from the equipment which could affect safety of navigation.
(d) An on/off switch must be provided for the entire installation
with a visual indication that the installation is switched on.
(e) The equipment must indicate the channel number, as given in the
Radio Regulations, to which it is tuned. It must allow the
determination of the channel number under all conditions of external
lighting. Channel 16 must be distinctively marked.
(f) The receiver must have a manual volume control and a squelch
control.
(g) If the external controls are on a separate control unit and more
than one such control unit is provided, the one on the bridge must have
priority over the others. When there is more than one control unit,
indication must be given to the other(s) that the transmitter is in
operation.
47 CFR 80.879 Radar installation requirements and specifications.
Ships of 500 gross tons and upwards that are constructed on or after
September 1, 1984, must comply with the radar installation requirements
and specifications contained in 80.825 of this part.
(52 FR 35246, Sept. 18, 1987)
47 CFR 80.879 Subpart S -- Compulsory Radiotelephone Installations for Small Passenger Boats
47 CFR 80.901 Applicability.
The provisions of Part III of Title III of the Communication Act
require United States vessels which transport more than six passengers
for hire while such vessels are being navigated on any tidewater within
the jurisdiction of the United States adjacent or contiguous to the open
sea, or in the open sea to carry a radiotelephone installation complying
with this subpart. The provisions of Part III do not apply to vessels
which are equipped with a radio installation for compliance with Part II
of Title III of the Act, or for compliance with the Safety Convention,
or to vessels navigating on the Great Lakes.
47 CFR 80.903 Inspection of radiotelephone installation.
Every vessel subject to Part III of Title III of the Communications
Act must have a detailed inspection by the Commission of the prescribed
installation once every five years. If after inspection the Commission
determines that all relevant provisions of Part III of Title III of the
Communications Act, the rules of the Commission, and the station license
are met a Communications Act Safety Radiotelephone Certificate will be
issued. The effective date of this certificate is the date the
installation is found to be in compliance, or not more than one business
day later.
47 CFR 80.905 Vessel radio equipment.
(a) Vessels subject to part III of title III of the Communications
Act that operate in the waters described in 80.901 of this section
must, at a minimum, be equipped as follows:
(1) Vessels operated solely within the communications range of a VHF
public coast station or U.S. Coast Guard station that maintains a watch
on 156.800 MHz while the vessel is navigated must be equipped with a VHF
radiotelephone installation. Vessels in this category must not operate
more than 20 nautical miles from land.
(2) Vessels operated beyond the 20 nautical mile limitation specified
in paragraph (a)(1) of this section, but not more than 100 nautical
miles from the nearest land, must be equipped with a medium frequency
transmitter capable of transmitting J3E emission and a receiver capable
of reception of J3E emission within the band 1605 to 2850 kHz, in
addition to the VHF radiotelephone installation required by paragraph
(a)(1) of this section. The medium frequency transmitter and receiver
must be capable of operation on 2670 kHz.
(3) Vessels operated more than 100 nautical miles from the nearest
land must:
(i) Be equipped with a VHF radiotelephone installation;
(ii) Be equipped with a radiotelephone transmitter and receiver
meeting the requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section; and
(iii) Be equipped with either:
(A) A single sideband radiotelephone capable of operating on any
distress and safety frequency in the medium frequency and high frequency
bands listed in 80.369 (a) and (b) of this part, on any of the
ship-to-shore calling frequencies in the high frequency bands listed in
80.369(d) of this part, and on at least four of the automated
mutual-assistance vessel rescue (AMVER) system HF duplex channels; or
(B) If operated in an area within the coverage of an INMARSAT
maritime mobile geostationary satellite in which continuous alerting is
available, an INMARSAT ship earth station meeting the equipment
authorization rules of parts 2 and 80 of this chapter;
(iv) Be equipped with a reserve power supply meeting the requirements
of 80.917(b), 80.919, and 80.921 of this part, and capable of powering
the single sideband radiotelephone or the ship earth station (including
associated peripheral equipment) required by paragraph (a)(3)(iii) of
this section;
(v) Be equipped with a NAVTEX receiver conforming to the following
performance standards: IMO Resolution A.525(13) and CCIR Recommendation
540;
(vi) Be equipped with a 406 MHz satellite emergency
position-indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB) meeting the requirements of
80.1061 of this part;
(vii) Be equipped with a radiotelephone distress frequency watch
receiver meeting the requirements of 80.269 of this part;
(viii) Be equipped with an automatic radiotelephone alarm signal
generator meeting the requirements of 80.221 of this part; and
(ix) Participate in the AMVER system on all voyages of more than 24
hours.
(b) For a vessel that is navigated within the communication range of
a VHF public coast station or U.S. Coast Guard station, but beyond the
20-nautical mile limitation specified in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section, an exemption from the band 1605 to 2850 kHz installation
requirements may be granted if the vessel is equipped with a VHF
transmitter and receiver. An application for exemption must include a
chart showing the route of the voyage or the area of operation of the
vessel, and the receiving service area of the VHF public coast or U.S.
Coast Guard station. The coverage area of the U.S. Coast Guard station
must be based on written information from the District Commander, U.S.
Coast Guard, a copy of which must be furnished with the application.
The coverage area of a public coast station must be computed by the
method specified in subpart P of this part.
(c) The radiotelephone installation must be installed to insure safe
operation of the equipment and to facilitate repair. It must be
protected against the vibration, moisture, temperature, and excessive
currents and voltages.
(d) A VHF radiotelephone installation or a remote unit must be
located at each steering station except those auxiliary steering
stations which are used only during brief periods for docking or for
close-in maneuvering. A single portable radiotelephone set meets the
requirements of this paragraph if adequate permanent mounting
arrangements with suitable power provision and antenna feed are
installed at each operator steering station. Additionally, for vessels
of more than 100 gross tons, the radiotelephone installation must be
located at the level of the main wheelhouse or at least one deck above
the vessel's main deck.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 19301, Apr. 26,
1991)
47 CFR 80.907 Principal operating position.
The principal operating position of the radiotelephone installation
on vessels over 100 gross tons must be in the room from which the vessel
is normally steered while at sea. If the station can be operated from
any location other than the principal operating position, a positive
means must be provided at the principal operating position to take full
control of the station.
47 CFR 80.909 Radiotelephone transmitter.
(a) The medium frequency transmitter must have a peak envelope output
power of at least 60 watts for J3E emission on 2182 kHz and at least one
ship-to-shore working frequency within the band 1605 to 2850 kHz
enabling communication with a public coast station if the region in
which the vessel is navigated is served by a public coast station
operating in this band.
(b) The single sideband radiotelephone must be capable of operating
on maritime frequencies in the band 1605 to 27500 kHz with a peak
envelope output power of at least 120 watts for J3E emission and H3E
emission on 2182 kHz and J3E emission on the distress and safety
frequencies listed in 80.369(b) of this part.
(c) The transmitter complies with the power output requirements
specified in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section when:
(1) The transmitter can be adjusted for efficient use with an actual
ship station transmitting antenna meeting the requirements of 80.923 of
this part; and
(2) The transmitter, with normal operating voltages applied, has been
demonstrated to deliver its required output power on the frequencies
specified in paragraphs (a) or (b) of this section into either an
artificial antenna consisting of a series network of 10 ohms effective
resistance and 200 picofarads capacitance or an artificial antenna of 50
ohms nominal impedance. An individual demonstration of power output
capability of the transmitter, with the radiotelephone installation
normally installed on board ship, may be required.
(d) The single sideband radiotelephone must be capable of
transmitting clearly perceptible signals from ship to shore. The
transmitter complies with this requirement if it is capable of enabling
communication with a public coast station on working frequencies in the
4000 to 27500 kHz band specified in 80.371(b) of this part under normal
daytime operating conditions.
(56 FR 19302, Apr. 26, 1991)
47 CFR 80.911 VHF transmitter.
(a) The transmitter must be capable of transmission of G3E emission
on 156.800 MHz, 156.300 MHz, and on the ship-to-shore working
frequencies necessary to communicate with public coast stations serving
the area in which the vessel is navigated.
(b) The transmitter must be adjusted so that the transmission of
speech normally produces peak modulation within the limits 75 percent
and 100 percent.
(c) The transmitter must be type accepted to transmit between 20
watts and 25 watts, on each of the frequencies 156.300 MHz, 156.800 MHz
and on ship-to-shore public correspondence channels, into 50 ohms
effective resistance when operated with a primary supply voltage of 13.6
volts DC.
(d) When an individual demonstration of the capability of the
transmitter is necessary the output power requirements prescribed in
this paragraph must be met as follows:
(1) Measurements of primary supply voltage and transmitter output
power must be made with the equipment drawing energy only from ship's
battery;
(2) The primary supply voltage, measured at the power input terminals
to the transmitter, and the output power of the transmitter, terminated
in a matching artificial load, must be measured at the end of 10 minutes
of continuous operation of the transmitter at its full power output.
(3) The primary supply voltage must not be less than 11.5 volts.
(4) The transmitter output power must be not less than 15 watts.
(5) For primary supply voltages, measured in accordance with the
procedures of this paragraph, greater than 11.5 volts, but less than
12.6 volts, the required transmitter output power shall be equal to or
greater than the value calculated from the formula
P=4.375(V)^35.313
where V equals the measured primary voltage and P is the calculated
output power in watts.''
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 40059, Sept. 29,
1989)
47 CFR 80.913 Radiotelephone receivers.
(a) If a medium frequency radiotelephone installation is provided,
the watch receiver must be capable of effective reception of J3E
emissions, be connected to the antenna system specified by 80.923, and
be preset to, and capable of accurate and convenient selection of, the
frequencies 2182 kHz, 2638 kHz, and the receiving frequency(s) of public
coast stations serving the area in which the vessel is navigated.
(b) If a single sideband radiotelephone installation is provided, the
receiver must be capable of reception of H3E and J3E emissions on 2182
kHz and J3E emission on any receiving frequency authorized pursuant to
80.909 of this part.
(c) If a very high frequency radiotelephone installation is provided,
the receiver used for maintaining the watch required by 80.303 must be
capable of effective reception of G3E emission, be connected to the
antenna system specified by 80.923 and be preset to, and capable of
selection of, the frequencies 156.300 MHz, 156.800 MHz, and the
receiving frequency(s) of public coast stations serving the area in
which the vessel is navigated.
(d) One or more loudspeakers must be provided to permit reception on
2182 kHz or 156.800 MHz at the principal operating position and at any
other place where listening is performed.
(e) Any receiver provided as a part of the radiotelephone
installation must have a sensitivity of at least 50 microvolts in the
case of MF equipment, and 1 microvolt in the case of HF or VHF
equipment.
(f) The receiver required in paragraphs (a), (b) or (c) of this
section must be capable of efficient operation when energized by the
main source of energy. When a reserve source of energy is required
pursuant to 80.905 or 80.917 of this part, the receiver must also be
capable of efficient operation when energized by the reserve source of
energy.
(g) The sensitivity of a receiver is the strength in microvolts of a
signal, modulated 30 percent at 400 Hertz, required at the receiver
input to produce an audio output of 50 milliwatts to the loudspeaker
with a signal-to-noise ratio of at least 6 decibels. Evidence of a
manufacturer's rating or a demonstration of the sensitivity of a
required receiver computed on this basis must be furnished upon request
of the Commission.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 19302, Apr. 26,
1991)
47 CFR 80.915 Main power supply.
(a) There must be readily available for use under normal load
conditions a main power supply sufficient to simultaneously energize the
radiotelephone transmitter at its required antenna power, and the
required receiver. Under this load condition the potential of the main
power supply at the power input terminals of the radiotelephone
installation must not deviate from its rated potential by more than 10
percent on vessels completed on or after March 1, 1957, nor by more than
15 percent on vessels completed before that date.
(b) When the main power supply consists of batteries, they must be
installed as high above the bilge as practicable, secured against
shifting with motion of the vessel, and accessible with not less than 10
inches head room.
(c) Means must be provided for adequately charging any batteries used
as a main power supply. There must be a device which gives a continuous
indication of the rate and polarity of the charging current during
charging.
47 CFR 80.917 Reserve power supply.
(a) A vessel of more than 100 gross tons the keel of which was laid
after March 1, 1957, must have a reserve power supply located on the
same deck as the main wheel house or at least one deck above the
vessel's main deck, unless the main power supply is so situated.
(b) The reserve power supply must be independent of the ship's
propulsion and of any other electrical system, and be sufficient to
simulataneously energize the radiotelephone transmitter at its required
output power, and the receiver. The reserve power supply must be
available for use at all times.
(c) When the reserve power supply consists of batteries, they must be
installed as high above the bilge as practicable, secured against
shifting with motion of the vessel, and accessible with not less than 10
inches head room.
(d) The reserve power supply must be located as near the required
transmitter and receiver as practicable.
(e) All reserve power supply circuits must be protected from
overloads.
(f) Means must be provided for charging any storage batteries used as
a reserve power supply for the required radiotelephone installation.
There must be a device which will give continuous indication of the rate
and polarity of the charging current during charging.
(g) The cooling system of each internal combustion engine used as a
part of the reserve power supply must be adequately treated to prevent
freezing or overheating consistent with the season and route to be
travelled by the particular vessel involved.
47 CFR 80.919 Required capacity.
If either the main or reserve power supply includes batteries, these
batteries must have sufficient reserve capacity to permit proper
operation of the required transmitter and receiver for at least 3 hours
under normal working conditions.
47 CFR 80.921 Proof of capacity.
(a) When directed by a representative of the Commission the vessel
must prove by demonstration as prescribed in paragraphs (b), (c), (d)
and (e) of this section, that the requirements of 80.919 are met.
(b) Proof of the ability of a storage battery used as a main or
reserve power supply to operate over the 3-hour period established by a
discharge test over the prescribed period of time, when supplying power
at the voltage required for an electrical loss as prescribed by
paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) When the required power supply consists of an engine-driven
generator, proof of the adequacy of the engine fuel supply to operate
the unit over the 3-hour period of time may be established by using as a
basis the fuel consumption during a 1 hour period when supplying power,
at the voltage required for operating an electrical load as prescribed
by paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) In determining the required electrical load the following formula
must be used:
(1) One-half of the current of the required transmitter at its rated
output power; plus
(2) Current of the required receiver; plus
(3) Current of electric light, if required by 80.925; plus
(4) The sum of the current of all other loads the reserve power
supply may provide in time of emergency.
(e) At the conclusion of the test specified in paragraphs (b) and (c)
of this section, no part of the main or reserve power supply must have
an excessive temperature rise, nor must the specific gravity or voltage
of any storage battery be below the 90 percent discharge point.
47 CFR 80.923 Antenna system.
An antenna must be provided in accordance with the applicable
requirements of 80.81 of this part which is as efficient as practicable
for the transmission and reception of radio waves. The construction and
installation of this antenna must insure proper emergency operation.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 19302, Apr. 26,
1991)
47 CFR 80.925 Electric light.
(a) If the vessel is navigated at night an electric light or dial
lights which clearly illuminate the operating controls must be installed
to provide illumination of the operating controls at the principal
operating position.
(b) The electric light must be energized from the main power supply
and, if a reserve power supply for the radiotelephone installation is
required, from the reserve power supply.
47 CFR 80.927 Antenna radio frequency indicator.
The transmitter must be equipped with a device which provides visual
indication whenever the transmitter is supplying power to the antenna.
47 CFR 80.929 Nameplate.
A durable nameplate must be mounted on the required radiotelephone
equipment. When the transmitter and receiver comprise a single unit,
one nameplate is sufficient. The nameplate must show the name of the
manufacturer and the type or model number.
47 CFR 80.931 Test of radiotelephone installation.
Unless normal use of the radiotelephone installation demonstrates
that the equipment is in proper operating condition, a test
communication on a required frequency in the 1605 to 27500 kHz band or
the 156 to 162 MHz band must be made by a qualified operator each day
the vessel is navigated. If the equipment is not in proper operating
condition, the master must be promptly notified.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 19302, Apr. 26,
1991)
47 CFR 80.933 General exemptions.
(a) Subject U.S. vessels less than 50 gross tons which are navigated
not more than 1,000 feet from the nearest land at mean low tide are
exempt from the provisions of Title III, Part III of the Communications
Act.
(b) Subject U.S. vessels less than 100 gross tons which are equipped
with VHF installations meeting the requirements of this subpart are
exempt from the medium frequency radiotelephone requirements if the
vessels remain within the effective coverage area of U.S. Coast Guard or
public coast stations operating in the band 156-162 MHz when the vessels
are:
(1) Navigated in waters contiguous to Hawaii or the Virgin Islands;
or
(2) Navigated in waters contiguous to the coast of Southern
California from Point Conception south to the U.S. Mexico Border. The
Islands of San Miguel, Santa Rosa, Santa Cruz, Anacopa, San Nicolas,
Santa Barbara, Santa Catalina and San Clemente are considered to be
within these waters.
(c) These exemptions may be terminated at any time without hearing,
if in the Commission's discretion, the need for such action arises.
47 CFR 80.935 Station clock.
Each station subject to this subpart must have a working clock or
timepiece readily available to the operator.
47 CFR 80.935 Subpart T -- Radiotelephone Installation Required for Vessels on the Great Lakes
47 CFR 80.951 Applicability.
The Agreement Between the United States of America and Canada for
Promotion of Safety on the Great Lakes by Means of Radio, 1973, applies
to vessels of all countries when navigated on the Great Lakes. The
Great Lakes Radio Agreement defines the Great Lakes as ''all waters of
Lakes Ontario, Erie, Huron (including Georgian Bay), Michigan, Superior,
their connecting and tributary waters and the River St. Lawrence as far
east as the lower exit of the St. Lambert Lock at Montreal in the
Province of Quebec, Canada,'' but does not include such of the
connecting and tributary waters as may be specified in the Technical
Regulations. The Technical Regulations do not include any connecting
and tributary waters except the St. Mary's River, the St. Clair River,
Lake St. Clair, the Detroit River and the Welland Canal. A vessel to
which the Great Lakes Radio Agreement applies and which falls into the
specific categories by paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this section and not
excepted by paragraph (d) or (e) of this section must comply with this
subpart while navigated on the Great Lakes.
(a) Every vessel 20 meters (65 feet) or over in length (measured from
end to end over the deck, exclusive of sheer).
(b) Every vessel engaged in towing another vessel or floating object,
except:
(1) Where the maximum length of the towing vessel, measured from end
to end over the deck exclusive of sheer, is less than 8 meters (26 feet)
and the length or breadth of the tow, exclusive of the towing line, is
less than 20 meters (65 feet);
(2) Where the vessel towed complies with this subpart;
(3) Where the towing vessel and tow are located within a booming
ground (an area in which logs are confined); or
(4) Where the tow has been undertaken in an emergency and neither the
towing vessel nor the tow can comply with this part.
(c) Any vessel carrying more than six passengers for hire.
(d) The requirements of the Great Lakes Radio Agreement do not apply
to:
(1) Ships of war and troop ships;
(2) Vessels owned and operated by any national government and not
engaged in trade.
(e) The Commission may if it considers that the conditions of the
voyage or voyages affecting safety (including but not necessarily
limited to the regularity, frequency and nature of the voyages, or other
circumstances) are such as to render full application of the Great Lakes
Agreement unreasonable or unnecessary, exempt partially, conditionally
or completely, any individual vessel for one or more voyages or for any
period of time not exceeding one year.
47 CFR 80.953 Inspection and certification.
Each U.S. flag vessel subject to the Great Lakes Agreement must have
an inspection of the required radiotelephone installation not less than
once every twelve months. However, a one month extension of an FCC
certificate may be granted by the Commission. This inspection must be
made while the vessel is in active service or within not more than one
month before the date on which it is placed in service. A Great Lakes
Agreement Radiotelephony Certificate will be issued to vessels in
compliance. The certificate must be posted at the principal operating
position of the radiotelephone installation.
47 CFR 80.955 Radiotelephone installation.
(a) Each U.S. flag vessel of less than 38 meters (124 feet) in length
while subject to the Great Lakes Agreement must have a radiotelephone
meeting the provisions of this subpart in addition to the other rules in
this part governing ship stations using telephony.
(b) Each U.S. flag vessel of 38 meters (124 feet) or more in length
while subject to the Great Lakes Agreement must have a minimum of two
VHF radiotelephone installations in operating condition meeting the
provisions of this subpart. The second VHF installation must be
electrically separate from the first VHF installation. However, both
may be connected to the main power supply provided one installation can
be operated from a separate power supply located as high as practicable
on the vessel.
(c) This paragraph does not require or prohibit the use of other
frequencies for use by the same ''radiotelephone installation'' for
communication authorized by this part.
47 CFR 80.956 Required frequencies and uses.
(a) Each VHF radiotelephone installation must be capable of
transmitting and receiving G3E emission as follows:
(1) Channel 16 -- 156.800 MHz-Distress, Safety and Calling; and
(2) Channel 6 -- 156.300 MHz -- Primary intership.
(b) The radiotelephone station must have additional frequencies as
follows:
(1) Those ship movement frequencies appropriate to the vessel's area
of operation: Channel 11 -- 156.550 MHz, Channel 12 -- 156.600 MHz, or
Channel 14 -- 156.700 MHz.
(2) The navigational bridge-to-bridge frequency, 156.650 MHz (channel
13).
(3) Such other frequencies as required for the vessel's service.
(4) One channel for receiving marine navigational warnings for the
area of operation.
(c) Every radiotelephone station must include one or more
transmitters, one or more receivers, one or more sources of energy and
associated antennas and control equipment. The radiotelephone station,
exclusive of the antennas and source of energy, must be located as high
as practicable on the vessel, preferably on the bridge, and protected
from water, temperature, and electrical and mechanical noise.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 53 FR 17052, May 13, 1988)
47 CFR 80.957 Principal operating position.
(a) The principal operating position of the radiotelephone
installation must be on the bridge, convenient to the conning position.
(b) When the radiotelephone station is not located on the bridge,
operational control of the equipment must be provided at the location of
the radiotelephone station and at the bridge operating position.
Complete control of the equipment at the bridge operating position must
be provided.
47 CFR 80.959 Radiotelephone transmitter.
(a) The transmitter must be capable of transmission of G3E emission
on the required frequencies.
(b) The transmitter must deliver a carrier power of between 10 watts
and 25 watts into 50 ohms nominal resistance when operated with its
rated supply voltage. The transmitter must be capable of readily
reducing the carrier power to one watt or less.
(c) To demonstrate the capability of the transmitter, measurements of
primary supply voltage and transmitter output power must be made with
the equipment operating on the vessel's main power supply, as follows:
(1) The primary supply voltage measured at the power input terminals
to the transmitter terminated in a matching artificial load, must be
measured at the end of 10 minutes of continuous operation of the
transmitter at its rated power output.
(2) The primary supply voltage, measured in accordance with the
procedures of this paragraph, must be not less than 11.5 volts.
(3) The transmitter at full output power measured in accordance with
the procedure of this paragraph must not be less than 10 watts.
47 CFR 80.961 Radiotelephone receiver.
(a) The receiver must be capable of reception of G3E emission on the
required frequencies.
(b) The receiver must have a sensitivity of at least 2 microvolts
across 50 ohms for a 20 decibel signal-to-noise ratio.
47 CFR 80.963 Main power supply.
(a) A main power supply must be available at all times while the
vessel is subject to the requirements of the Great Lakes Radio
Agreement.
(b) Means must be provided for charging any batteries used as a
source of energy. A device which during charging of the batteries gives
a continuous indication of charging current must be provided.
47 CFR 80.965 Reserve power supply.
(a) Each passenger vessel of more than 100 gross tons and each cargo
vessel of more than 300 gross tons must be provided with a reserve power
supply independent of the vessel's normal electrical system and capable
of energizing the radiotelephone installation and illuminating the
operating controls at the principal operating position for at least 2
continuous hours under normal operating conditions. When meeting this 2
hour requirement, such reserve power supply must be located on the
bridge level or at least one deck above the vessel's main deck.
(b) Instead of the independent power supply specified in paragraph
(a) of this section, the vessel may be provided with an auxiliary
radiotelephone installation having a power source independent of the
vessel's normal electrical system. Any such installation must comply
with 80.955, 80.956, 80.957, 80.959, 80.961, 80.969 and 80.971, as
well as the general technical standards contained in this part.
Additionally, the power supply for any such auxiliary radiotelephone
must be a ''reserve power supply'' for the purposes of paragraphs (c),
(d) and (e) of this section.
(c) Means must be provided for adequately charging any batteries used
as a reserve power supply for the required radiotelephone installation.
A device must be provided which, during charging of the batteries, gives
a continuous indication of charging.
(d) The reserve power supply must be available within one minute.
(e) The station licensee, when directed by the Commission, must prove
by demonstration as prescribed in paragraphs (e)(1), (2), (3) and (4) of
this section that the reserve power supply is capable of meeting the
requirements of paragraph (a) of this section as follows:
(1) When the reserve power supply includes a battery, proof of the
ability of the battery to operate continuously for the required time
must be established by a discharge test over the required time, when
supplying power at the voltage required for normal operation to an
electric load as prescribed by paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(2) When the reserve power supply includes an engine driven
generator, proof of the adequacy of the engine fuel supply to operate
the unit continuously for the required time may be established by using
as a basis the fuel consumption during a continuous period of one hour
when supplying power, at the voltage required for normal operation, to
an electrical load as prescribed by paragraph (e)(3) of this section.
(3) For the purposes of determining the electrical load to be
supplied, the following formula must be used:
(i) One-half of the current of the radiotelephone while transmitting
at its rated output, plus one-half the current while not transmitting;
plus
(ii) Current of the required receiver; plus
(iii) Current of the source of illumination provided for the
operating controls prescribed by 80.969; plus
(iv) The sum of the currents of all other loads to which the reserve
power supply may provide power in time of emergency or distress.
(4) At the conclusion of the test specified in paragraphs (e)(1) and
(2) of this section, no part of the reserve power supply must have
excessive temperature rise, nor must the specific gravity or voltage of
any battery be below the 90 percent discharge point.
47 CFR 80.967 Antenna system.
The antenna must be omnidirectional, vertically polarized and located
as high as practicable on the masts or superstructure of the vessel.
47 CFR 80.969 Illumination of operating controls.
(a) The radiotelephone must have dial lights which illuminate the
operating controls at the principal operating position.
(b) Instead of dial lights, a light from an electric lamp may be
provided to illuminate the operating controls of the radiotelephone at
the principal operating position. If a reserve power supply is
required, arrangements must permit the use of that power supply for
illumination within one minute.
47 CFR 80.971 Test of radiotelephone installation.
At least once during each calendar day a vessel subject to the Great
Lakes Radio Agreement must test communications on 156.800 MHz to
demonstrate that the radiotelephone installation is in proper operating
condition unless the normal daily use of the equipment demonstrates that
this installation is in proper operating condition. If equipment is not
in operating condition, the master must have it restored to effective
operation as soon as possible.
47 CFR 80.971 Subpart U -- Radiotelephone Installations Required by the Bridge-To-Bridge Act
47 CFR 80.1001 Applicability.
The Bridge-to-Bridge Act and the regulations of this part apply to
the following vessels in the navigable waters of the United States:
(a) Every power-driven vessel of 300 gross tons and upward while
navigating;
(b) Every vessel of 100 gross tons and upward carrying one or more
passengers for hire while navigating;
(c) Every towing vessel of 26 feet (7.8 meters) or over in length,
measured from end to end over the deck excluding sheer, while
navigating; and
(d) Every dredge and floating plant engaged, in or near a channel or
fairway, in operations likely to restrict or affect navigation of other
vessels. An unmanned or intermittently manned floating plant under the
control of a dredge shall not be required to have a separate
radiotelephone capability.
47 CFR 80.1003 Station required.
Vessels subject to the Bridge-to-Bridge Act must have a
radiotelephone installation to enable the vessel to participate in
navigational communications. This radiotelephone installation must be
continuously associated with the ship even though a portable
installation is used. Foreign vessels coming into U.S. waters where a
bridge-to-bridge station is required may fulfill this requirement by use
of portable equipment brought a board by the pilot. Non portable
equipment, when used, must be arranged to facilitate repair. The
equipment must be protected against vibration, moisture, temperature and
excessive currents and voltages.
47 CFR 80.1005 Inspection of station.
The bridge-to-bridge radiotelephone station will be inspected on
vessels subject to regular inspections pursuant to the requirements of
Parts II and III of Title III of the Communications Act, the Safety
Convention or the Great Lakes Agreement at the time of the regular
inspection. If after such inspection, the Commission determines that
the Bridge-to-Bridge Act, the rules of the Commission and the station
license are met, an endorsement will be made on the appropriate
document. The validity of the endorsement will run concurrently with
the period of the regular inspection. Each vessel must carry a
certificate with a valid endorsement while subject to the
Bridge-to-Bridge Act. All other bridge-to-bridge stations will be
inspected from time to time.
47 CFR 80.1007 Bridge-to-bridge radiotelephone installation.
Use of the bridge-to-bridge transmitter must be restricted to the
master or person in charge of the vessel, or the person designated by
the master or person in charge to pilot or direct the movement of the
vessel. Communications must be of a navigational nature exclusively.
47 CFR 80.1009 Principal operator and operating position.
The principal operating position of the bridge-to-bridge station must
be the vessel's navigational bridge or, in the case of dredges, its main
control station. If the radiotelephone installation can be operated
from any location other than the principal operating position, the
principal operating position must be able to take full control of the
installation.
47 CFR 80.1011 Transmitter.
The bridge-to-bridge transmitter must be capable of transmission of
G3E emission on the navigational frequency 156.650 MHz (Channel 13).
47 CFR 80.1013 Receiver.
The bridge-to-bridge receiver must be capable of reception of G3E
emission on 156.650 MHz.
47 CFR 80.1015 Power supply.
(a) There must be readily available for use under normal load
conditions, a power supply sufficient to simultaneously energize the
bridge-to-bridge transmitter at its required antenna power, and the
bridge-to-bridge receiver. Under this load condition the voltage of the
power supply at the power input terminals of the bridge-to-bridge
radiotelephone installation must not deviate from its rated voltage by
more than 10 percent on vessels completed on or after March 1, 1957, nor
by more than 15 percent on vessels completed before that date.
(b) When the power supply for a nonportable bridge-to-bridge
radiotelephone installation consists of or includes batteries, they must
be installed as high above the bilge as practicable, secured against
shifting with motion of the vessel, and accessible with not less than 10
inches head room.
(c) Means must be provided for adequately charging any rechargeable
batteries used in the vessel's bridge-to-bridge radiotelephone
installation. There must be provided a device which will give a
continuous indication of the charging current during charging.
47 CFR 80.1017 Antenna system.
(a) An antenna must be provided for nonportable bridge-to-bridge
radiotelephone installations which is nondirectional and vertically
polarized. The construction and installation of this antenna must
insure proper operation in time of an emergency.
(b) In cases where portable bridge-to-bridge equipment is permanently
associated with a vessel, the equipment must be provided with a
connector for an external antenna of a type capable of meeting
requirements of paragraph (a) of this section and 80.71. The vessel
must be equipped with an external antenna meeting requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section and 80.71, capable of use with the
portable equipment during a normal listening watch.
47 CFR 80.1019 Antenna radio frequency indicator.
Each nonportable bridge-to-bridge transmitter must be equipped, at
each point of control, with a carrier operated device which will provide
continuous visual indication when the transmitter is supplying power to
the antenna transmission line or, in lieu thereof, a pilot lamp or meter
which will provide continuous visual indication when the transmitter
control circuits have been placed in a condition to activate the
transmitter.
(52 FR 35246, Sept. 18, 1987)
47 CFR 80.1021 Nameplate.
A durable nameplate must be mounted on the required radiotelephone or
be an integral part of it. When the transmitter and receiver comprise a
single unit, one nameplate is sufficient. The nameplate must show at
least the name of the manufacturer and the type or model number.
47 CFR 80.1023 Test of radiotelephone installation.
Unless normal use of the required radiotelephone installation
demonstrates that the equipment is in proper operating condition, a test
communication for this purpose must be made by a qualified operator each
day the vessel is navigated. If the equipment is not in proper
operating condition, the master must be promptly notified. The master
must have it restored to effective operating condition as soon as
possible.
47 CFR 80.1023 Subpart V -- Emergency Position Indicating Radiobeacons (EPIRB's)
47 CFR 80.1051 Scope.
This subpart describes the technical and performance requirements for
Classes A, B, C, and S, and Categories 1, 2, and 3 EPIRB stations.
(53 FR 37308, Sept. 26, 1988)
47 CFR 80.1053 Special requirements for Class A EPIRB stations.
(a) A Class A EPIRB station must meet the following:
(1) Float free of a sinking ship;
(2) Activate automatically when it floats free of a sinking ship;
(3) Have an antenna that deploys automatically when the EPIRB
activates;
(4) Use A3X emission on a mandatory basis and A3E and NON emissions
on an optional basis on the frequencies 121.500 MHz and 243.000 MHz;
(5) Transmission of A3E or NON emission must not exceed 90 seconds
and must be followed by a transmission of at least three minutes of A3X
emission; each transmission of a synthesized and/or pre-recorded voice
message must be preceded by the words ''this is a recording'';
(6) The effective radiated power must not be less than 75 milliwatts
after 48 hours of continuous operation and without replacement or
recharge of batteries.
(7) The mandatory A3X emission must be amplitude modulated with an
audio signal swept downward between 1600 and 300 Hz. The sweeping range
of the audio signal must be 700 Hz or greater. Its sweep repetition
rate must be between 2 and 4 times per second. The modulation factor
must be at least 0.85 and the modulation duty cycle must be at least
33%, but not more that 55%.
(8) EPIRBs manufactured on or after October 1, 1988; EPIRBs carried
as part of a ship station to satisfy USCG equipment carriage
requirements that are newly installed on or after April 1, 1989; EPIRBs
carried as part of a ship station to satisfy USCG equipment carriage
requirements on or after August 1, 1991; and EPIRBs that are newly
installed as part of a voluntarily equipped ship station after August 1,
1991, must have a clearly defined carrier frequency distinct from the
modulation sidebands for the mandatory emission, A3X, and if used, the
A3E or NON emissions. On 121.500 MHz at least thirty per cent of the
total power emitted during any transmission cycle with or without
modulation must be contained within plus or minus 30 Hz of the carrier
frequency. On 243.000 MHz at least thirty per cent of the toal power
emitted during any transmission cycle with or without modulation must be
contained within plus or minus 60 Hz of the carrier frequency.
Additionally, if the type of emission is changed during transmission the
carrier frequency nust not shift more than plus or minus 30 Hz on
121.500 MHz and not more than plus or minus 60 Hz on 243.000 MHz. The
long term stability of the carrier frequency must comply with the
requirements in 80.209(a) of this part.
(9) Have a visible or audible indicator which clearly shows that the
device is operating. The indicator must be activated by the RF output
power. The indicator must be protected from damage due to dropping or
contact with other objects;
(10) Float in calm water with at least the upper 5 cm (2 in.) of the
EPIRB out of the water and the base of the antenna at least 5 cm (2 in.)
above the water, with the antenna in a vertical position completely
above the water surface;
(11) Be ballasted to right itself from a position of 90 degrees from
its upright position in one second or less;
(12) Meet the requirements of paragraphs (a) (1) through (9) of this
section after a free fall into water 3 times from a height of 20 meters
(66 ft.);
(13) Bear a designation that indicates it is a ''Class A'' EPIRB;
(14) Have a positive means of turning the equipment off. When an
on-off switch is employed a guard must be provided to prevent
inadvertent operation.
(b) Class A EPIRB's must have a manually activated test switch which
must be held in position for test operation and when released return the
EPIRB to its normal state. A switch guard must be provided to prevent
inadvertent activation. Class A EPIRB's must also have an associated
test circuit and an RF output power indicator which in the test position
must:
(1) Permit the operator to determine that the unit is operative;
(2) Switch the transmitter output to an artificial antenna equivalent
to that of the EPIRB antenna;
(3) Reduce radiation to a level not to exceed 100 nanowatts at a
distance of 30 meters (98 feet) irrespective of direction.
(c) EPIRBs manufactured on or after October 1, 1988, must be tested
in accordance with subpart N, part 2 of this chapter. A report of the
measurements must be submitted with each application for type
acceptance. EPIRBs that meet the output power characteristics of this
section must have a permanent label prominently displayed on the outer
casting stating, ''Meets FCC Rules for improved satellite detection.''
This label, however, must not be placed on the equipment without
authorization to do so by the Commission. Application for such
authorization may be made either by submission of a new application for
type acceptance accompanied by the required fee and all information and
test data required by parts 2 and 80 of this chapter or, for EPIRBs type
accepted prior to October 1, 1988, an application for modification
accompanied by the required fee requesting such authorization, including
appropriate test data and a showing that all units produced under the
original type acceptance authorization comply with the requirements of
this paragraph without change to the original circuitry. If the intent
is simply to add the proper label to an already approved and compliant
EPIRB, a letter of notification prior to implementing the labeling
requirements will be needed. This letter request should be sent to the
attention of the Authorization and Evaluation Division, 7435 Oakland
Mills Road, Columbus, Maryland 21046, attention EAB. The modulation,
power and frequency stability requirements specified in paragraphs
(a)(6), (a)(7) and (a)(8) of this section must be met under the
environmental test conditions specified in subpart N, part 2 of this
chapter.
(d) Vacuum tubes are not permitted in EPIRB's. The equipment must
meet the requirements after extended periods of inaction while carried
in vessels and subjected to the environmental conditions prescribed.
Operation into any RF load from open to short must not cause continuing
degradation in performance.
(e) EPIRBs must be powered by a battery contained within the
transmitter case or in a battery holder that is rigidly attached to the
transmitter case. The battery connector must be corrosion resistant and
positive in action and must not rely for contact upon spring force
alone. The useful life of the battery is the length of time that the
battery can be stored under marine environmental conditions without the
EPIRB transmitter peak effective radiated power falling below 75
milliwatts prior to 48 hours of continuous operation. The month and
year of the battery's manufacture must be permanently marked on the
battery and the month and year upon which 50 percent of its useful life
will have expired must be permanently marked on both the battery and the
outside of the transmitter. The batteries must be replaced if 50
percent of their useful life has expired or if the transmitter has been
used in an emergency situation. EPIRBs manufactured after April 27,
1992 must display prominently on the outer case one of the following:
The battery installation instructions, the title of the manual that
contains such information, or the company name and address where the
battery installation can be performed.
(f) The EPIRB must be waterproof and must not be accidentally
activated by rain, seaspray, hose wash-down spray or storage in high
humidity conditions. Standing water on the outer surface must not
significantly affect its performance.
(g) Operating instructions understandable by untrained personnel must
be permanently displayed on the equipment.
(h) The exterior of the equipment must have no sharp edges or
projections. Means must be provided to fasten the EPIRB to a survival
craft or person.
(i) The antenna must be deployable to its designed length and
operating position in a foolpoof manner. The antenna must be securely
attached to the EPIRB and easy to de-ice. The antenna must be
vertically polarized and omnidirectional.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 52 FR 35246, Sept. 18, 1987, as amended
at 53 FR 8905, Mar. 18, 1988; 56 FR 11516, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 80.1055 Special requirements for Class B EPIRB stations.
(a) A Class B EPIRB must meet the following:
(1) The EPIRB must be turned on automatically, as by water activated
battery, or manually by an on-off switch. A positive means of turning
the equipment off must be provided. Where an on-off switch is employed,
a guard must be provided to prevent inadvertent operation;
(2) The equipment must be designed to be deployed, its controls
actuated, or its antenna erected, each by a single action task which can
be performed by either hand;
(3) Meet the requirements in 80.1053(a) (4) through (8), (a)(14),
and (c) through (i) of this part. EPIRBs with water activated batteries
must, additionally, meet the requirements contained in 80.1053 (a)(10)
and (a)(11) of this part,
(4) Bear a designation that indicates it is a ''Class B'' EPIRB.
(b) A Class B EPIRB may have a manually activated test switch which
meets the requirements in 80.1053 (b) and (c).
(c) If testing of an EPIRB with Coast Guard coordination is not
possible, brief operational tests are authorized provided the tests are
conducted within the first five minutes of any hour and are not longer
than three audio sweeps or one second whichever is longer.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986; 52 FR 35246, Sept. 18, 1987, as amended
at 53 FR 8906, Mar. 18, 1988; 56 FR 11517, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 80.1057 Special requirements for Class C EPIRB stations.
(a) A Class C EPIRB must operate on the frequencies 156.750 and
156.800 MHz, must use G3N modulation, and employ the international
Radiotelephone Two Tone Alarm signal. The EPIRB transmission must be
cycled. Each cycle must consist of 6 periods (T1 to T6) as shown in the
table below. During T1, T2, T3, and T5 the 156.750 MHz and 156.800 MHz
carriers must be modulated alternately by a 2200 Hz and a 1300 Hz tone.
The modulating duration of each tone must be 250 milliseconds. The
maximum tolerance of the frequency and modulating duration of each tone
must be 5 percent. During T4 and T6 neither of the RF carriers must be
emitted. The T4 and T6 time periods must be varied according to the
predetermined schedule shown in the table below. After the last cycle
the transmissions must be terminated. The EPIRB must be able to recycle
its transmissions in accordance to the schedule shown in the table below
by placing the activation switch to the ''off' and then ''on'' position.
(b) The effective radiated power must not be less than 1 watt. The
power must be determined according to FCC Bulletin OCE 45. The EPIRB
must meet the power requirements over each of the following temperature
ranges for the time period shown below. Batteries may be replaced after
completion of tests for each temperature range:
(1) 0 to +50 degrees Celsius for 24 hours continuous operation.
(2) ^20 to 0 degrees Celsius for 12 hours continuous operation.
(c) The equipment must have a transmitter, an integral antenna and a
power supply. The transmitter and power supply must be in separate
compartments in a single watertight case.
(d) The equipment must be provided with a visible or audible
indicator which clearly shows the device is operating. The indicator
must be activated by the RF output power.
(e) The equipment must operate when hand held or when floating in
water after storage for extended periods under marine environmental
conditions.
(f) The switch used to activate the EPIRB must indicate the state of
the equipment (on-off) by the physical position of the switch. A guard
must be provided to prevent inadvertent operation.
(g) The equipment case must be waterproof and resealable without
special tools or sealing compounds. EPIRB operation must not be
degraded by submersion in sea water for a period of 24 hours.
(h) The EPIRB must float in fresh water with the antenna vertical and
completely out of the water.
(i) Vacuum tubes are not permitted in EPIRB's. The EPIRB must meet
the requirements after extended periods of inaction while carried in
vessels and subjected to marine environmental conditions. Operation
into any load from open to short must not result in continuous
degradation of performance.
(j) The exterior of the equipment must have no sharp edges or
projections. Means must be provided to secure the EPIRB to a survival
craft or person.
(k) Operating instructions understandable by untrained personnel must
be permanently displayed on the equipment. It must indicate that the
device is ''to be used solely for distress purposes.''
(l) The equipment must have no exposed areas or terminals that could
ignite flammable gases or materials.
(m) The omndirectional antenna must be securely attached to the case
and capable of being stowed without being damaged.
(n) The equipment must meet the technical standards after being
dropped into water from a height of 6 meters (20 feet).
(o) The EPIRB must meet the technical standards when plunged into sea
water at +20 degrees Celsius after storage at a temperature of +50
degrees Celsius.
(p) If testing of an EPIRB with Coast Guard coordination is not
possible, brief operational tests are authorized provided the tests are
conducted within the first five minutes of any hour for not more than 10
seconds.
(q) The EPIRB must automatically turn off after 24 hours 5 percent.
It must be possible to restart the transmission sequence by placing the
on-off switch momentarily in the off position and returning it to the on
position.
(r) The EPIRB must be equipped with a visual indication of a low
battery condition.
(s) The EPIRB must have a designation that indicates it is a ''Class
C'' EPIRB.
47 CFR 80.1059 Special requirements for Class S EPIRB stations.
(a) A Class S EPIRB station must be able to float or be permanently
secured to a survival craft.
(b) A Class S EPIRB able to float must meet the following:
(1) Be watertight and float in calm water with at least 5 cm (2 in.)
of the EPIRB out of the water and the base of the antenna at least 5 cm
(2 in.) above the water, with the antenna in a vertical position
completely above the water surface;
(2) Be ballasted to right itself from a position 90 degrees from its
upright position in one second or less;
(3) Meet the requirements in 80.1053 (a)(4) through (9) after free
fall into water 3 times from a height of 20 meters (67 ft.).
(c) A Class S EPIRB intended to be permanently secured to a survival
craft is not required to float in water.
(d) Additionally, all Class S EPIRB's must meet the following:
(1) Be capable only of manual activation by an on-off switch
protected by a guard to prevent inadvertent operation;
(2) Be designed to be deployed, its controls actuated, or its antenna
erected, each by a single action task which can be performed by either
hand;
(3) Meet the requirements in 80.1053 (a)(4) through (a)(8) and (b)
through (i) of this part;
(4) Class S EPIRBs may provide either continuous or intermittent
operation. If the EPIRB is designed for intermittent operation, the
duty cycle must be from 50 to 60 per cent and the period two minutes
plus or minus 12 seconds. In either event, the EPIRB must meet the
power output characteristics described in 80.1053(a)(8) of this part;
(5) If testing of an EPIRB with Coast Guard coordination is not
possible, brief operational tests are authorized provided the tests are
conducted within the first five minutes of any hour and are not longer
than three audio sweeps or one second whichever is longer;
(6) Have a designation that indicates it is a ''Class S'' EPIRB.
(e) Applications for type acceptance must include a letter from the
manufacturer stating that the EPIRB meets the requirements in paragraphs
(b) and (d), or (c) and (d) of this section.
(51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, as amended at 56 FR 11517, Mar. 19,
1991)
47 CFR 80.1061 Special requirements for 406.025 MHz EPIRBs.
(a) Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph (b) of this section,
406.025 MHz EPIRBs must meet all the technical and performance standards
contained in the Radio Technical Commission for Maritime Services
document titled ''RTCM Recommended Standards for 406 MHz Satellite
Emergency Position-Indicating Radiobeacons (EPIRBs)'' dated July 31,
1987, with editorial updates of December 31, 1987 (RTCM Recommended
Standards). This RTCM document is incorporated by reference in
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). The document is available for
inspection at Commission headquarters in Washington, DC or may be
obtained from the Radio Technical Commission for Maritime Services, Post
Office Box 19087, Washington, DC 20036.
(b) The 406.025 MHz EPIRB must contain as an integral part a
''homing'' beacon operating only on 121.500 MHz that meets all the
requirements described in the RTCM Recommended Standards document
described in paragraph (a) of this section. The 121.500 MHz ''homing''
beacon must have a continuous duty cycle that may be interrupted during
the transmission of the 406.025 MHz signal only. Additionally, at least
30 percent of the total power emitted during any transmission cycle must
be contained within plus or minus 30 Hz of the carrier frequency.
(c) Prior to submitting a type acceptance application for a 406 MHz
radiobeacon, the radiobeacon must be certified by a test facility
recognized by one of the COSPAS/SARSAT Partners that the equipment
satisfies the design characteristics associated with the measurement
methods described in Appendix B of the RTCM Recommended Standards.
Additionally, the radiobeacon must be certified by a test facility
recognized by the U.S. Coast Guard to certify that the equipment
complies with the U.S. Coast Guard environmental and operational
requirements associated with the test procedures described in Appendix A
of the RTCM Recommended Standards. Information regarding the recognized
test facilities may be obtained from Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast
Guard, 2100 2nd Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001.
(1) After a 406.025 MHz EPIRB has been certified by the recognized
test facilities the following information must be submitted in duplicate
to the Commandant (G-MVI), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 2nd Street SW.,
Washington, DC 20593-0001:
(i) The name of the manufacturer or grantee and model number of the
EPIRB;
(ii) Copies of the certificate and test data obtained from the test
facility recognized by a COSPAS/SARSAT Partner showing that the
radiobeacon complies with the COSPAS/SARSAT design characteristics
associated with the measurement methods described in Appendix B of the
RTCM Recommended Standards;
(iii) Copies of the test report and test data obtained from the test
facility recognized by the U.S. Coast Guard showing that the radiobeacon
complies with the U.S. Coast Guard environmental and operational
characteristics associated with the measurement methods described in
Appendix A of the RTCM Recommended Standards; and
(iv) Instruction manuals associated with the radiobeacon, description
of the test characteristics of the radiobeacon including assembly
drawings, electrical schematics, description of parts list,
specifications of materials and the manufacturer's quality assurance
program.
(2) After reviewing the information described in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section the U.S. Coast Guard will issue a letter stating whether
the radiobeacon satisfies all RTCM Recommended Standards.
(d) A type acceptance application for a 406.025 MHz EPIRB submitted
to the Commission must also contain a copy of the U.S. Coast Guard
letter that states the radiobeacon satisfies all RTCM Recommended
Standards, a copy of the technical test data, and the instruction
manual(s).
(e) An identification code, issued by the National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration (NOAA), the United States Program Manager for
the 406.025 MHz COSPAS/SARSAT satellite system, must be programmed in
each EPIRB unit to establish a unique identification for each EPIRB
station. With each marketable EPIRB unit the manufacturer or grantee
must include postage pre-paid registration card addressed to:
NOAA/NESDIS, SARSAT Operations Division, E/SP3, Federal Building 4,
Washington, DC 20233. The registration card must include the EPIRB
identification code and must request the owner's name, address,
telephone number and type of ship.
(f) To enhance protection of life and property it is imperative that
each 406.025 MHz EPIRB be registered with NOAA. Therefore, in addition
to the identification plate or label requirements contained in 2.925,
2.926, and 2.1003 of the Commission's Rules, each 406.025 MHz EPIRB must
be provided on the outside with a clearly discernible permanent plate or
label containing the following statement: ''It is extremely important
that the owner of this 406.025 MHz EPIRB registers the NOAA
identification code contained on this label with the National Oceanic
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA) whose address is: NOAA/NESDIS,
SARSAT Operations Division, E/SP3, Federal Building 4, Washington, DC
20233.''
(g) For 406.025 MHz EPIRBs whose identification code can be changed
after manufacture, the identification code shown on the plate or label
must be easily replaceable using commonly available tools.
(53 FR 37308, Sept. 26, 1988, as amended at 56 FR 11517, Mar. 19,
1991)
47 CFR 80.1061 Subpart W -- Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) (Reserved)
47 CFR 80.1061 Subpart X -- Voluntary Radio Installations
47 CFR 80.1061 General
47 CFR 80.1151 Voluntary radio operations.
Voluntary ships must meet the rules applicable to the particular mode
of operation as contained in the following subparts of this part and as
modified by 80.1153:
Operating Requirements and Procedures -- Subpart C
Equipment Technical Requirements -- Subpart E
Frequencies -- Subpart H
47 CFR 80.1153 Station log and radio watches.
(a) Licensees of voluntary ships are not required to operate the ship
radio station or to maintain radio station logs.
(b) When a ship radio station of a voluntary ship is being operated,
appropriate general purpose watches must be maintained in accordance
with 80.146, 80.147 and 80.148.
47 CFR 80.1153 Voluntary Telegraphy
47 CFR 80.1155 Radioprinter.
Radioprinter operations provide record communications between
authorized maritime mobile stations.
(a) Supplementary eligibility requirements. Ships must be less than
1600 gross tons.
(b) Scope of communication. (1) Ship radioprinter communications may
be conducted with an associated private coast station.
(2) Ships authorized to communicate by radioprinter with a common
private coast station may also conduct intership radioprinter
operations.
(3) Only those communications which are associated with the business
and operational needs of the ship are authorized.
(c) Assignment and use of frequencies. (1) Frequencies for
radioprinter operations are shared by several radio services including
the maritime mobile service.
(2) Ship stations must conduct radioprinter operations only on
frequencies assigned to their associated private coast station for that
purpose.
(d) Authorization procedure. The authorization procedure for ship
station radioprinter operations is as follows:
(1) The associated private coast station must submit an application
for specific radioprinter frequencies and provide the names of ships to
be served.
(2) When the private coast station receives a radioprinter license,
it must provide copies of their license to all ships with which they are
authorized to conduct radioprinter operations. The private coast
station license copy must be kept as part of the ship station license.
(3) Any addition or deletion of ships must be notified to the
Commission by letter.
47 CFR 80.1157 Facsimile.
Facsimile is a form of telegraphy for the transmission and receipt of
fixed images. Ships must use facsimile techniques only with authorized
public coast stations.
47 CFR 80.1159 Narrow-band direct-printing (NB-DP).
NB-DP is a form of telegraphy for the transmission and receipt of
direct printing public correspondence. Ships must use NB-DP techniques
only with authorized public coast stations.
47 CFR 80.1161 Emergency position indicating radiobeacon (EPIRB).
EPIRB transmissions must be used only under emergency conditions.
The various classes of EPIRB's are described in subpart V of this part.
47 CFR 80.1161 Voluntary Telephony
47 CFR 80.1165 Assignment and use of frequencies.
Frequencies for general radiotelephone purposes are available to
ships in three radio frequency bands. Use of specific frequencies must
meet the Commission's rules concerning the scope of service and the
class of station with which communications are intended. The three
frequency bands are:
(a) 156-158 MHz (VHF/FM Radiotelephone). Certain frequencies within
this band are public correspondence frequencies and they must be used as
working channels when communicating with public coast stations. Other
working frequencies within the band are categorized by type of
communications for which use is authorized when communicating with a
private coast station or between ships. Subpart H of this part lists
the frequencies and types of communications for which they are
available.
(b) 1600-4000 kHz (SSB Radiotelephone). Specific frequencies within
this band are authorized for single sideband (SSB) communications with
public and private coast stations or between ships. The specific
frequencies are listed in subpart H of this part.
(c) 4000-23000 kHz (SSB Radiotelephone). Specific frequencies within
this band are authorized for SSB communications with public and private
coast stations. The specific frequencies are listed in subpart H of
this part.
80.1169 (Reserved)
47 CFR 80.1171 Assignment and use of frequencies.
(a) The frequencies assignable to AMTS stations are listed in
80.385(a). These frequencies are assignable to ship and coast stations
for voice, facsimile and radioteletypewriter communications.
47 CFR 80.1171 On-Board Communications
47 CFR 80.1175 Scope of communications of on-board stations.
(a) On-board stations communicate:
(1) With other units of the same station for operational
communications on the ship.
(2) With on-board stations of another ship or shore facility to aid
in oil pollution prevention during the transfer of 250 or more barrels
of oil.
(3) With other units of the same station in the immediate vicinity of
the ship for operational communications related to docking, life boat
and emergency drills or in the maneuvering of cargo barges and lighters.
(b) An on-board station may communicate with a station in the
Business Radio Service operating on the same frequency when the vessel
on which the on-board station is installed is alongside the dock or
cargo handling facility.
47 CFR 80.1177 Assignment and use of frequencies.
On-board frequencies are assignable only to ship stations. When an
on-board repeater is used, paired frequencies must be used. On-board
repeater frequencies must be used for single frequency simplex
operations. On-board frequencies are listed in subpart H.
47 CFR 80.1179 On-board repeater limitations.
When an on-board repeater is used, the following limitations must be
met:
(a) The on-board repeater antenna must be located no higher than 10
feet above the vessel's highest working deck.
(b) Each on-board repeater must have a timer that deactivates the
transmitter if the carrier remains on for more than 3 minutes.
47 CFR 80.1181 Station identification.
(a) On-board stations must identify when:
(1) The vessel is within 20 miles of any coastline; or
(2) The communications are likely to be received aboard another
vessel.
(b) Identification, when required, must be:
(1) Transmitted at the beginning and the end of a series of
communications. Whenever communications are sustained for a period
exceeding 15 minutes, station identification must be transmitted at
intervals not exceeding 15 minutes.
(2) In English and must include the name of the vessel, followed by a
number or name designating the respective mobile unit, for example:
''S.S. United States Mobile One, this is Mobile Two.''
47 CFR 80.1183 Remote control for maneuvering or navigation.
(a) An on-board station may be used for remote control of maneuvering
or navigation control systems aboard the same ship or, where that ship
is towing a second ship, aboard the towed ship.
(b) The remote control system transmissions must contain a
synchronization signal and a message signal composed of a documentation
number group, a company control group, an actuation instruction group,
and a termination of transmission group.
(1) The synchronization signal must be the control character ''SYN'',
transmitted twice.
(2) The message signal is composed of the following groups:
(i) The documentation number group must be transmitted once and be
the ship's U.S. Coast Guard documentation number or, if the ship is not
documented, the call sign of the on-board station.
(ii) The company control group, composed of three letters taken from
AAA through ZZZ, which must be transmitted one time.
(iiii) The actuation instruction group, composed of two letters taken
from AA through ZZ, which must be transmitted one time.
(iv) The termination of transmission group, composed of the control
character ''EM'', which must be transmitted twice.
(c) The receiving system must:
(1) Reject any actuation instruction until it recognizes and accepts
the company control group.
(2) Reject any company control group until it recognizes and accepts
the documentation number group.
(d) The emission employed must be G2D. The provisions applicable to
G3E emission are also applicable to G2D emission.
(e) The binary information must be applied to the carrier as
frequency-shift keying (FSK) of the standard tones 1070 and 1270 Hz.
''0'' (low) must correspond to 1070 Hz and ''1'' (high) must correspond
to 1270 Hz. The signalling rate must be 300 bits per second.
(f) The alphabet employed must be the United States of America
Standard Code for Information Interchange (USASCII), contained in the
United States of America Standards Institute publication USAS X3.4-1968.
(1) The bit sequence must be least significant bit first to most
significant bit (bit 1 through 7), consecutively.
(2) The character structure must consist of 8 bits (seven bits plus
one character parity bit) having equal time intervals.
(3) ''Odd'' parity is required.
47 CFR 80.1183 Mobile-Satellite Stations
47 CFR 80.1185 Supplemental eligibility for mobile-satellite stations.
Stations in the maritime mobile-satellite service must meet the
eligibility requirements contained in this section.
(a) A station license for a ship earth station may be issued to:
(1) The owner or operator of a ship.
(2) A corporation proposing to furnish a nonprofit radio
communication service to its parent corporation, to another subsidiary
of the same parent, or to its own subsidiary, where the party to be
served is the owner or operator of the ship aboard which the ship earth
station is to be installed and operated.
(b) A station license for a portable ship earth station may be issued
to the owner or operator of portable earth station equipment proposing
to furnish satellite communication services on board more than one ship
or fixed offshore platform located in the marine environment.
(52 FR 27003, July 17, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 49995, Dec. 4, 1989)
47 CFR 80.1187 Scope of communication.
Ship earth stations must be used for telecommunications related to
the business or operation of ships and for public correspondence of
persons on board. Portable ship earth stations are authorized to meet
the business, operational and public correspondence telecommunication
needs of fixed offshore platforms located in the marine environment as
well as ships. The types of emission are determined by the INMARSAT
organization.
(52 FR 27003, July 17, 1987)
47 CFR 80.1189 Portable ship earth stations.
(a) Portable ship earth stations are authorized to operate on board
more than one ship. Portable ship earth stations are also authorized to
be operated on board fixed offshore platforms located in international
or United States domestic waters.
(b) Portable ship earth stations must meet the rule requirements of
ship earth stations with the exeception of eligibility.
(c) Where the license of the portable ship earth station is not the
owner of the ship or fixed platform on which the station is located, the
station must be operated with the permission of the owner or operator of
the ship or fixed platform.
(52 FR 27003, July 17, 1987)
47 CFR 80.1189 Radiodetermination
47 CFR 80.1201 Special provisions for cable-repair ship stations.
(a) A ship station may be authorized to use radio channels in the
285-315 kHz band in Region 1 and 285-325 kHz in any other region for
cable repair radiodetermination purposes under the following conditions:
(1) The radio transmitting equipment attached to the cable-marker
buoy associated with the ship station must be described in the station
application;
(2) The call sign used for the transmitter operating under the
provisions of this section is the call sign of the ship station followed
by the letters ''BT'' and the identifying number of the buoy.
(3) The buoy transmitter must be continuously monitored by a licensed
radiotelegraph operator on board the cable repair ship station; and
(4) The transmitter must operate under the provisions in 80.375(b).
47 CFR 80.1201 PART 87 -- AVIATION SERVICES
47 CFR 80.1201 Pt. 87
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart A -- General Information
Sec.
87.1 Basis and purpose.
87.3 Other applicable rule parts.
87.5 Definitions.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart B -- Applications and Licenses
87.17 Scope.
87.19 Basic eligibility.
87.21 Standard forms to be used.
87.23 Supplemental information required.
87.25 Filing of applications.
87.27 License term.
87.29 Partial grant of application.
87.31 Changes during license term.
87.33 Transfer of aircraft station license prohibited.
87.35 Cancellation of license.
87.37 Developmental license.
87.39 Equipment acceptable for licensing.
87.41 Frequencies.
87.43 Operation during emergency.
87.45 Time in which station is placed in operation.
87.47 Application for a portable aircraft station license.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart C -- Operating Requirements and Procedures
87.69 Maintenance tests.
87.71 Frequency measurements.
87.73 Transmitter adjustments and tests.
87.75 Maintenance of tower marking and control equipment.
87.77 Availability for inspections.
87.79 Answer to notice of violation.
87.87 Classification of operator licenses and endorsements.
87.89 Minimum operator requirements.
87.91 Operation of transmitter controls.
87.103 Posting station license.
87.105 Availability of operator permit or license.
87.107 Station identification.
87.109 Station logs.
87.111 Suspension or discontinuance of operation.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart D -- Technical Requirements
87.131 Power and emissions.
87.133 Frequency stability.
87.135 Bandwidth of emission.
87.137 Types of emission.
87.139 Emission limitations.
87.141 Modulation requirements.
87.143 Transmitter control requirements.
87.145 Acceptability of transmitters for licensing.
87.147 Type acceptance of equipment.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart E -- Frequencies
87.169 Scope.
87.171 Class of station symbols.
87.173 Frequencies.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart F -- Aircraft Stations
87.185 Scope of service.
87.187 Frequencies.
87.189 Requirements for public correspondence equipment and
operations.
87.191 Foreign aircraft stations.
87.193 Scope of service.
87.195 Frequencies.
87.197 ELT test procedures.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart G -- Aeronautical Advisory Stations (UNICOMs)
87.213 Scope of service.
87.215 Supplemental eligibility.
87.217 Frequencies.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart H -- Aeronautical Multicom Stations
87.237 Scope of service.
87.239 Supplemental eligibility.
87.241 Frequencies.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart I -- Aeronautical Enroute and Aeronautical Fixed
Stations
87.261 Scope of service.
87.263 Frequencies.
87.265 Administrative communications.
87.275 Scope of service.
87.277 Supplemental eligibility.
87.279 Frequencies.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart J -- Flight Test Stations
87.299 Scope of service.
87.301 Supplemental eligibility.
87.303 Frequencies.
87.305 Frequency coordination.
87.307 Cooperative use of facilities.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart K -- Aviation Support Stations
87.319 Scope of service.
87.321 Supplemental eligibility.
87.323 Frequencies.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart L -- Aeronautical Utility Mobile Stations
87.345 Scope of service.
87.347 Supplemental eligibility.
87.349 Frequencies.
87.351 Frequency change.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart M -- Aeronautical Search and Rescue Stations
87.371 Scope of service.
87.373 Supplemental eligibility.
87.375 Frequencies.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart N -- Emergency Communications
87.393 Scope of service.
87.395 Plan for the Security Control of Air Traffic Navigation Aids
(Short Title: SCATANA).
87.397 Emergency operations.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart O -- Airport Control Tower Stations
87.417 Scope of service.
87.419 Supplemental eligibility.
87.421 Frequencies.
87.423 Hours of operation.
87.425 Interference.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart P -- Operational Fixed Stations
87.445 Scope of service.
87.447 Supplemental eligibility.
87.449 Frequencies.
87.451 Licensing limitations.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart Q -- Stations in the Radiodetermination Service
87.471 Scope of service.
87.473 Supplemental eligibility.
87.475 Frequencies.
87.477 Condition of grant for radionavigation land stations.
87.479 Harmful interference to radionavigation land stations.
87.481 Unattended operation of domestic radiobeacon stations.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart R -- Civil Air Patrol Stations
87.501 Scope of service.
87.503 Supplemental eligibility.
87.505 Frequencies.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart S -- Automatic Weather Observation Stations
87.525 Scope of service.
87.527 Supplemental eligibility.
87.529 Frequencies.
Authority: 48 Stat. 1066, 1082, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 154, 303,
unless otherwise noted. Interpret or apply 48 Stat. 1064-1068,
1081-1105, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 151-156, 301-609.
Source: 53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 80.1201 Subpart A -- General Information
47 CFR 87.1 Basis and purpose.
This section contains the statutory basis and provides the purpose
for which this part is issued.
(a) Basis. The rules for the aviation services in this part are
promulgated under the provisions of the Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, which vests authority in the Federal Communications Commission
(Commission) to regulate radio transmission and to issue licenses for
radio stations. These rules conform with applicable statutes and
international treaties, agreements and recommendations to which the
United States is a party. The most significant of these documents are
listed with the short title appearing in parentheses:
(1) Communications Act of 1934, as amended -- (Communications Act).
(2) International Telecommunication Union Radio Regulations, in force
for the United States -- (Radio Regulations).
(3) The Convention on International Civil Aviation -- (ICAO
Convention).
(b) Purpose. This part states the conditions under which radio
stations may be licensed and used in the aviation services. These rules
do not govern U.S. Government radio stations.
47 CFR 87.3 Other applicable rule parts.
Other applicable CFR title 47 parts include:
(a) Part 0 contains the Commission's organizations and delegations of
authority. Part 0 also lists Commission publications, standards and
procedures for access to Commission records and location of Commission
monitoring stations.
(b) Part 1 contains rules of practice and procedure for license
applications, adjudicatory proceedings, rule making proceedings,
procedures for reconsideration and review of the Commission's actions,
provisions concerning violation notices and forfeiture proceedings, and
the requirements for environmetal impact statements.
(c) Part 2 contains the Table of Frequency Allocations and special
requirements in international regulations, recommendations, agreements,
and treaties. This part also contains standards and procedures
concerning marketing of radio frequency devices, and for obtaining
equipment authorization.
(d) Part 13 contains information and rules for the licensing of
commercial radio operators.
(e) Part 17 contains requirements for construction, marking and
lighting of antenna towers.
(f) Part 80 contains rules for the maritime services. Certain
maritime frequencies are available for use by aircraft stations for
distress and safety, public correspondence and operational
communications.
47 CFR 87.5 Definitions.
Aeronautical advisory station (unicom). An aeronautical station used
for advisory and civil defense communications primarily with private
aircraft stations.
Aeronautical enroute station. An aeronautical station which
communicates with aircraft stations in flight status or with other
aeronautical enroute stations.
Aeronautical fixed service. A radiocommunication service between
specified fixed points provided primarily for the safety of air
navigation and for the regular, efficient and economical operation of
air transport. A station in this service is an aeronautical fixed
station.
Aeronautical Mobile Off-Route (OR) Service. An aeronautical mobile
service intended for communications, including those relating to flight
coordination, primarily outside national or international civil air
routes.(RR)
Aeronautical Mobile Route (R) Service. An aeronautical mobile
service reserved for communications relating to safety and regularity of
flight, primarily along national or international civil air routes.(RR)
Aeronautical Mobile-Satellite Off-Route (OR) Service. An
aeronautical mobile-satellite service intended for communications,
including those relating to flight coordination, primarily outside
national and international civil air routes.(RR)
Aeronautical Mobile-Satellite Route (R) Service. An aeronautical
mobile-satellite service reserved for communications relating to safety
and regularity of flights, primarily along national or international
civil air routes.(RR)
Aeronautical mobile service. A mobile service between aeronautical
stations and aircraft stations, or between aircraft stations, in which
survival craft stations may also participate; emergency
position-indicating radiobeacon stations may also participate in this
service on designated distress and emergency frequencies.
Aeronautical multicom station. An aeronautical station used to
provide communications to conduct the activities being performed by, or
directed from, private aircraft.
Aeronautical radionavigation service. A radionavigation service
intended for the benefit and for the safe operation of aircraft.
Aeronautical search and rescue station. An aeronautical station for
communication with aircraft and other aeronautical search and rescue
stations pertaining to search and rescue activities with aircraft.
Aeronautical station. A land station in the aeronautical mobile
service. In certain instances an aeronautical station may be located,
for example, on board ship or on a platform at sea.
Aeronautical utility mobile station. A mobile station used on
airports for communications relating to vehicular ground traffic.
Air carrier aircraft station. A mobile station on board an aircraft
which is engaged in, or essential to, the transportation of passengers
or cargo for hire.
Aircraft station. A mobile station in the aeronautical mobile
service other than a survival craft station, located on board an
aircraft.
Airport. An area of land or water that is used or intended to be used
for the landing and takeoff of aircraft, and includes its buildings and
facilities, if any.
Airport control tower (control tower) station. An aeronautical
station providing communication between a control tower and aircraft.
Automatic weather observation station. A land station located at an
airport and used to automatically transmit weather information to
aircraft.
Aviation service organization. Any business firm which maintains
facilities at an airport for the purposes of one or more of the
following general aviation activities: (a) Aircraft fueling; (b)
aircraft services (e.g. parking, storage, tie-downs); (c) aircraft
maintenance or sales; (d) electronics equipment maintenance or sales;
(e) aircraft rental, air taxi service or flight instructions; and (f)
baggage and cargo handling, and other passenger or freight services.
Aviation services. Radio-communication services for the operation of
aircraft. These services include aeronautical fixed service,
aeronautical mobile service, aeronautical radiodetermination service,
and secondarily, the handling of public correspondence on frequencies in
the maritime mobile and maritime mobile satellite services to and from
aircraft.
Aviation support station. An aeronautical station used to coordinate
aviation services with aircraft and to communicate with aircraft engaged
in unique or specialized activities. (See Subpart K)
Civil Air Patrol station. A station used exclusively for
communications of the Civil Air Patrol.
Emergency locator transmitter (ELT). A transmitter of an aircraft or
a survival craft actuated manually or automatically that is used as an
alerting and locating aid for survival purposes.
Emergency locator transmitter (ELT) test station. A land station
used for testing ELTs or for training in the use of ELTs.
Expendable Launch Vehicle (ELV). A booster rocket that can be used
only once to launch a payload, such as a missile or space vehicle.
Flight test aircraft station. An aircraft station used in the
testing of aircraft or their major components.
Flight test land station. An aeronautical station used in the
testing of aircraft or their major components.
Glide path station. A radionavigation land station which provides
vertical guidance to aircraft during approach to landing.
Instrument landing system (ILS). A radionavigation system which
provides aircraft with horizontal and vertical guidance just before and
during landing and, at certain fixed points, indicates the distance to
the reference point of landing.
Instrument landing system glide path. A system of vertical guidance
embodied in the instrument landing system which indicates the vertical
deviation of the aircraft from its optimum path of descent.
Instrument landing system localizer. A system of horizontal guidance
embodied in the instrument landing system which indicates the horizontal
deviation of the aircraft from its optimum path of descent along the
axis of the runway or along some other path when used as an offset.
Land station. A station in the mobile service not intended to be
used while in motion.
Localizer station. A radionavigation land station which provides
horizontal guidance to aircraft with respect to a runway center line.
Marker beacon station. A radionavigation land station in the
aeronautical radionavigation service which employs a marker beacon. A
marker beacon is a transmitter which radiates vertically a distinctive
pattern for providing position information to aircraft.
Mean power (of a radio transmitter). The average power supplied to
the antenna transmission line by a transmitter during an interval of
time sufficiently long compared with the lowest frequency encountered in
the modulation taken under normal operating conditions.
Microwave landing system. An instrument landing system operating in
the microwave spectrum that provides lateral and vertical guidance to
aircraft having compatible avionics equipment.
Mobile service. A radiocommunication service between mobile and land
stations, or between mobile stations. A mobile station is intended to
be used while in motion or during halts at unspecified points.
Operational fixed station. A fixed station, not open to public
correspondence, operated by and for the sole use of persons operating
their own radiocommunication facilities in the public safety,
industrial, land transportation, marine, or aviation services.
Peak envelope power (of a radio transmitter). The average power
supplied to the antenna transmission line by a transmitter during one
radio frequency cycle at the crest of the modulation envelope taken
under normal operating conditions.
Private aircraft station. A mobile station on board an aircraft not
operated as an air carrier. A station on board an air carrier aircraft
weighing less than 12,500 pounds maximum certified takeoff gross weight
may be licensed as a private aircraft station.
Racon station. A radionavigation land station which employs a racon.
A racon (radar beacon) is a transmitter-receiver associated with a
fixed navigational mark, which when triggered by a radar, automatically
returns a distinctive signal which can appear on the display of the
triggering radar, providing range, bearing and identification
information.
Radar. A radiodetermination system based upon the comparison of
reference signals with radio signals reflected, or re-transmitted, from
the position to be determined.
Radio altimeter. Radionavigation equipment, on board an aircraft or
spacecraft, used to determine the height of the aircraft or spacecraft
above the Earth's surface or another surface.
Radiobeacon station. A station in the radionavigation service the
emissions of which are intended to enable a mobile station to determine
its bearing or direction in relation to the radiobeacon station.
Radiodetermination service. A radiocommuncation service which uses
radiodetermination. Radiodetermination is the determination of the
position, velocity and/or other characteristics of an object, or the
obtaining of information relating to these parameters, by means of the
propagation of radio waves. A station in this service is called a
radiodetermination station.
Radiolocation service. A radiodetermination service for the purpose
of radiolocation. Radiolocation is the use of radiodetermination for
purposes other than those of radionavigation.
Radionavigation land test stations. A radionavigation land station
which is used to transmit information essential to the testing and
calibration of aircraft navigational aids, receiving equipment, and
interrogators at predetermined surface locations. The Maintenance Test
Facility (MTF) is used primarily to permit maintenance testing by
aircraft radio service personnel. The Operational Test Facility (OTF)
is used primarily to permit the pilot to check a radionavigation system
aboard the aircraft prior to takeoff.
Radionavigation service. A radiodetermination service for the
purpose of radionavigation. Radionavigation is the use of
radiodetermination for the purpose of navigation, including obstruction
warning.
Re-usable launch vehicle (RLV). A booster rocket that can be
recovered after launch, refurbished and re-launched.
Surveillance radar station. A radionavigation land station in the
aeronautical radionavigation service employing radar to display the
presence of aircraft within its range.
Survival craft station. A mobile station in the maritime or
aeronautical mobile service intended solely for survival purposes and
located on any lifeboat, life raft or other survival equipment.
VHF Omni directional range station (VOR). A radionavigation land
station in the aeronautical radionavigation service providing direct
indication of the bearing (omni-bearing) of that station from an
aircraft.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11719, Mar. 22, 1989;
54 FR 49995, Dec. 4, 1989; 55 FR 4175, Feb. 7, 1990)
47 CFR 87.5 Subpart B -- Applications and Licenses
47 CFR 87.17 Scope.
This subpart contains the procedures and requirements for the filing
of applications for radio station licenses in the aviation services.
Part 1 of the Commission's rules contains the general rules of practice
and procedure applicable to proceedings before the Commission.
47 CFR 87.19 Basic eligibility.
(a) General. Foreign governments or their representatives cannot
hold station licenses.
(b) Aeronautical enroute and aeronautical fixed stations. The
following persons cannot hold an aeronautical enroute or an aeronautical
fixed station license.
(1) Any alien or the representative of any alien;
(2) Any corporation organized under the laws of any foreign
government;
(3) Any corporation of which any officer or director is an alien;
(4) Any corporation of which more than one-fifth of the capital stock
is owned of record or voted by aliens or their representatives or by a
foreign government or its representative, or by a corporation organized
under the laws of a foreign country; or
(5) Any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other
corporation of which more than one-fourth of the capital stock is owned
of record or voted by aliens, their representatives, or by a foreign
government or its representatives, or by any corporation organized under
the laws of a foreign country, if the Commission finds that the public
interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license.
47 CFR 87.21 Standard forms to be used.
(a) Applications must be submitted on prescribed forms which may be
obtained from the Commission in Washington, DC 20554 or from any of its
field offices.
(b) The following table indicates the correct standard form or other
means to be used when submitting an application:
47 CFR 87.23 Supplemental information required.
(a) To minimize harmful interference at the National Radio Astronomy
Observatory site at Green Bank, Pocahontas County, WV, and at the Naval
Radio Research Observatory site at Sugar Grove, Pendleton County, WV, an
applicant for a new station license (other than mobile, temporary base,
temporary fixed or Civil Air Patrol), or for modification of an existing
license to change the frequency, power, antenna location, height or
directivity within the area bounded by 39 15 N. on the north, 78 30 W.
on the east, 37 30 N on the south and 80 30 W on the west, must first
notify the Director, National Radio Astronomy Observatory, Attn:
Interference Office, Post Office Box No. 2, Green Bank, WV 24944, in
writing, of the geographical coordinates of the antenna, antenna height,
antenna directivity, frequency, emission and power. The application to
the Commission must show the date notification was made to the
Observatory. The Commission will allow twenty (20) days after receipt
of its copy of the notification for comments or objections. If a timely
response is received, the Commission will consider the comments or
objections.
(b) Geographical coordinates of Commission facilities which require
protection are listed in 0.121(c). Applications for stations (except
mobile stations) which will be located within 80 km (50 miles) of the
referenced coordinates are examined to determine extent of possible
interference. A clause protecting the monitoring station may be added
to the station license.
(c) Each application for a station license to operate in the vicinity
of Boulder County, CO, under this part must give due consideration,
prior to filing applications, to the need to protect the Table Mountain
Radio Receiving Zone from harmful interference. These are the Research
Laboratories of the Department of Commerce, Boulder County, CO. To
prevent degradation of the present ambient radio signal level at the
site, the Department of Commerce seeks to ensure that field strength at
40 07 50"N latitude, 105 14 40"W longitude, resulting from new
assignments (other than mobile stations) or from the modification or
relocation of the existing facilities do not exceed the following
values:
(d) Each applicant is responsible for determining whether proposals
for a new or modified station require envionmental information.
Applicants should refer to 1.1307 to identify those actions for which
environmental information must be submitted.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11719, Mar. 22, 1989)
47 CFR 87.25 Filing of applications.
Rules about the filing of applications for radio station licenses are
contained in this section.
(a) Each application must specify an address in the United States to
be used by the Commission in serving documents or directing
correspondence to the licensee. Otherwise the address contained in the
licensee's most recent notification will be used for this purpose.
Failure to answer Commission correspondence can result in revocation of
the license.
(b) An original of each application must be filed with the
Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17326, unless otherwise noted on the
application form. Applications requiring fees as set forth at part 1,
subpart G of this chapter must be filed in accordance with 0.401(b) of
the rules.
(c) One application may be submitted for the total number of aircraft
stations in the fleet (fleet license).
(d) One application for aeronautical land station license may be
submitted for the total number of stations in the fleet.
(e) One application for modification or transfer of control may be
submitted for two or more stations when the individual stations are
clearly identified and the following elements are the same for all
existing or requested station licenses involved:
(1) Applicant;
(2) Specific details of request;
(3) Rule part.
(f) One application must be submitted for each Civil Air Patrol wing.
The application must show the total number of transmitters to be
authorized. The wing need not notify the Commission each time the
number of transmitters is altered. Upon renewal, the wing must notify
the Commission of any change in the total number of transmitters.
Note: A fee schedule was implemented by the Federal Communications
Commission on April 1, 1986. A synopsis of the new fee schedule
applicable to the Aviation Services is printed here as a convenience to
the reader. Governmental entities are exempt from the fee schedule.
Aircraft stations (new, modification or renewal); no fee; submit to
address indicated on FCC Form 404 or FCC Form 405B, as appropriate.
Aviation ground stations (new or modification); $60 fee; submit FCC
Form 406 to FCC, Aviation Ground Service, P.O. Box 371632M, Pittsburgh,
PA 15251-7632.
Aviation ground stations (renewal); $60 fee; submit FCC Form 405A
to FCC, 405A Station Renewal, P.O. Box 360703M, Pittsburgh, PA
15251-6703.
47 CFR 87.27 License term.
(a) Licenses for regular stations will normally be issued for five
years.
(b) Licenses for developmental stations will be issued for a period
not to exceed one year and are subject to change or to cancellation by
the Commission at any time, upon reasonable notice but without a
hearing.
47 CFR 87.29 Partial grant of application.
Whenever the Commission, without a hearing, grants an application in
part or with any privileges, terms, or conditions other than those
requested, the action will be considered as a grant of the application
unless the applicant, within 30 days from the date on which such grant
is made, or from its effective date if a later day is specified, files
with the Commission a written protest, rejecting the grant as made.
Upon receipt of such protest, the Commission will vacate its original
action upon the application and, if necessary, set the application for
hearing.
47 CFR 87.31 Changes during license term.
The following table indicates the required action for changes made
during the license term:
47 CFR 87.33 Transfer of aircraft station license prohibited.
An aircraft station license cannot be assigned. If the aircraft
ownership is transferred, the previous license must be returned to the
Commission. The new owner must file for a new license.
47 CFR 87.35 Cancellation of license.
When a station permanently discontinues operation, the license must
be returned to the Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17326.
47 CFR 87.37 Developmental license.
This section contains rules about the licensing of developmental
operations subject to this part.
(a) Showing required. Each application for a developmental license
must be accompanied by a letter showing that:
(1) The applicant has an organized plan of development leading to a
specific objective;
(2) A point has been reached in the program where actual transmission
by radio is essential;
(3) The program has reasonable promise of substantial contribution to
the use of radio;
(4) The program will be conducted by qualified personnel;
(5) The applicant is legally qualified and possesses technical
facilities for conduct of the program as proposed;
(6) The public interest, convenience and necessity will be served by
the proposed operation.
(b) Signature and statement of understanding. The showing must be
signed by the applicant.
(c) Assignable frequencies. Developmental stations may be authorized
to use frequencies available for the service and class of station
proposed. The number of frequencies assigned will depend upon the
specific requirements of the developmental program and the number of
frequencies available.
(d) Developmental program. (1) The developmental program as
described by the applicant must be substantially followed.
(2) Where some phases of the developmental program are not covered by
the general rules of the Commission and the rules in this part, the
Commission may specify supplemental or additional requirements or
conditions as considered necessary in the public interest, convenience
or necessity.
(3) The Commission may, from time to time, require a station engaged
in developmental work to conduct special tests which are reasonable and
desirable to the authorized developmental program.
(e) Use of developmental stations. (1) Developmental stations must
conform to all applicable technical and operating requirements contained
in this part, unless a waiver is specifically provided in the station
license.
(2) Communication with any station of a country other than the United
States is prohibited unless specifically provided in the station
license.
(3) The operation of a developmental station must not cause harmful
interference to stations regularly authorized to use the frequency.
(f) Report of operation required. A report on the results of the
developmental program must be filed within 60 days of the expiration of
the license. A report must accompany a request for renewal of the
license. Matters which the applicant does not wish to disclose publicly
may be so labeled; they will be used solely for the Commission's
information. However, public disclosure is governed by 0.467 of the
Commission's rules. The report must include the following:
(1) Results of operation to date.
(2) Analysis of the results obtained.
(3) Copies of any published reports.
(4) Need for continuation of the program.
(5) Number of hours of operation on each authorized frequency during
the term of the license to the date of the report.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11719, Mar. 22, 1989)
47 CFR 87.39 Equipment acceptable for licensing.
Transmitters listed in this part must be type accepted for a
particular use by the Commission based upon technical requirements
contained in subpart D of this part.
47 CFR 87.41 Frequencies.
(a) Applicant responsibilities. The applicant must propose
frequencies to be used by the station consistent with the applicant's
eligibility, the proposed operation and the frequencies available for
assignment. Applicants must cooperate in the selection and use of
frequencies in order to minimize interference and obtain the most
effective use of stations. See subpart E and the appropriate subpart
applicable to the class of station being considered.
(b) Licensing limitations. Frequencies are available for assignment
to stations on a shared basis only and will not be assigned for the
exclusive use of any licensee. The use of any assigned frequency may be
restricted to one or more geographical areas.
(c) Government frequencies. Frequencies allocated exclusively to
federal government radio stations may be licensed. The applicant for a
government frequency must provide a satisfactory showing that such
assignment is required for inter-communication with government stations
or required for coordination with activities of the federal government.
The Commission will coordinate with the appropriate government agency
before a government frequency is assigned.
(d) Assigned frequency. The frequency coinciding with the center of
an authorized bandwidth of emission must be specified as the assigned
frequency. For single sideband emission, the carrier frequency must
also be specified.
47 CFR 87.43 Operation during emergency.
A station may be used for emergency communications in a manner other
than that specified in the station license or in the operating rules
when normal communication facilities are disrupted. The Commission may
order the discontinuance of any such emergency service.
47 CFR 87.45 Time in which station is placed in operation.
This section applies to unicom stations and radionavigation land
stations, excluding radionavigation land test stations. In those cases
in which a new or modified license is issued, if the station or
modifications authorized have not been placed in operation within eight
months from the date of the grant, the license becomes invalid and must
be returned to the Commission unless the licensee shows good cause why
notification was not made. The licensee must notify the Commission in
writing when the station is placed in operation.
47 CFR 87.47 Application for a portable aircraft station license.
A person may apply for a portable aircraft radio station license if
the need exists to operate the same station on more than one U.S.
aircraft.
47 CFR 87.47 Subpart C -- Operating Requirements and Procedures
47 CFR 87.47 Operating Requirements
47 CFR 87.69 Maintenance tests.
The licensee may make routine maintenance tests on equipment other
than emergency locator transmitters if there is no interference with the
communications of any other station. Procedures for conducting tests on
emergency locator transmitters are contained in subpart F.
47 CFR 87.71 Frequency measurements.
A licensed operator must measure the operating frequencies of all
land-based transmitters at the following times:
(a) When the transmitter is originally installed;
(b) When any change or adjustment is made in the transmitter which
may affect an operating frequency; or
(c) When an operating frequency has shifted beyond tolerance.
47 CFR 87.73 Transmitter adjustments and tests.
A general radiotelephone operator must directly supervise and be
responsible for all transmitter adjustments or tests during
installation, servicing or maintenance of a radio station. A general
radiotelephone operator must be responsible for the proper functioning
of the station equipment.
47 CFR 87.75 Maintenance of tower marking and control equipment.
Section 303(q) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
requires some antenna structures to be painted or illuminated. The
licensee of any radio station which has such an antenna structure must
operate and maintain the tower marking and associated control equipment
in accordance with Part 17 of this chapter.
47 CFR 87.77 Availability for inspections.
The licensee must make the station and its records available for
inspection upon request.
47 CFR 87.79 Answer to notice of violation.
(a) Any person who receives an official notice of violation of the
Communications Act, any legislative act, executive order, treaty to
which the U.S. is a party, terms of a station or operator license, or
the Commission's rules must send a written answer, in duplicate, to the
office which originated the notice, within 10 days of receipt. If the
licensee cannot acknowledge within the allotted period due to
unavoidable circumstances, an answer must be given at the earliest
practicable date with a satisfactory explanation of the delay.
(b) The answer to each notice must be complete in itself. The answer
must contain a full expalantion of the incident involved and must give
the action taken to prevent a recurrence of the violation. If the
notice relates to operator errors, the answer must give the name and
license number of the operator on duty.
47 CFR 87.79 Radio Operator Requirements
47 CFR 87.87 Classification of operator licenses and endorsements.
(a) Commercial radio operator licenses issued by the Commission are
classified in accordance with the Radio Regulations of the International
Telecommunication Union.
(b) The following licenses are issued by the Commission.
International classification, if different from the license name, is
given in parentheses. The licenses and their alphanumeric designator
are listed in descending order.
(1) T-1 First Class Radiotelegraph Operator's Certificate
(2) T-2 Second Class Radiotelegraph Operator's Certificate
(3) G General Radiotelephone Operator Licenes (radiotelephone
operator's general certificate)
(4) T-3 Third Class Radiotelegraph Operator's Certificate
(radiotelegraph operator's special certificate)
(5) MP Marine Radio Operator Permit (radiotelephone operator's
restricted certificate)
(6) RP Restricted Radiotelephone Operator Permit (radiotelephone
operator's restricted certificate)
47 CFR 87.89 Minimum operator requirements.
(a) A station operator must hold a commercial radio operator license
or permit, except as listed in paragraph (d).
(b) The minimum operator license or permit required for operation of
each specific classification is:
-- All frequencies except VHF telephony transmitters providing
domestic service RP
-- Frequencies below 30 MHz allocated exclusively to aeronautical
mobile services RP
-- Frequencies below 30 MHz not allocated exclusively to
aeronautical mobile services MP or higher
-- Frequencies above 30 MHz not allocated exclusively to
aeronautical mobile services and assigned for international use MP or
higher
-- Frequencies above 30 MHz not assigned for international use
none
-- Frequencies not used solely for telephone or exceeding 250
watts carrier power or 1000 watts peak envelope power G or higher
(c) The operator of a telephony station must directly supervise and
be responsible for any other person who transmits from the station, and
must ensure that such communications are in accordance with the station
license.
(d) No operator license is required to:
(1) Operate an aircraft radar set, radio altimeter, transponder or
other aircraft automatic radionavigation transmitter by flight
personnel;
(2) Test an emergency locator transmitter or a survival craft station
used solely for survival purposes;
(3) Operate an aeronautical enroute station which automatically
transmits digital communications to aircraft stations;
(4) Operate a VHF telephony transmitter providing domestic service or
used on domestic flights.
47 CFR 87.91 Operation of transmitter controls.
The holder of a marine radio operator permit or a restricted
radiotelephone operator permit must perform only transmitter operations
which are controlled by external switches. These operators must not
perform any internal adjustment of transmitter frequency determining
elements. Further, the stability of the transmitter frequencies at a
station operated by these operators must be maintained by the
transmitter itself. When using an aircraft radio station on maritime
mobile service frequencies the carrier power of the transmitter must not
exceed 250 watts (emission A3E) or 1000 watts (emission R3E, H3E, or
J3E).
47 CFR 87.91 Operating Procedures
47 CFR 87.103 Posting station license.
(a) Stations at fixed locations. The license or a photocopy must be
posted or retained in the station's permanent records.
(b) Aircraft radio stations. The license must be either posted in
the aircraft or kept with the aircraft registration certificate. If a
single authorization covers a fleet of aircraft, a copy of the license
must be either posted in each aircraft or kept with each aircraft
registration certificate.
(c) Aeronautical mobile stations. The license must be retained as a
permanent part of the station records.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11720, Mar. 22, 1989)
47 CFR 87.105 Availability of operator permit or license.
All operator permits or licenses must be readily available for
inspection.
47 CFR 87.107 Station identification.
(a) Aircraft station. Identify by one of the following means:
(1) Aircraft radio station call sign.
(2) Assigned FCC control number (assigned to ultralight aircraft).
(3) The type of aircraft followed by the characters of the
registration marking (''N'' number) of the aircraft, omitting the prefix
letter ''N''. When communication is initiated by a ground station, an
aircraft station may use the type of aircraft followed by the last three
characters of the registration marking.
(4) The FAA assigned radiotelephony designator of the aircraft
operating organization followed by the flight identification number.
(5) An aircraft identification approved by the FAA for use by
aircraft stations participating in an organized flying activity of short
duration.
(b) Land and fixed stations. Identify by means of radio station call
sign, its location, its assigned FAA identifier, the name of the city
area or airport which it serves, or any additional identification
required. An aeronautical enroute station which is part of a
multistation network may also be identified by the location of its
control point.
(c) Survival craft station. Identify by transmitting a reference to
its parent aircraft. No identification is required when distress
signals are transmitted automatically. Transmissions other than
distress or emergency signals, such as equipment testing or adjustment,
must be identified by the call sign or by the registration marking of
the parent aircraft followed by a single digit other than 0 or 1.
(d) Exempted station. The following types of stations are exempted
from the use of a call sign: Airborne weather radar, radio altimeter,
air traffic control transponder, distance measuring equipment, collision
avoidance equipment, racon, radio relay, radionavigation land test
station (MTF), and automatically controlled aeronautical enroute
stations.
47 CFR 87.109 Station logs.
A station at a fixed location in the international aeronautical
mobile service must maintain a written or automatic log in accordance
with Paragraph 3.5, Volume II, Annex 10 of the ICAO Convention.
47 CFR 87.111 Suspension or discontinuance of operation.
The licensee of any airport control tower station or radionavigation
land station must notify the nearest FAA regional office upon the
temporary suspension or permanent discontinuance of the station. The
FAA center must be notified again when service resumes.
(54 FR 11720, Mar. 22, 1989)
47 CFR 87.111 Subpart D -- Technical Requirements
47 CFR 87.131 Power and emissions.
The following table lists authorized emissions and maximum power.
Power must be determined by direct measurement.
(54 FR 11720, Mar. 22, 1989)
47 CFR 87.133 Frequency stability.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (c), (d), and (f) of this
section, the carrier frequency of each station must be maintained within
these tolerances:
(b) The power shown in paragraph (a) of this section is the peak
envelope power for single-sideband transmitters and the mean power for
all other transmitters.
(c) For single-sideband transmitters, the tolerance is:
(1) All aeronautical stations on land other than Civil Air Patrol 10
Hz
(2) All aircraft stations other than Civil Air Patrol 20 Hz
(3) Civil Air Patrol Stations 50 Hz
(d) For radar transmitters, except non-pulse signal radio altimeters,
the frequency at which maximum emission occurs must be within the
authorized frequency band and must not be closer than 1.5/T MHz to the
upper and lower limits of the authorized bandwidth, where T is the pulse
duration in microseconds.
(e) The Commission may authorize tolerances other than those
specified in this section upon a satisfactory showing of need.
(f) The carrier frequency tolerance of transmitters operating in the
1435-1535 MHz and 2310-2390 MHz bands manufactured before January 2,
1985, is 0.003 percent. The carrier frequency tolerance of transmitters
operating in the 1435-1535 MHz and 2310-2390 MHz bands manufactured
after January 1, 1985, is 0.002 percent. After January 1, 1990, the
carrier frequency tolerance of all transmitters operating in the
1435-1535 MHz and 2310-2390 MHz bands is 0.002 percent.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended by 56 FR 38084, Aug. 12, 1991)
Effective Date Note: At 54 FR 42804, Oct. 18, 1989, an order was
published waiving compliance with footnote 2 of 87.133, paragraph (a),
until January 1, 1992.
47 CFR 87.135 Bandwidth of emission.
(a) Occupied bandwidth is the width of a frequency band such that,
below the lower and above the upper frequency limits, the mean powers
emitted are each equal to 0.5 percent of the total mean power of a given
emission.
(b) The authorized bandwidth is the maximum occupied bandwidth
authorized to be used by a station.
(c) The necessary bandwidth for a given class of emission is the
width of the frequency band which is just sufficient to ensure the
transmission of information at the rate and with the quality required
under specified conditions.
47 CFR 87.137 Types of emission.
(a) The assignable emissions, corresponding emission designators and
authorized bandwidths are as follows:
(b) For other emissions, an applicant must determine the emission
designator by using part 2 of this chapter.
(c) A license to use radiotelephony includes the use of tone signals
or signaling devices whose sole function is to establish or maintain
voice communications.
(d) Emissions other than, or bandwidths in excess of, those listed in
paragraph (b) of this section, will be authorized only upon a
satisfactory showing of need. An application requesting this special
license must fully describe the emission desired and the required
bandwidth, and must state the purpose of the proposed operation.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 7333, Mar. 1, 1990;
55 FR 13535, Apr. 11, 1990; 55 FR 28627, July 12, 1990; 56 FR 11518,
Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 87.139 Emission limitations.
(a) Except for ELTs and when using single sideband (R3E, H3E, J3E),
or frequency modulation (F9) or digital modulation (F9Y) for telemetry
or telecommand in the frequency bands 1435-1535 MHz and 2310-2390 MHz,
the mean power of any emissions must be attenuated below the mean power
of the transmitters (pY) as follows:
(1) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 50 percent up to and including 100 percent of the authorized
bandwidth the attenuation must be at least 25 dB;
(2) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 100 percent up to and including 250 percent of the authorized
bandwidth the attenuation must be at least 35 dB.
(3) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth the attenuation for
aircraft station transmitters must be at least 40 dB; and the
attenuation for aeronautical station transmitters must be at least 43 +
10 log10 pY dB.
(b) For aircraft station transmitters and for aeronautical station
transmitters first installed before February 1, 1983, and using H2B,
H3E, J3E, J7B or J9W, the mean power of any emissions must be attenuated
below the mean power of the transmitter (pY) as follows:
(1) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 50 percent up to and including 150 percent of the authorized
bandwidth of 4.0 kHz, the attenuation must be at least 25 dB.
(2) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 150 percent up to and including 250 percent of the authorized
bandwidth of 4.0 kHz, the attenuation must be at least 35 dB.
(3) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth of 4.0 kHz for aircraft
station transmitters the attenuation must be at least 40 dB; and for
aeronautical station transmitters the attenuation must be at least 43 +
10 log10 pY dB.
(c) For aircraft station transmitters first installed after February
1, 1983, and for aeronautical station transmitters in use after February
1, 1983, and using H2B, H3E, J3E, J7B or J9W, the peak envelope power of
any emissions must be attenuated below the peak envelope power of the
transmitter (pX) as follows:
(1) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 50 percent up to and including 150 percent of the authorized
bandwidth of 3.0 kHz, the attenuation must be at least 30 dB.
(2) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 150 percent up to and including 250 percent of the authorized
bandwidth of 3.0 kHz, the attenuation must be at least 38 dB.
(3) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth of 3.0 kHz for aircraft
transmitters the attenuation must be at least 43 dB. For aeronautical
station transmitters with transmitter power up to and including 50 watts
the attenuation must be at least 43 + 10 log10 pX dB and with
transmitter power more than 50 watts the attenuation must be at least 60
dB.
(d) Except for telemetry in the 1435-1535 MHz band, when the
frequency is removed from the assigned frequency by more than 250
percent of the authorized bandwidth for aircraft stations above 30 MHz
and all ground stations the attenuation must be at least 43 + log10 pY
dB.
(e) When using frequency modulation or digital modulation for
telemetry or telecommand in the 1435-1535 MHz and 2310-2390 MHz
frequency bands with an authorized bandwidth equal to or less than 1 MHz
the emissions must be attenuated as follows:
(1) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
100 percent of the authorized bandwidth up to and including 100 percent
plus 0.5 MHz, the attenuation must be at least 60 dB, when measured in a
3.0 kHz bandwidth. This signal need not be attenuated more than 25 dB
below 1 milliwatt.
(2) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
100 percent of the authorized bandwidth plus 0.5 MHz, the attenuation
must be at least 55 + 10 log10 pY dB when measured in a 3.0 kHz
bandwidth.
(f) When using frequency modulation or digital modulation for
telemetry or telecommand in the 1435-1535 MHz or 2310-2390 MHz frequency
bands with an authorized bandwidth greater than 1 MHz, the emissions
must be attenuated as follows:
(1) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
50 percent of the authorized bandwidth plus 0.5 MHz up to and including
50 percent of the authorized bandwidth plus 1.0 MHz, the attenuation
must be 60 dB, when measured in a 3.0 kHz bandwidth. The signal need
not be attenuated more than 25 dB below 1 milliwatt.
(2) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
50 percent of the authorized bandwidth plus 1.0 MHz, the attenuation
must be at least 55 + 10 log10 pY dB, when measured in a 3.0 kHz
bandwidth.
(g) The requirements of paragraphs (e) and (f) of this section apply
to transmitters type accepted after January 1, 1977, and to all
transmitters first installed after January 1, 1983.
(h) For ELTs operating on 121.500 MHz and 243.000 MHz the mean power
of any emission must be attenuated below the mean power of the
transmitter (pY) as follows:
(1) When the frequency is moved from the assigned frequency by more
than 50 percent up to and including 100 percent of the authorized
bandwidth the attenuation must be at least 25 dB;
(2) When the frequency is removed from the assigned frequency my more
than 100 percent of the authorized bandwidth the attenuation must be at
least 30 dB.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 56 FR 11518, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 87.141 Modulation requirements.
(a) When A3E emission is used, the modulation percentage must not
exceed 100 percent. This requirement does not apply to emergency
locator transmitters or survival craft transmitters.
(b) A double sideband full carrier amplitude modulated radiotelephone
transmitter with rated carrier power output exceeding 10 watts must be
capable of automatically preventing modulation in excess of 100 percent.
(c) If any licensed radiotelephone transmitter causes harmful
interference to any authorized radio service because of excessive
modulation, the Commission will require the use of the transmitter to be
discontinued until it is rendered capable of automatically preventing
modulation in excess of 100 percent.
(d) Single sideband transmitters must be able to operate in the
following modes:
(e) Each frequency modulated transmitter operating in the band
72.0-76.0 MHz must have a modulation limiter.
(f) Each frequency modulated transmitter equipped with a modulation
limiter must have a low pass filter between the modulation limiter and
the modulated stage. At audio frequencies between 3 kHz and 15 kHz, the
filter must have an attenuation greater than the attenuation at 1 kHz by
at least 40 log10 (f/3) db where ''f'' is the frequency in kilohertz.
Above 15 kHz, the attenuation must be at least 28 db greater than the
attenuation at 1 kHz.
(g) Except that symmetric side bands are not required, the modulation
characteristics for ELTs must be in accordance with specifications
contained in the Federal Aviation Administration (FAA) Technical
Standard Order (TSO) Document TSO-C91a titled ''Emergency Locator
Transmitter (ELT) Equipment'' dated April 29, 1985. TSO-C91a is
incorporated by reference in accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). TSO-C91a
may be obtained from the Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation
Administration, Office of Airworthiness, 800 Independence Avenue SW.,
Washington DC 20591.
(h) ELTs must use A3X emission and may use A3E or NON emissions on an
optional basis while transmitting. Each transmission of a synthesized
or recorded voice message from an ELT must be preceded by the words
''this is a recording''; transmission of A3E or NON emission must not
exceed 90 seconds; and any transmission of A3E or NON emissions must be
followed by at least three minutes of A3X emission.
(i) ELTs manufactured on or after October 1, 1988, must have a
clearly defined carrier frequency distinct from the modulation sidebands
for the mandatory emission, A3X, and, if used, the A3E or NON emissions.
On 121.500 MHz at least thirty per cent of the total power emitted
during any transmission cycle with or without modulation must be
contained within plus or minus 30 Hz of the carrier frequency. On
243.000 MHz at least thirty percent of the total power emitted during
any transmission cycle with or without modulation must be contained
within plus or minus 60 Hz of the carrier frequency. Additionally, if
the type of emission is changed during transmission, the carrier
frequency must not shift more than plus or minus 30 Hz on 121.500 MHz
and not more than plus or minus 60Hz on 243.000 MHz. The long term
stability of the carrier frequency must comply with the requirements in
87.133 of this part.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11721, Mar. 22, 1989;
56 FR 11518, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 87.143 Transmitter control requirements.
(a) Each transmitter must be installed so that it is not accessible
to, or capable of being operated by persons other than those authorized
by the licensee.
(b) Each station must be provided with a control point at the
location of the transmitting equipment, unless otherwise specifically
authorized. Except for aeronautical enroute stations governed by
paragraph (e) of this section, a control point is the location at which
the radio operator is stationed. It is the position at which the
transmitter(s) can immediately be turned off.
(c) Applicants for additional control points at aeronautical advisory
(unicom) stations must specify the location of each proposed control
point.
(d) Except for aeronautical enroute stations governed by paragraph
(f) of this section, the control point must have the following
facilities installed:
(1) A device that indicates when the transmitter is radiating or when
the transmitter control circuits have been switched on. This
requirement does not apply to aircraft stations;
(2) Aurally monitoring of all transmissions originating at dispatch
points;
(3) A way to disconnect dispatch points from the transmitter; and
(4) A way to turn off the transmitter.
(e) A dispatch point is an operating position subordinate to the
control point. Dispatch points may be installed without authorization
from the Commission, and dispatch point operators are not required to be
licensed.
(f) In the aeronautical enroute service, the control point for an
automatically controlled enroute station is the computer facility which
controls the transmitter. Any computer controlled transmitter must be
equipped to automatically shut down after 3 minutes of continuous
transmission of an unmodulated carrier.
47 CFR 87.145 Acceptability of transmitters for licensing.
(a) The Commission publishes a list of type approved and type
accepted equipment entitled ''Radio Equipment List -- Equipment
Acceptable for Licensing.'' Copies of this list are available for
inspection at any of the Commission's offices.
(b) Each transmitter must be type accepted for use in these services,
except as listed in paragraph (d) of this section. However, aircraft
stations which transmit on maritime mobile frequencies musts use
transmitters type accepted for use in ship stations in accordance with
Part 80 of this chapter.
(c) Some radio equipment installed above air carrier aircraft must
meet requirements of the Commission and of the FAA. The FAA
requirements may be obtained from the Federal Aviation Administration,
Aircraft Maintenance Division (AFS-300), 800 Independence SW.,
Washington, DC 20591.
(d) The equipment listed below is exempted from type acceptance. The
operation of transmitters which have not been type accepted must not
result in harmful interference due to the failure of those transmitters
to comply with technical standards of this subpart.
(1) Development or Civil Air Patrol transmitters.
(2) Flight test station transmitters for limited periods where
justified.
(3) U.S. Government transmitters furnished in the performance of a
U.S. Government contract if the use of type accepted equipment would
increase the cost of the contract or if the transmitter will be
incorporated in the finished product. However, such equipment must meet
the technical standards contained in this subpart.
47 CFR 87.147 Type acceptance of equipment.
(a) Type acceptance may be requested by following the type acceptance
procedure in Part 2 of this chapter. Aircraft transmitters must meet
the requirements over an ambient temperature range of -20 degreess to
+50 degrees Celsius.
(b) ELTs manufacturered after October 1, 1988, must meet the output
power characteristics contained in paragraph 87.141(i) of this part when
tested in accordance with the Signal Enhancement Test Contained in
subpart N, part 2 of this chapter. A report of the measurements must be
submitted with each application for type acceptance. ELTs that meet the
output power characteristics of the section must have a permanent label
prominently displayed on the outer casing state, ''Meets FCC Rule for
improved satellite detection.'' This label, however, must not be placed
on the equipment without authorization to do so by the Commission.
Application for such authorization may be made either by submission of a
new application for type acceptance accompanied by the required fee and
all information and test data required by parts 2 and 87 of this chapter
or, for ELTs type accepted prior to October 1, 1988, a letter requesting
such authorization, including appropriate test data and a showing that
all units produced under the original type acceptance authorization
comply with the requirements of this paragraph without change to the
original circuitry.
(c) An applicant for a station license may request type acceptance
for an individual transmitter by following the type acceptance procedure
in Part 2 of this chapter. Such a transmitter will be individually type
accepted and so noted on the station license, but will not generally be
included in the Commission's ''Radio Equipment List -- Equipment
Acceptable for Licensing''.
(d) An applicant for type acceptance of equipment intended for
transmission in any of the frequency bands listed in paragraph (c)(3) of
this section, must notify the FAA of the filing of a type acceptance
application. The letter of notification must be mailed to: FAA,
Spectrum Engineering Division (AES-500), 800 Independence Avenue SW.,
Washington, DC 20591 no later than the date of filing of the application
with the Commission.
(1) The notification must describe the equipment, give the
manufacturer's identification, antenna characteristics, rated output
power, emission type and characteristics, the frequency or frequencies
of operation, and essential receiver characteristics if protection is
required.
(2) The type acceptance application must include a copy of the
notification letter to the FAA. The Commission will not act for 21 days
after receipt of the application to afford the FAA an opportunity to
comment. If the FAA objects to the applicatioin for equipment
authorization, it should mail its objection with a showing that the
equipment is incompatible with the National Airspace System to: Office
of Engineering and Technology -- Laurel Laboratory, Authorization And
Evaluation Division, 7435 Oakland Mills Road, Columbia, MD 21046. If
the Commission receives such an objection, the Commission will consider
the FAA showing before taking final action on the application.
(3) The frequency bands are as follows:
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11721, Mar. 22, 1989;
56 FR 11518, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 87.147 Subpart E -- Frequencies
47 CFR 87.169 Scope.
This subpart contains class of station symbols and a frequency table
which lists assignable frequencies. Frequencies in the Aviation
Services will transmit communications for the safe, expeditious, and
economic operation of aircraft and the protection of life and property
in the air. Each class of land station and Civil Air Patrol station may
communicate in accordance with the particular sections of this part
which govern these classes. Land stations in the Aviation Services in
Alaska may transmit messages concerning sickness, death, weather, ice
conditions or other matters relating to safety of life and property if
there is no other established means of communications between the points
in question and no charge is made for the communications service.
47 CFR 87.171 Class of station symbols.
The two or three letter symbols for the classes of station in the
aviation services are:
47 CFR 87.171 Symbol and class of station
AX -- Aeronautical fixed
AXO -- Aeronautical operational fixed
FA -- Aeronautical land (unspecified)
FAU -- Aeronautical advisory (unicom)
FAC -- Airport control tower
FAE -- Aeronautical enroute
FAM -- Aeronautical multicom
FAP -- Civil Air Patrol
FAR -- Aeronautical search and rescue
FAS -- Aviation support
FAT -- Flight test
FAW -- Automatic weather observation
MA -- Aircraft (Air carrier and Private)
MA1 -- Air carrier aircraft only
MA2 -- Private aircraft only
MOU -- Aeronautical utility mobile
MRT -- ELT test
RL -- Radionavigation land (unspecified)
RLA -- Marker beacon
RLB -- Radiobeacon
RLG -- Glide path
RLL -- Localizer
RLO -- VHF omni-range
RLS -- Surveillance radar
RLT -- Radionavigation land test
RLW -- Microwave landing system
47 CFR 87.173 Frequencies.
(a) The table in paragraph (b) of this section lists assignable
carrier frequencies or frequency bands.
(1) The single letter symbol appearing in the ''Subpart'' column
indicates the subpart of this part which contains additional applicable
regulations.
(2) The two or three letter symbol appearing in the ''Class of
Station'' column indicates the class of station to which the frequency
is assignable.
(b) Frequency table:
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11721, Mar. 22, 1989;
55 FR 7333, Mar. 1, 1990; 55 FR 28628, July 12, 1990; 56 FR 21083,
May 7, 1991)
47 CFR 87.173 Subpart F -- Aircraft Stations
47 CFR 87.185 Scope of service.
(a) Aircraft stations must limit their communications to the
necessities of safe, efficient, and economic operation of aircraft and
the protection of life and property in the air, except as otherwise
specifically provided in this part. Contact with an aeronautical land
station must only be attempted when the aircraft is within the serivce
area of the land station. however, aircraft stations may transmit
advisory information on air traffic control, unicom or aeronautical
multicom frequencies for the benefit and use of other stations
monitoring these frequencies in accordance with FAA recommended traffic
advisory practices.
(b) Aircraft public correspondence must make service available to all
persons without discrimination and on reasonable demand, and must
communicate without discrimination with any maritme public coast station
or maritime mobile-satellite earth station.
(c) Public correspondence service may be carried on only by aircraft
stations licensed to use maritime mobile or maritime mobile-satellite
frequencies, and must follow the rules for public correspondence in part
80.
47 CFR 87.187 Frequencies.
(a) Frequencies used for air-ground Communications are listed in
subpart E. Aircraft stations may use frequencies assigned to Government
or non-Government aeronautical stations or radionavigation land stations
if the communications are within the aeronautical or radionavigation
land station scope of service.
(b) 410 kHz is the international direction-finding frequency for use
outside the continental United States.
(c) 457 kHz is an authorized working frequency for flights over the
high seas.
(d) 500 kHz an international calling and distress frequency for
aircraft on flights over the high seas. Except for distress, urgency or
safety messages an aircraft station must not transmit on 500 kHz during
the silence periods for three minutes twice each hour beginning at x h.
15 and x h.45 Coordinated Universal Time (u.t.c.).
(e) The frequency 2182 khz is an international distress and calling
frequency for use by ship, aircraft and survival craft stations.
Aircraft stations must use J3E emission when operating on 2182 kHz and
communicating with domestic public and private coast stations. The
emission H3E may be used when communicating with foreign coast and ship
stations.
(f) The frequencies 3023 kHz, 5680 kHz, 122.900 MHz and 123.100 MHz
are authorized for use by aircraft engaged in seach and rescue
activities in accordance with Subpart M. These frequencies may be used
for air-air and air-ground communications.
(g) The frequency 4125 kHz may be used for distress and safety
communications between aircraft and ship and coast maritime mobile
stations.
(h) The frequency 8364.0 kHz is authorized for use of survival craft
for search and rescue communications with stations in the maritime
mobile service.
(i) The frequencies in the band 121.975-122.675 MHz are authorized
for use by private aircraft of air traffic control operations.
(1) The frequencies 122.00 and 122.050 MHz are authorized for use by
air carrier and private aircraft stations for enroute flight advisory
service (EFAS) provided by the FAA;
(2) The frequency 122.100 MHz is authorized for use by air carrier
aircraft stations for air traffic control operations at locations in
Alaska where other frequencies are not available for air traffic
control.
(j) The frequency 122.750 MHz is authoried for use by private fixed
wing aircraft for air-air communications. The frequency 123.025 MHz is
authorized for use by helicopters for air-air Communications.
(k) The frequencies 121.500 MHz and 243.000 MHz are emergency and
distress frequences available for use by survival craft stations,
emergency locator transmitters and equipment used for survival pruposes.
Use of 121.500 MHz and 243.00 MHz shall be limited to transmission of
signals and communications for survival purposes. Type A2A, A3E or A3N
emission may be employed, except in the case of emergency locator
transmitters where A3E, A3X and NON are permitted.
(l) The frequencies 156.300, 156.375, 156,400, 156,425, 156.450,
156.625, 156.800 156.900 and 157.425 MHz may be used by aircraft
stations to communicate with ship stations in accordance with Part 80
and the following conditions:
(1) The altitude of aircraft stations must not exceed 1000 feet,
except for reconnaissance aircraft participating in icebreaking
operations where an altitude of 1,500 feet is allowed;
(2) Aircraft station transmitter power must not exceed five watts;
(3) The frequency 156.300 MHz may be used for safety purposes only.
The frequency 156.800 MHz may be used for distress, safety and calling
purposes only.
(4) Except in the Great Lakes and along the St. Lawrence Seaway the
frequency 157.425 MHz is available for communications with commerical
fishing vessels.
(5) The frequency 156.375 MHz cannot be used in the New Orleans, LA,
VTS protection area. No harmful interference shall be caused to the
VTS.
(m) The frequency band 960-1215 MHz is for the use of airborne
electronic aids to air navigation and directly associated land stations.
(n) The frequency band 1300-1350 MHz is for surveillance radar
stations and associated airborne transponders.
(o) The frequency band 1435-1535 MHz is available for telemetering
and telecommand associated with the flight testing of aircraft,
missiles, or related major components. This includes launching into
space, reentry into the earth's atmosphere and incidental orbiting prior
to reentry. The following frequencies are shared with flight
telemetering mobile stations: 1444.5, 1453.5, 1501.5, 1515.5, 1524.5
and 1525.5 MHz. See 87.303(d)
(p) The frequency band 1559-1626.5 MHz is available for airborne
electronic aids to air navigation and any associated land station.
(q) The frequency band 4200-4400 MHz is reserved exclusively for
radio altimeters.
(r) The frequency band 5350-5470 MHz in the aeronautical
radionavigation service is limited to airborne radars and associated
airborne beacons.
(s) The frequency band 8750-8850 MHz is available for use by airborne
doppler radars in the aeronautical radionavigation service only on the
condition that they must accept any interference which may be
experienced from stations in the radiolocation service in the band
8500-10,000 MHz.
(t) The frequency band 9300-9500 MHz is limited to airborne radars
and associated airborne beacons.
(u) The frequency band 13250-13400 MHz available for airborne doppler
radar use.
(v) The frequency bands 14000-14400, 24250-25250, 31800-33400 MHz are
available for airborne radionavigation devices.
(w) Brief keyed RF signals (keying the transmitter by momentarily
depressing the microphone ''push-to-talk'' button) may be transmitted
from aircraft for the control of airport lights on the following
frequencies:
(1) Any air traffic control frequency listed in 87.421.
(2) FAA Flight Service Station frequencies 121.975-122.675 MHz.
(3) The unicom frequencies 122.700, 122.725, 122.800, 122.950,
122.975, 123.000, 123.050 and 123.075 MHz.
(4) Aviation support station frequencies listed in 87.232(b):
121.950, 123.300 and 123.500 MHz if the frequency is assigned to a
station at the airport and no harmful interference is caused to voice
communications. If no such station is located at the concerned airport,
aircraft may use one of the aviation support station frequencies for the
control of airport lights.
(5) The frequency 122.9 MHz when it is used as the common traffic
advisory frequency at the concerned airport.
(x) Frequencies for public correspondence between ships and public
coast stations in the maritime mobile service (except frequencies in the
156-174 MHz band) and coast earth stations in the maritime
mobile-satellite service are available for public correspondence between
aircraft and public coast stations and coast earth stations,
respectively. The transmission of public correspondence from aircraft
must not cause interference to maritime communications.
(y) Frequencies in the 454.675-459.975 MHz band are available in the
Public Mobile Radio Service (part 22) for use on board aircraft for
communications with land mobile stations which are interconnected to the
nationwide public telephone system.
(z) The frequencies 121.950 MHz, 122.850 MHz, and 127.050 /1/ MHz are
authorized for air-to-air use for aircraft up to and including 10,000
feet mean sea level in the vicinity of Grand Canyon National Park in
Arizona within the area bounded by the following coordinates:
36-28-00 N. Lat; 112-47-00 W. Long.
36-28-00 N. Lat; 112-48-00 W. Long.
35-50-00 N. Lat; 112-48-00 W. Long.
35-43-00 N. Lat; 112-47-00 W. Long.
(aa) The frequency 120.650 /1/ MHz is authorized for air-to-air use
for aircraft up to and including 10,000 feet mean sea level within the
area bounded by the following coordinates:
35-59-45 N. Lat; 114-51-45 W. Long.
36-09-30 N. Lat; 114-50-00 W. Long.
36-09-30 N. Lat; 114-02-55 W. Long.
35-54-45 N. Lat; 113-48-45 W. Long.
35-54-45 N. Lat; 114-41-45 W. Long.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 23214, May 31, 1989;
54 FR 49995, Dec. 4, 1989; 55 FR 7333, Mar. 1, 1990; 56 FR 11518, Mar.
19, 1991; 56 FR 18525, Apr. 23, 1991)
/1/ Until further notice this frequency is available for air-to-air
use as described in the Grand Canyon vicinity. Availability is a result
of the FAA's assignment of this frequency. If the FAA reassigns this
frequency the Commission may require air-to-air use to cease.
47 CFR 87.189 Requirements for public correspondence equipment and
operations.
(a) Transmitters used for public correspondence by aircraft stations
must be type accepted by the Commission in conformity with part 80 of
this chapter.
(b) A continuous watch must be maintained on the frequencies used for
flight safety and regularity while public correspondence communications
are being handled.
(c) All communications of stations in the aeronautical mobile service
have priority over public correspondence.
(d) Transmission of public correspondence must be suspended when such
operation will delay or interfere with message pertaining to safety of
life and property or regularity of flight, or when ordered by the
captain of the aircraft.
47 CFR 87.191 Foreign aircraft stations.
(a) Aircraft of member States of the International Civil Aviation
Organization may carry and operate radio transmitters in the United
States airspace only if a license has been issued by the State in which
the aircraft is registered and the flight crew is provided with a radio
operator license of the proper class, issued or recognized by the State
in which the aircraft is registered. The use of radio transmitters in
the United States airspace must comply with these rules and regulations.
(b) Notwithstanding paragraph (a) of this section where an agreement
with a foreign government has been entered into with respect to aircraft
registered in the United States but operated by an aircraft operator who
is subject to regulation by that foreign government, the aircraft radio
station license and aircraft radio operator license may be issued by
such foreign government.
47 CFR 87.191 Emergency Locator Transmitters
47 CFR 87.193 Scope of service.
Transmissions by emergency locator transmitters (ELTs) are intended
to be actuated manually or automatically and operated automatically as
part of an aircraft or a survival craft station as a locating aid for
survival purposes.
47 CFR 87.195 Frequencies.
(a) ELTs transmit on the frequency 121.500 MHz, using A3E, A3X or NON
emission.
(b) The frequency 243.000 MHz is an emergency and distress frequency
available for use by survival craft stations, ELTs and equipment used
for survival purposes which are also equipped to transmit on the
frequency 121.500 MHz. Use of 243.000 MHz must be limited to
transmission of signals and communications for survival purposes. In
the case of ELTs use of A3E, A3X or NON emission is permitted.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 56 FR 11518, Mar. 19, 1991)
47 CFR 87.197 ELT test procedures.
ELT testing must avoid outside radiation. Bench and ground tests
conducted outside of an RF-shielded enclosure must be conducted with the
ELT terminated into a dummy load.
47 CFR 87.197 Subpart G -- Aeronautical Advisory Stations (Unicoms)
47 CFR 87.213 Scope of service.
(a) An aeronautical advisory station (unicom) must provide service to
any aircraft station upon request and without discrimination. A unicom
must provide impartial information concerning available ground services.
(b)(1) Unicom transmissions must be limited to the necessities of
safe and expeditious operation of aircraft such as condition of runways,
types of fuel available, wind conditions, weather information,
dispatching, or other necessary information. At any airport at which a
control tower, control tower remote communications outlet station (RCO)
or FAA flight service station is located, unicoms must not transmit
information pertaining to the conditions of runways, wind conditions, or
weather information during the hours of operation of the control tower,
RCO or FAA service station.
(2) On a secondary basis, unicoms may transmit communications which
pertain to the efficient portal-to-portal transit of an aircraft, such
as requests for ground transportation, food or lodging.
(3) Communications between unicoms and air carrier must be limited to
the necessities of safety of life and property.
(4) Unicoms may communicate with aeronautical utility stations and
ground vehicles concerning runway conditions and safety hazards on the
airport when neither a control tower nor FAA flight service station is
in operation.
(c) Unicoms must not be used for air traffic control (ATC) purposes
other than to relay ATC information between the pilot and air traffic
controller. Relaying of ATC information is limited to the following:
(1) Revisions of proposed departure time;
(2) Takeoff, arrival or flight plan cancellation time;
(3) ATC clearances, provided a letter of agreement is obtained from
the FAA by the licensee of the unicom.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 30464, July 26, 1990)
47 CFR 87.215 Supplemental eligibility.
(a) A unicom and any associated dispatch or control points must be
located on the airport to be served.
(b) Only one unicom will be authorized to operate at an airport which
does not have a control tower, RCO or FAA flight service station. At an
airport which has a part-time or full-time control tower, RCO or FAA
flight service station, the one unicom limitation does not apply and the
airport operator and all aviation services organizations may be licensed
to operate a unicom on the assigned frequency.
(c) At an airport where only one unicom may be licensed, when the
Commission believes that the unicom has been abandoned or has ceased
operation, another unicom may be licensed on an interim basis pending
final determination of the status of the original unicom. An applicant
for an interim license must notify the present licensee and must comply
with the notice requirements of paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) An applicant for a unicom license, renewal or modification of
frequency assignment at an airport which does not have a control tower,
RCO or FAA flight service station must notify in writing the owner of
the airport and all aviation service organizations located at the
airport. The notice must include the applicant's name and address, the
name of the airport and a statement that the applicant intends to file
an application with the Commission for a unicom. The notice must be
given within the ten days preceding the filing of the application with
the Commission. Each applicant must submit a statement that either
notice has been given and include the date of notification, or notice is
not required because the applicant owns the airport and there are no
organizations that should be notified.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 30464, July 26, 1990)
47 CFR 87.217 Frequencies.
(a) Only one unicom frequency will be assigned at any one airport.
The Commission will assign a frequency based on maximum geographic
co-channel separation. However, applicants may request a particular
frequency which will be taken into consideration when the assignment is
made. The frequencies assignable to unicoms are:
(1) 122.950 MHz at airports which have a full-time control tower,
full-time RCO or full time FAA flight service station.
(2) 122.700, 122.725, 122.800, 122.975, 123.000, 123.050 or 123.075
MHz at all other airports.
(b) 121.500 MHz: emergency and distress only.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 30464, July 26, 1990)
47 CFR 87.217 Subpart H -- Aeronautical Multicom Stations
47 CFR 87.237 Scope of service.
(a) The communications of an aeronautical multicom station (multicom)
must pertain to activities of a temporary, seasonal or emergency nature
involving aircraft in flight. Communications are limited to directing
or coordinating ground activities from the air or aerial activities from
the ground. Air-to-air communications will be authorized if the
communications are directly connected with the air-to-ground or
ground-to-air activities described above. Multicom communications must
not include those air/ground communications provided for elsewhere in
this part.
(b) If there is not unicom and an applicant is unable to meet the
requirements for a unicom license, the applicant will be eligible for a
multicom license.
(1) The multicom license becomes invalid when a unicom is established
at the landing area.
(2) Multicoms must not be used for ATC purposes other than the relay
of ATC information between the pilot and air traffic controller.
Relaying of ATC information is limited to the following:
(i) Revisions of proposed departure time;
(ii) Takeoff, arrival flight plan cancellation time;
(iii) ATC clearances, provided a letter of agreement is obtained from
the FAA by the licensee of the multicom.
(3) Communications by a multicom must be limited to the safe and
expeditious operation of private aircraft, pertaining to the conditions
of runways, types of fuel available, wind conditions, weather
information, dispatching or other information. On a secondary basis,
multicoms may transmit communictions which pertain to efficient
portal-to-portal transit of an aircraft such as requests for ground
transportation, food or lodging.
47 CFR 87.239 Supplemental eligibility.
An application for a multicom must include a showing demonstrating
why such a station is necessary, based on the scope of service defined
above.
47 CFR 87.241 Frequencies.
(a) 121.500 MHz: emergency and distress only;
(b) 122.850 or 122.900 MHz;
(c) 122.925 MHz: available for assignment to communicate with
aircraft when coordinating foresty management and fire suppression, fish
and game management and protection, and environmental monitoring and
protection.
47 CFR 87.241 Subpart I -- Aeronautical Enroute and Aeronautical Fixed Stations
47 CFR 87.241 Aeronautical Enroute Stations
47 CFR 87.261 Scope of service.
(a) Aeronautical enroute stations provide operational control
communications to aircraft along domestic or international air routes.
Operational control communications include the safe, efficient and
economical operation of aircraft, such as fuel, weather, position
reports, aircraft performance, and essential services and supplies.
Public correspondence is prohibited.
(b) Service must be provided to any aircraft station licensee who
makes cooperative arrangements for the operation, maintenance and
liability of the stations which are to furnish enroute service. In
emergency or distress situations service must be provided without prior
arrangements.
(c) Except in Alaska, only one aeronautical enroute station licensee
will be authorized at any one location. In Alaska, only one
aeronautical enroute station licensee in the domestic service and one
aeronautical enroute station licensee in the international service will
be authorized at any one location. (Because enroute stations may
provide service over a large area containing a number of air routes or
only provide communications in the local area of an airport, location
here means the area which can be adequately served by the particular
station.)
(d) In Alaska, only stations which serve scheduled air carriers will
be licensed to operate aeronautical enroute stations. Applicants must
show that the station will provide communications only along routes
served by scheduled air carriers.
47 CFR 87.263 Frequencies.
(a) Domestic VHF service. (1) The frequencies in the 128.825-132.000
MHz band and the frequencies 136.500 MHz, 136.525 MHz, 136.550 MHz,
136.575 MHz, 136.625 MHz, 136.600 MHz, 136.625 MHz, 136.650 MHz, 136.675
MHz, 136.700 MHz and 136.725 MHz are available to serve domestic routes.
The frequencies 136.900 MHz, 136.925 MHz, 136.950 MHz and 136.975 MHz
are available to serve domestic and international routes. The
frequencies 136.750 MHz, 136.775 MHz, 136.800 MHz, 136.825 MHz, 136.850
MHz and 136.875 MHz are also available to enroute stations located at
least 288 kilometers (180 miles) from the Gulf of Mexico shoreline
(outside the Gulf of Mexico Region). Frequency assignments are based on
25 kHz spacing. Use of these frequencies must be compatible with
existing operations and must be in accordance with pertinent
international treaties and agreements.
(2) A system or network of interconnected enroute stations may employ
offset carrier techniques on the frequencies listed in paragraph (a)(1).
The carrier frequencies of the individual transmitters must not be
offset by more than 8kHz.
(3) The frequencies 122.825 and 122.875 MHz are available for
assignment to enroute stations which provide local area service to
aircraft approaching or departing a particular airport. These
frequencies will be assigned without regard to the restrictions
contained in 87.261 (c) and (d). Only organizations operating aircraft
with a maximum capacity of 56 passengers or 18,000 pounds cargo will be
authorized use of these enroute frequencies.
(4) In Alaska, the frequencies 131.500, 131.600, 131.800 and 131.900
MHz may be assigned to aeronautical enroute stations without regard to
the restrictions contained in 87.261 (c) and (d).
(5) The frequencies 136.750 MHz, 136.775 MHz, 136.800 MHz, 136.825
MHz, 136.850 MHz and 136.875 MHz are available in the Gulf of Mexico
Region to serve domestic routes over the Gulf of Mexico and adjacent
coastal areas. Assignment of these six frequencies is reserved until
January 1, 1994, for helicopter flight following systems. Applicants
must provide a showing of need for all frequencies requested.
Assignment of these six frequencies in the Gulf of Mexico Region is not
subject to the conditions contained in 87.261(c) and paragraph (a)(2)
of this section. Frequency assignments are based on 25 kHz spacing.
Use of these frequencies must be compatible with existing operations and
must be in accordance with pertinent international treaties and
agreements. For the purpose of this paragraph, the Gulf of Mexico
Region is defined as an area bounded on the east, north and west by a
line 288 km (180 miles) inland from the Gulf of Mexico shoreline.
Inland stations using these frequencies must be located within
forty-eight kilometers (30 miles) of the Gulf of Mexico shoreline.
(b) Domestic HF service. (1) Regular use of high frequencies for
aeronautical enroute or any aeronautical mobile (R) communications in
the domestic service within the continental United States (excluding
Alaska) will not be authorized.
(2) These frequencies (carrier) are available for assignment to serve
aircraft operating in support of offshore drilling operations in open
sea areas beyond the range of VHF propagation:
(3) Alaska: The following frequencies (carrier) are available for
assignment to serve domestic air routes in the Alaska area:
(i) Throughout Alaska: Shared with the FAA and assigned where an
applicant shows the need for a service not provided by the FAA.
(ii) Alaska Aleutian chain and feeders.
(iii) Central and Southeast Alaska and feeders.
(iv) The following frequencies (carrier) are available to enroute
stations in Alaska without regard to the restrictions contained in
87.261 (c) or (d). These frequencies may also be used for
communications between enroute stations concerning matters directly
affecting aircraft with which they are engaged. Enroute stations
located at an uncontrolled airport shall not transmit information
concerning runway, wind or weather conditions during the operating hours
of a unicom.
(c) International VHF service. Frequencies in the 128.825-132.000
and 136.000-137.000 MHz bands are available to enroute stations serving
international flight operations. Frequency assignments are based on 25
kHz channel spacing. Proposed operations must be compatible with
existing operations in the band.
(d) International HF service. High frequencies (carrier) available
to enroute stations serving international flight operations on the Major
World Air Route Areas (MWARA's), as defined in the international Radio
Regulations and the ICAO Assignment Plan, are:
(1) Central East Pacific (CEP):
(2) Central West Pacific (CWP):
(3) North Pacific (NP):
(4) South Pacific (SP):
(5) North Atlantic (NAT):
(6) Europe (EUR):
(7) South America (SAM):
(8) South Atlantic (SAT):
(9) Southeast Asia (SEA):
(10) East Asia (EA):
(11) Middle East (MID):
(12) Africa (AFI):
(13) Indian Ocean (INO):
(14) North Central Asia (NCA):
(15) Caribbean (CAR):
(e) Long distance operational control. Long distance operational
control frequencies provide communications between aeronautical enroute
stations and aircraft stations anywhere in the world for control of the
regularity and efficiency of flight and safety of aircraft. World-wide
frequencies are not assigned by administrations for MWARA and Regional
and Domestic Air Route Area (RDARA).
(f) 121.500 MHz: Emergency and distress only.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11721, Mar. 22, 1989;
55 FR 28628, July 12, 1990; 56 FR 21084, May 7, 1991)
47 CFR 87.265 Administrative communications.
Domestic VHF aeronautical enroute stations authorized to use A9W
emission on any frequency listed in 87.263(a)(1) or 87.263(a)(3) may
transmit digital administrative communications on a secondary basis, in
addition to the operational and control communications routinely
permitted under 87.261(a) above. Such secondary administrative
communications must directly relate to the business of a participating
aircraft operator in providing travel and transportation services to the
flying public or to the travel, transportation or scheduling activities
of the aircraft operator itself. Stations transmitting administrative
communications must provide absolute priority for operational control
and other safety communications by means of an automatic priority
control system.
(54 FR 11721, Mar. 22, 1989)
47 CFR 87.265 Aeronautical Fixed Stations
47 CFR 87.275 Scope of service.
Aeronautical fixed stations provide non-public point-to-point
communications service pertaining to safety, regularity and economy of
flight. These stations must transmit, without discrimination, messages
from aircraft which have entered into cooperative arrangements governing
the operation and maintenance of such stations. Aeronautical fixed
station licensees are required to transmit, without charge or
discrimination, all emergency communications.
47 CFR 87.277 Supplemental eligibility.
Aeronautical fixed station licenses will only be issued to the
licensees of associated aeronautical enroute stations. Aeronautical
fixed station licenses will not be issued where adequate land line
facilities are available.
47 CFR 87.279 Frequencies.
(a) United States (except Alaska). The applicant must request
specific frequencies in accordance with 2.106 of this chapter. The
Commission will determine the suitability of the applicant's selection
based on the probability of interference to and from existing services
assigned on the same or adjacent frequencies. All new assignments of
frequencies will be subject to such conditions as may be required to
minimize the possibility of harmful interference to existing services.
(b) Alaska. (1) Only stations which serve scheduled air carriers
will be licensed. Applicants must show that the station will provide
communications only along routes served by the scheduled operations of
such carriers.
(2) The following frequencies are available in Alaska. These
frequencies will only be licensed in conjunction with licenses for use
of the aeronautical enroute frequencies specified in 87.263(c).
(c) Gulf of Mexico. In addition to the provisions of paragraph (a)
of this section, the frequencies 4550.0 and 5036.0 kHz are available in
the Gulf of Mexico.
47 CFR 87.279 Subpart J -- Flight Test Stations
47 CFR 87.299 Scope of service.
The use of flight test stations is restricted to the transmission of
necessary information or instructions relating directly to tests of
aircraft or components thereof.
47 CFR 87.301 Supplemental eligibility.
(a) The following entities are eligible for flight test station
licenses:
(1) Manufacturers of aircraft or major aircraft components;
(2) A parent corporation or its subsidiary if either corporation is a
manufacturer of aircraft or major aircraft components; or
(3) Educational institutions and persons primarily engaged in the
design, development, modification, and flight test evaluation of
aircraft or major aircraft components.
(b) Each application must be accompanied by a statement containing
facts sufficient to establish the applicant's eligibility under the
criteria in paragraph (a) of this section.
47 CFR 87.303 Frequencies.
(a) These frequencies are available for assignment to flight test
land and aircraft stations:
(b) These additional frequencies are available for assignment only to
flight test stations of aircraft manufacturers:
(c) These frequencies are available for equipment test, emergency and
backup use with aircraft beyond the range of VHF propagation. Either
H2B, J3E, J7B or J9W emission may be used.
Frequencies (carrier) available kHz:
(d)(1) Frequencies in the bands 1435-1535 and 2310-2390 MHz are
assigned primarily for telemetry and telecommand operations associated
with the flight testing of manned or unmanned aircraft and missiles, or
their major components. Permissible uses include telemetery and
telecommand transmissions associated with the launching and reentry into
the earth's atmosphere as well as any incidental orbiting prior to
reentry of manned or unmanned objects undergoing flight tests. In the
1435-1535 MHz band, the following frequencies are shared with flight
telemetering mobile stations: 1444.5, 1453.5, 1501.5, 1515.5, 1524.5
and 1525.5 MHz. In the 2310-2390 MHz band, the following frequencies may
be assigned on a co-equal basis for telemetering and associated
telecommand operations in fully operational of expendable and re-usable
launch vehicles whether or not such operations involve flight testing:
2312.5, 2332.5, 2352.5, 2364.5, 2370.5 and 2382.5 MHz. In the 2310-2390
MHz band, all other telemetry and telecommand uses are secondary. The
Maritime Mobile-Satellite Service will be the only service in the
1530-1535 MHz band after January 1, 1990.
(2) The authorized bandwidths for stations operating in the bands
1435.000-1535.000 and 2310.000-2390.000 MHz are normally 1, 3 or 5 MHz.
Applications for greater bandwidths will be considered in accordance
with the provisions of 87.135. Each assignment will be centered on a
frequency between 1435.500 and 1534.500 and 2310.500 and 2389.500 MHz,
with 1 MHz channel spacing.
(e) 121.500 MHz: Emergency and distress only.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 4175, Feb. 7, 1990)
47 CFR 87.305 Frequency coordination.
(a)(1) Each application for a new station license, renewal or
modification of an existing license concerning flight test frequencies,
except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, must be accompanied
by a statement from a frequency advisory committee. The committee must
comment on the frequencies requested or the proposed changes in the
authorized station and the probable interference to existing stations.
The committee must consider all stations operating on the frequencies
requested or assigned within 200 miles of the proposed area of operation
and all prior coordinations and assignments on the proposed
frequency(ies). The committee must also recommend frequencies resulting
in the minimum interference. The Committee must coordinate in writing
all requests for frequencies or proposed operating changes in the
1435-1535 MHz and 2310-2390 MHz bands with the responsible Government
Area Frequency Coordinators listed in the NTIA ''Manual of Regulations
and Procedures for Federal Radio Frequency Management.'' In addition,
committee recommendations may include comments on other technical
factors and may contain recommended restrictions which it believes
should appear on the license.
(2) The frequency advisory committee must be organized to represent
all persons who are eligible for non-Government radio flight test
stations. A statement of organization service area and composition of
the committee must be submitted to the Commission for approval. The
functions of any advisory committee are purely advisory to the applicant
and the Commission, and its recommendations are not binding upon either
the applicant or the Commission.
(b) These applications need not be accompanied by evidence of
frequency coordination:
(1) Any application for modification not involving change in
frequency(ies), power, emission, antenna height, antenna location or
area of operation.
(2) Any application for 121.5 MHz.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11721, Mar. 22, 1989)
47 CFR 87.307 Cooperative use of facilities.
(a) The Commission will license only one flight test land station per
airport, except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section.
(b) Flight test land stations located at an airport are required to
provide service without discrimination, on a cooperative maintenance
basis, to anyone eligible for a flight test station license.
(c) When the licensee of a flight test land station intends to
conduct flight tests at an area served by another flight test land
station, which may result in interference, the licensees must coordinate
their schedules in advance. If no agreement is reached, the Commission
will determine the time division upon request by either licensee.
(d) An application for an additional flight test land station at an
airport where such a station is already authorized must be accompanied
by a factual showing which must include the following:
(1) Reasons why shared use of the currently licensed flight test land
station is not possible; and
(2) Results of coordination with the current licensee of the flight
test station at the airport demonstrating that an additional station can
be accommodated without significant degradation of the reliability of
existing facilities.
47 CFR 87.307 Subpart K -- Aviation Support Stations
47 CFR 87.319 Scope of service.
Aviation support stations are used for the following types of
operations:
(a) Pilot training;
(b) Coordination of soaring activities between gliders, tow aircraft
and land stations;
(c) Coordination of activities between free balloons or
lighter-than-air aircraft and ground stations;
(d) Coordination between aircraft and aviation service organizations
located on an airport concerning the safe and efficient portal-to-portal
transit of the aircraft, such as the types of fuel and ground services
available; and
(e) Promotion of safety of life and property.
47 CFR 87.321 Supplemental eligibility.
Each application must be accompanied by a statement that the
applicant is either the operator of a flying school or lighter-than-air
aircraft, engaged in soaring or free ballooning activities, or the
operator of an airport or an aviation service organization located on an
airport.
47 CFR 87.323 Frequencies.
(a) 121.500 MHz: Emergency and distress only.
(b) The frequencies 121.950, 123.300 and 123.500 MHz are available
for assignment to aviation support stations used for pilot training,
coordination of lighter-than-air aircraft operations, or coordination of
soaring or free ballooning activities. Applicants for 121.950 MHz must
coordinate their proposal with the appropriate FAA Regional Spectrum
Management Office. A coordination statement must accompany the
application. Applicants for aviation support land stations may request
frequency(ies) based upon their eligibility although the Commission
reserves the right to specify the frequency of assignment. Aviation
support mobile stations will be assigned 123.300 and 123.500 MHz.
However, aviation support mobile stations must operate only on a
noninterference basis to communications between aircraft and aviation
support land stations.
(c) The frequency 122.775 MHz and, secondary to aeronautical multicom
stations, the frequency 122.850 MHz are available for assignment to
aviation support stations. These frequencies may be used for
communications between aviation service organizations and aircraft in
the airport area. These frequencies must not be used for air traffic
control purposes or to transmit information pertaining to runway, wind
or weather conditions.
(d) The frequency 3281.0 kHz is available for assignment to aviation
support stations used for coordination of lighter-than-air aircraft
operations.
47 CFR 87.323 Subpart L -- Aeronautical Utility Mobile Stations
47 CFR 87.345 Scope of service.
Aeronautical utility mobile stations provide communications for
vehicles operating on an airport movement area. An airport movement
area is defined as the runways, taxiways and other areas utilized for
taxiing, takeoff and landing of aircraft, exclusive of loading ramp and
parking areas.
(a) An aeronautical utility mobile station must monitor its assigned
frequency during periods of operation.
(b) At an airport which has a control tower, control tower remote
communications outlet station (RCO) or FAA flight service station in
operation, communications by an aeronautical utility mobile station are
limited to the management of ground vehicular traffic.
(c) Aeronautical utility mobile stations which operate on the
airport's unicom frequency or the frequency 122.900 MHz are authorized
only to transmit information relating to safety, such as runway
conditions and hazards on the airport. These stations are authorized
primarily for monitoring communications from and to aircraft approaching
or departing the airport.
(d) Transmissions by an aeronautical utility mobile station are
subject to the control of the control tower, the FAA flight service
station or the unicom, as appropriate. When requested by the control
tower, the flight service station or the unicom, an aeronautical utility
station must discontinue transmitting immediately.
(e) Communications between aeronautical utility mobile stations are
not authorized.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 7333, Mar. 1, 1990;
55 FR 30464, July 26, 1990)
47 CFR 87.347 Supplemental eligibility.
(a) Aeronautical utility stations may transmit on unicom frequencies
only at airports which have a unicom and a part-time or no control
tower, an RCO or an FAA flight service station.
(b) An applicant for an aeronautical utility station operating on a
unicom frequency or the frequency 122.900 MHz must:
(1) Demonstrate a need to routinely operate a ground vehicle on the
airport movement area;
(2) Identify the vehicle(s) in which the station is to be located;
and
(3) Either attach a statement showing that the applicant is the
airport owner or operator, or a state or local governmental aeronautical
agency; or attach a statement from the airport owner or operator
granting permission to operate the vehicle on the airport movement area.
(c) An applicant for an aeronautical utility station requesting
authority to transmit on the local control (tower) frequency or on the
control tower remote communications outlet (RCO) frequency must attach a
copy of a memorandum of agreement between the applicant and the Air
Traffic Manager of the airport control tower that approves the requested
use of the tower or RCO frequency.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 30464, July 26, 1990;
55 FR 30908, July 30, 1990)
47 CFR 87.349 Frequencies.
(a) The frequency assigned to an aeronautical utility station at an
airport served by a control tower, RCO or FAA flight service station is
the frequency used by the control tower for ground traffic control or by
the flight service station for communications with vehicles. In
addition to the ground control frequency, an aeronautical utility
station at an airport served by a control tower or RCO may be assigned
the tower or RCO frequency if the assignment is specifically approved by
the FAA as provided for in 87.347(c). The frequencies assigned are
normally from the band 121.600-121.925 MHz.
(b) The frequency assigned to the unicom is available to aeronautical
utility stations on a noninterference basis at airports which have a
part-time control tower, part-time RCO or part-time FAA flight service
station and a unicom.
(c) At airports which have a unicom but no control tower, RCO or FAA
flight service station, the frequency assigned to the unicom is
available to aeronautical utility stations on a noninterference basis.
The frequencies available for assignment to unicoms are described in
subpart G of this part.
(d) At airports which have no control tower, RCO, flight service
station or unicom, the frequency 122.900 MHz is available for assignment
to aeronautical utility stations.
(55 FR 30464, July 26, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 30908, July 30,
1990)
47 CFR 87.351 Frequency changes.
When the aeronautical utility frequency is required to be changed
because of an action by the FAA or the Commission (such as a change in
the ground control of unicom frequency) the licensee must submit an
application for modification to specify the new frequency within 10 days
from the date the station begins operation on the new frequency. The
licensee has temporary authority to use the new frequency from the date
of the change pending receipt of the modified license.
47 CFR 87.351 Subpart M -- Aeronautical Search and Rescue Stations
47 CFR 87.371 Scope of service.
Aeronautical search and rescue land and mobile stations must be used
only for communications with aircraft and other aeronautical search and
rescue stations engaged in search and rescue activities. Aeronautical
land search and rescue stations can be moved for temporary periods from
a specified location to an area where actual or practice search and
rescue operations are being conducted.
47 CFR 87.373 Supplemental eligibility.
Licenses for aeronautical search and rescue stations will be granted
only to governmental entities or private organizations chartered to
perform aeronautical search and rescue functions.
47 CFR 87.375 Frequencies.
(a) The frequency 123.100 MHz is available for assignment to
aeronautical search and rescue stations for actual search and rescue
missions. Each search and rescue station must be equipped to operate on
this frequency.
(b) The frequency 122.900 MHz is available for assignment to
aeronautical search and rescue stations for organized search and rescue
training and for practice search and rescue missions.
(c) The frequencies 3023.0 kHz and 5680.0 kHz are available for
assignment to aircraft and ship stations for search and rescue
scene-of-action coordination, including communications with
participating land stations. Ship stations communicating with aircraft
stations must employ 2K80J3E emission.
(d) 121.500 MHz: Emergency and distress only.
47 CFR 87.375 Subpart N -- Emergency Communications
47 CFR 87.393 Scope of service.
This subpart provides the rules governing operation of stations in
the Aviation Services during any national or local emergency situation
constituting a threat to national security or safety of life and
property. This subpart is consistent with the Aeronautical Emergency
Communications System Plan for all Aviation Services licensees of the
Commission which was developed pursuant to sections 1, 4(o), 301 and 303
of the Communications Act, and Executive Order 11490, as amended. This
Plan provides for emergency communications to meet the requirements of
the Plan for the Security Control of Air Traffic and Air Navigation Aids
(SCATANA), Civil Reserve Air Fleet (CRAF), War Air Service Program
(WASP) and, where applicable, State and Regional Disaster Airlift
Planning (SARDA).
47 CFR 87.395 Plan for the Security Control of Air Traffic and Air
Navigation Aids (Short Title: SCATANA).
(a) The Plan for the Security Control of Air Traffic and Air
Navigation Aids (SCATANA) is promulgated in furtherance of the Federal
Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, the Communications Act and Executive
Order 11490, as amended. SCATANA defines the responsibilities of the
Commission for the security control of non-Federal air navigation aids.
(b) Under the responsibilities defined in SCATANA, an FCC Support
Plan for the Security Control of Non-Federal Air Navigation Aids has
been developed by the Commission. The FCC Support Plan defines
responsibilities, procedures, and instructions in consonance with
SCATANA which will effect control of non-Federal air navigation aids
when SCATANA is implemented. It permits the use of such navigation aids
by aircraft of military and civil agencies when SCATANA is implemented.
The FCC Support Plan highlights those parts of SCATANA which deal
specifically with non-Federal air navigation aids. SCATANA and the FCC
Support Plan apply to radionavigation stations authorized by the
Commission in the following manner:
(1) All licensees are subject to restrictions imposed by appropriate
military authorities pursuant to SCATANA and the FCC Support Plan when
an Air Defense Emergency or Defense Emergency exists or is imminent.
The restrictions will be imposed through FAA Air Route Traffic Control
Centers (ARTCCs).
(2) All licensees of aeronautical radionavigation (VOR/DME, ILS, MLS,
LF and MF non-directional beacons) stations will comply with SCATANA
implementation instructions from FAA ARTCCs as follows:
(i) Shut down the above navigation aids as directed. These
instructions will permit time to land or disperse airborne aircraft, and
will permit extension of time when the air traffic situation dictates.
(ii) Shut down as soon as possible stations which require more than
five minutes control time, unless directed otherwise or unless such
stations are essential for the handling of existing air traffic.
(iii) Operate aeronautical radionavigation stations to ensure that
required stations, as indicated in flight plans, will be available for
authorized aircraft flights.
(3) Licensees of aeronautical radionavigation stations will be
notified of the reduction or removal of SCATANA restrictions by FAA
ARTCCs when notice of the termination is issued.
(4) Licensees of aeronautical radionavigation stations may
voluntarily participate in SCATANA tests as requested by an ARTCC.
SCATANA testing must not interrupt the normal service of non-Federal air
navigation aids.
47 CFR 87.397 Emergency operations.
(a) The licensee of any land station in the Aviation services, during
a local emergency involving the safety of life and property may
communicate in a manner other than that specified in the license (See
87.395). Such emergency operations may include operation at other
locations or with equipment not specified in the license or by
unlicensed personnel provided that:
(1) Such operations are under the control and supervision of the
station licensee,
(2) The emergency use is discontinued as soon as practicable upon
termination of the emergency,
(3) In no event shall any station transmit on frequencies other than
or with power in excess of that specified in the license,
(4) The details of the emergency must be retained with the station
license, and
(5) At a controlled airport these communications must be coordinated
with the FAA.
(b) The unicom frequencies listed in Subpart G may also be used for
communications with private aircraft engaged in organized civil defense
activities in preparation for, during an enemy attack or immediately
after an enemy attack. When used for these purposes, unicoms may be
moved from place to place or operated at unspecified locations, except
at landing areas served by other unicoms or control towers.
(c) In any case in which a license for unattended operation has been
granted, the Commission may at any time, for national defense, modify
the license.
47 CFR 87.397 Subpart O -- Airport Control Tower Stations
47 CFR 87.417 Scope of service.
(a) Airport control tower stations (control towers) and control tower
remote communications outlet stations (RCOs) must limit their
communications to the necessities of safe and expeditious operations of
aircraft operating on or in the vicinity of the airport. Control towers
and RCOs provide air traffic control services to aircraft landing,
taking off and taxing on the airport as well as aircraft transiting the
airport traffic area. Additionally, control towers and RCOs can provide
air traffic control services to vehicles operating on airport movement
areas (see subpart L of this part). Control towers and RCOs must serve
all aircraft without discrimination. An RCO must be remotely operated
from a control tower or other FAA control facility located at a nearby
airport.
(b) A control tower must maintain a continuous watch on the following
frequencies during the hours of operation:
121.500 MHz
3023.0 kHz (Alaska only)
5680.0 kHz (Alaska only)
The Commission may exempt from these watch requirements the licensee
of an airport control tower station if a satisfactory showing has been
made that such an exemption will not adversely affect life and property
in the air.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11721, Mar. 22, 1989;
55 FR 30464, July 26, 1990)
47 CFR 87.419 Supplemental eligibility.
(a) Only one control tower or RCO will be licensed at an airport.
(b) Each application for an RCO must be accompanied by a written
statement from the appropriate FAA Regional Office approving the
requested RCO operation.
(55 FR 30464, July 26, 1990)
47 CFR 87.421 Frequencies.
The Commission will assign VHF frequencies after coordination with
the FAA. Frequencies in the following bands are available to control
towers and RCOs. Channel spacing is 25 kHz.
118.000-121.400 MHz
121.600-121.925 MHz
123.600-128.800 MHz
132.025-135.975 MHz
(a) The frequency 123.100 MHz is available for use by control towers
and RCOs at special aeronautical events on the condition that no harmful
interference is caused to search and rescue operations in the locale
involved.
(b) Frequencies in the bands 200.0-285.0 and 325.0-405.0 kHz will
only be assigned to control towers and RCOs authorized to operate on at
least one VHF frequency, unless a showing has been made that elimination
of VHF service will not adversely affect life and property in the air.
(c) Frequencies in the band 121.600-121.925 MHz are available to
control towers and RCOs for communications with ground vehicles and
aircraft on the ground. The antenna heights shall be restricted to the
minimum necessary to achieve the required coverage. Channel spacing is
25 kHz.
(d) 121.500 MHz: emergency and distress only.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 30464, July 26, 1990)
47 CFR 87.423 Hours of operation.
The control tower must render a communications service 24 hours a day
unless a satisfactory showing has been made that elimination of such
service will not adversely affect life and property in the air.
47 CFR 87.425 Interference.
Control towers and RCOs must not cause harmful interference to
control towers or RCOs at adjacent airports. If interference between
adjacent control towers or RCOs exists, the Commission will direct the
licensees how to eliminate the interference.
(55 FR 30465, July 26, 1990)
47 CFR 87.425 Subpart P -- Operational Fixed Stations
47 CFR 87.445 Scope of service.
An operational fixed station provides control, repeater or relay
functions for its associated aeronautical station.
47 CFR 87.447 Supplemental eligibility.
An applicant for an operational fixed station must show that:
(a) The applicant is the licensee of an aeronautical land station in
the aeronautical mobile service; and
(b) Common carrier facilities are not available to satisfy the
aeronautical station's requirements.
47 CFR 87.449 Frequencies.
The following frequencies in the 72-76 MHz band are assignable to
operational fixed stations using vertical polarization, if no harmful
interference is caused to TV reception on Channels 4 and 5. These
frequencies are shared with the Land Mobile and the Maritime Mobile
Services.
72.02
72.04
72.06
72.08
72.10
72.12
72.14
72.16
72.18
72.20
72.22
72.24
72.26
72.28
72.30
72.32
72.34
72.36
72.38
72.40
72.42
72.46
72.50
72.54
72.58
72.62
72.64
72.66
72.68
72.70
72.72
72.74
72.76
72.78
72.80
72.82
72.84
72.86
72.88
72.90
72.92
72.94
72.96
72.98
75.42
75.46
75.50
75.54
75.58
75.62
75.64
75.66
75.68
75.70
75.72
75.74
75.76
75.78
75.80
75.82
75.84
75.86
75.88
75.90
75.92
75.94
75.96
75.98
47 CFR 87.451 Licensing limitations.
Operational fixed stations are subject to the following licensing
limitations:
(a) A maximum of four frequencies will be assigned.
(b) Stations will not be authorized when applications indicate less
than 16 km (10 miles) separation between a proposed station and a TV
transmitter operating on either Channel 4 or 5, or from the post office
of a community in which either channel is assigned but not in operation.
(c) Stations located between 16 km (10 miles) and 128 km (80 miles)
of a TV transmitter operating on either Channel 4 or 5, or from the post
office of a community in which either channel is assigned but not in
operation, are secondary to TV operations within the Grade B service
contour. /1/
/1/ OET Bulletin No. 67, March 1988, entitled ''Potential
Interference from Operational Fixed Stations in the 72-76 MHz Band to
Television Channels 4 and 5'' describes an analytical model that can be
used to calculate the potential interference that might result from a
given fixed station operation. Copies of the bulletin may be obtained
from the Commission's current duplication contractor. Information
concerning the current duplication contractor may be obtained from the
Office of Public Affairs, Consumer Assistance and Small Business
Division, Telephone (202) 632-5050.
47 CFR 87.451 Subpart Q -- Stations in the Radiodetermination Service
47 CFR 87.471 Scope of service.
Stations in the aeronautical radiodetermination service provide
radionavigation and radiolocation services.
(a) Transmission by radionavigation land stations must be limited to
aeronautical navigation, including obstruction warning.
(b) Radionavigation land test stations are used for the testing and
calibration of aircraft navigational aids and associated equipment.
Transmission must be limited to cases when radiation is necessary and
there is no alternative.
(c) Transmissions by emergency locator transmitter (ELT) test
stations must be limited to necessary testing of ELTs and to training
operations related to the use of such transmitters.
47 CFR 87.473 Supplemental eligibility.
(a) Licenses for radionavigation land stations will be granted only
to applicants who can justify the need for an aeronautical
radionavigation service when the Federal Aviation Administration is not
prepared to render this service.
(b) Licenses for radionavigation land test stations (MTF) will be
granted only to applicants engaged in the development, manufacture or
maintenance of aircraft radionavigation equipment. Licenses for
radionavigation land test stations (OTF) will be granted only to
applicants who agree to establish the facility at an airport for the use
of the public.
(c) Licenses for ELT test stations will be granted only to applicants
to train personnel in the operation and location of ELTs, or for testing
related to the manufacture or design of ELTs.
47 CFR 87.475 Frequencies.
(a) Frequency coordination. The Commission will assign frequencies
to radionavigation land stations and radionavigation land test stations
after coordination with the FAA. The applicant must notify the
appropriate Regional Office of the FAA prior to submission to the
Commission of an application for a new station or for modification of an
existing station to change frequency, power, location or emission. Each
application must be accompanied by a statement showing the name of the
FAA Regional Office notified and the date of notification.
(b) Frequencies available for radionavigation land stations. (1)
LORAN-C is a long range navigation system which operates in the 90-110
kHz band.
(2) Radiobeacon stations enable an aircraft station to determine
bearing or direction in relation to the radiobeacon station.
Radiobeacons operate in the bands 190-285 kHz; 325-435; and 510-525
kHz.
(3) Aeronautical marker beacon stations radiate a vertical
distinctive pattern on 75 MHz which provides position information to
aircraft.
(4) The following table lists the specific frequencies in the
108.100-111.950 MHz band which are assignable to localizer stations with
simultaneous radiotelephone channels and their associated glide path
station frequency from the 328.600-335.400 MHz band.
(5) VHF omni-range (VOR) stations are to be assigned frequencies in
the 112.050-117.950 MHz band (50 kHz channel spacing) and the following
frequencies in the 108-112 MHz band:
108.200
108.250
108.400
108.450
108.600
108.650
108.800
108.850
109.000
109.050
109.200
109.250
109.400
109.450
109.600
109.650
109.800
109.850
110.000
110.050
110.200
110.250
110.400
110.450
110.600
110.650
110.800
110.850
111.000
111.050
111.200
111.250
111.400
111.450
111.600
111.650
111.800
111.850
112.000
(6) The band 960-1215 MHz is available for the use of land stations
and associated airborne electronic aids to air navigation. When
distance measuring equipment (DME) is intended to operate with a single
VHF navigation station in the 108-117.975 MHz band, the DME operating
channel must be paired with the VHF channel as shown in the following
table:
(7) 1300-1350 MHz: The use of this band is restricted to
surveillance radar stations and associated airborne transponders.
(8) 1559-1626.5 MHz: The use of this band is limited to airborne
electronic aids to air navigation and any associated land stations.
(c) Frequencies available for radionavigation land test stations.
(1) The frequencies set forth in 87.187(c), (e) through (j), (r), and
(t) and 87.475(b) (6) through (10), and (12) may be assigned to
radionavigation land test stations for the testing of aircraft
transmitting equipment that normally operate on these frequencies and
for the testing of land-based receiving equipment that operate with
airborne radionavigation equipment.
(2) The frequencies available for assignment to radionavigation land
test stations for the testing of airborne receiving equipment are
108.000 and 108.050 MHz for VHF omni-range; 108.100 and 108.150 MHz for
localizer; 334.550 and 334.700 MHz for glide slope; 978 and 979 MHz (X
channel)/1104 MHz (Y channel) for DME; 1030 MHz for ATC radar beacon
transponders; and 5031.0 MHz for microwave landing systems.
Additionally, the frequencies in paragraph (b) of this section may be
assigned to radionavigation land test stations after coordination with
the FAA. The following conditions apply:
(i) The maximum power authorized on the frequencies 108.150 and
334.550 MHz is 1 milliwatt. The maximum power authorized on all other
frequencies is one watt.
(ii) The pulse repetition rate (PRR) of the 1030 MHz ATC radar beacon
test set will be 235 pulses per second (pps) 5pps.
(iii) The assignment of 108.000 MHz is subject to the condition that
no interference will be caused to the reception of FM broadcasting
stations and stations using the frequency are not protected against
interference from FM broadcasting stations.
(d) Frequencies available for ELT test stations. The frequencies
available for assignment to ELT test stations are 121.600, 121.650,
121.700, 121.750, 121.800, 121.850, and 121.900 MHz. Licensees must:
(1) Not cause harmful interference to voice communications on these
frequencies or any harmonically related frequency.
(2) Coordinate with the appropriate FAA Regional Spectrum Management
Office prior to each activation of the transmitter.
(53 FR 28940, Aug. 1, 1988, as amended at 54 FR 11721, Mar. 22, 1989)
47 CFR 87.477 Condition of grant for radionavigation land stations.
Radionavigation land stations may be designated by the FAA as part of
the National Airspace System. Stations so designated will be required
to serve the public under IFT conditions. This condition of grant is
applicable to all radionavigation land stations.
47 CFR 87.479 Harmful interference to radionavigation land stations.
(a) Military or other Government stations have been authorized to
establish wide-band systems using frequency-hopping spread spectrum
techniques in the 960-1215 MHz band. Authorization for a Joint Tactical
Information Distribution Systems (JTIDS) has been permitted on the basis
of non-interference to the established aeronautical radionavigation
service in this band. In order to accommodate the requirements for the
system within the band, restrictions are imposed. Transmissions will be
automatically prevented if:
(1) The frequency-hopping mode fails to distribute the JTIDS spectrum
uniformly across the band;
(2) The radiated pulse varies from the specified width of 6.4
microseconds 5%;
(3) The energy radiated within 7 MHz of 1030 and 1090 MHz exceeds a
level of 60 dB below the peak of the JTIDS spectrum as measured in a 300
kHz bandwidth. The JTIDS will be prohibited from transmitting if the
time slot duty factor exceeds a 20 percent duty factor for any single
user and a 40 percent composite duty factor for all JTIDS emitters in a
geographic area.
(b) If radionavigation systems operating in the 960-1215 MHz band
experience interference or unexplained loss of equipment performance,
the situation must be reported immediately to the nearest office of the
FAA, the National Telecommunications and Information Administration,
Washington, DC 20504, or the nearest Federal Communications Commission
field office. The following information must be provided to the extent
available:
(1) Name, call sign and category of station experiencing the
interference;
(2) Date and time of occurrence;
(3) Geographical location at time of occurrence;
(4) Frequency interfered with;
(5) Nature of interference; and
(6) Other particulars.
47 CFR 87.481 Unattended operation of domestic radiobeacon stations.
(a) Radiobeacons may be licensed for unattended operation. An
applicant for unattended operations must provide information about the
following:
(1) The transmitter is crystal controlled and specifically designed
for radiobeacon service and capable of transmitting by self-actuating
means;
(2) The emissions of the transmitter must be continuously monitored
by a licensed operator, or by a direct positive automatic monitor,
supplemented by aural monitoring at suitable intervals;
(3) If as a result of aural monitoring it is determined that a
deviation from the terms of the station license has occurred, the
transmitters must be disabled immediately by a properly authorized
person. If automatic monitoring is used, the monitor must insure that
the operation of the transmitter meets the license terms or is disabled;
(4) The time, including travel time, required for a properly
authorized person to disable the transmitter;
(5) The equipment must be inspected at least every 180 days. Results
of inspections must be kept in the station maintenance records;
(6) The transmitter is not operable by or accessible to, other than
authorized persons;
(7) The transmitter is in a remote location.
(b) Authority for unattended operation must be expressly stated in
the station license.
47 CFR 87.481 Subpart R -- Civil Air Patrol Stations
47 CFR 87.501 Scope of service.
Civil Air Patrol land and mobile stations must be used only for
training, operational and emergency activities of the Civil Air Patrol.
(a) Civil Air Patrol land and mobile stations may communicate with
other land and, mobile stations of the Civil Air Patrol. A Civil Air
Patrol land station may be moved from its authorized location for
temporary operation in the same general area for short periods of time
not to exceed 72 hours.
(b) When engaged in training or on actual missions in support of the
U.S. Air Force, Civil Air Patrol stations may communicate with U.S. Air
Force stations on the frequencies specified in subpart E.
47 CFR 87.503 Supplemental eligibility.
Licenses for Civil Air Patrol land and mobile stations will be issued
only to Wings or the Headquarters of the Civil Air Patrol. All
applications must be submitted to the Commission via Civil Air Patrol
Headquarters, Maxwell Air Force Base, AL 36112. A single fleet license
will be issued to Civil Air Patrol Headquarters and to each Civil Air
Patrol Wing to authorize all Civil Air Patrol Station transmitters
operated by the Wing or Headquarters.
(54 FR 11721, Mar. 22, 1989)
47 CFR 87.505 Frequencies.
The assigned frequencies available for assignment to Civil Air Patrol
land and mobile stations are contained in the frequency table in subpart
E. The frequency, emission, and maximum power will be determined by
Headquarters Civil Air Patrol in accordance with the Civil Air Patrol
Communications Plan.
47 CFR 87.505 Subpart S -- Automatic Weather Observation Stations
47 CFR 87.525 Scope of service.
Automatic weather observation stations must provide up-to-date
weather information including the time of the latest weather sequence,
altimeter setting, wind speed and direction, dewpoint, temperature,
visibility and other pertinent data needed at airports having neither a
full-time control tower nor a full-time FAA Flight Service Station.
When a licensee has entered into an agreement with the FAA, an automatic
weather observation station may also operate as an automatic terminal
information station during the control tower's operating hours.
47 CFR 87.527 Supplemental eligibility.
(a) Licenses will be granted only upon FAA approval.
(b) Eligibility for an automatic weather observation station or an
automatic terminal information station is limited to the owner or
operator of an airport or to a person who has entered into a written
agreement with the owner or operator for exclusive rights to operate and
maintain the station. Where applicable a copy of the agreement between
the applicant and owner or operator of the airport must be submitted
with an application.
(c) Only one automatic weather observation station or an automatic
terminal information station will be licensed at an airport.
47 CFR 87.529 Frequencies.
Prior to submitting an application, each applicant must notify the
nearest appropriate FAA Regional Spectrum Management Office. Each
application must be accompanied by a statement showing the name of the
FAA Regional Office and date notified. The Commission will assign the
frequency. Normally frequencies available for air traffic control
operations set forth in subpart E will be assigned to automatic weather
observation stations and to automatic terminal information stations.
When a licensee has entered into an agreement with the FAA to operate
the same station as both an automatic weather observation station and as
an automatic terminal information station, the same frequency will be
used in both modes of operation.
47 CFR 87.529 PART 90 -- PRIVATE LAND MOBILE RADIO SERVICES
47 CFR 87.529 Pt. 90
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart A -- General Information
Sec.
90.1 Basis and purpose.
90.5 Other applicable rule parts.
90.7 Definitions.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart B -- Public Safety Radio Services
90.15 Scope.
90.16 Public Safety National Plan.
90.17 Local Government Radio Service.
90.19 Police Radio Service.
90.21 Fire Radio Service.
90.23 Highway Maintenance Radio Service.
90.25 Forestry-Conservation Radio Service.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart C -- Special Emergency Radio Service
90.33 Scope.
90.34 Public Safety National Plan.
90.35 Medical services.
90.37 Rescue organizations.
90.38 Physically handicapped.
90.39 Veterinarians.
90.41 Disaster relief organizations.
90.43 School buses.
90.45 Beach Patrols.
90.47 Establishment in isolated areas.
90.49 Communications standby facilities.
90.51 Emergency repair of public communications facilities.
90.53 Frequencies available.
90.55 Paging operations.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart D -- Industrial Radio Services
90.59 Scope.
90.61 General eligibility.
90.63 Power Radio Service.
90.65 Petroleum Radio Service.
90.67 Forest Products Radio Service.
90.69 Motion Picture Radio Service.
90.71 Relay Press Radio Service.
90.73 Special Industrial Radio Service.
90.75 Business Radio Service.
90.79 Manufacturers Radio Service.
90.81 Telephone Maintenance Radio Service.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart E -- Land Transportation Radio Services
90.85 Scope.
90.87 General eligibility.
90.89 Motor Carrier Radio Service.
90.91 Railroad Radio Service.
90.93 Taxicab Radio Service.
90.95 Automobile Emergency Radio Service.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart F -- Radiolocation Service
90.101 Scope.
90.103 Radiolocation Service.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart G -- Applications and Authorizations
90.111 Scope.
90.113 Station authorization required.
90.115 Ineligibility of foreign governments.
90.117 Applications for radio station or radio system authorizations.
90.119 Application forms.
90.121 Canadian registration.
90.123 Full disclosures.
90.125 Who may sign applications.
90.127 Submission and filing of applications.
90.129 Supplemental information to be routinely submitted with
applications.
90.131 Amendment or dismissal of applications.
90.135 Modification of license.
90.137 Applications for operation at temporary locations.
90.138 Applications for itinerant frequencies.
90.139 Commission processing of applications.
90.141 Resubmitted applications.
90.143 Grants of applications.
90.145 Special temporary authority.
90.147 Mailing address furnished by licensee.
90.149 License term.
90.151 Requests for waiver.
90.153 Transfer or assignment of station authorization.
90.155 Time in which station must be placed in operation.
90.157 Discontinuance of station operation.
90.159 Temporary and conditional permits.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart H -- Policies Governing the Assignment of
Frequencies
90.171 Scope.
90.173 Policies governing the assignment of frequencies.
90.175 Frequency coordination requirements.
90.176 Interservice sharing of frequencies in the 150-174 and 450-470
MHz bands.
90.177 Protection of certain radio receiving locations.
90.179 Shared use of radio stations.
90.185 Multiple licensing of radio transmitting equipment in the
mobile radio service.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart I -- General Technical Standards
90.201 Scope.
90.203 Type acceptance required.
90.205 Power.
90.207 Types of emissions.
90.209 Bandwidth limitations.
90.211 Modulation requirements.
90.212 Provisions relating to the use of scrambling devices and
digital voice modulation.
90.213 Frequency tolerance.
90.215 Transmitter measurements.
90.217 Exemption from technical standards.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart J -- Non-voice and Other Specialized Operations
90.231 Scope.
90.233 Base/mobile non-voice operations.
90.235 Secondary fixed signaling operations.
90.237 Interim provisions for operation of radioteleprinter and
radiofacsimile devices.
90.238 Telemetry operations.
90.239 Interim provisions for operation of automatic vehicle
monitoring (AVM) systems.
90.241 Radio call box operations.
90.242 Travelers' information stations.
90.243 Mobile relay stations.
90.245 Fixed relay stations.
90.247 Mobile repeater stations.
90.249 Control stations.
90.250 Meteor burst communications.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart K -- Standards for Special Frequencies or
Frequency Bands
90.251 Scope.
90.253 Use of frequency 5167.5 kHz.
90.255 (Reserved)
90.257 Assignment and use of frequencies in the band 72-76 MHz.
90.259 Assignment and use of frequencies in the bands 216-220 MHz and
1427-1435 MHz.
90.261 Assignment and use of frequencies in the band 450-470 MHz for
fixed operations.
90.263 Substitution of frequencies below 25 MHz.
90.264 Disaster communications between 2 and 10 MHz.
90.265 Assignment and use of frequencies in the bands 169-172 MHz and
406-413 MHz.
90.266 Long distance communications on frequencies between 2 and 25
MHz.
90.267 Assignment and use of 12.5 kHz frequency offsets.
90.269 Use of frequencies for self-powered vehicle detectors.
90.271 Narrowband operations.
90.273 Availability and use of frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band.
90.275 Selection and assignment of frequencies in the 421-430 MHz
band.
90.277 Interpool sharing of 421-430 MHz frequencies.
90.279 Power limitations applicable to the 421-430 MHz band.
90.281 Restrictions on operational fixed stations in the 421-430 MHz
band.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart L -- Authorization in the Band 470-512 MHz
(UHF-TV Sharing)
90.301 Scope.
90.303 Availability of frequencies.
90.305 Location of stations.
90.307 Protection criteria.
90.309 Tables and figures.
90.311 Frequencies.
90.313 Frequency loading criteria.
90.315 Special provisions governing use of frequencies in the 476-494
MHz band (TV Channels 15, 16, and 17) in the Southern Louisiana-Texas
Offshore Zone.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart M -- (Reserved)
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart N -- Operating Requirements
90.401 Scope.
90.403 General operating requirements.
90.405 Permissible communications.
90.407 Emergency communications.
90.411 Civil defense communications.
90.415 Prohibited uses.
90.417 Interstation communication.
90.419 Points of communication.
90.421 Operation of mobile units in vehicles not under the control of
the licensee.
90.423 Operation on board aircraft.
90.425 Station identification.
90.427 Precautions against unauthorized operation.
90.429 Control point and dispatch point requirements.
90.431 Unattended operation.
90.433 Operator requirements.
90.437 Posting station licenses.
90.439 Inspection of stations.
90.441 Inspection and maintenance of tower marking and associated
control equipment.
90.443 Content of station records.
90.445 Form of station records.
90.447 Retention of station records.
90.449 Answers to a notice of violation.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart O -- Transmitter Control
90.460 Scope.
90.461 Direct and remote control of transmitters.
90.463 Transmitter control points.
90.465 Control of systems of communication.
90.467 Dispatch points.
90.469 Unattended operation.
90.471 Points of operation in internal transmitter control systems.
90.473 Operation of internal transmitter control systems through
licensed fixed control points.
90.475 Operation of internal transmitter control systems in specially
equipped systems.
90.476 Interconnection of fixed stations and certain mobile stations.
90.477 Interconnected systems.
90.483 Permissible methods and requirements of interconnecting
private and public systems of communications.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart P -- Paging Operations
90.490 One-way paging operations in the private services.
90.492 One way paging operations in the 806-824/851-869 MHz and
896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
90.494 One-way paging operations in the 929-930 MHz band.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart Q -- Developmental Operation
90.501 Scope.
90.503 Eligibility.
90.505 Showing required.
90.507 Limitations on use.
90.509 Frequencies available for assignment.
90.511 Interference.
90.513 Special provisions.
90.515 Change or cancellation of authorization without hearing.
90.517 Report of operation.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart R -- Frequency List
90.555 Combined frequency listing.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart S -- Regulations Governing Licensing and Use of
Frequencies in the 806-824, 851-869, 896-901, and 935-940 MHz Bands
90.601 Scope.
90.603 Eligibility.
90.605 Forms to be used.
90.607 Supplemental information to be furnished by applicants for
facilities under this subpart.
90.609 Special limitations on amendment of applications for
assignment or transfer of authorizations for radio systems above 800
MHz.
90.611 Processing of applications.
90.613 Frequencies available.
90.615 Frequencies available in the General Category.
90.617 Frequencies in the 809.750-824/854.750-869 MHz, and
896-901/935-940 MHz bands available for trunked or conventional system
use in non-border areas.
90.619 Frequencies available for use in the U.S./Mexico and
U.S./Canada border areas.
90.621 Selection and assignment of frequencies.
90.623 Limitation on the number of frequencies assignable for
conventional systems.
90.625 Other criteria to be applied in assigning channels for use in
conventional systems of communication.
90.627 Limitation on the number of frequency pairs that may be
assignable for trunked systems and on the number of trunked systems.
90.629 Extended implementation schedules.
90.631 Trunked systems loading, construction and authorization
requirements.
90.633 Conventional systems loading requirements.
90.635 Limitations on power and antenna height.
90.637 Restrictions on operational fixed stations.
90.645 Permissible operations.
90.647 Station identification.
90.651 Supplemental reports required of licensees authorized under
this subpart.
90.653 Number of systems authorized in a geographical area.
90.655 Special licensing requirements for Specialized Mobile Radio
systems.
90.657 Temporary permit.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart T -- Regulations Governing Licensing and Use of
Frequencies in the 220-222 MHz Band
Sec.
90.701 Scope.
90.703 Eligibility.
90.705 Forms to be used.
90.709 Special limitations on amendment of applications and on
assignment or transfer of authorizations licensed under this subpart.
90.711 Processing of applications.
90.713 Entry criteria.
90.715 Frequencies available.
90.717 Channels available for nationwide systems in the 220-222 MHz
band.
90.719 Individual channels available for assignment in the 220-222
MHz band.
90.720 Channels available for public safety/mutual aid.
90.721 Channels available for trunked systems in the 220-222 MHz
band.
90.723 Selection and assignment of frequencies.
90.725 Construction requirements.
90.727 Extended implementation schedules.
90.729 Limitations on power and antenna height.
90.731 Restrictions on operational-fixed stations.
90.733 Permissible operations.
90.735 Station identification.
90.737 Supplemental reports required of licensees.
90.739 Number of systems authorized in a geographical area.
90.741 Urban areas for nationwide systems.
Authority: Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat. 1066, 1082, as amended; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303 and 332, unless otherwise noted.
Source: 43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 87.529 Subpart A -- General Information
47 CFR 90.1 Basis and purpose.
(a) Basis. The rules in this part are promulgated under Title III of
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended which vests authority in the
Federal Communications Commission to regulate radio transmission and to
issue licenses for radio stations. All rules in this part are in
accordance with applicable treaties and agreements to which the United
States is a party.
(b) Purpose. This part states the conditions under which radio
communications systems may be licensed and used in the Public Safety,
Special Emergency, Industrial, Land Transportation, and Radiolocation
Radio Services. These rules do not govern radio systems employed by
agencies of the Federal Government.
47 CFR 90.5 Other applicable rule parts.
Other Commission rule parts of importance that may be referred to
with respect to licensing and operations in radio services governed
under this part include the following:
(a) Part 0 of the Commission's Rules describes the Commission's
organization and delegations of authority. This part also lists
available Commission publications, and standards and procedures for
access to Commission records, and location of Commission Field Offices.
(b) Part 1 of this chapter includes rules of practice and procedure
for adjudicatory proceedings including hearing proceedings, rule making
proceedings; procedures for reconsideration and review of the
Commission actions; provisions concerning violation notices and
forfeiture proceedings; and the environmental processing requirements
that, if applicable, must be complied with prior to the initiation of
construction.
(c) Part 2 contains the table of frequency allocations and special
requirements in International regulations, agreements, and treaties.
This part also contains standards and procedures concerning marketing of
radio frequency devices, and for obtaining equipment type acceptance and
type approval.
(d) Part 5 contains standards and procedures for obtaining
experimental authorizations.
(e) Part 15 provides for the operation of incidental and restricted
radio frequency devices that do not require an individual license.
(f) Part 17 contains detailed requirements for construction, marking,
and lighting of antenna towers.
(g) Part 18 deals with the operation of industrial, scientific, and
medical (ISM) devices that are not intended for radio communication,
(h) Part 22 contains regulations for public (common carrier) mobile
radio services.
(i) Part 68 contains technical standards for connection of private
land mobile radio equipment to the public switched telephone network.
(j) Part 94 governs licensing and operation of private
operational-fixed radio stations on frequencies in the microwave
spectrum above 928 MHz.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 50 FR 39677, Sept. 30,
1985; 55 FR 20398, May 16, 1990)
47 CFR 90.7 Definitions.
Antenna height above average terrain (AAT). Height of the center of
the radiating element of the antenna above the average terrain. (See
90.309(a)(4) for calculation method.)
Antenna height above sea level. The height of the topmost point of
the antenna above mean sea level.
Antenna structure. Structure on which an antenna is mounted.
Assigned frequency. Center of a frequency band assigned to a
station.
Assigned frequency band. The frequency band the center of which
coincides with the frequency assigned to the station and the width of
which equals the necessary bandwidth plus twice the absolute value of
the frequency tolerance.
Authorized bandwidth. The frequency band, specified in kilohertz and
centered on the carrier frequency containing those frequencies upon
which a total of 99 percent of the radiated power appears, extended to
include any discrete frequency upon which the power is at least 0.25
percent of the total radiated power.
Automatic Vehicle Monitoring (AVM). The use of non-voice signalling
methods from and to vehicles to make known at fixed points the location
of the vehicles. AVM systems may also transmit status and instructional
messages related to the vehicles involved.
Average terrain. The average elevation of terrain between 2 and 10
miles from the antenna site.
Base station. A station at a specified site authorized to
communicate with mobile stations.
Carrier frequency. The frequency of an unmodulated electromagnetic
wave.
Channel loading. The number of mobile transmitters authorized to
operate on a particular channel within the same service area.
Control point. Any place from which a transmitter's functions may be
controlled.
Control station. An Operational Fixed Station, the transmissions of
which are used to control automatically the emissions or operation of
another radio station at a specified location.
Conventional radio system. A method of operation in which one or
more radio frequency channels are assigned to mobile and base stations
but are not employed as a trunked group. An ''urban-conventional
system'' is one whose transmitter site is located within 15 miles (24
km) of the geographic center of any of the first 50 urbanized areas
(ranked by population) of the United States. A ''sub-urban-conventional
system'' is one whose transmitter site is located more than 15 miles (24
km) from the geographic center of the first 50 urbanized areas. See
Table 21, Rank of Urbanized Areas in the United States by Population,
page 1-87, U.S. Census (1970); and Table 1 of paragraph (h) of 90.635.
Developmental operation. A specially licensed operation for the
purpose of testing concepts in the use of radio appropriate to the radio
services governed by this part.
Dispatch point. Any place from which radio messages can be
originated under the supervision of a control point.
Effective radiated power (ERP). The power supplied to an antenna
multiplied by the relative gain of the antenna in a given direction.
Fixed relay station. A station at a specified site used to
communicate with another station at another specified site.
Frequency coordinator. An entity or organization that has been
certified by the Commission to recommend frequencies for use by
licensees in the Private Land Mobile Radio Services.
Geographic center. The geographic center of an urbanized area is
defined by the coordinates given at Table 1 of 90.635.
Harmful interference. For the purposes of resolving conflicts
between stations operating under this part, any emission, radiation, or
induction which specifically degrades, obstructs, or interrupts the
service provided by such stations.
Interconnection. Connection through automatic or manual means of
private land mobile radio stations with the facilities of the public
switched telephone network to permit the transmission of messages or
signals between points in the wireline or radio network of a public
telephone company and persons served by private land mobile radio
stations. Wireline or radio circuits or links furnished by common
carriers, which are used by licensees or other authorized persons for
transmitter control (including dial-up transmitter control circuits) or
as an integral part of an authorized, private, internal system of
communication or as an integral part of dispatch point circuits in a
private land mobile radio station are not considered to be
interconnection for purposes of this rule part.
Internal System. An internal system of communication is one in which
all messages are transmitted between the fixed operating positions
located on premises controlled by the licensee and the associated mobile
stations or paging receivers of the licensee. (See Subpart O).
Itinerant Operation. Operation of a radio station at unspecified
locations for varying periods of time.
Land mobile radio service. A mobile service between base stations
and land mobile stations, or between land mobile stations.
Land Mobile Radio System. A regularly interacting group of base,
mobile and associated control and fixed relay stations intended to
provide land mobile radio communications service over a single area of
operation.
Land Station. A station in the mobile service not intended to be
used while in motion. (As used in this part, the term may be used to
describe a base, control, fixed, operational fixed or fixed relay
station, or any such station authorized to operate in the ''temporary''
mode.)
Line A. An imaginary line within the U.S., approximately paralleling
the U.S.-Canadian border, north of which Commission coordination with
Canadian authorities in the assignment of frequencies is generally
required. It begins at Aberdeen, Washington, running by great circle
arc to the intersection of 48 N., 120 W., then along parallel 48 N.,
to the intersection of 95 W., thence by great circle arc through the
southern most point of Duluth, Minn., thence by great circle arc to 45
N., 85 W., thence souuthward along meridian 85 W., to its intersection
with parallel 41 N., thence along parallel 41 N. to its intersection
with meridian . . . 82 W., thence by great circle arc through the
southernmost point of Bangor, Maine, thence by great circle arc through
the southernmost point of Searsport, Maine, at which point it
terminates.
Line C. An imaginary line in Alaska approximately paralleling the
border with Canada, East of which Commission coordination with Canadian
authorities in the assignment of frequencies is generally required. It
begins at the intersection of 70 N., 144 W., thence by great circle
arc to the intersection of 60 N., 143 W., thence by great circle arc
so as to include all the Alaskan Panhandle.
Meteor burst communications. Communications by the propagation of
radio signals reflected off ionized meteor trails.
Mobile relay station. A base station in the mobile service
authorized to retransmit automatically on a mobile service frequency
communications which originate on the transmitting frequency of the
mobile station.
Mobile Repeater Station. A mobile station authorized to retransmit
automatically on a mobile service frequency, communications to or from
hand-carried transmitters.
Mobile service. A service of radiocommunication between mobile and
base stations, or between mobile stations.
Mobile station. A station in the mobile service intended to be used
while in motion or during halts at unspecified points. This includes
hand carried transmitters.
Operational Fixed Station. A fixed station, not open to public
correspondence, operated by, and for the sole use of those agencies
operating their own radiocommunication facilities in the Public Safety,
Industrial, Land Transportation, Marine, or Aviation Radio Services.
(This includes all stations in the fixed service under this part.)
Output Power. The radio frequency output power of a transmitter's
final radio frequency stage as measured at the output terminal while
connected to a load of the impedance recommended by the manufacturer.
Paging. A one-way communications service from a base station to
mobile or fixed receivers that provide signaling or information transfer
by such means as tone, tone-voice, tactile, optical readout, etc.
Person. An individual, partnership, association, joint stock company,
trust or corporation.
Private carrier. An entity licensed in the private services and
authorized to provide communications service to other private services
on a commercial basis.
Radio call box. A transmitter used by the public to request fire,
police, medical, road service, or other emergency assistance.
Radiodetermination. The determination of position, or the obtaining
of information relating to position, by means of the propagation of
radio waves.
Radiofacsimile. A system of radiocommunication for the transmission
of fixed images, with or without half-tones, with a view to their
reproduction in a permanent form.
Radiolocation. Radiodetermination used for purposes other than those
of radionavigation.
Radionavigation. Radiodetermination used for the purposes of
navigation, including obstruction warning.
Radio teleprinting. Radio transmissions to a printing telegraphic
instrument having a signal-actuated mechanism for automatically printing
received messages.
Secondary operation. Radio communications which may not cause
interference to operations authorized on a primary basis and which are
not protected from interference from those primary operations.
Signal booster. A device which automatically amplifies and transmits
received base station transmissions with no change in frequency or
authorized bandwidth.
Specialized Mobile Radio System. A radio system in which licensees
provide land mobile communications services (other than radiolocation
services) in the 800 MHz and 900 MHz bands on a commercial basis to
entities eligible to be licensed under this Part, Federal Government
entities, and individuals.
SMSA (Standard Metropolitan Statistical Area). A city of 50,000 or
more population and the surrounding counties.
Station authorization. A license issued by the Commission for the
operation of a radio station.
Telecommand. The transmission of non voice signals for the purpose of
remotely controlling a device.
Telemetering (also telemetry). The transmission of non-voice signals
for the purpose of automatically indicating or recording measurements at
a distance from the measuring instrument.
Travelers' Information Station. A base station in the Local
Government Radio Service used to transmit non-commercial, voice
information pertaining to traffic and road conditions, traffic hazard
and traveler advisories, directions, availability of lodging, rest
stops, and service stations, and descriptions of local points of
interest.
Trunk (telephony). A one or two-way channel provided as a common
traffic artery between switching equipment.
Trunk group. All of the trunks of a given type of characteristic
that extend between two switching points.
Trunked radio system. A method of operation in which a number of
radio frequency channel pairs are assigned to mobile and base stations
in the system for use as a trunk group.
Urbanized Area. A city and the surrounding closely settled
territories.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.7, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.7 Subpart B -- Public Safety Radio Services
47 CFR 90.15 Scope.
The Public Safety Radio Services include the Local Government,
Police, Fire, Highway Maintenance and Forestry-Conservation Radio
Services. Rules as to eligibility for licensing, frequencies available,
and any special requirements as to each of these radio services are set
forth in the following sections.
47 CFR 90.16 Public Safety National Plan.
The Commission has established a National Plan which specifies
special policies and procedures governing the Public Safety Radio
Services and the Special Emergency Radio Service. The National Plan is
contained in the Report and Order in General Docket No. 87-112. The
principal spectrum resource for the National Plan is the 821-824 MHz and
the 866-869 MHz bands. The National plan establishes planning regions
covering all parts of the United States, Puerto Rico, and the U.S.
Virgin Islands. No assignments will be made in the 821-824 MHz and
866-869 MHz bands until a regional plan for the area has been accepted
by the Commission.
(53 FR 1023, Jan. 15, 1988)
47 CFR 90.17 Local Government Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Any territory, possession, state, city, county,
town or similar governmental entity, including a district and an
authority, but not including a school district or authority or a park
district or authority except as provided for in 90.242, is eligible to
hold authorizations in the Local Government Radio Service to operate
radio stations for transmission of communications essential to official
activities of the licensee.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Local Government Radio
Service, together with the class of station(s) to which they are
normally assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are
explained in paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) This frequency is shared with the Special Emergency Radio
Services and is available for assignment to the official state guard or
comparable organization of a State, territory, possession, or the
District of Columbia which is shown to be duly created by law and
subject to the control of the highest official of the governmental
entity involved, and may be used for emergency communications and for
essential communications related to training and maintenance of an
efficient organization. In addition to base and mobile stations, this
frequency may be assigned to fixed stations on a secondary basis to base
or mobile stations. Upon a showing of need, the use of a second
frequency in the band 2505-3500 kHz may be made available to these
organizations through appropriate arrangements with Government agencies
for restricted area use on a shared basis with maximum power output,
emission, and hours of operation determined on the basis of the
technical conditions involved in using the selected frequency in the
particular area.
(2) This frequency is shared with the Police Radio Service.
(3) The maximum output power of any transmitter authorized to operate
on this frequency shall not exceed 2 watts.
(4) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(5) This frequency is not available for assignment in this service in
Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands.
(6) Assignment and use of frequencies in the band 72-76 MHz are
governed by 90.257 for operational-fixed stations and by 90.241 for
emergency call box operations. Specific frequencies are listed at
90.257(a)(1).
(7) The maximum power output of the transmitter may not exceed 50
watts for fixed stations and 1 watt for mobile stations. A1A, A1D, A2B,
A2D, F1B, F1D, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, or G2D emission may be authorized.
(8) For FM transmitters, the sum of the highest modulating frequency
in hertz and the amount of the frequency deviation or swing in hertz may
not exceed 1700 Hz and the maximum deviation may not exceed 1.2 kHz. For
AM transmitters, the highest modulating frequency may not exceed 1200
Hz. The carrier frequency must be maintained within .0005 percent of
the center of the frequency band, and the authorized bandwidth may not
exceed 3 kHz.
(9) The maximum effective radiated power (ERP) may not exceed 20
watts for fixed stations and 2 watts for mobile stations. The height of
the antenna system may not exceed 15.24 meters (50 ft.) above ground.
All such operation is on a secondary basis to adjacent channel land
mobile operations.
(10) The frequencies available for fixed station in this band, and
the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261. Operation on
these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Industrial and Land
Transportation Radio Services where they are assigned for land mobile
operations.
(11) This frequency is available for systems first licensed prior to
March 31, 1980, for radio call box communications related to safety on
highways in accordance with the provisions of 90.241(c). No new systems
will be authorized of this nature after March 31, 1980, but prior
authorized systems may be modified, expanded, and renewed. Also,
effective March 31, 1980, this frequency is shared for medical paging
systems as authorized in accordance with 90.53 in the Special Emergency
Radio Service.
(12) This frequency is available in this service on a shared basis
with all other Public-Safety Radio Services.
(13) Available for medical services mobile operations in the Special
Emergency Radio Service in accordance with 90.53(b)(13).
(14) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(15) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-824 MHz and 851-869 MHz bands.
(16) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this Chapter.
(17) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(18) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new stations or modification
to existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(19) Use of this frequency is limited to stations located at least
120.7 km (75 miles) from the center of any urbanized area of 200,000 or
more population (U.S. Census of Population 1970). Operation is on a
secondary basis to that of the Power Radio Service.
(20) For FM transmitters, the sum of the highest modulating frequency
in Hertz and the amount of the frequency deviation or swing in Hertz may
not exceed 2800 Hz and the maximum deviation may not exceed 2.5 kHz. For
AM transmitters, the highest modulation frequency may not exceed 2000
Hz. The carrier frequency must be maintained within .0005 percent of
the center of the frequency band, and the authorized bandwidth may not
exceed 6 kHz.
(21) This frequency is available on a shared basis with the Power,
Petroleum, Forest Products, Special Industrial, Business, and
Manufacturers Radio Services for remote control and telemetry
operations.
(22) Operational fixed stations must employ directional antennas
having a front-to-back ratio of at least 20 dB. Omnidirectional
antennas having unity gain may be employed for stations communicating
with at least three receiving locations separated by 160 of azimuth.
(23) This frequency is available for use by Travelers' Information
Stations in accordance with 90.242.
(24) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(25) Only the central governments of the fifty individual States, the
District of Columbia, and the insular areas of the Commonwealth of the
Northern Mariana Islands, the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and the
unincorporated territories of American Samoa, Guam and the United States
Virgin Islands are eligible to be licensed to use this spectrum, and
then only for disaster communications purposes. Licensees may not use
this spectrum to provide operational communications circuits. See also,
90.264.
(26) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(27) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See also 90.253.)
(1) Substitution of frequencies available below 25 MHz may be made in
accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. See also 90.257.
(4) The frequency bands 31.99 to 32.00 MHz, 33.00 to 33.01 MHz, 33.99
to 34.00 MHz, 37.93 to 38.00 MHz, 39.00 to 39.01 MHz, 39.99 to 40.00 MHz
and 42.00 to 42.01 MHz, are available for assignment for developmental
operation subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(5) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
two frequencies or pairs of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with the operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) The frequency 39.06 MHz may be assigned notwithstanding this
limitation.
(3) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(4) A licensee of a radio station in this service may operate radio
units for the purpose of determining distance, direction, speed, or
position by means of a radiolocation device on any frequency available
for radiolocation purposes without specific authorization from the
Commission, provided type accepted equipment or equipment authorized
pursuant to 90.203(b) (4) and (5) is used and all other rule
requirements are satisfied.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307; secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of
1934, as amended, 0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5
U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and (d)(3))
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.17, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.19 Police Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Any territory, possession, State, county, city,
town, and similar governmental entity including a governmental
institution authorized by law to provide its own police protection, is
eligible to hold authorizations in the Police Radio Service to operate
radio stations for transmission of communications essential to official
police activities of the licensee.
(b) (Reserved)
(c) International police radiocommunication. Police radio licensees
which are located in close proximity to the borders of the United States
may be authorized to communicate internationally. Request for such
authority shall be written and signed and submitted in duplicate. The
request shall include information as to the station with which
communication will be conducted, and the frequency, power, emission,
etc., that will be used. If authorized, such international
communication must be conducted in accordance with Article 5 of the
Inter-American Radio Agreement, Washington, DC, 1949 which reads as
follows:
Article 5. Police radio stations. When the American countries
authorize their police radio stations to exchange emergency information
by radio with similar stations of another country, the following rules
shall be applied.
(a) Only police radio stations located close to the boundaries of
contiguous countries shall be allowed to exchange this information.
(b) In general, only important police messages shall be handled, such
as those which would lose their value, because of slowness and time
limitations if sent on other communication systems.
(c) Frequencies used for radiotelephone communications with mobile
police units shall not be used for radiotelegraph communications.
(d) Radiotelephone communications shall be conducted only on
frequencies assigned for radiotelephony.
(e) Radiotelegraph communications shall be conducted on the following
frequencies: 2804 kHz calling, 2808 kHz working, 2812 kHz working, 5195
kHz day calling, 5185 kHz day working, 5140 kHz day working.
(f) The characteristics of police radio stations authorized to
exchange information shall be notified to the International
Telecommunication Union, Geneva, Switzerland.
(g) The abbreviations contained in Appendix 9 of the Atlantic City
Radio Regulations shall be used to the greatest possible extent.
Service indications are as follows: ''P'', priority, for messages that
are to be sent immediately, regardless of the number of other messages
on file. If no service indication is given, the messages are to be
transmitted in the order of receipt.
(h) The message shall contain the preamble, address, text and
signature, as follows:
Preamble. The preamble of the message shall consist of the following:
the serial number preceded by the letters ''NR'', service indications,
as appropriate; the group count according to standard cable count
system; the letters ''CK'', followed by numerals indicating the number
of words contained in the text of the message: office and country of
origin (not abbreviations): day, month, and hour of filing;
Address. The address must be as complete as possible and shall
include the name of the addressee with any supplementary particulars
necessary for immediate delivery of the message;
Text. The text may be either in plain language or code;
Signature. The signature shall include the name and title of the
person originating the message.
(d) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Police Radio Service,
together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are explained in
paragraph (e) of this section:
(e) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (d) of this section:
(1) The use of this frequency is on a secondary basis to any Canadian
station.
(2) The frequency is available for assignment only in accordance with
a geographical assignment plan.
(3) Base stations operating on this frequency and rendering service
to state police mobile units may be authorized to use a maximum output
power in excess of the maximum indicated in 90.205 but not in excess of
7500 watts: Provided, That such operation is secondary to other
stations.
(4) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(5) This frequency may be assigned to fixed stations in Alaska for
point-to-point radiotelephone communications, using type A3E emission
with a maximum output power of 750 watts on a secondary basis to zone
and interzone stations and further subject to the condition that no
harmful interference is caused to the service of any station, which in
the discretion of the Commission may have priority on the frequency with
which interference results.
(6) This frequency is authorized for use as a calling frequency;
however, the transmission of operating signals or a single short radio
telegram is permissible on a secondary basis to any calling signals.
(7) This frequency may be used only during that period of time
between 2 hours after local sunrise and 2 hours before local sunset.
(8) This frequency may be assigned to fixed stations in the Police
Radio Service in Alaska for point-to-point radiotelephone communication,
using type A3E emission and a maximum output power of 750 watts.
(9) This frequency is shared with the Local Government Radio Service.
(10) The maximum output power of any transmitter authorized to
operate on this frequency, after June 1, 1956, shall not exceed two
watts. Licensees holding a valid authorization as of June 1, 1956, for
base or mobile station operation on this frequency, with a power in
excess of two watts, may continue to be authorized for such operation
without regard to this power limitation.
(11) This frequency is reserved for assignment to stations for
intersystem operations only: Provided, however, That licensees holding
a valid authorization to use this frequency for local base or mobile
operations as of June 1, 1956, may continue to be authorized for such
use.
(12) This frequency is reserved primarily for assignment to state
police licensees. Assignments to other police licensees will be made
only where the frequency is required for coordinated operation with the
state police system to which the frequency is assigned. Any request for
such assignment must be supported by a statement from the state police
system concerned indicating that the assignment is necessary for
coordination of police activities.
(13) The frequencies available for use at operational fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies,
are shared with other services and are available only in accordance with
the provisions of 90.257.
(14) This frequency is available nationwide for use in police
emergency communications networks operated under statewide law
enforcement emergency communications plans. Operations authorized on
this frequency which are not in accordance with this limitation may
continue until January 1, 1985.
(15) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this
band, and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261.
Operation on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the
Industrial and Land Transportation Radio Services where they are
assigned for land mobile operations.
(16) This frequency is available in this service on a shared basis
with all other Public-Safety Radio Services.
(17) This frequency is shared with the Fire and Special Emergency
Radio Services.
(18) (Reserved)
(19) This frequency is available in this service only for systems
licensed in this service prior to April 16, 1976, until March 1, 1986.
Use of this frequency is shared with, and is on a primary basis to
operations by licensees in the Special Emergency Radio Service.
(20) (Reserved)
(21) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(22) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-824 MHz and 851-869 MHz bands.
(23) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(24) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(25) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new stations or modification
to existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(26) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(27) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(28) In the State of Alaska only, the frequency 42.40 MHz is
available for assignment on a primary basis to stations in the Common
Carrier Rural Radio Service utilizing meteor burst communications. The
frequency may be used by private radio stations for meteor burst
communications on a secondary, noninterference basis. Usage shall be in
accordance with part 22 or 90 of this chapter. Stations utilizing
meteor burst communications shall not cause harmful interference to
stations of other radio services operating in accordance with the
allocation table.
(29) In the State of Alaska only, the frequency 45.90 MHz is
available for assignment on a primary basis to private land mobile radio
stations utilizing meteor burst communications. The frequency may be
used by common carrier stations for meteor burst communications on a
secondary, noninterference basis. Usage shall be in accordance with
parts 22 and 90 of this chapter. Stations utilizing meteor burst
communications shall not cause harmful interference to stations of other
radio services operating in accordance with the allocation table.
(30) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(31) This frequency is subject to the provisions of 90.19(f)(5)(7).
(f) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See also 90.253.)
(1) Substitution of frequencies available below 25 MHz may be made in
accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted.
(4) The frequency bands 31.99 to 32.00 MHz 33.00 to 33.01 MHz, 33.99
to 34.00 MHz, 37.93 to 38.00 MHz, 39.00 to 39.01 MHz, 33.99 to 40.00 MHz
and 42.00 to 42.01 MHz are available for assignment for developmental
operation subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(5) A licensee in the Police Radio Service may use transmitters on
the frequencies indicated below in connection with official police
activities without specific authorization from the Commission, provided
that such use shall be on a secondary basis and shall not cause harmful
interference to services of other licensees operating on regularly
assigned frequencies, and further provided that all such use complies
with the requirements of Federal, State and local laws.
The provisions of 90.429 of this part shall not apply to
transmitters authorized under this paragraph. To be eligible for
operations in this manner, the transmitter must comply with all of the
following requirements.
(i) In accordance with 90.203 of this part and 2.803 of part 2 of
this chapter, the transmitter must be of a type which has been type
accepted by the Commission.
(ii) The carrier frequency shall be within the bands of
30.85-30.87 MHz
30.89-30.91 MHz
30.93-30.95 MHz
30.97-30.99 MHz
31.01-31.03 MHz
31.05-31.07 MHz
31.09-31.11 MHz
31.13-31.15 MHz
31.17-31.19 MHz
31.21-31.23 MHz
31.25-31.27 MHz
31.29-31.31 MHz
31.33-31.35 MHz
31.37-31.39 MHz
31.41-31.43 MHz
31.45-31.47 MHz
31.49-31.51 MHz
31.53-31.55 MHz
31.57-31.59 MHz
31.61-31.63 MHz
31.65-31.67 MHz
31.69-31.71 MHz
31.73-31.75 MHz
31.77-31.79 MHz
31.81-31.83 MHz
31.85-31.87 MHz
31.89-31.91 MHz
31.93-31.95 MHz
31.97-32.00 MHz
33.00-33.03 MHz
33.05-33.07 MHz
33.41-34.00 MHz
37.00-37.43 MHz
37.89-38.00 MHz
39.00-40.00 MHz
42.00-42.91 MHz
44.61-45.91 MHz
45.93-45.95 MHz
45.97-45.99 MHz
46.01-46.03 MHz
46.05-46.60 MHz
47.00-47.41 MHz
150.995-151.490 MHz
153.740-154.445 MHz
154.635-155.195 MHz
155.415-156.250 MHz
158.715-159.465 MHz
453.0125-453.9875 MHz
458.0125-458.9875 MHz
460.0125-465.5125 MHz
460.5625-460.6375 MHz
462.9375-462.9875 MHz
465.0125-460.5125 MHz
465.5625-465.6375 MHz
467.9375-467.9875 MHz
and must be maintained within 0.005 percent of the frequency of
operation. Use on assigned channel center frequencies is not required.
(iii) The emitted signal shall be non-voice modulation (type PO
emission).
(iv) The maximum occupied bandwidth, containing 99 percent of the
radiated power, shall not exceed 2.0 kHz.
(v) The transmitter output power shall not exceed a mean power of 30
mW nor shall any peak exceed 1 watt peak power, as measured into a 50
ohm resistive load. Should the transmitter be supplied with a
permanently attached antenna or should the transmitter and antenna
combination be contained in a sealed unit, the following standard may be
used in lieu of the above: The field strength of the fundamental signal
of the transmitter and antenna combination shall not exceed 0.4 V/m mean
or 2.3 V/m peak when measured at a distance of 3 meters.
(vi) The transmitter shall contain positive means to limit the
transmission time to no more than 10 days. In the event of a
malfunction of this positive means, the transmitter signal shall cease.
The use of battery life to accomplish the transmission time limitation
is permissible.
(6) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(7) The frequency 173.075 MHz is available for stolen vehicle
recovery systems on a shared basis with the Federal Government. Stolen
vehicle recovery systems are limited to recovering stolen vehicles and
are not authorized for general purpose vehicle tracking or monitoring.
Mobile transmitters operating on this frequency are limited to 2.5 watts
power output and base transmitters are limited to 300 watts ERP. F1D
and F2D emissions may be used within a maximum authorized 20 kHz
bandwidth. Transmissions from mobiles shall be limited to 200
milliseconds every 10 seconds, except that when a vehicle is being
tracked actively, transmissions may be increased to 200 milliseconds
every second. Transmissions from base stations will be limited to a
total time of 1 second every minute. Applications for base stations
operating on this frequency shall require coordination with the Federal
Government. Applicants shall perform an analysis for each base station
located within 105 miles of a TV channel 7 transmitter of potential
interference to TV channel 7 viewers. Such stations will be authorized
if the applicant has limited the interference contour to fewer than 100
residences or if the applicant:
(i) Shows that the proposed site is the only suitable location;
(ii) develops a plan to control any interference caused to TV
reception from the operations; and
(iii) agrees to make such adjustments in the TV receivers affected as
may be necessary to eliminate interference caused by its operations.
The licensee must eliminate any interference caused by its operation to
TV channel 7 reception within 30 days of the time it is notified in
writing by the commission. If this interference is not removed within
the 30 day period, operation of the base station must be discontinued.
The licensee is expected to help resolve all complaints of interference.
(g) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one base and one mobile station frequency, will be assigned for mobile
service operations by a single applicant in a given area. The
assignment of an additional frequency or pair of frequencies will be
made only upon a satisfactory showing of need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247,
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) The frequency 39.06 MHz may be assigned notwithstanding this
limitation.
(3) A licensee may use, without special authorization from the
Commission, any mobile service frequency between 40 and 952 MHz, listed
in subpart B of this part of the rules, for communications in connection
with physical surveillance, stakeouts, raids, and other such activities.
Such use shall be on a secondary basis to operations of licensees
regularly authorized on the assigned frequencies. The maximum output
power that may be used for such communications is 2 watts.
Transmitters, operating under this provision of the rules, shall be
exempted from the station identification requirements of 90.425. Use of
Public Safety frequencies not listed in paragraph (d) of this section is
conditional on the approval of the coordinator corresponding to each
frequency. Spread spectrum transmitters may be operated on Public
Safety frequencies between 37 and 952 MHz, providing that they are type
accepted by the Commission under the provisions of 2.803 and 90.203 of
the rules, and meet the following conditions:
(i) Frequency hopping transmitters can be operated, with a maximum
output power of 2 watts, on any Public Safety mobile service frequency
between 37 and 952 MHz listed in subpart B of this part. At least 20
hopping frequencies shall be used and the average time of occupancy on
any frequency shall not be greater than 1/10 second in every 2 seconds;
(ii) Use of spread spectrum transmitters under this section of the
rules is subject to approval by the applicable frequency coordinator of
the radio services of the district in which the license and equipment
are to be used.
(4) In addition to the frequencies assigned for mobile service
operation, one base station frequency above 152 MHz may be assigned as a
common frequency to all licensees in a particular area to permit
intersystem communication between base stations or mobile stations or
both. This frequency, use will not be authorized in any area where all
available frequencies are required for independent systems.
(5) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands, 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(6) A licensee of a radio station in this service may operate radio
units for the purpose of determining distance, direction, speed, or
position by means of a radiolocation device on any frequency available
for radiolocation purposes without specific authorization from the
Commission, provided type accepted equipment or equipment authorized
pursuant to 90.203(b)(4) and (5) is used and all other rule
requirements are satisfied.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307; secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of
1934, as amended, 0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5
U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and (d)(3))
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.19, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.21 Fire Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Any territory, possession, state, county, city,
town, or similar governmental entity, and persons or organizations
charged with specific fire protection activities are eligible to hold
authorizations in the Fire Radio Service to operate radio stations for
transmission of communications essential to official fire activities of
the licensee. Applications from persons or organizations other than
governmental entities must be accompanied by a statement from the
governmental entity having legal jurisdiction over the area to be
served, supporting the request.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Fire Radio Service, together
with the class of station(s) to which they are normally assigned and the
specific assignment limitations which are explained in paragraph (c) of
this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) The maximum output power of any transmitter authorized to operate
on this frequency shall not exceed 10 watts.
(2) This frequency is reserved for assignment to stations in this
service for intersystem operations only and these operations must be
primarily base-mobile communications.
(3) The frequencies available for use at operational fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(4) This frequency is not available for assignment to stations in
this service in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands.
(5) This frequency may be assigned to stations in the Fire Radio
Service, only at points within 240 km. (150 mi.) of New York, NY.
(6) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this band,
and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261. Operation
on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Industrial and Land
Transportation Radio Services where they are assigned for land mobile
operations.
(7) This frequency is available in this service on a shared basis
with all other Public-Safety Radio Services.
(8) This frequency is shared with the Police and Special Emergency
Radio Services.
(9) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(10) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-824 MHz and 851-869 MHz bands.
(11) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(12) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(13) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new stations or modification
to existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(14) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(15) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(16) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(17) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See also 90.253.)
(1) Substitution of frequencies available below 25 MHz may be made in
accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(4) The frequency bands 31.99 to 32.00 MHz, 33.00 to 33.01 MHz, 33.99
to 34.00 MHz, 37.93 to 38.00 MHz, 39.00 to 39.01 MHz, 39.99 to 40.00 MHz
and 42.00 to 42.01 MHz, are available for assignment for developmental
operation subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(5) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
two frequencies or pairs of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with the operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247,
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) The assignment of an additional frequency or frequencies may be
authorized notwithstanding this limitation for common, intra-county,
intra-fire-district, or intrastate fire coordination operations. The
frequency or frequencies requested must be in accordance with a
frequency utilization plan, for the area involved, on file with the
Commission.
(3) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(4) A licensee of a radio station in this service may operate radio
units for the purpose of determining distance, direction, speed, or
position by means of a radiolocation device on any frequency available
for radiolocation purposes without specific authorization from the
Commission, provided type accepted equipment or equipment authorized
pursuant to 90.203(b) (4) and (5) is used and all other rule
requirements are satisfied.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307; secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of
1934, as amended, 0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5
U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and (d)(3))
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.21, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.23 Highway Maintenance Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Any territory, possession, State, county, city,
town, and similar governmental entity is eligible to hold authorizations
in the Highway Maintenance Radio Service to operate stations for
transmission of communications essential to official highway activities
of the licensee.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Highway Maintenance Radio
Service, together with the class of station(s) to which they are
normally assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are
explained in paragraph (c) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) This frequency is shared with the Special Emergency Radio
Service.
(2) This frequency will be assigned only in accordance with a
geographical assignment plan and is reserved primarily for assignment to
Highway Maintenance systems operated by states. The use of this
frequency by other Highway maintenance licensees will be authorized only
where such use is necessary to coordinate activities with the particular
state to which the frequency is assigned. Any request for such use must
be supported by a statement from the state concerned.
(3) The frequencies available for use at operational fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies,
are shared with other services and are available only in accordance with
the provisions of 90.257.
(4) This frequency is not available for assignment to stations in the
Highway Maintenance Radio Service located in Puerto Rico and the Virgin
Islands.
(5) This frequency is reserved for assignment for use in highway
maintenance systems operated by licenses other than States.
(6) This frequency is only assigned to Highway Maintenance stations
licensed for its use prior to April 28, 1952. Such use may continue on
a secondary basis to any government or non-government radio operation.
(7) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this band,
and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261. Operation
on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Industrial and Land
Transportation Radio Services where they are assigned for land mobile
operations.
(8) This frequency is available in this service on a shared basis
with all other Public-Safety Radio Services.
(9) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(10) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-824 MHz and 851-869 MHz bands.
(11) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(12) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(13) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new or modification to
existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(14) This frequency may not be assigned with 100 miles of New Orleans
(coordinates 29-56-53 N and 90-04-10 W).
(15) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(16) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(17) Notwithstanding the provisions of limitation (2) above, this
frequency may be used by licensees in any of the Public Safety Radio
Services without a separate license for the purpose of operating
self-powered vehicle detectors for traffic control and safety purposes,
on a secondary basis, in accordance with 90.269 of this chapter.
(18) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(19) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See also 90.253.)
(1) (Reserved)
(2) The frequency bands 31.99 to 32.00 MHz, 33.00 to 33.01 MHz, 33.00
to 33.01 MHz, 33.99 to 34.00 MHz, 37.93 to 38.00 39.00 to 39.01 MHz,
39.99 to 40.00 MHz and 42.00 to 42.01 MHz are available for assignment
for developmental operation subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(4) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
two frequencies or pairs of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with the operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247,
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz 918-926 MHz and 926-927
MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle Monitoring
(AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding this
limitation.
(3) A licensee of a radio station in this service may operate radio
units for the purpose of determining distance, direction, speed, or
position by means of a radiolocation device on any frequency available
for radiolocation purposes without specific authorization from the
Commission, provided type accepted equipment or equipment authorized
pursuant to 90.203(b)(4) and (5) is used and all other rule
requirements are satisfied.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.23, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.25 Forestry-Conservation Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Any territory, possession, State, county, city,
town, and similiar governmental entity, or persons or organizations
charged with specific forestry-conservation activities are eligible to
hold authorizations in the Forestry-Conservation Radio Service to
operate radio stations for transmission of communications essential to
official forestry-conservation activities of the licensee. Application
from persons or organizations other than governmental entities must be
accompanied by a statement from the governmental entity having legal
jurisdiction over the area to be served, supporting the request.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Foresty-Conservation Radio
Service, together with the class of station(s) to which they are
normally assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are
explained in paragraph (c) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) The use of this frequency is on a secondary basis to any Canadian
station.
(2) This frequency is shared with the Motor Carrier Radio Service.
(3) This frequency is available for assignment only in accordance
with a geographical assignment plan. This frequency may be used for
conservation activities on a secondary basis to any station using the
frequency for forest fire prevention, detection, and suppression.
(4) This frequency is reserved primarily for assignment to state
licensees. Assignments to other licensees will be made only where the
frequency is required for coordinated operation with the State system to
which the frequency is assigned. Any request for such assignment must
be supported by a statement from the State system concerned, indicating
that the assignment is necessary for coordination of activities.
(5) The frequencies available for use at operational-fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(6) This frequency is not available for assignment to stations in
this service located in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands.
(7) This frequency is shared with stations in the Special Industrial
Radio Service and evidence of interservice coordination is required.
(8) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands. All applications for the
assignment of a new frequency or to change existing facilities in such a
manner as to require frequency coordination as specified in 90.175 for
stations in Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands, shall be accompanied by
evidence of interservice frequency coordination.
(9) This frequency will be assigned only to licensees directly
responsible for the prevention, detection, and suppression of forest
fires, on a secondary basis to any U.S. Government station.
(10) This frequency will be assigned for use only in areas west of
the Mississippi River.
(11) This frequency will be assigned for use only in areas east of
the Mississippi.
(12) In addition to agencies responsible for forest fire prevention,
detection, and suppression, this frequency may be assigned to
conservation agencies which do not have forest fire responsibilities on
a secondary basis to any U.S. Government stations, Provided, That such
assignment is necessary to permit mobile relay operation by such
agencies.
(13) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this
band, and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261.
Operation on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the
Industrial and Land Transportation Radio Services where they are
assigned for land mobile operations.
(14) This frequency is available in this service on a shared basis
with all other Public Safety Services.
(15) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(16) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-824 MHz and 851-869 MHz bands.
(17) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(18) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(19) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new stations or modification
to existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered, and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(20) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(21) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(22) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(23) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See also 90.253.)
(1) Substitution of frequencies available below 25 MHz may be made in
accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(4) The frequency bands 31.99 to 32.00 MHz, 33.00 to 33.01 MHz, 33.99
to 34.00 MHz, 37.93 to 38.00 MHz, 39.00 to 39.01 MHz, 39.99 to 40.00
MHz, and 42.00 to 42.01 MHz are available for assignment for
developmental operation subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(5) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
two frequencies or pairs of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with the operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(3) A licensee of a radio station in this service may operate radio
units for the purpose of determining distance, direction, speed, or
position by means of a radiolocation device on any frequency available
for radiolocation purposes without specific authorization from the
Commission, provided type accepted equipment or equipment authorized
pursuant to 90.203(b)(4) and (5) is used and all other rule
requirements are satisfied.
(f) A licensee in the Forestry-Conservation Radio Service may use,
without a specific authorization from the Commission, transmitters on
the frequencies indicated below in connection with wildlife tracking
and/or telemetry and in connection with official forestry-conservation
activities, provided that such use shall be on a secondary basis and
shall not cause harmful interference to services of other licensees
operating on regularly assigned frequencies. The provisions of
90.203, 90.425, and 90.429 of this part shall not apply to transmitters
complying with this subparagraph. To be eligible for operations in this
manner, the transmitter must comply with all of the following
requirements.
(1) The carrier frequency shall be within the bands of:
31.17 to 31.19
31.21 to 31.23
31.25 to 31.27
31.29 to 31.31
31.33 to 31.35
31.37 to 31.39
31.41 to 31.43
31.45 to 31.47
31.49 to 31.51
31.53 to 31.55
31.57 to 31.59
31.61 to 31.63
31.65 to 31.67
31.69 to 31.71
31.73 to 31.75
31.77 to 31.79
31.81 to 31.83
31.85 to 31.87
31.89 to 31.91
31.93 to 31.95
31.97 to 31.99
44.63 to 44.65
44.67 to 44.69
44.71 to 44.73
44.75 to 44.77
44.79 to 44.81
44.83 to 44.85
44.87 to 44.89
44.91 to 44.93
44.95 to 44.97
44.99 to 45.01
45.03 to 45.05
151.145 to 151.475
159.225 to 159.465
The carrier frequency must be maintained within 0.005 percent of the
frequency of operation. Use on assigned channel center frequencies is
not required.
(2) The emitted signal shall be non-voice modulation (A1D, A2D, F1D,
or F2D emission).
(3) The maximum occupied bandwidth, containing 99 percent of the
radiated power, shall not exceed 0.25 kHz.
(4) The transmitter output power shall not exceed a mean power of 5
mW nor shall any peak exceed 100 mW peak power, as measured into a
permanently attached antenna; or if the transmitter and antenna
combination are contained in a sealed unit, the field strength of the
fundamental signal of the transmitter and antenna combination shall not
exceed 0.29 V/m mean or 1.28 V/m peak when measured at a distance of 3
meters.
(5) The requirements of 90.175 regarding frequency coordination
apply.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.25, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.25 Subpart C -- Special Emergency Radio Service
47 CFR 90.33 Scope.
The Special Emergency Radio Service (SERS) covers the licensing of
the radio communications of the following categories of activities:
medical services, rescue organizations, veterinarians, handicapped
persons, disaster relief organizations, school buses, beach patrols,
establishments in isolated places, communications standby facilities,
and emergency repair of public communications facilities. Entities not
meeting these eligibility criteria may also be licensed in the SERS
solely to provide service to SERS eligibles on one-way paging-only
frequencies below 800 MHz, i.e., those frequencies with the assignment
limitations appearing at 90.53(b)(4) or (26). Private carrier systems
licensed on other SERS channels prior to June 1, 1990, may continue to
operate on those channels solely to provide radio communications service
to SERS eligibles. Rules as to eligibility for licensing, permissible
communications and classes and number of stations, and any special
requirements as to each of these categories are set forth in the
following sections. Frequencies available for these categories of
services are shown in a separate frequency table.
(55 FR 24896, June 19, 1990)
47 CFR 90.34 Public Safety National Plan.
The Commission has established a National Plan which specifies
special policies and procedures governing the Public Safety Radio
Services and the Special Emergency Radio Service. The National Plan is
contained in the Report and Order in General Docket No. 87-112. The
principal spectrum resource for the National Plan is the 821-824 MHz and
the 866-869 MHz bands. The National plan establishes planning regions
covering all parts of the United States, Puerto Rico, and the U.S.
Virgin Islands. No assignments will be made in the 821-824 MHz and
866-869 MHz bands until a regional plan for the area has been accepted
by the Commission.
(53 FR 1024, Jan. 15, 1988)
47 CFR 90.35 Medical services.
(a) Eligibility. The following persons are eligible to hold
authorization to operate radio stations for the delivery or rendition of
medical services to the public and on a secondary basis, for
transmission of messages related to the efficient administration of
organizations and facilities engaged in medical services operations.
(1) Hospital establishments that offer services, facilities, and beds
for use beyond 24 hours in rendering medical treatment.
(2) Institutions and organizations regularly engaged in providing
medical services through clinics, public health facilities, and similar
establishments.
(3) Ambulance companies regularly engaged in providing medical
ambulance services.
(4) Rescue organizations for the limited purpose of participation in
providing medical services.
(5) Associations comprised of two or more of the organizations
eligible under paragraphs (a)(1), (2), (3), and (4) of this section, for
the purpose of active participation in and direct operational control of
the medical services communication activities of such organizations.
(6) Physicians, schools of medicine, oral surgeons, and associations
of physicians or oral surgeons.
(7) Governmental entities and governmental agencies for their own
medical activities.
(8) Governmental entities and governmental agencies for providing
medical services communications to other eligible persons through direct
participation in and direct operational control of the system, such as
through central dispatch service.
(b) (Reserved)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 19538, May 6, 1982;
48 FR 9272, Mar. 4, 1983; 48 FR 26620, June 9, 1983; 49 FR 36376,
Sept. 17, 1984)
47 CFR 90.37 Rescue organizations.
(a) Eligibility. Persons or organizations operating a rescue squad
are eligible to hold authorizations to operate radio stations for
transmission of messages pertaining to the safety of life or property
and urgent messages necessary for the rendition of an efficient
emergency rescue service.
(b) Class and number of stations available. Each rescue squad will
normally be authorized to operate one base station, and a number of
mobile units (excluding hand carried mobile units) not exceeding the
number of vehicles actually used in emergency rescue operations. In
addition, each rescue squad will be authorized to operate a number of
hand carried mobile units not exceeding two such units for each radio
equipped vehicle actually used in emergency rescue operations.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 45 FR 43418, June 27, 1980)
47 CFR 90.38 Physically handicapped.
(a) Eligibility. (1) Any person having a hearing deficiency such
that average hearing threshold levels are 90 dB above ANSI (American
National Standards Institute) 1969 or ISO (International Standards
Organization) 1964 levels and such other persons who submit medical
certification of similar hearing deficiency.
(2) Any person having visual acuity corrected to no better than
20/200 in the better eye or having a field of vision of less than 20
degrees.
(3) Any person, who, through loss of limbs or motor function, is
confined to a wheelchair, or is nonambulatory.
(4) Parents or guardians of persons under 18 years eligible under
(1), (2), (3), or institutions devoted to the care or training of those
persons.
(b) Special eligibility showing. The initial application from a
person claiming eligibility under paragraph (a) shall be accompanied by
a statement from a physician attesting to the condition of the applicant
or the applicant's child (or ward in case of guardianship).
(46 FR 15276, Mar. 5, 1981)
47 CFR 90.39 Veterinarians.
(a) Eligibility. A veterinarian, veterinary clinic, or a school of
veterinary medicine is eligible to hold authorizations to operate radio
stations for the transmission of messages pertaining to the care and
treatment of animals.
(b) Class and number of stations available. Each licensee may be
authorized to operate one base station and two mobile units. Additional
base stations or mobile units will be authorized only on a showing of
need.
47 CFR 90.41 Disaster relief organizations.
(a) Eligibility. Organizations established for disaster relief
purposes having an emergency radio communications plan are eligible to
hold authorizations to operate radio stations for the transmission of
communications relating to the safety of life or property, the
establishment and maintenance of temporary relief facilities, and the
alleviation of the emergency situation during periods of actual or
impending emergency, or disaster, and until substantially normal
conditions are restored.
(b) Special eligibility showing. The initial application from a
disaster relief organization shall be accompanied by a copy of the
charter or other authority under which the organization was established
and a copy of its communications plan. The plan shall fully describe
the operation of the radio facilities and describe the method of
intergration into other communications facilities which normally would
be available to assist in the alleviation of the emergency condition.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 9272, Mar. 4, 1983)
47 CFR 90.43 School buses.
(a) Eligibility. Persons or organizations operating school buses on
a regular basis over regular routes are eligible to hold authorizations
to operate radio stations for the transmission of messages pertaining to
either the efficient operation of the school bus service or the safety
or general welfare of the students they are engaged in transporting.
(b) Class and number of stations available. Each school bus operator
may be authorized to operate one base station and a number of mobile
units not in excess of the total of the number of buses and maintenance
vehicles regularly engaged in the school bus operation. Additional base
stations or mobile units will be authorized only in exceptional
circumstances when the applicant can show a specific need.
47 CFR 90.45 Beach Patrols.
(a) Eligibility. Persons or organizations operating beach patrols
having responsibility for life-saving activities are eligible to hold
authorizations to operate radio stations for the transmission of
messages required for the safety of life or property.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 9272, Mar. 4, 1983)
47 CFR 90.47 Establishment in isolated areas.
(a) Eligibility. Persons or organizations maintaining establishment
in isolated areas where public communications facilities are not
available and where the use of radio is the only feasible means of
establishing communication with a center of population, or other point
from which emergency assistance might be obtained if needed, are
eligible to hold authorizations to operate radio stations for the
transmission of messages only during an actual or impending emergency
endangering life, health or property for the transmission of essential
communications arising from the emergency. The transmission of routine
or non-emergency communications is strictly prohibited.
(b) Special eligibility showing. The initial application requesting
a station authorization for an establishment in an isolated area shall
be accompanied by a statement describing the status of public
communication facilities in the area of the applicant's establishment;
the results of any attempts the applicant may have made to obtain public
communication service, and; in the event radio communications service
is to be furnished under subparagraph (d)(2) of this section, a copy of
the agreement involved must be submitted.
(c) Class and number of stations available. Persons or organizations
in this category may be authorized to operate not more than one fixed
station at any isolated establishment and not more than one fixed
station in a center of population.
(d) Communication service rendered and received. (1) The licensee of
a station at any establishment in an isolated area shall make the
communication facilities of such station available at no charge to any
person desiring the transmission of any communication permitted by
paragraph (a) of this section.
(2) For the purpose of providing the communications link desired the
licensee of a station at an establishment in an isolated area either may
be the licensee of a similar station at another location or may obtain
communication service under a mutual agreement from the licensee of any
station in the Public Safety or Special Emergency Radio Services or any
other station which is authorized to communicate with the special
emergency fixed station.
47 CFR 90.49 Communications standby facilities.
(a) Eligibility. A communications common carrier operating
communications circuits that normally carry essential communication of
such a nature that their disruption would endanger life or public
property is eligible to hold authorizations for standby radio facilities
for the transmission of messages only during periods when the normal
circuits are inoperative due to circumstances beyond the control of the
user. During such periods the radio facilities may be used to transmit
any communication which would be carried by the regular circuit.
(b) Special eligibility showing. Initial applications for
authorization to operate a standby radio facility must include a
statement describing radio communication facilities desired, the
proposed method of operation, a description of the messages normally
being carried, and an explanation of how their disruption will endanger
life or public property.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 9272, Mar. 4, 1983)
47 CFR 90.51 Emergency repair of public communications facilities.
(a) Eligibility. Communications common carriers are eligible in this
service for radio facilities to be used in effecting expeditious repairs
to interruption of public communications facilities where such
interruptions have resulted in disabling intercity circuits or service
to a multiplicity of subscribers in a general area. Stations authorized
under this section may be used only when no other means of communication
is readily available, for the transmission of messages relating to the
safety of life and property and messages which are necessary for the
efficient restoration of the public communication facilities which have
been disrupted.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 9272, Mar. 4, 1983)
47 CFR 90.53 Frequencies available.
(a) The following table indicates frequencies available for
assignment to stations in the Special Emergency Radio Service, together
with the class of station(s) to which they are normally assigned and the
specific assignment limitations which are explained in paragraph (b) of
this section. (Frequencies below 450 MHz indicated for base or mobile
stations may be authorized to fixed stations on a secondary basis to
stations in the mobile service):
(b) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (a) of this section:
(1) Appropriate frequencies in the band 2000-3000 kHz which are
designated in part 80 of this chapter as available to Public Ship
Stations for telephone communications with Public Coast Stations may be
assigned on a secondary basis to Special Emergency fixed stations for
communication with Public Coast Stations only, provided such stations
are located in the United States and the following conditions are met:
(i) That such fixed station is established pursuant to the
eligibility provisions of 90.47 and that the isolated area involved in
an island or other location not more than 480 km (300 statute miles)
removed from the desired point of communication and isolated from that
point by water.
(ii) That evidence is submitted showing that an arrangement has been
made with the coast station licensee for the handling of emergency
communications permitted by 80.453 and 90.47(d) of this chapter.
(iii) That operation of the Special Emergency fixed station shall at
no time conflict with any provision of part 80 of this chapter and
further, that such operation in general shall conform to the practices
employed by Public Ship Stations for radiotelephone communication with
the same Public Coast Station.
(2) This frequency is shared with the Local Government Radio Service
where it is available for State Guard operations.
(3) This frequency is shared with the Highway Maintenance Radio
Service.
(4) This frequency will be assigned only for one-way paging
communications to mobile receivers. Transmissions for the purpose of
activating or controlling remote objects on this frequency are not
authorized.
(5) This frequency is reserved for assignment only to national
organizations eligible for disaster relief operation under 90.41.
(6) The frequencies available for use at operational fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies,
are shared with other services and are available only in accordance with
the provisions of 90.257.
(7) This frequency may be authorized only for voice transmission from
a portable (hand-held unit) that is not airborne, to an ambulance or
other emergency vehicle for automatic retransmission (mobile repeater)
on a regular mobile frequency to a base station facility. Operation on
this frequency is limited to 2.5 watts output power.
(8) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(9) This frequency is assignable only to those hospitals described in
90.35(a)(1) and to those ambulance companies which need to communicate
with a hospital authorized on this frequency, while providing an
ambulance service.
(10) This frequency is authorized for use under 90.35(a) for the
rendition and delivery of medical services, and may be designated by
common consent as an inter-system mutual assistance frequency under an
area-wide medical communications plan.
(11) Operations on this frequency are limited to 30 watts transmitter
output power.
(12) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this
band, and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261.
Operation on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the
Industrial and Land-Transportation Radio Service where they are assigned
for land mobile operations.
(13) This frequency is authorized for use under 90.35(a) for
telemetry or voice transmission with maximum transmitter output power of
1 watt from a portable telemetering unit to an ambulance for automatic
retransmission (mobile repeater) to a hospital or other medical care
facility. This frequency is also available in the Local Government
Radio Service for highway radio call box operations. (See 90.17(b) and
(c)(11).)
(14) The continuous carrier mode of operation may be used for
telemetry transmission on this frequency.
(15) For applications for new radio systems received after August 15,
1974, the eight frequency pairs listed below will only be assigned in a
block for shared operations under 90.35(a) subject to the following:
(i) For uniformity in usage, these frequency pairs may be referred to
by channel name as follows:
(ii) Except as provided in paragraphs (b)(15)(v) and (vi) of this
section, mobile or portable stations must employ equipment which is both
wired and equipped to transmit/receive, respectively, on each of these
eight frequency pairs with transmitters operated on the 468 MHz
frequencies.
(iii) Applicants proposing to install base or control stations which
are capable of transmitting/receiving on less than four (three, if
bio-medical telemetry operation will not be employed in the system) of
these eight channel pairs must submit with their application the results
of a field study demonstrating that the frequency or frequencies applied
for will cause the least amount of interference, among the eight channel
pairs, to existing systems operating on the MED channels.
(iv) (Reserved)
(v) Portable (hand-held) units operated with a maximum output power
of 2.5 watts are exempted from the multi-channel equipment requirements
specified in paragraph (b)(15)(ii) in this section.
(vi) Stations located in areas above line A, as defined in 90.7,
will be required to meet multi-channel equipment requirements only for
those frequencies up to the number specified in paragraph (b)(15)(ii) of
this section which have been assigned and coordinated with Canada in
accordance with the applicable U.S.-Canada agreement.
(16) This frequency is primarily authorized for use under 90.35(a)
in the dispatch of medical care vehicles and personnel for the rendition
or delivery of medical services. This frequency may also be assigned
for intra-system and inter-system mutual assistance purposes. For
uniformity in usage, the frequency pairs 462.950/467.950 MHz and
462.975/467.975 MHz may be referred to as MED-9 and MED-10,
respectively.
(17) This frequency is shared with the Police and Fire Radio Services
and is subject to the coordination requirements specified in 90.175.
(18) Until March 1, 1986, use of this frequency is on a secondary
basis to Police Radio Service licenses authorized prior to April 16,
1976.
(19) This frequency is authorized for use under 90.35(a) for
operations in bio-medical telemetry stations. F1B, F1D, F2B, F2D, F3E,
G1B, G1D, G2B, G2D, and G3E emissions may be authorized. This frequency
may be utilized on a secondary basis for all other communications
related to the delivery or rendition of medical services to the public
consistent with 90.35. Use of this frequency for administrative
communications is not permitted.
(20) This frequency is authorized for use under 90.35(a) for
communications between medical facilities vehicles and personnel related
to medical supervision and instruction for treatment and transport of
patients in the rendition or delivery of medical services. F1B, F1D,
F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, G2D, F3E and G3E emissions are authorized.
This frequency may be utilized on a secondary basis for all other
communications related to the delivery or rendition of medical services
to the public consistent with 90.35. Use of this frequency for
administrative communications is not permitted.
(21) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-824 MHz and 851-869 MHz bands.
(22) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(23) This frequency band is available in this service subject to the
provisions of 90.259.
(24) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new or modification to
existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(25) A licensee regularly conducting two-way communication operations
on this frequency may, on a secondary basis, also transmit one-way
alert-paging signals to ambulance and rescue squad personnel.
(26) This frequency is assignable only to persons eligible under
90.35(a) for the transmission of one-way tone and/or voice paging
messages that are necessary for the rendition of medical services. This
frequency is also shared with highway radio call box systems first
licensed prior to March 31, 1980, in the Local Government Radio Service
in accordance with 90.17(c)(11).
(27) This frequency is available in this service only to persons
eligible under the provisions of 90.38(a) for operation of transmitters
having a maximum power output of three watts using A1A, A1D, A2B, A2D,
F1B, F1D, F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, or G2D emission. This frequency is
also available in the Business Radio Service on a co-equal basis with
the Special Emergency Radio Service users.
(28) No new licenses will be granted for one-way paging under 90.487
for use on this frequency after August 1, 1980. This frequency is
available to persons eligible for station licenses under the provisions
of 90.38(a) on a co-equal basis with one-way paging users under 90.487
prior to August 1, 1985, and on a primary basis after August 1, 1985.
Only A1A, A1D, A2B, A2D, F1B, F1D, F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, G2D
emissions and power not exceeding 10 watts will be authorized. Antennas
having gain greater than 0 dBd will not be authorized. Transmissions
shall not exceed two seconds duration.
(29) In addition to other authorized uses, the use of F1B, F1D, F2B,
or F2D emission is permitted on this frequency for the operation of
bio-medical telemetry systems subject to the following limitations:
(i) Bio-medical telemetry operations may be conducted only in
geographic areas beyond fifty miles from the centers of the following
urbanized areas:
New York, NY-Northeastern New Jersey; Los Angeles-Long Beach, CA;
Chicago, IL-Northwestern Indiana; Philadelphia, PA-NJ; Detroit, MI;
San Francisco-Oakland, CA; Boston, MA; Washington, DC-MD-VA;
Cleveland, OH; St. Louis, MO-IL; Pittsburgh, PA; Minneapolis-St.
Paul, MN; Houston, TX; Baltimore, MD; Dallas, TX; Milwaukee, WI;
Seattle-Everett, WA; Miami, FL; San Diego, CA; Atlanta, GA;
Cincinnati, OH-KY; Kansas City, MO-KS; Buffalo, NY; Denver, CO; San
Jose, CA; New Orleans, LA; Phoenix, AZ; Portland, OR-WA;
Indianapolis, IN; Providence-Pawtucket-Warwick, RI-MA; Columbus, OH;
San Antonio, TX; Louisville, KY-IN; Dayton, OH; Fort Worth, TX;
Norfolk-Portsmouth, VA; Memphis, TN-MS; Sacramento, CA; Fort
Lauderdale-Hollywood, FL; Rochester, NY; Tampa-St. Petersburg, FL.
(ii) The continuous carrier mode of operation may be used for
telemetry transmissions on this frequency for periods up to two-minutes
duration; following which there must be a break in the carrier for at
least a one-minute period.
(iii) Geographical coordinates for the above-listed urbanized areas
may be found at Table 1 of 90.635.
(30) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(31) This frequency is removed by 22.5 kHz from frequencies assigned
to other radio services. Utilization of this frequency may result in,
as well as be subject to, interference under certain operating
conditions. In considering the use of this frequency, adjacent channel
operations should be taken into consideration. If interference occurs,
the licensee may be required to take the necessary steps to resolve the
problem. See 90.173(b).
(32) This frequency is assignable only to governmental entities
eligible under 90.35(a) for the dispatch of medical care vehicles and
personnel for the rendition or delivery of emergency medical services.
This frequency may be designated by common consent for intra-system and
inter-system mutual assistance purposes.
(33) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(34) This frequency is assignable only to governmental entities
eligible under 90.35(a) for the dispatch of medical care vehicles and
personnel for the rendition or delivery of emergency medical services.
This frequency may be designated by common consent for intra-system and
inter-system mutual assistance purposes.
(c) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See also 90.253).
(1) Substitution of frequencies available below 25 MHz may be made in
accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(4) The frequency bands 31.99 to 32.00 MHz, 33.00 to 33.01 MHz, 33.99
to 34.00 MHz, 37.93 to 38.00 MHz, 39.00 to 39.01 MHz, 39.99 to 40.00 MHz
and 42.00 to 42.01 MHz are available for assignment for developmental
operation subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(5) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(d) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency below 450 MHz will be assigned for mobile service
operations by a single applicant in a given area. The assignment of an
additional frequency will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with the operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247,
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) An additional frequency may be assigned for paging operations
from those frequencies available under 90.53(b)(4).
(3) The frequency 155.340 MHz may be assigned as an additional
frequency when it is designated as a mutual assistance frequency as
provided in 90.53(b)(10).
(4) Additional frequencies may be assigned for fixed station
operations.
(5) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307; secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of
1934, as amended, 0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5
U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and (d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.53, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.55 Paging operations.
Paging operations may be authorized in this service only on
frequencies assigned under the provisions of 90.53(b)(4), (25), (26),
or (32). Paging operations on other frequencies authorized before
August 15, 1974, may be continued only if they do not cause harmful
interference to regular operations on the same frequencies. Such paging
operations may be renewed indefinitely on a secondary basis to regular
operations, except within 125 kilometers (75 mi.) of the following
urbanized areas:
(45 FR 13087, Feb. 28, 1980; 45 FR 43418, June 27, 1980, as amended
at 50 FR 39678, Sept. 30, 1985; 50 FR 40976, Oct. 8, 1985)
47 CFR 90.55 Subpart D -- Industrial Radio Services
47 CFR 90.59 Scope.
The Industrial Radio Services include the Power, Petroleum, Forest
Products, Motion Picture, Relay Press, Special Industrial, Business,
Manufacturers, and Telephone Maintenance Radio Services. Rules as to
eligibility for licensing, specific frequencies available, and any
special requirements as to each of these radio services are set forth in
the following sections.
47 CFR 90.61 General eligibility.
(a) In addition to the eligibility shown in each Industrial Radio
Service, eligibility is also provided for any corporation proposing to
furnish nonprofit radiocommunication service to its parent corporation,
to another subsidiary of the same parent, or to its own subsidiary
provided the party served is regularly engaged in any of the eligibility
activities set forth in the particular service involved. This corporate
eligibility is not subject to the cooperative use provisions of 90.179.
(b) Eligibility is also provided for a nonprofit corporation or
association that is organized for the purpose of furnishing a radio
communications service to persons actually engaged in any of the
eligibility activities set forth in the particular service involved.
Such use is subject to the cooperative use provisions of 90.179.
(47 FR 19533, May 6, 1982)
47 CFR 90.63 Power Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons primarily engaged in any of the following
activities are eligible to hold authorizations in the Power Radio
Service to operate radio stations for transmission of communications
essential to such activities of the licensee:
(1) The generation, transmission, or distribution of electrical
energy for use by the general public or by the members of a cooperative
organization.
(2) The distribution of manufactured or natural gas by means of pipe
line, for use by the general public or by the members of a cooperative
organization, or, in a combination of that activity with the production,
transmission or storage of manufactured or natural gas preparatory to
such distribution.
(3) The distribution of steam by means of pipeline or, of water by
means of pipeline, canal, or open ditch, for use by the general public
or by the members of a cooperative organization, or in a combination of
that activity with the collection, transmission, storage, or
purification of water or the generation of steam preparatory to such
distribution.
(4) The providing of a supporting service by a corporation directly
related to activities of its parent corporation, of another subsidiary
of the same parent, or of its own subsidiary, where the party served is
regularly engaged in any of the eligibility activities set forth in this
section.
(b) Special use of service. (1) Radio facilities licensed to an
electric power entity, in addition to being used primarily for the
installation and maintenance of the electric power system, may also be
used for the installation and maintenance of any other wireline
facilities where such facilities employ in whole or in part the same
pole line or duct distribution system as that of the electric power
entity and where the licensee has the responsibility to maintain such
additional wireline facilities through common ownership or contractual
arrangement.
(2) Persons licensed under the provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this
section may utilize their radio facilities in conjunction with the
supplying of liquefied petroleum gas to consumers in areas beyond gas
distribution pipelines.
(c) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Power Radio Service,
together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are explained in
paragraph (d) of this section:
(d) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
tabulation of paragraph (c) of this section:
(1) Only utilities and power pools engaged in the distribution of
electric power, or the distribution of by pipeline of fuels or water are
eligible to use this spectrum, and then only in accordance with 90.266.
Except as provided in this part, licensees may not use these frequencies
in the place of other operational circuits permitted by the Commission's
Rules. Circuits operating on these frequencies may be used only for the
following purposes:
(i) Providing backup standby communications for circuits which have
been disrupted and which are used for coordinating inter-utility,
intra-utility, and power pool distribution of electric power; or,
(ii) Coordinating the repair of inter-utility, intra-utility, and
power pool electric power distribution networks, or the repair of
pipelines.
(2) This frequency may be assigned only to stations operating in an
interconnected or coordinated utility system in accordance with an
operational communications plan which sets forth all points of
communications. Authorizations at variance with an established
operational communications plan will be made only on a secondary basis.
(3) The frequencies available for use at operational fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(4) This frequency is shared with the Forest Products and Petroleum
Radio Services in the States of Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and
Texas.
(5) This frequency is not available for assignment in this service in
the States of Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and Texas. In these
States, this frequency is available to the Petroleum and Forest Products
Radio Services.
(6) This frequency is available for assignment to multiple address
fixed stations employing omnidirectional antennas used for Power Utility
peak load shaving and shedding and to mobile stations used for the
remote control of objects and devices. The maximum power that may be
authorized to fixed stations is 300 watts output, and the maximum power
that may be authorized for mobile stations is 1 watt output. This
frequency may also be assigned to operational fixed stations employing
directional antenna systems (front-to-back ratio of 20 dB) when such
stations are located at least 120 km. (75 mi.) from the boundaries of
any urbanized area of 200,000 or more population. (U.S Census of
Population, 1960). The maximum power output of the transmitter for such
fixed stations may not exceed 50 watts. A1A, A1D, A2B, A2D, F1B, F1D,
F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, or G2D emission may be authorized.
(7) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 2.8 kHz and the
maximum frequency deviation may not exceed 2.5 kHz. For AM transmitters
the highest modulating frequency may not exceed 2.0 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent, and the authorized
bandwidth may not exceed 6 kHz.
(8) This frequency is shared with Forest Products and Petroleum Radio
Services in the States of Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas,
and Washington.
(9) This frequency is not available for assignment in this service in
the States of Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, and
Washington. In these States this frequency is available only in the
Petroleum and Forest Products Radio Services.
(10) Frequencies in this band will be assigned only for transmitting
hydrological or meteorological data or for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(11) The maximum output power of the transmitter may not exceed 50
watts for fixed stations and 1 watt for mobiles. A1A, A1D, A2B, A2D,
F1B, F1D, F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, or G2D emission may be authorized.
(12) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 1.7 kHz and the
maximum deviation may not exceed 1.2 kHz. For AM transmitters the
highest modulating frequency may not exceed 1.2 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent and the authorized
bandwidth may not exceed 3 kHz.
(13) This band is available to stations operating in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(14) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this
band, and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261.
Operation on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Public
Safety and Land Transportation Radio Services where they are assigned
for land mobile operations.
(15) This frequency is available on a shared basis in the Power,
Petroleum, Forest Products, Manufacturers, and Telephone Maintenance
Radio Services. It may be assigned only when all of the frequencies in
the 450-470 MHz band allocated to the service in which the applicant is
primarily eligible are assigned within 56 km. (35 mi) of the proposed
base station.
(16) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(17) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(18) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(19) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new or modification to
existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(20) Use of frequencies in this band is limited to developmental
operation and is subject to the provisions of Subpart Q.
(21) This frequency is available on a shared basis with the Local
Government, Petroleum, Forest Products, Special Industrial, Business and
Manufacturers Radio Services for remote control and telemetry
operations.
(22) Operational fixed stations must employ directional antennas
having a front-to-back ratio of at least 20 dB. Omnidirectional
antennas having unity gain may be employed for stations communicating
with at least three receiving locations separated by 160 of azimuth.
(23) The maximum effective radiated power (ERP) may not exceed 20
watts for fixed stations and 2 watts for mobile stations. The height of
the antenna system may not exceed 15.24 meters (50 ft.) above the
ground. All such operation is on a secondary basis to adjacent channel
land mobile operations.
(24) Rules concerning the use of this band of narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(25) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(26) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(e) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See also 90.253.)
(1) Frequencies may be substituted for those available below 25 MHz
in accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(4) Persons eligible under the provisions of paragraph (a)(2) of this
section who are engaged in the distribution of natural gas directly to
consumers and who have a substantial requirement for mobile service
communication with a gas supplier may be authorized to operate on the
Petroleum Radio Service frequency or frequencies assigned to the
supplier. However, such operation shall be limited to communications in
a local area common to both parties, and shall relate only to gas supply
and distribution activities. The application of any person seeking a
frequency assignment under the provisions of this paragraph shall be
accompanied by a written statement from the natural gas supplier which
concurs in the need for such intercommunication and consents to the use
by the natural gas distributor of the frequency or frequencies involved.
(5) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(f) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the ranges 30.56-30.57 MHz, 35.00-35.01 MHz,
35.99-36.00 MHz, and 37.00-37.01 MHz are available for developmental
operation by applicants in this service subject to the provisions of
Subpart Q, notwithstanding this limitation.
(3) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(g) The frequencies 10-490 kHz are used to operate electric utility
Power Line Carrier (PLC) systems on power transmission lines for
communications essential to the reliability and security of electric
service to the public, in accordance with part 15 of this chapter. Any
electric utility fulfilling requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this
section may operate PLC systems and shall supply to a Federal
Communications Commission/National Telecommunications and Information
Administration recognized industry-operated entity, information on all
existing, changes to existing, and proposed systems for inclusion in a
data base. Such information shall include the frequency, power,
location of transmitter(s), location of receivers and other technical
and operational parameters, which would characterize the system's
potential both to interfere with authorized radio users, and to receive
harmful interference from these users. In an agreed upon format, the
industry-operated entity shall inform the National Telecommunications
and Information Administration and the Commission of these system
characteristics prior to implementation of any proposed PLC system and
shall provide monthly or periodic lists with supplements of PLC systems.
The Federal Communications Commission and National Telecommunications
and Information Administration will supply appropriate application and
licensing information to the notification activity regarding authorized
radio stations operating in the band. PLC systems in this band operate
on a noninterference basis to radio systems assigned frequencies by the
NTIA or licensed by the FCC and are not protected from interference due
to these radio operations.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.63, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.65 Petroleum Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons primarily engaged in prospecting for,
producing, collecting, refining, or transporting by means of pipeline,
petroleum or petroleum products (including natural gas) are eligible to
hold authorizations in the Petroleum Radio Service to operate radio
stations for transmissions of communications essential to such
activities of the licensee: However, persons engaged solely in the
containment or cleanup of oil spills will only be assigned those
frequencies designated by limitations (6) or (9) in this section.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Petroleum Radio Service,
together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are explained in
paragraph (c) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) Only entities engaged in prospecting for petroleum, natural gas
or petroleum products are eligible to use this spectrum, and then only
in accordance with 90.266. Except as provided in this part, licensees
may not use these frequencies in the place of other operational circuits
permitted by the Commission's Rules. Circuits operating on these
frequencies may be used only for the following purposes:
(i) Providing standby backup communications for circuits which have
been disrupted and which directly affect the safety of life, property,
or the national interest; or,
(ii) Providing operational circuits during exploration.
(2) Use of this frequency is limited to an amplitude modulation mode
of operation.
(3) This frequency is available for assignment only to stations
utilized for geophysical purposes.
(4) Geophysical operations may use tone or impulse signaling for
purposes other than indicating failure of equipment or abnormal
conditions on this frequency. All such tone or impulse signaling shall
be on a secondary basis and subject to the following limitations:
(i) Maximum duration of a single nonvoice transmission, may not
exceed 3 minutes.
(ii) The bandwidth utilized for secondary tone or impulse signaling
shall not exceed that authorized to the licensee for voice emission on
the frequency concerned.
(iii) Frequency loading resulting from the use of secondary tone or
impulse signaling will not be considered in whole or in part, as a
justification for authorizing additional frequencies in the licensee's
mobile service system.
(iv) The maximum transmitter output power for tone or impulse
transmissions shall not exceed 50 watts.
(5) This frequency is available for assignment to geophysical
stations on a secondary basis to other petroleum licensees. Geophysical
stations must cease operations on this frequency immediately upon
receiving notice that interference is being caused to mobile service
stations.
(6) This frequency is primarily available for oil spill containment
and cleanup operations and for training and drills essential in the
preparations for the containment and cleanup of oil spills. It is
secondarily available for general base-mobile operations in the
Petroleum Radio Service on a noninterference basis. Secondary users of
this frequency are required to forego its use should oil spill
containment and cleanup activities be present in their area of operation
or upon notice by the Commission or a primary user that harmful
interference is being caused to oil spill containment or cleanup
activities in other areas.
(7) Operation on this frequency is secondary to stations in the
maritime mobile service operating in accordance with the International
table of frequency allocations.
(8) This frequency is shared with the Motor Carrier Radio Service.
(9) This Government frequency is available for shared
Government/non-Government use by stations engaged in oil spill
containment and cleanup operations and for training and drills essential
in the preparation for containment and cleanup of oil spills. Such use
will be confined to inland and coastal waterways.
(10) This frequency is shared with the Forest Products Radio Service.
(11) The frequencies available for use at operational fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257. Seismic telemetry transmitters type accepted with
1 watt or less power and a frequency tolerance not exceeding 0.005% may
be used as temporary operational fixed stations.
(12) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service.
(13) This frequency is shared with the Forest Products and
Manufacturers Radio Services.
(14) This frequency is shared with Power and Forest Products Radio
Services and is available in this service only in the States of
Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and Texas. Elsewhere this frequency is
available in the Power Radio Service.
(15) This frequency is available for assignment in this service only
in the States of Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and Texas. Elsewhere
this frequency is available in the Power Radio Service.
(16) Operational fixed stations must employ directional antennas
having a front-to-back ratio of at least 20 dB. Omnidirectional
antennas having unity gain may be employed for stations communicating
with at least three receiving locations separated by 160 of azimuth.
(17) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(18) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 2.8 kHz and the
maximum deviation may not exceed 2.5 kHz. For AM transmitters the
highest modulating frequency may not exceed 2 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent of the center of the
frequency band, and the authorized bandwidth may not exceed 6 kHz.
(19) This frequency is limited to a maximum power of 20 watts.
(20) This frequency is shared with Power and Forest Products Radio
Services and is available in this service only in the States of
Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, and Washington.
Elsewhere, this frequency is available only in the Power Radio Service.
(21) This frequency is available for assignment in this service only
in the States of Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, and
Washington. Elsewhere, it is available in the Power Radio Service.
(22) This frequency is limited to a maximum output power of 75 watts.
(23) Frequencies in this band will be assigned only for transmitting
hydrological or meteorological data or for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(24) This frequency band is shared with Power, Forest Products,
Special Industrial, Petroleum, Manufacturers, Business, and Local
Government Radio Service's for remote control and telemetry operations.
(25) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 1.7 kHz and the
maximum deviation may not exceed 1.2 kHz. For AM transmitters the
highest modulating frequency may not exceed 1.2 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent, and the authorized
bandwidth may not exceed 3 kHz.
(26) This band is available to stations operating in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(27) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this
band, and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261.
Operation on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Public
Safety and Land Transportation Radio Services where they are assigned
for land mobile operations.
(28) This frequency is available on a shared basis in the Power,
Petroleum, Forest Products, Manufacturers, and Telephone Maintenance
Radio Services. It may be assigned only when all of the frequencies in
the 450-470 MHz band allocated to the service in which the applicant is
primarily eligible are assigned within 56 km. (35 mi.) of the proposed
base station.
(29) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(30) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(31) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(32) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new or modification to
existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(33) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of Subpart Q.
(34) The maximum effective radiated power (ERP) may not exceed 20
watts for fixed stations and 2 watts for mobile stations. The height of
the antenna system may not exceed 15.24 meters (50 feet) above ground.
All such operation is on a secondary basis to adjacent channel land
mobile operations.
(35) The maximum output power of the transmitter may not exceed 50
watts for fixed stations and 1 watt for mobile stations. A1A, A1D, A2B,
A2D, F1B, F1D, F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, or G2D emission may be
authorized.
(36) Use of this frequency is limited to stations located at least
120.7 km. (75 miles) from the center of an urbanized areas of 200,000 or
more population (U.S. Census of Population, 1970). Operation is on a
secondary basis to that in the Power Radio Service.
(37) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service and is available for assignment in the Petroleum Radio Service
only in the states of Texas and Louisiana within 75 miles of the Gulf of
Mexico and in adjacent offshore waters. Mobile relay stations will not
be authorized.
(38) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service in the States of North Dakota; South Dakota; Iowa; Nebraska;
Kansas and Missouri beyond 50 miles from St. Louis and Kansas City;
Colorado and Wyoming east of Longitude 106 degrees; and Minnesota south
of Latitude 47 degrees.
(39) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service in the States of North Dakota; Iowa; Nebraska; Kansas;
Missouri; Colorado and Wyoming east of Longitude 106 degrees; and
Minnesota south of Latitude 47 degrees.
(40) This frequency may not be shared in the Special Industrial Radio
Service within 20 miles of the cities of Duluth, Minnesota; Des Moines
and Davenport, Iowa; Omaha, Nebraska; Colorado Springs, Colorado; and
Wichita, Kansas.
(41) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(42) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See also 90.253.)
(1) Frequencies may be substituted for those available below 25 MHz
in accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(4) Persons eligible in this service who are engaged in the
transportation of natural gas by pipeline and who have a substantial
requirement for mobile service communication with a public utility
company purchasing such gas for distribution to the consumer may be
authorized to operate on the Power Radio Service frequency or
frequencies assigned to such distributor(s). However, such operation
shall be limited to communications in the local area common to both
parties and shall relate only to gas supply and distribution activities.
The application of any person seeking a frequency assignment under the
provisions of this paragraph shall be accompanied by a written statement
from the natural gas distributor which concurs in the need for such
intercommunication, and consents to the use by the natural gas supplier
of the frequencies involved.
(5) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247 not
withstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the ranges 30.56-30.57 MHz, 35.00-35.01 MHz,
35.99-36.00 MHz, and 37.00-37.01 MHz are available for developmental
operation by applicants in this service subject to the provisions of
Subpart Q notwithstanding this limitation.
(3) Authorizations for multiple frequencies for geophysical
operations will be granted on the frequencies governed by the
limitations in paragraphs (c)(3) and (4) of this section notwithstanding
this limitation. However, each geophysical exploration party may only
use a maximum of four frequencies at any one time.
(4) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3))
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.65, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.67 Forest Products Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons primarily engaged in any of the following
activities are eligible to hold authorizations in the Forest Products
Radio Service to operate radio stations for transmission of
communications essential to such activities of the licensee:
(1) Tree logging, tree farming, or related woods operations,
including related hauling activities, if the hauling activities are
performed under contract to, and exclusively for, persons engaged in
woods operations;
(2) Manufacturing lumber, plywood, hardboard, or pulp and paper
products from wood fiber by persons eligible under the provisions of
subparagraph (1) of this paragraph.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Forest Products Radio
Service, together with the class of station(s) to which they are
normally assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are
explained in paragraph (c) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
tabulation of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) Frequencies below 25 MHz will be assigned to base or mobile
stations in this service only upon a satisfactory showing that, from a
safety of life standpoint, frequencies above 25 MHz will not meet the
operational requirements of the applicant.
(2) This frequency is shared with the Petroleum Radio Service.
(3) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service.
(4) The frequencies available for use at operational fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(5) This frequency is available in this service and in the Special
Industrial Radio Service on a secondary basis to one-way paging
communications authorized in the Business Radio Service.
(6) This frequency is shared with the Petroleum and Manufacturers
Radio Services.
(7) This frequency is shared with the Power and Petroleum Radio
Service and is available in this service only in the States of Arkansas,
Louisiana, Oklahoma, and Texas. Elsewhere it is available in the Power
Radio Service.
(8) This frequency is available for assignment in this service, only
in the States of Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, and Texas. Elsewhere,
this frequency is available in the Power Radio Service.
(9) Authorizations to operate on this frequency will be issued for
A2B, A2D, F2B or F2D emission for tone signaling or for a combination of
such emission with A3E, F3E or G3E emission with a maximum bandwidth of
20 kHz. The output power shall not exceed 2 watts. The maximum
distance between any transmitter and the center of the radiating portion
of its antenna shall not exceed 8 m. (25 ft.) Operation on this
frequency is secondary to stations in the Business Radio Service.
(10) This frequency is shared with Power and Petroleum Radio Services
and is available in this service only in the States of Arkansas,
Louisiana, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, and Washington.
(11) This frequency is available for assignment in this service, only
in the States of Arkansas, Louisiana, Oklahoma, Oregon, Texas, and
Washington. Elsewhere it is available in the Power Radio Service.
(12) Frequencies in this band will be assigned only for transmitting
hydrological or meteorological data or for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(13) This frequency is available on a shared basis with the Local
Government, Power, Petroleum, Special Industrial, Business, and
Manufacturers Radio Services for remote control and telemetry
operations.
(14) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 2.8 kHz and the
maximum deviation may not exceed 2.5 kHz. For AM transmitters the
highest modulating frequency may not exceed 2 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent and the authorized
bandwidth may not exceed 6 kHz.
(15) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 1.7 kHz and the
maximum deviation may not exceed 1.2 kHz. For AM transmitters the
highest modulating frequency may not exceed 1.2 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent and the authorized
bandwidth may not exceed 3 kHz.
(16) This band is available to stations in this service subject to
the provisions of 90.259.
(17) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this
band, and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261.
Operation on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Public
Safety and Land Transportation Radio Services where they are assigned
for land mobile operations.
(18) This frequency is available on a shared basis in the Power,
Petroleum, Forest Products, Manufacturers, and Telephone Maintenance
Radio Services. It may be assigned only when all of the frequencies in
the 450-470 MHz band allocated to the service in which the applicant is
primarily eligible are assigned within the 56 km. (35 mi) of the
proposed base station.
(19) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(20) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(21) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(22) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new or modification to
existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(23) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of Subpart Q.
(24) The maximum output power of the transmitter may not exceed 50
watts for fixed stations and 3 watts for mobile stations. A1A, A1D,
A2B, A2D, F1B, F1D, F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, or G2D emission may be
authorized.
(25) Operational fixed stations must employ directional antennas
having a front-to-back ratio of at least 20 db. Omnidirectional
antennas having unity gain may be employed for stations communicating
with at least three receiving locations separated by 160 of azimuth.
(26) Use of this frequency is limited to stations located at least
120.7 km (75 miles) from the center of any urbanized area of 200,000 or
more population (U.S. Census of Population, 1970). Operation is on a
secondary basis to that in the Power Radio Service.
(27) The maximum effective radiated power (ERP) may not exceed 20
watts for fixed stations and 2 watts for mobile stations. The height of
the antenna system may not exceed 15.24 meters (50 feet) above ground.
All such operation is on a secondary basis to adjacent land mobile
operations.
(28) This frequency is shared with the Taxicab Radio Service. It is
available for assignment in this service only in the states of
Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and Montana in areas at least 40 miles from
the center of urbanized areas of 200,000 or more population (U.S.
Census of Population, 1970). The maximum output power is limited to 75
watts.
(29) This frequency is shared with the Taxicab and Special Industrial
Radio Services. Use of this frequency is limited to stations located at
least 80.5 km (50 miles) from the center of any urbanized area of
600,000 or more population (U.S. Census of Population, 1970). All
operations on this frequency are limited to a maximum transmitter output
power of 75 watts.
(30) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service, and is available for assignment in the Forest Products Radio
Service only in the States of Washington; Oregon; Idaho; Nevada, and
Montana west of Longitude 110 degrees; and California north at Latitude
39 degrees. Evidence of interservice frequency coordination is
required, and mobile relay stations will not be authorized.
(31) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service in the States of North Dakota; South Dakota; Iowa; Nebraska;
Kansas and Missouri beyond 50 miles from St. Louis and Kansas City;
Colorado and Wyoming east of Longitude 106 degrees; and Minnesota south
of Latitude 47 degrees.
(32) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service in the States of North Dakota; South Dakota; Iowa; Nebraska;
Kansas; Missouri; Colorado and Wyoming east of Longitude 106 degrees;
and Minnesota south of Latitude 47 degrees.
(33) This frequency may not be shared in the Special Industrial Radio
Service within 20 miles of the cities of Duluth, Minnesota; Des Moines
and Davenport, Iowa; Omaha, Nebraska; Colorado Springs, Colorado; and
Wichita, Kansas.
(34) This frequency is available on a shared basis in the
Manufacturers, Forest Products, Special Industrial and Railroad Radio
Services and interservice coordination is required. All communications
on this frequency must be conducted within the boundaries of a logging
site or confines of a plant, factory, lumber or paper mill. All
operations on this frequency are subject to the provisions of
90.257(b).
(35) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(36) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(37) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service (See also 90.253.)
(1) Frequencies may be substituted for those available below 25 MHz
in accordance with the provisions of 90.253.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(4) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency or pair of frequencies in the pair frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with Operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the ranges 30.56-30.57 MHz, 35.00-35.01 MHz,
35.99-36.00 MHz, and 37.00-37.01 MHz are available for developmental
operation by applicants in this service subject to the provisions of
Subpart Q notwithstanding this limitation.
(3) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operations of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.67, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.69 Motion Picture Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons primarily engaged in the production or
filming of motion pictures are eligible to hold authorizations in the
Motion Picture Radio Service to operate radio stations for transmission
of communications essential to such activities of the licensee.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Motion Picture Radio
Service, together with the class of station(s) to which they are
normally assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are
explained in paragraph (c) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) Frequencies below 25 MHz will be assigned to base or mobile
stations in this service only upon a satisfactory showing that, from a
safety of life standpoint, frequencies above 25 MHz will not meet the
operational requirements of the applicant.
(2) The frequencies available for use at operational fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(3) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service.
(4) This frequency is shared with the Relay Press Radio Service.
(5) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(6) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(7) This band is available in this service subject to the provisions
of 90.259.
(8) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other services,
and subject to no protection from interference due to the operation of
industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the 2483.5-2500
MHz band, no applications for new or modification to existing stations
to increase the number of transmitters will be accepted. Existing
licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent date following as a
result of submitting an application for license on or before July 25,
1985, are grandfathered and their operation is co-primary with the
Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(9) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of Subpart Q.
(10) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(11) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(12) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(13) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service.
(1) Frequencies may be substituted for those available below 25 MHz
in accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted.
(4) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247,
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the ranges 30.56-30.57 MHz, 35.00-35.01 MHz,
35.99-36.00 MHz, and 37.00-37-01 MHz are available for assignment for
developmental operation by applicants in this service subject to the
provisions of Subpart Q notwithstanding this limitation.
(3) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz, may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.69, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.71 Relay Press Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons primarily engaged in the publication of a
newspaper or in the operation of an established press association are
eligible to hold authorizations in the Relay Press Radio Service to
operate radio stations for transmission of communications essential to
such activities of the licensee.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Relay Press Radio Service,
together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are explained in
paragraph (c) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) The frequencies available in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in
90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are shared with other services and are
available only in accordance with the provisions of 90.257.
(2) This frequency is shared with the Motion Picture Radio Service.
(3) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(4) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(5) This band is available in this service subject to the provisions
of 90.259.
(6) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other services,
and subject to no protection from interference due to the operation of
industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the 2483.5-2500
MHz band, no applications for new or modification to existing stations
to increase the number of transmitters will be accepted. Existing
licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent date following as a
result of submitting an application for license on or before July 25,
1985, are grandfathered and their operation is co-primary with the
Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(7) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of Subpart Q.
(8) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(9) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(10) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See 90.253.)
(1) (Reserved)
(2) Frequencies in the band 73-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(3) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normal only one
frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
application in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency
or pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the ranges 30.56-30.57 MHz, 35.00-35.01 MHz,
35.99-36.00 MHz, and 37.00-37.01 MHz are available for assignment to
applicants in this service subject to the provisions of Subpart Q
notwithstanding this limitation.
(3) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.71, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.73 Special Industrial Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons regularly engaged in any of the following
activities are eligible to hold authorizations in the Special Industrial
Radio Service to operate radio stations for the transmission of only
those communications essential to such activities of the licensee.
(Persons engaging in some activities which are eligible under this
paragraph and in some which are not, and desiring to use radio in
connections with both types of activities should apply for authorization
in the Business Radio Service.)
(1) The operation of farms, ranches, or similar land areas, for the
quantity production of crops or plants; vines or trees (excluding
forestry operations); or for the keeping, grazing or feeding of
livestock for animal products, animal increase, or value enhancement.
Persons establishing eligibility under this subparagraph may use their
radio facilities in connection with the gathering or processing of
products grown or raised for them by others.
(2) Plowing, soil conditioning, seeding, fertilizing, or harvesting
for agricultural activities.
(3) Spraying or dusting of insecticides, herbicides, or fungicides,
in areas other than enclosed structures.
(4) Livestock breeding service.
(5) The operation of a commercial business regularly engaged in the
construction of roads, bridges, sewer systems, pipelines, airfields, or
water, oil, gas, or power production, collection, or distribution
systems. Other engineering projects, normally classified as heavy
construction activities, will be considered on the merits of the showing
made, however, the construction of buildings is not included in this
category.
(6) The operation of mines for the recovery of solid fuels, minerals,
metal, rock, sand and gravel from the earth or the sea, including the
exploration for and development of mining properties.
(7) Maintaining, patrolling or repairing gas or liquid transmission
pipelines, tank cars, water or waste disposal wells, industrial storage
tanks, or distribution systems of public utilities. Persons
establishing eligibility under this subparagraph may use their radio
facilities in connection with the containment and cleanup of industrial
liquid spillage.
(8) Acidizing, cementing, logging, perforating, or shooting
activities, and services of a similar nature incident to the drilling of
new oil or gas wells, or the maintenance of production from established
wells.
(9) Supplying chemicals, mud, tools, pipe, and other materials or
equipment unique to the petroleum and gas production industry, as the
primary activity of the applicant if delivery, installation or
application of these materials requires the use of specifically fitted
conveyances.
(10) The delivery of ice or fuel to the consumer for heating,
lighting, refrigeration or power generation purposes, by means other
than pipelines or railroads when such products are not to be resold
following their delivery. Persons establishing eligibility under this
subparagraph may use their radio facilities in connection with the
servicing of the equipment that uses or consumes the products delivered.
(11) The delivery and pouring of ready mixed concrete or hot asphalt
mix.
(b) (Reserved)
(c) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Special Industrial Radio
Service together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned, and the specific assignment limitations which are explained in
paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the fequency
table of paragraph (c) of this section:
(1) Only entities engaged in exploration, its support services, and
the repair of pipelines are eligible to use this spectrum, and then only
in accordance with 90.266. Except as provided in this part, licensees
may not use these frequencies in the place of other operational circuits
permitted by the Commission's Rules. The use of these frequencies is
not subject to 90.73(f). Circuits operating on these frequencies may be
used only for the following purposes:
(i) Exploratory efforts in mining for solid fuels, minerals, and
metals important to the national interest;
(ii) Repair of pipelines used for the transmission of fuel or water;
and,
(iii) Services supporting the exploration for energy or mineral
resources important to the national interest, without which such
exploration cannot be conducted.
(2) This frequency will be assigned only for operation in a permanent
area, normally within 120 km (75 mi.) of a specified reference point.
(3) Operation on this frequency is limited to a maximum output of 2
watts; and each station authorized will be classified and licensed as a
mobile station. Any units of such a station, however, may provide the
operational functions of a base or fixed station, on a secondary basis
to mobile service operations provided that the separation between the
control point and the center of the radiating portion of the antenna of
any units so used does not exceed 25 feet (7.6 m).
(4) This frequency will be assigned only to stations used in
itinerant operations.
(5) This frequency is shared with the Forest Products Radio Service.
(6) The frequencies available in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in
90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are shared with other services and are
available only in accordance with the provisions of 90.257.
(7) This frequency is available on a shared basis in the
Manufacturers, Forest Products, Special Industrial and Railroad Radio
Services and interservice coordination is required. All communications
must be conducted within the boundaries or confines of a plant, factory,
shipyard, mill, mine, farm, ranch, or construction area. All operations
on this frequency are subject to the provisions of 90.257(b).
(8) This frequency is not available to stations in Puerto Rico or the
Virgin Islands. Elsewhere, this frequency is shared with the
Forestry-Conservation Radio Service and interservice coordination is
required.
(9) This frequency is available in this service and in the Forest
Products Radio Service on a secondary basis to one-way paging
communications authorized in the Business Radio Service.
(10) This frequency is shared with the Motion Picture Radio Service.
(11) This frequency band is shared with the Petroleum Radio Service.
(12) Operational fixed stations must employ directional antennas
having a front-to-back ratio of at least 20 dB. Omnidirectional
antennas having unity gain may be employed for stations communicating
with at least three receiving locations separated by 160 of azimuth.
(13) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 2.8 kHz and the
maximum frequency deviation may not exceed 2.5 kHz. For AM transmitters,
the highest modulating frequency may not exceed 2.0 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent and the authorized
bandwidth may not exceed 6 kHz.
(14) Frequencies in this band will be assigned only for transmitting
hydrological or meteorological data or for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(15) This frequency band is shared with the Power, Forest Products,
Special Industrial, Petroleum, Manufacturers, Business, and the Local
Government Radio Services for remote control and telemetry operations.
(16) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulation frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 1.7 kHz and the
maximum deviation may not exceed 1.2 kHz. For AM transmitters the
highest modulating frequency may not exceed 1.2 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent and the authorized
bandwidth may not exceed 3 kHz.
(17) This frequency band is available to stations in the service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(18) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this
band, and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261.
Operation on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Public
Safety and Land Transportation Radio Services where they are assigned
for land mobile operations.
(19) Operational fixed assignments on this frequency will only be
made to an itinerant fixed control or relay station on a secondary basis
to land-mobile stations in this service, provided that the fixed relay
or control station is to be associated with base and mobile facilities
authorized to use other frequencies available for itinerant operation in
this service. All such use of these frequencies for fixed systems is
limited to locations 161 or more km. (100 mi). from the center of any
urbanized area of 200,000 or more population, except that the distance
may be 120 km. (75 mi.) if the output power does not exceed 20 watts.
All such fixed systems are limited to a maximum of two frequencies and
must employ directional antennas with a front-to-back ratio of at least
15 dB. The centers of urbanized areas of 200,000 or more population are
determined from the appendix, page 226, of the U.S. Commerce
publication, ''Air Line Distance Between Cities in the United States.''
Urbanized areas of 200,000 or more population are defined in the U.S.
Census of Population, 1960, volume 1, table 23, page 1-50.
(20) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(21) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(22) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(23) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new stations or modification
to existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered, and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(24) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(25) The maximum effective radiated power (ERP) may not exceed 20
watts for fixed stations and 2 watts for mobile stations. The height of
the antenna system may not exceed 15.24 meters (50 feet) above ground.
All such operation is on a secondary basis to adjacent channel land
mobile operations.
(26) Use of this frequency is limited to stations located at least
120.7 km (75 miles) from the center of any urbanized area of 200, 000 or
more population (U.S. Census of Population, 1970). Operation is on a
secondary basis to that in the Power Radio Service.
(27) The maximum output power of the transmitter may not exceed 50
watts for fixed stations and 1 watt for mobile stations. A1A, A1D, A2B,
A2D, F1B, F1D, F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, or G2D emission may be
authorized.
(28) This frequency is shared with the Taxicab and Forest Products
Radio Services. Use of this frequency is limited to stations located at
least 80.5 km (50 miles) from the center of any urbanized area of
600,000 or more population (U.S. Census of Population, 1970). All
operations on this frequency are limited to a transmitter output power
of 75 watts.
(29) This frequency is shared with the Petroleum Radio Service in the
States of Texas and Louisiana within 75 miles of the Gulf of Mexico and
in adjacent offshore waters.
(30) This frequency is shared with other Industrial Radio Services
and is available for assignment in the Special Industrial Radio Service
only in the States of North Dakota, South Dakota, Iowa, Nebraska,
Kansas, and Missouri beyond 50 miles from St. Louis and Kansas City;
Wyoming and Colorado east of Longitude 106 degrees except within a 50
mile radius of Denver; and Minnesota south of Latitude 47 degrees
except within a 50 mile radius of St. Paul, Minnesota. The maximum
transmitter output power may not exceed 110 watts.
(31) This frequency is shared with the Forest Products Radio Service
in the States of Washington; Oregon; Idaho; Nevada; Montana west of
Longitude 110 degrees; and California north of Latitude 39 degrees.
(32) This frequency is shared with other Industrial Radio Services
and is available for assignment in the Special Industrial Radio Service
only in the States of North Dakota, South Dakota, Iowa, Nebraska,
Kansas, Missouri, Colorado, and Wyoming east of Latitude 106 degrees;
and Minnesota south of Latitude 47 degrees. The maximum transmitter
output power may not exceed 110 watts.
(33) This frequency is not available for assignment in the Special
Industrial Radio Service within 20 miles of the cities of Duluth, MN,
Des Moines and Davenport, IA; Omaha, NE; Colorado Springs, CO; and
Wichita, KS.
(34) This frequency is for general use and may be assigned either for
itinerant or permanent use operations.
(35) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(36) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(37) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(e) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service: (See also 90.253)
(1) Frequencies may be substituted for those available below 25 MHz
in accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(4) The following frequencies are available only in Puerto Rico and
the Virgin Islands. These ''Base and Mobile'' and ''Mobile only''
frequencies are available on a shared basis in the Forestry-Conservation
and Railroad Radio Services respectively. These ''Mobile only''
frequencies may be assigned to a control station associated with a
mobile relay system if it is also assigned to the associated mobile
station.
(5) Land mobile service frequencies above 152 MHz which are listed
elsewhere in this part as available to the Petroleum, Forest Products,
and Manufacturers Radio Services, are also available, with the exception
of the frequency 154.57 MHz, for assignment in this service for use in
Hawaii, Puerto Rico, and the Virgin Islands, subject to the same
limitations as apply in the Petroleum Forest Products, and Manufacturers
Radio Services. Operation on such frequencies is secondary to stations
operating in the Petroleum, Forest Products, or Manufacturers Radio
Services and their use will be terminated if they are needed in the
areas concerned in any of those services.
(6) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(f) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247,
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the ranges 30.56-30.57 MHz, 35.00-35.01 MHz,
35.99-36.00 MHz and 37.00-37.01 MHz are available for assignment to
applicants in this service subject to the provisions of subpart Q
notwithstanding this limitation.
(3) Authorization for more than one mobile frequency in the band
72-76 MHz will be issued notwithstanding this limitation.
(4) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(5) This limitation shall not apply to paragraph (d)(1) of this
section.
(g) Limitation on itinerant operation. Base or mobile stations being
utilized in itinerant operation will be authorized only on base or
mobile frequencies designated for itinerant operation under
90.73(d)(4).
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.73, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.75 Business Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons primarily engaged in any of the following
activities are eligible to hold authorizations in the Business Radio
Service to operate stations for transmission of communications necessary
to such activities of the licensee:
(1) The operation of a commercial activity.
(2) The operation of educational, philanthropic, or ecclesiastical
institutions.
(3) Clergymen activities.
(4) The operation of hospitals, clinics or medical associations.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Business Radio Service
together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned, and the specific assignment limitations, which are explained
in paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) Operation on this frequency is limited to a maximum output power
of 110 watts.
(2) This frequency will be assigned only for operation in a permanent
area, normally within 120 km (75 mi.) of a specified reference point.
(3) This frequency will be assigned only to stations used in
itinerant operations, except within 35 miles (56 km.) of Detroit, MI,
where it may be assigned for either itinerant or permanent area
operations (i.e., general use).
(4) Operation on this frequency is limited to a maximum output power
of 2 watts; and each station authorized will be classified and licensed
as a mobile station. Any units of such a station, however, may provide
the operational functions of a base or fixed station on a secondary
basis to mobile service operations, Provided, That the separation
between the control point and the center of the radiating portion of the
antenna of any units so used does not exceed 8 m (25 ft.).
(5) This frequency is also available in the Special Emergency Radio
Service for low power paging use on a co-equal basis.
(6) Operation on this frequency is limited to a maximum output power
of 1 watt and each station authorized will be classified and licensed as
a mobile station. Any units of such a station, however, may provide the
operational functions of a base of fixed station on a secondary basis to
mobile service operations, Provided, That the separation between the
control point and the center of the radiating portion of the antenna of
any units so used does not exceed 8 m (25 ft.).
(7) The frequencies available in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in
90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are shared with other services and are
available only in accordance with the provisions of 90.257.
(8) Use of this frequency in this service in limited to stations
located in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
(9) This frequency is shared with Taxicab Radio Service and is
available for assignment in the Business Radio Service only to stations
which are used exclusively in areas outside of Standard Metropolitan
Statistical Areas of 50,000 or more population (1950 Census).
Operations on this frequency are on a secondary basis to operations in
the Taxicab Radio Service.
(10) This frequency is assigned only for one-way paging
communications to mobile receivers. Only A1D, A2D, A3E, F1D, F2D, F3E
or G3E emissions may be authorized. Licensees may provide one-way
paging communications on this frequency to persons eligible for
licensing under subpart B, C, D, or E of this part and to
representatives of Federal Government agencies.
(11) This frequency is also available for base or mobile stations in
the Special Industrial and Forest Products Radio Services on a secondary
basis to paging operations in the Business Radio Service.
(12) This frequency will not be assigned to stations for use at
temporary locations.
(13) This frequency may be used for mobile operation for radio remote
control and telemetering functions. A1D, A2D, F1D, or F2D emission may
be authorized and mobile stations used to control remote objects or
devices may be operated on the continuous carrier transmit mode.
(14) This frequency may be used for mobile operation for remote
control and telemetering functions. A1D, A2D, F1D, or F2D emission may
be authorized. The use of the continuous carrier transmit mode for
these purposes is permitted only for stations authorized and
continuously licensed since before May 21, 1971.
(15) Except as noted in paragraph (c)(25), operation on this
frequency is limited to a maximum output power of 20 watts.
(16) Operation on this frequency is limited to a maximum output power
of 75 watts.
(17) Frequencies in this band will be assigned only for transmitting
hydrological or meteorological data or for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(18) This frequency is available on a shared basis with other
Industrial Radio Services as follows: Power, Forest Products, Special
Industrial, Petroleum, Manufacturers, Business, and the Local Government
Radio Service and may be used in this service only for the purpose of
remote control and telemetering.
(19) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 2.8 kHz and the
maximum frequency deviation may not exceed 2.5 kHz. For AM transmitters
the highest modulating frequency may not exceed 2.0 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent and the authorized
bandwidth may not exceed 6 kHz.
(20) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
and the amount of frequency deviation may not exceed 1.7 kHz, and the
maximum frequency deviation may not exceed 1.2 kHz. For AM transmitters
the highest modulating frequency may not exceed 1.5 kHz. The carrier
frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent and the authorized
bandwidth may not exceed 3 kHz.
(21) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(22) This frequency may not be used aboard aircraft in flight.
(23) Frequencies subject to this assignment limitation are herein
considered collectively for use for communications concerned with cargo
handling from a dock, or a cargo handling facility, to a vessel
alongside. Any number of the frequencies may be authorized to one
licensee for the purpose. Mobile relay stations may be temporarily
installed at or in the vicinity of a dock or cargo handling facility and
used when a vessel is alongside the dock or cargo handling facility.
For single frequency simplex: Use mobile relay frequencies. The
effective radiated power (ERP) on any frequency shall not exceed 2
watts. The center of the radiating system of the on-board repeater
antenna shall be located no more than 3 m (10 ft.) above the vessel's
highest working deck.
(24) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(25) Except as noted in paragraph (c)(25)(vii) of this section, this
frequency is available for assignment to stations located on or near
airports listed in paragraph (c)(25)(viii) of this section, and may be
assigned only to persons engaged in furnishing commercial air
transportation service, or to a corporation or association for the
purpose of furnishing radio communications service to persons so engaged
in accordance with the shared use provisions of 90.179 of the rules.
Stations on this frequency may be used only in connection with the
servicing and supplying of aircraft at the listed airports. Common
frequency signal boosters may be employed in accordance with the
following criteria:
(i) The amplified signal is retransmitted only on the exact frequency
of the originating base station.
(ii) The booster is equipped with automatic gain control circuitry
which will limit the total output of the booster to 500 milliwatts under
all conditions.
(iii) All such devices are installed with sufficient isolation
between receiving and retransmitting circuits to prevent oscillation.
(iv) The power of any emission except on frequencies within the
460.6375-460.8875 MHz band or on which there is an input signal to the
booster, shall be attenuated at least 35 decibels below the total power
output of the booster.
(v) In the event control of the booster is impaired due to its
activation by signals other than those intended by the licensee to be
retransmitted, the licensee shall provide the booster with means of
control such that it will be activated only by signals intended to be
retransmitted, and boosters so provided with such means of control shall
also be provided with an automatic time-delay or clock device which will
deactivate the booster not more than 3 minutes after its activation.
(vi) If signal boosters are to be used in conjunction with other
facilities, the number of such boosters must be stated on the license
application.
(vii) This frequency is available for assignment to stations in the
Business Radio Service for use at locations removed by 80 or more km (50
or more mi.) from the reference coordinates of the airports listed below
at a maximum effective radiated power (ERP) of 300 watts. This
frequency may also be assigned to low power (2 watts or less transmitter
output power) stations in the Business Radio Service for use in areas
removed by 16 or more km (10 or more mi.) from the reference coordinates
of airports listed below. All such low power use is restricted to the
confines of an industrial complex or manufacturing yard area. Business
Radio Service stations first licensed prior to April 17, 1986 may
continue to operate with facilities authorized as of that date. All
Business Radio Service stations on this frequency may operate only on a
non-interference basis to the co-channel facilities of air carriers
located on or near the airports specified below.
(viii) The airports and their respective reference coordinates are:
(26) This frequency may be assigned to fixed stations in the Business
Radio Service in accordance with the provisions of 90.261.
(27) Within the boundaries of urbanized areas of 200,000 or more
population, defined in the United States Census of Population, 1960,
vol. 1, table 23, page 1-50, this frequency may be used only by persons
rendering a central station commercial protection service within the
service area of the radio station utilizing the frequency and may be
used only for communications pertaining to safety of life and property,
and for maintenance or testing of the protection facilities. Central
Station commercial protection service is defined as an electrical
protection and supervisory service rendered to the public from and by a
central station accepted and certified by one or more of the recognized
rating agencies, or the Underwriters Laboratories' (UL), or Factory
Mutual System. Other stations in the Business Radio Service may be
licensed on this frequency only when all base, mobile relay and control
stations are located at least 75 miles from the city center or centers
of the specified urbanized areas of 200,000 or more population. With
respect to combination urbanized areas containing more than one city,
75-mile separation shall be maintained from each city center which is
included in the urbanized area. The locations of centers of cities are
determined from appendix, page 226, of the U.S. Commerce publication
''Air Line Distance Between Cities in the United States.''
(28) This frequency may be assigned only to persons rendering a
central station commercial protection service, which is defined at
90.75(c)(27), within the service area of the radio station utilizing the
frequency.
(29) This frequency will be assigned only to stations whose control
point location is within 805 m ( 1/2 mi. direct) of the transmitter
location. Maximum power output may not exceed 110 watts, and the
overall height of the antenna above ground may not exceed 30 m (100
ft.).
(30) Operation on this frequency is limited to a maximum output power
of 35 watts.
(31) Maximum permissible power output for stations on airports is 3
watts. Each station authorized on this frequency will be classified and
licensed as a mobile station. Any units of such a station, however, may
provide the functions of a base station on a secondary basis to mobile
service operations provided that the vertical separation between the
control point or ground level and the center of the radiating portion of
the antenna of any units so used shall not exceed 8 m (25 ft.).
(32) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(33) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(34) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(35) The maximum output power of the transmitter may not exceed 1
watt. A1D, A2D, F1D, or F2D emission may be authorized.
(36) The maximum effective radiated power (ERP) may not exceed 2
watts. All operation is on a secondary basis to adjacent channel land
mobile operations. All stations will be licensed as a mobile, however,
such stations may be used to provide the operational functions of a base
or fixed station. When performing such functions, the height of the
antenna system may not exceed 15.24 m (50 feet) above ground.
(37) Use of this frequency is limited to stations located at least
120.7 km (75 miles) from the center of any urbanized area of 200,000 or
more population (U.S. Census or Population 1970). Operation is on a
secondary basis to that in the Power radio Service.
(38) This frequency may be used, with the transmitter carrier
centered on the designated frequency or 5 kHz above or below the
designated frequency, with P0N, F2B, or F2D emission, using a bandwidth
of 5 kHz and a power not to exceed 1 watt peak power output.
(39) Persons who render a central station commercial protection
service are authorized to operate fixed stations on this frequency for
the transmission of tone or impulse signals on a secondary,
noninterference base-to-base/mobile operations subject to the following
conditions and limitations.
(i) Secondary fixed operations may be used only for the following
purposes.
(A) Indication of equipment malfunction.
(B) Actuation of a device to indicate the presence of an intruder,
fire, or other hazardous condition on the property under the protection
of the licensee.
(C) Indication of an abnormal condition in facilities under the
protection of the licensee that, if not promptly reported, would result
in danger to human life.
(D) Transmission, as may be necessary, to verify status of equipment;
adjust operating conditions; or correct any abnormal condition.
(E) Confirmation of status, or that an operation or correction has
been accomplished.
(ii) The maximum duration of any one nonvoice signal may not exceed 2
seconds and shall not be transmitted more than three times.
(iii) Systems employing automatic interrogation shall be limited to
nonvoice techniques and shall not be activated for this purpose more
than 10 seconds out of any 60-second period. This 10-second frame
includes both transmit and response times.
(iv) The bandwidth shall not exceed that authorized to the licensee
for the primary operation on the frequency concerned.
(v) Frequency loading resulting from the use of secondary signaling
will not be considered in whole or in part as a justification for
authorizing additional frequencies in the licensee's mobile system.
(vi) A mobile service frequency may not be used exclusively for
secondary signaling.
(vii) The output power shall not exceed 30 watts (at the remote
site).
(viii) A1D, A2D, F1D, or F2D emission may be authorized.
(ix) The transmitter shall be designed to deactivate automatically
after 3 minutes of continuous carrier radiation.
(x) Operational fixed stations authorized under this paragraph are
exempt from the requirements of 90.137(b), 90.429(d), 90.425 and
90.433.
(xi) On these frequencies, base, mobile relay or mobile stations may
transmit secondary tone or impulse signals to receivers, as provided in
this section.
(40) Licensees providing a central station commercial protection
service may communicate with police or fire stations, or vehicles, on
this frequency, and may install licensed transmitting units which
operate on this frequency at police or fire stations, or in police or
fire vehicles, if the frequency's primary use is in a base/mobile system
for a central station commercial protection service.
(41) Stations authorized on this frequency prior to September 26,
1984 will continue to be authorized as licensed on their existing
authorization.
(42) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(43) Frequencies in this band are available on a shared basis with
stations in other services, and subject to no protection from
interference caused by the operation of industrial, scientific, or
medical (ISM) devices. In the 2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications
will be accepted for new stations. Stations in the 2483.5-2500 MHz band
that were licensed as a result of applications filed on or before July
25, 1985, are grandfathered, and their operation is co-primary with the
Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(44) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service. (See also 90.253.)
(1) (Reserved)
(2) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new station
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(3) Licensees holding a valid authorization on January 1, 1973, to
operate on the frequencies 406.025, 406.075 MHz may continue to be
authorized for such operations until the expiration of their present
license on a secondary basis to stations operating in accordance with
the table in 2.106 of this chapter.
(4) Low-power mobile stations of 100 mW or less output power may be
assigned any frequency separated by 12.5 kHz from a regularly assigned
frequency in the bands 460.650-460.875 MHz and 465.650-465.875 MHz
listed in paragraph (b) of this section, for one-way, non-voice
biomedical telemetry operations in hospitals, or in medical or
convalescent centers.
(5) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247,
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the ranges 30.56-30.57 MHz, 35.00-35.01 MHz,
35.99-36.00 MHz and 37.00-37.01 MHz are available for assignment to
applicants in this service subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(3) Frequencies in the 457 and 467 MHz bands may be assigned
collectively as provided by paragraph (c)(23) of this section
notwithstanding this limitation.
(4) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequencies bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239 notwithstanding this
limitation.
(f) Limitation on itinerant operation. Base or mobile stations being
utilized in itinerant operation will be authorized only on base or
mobile frequencies designated for itinerant operation under
90.75(c)(3), or on other frequencies not designated for permanent use.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.75, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.79 Manufacturers Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons primarily engaged in any of the following
manufacturing activities are eligible to hold authorizations in the
Manufacturers Radio Service to operate radio stations for transmission
of communications essential to such activities of the licensee:
(1) The mechanical or chemical transformation of substances into new
products within such establishments as plants, factories, shipyards, or
mills which employ, in that process, powerdriven machines and
materials-handling equipment.
(2) The assembly of components of manufactured products within such
establishments as plants, factories, shipyards, or mills where the new
product is neither a new structure nor other fixed improvement.
Establishments primarily engaged in the wholesale or retail trade, or in
service activities, even though they fabricate or assemble any or all
the products or commodities handled, are not eligible in this service.
(3) The providing of supporting services or materials by a
corporation to its parent corporation, to another subsidiary of its
parent or to its own subsidiary, where such supporting services or
materials are directly related to those regular activities of such
parent or subsidiary which constitute the basis for eligibility in this
service.
(b) Special limitations on use. The following limitations are
applicable to the use of stations in this service:
(1) Authorized stations may be used only for the transmission of
communications related to the operation of the plant, such as for
security, production control or materials-handling. Communications
related to the retail distribution of the licensees products are not
permitted.
(2) Base station will only be authorized in this service for
operation at specified and permanent locations.
(c) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Manufacturers Radio Service,
together with the class of stations(s) to which they are normally
assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are explained in
paragraph (d) of this section:
(d) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
tabulation of paragraph (c) of this section:
(1) This frequency is shared with fixed stations in other services
and is subject to no protection from interference.
(2) All communications on this frequency must be conducted within the
boundaries or confines of plant, factory, shipyards, mill, or other
manufacturing area. All operations on this frequency are subject to the
provisions of 90.257(b).
(3) This frequency is shared with the Radio Control (R/C) Service,
part of the Personal Radio Services, where it is used solely for the
radio control of models.
(4) This frequency is available on a shared basis in the
Manufacturers, Forest Products, Special Industrial, and Railroad Radio
Services and interservice coordination is required. All communications
must be within the boundaries or confines of plants, mills, yards, or
other manufacturing areas. All operations on this frequency are subject
to the provisions of 90.257(b).
(5) This frequency is shared with the Forest Products and Petroleum
Radio Services. The output power of transmitters operating on this
frequency shall not exceed 110 watts.
(6) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
in hertz and the amount of frequency deviation or swing in hertz may not
exceed 2800 Hz and the maximum frequency deviation may not exceed 2.5
kHz. For AM transmitters the highest modulating frequency may not exceed
2000 Hz. The carrier frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent
of the center of the frequency band, and the authorized bandwidth may
not exceed 6 kHz.
(7) On this frequency band the maximum power output of the
transmitter may not exceed 50 watts for fixed stations and 1 watt for
mobile stations. A1B, A2D, A2B, A2D, F1B, F1D, F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B
or G2D emission may be authorized, and mobile stations used to control
remote objects and devices may be operated in the continuous transmit
mode.
(8) For FM transmitters the sum of the highest modulating frequency
in hertz and the amount of frequency deviation or swing in hertz may not
exceed 1700 Hz and the maximum deviation may not exceed 1.2 kHz. For AM
transmitters the highest modulating frequency may not exceed 1200 Hz.
The carrier frequency must be maintained within 0.0005 percent of the
center of the freqency band, and the authorized bandwidth may not exceed
3 kHz.
(9) This frequency is available on a shared basis with other
Industrial Radio Services as follows: Power, Forest Products, Special
Industrial, Petroleum, Business, and the Local Government Radio Service
and may be used in this service only for the purpose of remote control
and telemetering.
(10) Operational fixed stations must employ directional antennas
having a front-to-back ratio of at least 20 db. Omnidirectional
antennas having unity gains may be employed for stations communicating
with at least three receiving locations separated by 160 of azimuth.
(11) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(12) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this
band, and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261.
Operation on these frequencies is on a secondary basis to stations in
the Public Safety and Land Transportation Radio Services where they are
assigned for land mobile operations.
(13) This frequency is available on a shared basis in the Power,
Petroleum, Forest Products, Manufacturers, and Telephone Maintenance
Radio Services. It may be assigned only when all of the frequencies in
the 450-470 MHz band allocated to the service in which the applicant is
primarily eligible are assigned within 56 km. (35 mi) of the proposed
base station.
(14) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(15) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(16) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(17) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new or modification to
existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(18) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(19) The maximum effective rediated power (ERP) may not exceed 20
watts for fixed stations and 2 watts for mobile stations and the height
of the antenna system may not exceed 15.24 meters (50 feet) above
ground. All such operation is on a secondary basis to adjacent channel
land mobile operations.
(20) Use of this frequency is limited to stations located at least
120.7 km (75 miles) from the center of any urbanized area of 200,000 or
more population (U.S Census of Population, 1970). Operation is on a
second any basis to that in the Power Radio Service.
(21) This frequency is shared with the Special Industrial Radio
Service in the States of North Dakota; South Dakota; Iowa; Nebraska;
Kansas and Missouri beyond 50 miles from St. Louis and Kansas City;
Colorado and Wyoming east of Longitude 106 degrees; and Minnesota south
of Latitude 47 degrees.
(22) This frequency may not be shared in the Special Industrial Radio
Service within 20 miles of the cities of Duluth, MN; Des Moines and
Davenport, IA; Omaha, NE; Colorado Springs, CO; and Wichita, KS.
(23) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(24) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(25) The frequencies available for use at operational-fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(26) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(27) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(e) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service: (See also 90.253.)
(1) Frequencies may be substituted for those available below 25 MHz
in accordance with the provisions of 90.263.
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(4) Frequencies in the 421-430, MHz band are available in the
Detroit, Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in
90.273 through 90.281.
(f) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the ranges 30.56-30.57 MHz, 35.00-35.01 MHz,
35.99-36.00 MHz, and 37.00-37.01 MHz are available for assignment to
applicants in this service subject to the provisions of subpart Q
notwithstanding this limitation.
(3) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.79, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.81 Telephone Maintenance Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Communications common carriers engaged in the
provision of landline local exchange telephone service, or interexchange
communications service, or who provide wire-telegraph service, and radio
communications common carriers authorized in the Point-to-Point
Microwave Radio Service under part 21 of this chapter are eligible to
hold authorizations in the Telephone Maintenance Radio Service.
Resellers that do not own or control transmission facilities are not
eligible in this service.
(b) Special limitations on use. The facilities authorized in this
service shall only be used for transmission of communications directly
related to the construction, repair, maintenance or operation of
communications common carrier facilities. The facilities authorized in
this service shall not be used for the transmission of any common
carrier or public correspondence communication.
(c) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Telephone Maintenance Radio
Service, together with the class of station(s) to which they are
normally assigned and the specific assignment limitations which are
explained in paragraph (d) of this section:
(d) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (c) of this section:
(1) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(2) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(3) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this band,
and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261. Operation
on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Public Safety and
Land Transportation Radio Services where they are assigned for land
mobile operations.
(4) This frequency is available on a shared basis in the Power,
Petroleum, Forest Products, Manufacturers, and Telephone Maintenance
Radio Services. It may be assigned only when all of the base and mobile
frequencies in the 450-470 MHz band for which the applicant is primarily
eligible are assigned within 35 miles (56 km) of the proposed base
station. Applications for this frequency must be coordinated with all
five services. Telephone Maintenance Radio Service licensees on this
frequency authorized prior to September 26, 1986, including their
successors or assignees in business, will be permitted to renew their
authorizations indefinitely, increase the number of transmitters
operated, and expand the geographic coverage area of their systems,
without a showing that all of the base and mobile Telephone Maintenance
Radio Service frequencies in this band are assigned within 35 miles (56
km) of the existing base station.
(5) This frequency may be assigned to auxiliary test stations.
(6) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(7) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(8) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(9) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other services,
and subject to no protection from interference due to the operation of
industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the 2483.5-2500
MHz band, no applications for new or modification to existing stations
to increase the number of transmitters will be accepted. Existing
licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent date following as a
result of submitting an application for license on or before July 25,
1985, are grandfathered and their operation is co-primary with the
Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(10) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(11) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(12) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(13) The frequencies available for use at operational-fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(14) Only entities engaged in the repair of telecommunications
circuits are eligible to use this spectrum, and then only in accordance
with 90.266. Except as provided in this part, licensees may not use
these frequencies in the place of other operational circuits permitted
by the Commission's Rules. Circuits operating on these frequencies may
be used only for coordinating the repair of wireline or point-to-point
microwave circuits.
(15) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(e) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service: (See also 90.253.)
(1) (Reserved)
(2) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(3) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(f) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247
notwithstanding this limitation;
(2) Frequencies in ranges 30.56-30.57 MHz, 35.00-35.01 MHz,
35.99-36.00 MHz, and 37.00-37.01 MHz are available for assignment of
applicants in this service subject to the provisions of subpart Q
notwithstanding this limitation.
(3) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of automatic vehicle
monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.81, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.81 Subpart E -- Land Transportation Radio Services
47 CFR 90.85 Scope.
The Land Transportation Radio Services include the Motor Carrier,
Railroad, Taxicab and Automobile Emergency Radio Services. Rules as to
eligibility for licensing, permissible communications, assignable
frequencies, and any special requirements as to each of these radio
services are set forth in the following sections.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 54 FR 39739, Sept. 28,
1989)
47 CFR 90.87 General eligibility.
(a) In addition to the eligibility shown in each Land Transportation
Radio Service, eligibility is also provided for any corporation
proposing to furnish non-profit radiocommunication service to its parent
corporation, to another subsidiary of the same parent, or to its own
subsidiary provided the party served is regularly engaged in any of the
eligibility activities set forth in the particular service involved.
This corporate eligibility is not subject to the cooperative use
provisions of 90.179.
(b) Eligibility is also provided for a non-profit corporation or
association that is organized for the purpose of furnishing a
radiocommunication service to persons actually engaged in any of the
eligibility activities set forth in the particular service involved.
Such use is subject to the cooperative use provisions of 90.179.
(47 FR 19538, May 6, 1982)
47 CFR 90.89 Motor Carrier Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons primarily engaged in providing a common or
contract motor carrier transportation service in any of the following
activities are eligible to hold authorizations in the Motor Carrier
Radio Service to operate radio stations for transmission of
communications essential to such activities of the licensee: Provided,
however, That motor vehicles used as taxicabs, livery vehicles, or
school buses, and motor vehicles used for sightseeing or special charter
purposes, shall not be included within the meaning of this term as used
in the Motor Carrier Radio Service. For purposes of this rule, an urban
area is defined as being one or more contiguous, incorporated or
unincorporated cities, boroughs, towns, or villages, have aggregate
population of 2,500 or more persons.
(1) The transportation of passengers between urban areas.
(2) The transportation of property between urban areas.
(3) The transportation of passengers within a single urban area.
(4) The transportation, local distribution or collection of property
within a single urban area.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Motor Carrier Radio Service,
together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned; and the specific assignment limitations, which are explained
in paragraph (c) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) This frequency is available for assignment in this service only
to common and contract motor carriers of passengers within a single
urban area.
(2) This frequency is available on a shared basis with the Petroleum
Radio Service.
(3) This frequency is available on a shared basis with stations in
the Forestry-Conservation Radio Service.
(4) This frequency is available for assignment in this service only
to common and contract motor carriers of passengers between urban areas.
(5) This frequency is available for assignment in this service only
to common and contract motor carriers of property between urban areas.
(6) In addition to single frequency operation, this frequency is
available to base and mobile stations for the paired frequency mode of
operation. For two frequency systems, the separation between base and
mobile transmit frequencies is 500 kHz with the base stations
transmitting on the higher of the two frequencies.
(7) The frequencies available for use at operational fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(8) This frequency is available for assignment in this service only
to common and contract motor carriers of property.
(9) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this band,
and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261. Operation
on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Public Safety and
Industrial Radio Services where they are assigned for land mobile
operations.
(10) This frequency is shared in the Motor Carrier and Railroad Radio
Services. It may be assigned only when all of the frequencies in the
450-470 MHz band allocated to the service in which the applicant is
primarily eligible are assigned within 56 km. (35 mi.) of the proposed
base station.
(11) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(12) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(13) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(14) This frequency is available to stations in this service subject
to the provisions of 90.259.
(15) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new or modification to
existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(16) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(17) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(18) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(19) In the State of Alaska only, the frequency 44.10 MHz is
available for assignment on a primary basis to stations in the Common
Carrier Rural Radio Service utilizing meteor burst communications. The
frequency may be used by private radio stations for meteor burst
communications on a secondary, noninterference basis. Usage shall be in
accordance with parts 22 and 90 of this chapter. Stations utilizing
meteor burst communications shall not cause harmful interference to
stations of other radio services operating in accordance with the
allocation table.
(20) In the State of Alaska only, the frequency 44.20 MHz is
available for assignment on a primary basis to private land mobile radio
stations utilizing meteor burst communications. The frequency may be
used by common carrier stations for meteor burst communications on a
secondary, noninterference basis. Usage shall be in accordance with
parts 22 and 90 of this chapter. Stations utilizing meteor burst
communications shall not cause harmful interference to stations of other
radio services operating in accordance with the allocation table.
(21) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(22) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service: (See also 90.253.)
(1) (Reserved)
(2) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(3) The frequency band 33.00-33.01 MHz may be used for developmental
operations subject to the provisions of subpart Q. Any type of emission
other than pulsed emission may be used if the bandwidth occupied by the
emission is contained within the assigned frequency band.
(4) Frequencies in the 421-430, MHz band are available in the
Detroit, Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in
90.273 through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247,
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle (AVM)
systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding this limitation.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.89, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.91 Railroad Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Railroad common carriers which are regularly
engaged in the transportation of passengers or property when such
passengers or property are transported over all or part of their route
by railroad are eligible to hold authorizations in the Railroad Radio
Service to operate radio stations for transmission of communications and
to assure safety of operations essential to such activities of the
licensee.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Railroad Radio Service,
together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned; and the specific assignment limitations, which are explained
in paragraph (d) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (c) of this section:
(1) The frequencies available for assignment to operational fixed
stations in the band 72.0 to 76.0 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1).
These frequencies which are shared with other services, are available
only in accordance with the provisions of 90.257.
(2) This frequency is available on a shared basis in the
Manufacturers, Forest Products, Special Industrial, and Railroad Radio
Services and interservice coordination is required. All communications
must be within the boundaries or confines of railroad terminals or
yards. All operations on this frequency are subject to the provisions
of 90.257(b).
(3) This frequency may be used for the following:
(i) End-to-end, fixed point-to-train, or train-to-train
communications in connection with the operation or railroad trains over
a track, in yards, or tracks extending through yards and between
stations upon which trains are operated by timetable, train order, or
both, or the use of which is governed by block signals.
(ii) Intercommunication between adjacent base stations, provided
interference is not caused to communications involving radio stations
aboard railroad rolling stock.
(iii) Transmission of tone signals for signaling purposes or for
remote control of locomotives, including slave locomotives placed within
a train to assist the lead locomotive by providing, among other
functions auxiliary starting, pulling, and braking actions; and radio
controlled cab indicator devices that are placed within a locomotive to
give visual signals to the operator of the locomotive.
(4) This frequency may also be used for the transmission of tone or
voice communications, including such communications when prerecorded,
for purposes of automatically indicating abnormal conditions of trackage
and railroad rolling stock when in motion, on a secondary basis to other
stations on this frequency. All such operations shall be subject to the
following:
(i) The output power shall not exceed 30 watts.
(ii) The bandwidth used shall not exceed that authorized to the
licensee for voice transmissions on the frequency concerned.
(iii) The station shall be so designed and installed that it can
normally be activated only by its associated automatic control equipment
and, in addition, it shall be equipped with a time delay or clock device
which will deactivate the station within three (3) minutes following
activation by the last car in the train.
(iv) Stations authorized pursuant to the provisions of this
subparagraph are exempt from the station identification requirements of
90.425.
(5) This frequency is shared with and must be coordinated with the
Special Industrial Radio Service in Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands.
(6) In Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands only, this frequency is
available on a shared basis with remote pickup broadcast stations.
(7) In Puerto Rico and the Virgin Islands only, this frequency is not
available to stations operating in the Railroad Radio Service.
(8) Frequencies in this band will be assigned only for transmitting
hydrological or meteorological data or for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(9) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this band,
and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261. Operation
on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Public Safety and
Industrial Radio Services where they are assigned for land mobile
operations.
(10) This frequency is shared in the Motor Carrier and Railroad Radio
Services. It may be assigned only when all of the frequencies in the
450-470 MHz band allocated to the service in which the applicant is
primarily eligible are assigned within 56 km. (35 mi.) of the proposed
base station.
(11) This frequency may be assigned primarily for stations used for
the purpose of controlling slave locomotives that are placed within a
train to assist the lead locomotive by providing, among other functions,
auxiliary starting, pulling, and braking actions. Additionally, on a
secondary basis this frequency may be assigned for remote control of all
types of locomotives and, within a railroad yard or terminal area, for
remote control of cab indicator devices placed with a locomotive to give
visual signals to the operator of the locomotive. (A1, A2, F1 or F2
emissions may be authorized.)
(12) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(13) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(14) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(15) This frequency band is available to stations in this services
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(16) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new or modification to
existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(17) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(18) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(19) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.i
(20) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Additional frequencies available. In addition to the frequencies
shown in the frequency table of this section, the following frequencies
are available in this service: (See also 90.253).
(1) (Reserved)
(2) Frequencies in the band 73.0-74.6 MHz may be assigned to stations
authorized their use on or before December 1, 1961, but no new stations
will be authorized in this band, nor will expansion of existing systems
be permitted. (See also 90.257.)
(3) Base and mobile stations authorized as of April 1, 1968, to
operate on frequency 161.61 MHz may continue to be authorized for such
operation on a secondary basis to the Maritime Mobile Service. The
licensees of such stations may renew, modify, reinstate, or assign their
licenses in those cases where such assignment accompanies a change of
ownership of the licensee's business to the assignee, and may expand
existing systems when using that frequency; however, they will not be
authorized to establish any new systems on the frequency.
(4) Stations authorized for operation on or before June 11, 1962, on
the frequencies 169.575, 170.375, 171.175, 171.975, or 406.050 MHz may
continue to be authorized for such operation on a secondary basis to
Government stations.
(5) The frequency band 33.00-33.01 MHz may be used for developmental
operation subject to the provisions of subpart Q. Any type of emission
other than pulsed emission may be used if the bandwidth occupied by the
emission is contained within the assigned frequency band.
(6) Frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the Detroit,
Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in 90.273
through 90.281.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned from mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that:
(1) Additional frequencies above 25 MHz may be assigned in connection
with operation of mobile repeaters in accordance with 90.247
notwithstanding this limitation.
(2) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.91, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.93 Taxicab Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons regularly engaged in furnishing to the
public for hire a nonscheduled passenger land transportation service
(which may also include the occasional transport of small items of
property) not operated over a regular route or between established
terminals are eligible to hold authorizations in the Taxicab Radio
Service to operate radio stations for the transmission of communications
essential to such activities of the licensee.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Taxicab Radio Service,
together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned; and the specific assignment limitations, which are explained
in paragraph (c) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) This frequency is available for assignment only to base or mobile
stations operating wholly within Standard Metropolitan Areas having
50,000 or more population (1950 Census).
(2) This frequency is also available to Business Radio Service
licensees for use at stations outside Standard Metropolitan Areas having
50,000 or more population (1950 Census).
(3) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this band,
and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261. Operation
on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Public-Safety and
Industrial Radio Services where they are assigned for land mobile
operations.
(4) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(5) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(6) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(7) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(8) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other services,
and subject to no protection from interference due to the operation of
industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the 2483.5-2500
MHz band, no applications for new or modification to existing stations
to increase the number of transmitters will be accepted. Existing
licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent date following as a
result of submitting an application for license on or before July 25,
1985, are grandfathered and their operation is co-primary with the
Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(9) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(10) This frequency is shared by stations in the Forest Products
Radio Service in the States of Washington, Oregon, Idaho, and Montana in
areas at least 40 miles removed from the center of urbanized areas of
200,000 or more population, 1970 Decennial Census. (Provided that,
taxicab operations within the specified urbanized areas will not be
authorized on frequencies shared with the Forest Products Radio Service
until the unshared frequencies are fully utilized.) For two-frequency
systems, separation between base and mobile transmit frequencies is 5
MHz; however, a mobile station may be assigned the frequency of an
associated base station. (Such operation may, however, subject the
single-frequency system to interference that would not occur to a
two-frequency system.)
(11) This frequency is shared with the Forest Products and Special
Industrial Radio Services. Use of this frequency is limited to stations
located at least 80.5 km. (50 miles) from the center of any urbanized
area of 600,000 or more population (U.S. Census of Population, 1970).
(12) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(13) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(14) The frequencies available for use at operational-fixed stations
in the band 72-76 are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(15) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(16) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(d) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that: (See also 90.253).
(1) (Reserved)
(2) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(3) The frequency band 33.00-33.01 MHz may be used for developmental
operation subject to the provisions of subpart Q. Any type of emission
other than pulsed emission may be used if the bandwidth occupied by the
emission is contained within the assigned frequency band.
(e) In addition to the frequencies shown in the frequency table of
this section, frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the
Detroit, Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in
90.273 through 90.281.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.93, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.95 Automobile Emergency Radio Service.
(a) Eligibility. Persons regularly engaged in any of the following
activities are eligible to hold authorizations in the Automobile
Emergency Radio Service to operate radio stations for transmission of
communications required for dispatching repair trucks, tow trucks, or
other road service vehicles to disabled vehicles.
(1) The operation of a private emergency road service for disabled
vehicles by associations of owners of private automobiles.
(2) The business of providing to the general public an emergency road
service for disabled vehicles.
(b) Special permissible communications. On a secondary basis, the
transmission of communications by associations of owners of private
automobiles which provide emergency road service for the purpose of
reporting traffic conditions is authorized.
(c) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Automobile Emergency Radio
Service, together with the class of station(s) to which they are
normally assigned; and the specific assignment limitations which are
explained in paragraph (d) of this section:
(d) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (c) of this section:
(1) This frequency is available only for stations (other than those
aboard aircraft) which are operated by or on behalf of persons who
provide to the general public an emergency road service for disabled
vehicles.
(2) Only one of the frequencies 150.815, 150.830, 150.845, 150.860,
150.875, or 150.890 MHz may be assigned to the same licensee in a given
area.
(3) This frequency is not available to stations in this service in
Puerto Rico or the Virgin Islands.
(4) This frequency is available for assignment to base stations and
to mobile stations (other than those aboard aircraft) which are operated
by or on behalf of associations of owners of private automobiles.
(5) This frequency is available for assignment to stations, other
than those aboard aircraft, which are operated by or on behalf of
persons who provide to the general public an emergency road service for
disabled vehicles: Except that; at the discretion of the Commission
this frequency may also be operated by or on behalf of associations of
owners of private automobiles upon a showing that all other frequencies
available for assignment to such stations are currently assigned to
other stations for use in the area concerned and that the use of the
requested frequency, in each case, will be less likely to result in
mutual harmful interference that would the use of a frequency otherwise
available to the station.
(6) Only one of the frequencies 157.470, 157.485, 157.500, or 157.515
MHz may be assigned to the same licensee in a given area.
(7) The frequencies available for use at fixed stations in this band,
and the requirements for assignment are set forth in 90.261. Operation
on these frequencies is secondary to stations in the Public-Safety and
Industrial Radio Services where they are assigned for land mobile
operations.
(8) This frequency is available for assignment to stations which are
operated by or on behalf of associations of owners of private
automobiles for single-frequency operation.
(9) Subpart L contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
470-512 MHz band.
(10) Subpart S contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
806-821/851-866 and 896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
(11) Assignment of frequencies above 928 MHz for operational-fixed
stations is governed by part 94 of this chapter.
(12) This frequency band is available to stations in this service
subject to the provisions of 90.259.
(13) Available only on a shared basis with stations in other
services, and subject to no protection from interference due to the
operation of industrial, scientific, or medical (ISM) devices. In the
2483.5-2500 MHz band, no applications for new or modification to
existing stations to increase the number of transmitters will be
accepted. Existing licensees as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent
date following as a result of submitting an application for license on
or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered and their operation is
co-primary with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(14) Use of this frequency band is limited to developmental operation
and is subject to the provisions of subpart Q.
(15) Frequencies in this band are available only for one-way paging
operations in accordance with 90.494.
(16) The frequencies available for use at operational-fixed stations
in the band 72-76 MHz are listed in 90.257(a)(1). These frequencies are
shared with other services and are available only in accordance with the
provisions of 90.257.
(17) Frequencies in this band will be assigned for low power wireless
microphones in accordance with the provisions of 90.265.
(18) Rules concerning the use of this band for narrowband operations
are set forth in 90.271.
(19) Subpart T contains rules for assignment of frequencies in the
220-222 MHz band.
(e) Limitation on number of frequencies assignable. Normally only
one frequency, or pair of frequencies in the paired frequency mode of
operation, will be assigned for mobile service operations by a single
applicant in a given area. The assignment of an additional frequency or
pair of frequencies will be made only upon a satisfactory showing of
need, except that: (See also 90.253.)
(1) (Reserved)
(2) Frequencies in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands,
and the frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz 918-926 MHz, and
926-027 MHz may be assigned for the operation of Automatic Vehicle
Monitoring (AVM) systems in accordance with 90.239, notwithstanding
this limitation.
(3) The frequency band 33.00-33.01 MHz may be used for developmental
operation subject to the provisions of subpart Q. Any type of emission
other than pulsed emission may be used if the bandwidth occupied by the
emission is contained within the assigned frequency band.
(f) In addition to the frequencies shown in the frequency table of
this section, frequencies in the 421-430 MHz band are available in the
Detroit, Cleveland, and Buffalo areas in accordance with the rules in
90.273 through 90.281.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.95, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 90.95 Subpart F -- Radiolocation Service
47 CFR 90.101 Scope.
The Radiolocation Service accommodates the use of radio methods for
determination of direction, distance, speed, or position for purposes
other than navigation. Rules as to eligibility for licensing,
permissible communications, frequency available, and any special
requirements are set forth in the following section, except that the
operation of Automatic Vehicle Monitoring (AVM) systems is governed by
interim provisions set forth in 90.239.
47 CFR 90.103 Radiolocation Service.
(a) Eligibility. The following persons are eligible for
authorizations in the Radiolocation Service to operate stations to
determine distance, direction, speed, or position by means of
radiolocation devices, for purposes other than navigation:
(1) Any person engaged in a commercial, industrial, scientific,
educational, or local government activity
(2) A corporation or association that will furnish radiolocation
service to other persons.
(3) A corporation that will furnish a nonprofit radio communication
service to its parent corporation, to another subsidiary of the same
parent, or to its own subsidiary where the party to be served is
regularly engaged in any of the eligibility activities set forth in this
paragraph.
(b) Frequencies available. The following table indicates frequencies
available for assignment to stations in the Radiolocation Service,
together with the class of station(s) to which they are normally
assigned, and the specific assignment limitations, which are explained
in paragraph (c) of this section:
(c) Explanation of assignment limitations appearing in the frequency
table of paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) This frequency band is shared with and stations operating in this
frequency band in this service are on a secondary basis to stations
licensed in the International Fixed Service and the Maritime Mobile
Service.
(2) This frequency band is shared with and stations operating in this
frequency band in this service are on a secondary basis to the LORAN
Navigation System; all operations are limited to radiolocation lands
stations in accordance with footnote US104, 2.106 of this chapter.
(3) (Reserved)
(4) Non-Government radiolocation service in this band is on a
secondary basis to stations in the Aeronautical Radionavigation Service
operating on 1638 or 1708 kHz.
(5) Station assignments on frequencies in this band will be made
subject to the conditions that the maximum output power shall not exceed
375 watts and the maximum authorized bandwidth shall not exceed 2 kHz.
(6) Because of the operation of stations having priority on the same
or adjacent frequencies in this or in other countries, frequency
assignments in this band may either be unavailable of may be subject to
certain technical of operational limitations. Therefore, applications
for frequency assignments in this band shall include information
concerning the transmitter output power; the type and directional
characteristics of the antenna and the minimum hours of operation (GMT).
(7) This band is shared with the Disaster Communications Service
(part 99) and operations are on a secondary basis to that service
between local sunset and local sunrise, or at any time during an actual
or imminent disaster. Local sunrise and sunset times shall be derived
from the 1946 American Nautical Almanac. Each frequency assignment in
this band is on an exclusive basis within the daytime primary service
area to which assigned. The daytime primary service area is the area
where the signal intensities are adequate for radiolocation purposes
during the hours from sunrise to sunset from all stations in the
radiolocation system of which the station in question is a part; that
is, the primary service area of the station coincides with the primary
service area of the system. The normal minimum geographical separation
between stations of different licensees shall be at least 580 km. (360
mi.) when the stations are operated on the same frequency or on
different frequencies separated by less than 3 kHz. Where geographical
separation of less than 580 km. (360 mi.) is desired under these
circumstances it must be shown that the desired separation will result
in protection ratio of at least 20 decibels throughout the daytime
primary service area of other stations. Applications in this band are
placed on public notice in accordance with 1.962 of this chapter.
Where the number of applicants requesting authority to serve an area
exceeds the number of frequencies available for assignment; or where it
appears that fewer applicants or licensees than the number before it
should be given authority to serve a particular area; or where it
appears that an applicant, either directly or indirectly, seeks to use
more than 25 kHz of the available spectrum space in this band, the
applications may be designated for hearing.
(8) Frequencies in this band may only be assigned to radiolocation
stations which are also assigned frequencies in the 1605-1800 kHz band,
provided the use of frequencies in this band is necessary for the proper
functioning of the particular radiolocation system. Operations in this
band are on a secondary basis to stations operating in accordance with
the Commission's table of frequency allocations contained in 2.106 of
this chapter.
(9) This band is allocated to the Radiolocation Service on a
secondary basis to other fixed or mobile services and must accept any
harmful interference that may be experienced from such services or from
the industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) equipment operating in
accordance with part 18 of this chapter. In the 2483.5-2500 MHz band,
no applications for new or modification to existing stations to increase
the number of transmitters will be accepted. Existing licensees as of
July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent date following as a result of
submitting an application for license on or before July 25, 1985, are
grandfathered and their operation is co-primary with the
Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(10) Speed measuring devices will not be authorized in this band.
(11) This frequency band is shared with and is on a secondary basis
to the Maritime Radionavigation Stations (part 80) and to the Government
Radiolocation Service.
(12) This frequency band is shared with and is on a secondary basis
to the Government Radiolocation Service.
(13) Operations in this band are limited to survey operations using
transmitters with a peak power not to exceed 5 watts into the antenna.
(14) This frequency band is shared with and is on a secondary basis
to the Aeronautical Radionavigation Service (part 87) and to the
Government Radiolocation Service.
(15) The non-Government Radiolocation Service in this band is
secondary to the Maritime Radionavigation Stations (part 80), the
Aeronautical Radionavigation Service (part 87) and the Government
Radiolocation Service.
(16) This frequency band is shared with and is on a secondary basis
to the Maritime Radionavigation Stations (part 80) and the Government
Meteorological Aids Service.
(17) Operation in this frequency band is on a secondary basis to
airborne Doppler radars at 8800 MHz.
(18) Radiolocation installations will be coordinated with the
Government Meteorological Aids Service, and insofar as practicable, will
be adjusted to meet the needs of that service.
(19) Operations in this band are on a secondary basis to the Amateur
Radio Service (part 97). Pulsed emissions are prohibited.
(20) This band is restricted to radiolocation systems using type N0N
emission with a power not to exceed 40 watts into the antenna.
(21) Non-Government radiolocation stations in the band are secondary
to the Government Radiolocation Service, the Amateur Radio Service and
the Amateur-Satellite Service. Pulse-ranging radiolocation stations in
this band may be authorized along the shorelines of Alaska and the
contiguous 48 states. Radiolocation stations using spread spectrum
techniques may be authorized in the band 420-435 MHz for operation
within the contiguous 48 states and Alaska. Also, stations using spread
spectrum techniques shall be limited to a maximum output power of 50
watts, shall be subject to the applicable technical standards in 90.209
until such time as more definitive standards are adopted by the
Commission and shall identify in accordance with 90.425(c)(3).
Authorizations will be granted on a case-by-case basis; however,
operations proposed to be located within the zones set forth in
90.177(e) should not expect to be accommodated.
(22) For frequencies 2455, 10,525, and 24,125 MHz unmodulated
continuous wave (NON) emission only shall be employed and a frequency
stability of at least 0.2 percent shall be maintained. Such stations
shall be exempt from the requirements of 90.403(c) and (f) and 90.429.
(23) Devices designed to operate as field disturbance sensors on
frequencies between 2450 and 2500 MHz with a field strength equal to or
less than 50,000 microvolts per meter at 30 meters, on a fundamental
frequency, will not be licensed or type accepted for use under this
part. Such equipment must comply with the requirements for field
disturbance sensors as set forth in part 15 of this chapter.
(24) Devices designed to operate as field disturbance sensors on
frequencies between 10,500 and 10,550 MHz and between 24,050 and 24,250
MHz, with field strength equal to or less than 250,000 microvolts per
meter at 30 meters, on the fundamental frequency, will not be licensed
or type accepted for use under this part. Such equipment must comply
with the requirements for field disturbance sensors as set forth in part
15 of this chapter.
(25) Station assignments on frequencies in this band will be made
subject to the conditions that the maximum output power shall not exceed
375 watts and the maximum authorized bandwidth shall not exceed 1.0 kHz.
(26) Each frequency assignment in this band is on an exclusive basis
within the primary service area to which assigned. The primary service
area is the area where the signal intensities are adequate for
radiolocation purposes from all stations in the radiolocation system of
which the station in question is a part; that is, the primary service
area of the station coincides with the primary service area of the
system. The normal minimum geographical separation between stations of
different licensees shall be at lease 1200 mi. (1931 km.) when the
stations are operated on the same frequency or on different frequencies
separated by less than 1.0 kHz. Where geographical separation of less
than 1200 mi. (1931 km.) is requested under these circumstances, it
must be shown that the desired separation will result in a protection
ratio of at least 20 decibels throughout the primary service area of
other stations.
(27) Notwithstanding the bandwidth limitations otherwise set forth in
this section of the rules, wideband systems desiring to operate in this
band may use such bandwidth as is necessary for proper operation of the
system provided that the field strength does not exceed 120 microvolts
per meter per square root Hertz (120 uv/m/Hz 1/2) at 1 mile. Such
wideband operations shall be authorized on a secondary basis to stations
operating within otherwise applicable technical standards. Applications
for wideband systems in this band will be accepted beginning December
15, 1985.
(28) Since the 1605-1705 kHz band has been reallocated for AM
broadcasting, no new assignments in the 1605-1705 kHz portion of this
band shall be made after September 30, 1985.
(29) Beginning July 1, 1987, licensees of existing systems authorized
frequencies in the 1605-1705 kHz portion of this band may request
modification of their authorizations to change frequencies to the
1900-2000 kHz band.
(30) Until July 1, 1988, this band will be available only for
licensees of existing systems operating in the 1605-1705 kHz portion of
the 1605-1715 kHz band requesting modification of their authorizations
to change frequencies to this band and for licensees of wideband
systems. On July 1, 1988, requests for new station authorizations in
this band will be accepted and, if necessary, will be subject to the
random selection procedures outlined in 1.972 of the Commission's
Rules.
(d) Additional frequencies for automatic vehicle monitoring (AVM)
systems. The frequency bands 903-904 MHz, 904-912 MHz, 918-926 MHz, and
926-927 MHz may be assigned for AVM operations in accordance with
90.239 except that for corporations rendering service to others under
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, such operations are limited to the
904-912 MHz and 918-926 MHz bands.
(e) Other additional frequencies available. Radiolocation stations
in this service may be authorized, on request, to use frequencies
allocated exclusively to Federal Government stations, in those instances
where the Commission finds, after consultation with the appropriate
Government agency or agencies, that such assignment is necessary or
required for coordination with Government activities.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.103,
see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of
this volume.
47 CFR 90.103 Subpart G -- Applications and Authorizations
47 CFR 90.111 Scope.
This subpart contains the procedures and requirements for the
submission or filing of applications for authority to operate radio
facilities under this part. The procedures described as those utilized
by the Commission after receiving filed applications.
(51 FR 14996, Apr. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.113 Station authorization required.
No radio transmitter shall be operated in the services governed by
this part except under and in accordance with a proper authorization
granted by the Commission.
47 CFR 90.115 Ineligiblity of foreign governments.
No station authorization in the radio services governed by this part
shall be granted to or held by a foreign government or its
representative.
47 CFR 90.117 Applications for radio station or radio system
authorizations.
Persons desiring a radio station or radio system authorization must
first submit the appropriate application(s). Prescribed application
forms are listed in 90.119. The Forms may be obtained from the
Washington, DC office of the Commission, its Gettysburg, PA office, or
from any of its engineering field offices. (See 90.145 for information
regarding special temporary authorizations.) Applicants for new stations
comprising a land mobile radio system as defined in 90.7 of this part,
or applicants modifying or renewing a station that is a part of a
system, may file an application for a system authorization.
(47 FR 57051, Dec. 22, 1982)
47 CFR 90.119 Application forms.
The following application forms shall be used --
(a) Form 574 shall be used to apply:
(1) For new base, fixed, or mobile station authorizations governed by
this part.
(2) For system authorizations, where the system meets the
requirements of 90.117.
(i) Application for a radio system may be submitted on a single Form
574.
(ii) If the control station(s) will operate on the same frequency as
the mobile station, and if the height of the control station(s)
antenna(s) will not exceed 6.1 meters (20 feet) above ground or an
existing man-made structure (other than an antenna structure), there is
no limit on the number of such stations which may be authorized. Items
1 through 5 or Form 574 shall be completed showing the frequency, the
station class, the total number of control stations, the emission, and
the output power of the highest powered control station. Applicants for
all control stations in the 470-512 MHz band must furnish the
information requested in Items 1-11 of Form 574.
(3) For modification or for modification and renewal of an existing
authorization. (See 90.135)
(4) For the Commission's consent to the assignment of an
authorization to another person or entity. In addition, the application
shall be accompanied by a letter from the assignor setting forth his
desire to assign all right, title, and interest in and to such
authorization, stating the call sign and location of the station, and
that the assignor will submit his current station authorization for
cancellation upon completion of the assignment. Form 1046 may be used
in lieu of this letter.
(b) With respect to the 806-824/851-869 and 896-901/935-940 MHz
bands, all applications required by this section to be filed on Form 574
shall be accompanied by Form 574-A.
(c) With respect to the frequencies below 27.5 MHz, all applications
required by this section to be filed on Form 574 shall be accompanied by
Form 574-B.
(d) Applications for stations on frequencies above 27.5 MHz in areas
where international coordination is required may be accompanied by Form
574-B, but are not required to be. If the applicant files Form 574-B,
the information concerning the proposed station that the Commission
reports to the coordinating nation will be that provided on the Form.
If the applicant does not file Form 574-B, the information concerning
the proposed station that the Commission reports to the coordinating
nation will be based on assumed technical characteristics determined by
the Commission and described in instructions to Form 574. Specifically,
the following stations are involved:
(1) Those north of Line A, or east of Line C if the application is
for a frequency between 30 MHz and 470 and 929 and 930 MHz. Lines A and
C are defined in 90.7.
(2) Those requesting frequencies in the portion of the frequency
bands allocated to both countries that overlap in the two geographical
areas as defined in the U.S. Canada agreement, dated April 7, 1982,
concerning the use of 800 MHz frequencies along the U.S.-Canada border.
(e) Form 405-A shall be used to:
(1) Apply for a renewal without modification of a station or system
license when the licensee has not received renewal Form 574-R in the
mail from the Commission within sixty (60) days of license expiration.
(2) Notify the Commission of a change in the licensee's name or
mailing address that occurs during the license term. (See 90.135(b).)
(3) Notify the Commission that the licensee has discontinued station
operation and wishes to cancel the license. (See 90.157.)
(f) A separate application shall be submitted on FCC Form 703
whenever it is proposed to change, as by transfer of stock ownership,
the control of a corporate licensee.
(g) Form 572, Temporary Permit to Operate a Part 90 Radio Station,
should be properly executed if the applicant is eligible and desires to
operate his station pending the processing of his formal application
(See also 90.159, and 90.657).
(h) Form 574-R shall be used to apply for renewal of an existing
authorization without modification of the station or system license.
(Form 574-R is generated by the Commission and mailed to the licensee
prior to the expiration of the license term.)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 29070, May 18, 1979;
45 FR 59884, Sept. 11, 1980; 47 FR 41044, Sept. 16, 1982; 47 FR
57051, Dec. 22, 1982; 48 FR 36106, Aug. 9, 1983; 51 FR 14996, Apr. 22,
1986; 54 FR 4029, Jan. 27, 1989; 54 FR 39739, Sept. 28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.121 Canadian registration.
Form 410 shall be filed by Canadian licensees desiring to operate in
the United States under the terms of Article 2 and 3 of the Convention
between the United States and Canada concerning operation of Certain
Radio Equipment or Stations (which entered into force May 15, 1952).
This form may be obtained from the Department of Communications, Ottawa,
Canada. That department should also be consulted by U.S. licensees
desiring to operate in Canada.
47 CFR 90.123 Full disclosures.
(a) Each application shall contain full and complete disclosures with
regard to the real party or parties in interest and as to all matters
required to be disclosed by the application forms.
(b) Each application shall be clear and complete in itself without
cross reference to information previously filed. An application for
modification of an existing station must show in precise detail all
particulars of the desired operation, including those not affected by
the modification.
(c) Each application for digital voice emission shall only be made
with the understanding that the applicant is responsible to disclose
current encoding information to an FCC official at any time after
station authorization. Disclosure shall be only upon request of the FCC
official, and only for enforcement purposes. All authorizations for
digital voice systems are issued subject to this requirement.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 15340, Apr. 9, 1982)
47 CFR 90.125 Who may sign applications.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section,
applications, amendments thereto, and related statements of fact
required by the Commission shall be personally signed by the applicant,
if the applicant is an individual; by one of the partners, if the
applicant is a partnership; by an officer or duly authorized employee
if the applicant is a corporation; or by a member who is an officer, if
the applicant is an unincorporated association. Applications,
amendments, and related statements of fact filed on behalf of eligible
government entities, such as states and territories of the United States
and political subdivisions thereof, the District of Columbia, and units
of local government, including incorporated municipalities, shall be
signed by such duly elected or appointed officials as may be competent
to do so under the laws of the applicable jurisdiction.
(b) Applications, amendments thereto, and related statements of fact
required by the Commission may be signed by the applicant's attorney in
fact in case of the applicant's physical disability or of his absence
from the United States. The attorney shall in that event separately set
forth the reason why the application is not signed by the applicant. In
addition, if any matter is stated on the basis of the attorneys belief
only (rather than his knowledge), he shall separately set forth his
reasons for believing that such statements are true.
(c) Only the original of applications, amendments, or related
statements of fact need be signed; copies must, however, conform in all
other particulars to such originals.
(d) Applications, amendments, and related statements of fact need not
be signed under oath. Willful false statements made therein, however,
are punishable by fine and imprisonment, U.S. Code, Title 18, section
1001, and by appropriate administrative sanctions, including revocation
of station license pursuant to section 312(a)(1) of the Communications
Act of 1934, as amended.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 54 FR 38680, Sept. 20,
1989)
47 CFR 90.127 Submission and filing of applications.
(a) All applications for private land mobile licenses that require
both frequency coordination and fees as set forth at part 1, subppart G
of this chapter shall first be sent to the certified coordinator for the
radio service or frequency group concerned. After the appropriate
coordination and attachment of the statutory fee, such applications
shall be forwarded to the appropriate address in accordance with
0.401(b) of the rules. A list of the certified frequency coordinators
may be obtained from the Federal Communications Commission, Gettysburg,
PA 17326.
(1) All applications for private land mobile licenses that require
frequency coordination but not a fee shall be sent to the certified
coordinator for the radio service or frequency group concerned. After
the appropriate coordination, such applications shall be forwarded to
the Federal Communications Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17326.
(2) All applications for private land mobile licenses that require a
fee but not frequency coordination shall be sent to the appropriate
address in accordance with 0.401(b) of the rules.
(3) All applications for private land mobile licenses that do not
require either frequency coordination or a fee shall be sent to the
Federal Communications Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17326.
(b) Unless otherwise specified, an application should be filed at
least 60 days prior to the desired date of Commission action.
Applications for renewal should be filed no more than 90 days nor less
than 30 days prior to the end of the license term. When timely and
sufficient application for renewal of the license has been made, the
license shall not expire until Commission action on the application has
been completed.
(c) Each application shall limit its request for authorized mobile
transmitters to:
(1) Transmitters which will be installed and operated immediately
after authorization issuance.
(2) Transmitters for which purchase orders have already been signed
and which will be in use within eight months of the authorization date.
(3) In the Public Safety Radio Services and in the Special Emergency
Radio Service for government entities only, to transmitters on which bid
orders have been or will be sought and which will be in use within eight
months of the authorization date, and to transmitters to be placed in
operation later than eight months of the authorization date, pursuant to
a specific implementation schedule which has been adopted by the
appropriate final authorities of the applicant; and
(4) For operation in the 806-824/851-869 and 896-901/935-940 MHz
bands, to transmitters authorized pursuant to 90.629.
(d) Failure on the part of the applicant to provide all information
required by the application form or to supply the necessary exhibits or
supplementary statements may constitute a defect in the application.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 43 FR 59071, Dec. 19,
1978; 44 FR 27995, May 14, 1979; 47 FR 41044, Sept. 16, 1982; 51 FR
14996, Apr. 22, 1986; 52 FR 10231, Mar. 31, 1987; 54 FR 39739, Sept.
28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.129 Supplemental information to be routinely submitted with
applications.
Each application received by the Commission must be accompanied by
the applicable information listed below:
(a) Evidence of frequency coordination as required by 90.175.
(b) Description of any equipment proposed to be used if it does not
appear on the Commission's current Radio Equipment List, Equipment
Acceptable for Licensing, and designated for use under this part.
(c) A functional system diagram and a detailed description of the
manner in which the interrelated stations will operate, if the station
is part of a system involving two or more stations at different fixed
locations.
(d) Applicants proposing to share their authorized transmitters
pursuant to 90.179 shall so indicate in their application.
(e) Applicants proposing to construct a radio station in the vicinity
of radio astronomy observatories in West Virginia or in the vicinity of
a radio receiving zone in Colorado must submit the statements prescribed
by 90.177.
(f) Statements required in connection with developmental operation,
as specified in 90.505.
(g) The environmental assessment required by 1.1307 and 1.1311 of
the rules, if applicable.
(h) Requests for authorization to communicate with foreign stations
in accordance with 90.19(c) or 90.417;
(i) Showings required in connection with the use of frequencies as
specified in subppart S.
(j) Any other statements or other data specifically required under
special circumstances which are set forth in the applicable subpart of
this part, by the particular form on which the application is filed or
upon request by the Commission.
(k) If the applicant proposes to use a multiple-licensed transmitter,
he must provide the name of the owner and the names and call signs of
any other licensees of that transmitter.
(l) Applicants for new land stations to be interconnected with the
public switched telephone network must indicate on their applications
that their stations will be interconnected.
(m) Applicants requesting licenses to operate on frequencies pursuant
to 90.17(c)(25) must submit disaster communications plans containing
the following information:
(1) A system network/system use diagram including a showing of
emergency power and methods of deployment to all parts of the State or
insular area;
(2) A designation of the responsible governmental authority within
the State or insular area who will be the controlling agency for the
licensee;
(3) A schedule of proposed drills and/or exercises by the
participants;
(4) The number of frequencies in each band, and the type of emission
required by the applicant;
(5) The distances expected to be covered within that State or insular
area;
(6) The adjacent states and insular areas expected to be communicated
with during a regional disaster or emergency;
(7) The point of contact for emergencies involving more than one
State or insular area;
(8) The common frequency band(s) and number of frequencies in each
band required for interstate communication, and the point(s) of contact
for these adjacent States or insular areas;
(9) The format and emission parameters of radio teletype
transmissions to be used for interstate communications.
(n) All applications for renewal of base/mobile station licenses by
licensees who also operate radiolocation transmitters, or wildlife
tracking telemetry transmitters as described in 90.25(f), must include
a statement detailing the number of units in service, by frequency, on
Radiolocation or Forestry-Conservation Radio Service frequencies at the
time the renewal application is filed.
(o) Applicants requesting licenses to operate on frequencies pursuant
to 90.63(d)(1), 90.65(c)(1), 90.73(d)(1) and 90.81(d)(14) must submit
communications plans containing the following information:
(1) A description of the communication requirement sufficient to
demonstrate that no alternative to the link is appropriate and that
there is no reasonable way to abbreviate the link;
(2) The frequency bands and the number of frequencies necessary for
the link(s);
(3) The name and phone number of the person(s) responsible for
ceasing operations of the licensee's stations in the event of
interference; and,
(4) Where the link(s) provides a standby backup circuit for another
communications circuit, a brief description of the supported circuit and
its vulnerability to disruption.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.129,
see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of
this volume.
47 CFR 90.131 Amendment or dismissal of applications.
(a) Any application, except for mutually exclusive applications or
those against which a petition to deny has been filed, may be amended as
a matter of right at any time prior to the time the application is
granted or designated for hearing. Each amendment to an application
shall be signed and submitted in the same manner as required for the
original application. The procedures for amending applications mutually
exclusive under this part, applications against which a petition to deny
has been filed, and applications designated for hearing are set forth in
1.918.
(b) Any application may, upon written request signed by the applicant
or his attorney, be dismissed without prejudice as a matter of right
prior to the time the application is granted or designated for hearing.
47 CFR 90.135 Modification of license.
(a) The following changes in authorized stations require an
application for modification of license:
(1) Change in frequency.
(2) Change in the type of emission.
(3) Change in power from that authorized.
(4) Change in antenna height from that authorized.
(5) Change in the location or number of base stations, fixed,
control, or mobile transmitters from that authorized, including area of
mobile operations.
(6) Change in the class of a land station, including changing from
multiple licensed to cooperative use, and from shared to unshared use.
(7) Any change in ownership, control, or corporate structure.
(8) Change by 50 or more units in the number of paging receivers.
(b) The following changes in authorized stations do not require an
application for modification of license.
(1) Change in mailing address of licensee.
(2) Change of name only of licensee, without changes in ownership,
control, or corporate structure.
(3) Change in the number and location of station control points or of
control stations operating below 470 or above 800 MHz meeting the
requirements of 90.119(a)(2)(ii).
(4) Change in the number of mobile units operated by Radiolocation
Service licensees.
(5) Any other changes not listed in paragraph (a) of this section.
(c) Unless specifically exempted in 90.175, requests for
modifications listed in paragraph (a) of this section must be submitted
on Form 574 to the applicable frequency coordinator.
(d) In case of a change listed in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this
section, the licensee must notify the Commission immediately.
Notification may be by Form 405-A or by letter. The letter must contain
the name and address of the licensee as they appear in the Commission's
records, the new name or address, the call signs and classes of all
radio stations authorized to the licensee under this part and the radio
service in which each station is authorized. The completed and signed
Form 405-A or the letter must be sent to: Federal Communication
Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17326. Licensees whose licenses are due for
renewal and who have received the renewal Form 574-R in the mail from
the Commission must use the appropriate boxes on that form to notify the
Commission of a change listed in paragraph (b)(1) or (2) of this
section.
(e) In the case of a change listed in paragraphs (b)(3), (4), and (5)
of this section, the licensee must notify the Commission within 30 days
of the change. The notice may be filed on FCC Form 574 or may be
contained in a letter specifying the nature of the change, the name and
address of the licensee as appearing on Commission records, and the call
sign, class, and radio service of the station. The notice must be sent
to: Federal Communications Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17326.
(f) Any change that requires a fee as set forth at part 1, subppart G
of this chapter must be filed in accordance with 1.912 (b) or 1.912
(b)(2) of the rules.
(51 FR 14997, Apr. 22, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 36014, Oct. 8, 1986;
52 FR 10232, Mar. 31, 1987; 54 FR 38680, Sept. 20, 1989)
47 CFR 90.137 Applications for operation at temporary locations.
(a) An application for authority to operate a base or a fixed
transmitter at temporary locations shall be filed in accordance with the
following:
(1) When one or more individual transmitters are to be operated by a
licensee as a base station or as a fixed station at unspecified or
temporary locations for indeterminate periods, such transmitters may be
considered to comprise a single station intended to be operated at
temporary locations.
(2) The application must specify the general georgaphic area within
which the operation will be confined. The area may be specified as a
city, a county or counties, a state or states or other definable
geographic area such as a specified radius in miles of a particular city
or known geographic site.
(3) Applications for operation at temporary locations exceeding 180
days must be accompanied by evidence of frequency coordination.
(b) When any unit or units of a base station or fixed station which
are authorized for operation at temporary locations actually remain or
are intended to remain at the same location for more than 1 year, an
application for a separate authorization specifying the fixed location
shall be made as soon as possible, but not later than 30 days after the
expiration of the 1-year period.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 63862, Sept. 26,
1980; 51 FR 14997, Apr. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.138 Applications for itinerant frequencies.
An application for authority to conduct an itinerant operation in the
Business or Special Industrial Radio Services must be restricted to use
of itinerant frequencies or other frequencies not designated for
permanent use and need not be accompanied by evidence of frequency
coordination. Users should be aware, however, that no protection is
provided from interference from other itinerant operations.
(44 FR 32218, June 5, 1979)
47 CFR 90.139 Commission processing of applications.
(a) Applications received for filing are given a file number. The
assignment of a file number to an application is for administrative
convenience and does not indicate the acceptance of the application for
filing and processing.
(b) Applications which are incomplete with respect to answers,
supplementary statements, execution, or other matters of a formal
character shall be deemed defective and may be dismissed. In addition,
if an applicant is requested to file any additional documents or
information not included in the prescribed application form, failure to
comply with such request will render the application defective and it
may be dismissed. Applications will also be deemed to be defective and
be dismissed in the following cases:
(1) Statutory disqualification of applicant;
(2) Proposed use or purpose of station would be unlawful;
(3) Requested frequency is not allocated for assignment for the
service proposed.
(c) Applications which are not in accordance with the provisions of
this chapter, or other requirements of the Commission, will be
considered defective and may be dismissed unless accompanied by a
request in accordance with 90.151 of this part.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 51 FR 14997, Apr. 22,
1986)
47 CFR 90.141 Resubmitted applications.
Any application received by the Commission for frequencies below 470
MHz which has been returned by the Commission to the applicant for
correction will be processed in its original position in the processing
line if it is resubmitted and received by the Commission within 60 days
from the date on which it was returned to the applicant. Otherwise it
will be treated as a new application for the purpose of processing
considerations. An application received by the Commission for
frequencies above 470 MHz which has been returned by the Commission to
the applicant will be processed in its original position in the
processing line if it is resubmitted and received by the Commission
within 30 days (45 days outside the continental United States) from the
date on which it was returned to the applicant. Otherwise it will be
treated as a new application for the purpose of processing
considerations.
(51 FR 14997, Apr. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.143 Grants of applications.
(a) The Commission will grant an application for a station
authorization without a hearing if it is in proper form, and conforms
with all rule requirements, and would serve the public interest,
convenience or necessity.
(b) All applications in pending status will be processed in the order
in which the application acceptable for filing was received by the
Commission; provided, however, that if there are more applications than
can be accommodated on available frequencies, the Commission may grant
the applications pursuant to the system of random selection prescribed
in 1.972 of this chapter.
(c) The Commission may grant any application in part, or add
privileges, terms or conditions not requested. When such action is
taken without a hearing, the applicant may accept the authorization as
granted, or may return it to the Commission along with a written request
for a hearing. Any such request for hearing must be made within 30 days
from the date of the grant, or from its effective date, if a later date
is specified. Upon receipt of a request for hearing, the Commission
will vacate the grant and designate the application for hearing in the
usual manner.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 27207, June 13,
1983)
47 CFR 90.145 Special temporary authority.
(a) In circumstances requiring the temporary use of radio facilities,
the Commission may issue special temporary authority for new or modified
operations. A request for special temporary authority may be made in
letter form signed in accordance with 90.125 of this part. It should
be submitted, in duplicate, at least 10 days prior to the date of the
proposed operation. However, in cases of emergency involving danger to
life or property, or due to damage to equipment, the request may be made
by telephone, telegraph or facsimile transmission under the condition
that a letter request is submitted within the following 10 days. All
requests for special temporary authority shall be clear and complete
within themselves and shall not rely on any pending application.
(b) Every request for special temporary authority should contain the
following information:
(1) Name and address of the applicant;
(2) Need for special action, including a description of any emergency
or damage of equipment;
(3) Type of operation to be conducted (such as field test,
dispatching etc.);
(4) Purpose of operation;
(5) Times and dates of operation;
(6) Class of station and name of radio service;
(7) Location, including geographical coordinates if known, of
transmitter and/or mobile area of operations;
(8) Number of fixed transmitters and number of mobile units;
(9) Operating frequency;
(10) Output power of the transmitter;
(11) Type of emission;
(12) Description of antenna, including height above ground and power
gain;
(13) Statement of eligibility for a radio service under this part.
(c) Requests for special temporary authority to operate for periods
exceeding 180 days require evidence of frequency coordination. Requests
for shorter periods do not require coordination and, if granted will be
authorized on a secondary, non-interference basis.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 11717, Mar. 21,
1983; 51 FR 14997, Apr. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.147 Mailing address furnished by licensee.
Each application shall set forth and each licensee shall furnish the
Commission with an address in the United States to be used by the
Commission in serving documents or directing correspondence to that
licensee. Unless any licensee advises the Commission to the contrary,
the address contained in the licensee's most recent application will be
used by the Commission for this purpose.
47 CFR 90.149 License term.
(a) Except as indicated in paragraph (c) of this section, licensesfor
stations authorized under this part will be issued for a term not to
exceed five years from the date of the original issuance, modification
or renewal.
(b) Authorizations for stations engaged in developmental operation
under subppart Q of this part will be issued upon a temporary basis for
a specific period of time, but in no event to extend beyond 1 year from
date of original issuance, modification or renewal.
(c) Nationwide authorizations under subpart T of this part will be
issued for a term not to exceed ten years from the date of the original
issuance, modification or renewal.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 36376, Sept. 17,
1984; 56 FR 19602, Apr. 29, 1991; 56 FR 32517, July 17, 1991)
47 CFR 90.151 Requests for waiver.
(a) Requests for waiver of the rules in this part shall state the
nature of the waiver or exception desired, and set forth reasons in
support thereof including a showing that unique circumstances are
involved and that there is no reasonable alternative solution within
existing rules. When related to a specific application the submission
and filing procedures of 90.127 also apply.
(b) Applications may be dismissed if the accompanying petition for
waiver of the rules does not set forth reasons which, sufficient if
true, would justify a waiver or exception.
(c) Applicants requiring expeditious processing of their request for
waiver, shall, pursuant to 1.931 of this chapter, clearly caption both
their request for waiver and the envelope containing it with the words
''WAIVER -- TIMELY ACTION REQUESTED.''
(d) Requests for waiver of the rules not related to a specific
application shall be submitted to the Federal Communications Commission,
Gettysburg, PA 17326. (Waiver requests associated with and attached to
specific applications that require a fee as set forth at part 1,
subppart G of this chapter must be filed in accordance with 0.401(b) of
the rules. See also 0.482 of the rules.)
(Sec. 4(i), Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C.
154(i), and the authority delegated to the Managing Director by 0.231
of the Commission's Rules, 47 CFR 0.231)
(49 FR 20292, May 14, 1984, as amended at 51 FR 14997, Apr. 22, 1986;
52 FR 10232, Mar. 11, 1987)
47 CFR 90.153 Transfer or assignment of station authorization.
A station authorization and the rights it grants shall not be
transferred, assigned, or in any manner disposed of to any person,
unless the Commission shall, after obtaining full information, decide
that the transfer, assignment, or disposal is in the public interest,
convenience or neccessity and give its consent in writing.
47 CFR 90.155 Time in which station must be placed in operation.
(a) All stations authorized under this part, except as provided in
paragraph (b) and in 90.629 and 90.631(c), must be placed in operation
within 8 months from the date of grant or the authorization cancels
automatically and must be returned to the Commission.
(b) For local government entities only, a period longer than eight
months for placing a station in operation may be authorized by the
Commission on a case-by-case basis, where the applicant submits a
specific schedule for the completion of each portion of the entire
system, along with a showing that the system has been approved and
funded for implementation in accordance with that schedule. See also
90.631 and 90.633.
(45 FR 81208, Dec. 10, 1980, as amended at 47 FR 41044, Sept. 16,
1982; 48 FR 51927, Nov. 15, 1983; 54 FR 4030, Jan. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 90.157 Discontinuance of station operation.
(a) If a station licensed under this part discontinues operation on a
permanent basis, the licensee shall forward the station license to the
Federal Communications Commission, Gettysburg, Pennsylvania 17326 for
cancellation. Alternatively, the licensee may notify the Commission by
checking the appropriate box on Form 405-A that he/she has discontinued
station operation and requests license cancellation. The Form 405-A
shall be sent to the Commission's offices in Gettysburg, Pennsylvania.
(b) Licensees whose licenses are due for renewal and who have
received the Form 574-R in the mail from the Commission, shall use the
appropriate box on that Form the notify the Commission that they have
discontinued station operation and wish to cancel their license.
(c) For the purposes of this section, any station which has not
operated for 1 year or more is considered to have been permanently
discontinued.
(48 FR 36106, Aug. 9, 1983, as amended at 54 FR 38680, Sept. 20,
1989)
47 CFR 90.159 Temporary and conditional permits.
(a) An applicant for a private land mobile station license utilizing
an already authorized facility may operate the radio station(s) for a
period of up to 180 days under a temporary permit evidenced by a
properly executed temporary license certificate (Form 572) after
submitting or filing a formal application for station license in
accordance with 90.127, provided that all the antennas employed by
control stations are twenty feet or less above ground or twenty feet or
less above a man-made structure other than an antenna tower to which it
is affixed. When required by 90.175, applications must be accompanied
by evidence of frequency coordination. The temporary operation of
stations, other than mobile stations within the Canadian coordination
zone is limited to stations with a maximum of 5 watts effective radiated
power and a maximum antenna height of 6.1 meters (20 ft.) above average
terrain.
(b) An applicant proposing to operate a new private land mobile radio
station or modify an existing station below 470 MHz or in the one-way
paging 929-930 MHz band that is required to submit a frequency
recommendation pursuant to 90.175 (a) through (e) may operate the
proposed station during the pendency of its application for a period of
up to 180 days under a conditional permit upon the filing of a properly
completed formal application that complies with 90.127 if the
application is accompanied by evidence of frequency coordination in
accordance with 90.175 and 90.176, and provided that the applicant
certifies that the following conditions are satisfied:
(1) The proposed station location is south of Line A or west of Line
C as defined in 90.7.
(2) The proposed antenna structure has been previously studied by the
Federal Aviation Administration and determined to pose no hazard to
aviation safety as required by 17.4 of the Commission's Rules; or the
proposed antenna or tower structure does not exceed 6.1 meters (20 feet)
above ground level or above an existing man-made structure (other than
an antenna structure), if the antenna or tower has not been previously
studied by the Federal Aviation Administration and cleared by the FCC.
(3) The grant of the application does not require a waiver of the
Commission's Rules.
(4) The applicant has determined that the proposed facility will not
significantly affect the environment as defined in 1.1307.
(5) The applicant has determined that the proposed station affords
the level of protection to radio ''quiet'' zones and monitoring
facilities as specified in 90.177.
(6) The applicant has submitted an application to the Commission
stating the frequency the applicant intends to use and that the
frequency coordination requirements specified in 90.175 and 90.176 for
selection and use of this frequency have been satisfied.
(c) An applicant proposing to operate an itinerant station, or, an
applicant seeking the assignment of authorization or transfer of control
of a license for an existing station operating below 470 MHz, or in the
929-930 MHz band, may operate the subject station during the pendency of
the application for a period not to exceed 180 days under a conditional
permit upon the filing of a properly completed formal application that
complies with 90.127. Conditional authority ceases immediately if the
application is returned by the Commission because it is not acceptable
for filing. All other categories of applications listed in 90.175(f)
that do not require evidence of frequency coordination are excluded from
the provisions of this rule section.
(d) A conditional authorization pursuant to paragraphs (b) and (c) of
this section is evidenced by retaining the original executed conditional
licensing 572C Certification Form with the station records. Conditional
authorization does not prejudice any action the Commission may take on
the subject application. Conditional authority is accepted with the
express understanding that such authority may be modified or cancelled
by the Commission at any time without hearing if, in the Commission's
discretion, the need for such action arises. Consistent with
90.175(d), the applicant assumes all risks associated with operation
under conditional authority, the termination or modification of
conditional authority, or the subsequent dismissal or denial of its
application. Authority reverts back to the original licensee if an
assignee or transferee's conditional authority is cancelled.
(e) The transmissions of new stations operating pursuant to
conditional authority shall be identified by a temporary call sign
consisting of the prefix ''WT'' followed by the applicant's local seven
digit business telephone number as provided in 2.302. Transmissions by
applicants for the modification, assignment of authorization or transfer
of control of an existing station shall be identified by the station's
call sign.
(51 FR 14997, Apr. 22, 1986, as amended at 54 FR 50239, Dec. 5, 1989)
47 CFR 90.159 Subpart H -- Policies Governing the Assignment of Frequencies
47 CFR 90.171 Scope.
This subpart contains detailed information concerning the policies
under which the Commission assigns frequencies for the use of licensees
under this part, frequency coordination procedures, and procedures under
which licensees may cooperatively share radio facilities.
47 CFR 90.173 Policies governing the assignment of frequencies.
(a) The frequencies which ordinarily may be assigned to stations in
the services governed by this part are listed in subparts B, C, D, E,
and F of this part. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this
part, frequencies assigned to land mobile stations are available on a
shared basis only and will not be assigned for the exclusive use of any
licensee.
(b) All applicants and licensees shall cooperate in the selection and
use of frequencies in order to reduce interference and make the most
effective use of the authorized facilities. Licensees of stations
suffering or causing harmful interference are expected to cooperate and
resolve this problem by mutually satisfactory arrangements. If the
licensees are unable to do so, the Commission may impose restrictions
including specifying the transmitter power, antenna height, or area or
hours of operation of the stations concerned. Further the use of any
frequency at a given geographical location may be denied when, in the
judgment of the Commission, its use in that location is not in the
public interest; the use of any frequency may be restricted as to
specified geographical areas, maximum power, or such other operating
conditions, contained in this part or in the station authorization.
(c) Frequencies allocated for Federal Government radio stations under
Executive order of the President may be authorized for the use of
stations in these services upon appropriate showing by the applicant
that such assignment is necessary for inter-communication with
government stations or required for coordination with activities of the
Federal Government, and where the Commission finds, after consultation
with the appropriate government agency or agencies, that such assignment
is necessary.
(d) The radio facilities authorized under this part are intended for
use in connection with and as an adjunct to the primary governmental or
business activities of the licensee.
(e) Persons requesting authority to operate in the band 25-50 MHz
should recognize that this band is shared with various services in other
countries and that harmful interference may be caused by the propagation
of signals in this band from distant stations. No protection from such
harmful interference generally can be expected.
(f) In the 150-170 MHz band, except in the Taxicab Radio Service and
for narrowband operations authorized under 90.271, applications will
not ordinarily be granted in situations in which the proposed base
station is located less than 16 km (10 miles) from an existing base
station on a frequency 15 kHz removed, unless the application is
accompanied by a signed letter of concurrence from the licensee of each
base station located within 16 km (10 miles) of the proposed base
station that is operated on a frequency 15 kHz removed from the proposed
frequency assignment. In the Taxicab Radio Service, applications will
not ordinarily be granted in situations in which the proposed base
station is located less than 12 km (7 miles from an existing base
station on a frequency 15 kHz removed, unless the application is
accompanied by a signed letter of concurrence from the licensee of each
base station located within 12 km (7 miles) of the proposed base station
that is operated on a frequency 15 kHz removed from the proposed
frequency assignment.
(g) In the States of Alaska and Hawaii, and in areas outside the
continental limits of the United States and the adjacent waters, the
frequencies above 150.8 MHz which are listed elsewhere in this part as
available for assignment to base stations or mobile stations in the
Industrial and Land Transportation Radio Service, are also available for
assignment to operational fixed stations in the same service, on a
secondary basis.
(h) In the Public Safety Services listed in subpart B, base stations
may be authorized to operate on a secondary basis on frequencies below
450 MHz which are available to mobile stations.
(i) In the 450-470 MHz band, the frequencies are ordinarily assigned
in pairs, with the mobile station transmit frequency 5 MHz above the
paired base station transmit frequency. In the 470-512 MHz band, the
frequencies are ordinarily assigned in pairs with the mobile station
transmit frequency 3 MHz above the paired base station transmit
frequency. In the Taxicab Radio Service, in the 150 MHz range, the
frequencies may be assigned in pairs with the separation between base
and mobile frequencies being 5.26 MHz. A mobile station may be assigned
the frequency which would normally be assigned to a base station for
single-frequency operation. However, this single-frequency operation
may be subject to interference that would not occur to a two-frequency
system.
(j) Except for those frequencies that are not allocated to the
Private Land Mobile Radio Services on a primary basis and those
frequencies shared with the Federal Government, frequencies allocated to
specific services and listed in the tables in subparts B, D, and E may
also be available for assignment in services other than those to which
they are allocated provided that such interservice sharing assignments
meet the requirements of 90.176 or 90.261 of the rules.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 43419, June 27,
1980; 46 FR 55704, Nov. 12, 1981; 50 FR 13605, Apr. 5, 1985; 54 FR
39739, Sept. 28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.175 Frequency coordination requirements.
Except for applications listed in paragraph (f) of this section, each
application for a new frequency assignment, for a change in existing
facilities as listed in 90.135 (a), for a reinstatement of an
authorization expired for more than 6 months, or for operation at
temporary locations in accordance with 90.137, must include a showing
of frequency coordination as set forth below. When frequencies are
shared by more than one service, concurrence must be obtained from the
other applicable certified coordinators.
(a) For frequencies between 25 and 470 MHz. A statement from the
applicable frequency coordinator recommending the most appropriate
frequency. The coordinator's recommendation may appropriately include
comments on technical factors such as power, antenna height and gain,
terrain, and other factors which may serve to mitigate potential
interference. Except for narrowband operations, the coordinator must
not recommend any adjacent channel frequency 15 kHz removed to existing
stations which would result in a separation of less than 10 miles, or 7
miles in the Taxicab Radio Service. If the frequency recommended is in
the 150-170 MHz band, and is 17.5 kHz or less removed from a frequency
which is available to another radio service, the coordinator's statement
must show that approval has been received from the coordinator for the
other service. Coordination with another service is not required,
however, for narrowband assignments more than 5 kHz removed from other
narrowband assignments.
(b) For frequencies between 470 and 512 MHz, 806-824/851-869 MHz, and
896-901/935-940 MHz: A statement from the applicable coordinator
recommending specific frequencies that are available for assignment in
accordance with the loading standards and mileage separations applicable
to the specific radio service or category of user involved.
(c) For frequencies in the 929-930 MHz band. A statement from the
coordinator recommending the most appropriate frequency.
(d) Any recommendation submitted in accordance with paragraphs (a),
(b) or (c) of this section is advisory in character and is not an
assurance that the Commission will grant a license for operation on that
frequency. Therefore, applicants are strongly advised not to purchase
radio equipment operating on specific frequencies until a valid
authorization has been obtained from the Commission.
(e) Applications for facilities near the Canadian border north of
line A or east of line C in Alaska may require coordination with the
Canadian government. See 1.955 of this chapter.
(f) The following applications need not be accompanied by evidence of
frequency coordination:
(1) Applications for frequencies below 25 MHz.
(2) Applications for a Federal Government frequency.
(3) Applications for frequencies in the 72-76 MHz band except for
mobile frequencies listed in 90.67(c)(34), 90.73(d)(7), 90.79(d)(4),
and 90.91(c)(2).
(4) Applications for a frequency to be used for developmental
purposes.
(5) Applications in the Special Industrial Radio Service or the
Business Radio Service requesting a frequency designated for itinerant
operation only.
(6) Applications in the Radiolocation Service.
(7) (Reserved)
(8) Applications for frequencies listed in the SMR tables contained
in 90.617 and 90.619.
(9) Applications indicating license assignments such as change in
ownership, control or corporate structure if there is no change in
technical parameters.
(10) Applications for mobile stations operating in the 470-512 MHz
band or above 800 MHz if the frequency pair is assigned to a single
system on an exclusive basis in the proposed area of operation.
(11) Applications for add-on base stations in multiple licensed
systems operating in the 470-512 MHz band or above 800 MHz if the
frequency pair is assigned to a single system on an exclusive basis.
(12) Applications for control stations operating below 470 or above
800 MHz and meeting the requirements of 90.119(a)(2)(ii).
(13) Applications for frequencies in the 216-220 and 1427-1435 MHz
bands.
(14) Applications for frequencies in the 220-222 MHz band.
(51 FR 14998, Apr. 22, 1986, as amended at 51 FR 36014, Oct. 8, 1986;
53 FR 1024, Jan. 15, 1988; 54 FR 4030, Jan. 27, 1989; 54 FR 39740,
Sept. 28, 1989; 56 FR 19602, Apr. 29, 1991)
47 CFR 90.176 Interservice sharing of frequencies in the 150-174 and
450-470 MHz bands.
(a) Local governmental entities eligible in the Public Safety and
Special Emergency Radio Services governed by this rule part may apply to
use any of the frequencies allocated to these services excluding those
allocated to the Special Emergency Radio Services. Applications must be
accompanied by:
(1) A determination by the applicable frequency coordinator that
there are no satisfactory frequencies available within the applicant's
own radio service in the area of desired operation;
(2) A demonstration that the frequency(s) requested in another radio
service are not assigned in that radio service in the area of desired
operation.
(3) A statement from the frequency coordinator having responsibility
for coordination in the radio service or group in which the frequency is
assigned concurring in its assignment in the manner requested. In cases
where concurrence is not given, the coordinator must provide an
explanation of why the requested sharing is inappropriate.
(4) A statement or showing that the proposed use of the assignment
will not violate any of the technical limitations applicable in the
service or services to which the frequency is regularly allocated.
(b) Non-governmental entities eligible in the Special Emergency Radio
Service and eligibles in the Industrial and Land Transportation Radio
Services governed by this part may apply to use any of the frequencies
allocated to these services (excluding those allocated to the Special
Emergency Radio Service). Applications must be accompanied by:
(1) A determination by the applicable frequency coordinator that
there are no satisfactory frequencies available within the applicant's
own radio service in the area of desired operation;
(2) A demonstration that the frequency(s) requested in another radio
service are not assigned in that radio service in the area of desired
operation;
(3) A statement from the frequency coordinator having responsibility
for coordination in the radio service or group in which the frequency in
question is assigned concurring in its assignment in the manner
proposed. In cases where concurrence cannot be given, the coordinator
must provide an explanation of why sharing is inappropriate.
(4) A statement or showing that the proposed use of the assignment
will not violate any of the technical limitations applicable in the
service or services to which the frequency is regularly allocated.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307)
(46 FR 55704, Nov. 12, 1982, as amended at 51 FR 14998, Apr. 22,
1986; 54 FR 39740, Sept. 28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.177 Protection of certain radio receiving locations.
This section pertains to applications for new or modified
authorizations in the vicinity of the National Radio Astronomy
Observatory, Green Bank, Pocahontas County, WV, the Naval Radio Research
Observatory, Sugar Grove, Pendleton County, WV, the Table Mountain Radio
receiving zone, Boulder, CO, the Federal Communications Commission
monitoring stations and other protected sites.
(a) Any applicant for a new permanent base or fixed station, or for a
modification of an existing authorization which would change the
frequency, power, antenna height, directivity, or location within the
boundaries described in paragraph (b) of this section shall notify the
Director, National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P.O. Box 2, Green Bank,
WV 24944, in writing, of the technical parameters of the proposal.
(1) The notification shall be made prior to, or simultaneously with
the filing of the application with the Commission.
(2) The notification shall state the geographical coordinates of the
antenna, antenna height, antenna directivity, proposed frequency, type
of emission, and effective radiated power.
(3) After receipt of such applications, the Commission will allow a
period of 20 days for comments or objections in response to the
notifications indicated. If an objection to the proposed operation is
received during the 20-day period from the National Radio Astronomy
Observatory for itself or on behalf of the Naval Radio Research
Observatory, the Commission will consider all aspects of the problem and
take whatever action is deemed appropriate.
(4) The provisions of this paragraph do not apply to applications for
mobile, temporary base, or temporary fixed stations.
(b) The area of concern for the National Radio Astronomy Observatory
or the Naval Radio Research Observatory is the area bounded by 39 15' N.
on the north, 78 30' W. on the east, 37 30' N. on the south, and 80
30' W. on the west.
(c) Protection for Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone, Boulder
County, Colorado. Applicants for a station authorization to operate in
the vicinity of Boulder County, Colorado under this part are advised to
give due consideration, prior to filing applications, to the need to
protect the Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone from harmful
interference. These are the research laboratories of the Department of
Commerce, Boulder County, CO. To prevent degradation of the present
ambient radio signal level at the site, the Department of Commerce seeks
to ensure that the field strengths of any radiated signals (excluding
reflected signals) received on this 1800 acre site (in the vicinity of
coordinates 40 07 50'' N Latitude, 105 14 40'' W Longitude) resulting
from new assignments (other than mobile stations) or from the
modification or relocation of existing facilities do not exceed the
following values:
(1) Advance consultation is recommended particularly for those
applicants who have no reliable data which indicates whether the field
strength or power flux density figures in the above table would be
exceeded by their proposed radio facilities (except mobile stations).
In such instances, the following is a suggested guide for determining
whether coordination is recommended:
(i) All stations within 2.4 km (1.5 statute miles);
(ii) Stations within 4.8 km (3 statute miles) with 50 watts or more
effective radiated power (ERP) in the primary plane of polarization in
the azimuthal direction of the Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone;
(iii) Stations within 16 km (10 statute miles) with 1 kW or more ERP
in the primary plane of polarization in the azimuthal direction of the
Table Mountain Receiving Zone;
(iv) Stations within 80 km (50 statute miles) with 25 kW or more ERP
in the primary plane of polarization in the azimuthal direction of the
Table Mountain Receiving Zone.
(2) Applicants concerned are urged to communicate with the Radio
Frequency Management Coordinator, Department of Commerce, Research
Support Services, NOAA R/E5X2, Boulder Laboratories, Boulder, CO 80303;
telephone (303) 497-6548, in advance of filing their applications with
the Commission.
(3) The Commission will not screen applications to determine whether
advance consultation has taken place. However, applicants are advised
that such consultation can avoid objections from the Department of
Commerce or proceedings to modify any authorization which may be granted
which, in fact, delivers a signal at the site in excess of the field
strength specified herein.
(d) Protection for Federal Communications Commission monitoring
stations:
(1) Applicants in the vicinity of an FCC monitoring station for a
radio station authorization to operate new transmitting facilities or
changed transmitting facilities which would increase the field strength
produced over the monitoring station over that previously authorized are
advised to give consideration, prior to filing applications, to the
possible need to protect the FCC stations from harmful interference.
Geographical coordinates of the facilities which require protection are
listed in 0.121(c) of the Commission's Rules. Applications for
stations (except mobile stations) which will produce on any frequency a
direct wave fundamental field strength of greater than 10 mV/m in the
authorized bandwidth of service (^65.8 dBW/m2 power flux density
assuming a free space characteristic impedance of 120 times pi, or 377,
ohms) at the referenced coordinates, may be examined to determine extent
of possible interference. Depending on the theoretical field strength
value and existing root-sum-square or other ambient radio field signal
levels at the indicated coordinates, a clause protecting the monitoring
station may be added to the station authorization.
(2) In the event that calculated value of expected field exceeds 10
mV/m (^65.8 dBW/m2) at the reference coordinates, or if there is any
question whether field strength levels might exceed the threshold value,
advance consultation with the FCC to discuss any protection necessary
should be considered. Prospective applicants may communicate with:
Chief, Field Operations Bureau, Federal Communications Commission,
Washington, DC 20554, Telephone (202) 632-6980.
(3) Advance consultation is suggested particularly for those
applicants who have no reliable data which indicates whether the field
strength or power flux density figure indicated would be exceeded by
their proposed radio facilities (except mobile stations). In such
instances, the following is a suggested guide for determining whether an
applicant should coordinate:
(i) All stations within 2.4 kilometers (1.5 statute miles);
(ii) Stations within 4.8 kilometers (3 statute miles) with 50 watts
or more average effective radiated power (ERP) in the primary plane of
polarization in the azimuthal direction of the Monitoring Stations;
(iii) Stations within 16 kilometers (10 statute miles) with 1 kW or
more average ERP in the primary plane of polarization in the azimuthal
direction of the Monitoring Station;
(iv) Stations within 80 kilometers (50 statute miles) with 25 kW or
more average ERP in the primary plane of polarization in the azimuthal
direction of the Monitoring Station.
(4) Advance coordination for stations operating above 1000 MHz is
recommended only where the proposed station is in the vicinity of a
monitoring station designated as a satellite monitoring facility in
0.121(c) of the Commission's Rules and also meets the criteria outlined
in paragraphs (d)(2) and (3) of this section.
(5) The Commission will not screen applications to determine whether
advance consultation has taken place. However, applicants are advised
that such consultation can avoid objections from the Federal
Communications Commission or modification of any authorization which
will cause harmful interference.
(e) In the band 420 to 450 MHz, applicants should not expect to be
accommodated if their area of service is within 160 kilometers (100
miles) of the following locations:
(1) 45 45 N., 70 32 W,
(2) 64 17 N., 149 10 W,
(3) 48 43 N., 97 54 W;
within 200 kilometers (124 miles) of the following locations:
(1) 32 38 N., 83 35 W,
(2) 31 25 N., 100 24 W;
within 240 kilometers (150 miles) of the following location:
(1) 39 08 N., 121 26 W;
within 320 kilometers (200 miles) of the following locations:
(1) 28 21 N., 80 43 W,
(2) 30 30 N., 86 30 W,
(3) 43 09 N., 119 11 W;
or in the following locations:
(1) The state of Arizona,
(2) The state of Florida,
(3) Portions of California and Nevada south of 37 10 N,
(4) And portions of Texas and New Mexico bounded by 31 45 N., 34 30
N., 104 00 W. and 107 30 W.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 77167, Dec. 31,
1979; 47 FR 34420, Aug. 9, 1982; 49 FR 32770, Aug. 16, 1984; 50 FR
39003, Sept. 25, 1985; 54 FR 38680, Sept. 20, 1989; 54 FR 39740, Sept.
28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.179 Shared use of radio stations.
Licensees of radio stations authorized under this rule part may share
the use of their facilities. A station is shared when persons not
licensed for the station control the station for their own purposes
pursuant to the licensee's authorization. Shared use of a radio station
may be either on a non-profit cost shared basis or on a for-profit
private carrier basis. Shared use of an authorized station is subject
to the following conditions and limitations:
(a) Persons may share a radio station only on frequencies for which
they would be eligible for a separate authorization.
(b) The licensee of the shared radio station is responsible for
assuring that the authorized facility is used only by persons and only
for purposes consistent with the requirements of this rule part.
(c) Participants in the sharing arrangement may obtain a license for
their own mobile units (including control points and/or control stations
for control of the shared facility), or they may use mobile stations,
and control stations or control points authorized to the licensee.
(d) If the licensee shares the land station on a non-profit, cost
shared basis to the licensee, this shared use must be pursuant to a
written agreement between the licensee and each participant which sets
out (1) the method of operation, (2) the components of the system which
are covered by the sharing arrangements, (3) the method by which costs
are to be apportioned, and (4) acknowledgement that all shared
transmitter use must be subject to the licensee's control. These
agreements must be kept as part of the station records.
(e) Applicants for stations governed under this section shall submit
with their application the names and addresses, telephone numbers,
nature of business or activity establishing eligiblity, and contact
person for all systems users or members, together with the number of
mobiles and control stations each user will initially put into
operation. Eight months after grant, annually thereafter, and also
whenever the system's total mobile and control station count decreases
by 20 percent from the licensee's current authorization, the licensee
shall submit to the applicable coordinator an updated list containing
the above information, including the number of mobiles and control
stations each user or member employs.
(f) If the land station which is being shared is interconnected with
the public switched telephone network, the provisions of 90.477 et seq.
apply.
(g) Above 800 MHz, shared use on a for-profit private carrier basis
is permitted only by SMR and Private Carrier Paging licensees. See
Subparts P and S of this part.
(48 FR 26620, June 9, 1983, as amended at 51 FR 36014, Oct. 8, 1986;
53 FR 12156, Apr. 13, 1988; 54 FR 4030, Jan. 27, 1989; 54 FR 38681,
Sept. 20, 1989)
47 CFR 90.185 Multiple licensing of radio transmitting equipment in the
mobile radio service.
Two or more persons eligible for licensing under this rule part may
be licensed for the same land station under the following terms and
conditions.
(a) Each licensee complies with the general operating requirements
set out in 90.403 of the rules.
(b) Each licensee is eligible for the frequency(ies) on which the
land station operates.
(c) If the multiple licensed base station is interconnected with the
public switched telephone network, the provisions of 90.477 et seq.
apply.
(48 FR 26621, June 9, 1983)
47 CFR 90.185 Subpart I -- General Technical Standards
47 CFR 90.201 Scope.
This subpart sets forth the general technical requirements for use of
frequencies and equipment in the radio services governed by this part.
Such requirements include standards for acceptability of equipment,
frequency tolerance, modulation, emissions, power, and bandwidths.
Special additional technical standards applicable to certain frequency
bands and certain specialized uses are set forth in subparts J, K, and
N.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 54 FR 4030, Jan. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 90.203 Type acceptance required.
(a) Except as specified in paragraph (b) of this section, each
transmitter utilized for operation under this part and each transmitter
marketed as set forth in 2.803 (of part 2) must be of a type which is
included in the Commission's current Radio Equipment List as type
accepted for use under this part; or, be of a type which has been type
accepted by the Commission for use under this part in accordance with
the procedures in paragraph (a)(2) of this section.
(1) The Commission periodically publishes a list of equipment
entitled ''Radio Equipment List, Equipment Acceptable for Licensing.''
Copies of this list are available for public reference at the
Commission's offices in Washington, D.C., and at each of its field
offices. This list includes type accepted and, also, until such time as
it may be removed by Commission action, other equipment which appeared
in this list on May 16, 1955.
(2) Any manufacturer of radio transmitting equipment (including
signal boosters) to be used in these services may request type
acceptance for such equipment following the procedures set forth in
subpart J of part 2 of this chapter. Type acceptance for an individual
transmitter or signal booster also may be requested by an applicant for
a station authorization by following the procedure set forth in part 2
of this chapter. Such equipment if approved or accepted will not
normally be included in the Commission's ''Radio Equipment List'' but
will be individually enumerated on the station authorization.
(b) Type acceptance is not required for the following:
(1) Transmitters used in developmental operations in accordance with
subpart Q.
(2) Transmitters used for police zone and interzone stations
authorized as of January 1, 1965.
(3) Transmitting equipment used in the band 1427-1435 MHz.
(4) Transmitters used in radiolocation stations in accordance with
subpart F authorized prior to January 1, 1974, for public safety and
land transportation applications (old parts 89 and 93).
(5) Transmitters used in radiolocation stations in accordance with
subpart F authorized for industrial applications (old part 91) prior to
January 1, 1978.
(6) Until March 1, 1995 transmitters used in narrowband stations
authorized prior to May 6, 1985 if they continue to be used at those
stations.
(c) Radiolocation transmitters for use in public safety and land
transportation applications marketed prior to January 1, 1974, must meet
the applicable technical standards in this part, pursuant to 2.805 of
this chapter.
(d) Radiolocation transmitters for use in public safety and land
transportation applications marketed after January 1, 1974, must comply
with the requirements of paragraph (a) of this section.
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, transmitters
designed to operate above 25 MHz shall not be type accepted for use
under this part if the operator can program and transmit on frequencies,
other than those programmed by the manufacturer, service or maintenance
personnel, using the equipment's external operation controls.
(f) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section, transmitters
designed to operate above 25 MHz that have been type accepted prior to
January 15, 1988, and that permit the operator, by using external
controls, to program the transmitter's operating frequencies, shall not
be manufactured in, or imported into the United States after March 15,
1988. Marketing of these transmitters shall not be permitted after
March 15, 1989.
(g) Transmitters having frequency programming capability and that are
designed to operate above 25 MHz are exempt from paragraphs (e) and (f)
of this section if the design of such transmitters:
(1) Is such that transmitters with external controls normally
available to the operator must be internally modified to place the
equipment in the programmable mode. Further, while in the programmable
mode, the equipment shall not be capable of transmitting. The
procedures for making the modification and altering the frequency
program shall not be made available with the operating information
normally supplied to the end user of the equipment; or
(2) Requires the tramsitter to be programmed for frequencies through
controls normally inaccessible to the operator; or
(3) Requires equipment to be programmed for frequencies through use
of external devices or specifically programmed modules made available
only to service/maintenance personnel; or
(4) Requires equipment to be programmed through cloning (copying a
program directly from another transmitter) using devices and procedures
made available only to service/maintenance personnel.
(h) The requirements of paragraphs (e), (f), and (g) of this section
shall not apply if:
(1) The equipment has been designed and manufactured specifically for
aircraft use; and
(2) The part 90 type acceptance limits the use of the equipment to
operations only under 90.423.
(i) Equipment type accepted after February 16, 1988 and marketed for
public safety operation in the 821-824/866-869 MHz bands must have the
capability to be programmed for operation on the mutual aid channels as
designated in 90.617(a) of the Rules.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 32219, June 5, 1979, as amended
at 50 FR 13606, Apr. 5, 1985; 52 FR 47570, Dec. 15, 1987; 53 FR 1024,
Jan. 15, 1988; 54 FR 38681, Sept. 20, 1989)
47 CFR 90.205 Power.
(a) Applications for authorizations must specify no more power than
the actual power necessary for satisfactory operation. In cases of
harmful interference, the Commission may order a change in power or
antenna height or both.
(b) Except where otherwise specifically provided, the maximum power
that will be authorized is as follows:
(c) The output power shall not exceed by more than 20 percent either
the output power shown in the Radio Equipment List (available in
accordance with 90.203(a)(1) for transmitters included in this list or
when not so listed, the manufacturer's rated output power for the
particular transmitter specifically listed on the authorization.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 32219, June 5, 1979, as amended
at 46 FR 23454, Apr. 27, 1981; 47 FR 39512, Sept. 8, 1982; 47 FR
41044, Sept. 16, 1982; 48 FR 32997, July 20, 1983; 49 FR 48710, Dec.
14, 1984; 50 FR 13606, Apr. 5, 1985; 51 FR 37400, Oct. 22, 1986; 53
FR 1024, Jan. 15, 1988; 54 FR 38681, Sept. 20, 1989; 56 FR 19602, Apr.
29, 1991)
47 CFR 90.207 Types of emissions.
Normally operations authorized in the services governed by this part
are intended to provide voice communications between stations.
Accordingly, except as otherwise provided for in the following
paragraphs, stations in these services will be authorized to use only
A3E, F3E, or G3E emission.
(a) Authorizations to use A3E, F3E, or G3E emission also include the
use of emissions for tone signals or signaling devices whose sole
functions are to establish and to maintain communications, to provide
automatic station identification, and for operations in the Public
Safety and Special Emergency Radio Services, to activate emergency
warning devices used solely for the purpose of advising the general
public or emergency personnel of an impending emergency situation.
(b) The use of F3E or G3E emission in these services will be
authorized only on frequencies above 25 MHz.
(c) Except for Travelers' Information stations in the Local
Government Radio Service authorized in accordance with 90.242, only J3E
emission will be authorized for telephony systems on frequencies below
25 MHz.
(d) For non-voice paging operations, only A1A, A1D, A2B, A2D, F1B,
F1D, F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B, or G2D emissions will be authorized.
(e) For radioteleprinter operations that may be authorized in
accordance with 90.237, only F1B, F2B, G1B or G2B emissions will be
authorize above 25 MHz, and A1B or A2B emissions below 25 MHz.
(f) For radiofacsimile operations that may be authorized in
accordance with 90.237, only F3C or G3C emissions will be authorized
above 25 MHz, and A3C emissions below 25 MHz.
(g) For AVM systems that may be authorized in accordance with
90.239, only F1D, F2D, F3E, G3E, or P0N emissions will be authorized.
For pulsed radars, the letters ''K, L, M, Q, V, W, and X'' may be used
in place of the letter ''P''.
(h) For telemetry operations, when specifically authorized under this
part, only A1D, A2D, F1D, or F2D emissions will be authorized.
(i) For call box operations that may be authorized in accordance with
90.241, only A1A, A1D, A2B, A2D, F1B, F1D, F2B, F2D, G1B, G1D, G2B,
G2D, F3E or G3E emissions will be authorized.
(j) For radiolocation operations as may be authorized in accordance
with subpart F, unless otherwise provided for any type of emission may
be authorized upon a satisfactory showing of need.
(k) For stations in the Fire, Police and Power Radio Services
utilizing digital voice modulation, in either the scrambled or
unscrambled mode, F1E or G1E emission will be authorized. Authorization
to use F3Y emission is construed to include the use of F1D, F2D, G1D, or
G2D emission subject to the provisions of 90.233.
(l) For narrowband operations in a 3.6 kHz maximum authorized
bandwith, any modulation type may be used which complies with the
emission limitations of 90.209.
(49 FR 48711, Dec. 14, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 13606, Apr. 5, 1985;
50 FR 25240, June 18, 1985; 52 FR 29856, Aug. 12, 1987; 54 FR 38681,
Sept. 20, 1989)
47 CFR 90.209 Bandwidth limitations.
(a) Each authorization issued to a station licensed under this part
will show an emission designator representing the class of emission
authorized. The designator shall be prefixed by the specified necessary
bandwidth. This figure does not necessarily indicate the bandwidth
occupied by the emission at any instant. In those cases where part 2 of
this chapter does not provide a formula for the computation of necessary
bandwidth, the occupied bandwidth as defined in part 2 may be used in
lieu of the necessary bandwidth. The maximum authorized bandwidth
contains those frequencies upon which 99 percent of the radiated power
appears, extended to include any discrete frequency upon which the power
is at least 0.25 percent of the total radiated power.
(b) The maximum authorized bandwidth of emission corresponding to the
type of emission specified in 90.207 of this part and the maximum
authorized frequency deviation in the case of frequency or phase
modulated emission shall be as follows:
(1) For A1A or A1B emissions, the maximum authorized bandwidth shall
be 0.25 kHz.
(2) Except as noted in paragraph (3) of this section, the maximum
authorized bandwidth for type A3E emission shall be 8 kHz.
(3) For type J3E operations below 10 MHz, the bandwidth occupied by
the emission shall not exceed 3000 Hz for equipment manufactured after
November 1, 1983, and 3500 Hz for equipment manufactured before November
1, 1983. The assigned frequency will be specified in the authorization.
The authorized carrier frequency shall be 1400 Hz lower in frequency
than the assigned frequency. Only upper sideband emission shall be
used. In the case of regularly available double sideband radiotelephone
channels, an assigned frequency for J3E emissions is available either
1600 Hz below or 1400 Hz above the double sideband radiotelephone
assigned frequency. The 3000 Hz occupied bandwidth is applicable to all
types of transmitters for J3E operation below 10 MHz that are first
accepted after November 1, 1982.
(4) For all F3E or G3E emissions on frequencies below 947 MHz, except
for the frequency bands 896 to 901 MHz and 935 to 940 MHz, maximum
authorized bandwidth shall be 20 kHz. Except for frequencies in the
821-824 and 866-869 MHz bands, the maximum authorized frequency
deviation shall be 5 kHz. For frequencies in the 821-824 and 866-869
MHz bands the maximum authorized freuqency deviation shall be 4 kHz.
Stations authorized for operation on or before December 1, 1961, in the
frequency band 73.0-74.6 MHz may continue to operate with a bandwidth of
40 kHz and a deviation of 15 kHz. For stations operating on frequencies
above 947 MHz, except as provided in paragraph (b)(5) of this section,
the maximum authorized bandwidth and frequency deviation will be
specified in the station authorization.
(5) For all emissions on the frequency bands 896-901 MHz and 935-940
MHz, the maximum authorized bandwidth shall be 13.6 kHz. The maximum
authorized frequency deviation for all frequency modulated emissions
shall be 2.5 kHz.
(6) The maximum authorized bandwidth shall be 25 MHz in the frequency
band 10,550-10,680 MHz and 50 MHz in the frequency bands above 16,000
MHz.
(7) The maximum authorized bandwidth for non-Government radiolocation
stations using spread spectrum techniques is 15 MHz, in the frequency
range 420-435 MHz. The minimum authorized bandwidth is 10 MHz and the
power of the spread spectrum emission shall be evenly distributed over
the band.
(8) For narrowband operations on 5 kHz channels in the 150-170 MHz
band, the maximum authorized bandwidth shall be 3.6 kHz. For narrowband
operations on 5 kHz channels in the 220-222 MHz band, the maximum
authorized bandwidth shall be 4 kHz. Assignable frequencies represent
the center of the authorized bandwidth.
(9) For all other types of emissions the maximum authorized bandwidth
shall not be more than that normally authorized for voice operations.
(c) Except as noted in paragraphs (d), (f), (g), (h), or (i) of this
section, the mean power of any emission shall be attenuated below the
mean output power of the transmitter in accordance with the following
schedule:
(1) For transmitters operating on bands other than 896-901 MHz or
935-940 MHz:
(i) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
50 percent, but not more than 100 percent of the authorized bandwidth:
at least 25 decibels;
(ii) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 100 percent, but not more than 250 percent of the authorized
bandwidth: at least 35 decibels;
(iii) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: at least 43 plus 10 Log10
(mean output power in watts) decibels or 80 decibels, whichever is the
lesser attenuation.
(2) For transmitters operating in the 896-901 or 935-940 MHz bands:
(i) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency equal to or greater than 6.8 kHz
up to 9.0 kHz: at least 25 decibels;
(ii) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency equal to or greater than 9.0 kHz
up to 15 kHz: at least 35 decibels;
(iii) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency equal to or greater than 15 kHz:
at least 43 plus 10 Log10 (mean output power in watts) decibels or 70
decibels, whichever is the lesser attenuation.
(d) For single sideband operations (J3E) below 10 MHz, the carrier
frequency power shall be at least 40 dB below the peak envelope power
and the mean power of emissions shall be attenuated below the mean
output power of the transmitter in accordance with the following
schedule:
(1) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
50% and up to and including 150% of the authorized bandwidth: At least
25 decibels;
(2) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
150% up to and including 250% of the authorized bandwidth: At least 35
decibels;
(3) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
250% of the authorized bandwidth: At least 43 plus 10 Log10 (mean power
in watts) decibels.
(e) When radiation in excess of that specified in paragraphs (c) and
(d) of this section results in harmful interference, the Commission may
require, among other available remedies, appropriate technical changes
in equipment to alleviate the interference.
(f) For those transmitters that operate in the frequency bands of
25.0 to 50.0 MHz, 72.0 to 73.0 MHz, 75.4 to 76.0 MHz or 150.8 to 174.0
MHz that are not equipped with an audio low-pass filter in accordance
with the provisions of paragraph (d)(1) of 90.211, the power of any
emission shall be attenuated below the unmodulated carrier power (P) in
accordance with the following schedule:
(1) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 5 kHz up
to and including 10 kHz: At least 83 Log10 (fd/5) decibels;
(2) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 10 kHz up
to and including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At least 29
Log10 (fd2/11) decibels or 50 decibels, whichever is the lesser
attentuation;
(3) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by more than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At
least 43 plus 10 Log10 (output power in watts) decibels or 80 decibels,
whichever is the lesser attenuation.
Note: The measurements of emission power can be expressed in peak or
average values provided they are expressed in the same parameters as the
unmodulated transmitter carrier power.
(g) For transmitters that operate in the frequency bands 450-512 MHz,
806-821 MHz, 851-866 MHz and 929-930 MHz and are not equipped with an
audio low-pass filter in accordance with the provisions of
90.211(d)(1), the power of any emission shall be attenuated below the
unmodulated carrier power (P) in accordance with the following schedule:
(1) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 5 kHz up
to and including 10 kHz: At least 83 Log10 (fd/5) decibels;
(2) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 10 kHz up
to and including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At least 116
Log10 (fd/6.1) decibels or 50 plus 10 Log10 (P) decibels or 70 decibels,
whichever is the lesser attenuation;
(3) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by more than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At
least 43 plus 10 Log10 (output power in watts) decibels or 80 decibels,
whichever is the lesser attenuation.
Note: The measurements of emission power can be expressed in peak or
average values provided they are expressed in the same parameters as the
unmodulated transmitter carrier power.
(h) For transmitters that operate in the frequency bands 896-901 MHz
and 935-940 MHz, and are not equipped with an audio low-pass filter in
accordance with the provisions of 90.211(d)(1), the power of any
emission shall be attenuated below the unmodulated carrier power of the
transmitter (P) in accordance with the following schedule:
(1) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 2.5 kHz
up to and including 6.25 kHz: At least 53 Log10 (fd/2.5) decibels;
(2) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 6.25 kHz
up to and including 9.5 kHz: At least 103 Log10 (fd/3.9) decibels;
(3) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 9.5 kHz
up to and including 15 kHz: At least 157 Log10 (fd/5.3) decibels;
(4) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency greater than 15 kHz. At least 50
plus 10 Log10 (P) decibels or 70 decibels, whichever is the lesser
attenuation.
(i) For transmitters that operate in the frequency bands 821-824 and
866-869 MHz that are not equipped with an audio low-pass filter in
accordance with the provisions of 90.211(d)(1), the power of any
emission shall be attenuated below the unmodulated carrier power (P) in
accorance with the following schedule:
(1) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of 4 kHz or less: 0
dB.
(2) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 4 kHz up
to and including 8.5 kHz: At least 107 log10(fd/4).
(3) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 8.5 kHz
up to and including 15 kHz: At least 40.5 log10(fd/1.16).
(4) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 15 kHz up
to and including 25 kHz: At least 116 log10(fd/6.1).
(5) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by more than 25 kHz: At least 43 + log10 (output power in
watts), or 80 dB, whichever is lesser attenuation.
(j) Except as indicated in paragraph (l) of this section, for
transmitters that operate on channels spaced 5 kHz apart (see 90.271 of
this part), the power of any emission shall be attenuated below the peak
envelope power (P) in accordance with the following schedule:
(1) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kilohertz) of more than 2
kHz up to and including 5 kHz: At least 29 Log10 ((25/11) fd2) decibels
or 50 decibels, whichever is the lesser attenuation;
(2) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by more than 5 kHz: At least 43 plus 10 Log10 (P) decibels or
80 decibels, whichever is the lesser attenuation.
(k) All out of band emissions, including spurious emissions from
switching, that are produced by frequency hopping systems, shall be kept
below the limits specified in this section of the rules for similar
systems which are modulated about a fixed frequency and do not frequency
hop.
(l) For transmitters that operate on 5 kHz channel assignments in the
220-222 MHz frequency band, the power of any emission shall be
attenuated below the power of the highest emission contained within the
authorized channel bandwidth in accordance with the following schedule:
(1) On any frequency within the authorized bandwidth: Zero dB.
(2) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 2 kHz up
to and including 3.75 kHz: The lesser of 30+20(fd^2) dB, or 55+10 log
(P) where (P) is the highest emission (watts) of the transmitter inside
the authorized bandwidth, or 65 dB.
(3) On any frequency beyond 3.75 kHz removed from the center of the
authorized bandwidth: At least 55+10 log (P) dB.
(4) The resolution bandwidth of the instrumentation used to measure
the emission power shall be 100 Hz for measuring emissions up to and
including 250 kHz from the edge of the authorized bandwidth, and 10 kHz
for measuring emissions more than 250 kHz from the edge of the
authorized bandwidth. If a video filter is used, its bandwidth shall
not be less than the resolution bandwidth. The power level of the
highest emission within the channel, to which the attenuation is
referenced, shall be remeasured for each change in resolution bandwidth.
(5) Emission power (P) shall be measured in peak values.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 32219, June 5, 1979, as amended
at 45 FR 84803, Dec. 23, 1980; 46 FR 52373, Oct. 27, 1981; 47 FR
34420, Aug. 9, 1982; 47 FR 39510, Sept. 8, 1982; 49 FR 48711, Dec. 14,
1984; 50 FR 13606, Apr. 5, 1985; 50 FR 25240, June 18, 1985; 51 FR
37400, 37401, Oct. 22, 1986; 53 FR 1024, Jan. 15, 1988; 54 FR 38681,
Sept. 20, 1989; 56 FR 19602, Apr. 29, 1991; 56 FR 48443, Sept. 25,
1991)
47 CFR 90.211 Modulation requirements.
(a) For those transmitters subject to the provisions of paragraph (d)
of this section, the maximum audio frequency required for satisfactory
radiotelephony intelligibility in the radio services governed by this
part is considered to be 3000 Hertz (2800 Hz for single sideband
operations below 25 MHz). For all others, the overall frequency
response of the audio and modulating circuits may correspond
approximately with that required for satisfactory intelligibility.
(b) When amplitude modulation is used for radiotelephony, the
modulation percentage shall be sufficient to provide efficient
communication and normally should be maintained above 70 percent on
peaks, but shall not exceed 100 percent on negative peaks.
(c) Each transmitter shall be equipped with a device which
automatically prevents modulation in excess of that specified in this
subpart which may be caused by greater than normal audio level. This
requirement shall not be applicable to transmitters authorized to
operate as mobile stations with a maximum output power of 2 watts or
less.
(d) Each transmitter shall meet the requirements provided in
paragraph (d) (1) or (2) of this section. The requirements of this
paragraph do not apply to mobile stations that are authorized to operate
with a maximum power output of 2 watts or less or to any
radio-telecommunication system operating wholly within the limits of one
or more of the territories or possessions of the United States, or
Alaska, or Hawaii, except those systems operating in the frequency
ranges 806 to 824 MHz, 851 to 869 MHz, 896 to 901 MHz, and 935 to 940
MHz.
(1) Transmitters subject to the emission limitations of paragraph (c)
of 90.209 shall be equipped with an audio low-pass filter. The audio
filter shall be installed between the modulation limiter and modulated
stage and shall meet the following requirements:
(i) Transmitters that operate in the frequency bands of 25.0 to 50.0
MHz, 72.0 to 73.0 MHz, 75.4 to 76.0 MHz, or 150.8 to 174.0 MHz the
attenuation of the audio filter between the frequencies of 3 kHz and 15
kHz shall be greater than the attenuation at 1 kHz by at least: 40
Log10 (f/3) decibels, where ''f'' is the frequency in kHz. At audio
frequencies above 15 kHz, the attenuation shall be at least 28 decibels
greater than the attenuation at 1 kHz.
(ii) For transmitters that operate in the frequency band of 450 to
470 MHz and that are authorized on or after November 1, 1967, and
transmitters that operate in the frequency bands of 470 to 512 MHz, 806
to 824 MHz, 851 to 869 MHz, 929 to 930 MHz, and Traveler's Information
Stations on 530 and 1610 kHz, the attenuation of the low-pass filter
between the frequencies of 3 kHz and 20 kHz shall be greater than the
attenuation at 1 kHz by at least: 60 Log10 (f/3) decibels where ''f''
is the frequency in kHz. At frequencies above 20 kHz, the attenuation
shall be 50 decibels greater than the attenuation at 1 kHz.
(iii) For transmitters that operate in the frequency bands 896-901
MHz or 935-940 MHz, the attenuation of the low-pass filter between the
frequencies of 3 kHz and 20 kHz shall be greater that the attenuation at
1 kHz by at least 100 log f/3 decibels where ''f'' is the frequency in
kHz.
(2) Transmitters subject to the emission limitations of paragraphs
(f), (g), (h), (j), or (l) of 90.209 of this part shall be exempt from
the audio low-pass filter requirements of this section, provided that
transmitters used for digital emissions must be type accepted with the
digital modulating signal or signals specified by the manufacturer. The
type acceptance application shall contain such information as may be
necessary to demonstrate that the transmitter complies with the emission
limitations specified in paragraphs (f), (g), (h), (j), or (l) of
90.209 of this part.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 84803, Dec. 23,
1980; 47 FR 39510, Sept. 8, 1982; 50 FR 13606, Apr. 5, 1985; 51 FR
37401, Oct. 22, 1986; 53 FR 1025, Jan. 15, 1988; 56 FR 19602, Apr.
29, 1991)
47 CFR 90.212 Provisions relating to the use of scrambling devices and
digital voice modulation.
(a) Analog scrambling techniques may be employed at any station
authorized the use of A3E, F3E, or G3E emission, subject to the
provision of paragraph (d) of this section.
(b) The use of digital scrambling techniques or digital voice
modulation requires the specific authorization of F1E or G1E emission,
and these emissions will only be authorized subject to the provisions of
paragraph (d) of this section.
(c) The transmission of any non-voice information or data under the
authorization of F1E or G1E emission is prohibited. However, stations
authorized the use of F1E or G1E emission may also be authorized F1D,
F2D, G1D or G2D emission for non-voice communication purposes, pursuant
to paragraph (k) of 90.207.
(d) Station identification shall be transmitted in the unscrambled
analog mode (clear voice) or Morse code in accordance with the
provisions of 90.425. All digital encoding and digital modulation shall
be disabled during station identification.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 15340, Apr. 9, 1982;
49 FR 48711, Dec. 14, 1984)
47 CFR 90.213 Frequency tolerance.
(a) A licensee in the services governed by this part shall maintain
the carrier frequency of each authorized transmitter within the
following percentage of the assigned frequency:
(b) For the purpose of determining the frequency tolerance applicable
to a particular transmitter in accordance with the foregoing provisions
of this section, the power of a transmitter shall be the maximum rated
output power as specified by the manufacturer.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 32219, June 5, 1979; 44 FR
57099, Oct. 4, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 52373, Oct. 27, 1981; 47 FR
11022, Mar. 15, 1982; 47 FR 39511, Sept. 8, 1982; 47 FR 41045, Sept
16, 1982; 47 FR 51883, Nov. 18, 1982; 48 FR 32997, July 20, 1983; 50
FR 13606, Apr. 5, 1985; 50 FR 38129, Sept. 20, 1985; 51 FR 37401, Oct.
22, 1986; 53 FR 1025, Jan. 15, 1988; 56 FR 19602, Apr. 29, 1991; 56
FR 32517, July 17, 1991)
47 CFR 90.215 Transmitter measurements.
(a) The licensee of each station shall employ a suitable procedure to
determine that the carrier frequency of each transmitter authorized to
operate with an output power in excess of two watts is maintained within
the tolerence prescribed in 90.213. This determination shall be made,
and the results entered in the station records in accordance with the
following:
(1) When the transmitter is initially installed;
(2) When any change is made in the transmitter which may affect the
carrier frequency or its stability.
(b) The licensee of each station shall employ a suitable procedure to
determine that each transmitter authorized to operate with an output
power in excess of two watts does not exceed the maximum figure
specified on the current station authorization. On authorizations
stating only the input power to the final radiofrequency stage, the
maximum permissible output power is 75 percent for frequencies below 25
MHz and 60 percent of the input power for frequencies above 25 MHz. If
a non-DC final radiofrequency stage is utilized, then the output power
shall not exceed 75 percent of the input power. This determination
shall be made, and the results thereof entered into the station records,
in accordance with the following:
(1) When the transmitter is initially installed;
(2) When any change is made in the transmitter which may increase the
transmitter power input.
(c) The licensee of each station shall employ a suitable procedure to
determine that the modulation of each transmitter, which is authorized
to operate with an output power in excess of two watts, does not exceed
the limits specified in this part. This determination shall be made and
the following results entered in the station records, in accordance with
the following:
(1) When the transmitter is initially installed;
(2) When any change is made in the transmitter which may affect the
modulation characteristics.
(d) The determinations required by paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of
this section may, at the opinion of the licensee, be made by a qualified
engineering measurement service, in which case the required record
entries shall show the name and address of the engineering measurement
service as well as the name of the person making the measurements.
(e) In the case of mobile transmitters, the determinations required
by paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section may be made at a test or
service bench: Provided, That the measurements are made under load
conditions equivalent to actual operating conditions; and provided
further, that after installation in the mobile unit the transmitter is
given a routine check to determine that it is capable of being received
satisfactorly by an appropriate receiver.
47 CFR 90.217 Exemption from technical standards.
Transmitters used at stations licensed in the Business Radio Service
which have an output power not exceeding 120 milliwatts are exempt from
the technical requirements set out in this subpart: Provided, however,
that the sum of the bandwidth occupied by the emitted signal plus the
bandwidth required for frequency tolerance shall be so adjusted that any
emission appearing on a frequency 40 kHz or more removed from the
assigned frequency is attenuated at least 30 dB below the unmodulated
carrier. Only type accepted transmitters may be used. Such
transmitters may operate in the continuous carrier transmit mode.
(44 FR 32219, June 5, 1979)
47 CFR 90.217 Subpart J -- Non-Voice and Other Specialized Operations
47 CFR 90.231 Scope.
This subpart sets forth requirements and standards for licensing and
operation of non-voice and other specialized radio uses (other than
radiolocation). Such uses include secondary signaling, telemetry,
radioteleprinter, radiofacsimile, automatic vehicle monitoring (AVM),
radio call box, relay, vehicular repeater, and control station
operations.
47 CFR 90.233 Base/mobile non-voice operations.
The use of A1D, A2D, F1D, F2D, G1D, or G2D emission may be authorized
to base/mobile operations in accordance with the following limitations
and requirements.
(a) Licensees employing non-voice communications are not relieved of
their responsibility to cooperate in the shared use of land mobile radio
channels. See also 90.403 and 90.173(a) and (b).
(b) Authorization for non-voice emission may be granted only on
frequencies subject to the coordination requirements set forth in
90.175. Non-voice operations on frequencies not subject to these
requirements are permitted only a secondary basis to voice
communications.
(c) Provisions of this section do not apply to authorizations for
paging, telemetry, radiolocation, AVM, radioteleprinter, radio call box
operations, or authorizations granted pursuant to subpart T of this
part.
(48 FR 2794, Feb. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 48711, Dec. 14, 1984;
56 FR 19602, Apr. 29, 1991)
47 CFR 90.235 Secondary fixed signaling operations.
Fixed operations may, subject to the following conditions, be
authorized on a secondary basis for voice, tone or impulse signaling on
a licensee's mobile service frequency(ies) above 25 MHz within the area
normally covered by the licensee's mobile system. Voice signaling will
be permitted only in the Police Radio Service.
(a) The bandwidth shall not exceed that authorized to the licensee
for the primary operations on the frequency concerned.
(b) The output power shall not exceed 30 watts at the remote site.
(c) A1D, A2D, F1D, F2D, G1D and G2D emissions may be authorized. In
the Police Radio Service, A3E, F1E, F2E, F3E, G1E, G2E, or G3E emissions
may also be authorized.
(d) Except for those systems covered under paragraph (e) of this
section, the maximum duration of any non-voice signaling transmission
shall not exceed 2 seconds and shall not be repeated more than 3 times.
Signaling transmissions may be staggered at any interval or may be
continuous. In the Police Radio Service, the maximum duration of any
voice signaling transmission shall not exceed 6 seconds and shall not be
repeated more than 3 times.
(e) Until December 31, 1999, for systems in the Public Safety Radio
Services authorized prior to June 20, 1975, and in the Power and
Petroleum Radio Services authorized prior to June 1, 1976, the maximum
duration of any signaling transmission shall not exceed 6 seconds and
shall not be repeated more than 5 times. For Power Radio Service
systems authorized between June 1, 1976 and (effective date of the
rules), a signaling message duration shall not exceed 2 seconds and
shall not be repeated more than 5 times. Such systems include existing
facilities and additional facilities which may be authorized as a clear
and direct expansion of existing facilities. After December 31, 1999,
all signaling systems shall be required to comply with the two second
message duration and three repetition requirements.
(f) Systems employing automatic interrogation shall be limited to
non-voice techniques and shall not be activated for this purpose more
than 10 seconds out of any 60 second period. This 10 second timeframe
includes both transmit and response times.
(g) Automatic means shall be provided to deactivate the transmitter
in the event the r.f. carrier remains on for a period in excess of 3
minutes or if a transmission for the same signaling function is repeated
consecutively more than five times.
(h) Fixed stations authorized pursuant to the provisions of this
section are exempt from the requirements of 90.137(b), 90.425, and
90.429.
(i) Base, mobile, or mobile relay stations may transmit secondary
signaling transmissions to receivers at fixed locations subject to the
conditions set forth in this section.
(j) Under the provisions of this section, a mobile service frequency
may not be used exclusively for secondary signaling.
(k) The use of secondary signaling will not be considered in whole or
in part as a justification for authorizing additional frequencies in a
licensee's land mobile radio system.
(54 FR 28679, July 7, 1989)
47 CFR 90.237 Interim provisions for operations of radioteleprinter and
radiofacsimile devices.
These provisions authorize and govern the use of radioteleprinter and
radiofacsimile devices for base station use (other than on mobile-only
or paging-only frequencies) in the radio services (except in the
Radiolocation and Special Emergency Radio Services) in this part.
(a) Information must be submitted with an application to establish
that the minimum separation between a proposed radioteleprinter or
radiofacsimile base station and the nearest co-channel base station of
another licensee operating a voice system is 120 km. (75 mi.) for a
single frequency mode of operation, or 56 km. (35 mi.) two frequency
mode of operation. Where this minimum mileage separation cannot be
achieved, either agreement to the use of F1B, F2B, F3C, G1B, G2B or G3C
emission must be received from all existing co-channel licensees using
voice emission within the applicable mileage limits, or if agreement was
not received, the licensee of the radioteleprinter or radiofacsimile
system is responsible for eliminating any interference with preexisting
voice operations. New licenses of voice operations will be expected to
share equally any frequency occupied by established radioteleprinter or
radiofacsimile operations.
(b) The application must list the manufacturer and model number of
the radioteleprinter or radiofacsimile system to be employed, or contain
a detailed technical description of the system.
(c) Transmitters type-accepted under this part for use of G3E or F3E
emission may also be used for F1B, F2B, F3C, G1B, G2B or G3C emission
for radioteleprinter or radiofacsimile, provided the keying signal is
passed through the low pass audio frequency filter required for G3E or
F3E emission. The transmitter must be so adjusted and operated that the
instantaneous frequency deviation does not exceed the maximum value
allowed for G3E or F3E.
(d) Frequencies will not be assigned exclusively for F1B, F2B, F3C,
G1B, G2B or G3C emission for radioteleprinter or radiofacsimile (except
where specifically provided for in the frequency limitations).
(e) The requirements in this part applicable to the use of G3E or F3E
emission are also applicable to the use of F1B, F2B, F3C, G1B, G2B or
G3C emission for radioteleprinter and radiofacsimile transmissions.
(f) The station identification required by 90.425 must be given by
voice or Morse code.
(g) For single sideband operations in accordance with 90.266,
transmitters type-accepted under this part for use of J3E emissions may
also be used for A2B and F2B emission for radioteleprinter
transmissions. Transmitters type-accepted under this part for use of
J3E emissions in accordance with 90.63(d)(1), 90.65(c)(1), 90.73(d)(1)
and 90.81(d)(13) may also be used for A1B, A2B, F1B, F2B, J2B, and A3C
emissions to provide standby backup circuits for operational
telecommunications circuits which have been disrupted, where so
authorized in other sections of this part.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 48712, Dec. 14,
1984; 51 FR 14998, Apr. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.238 Telemetry operations.
The use of telemetry is authorized under this part on the following
frequencies.
(a) 72-76 MHz (as available in specific radio service frequency
listings in accordance with 90.257 and subject to the rules governing
the use of that band).
(b) 154.45625, 154.46375, 154.47125, 154.47875 MHz (as available in
specific radio service frequency listings and subject to the rules
governing use of those frequencies).
(c) 173.20375, 173.2100, 173.2375, 173.2625, 173.2875, 173.3125,
173.3375, 173.3625, 173.3900, 173.39625 MHz (as available in specific
radio service frequency listings and subject to the rules governing the
use of that band).
(d) 216-220 and 1427-1435 MHz (as available in specific radio service
frequency listings and in accordance with 90.259.
(e) Frequencies separated by 12.5 kHz from regularly assignable
frequencies in the 450-470 MHz band, as specified at 90.267, except
that such offset channels between 460.650 and 460.875 MHz and between
465.650 and 465.875 MHz are available in the Business Radio Service
exclusively for one-way, non-voice biomedical telemetry operation in
hospitals, medical centers, or convalescent centers.
(f) 220-222 MHz as available under subpart T of this part.
(g) 450-470 MHz band (as available for secondary fixed operations in
accordance with 90.261).
(h) 458-468 MHz band (as available in the Special Emergency Radio
Service for bio-medical telemetry operations).
(i) Frequencies available for low power (2 watts or less) operations
in the Business Radio Service.
(44 FR 17183, Mar. 21, 1979, as amended at 46 FR 45955, Sept. 16,
1981; 50 FR 39680, Sept. 30, 1985; 50 FR 40976, Oct. 8, 1985; 56 FR
19603, Apr. 29, 1991)
47 CFR 90.239 Interim provisions for operation of automatic vehicle
monitoring (AVM) systems.
(a) These provisions authorize, to persons eligible in the radio
services of this part, the licensing of automatic vehicle monitoring
(AVM) systems that utilize nonvoice radio techniques to determine the
location of vehicles. Authority is also provided for the transmission
of voice and/or nonvoice messages relating to vehicles being located.
(b) The use of F1D, F2D, F3E, G1D, G2D, G3E, or P0N emissions is
authorized for operation of transmitters in AVM systems subject to
paragraph (e)(2)(iii) of this section.
(c) Frequencies for AVM operations are assignable as follows: (1)
Licensees for pulse-ranging AVM systems, requiring 8 MHz bandwidth may
be authorized in the 904-912 MHz or 918-926 MHz band provided that:
(i) A licensee will not be assigned a second frequency band in the
same geographic area until showing is made that the frequency band
already assigned is being used to provide location data for not less
than 5,000 vehicles.
(ii) Operations will not cause interference to government stations
which operate in these bands and can tolerate interference from
industrial, scientific, and medical (ISM) devices and from government
stations which operate in these bands.
(2) AVM systems requiring bandwidths not exceeding 1 MHz may be
authorized in the 903-904 or 926-927 MHz band on a developmental basis
in accordance with subpart Q.
(3) Applicants requiring not more than 25 kHz bandwidth per frequency
in the 25-50 MHz, 150-170 MHz, and 450-512 MHz bands may either utilize
base-mobile frequencies presently assigned the applicant, or be assigned
base-mobile frequencies available in the service in which eligibility
has been established, provided that:
(i) For transmission between vehicles and base stations, each
frequency in a single-frequency mode of operation will provide location
data for approximately 200 vehicles, or both frequencies in a
two-frequency mode of operation will provide location data for
approximately 400 vehicles, except that for frequencies in the 450-512
MHz band that are assigned in pairs in accordance with the allocation
plan for the band, the requirement is that location data be provided for
approximately 200 vehicles for each frequency pair; and a showing is
made that 50 percent of the vehicles will be in operation within the
system by the end of the second year of the initial license term, and 70
percent will be in operation within the system by the end of the initial
license term; except that if these vehicle loading standards will not
be met, frequencies will be assigned only on a secondary noninterference
basis to any authorized radiotelephony operation.
(ii) The minimum separation between a proposed AVM station and the
nearest co-channel base station of another licensee operating a voice
system is 75 miles (120 km) for a single frequency mode of operation or
35 miles (56 km) for a two-frequency mode of operation. Where the
minimum mileage separation cannot be achieved, agreement to the use of
F1D, F2D, G1D, G2D or P0N emission must be received from all existing
co-channel licensees using voice emissions within the applicable mileage
limits. If there is interference with voice operations and required
agreement was not received, or operation was authorized on a secondary
noninterference basis, the licensee of the AVM system is responsible for
eliminating the interference.
(iii) Frequencies additional to any assigned under paragraph (i) of
this paragraph (c)(3) will not be assigned to the same licensee in the
same geographic area until each of such licensee's frequencies for AVM
operation is shown to accommodate not less than 90 percent of the
frequency loading requirements specified in paragraph (i) of this
paragraph (c)(3).
(d) Each application to license an AVM system shall include the
following supplemental information:
(1) A detailed description of the manner in which the system will
operate, including a map or diagram.
(2) For wide band frequency operation, the necessary or occupied
bandwidth of emission whichever is greater.
(3) The data transmission characteristics as follows:
(i) The vehicle location update rates;
(ii) Specific transmitter modulation techniques used;
(iii) For codes and timing scheme: A table of bit sequences and
their alphanumeric or indicator equivalents, and a statement of bit rise
time, bit transmission rates, bit duration, and interval between bits;
(iv) A statement of amplitude-versus-time of the interrogation and
reply formats, and an example of a typical message transmission and any
synchronizing pulses utilized.
(4) A plan to show implementation schedule during the initial license
term.
(e) Technical standards. (1) AVM stations authorized for operation
below 512 MHz must comply with the technical standards applicable to the
frequency band prescribed in this chapter, including the requirement for
type acceptance of equipment used.
(2) Pending final development of technical standards, utilization of
nontype accepted transmitters by stations authorized for operation above
512 MHz will be permissible provided that:
(i) The output power of transmitters used in pulse ranging systems
shall not exceed 1 kW PEP;
(ii) The output power of transmitters used in nonpulse ranging
systems shall not exceed 300 watts;
(iii) Emissions will be authorized on a case-by-case basis dependent
on the requirements of the specific technique utilized.
(3) Transmitters to be operated at signposts, or from vehicles to
signposts for location signaling purposes may be employed with output
power not to exceed 250 milliwatts, and their operation is secondary to
regular co-channel operations on the frequency being utilized.
(4) Pending development of further specific technical standards for
AVM systems, the Commission, on a case-by-case basis, may impose
additional appropriate technical requirements to assure efficient and
effective frequency utilization.
(f) AVM stations are exempted from the identification requirements of
90.425; however, the Commission may impose automatic station
identification requirements when determined to be necessary for
monitoring and enforcement purposes.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 57099, Oct. 4, 1979; 45 FR
43419, June 27, 1980, as amended at 49 FR 48712, Dec. 14, 1984)
47 CFR 90.241 Radio call box operations.
(a) The frequencies in the 72-76 MHz band listed in 90.257(a)(1) may
be assigned in the Local Government Radio Service for operation of radio
call boxes to be used by the public to request fire, police, ambulance,
road service, and other emergency assistance, subject to the following
conditions and limitations:
(1) Maximum transmitter power will be either 2.5 watts plate input to
the final stage or 1 watt output.
(2) Antenna gain shall not exceed zero dBd (referred to a half-wave
dipole) in any horizontal direction.
(3) Only vertical polarization of antennas shall be permitted.
(4) The antenna and its supporting structure must not exceed 20 feet
(6.1 meters) in height above the ground.
(5) Only A1D, A2D, F1D, F2D, G1D, or G2D emission shall be
authorized.
(6) The transmitter frequency tolerance shall be 0.005 percent.
(7) Except for test purposes, each transmission must be limited to a
maximum of two seconds and shall not be automatically repeated more than
two times at spaced intervals within the following 30 seconds.
Thereafter, the authorized cycle may not be reactivated for one minute.
(8) All transmitters installed after December 10, 1970, shall be
furnished with an automatic means to deactivate the transmitter in the
event the carrier remains on for a period in excess of three minutes.
The automatic cutoff system must be designed so the transmitter can be
only manually reactivated.
(9) Frequency selection must be made with regard to reception of
television stations on channels 4 (66-72 MHz) and 5 (76-82 MHz) and
should maintain the greatest possible frequency separation from either
or both of these channels, if they are assigned in the area.
(b) (Reserved)
(c) Frequencies in the 450-470 MHz band which are designated as
available for assignment to central control stations and radio call box
installations in 90.17(b) or 90.17(c)(11) may be assigned in the Local
Government Radio Service for highway call box systems subject to the
following requirements:
(1) Call box transmitters shall be installed only on limited access
highways and may communicate only with central control stations of the
licensee.
(2) Maximum transmitter power for call boxes will be either 2.5 watts
input to the final amplifier stage or one watt output. The central
control station shall not exceed 25 watts effective radiated power
(ERP).
(3) The height of a call box antenna may not exceed 6.1 meters (20
feet) above the ground, the natural formation, or the existing man-made
structure (other than an antenna supporting structure) on which it is
mounted. A central station transmitting antenna, together with its
supporting structure shall not exceed 15 m. (50 ft.) above the ground
surface.
(4) Only F1D, F2D, F3E, G1D, G2D, or G3E, emission may be authorized
for nonvoice signaling, radiotelephony, and multiplexed voice and
nonvoice use. The provisions in this part applicable to the use of F3E
or G3E emission are also applicable to the use of F1D, F2D, G1D or G2D
emission for call box transmitters.
(5) The station identification required by 90.425 shall be by voice
and may be transmitted for the system from the central control station.
Means shall be provided at each central control station location to
automatically indicate the call box unit identifier when a call box unit
is activated.
(6) Call box installations must be so designed that their unit
identifier is automatically transmitted when the handset is lifted.
(7) Each application for a call box system must include a description
of the nonvoice transmitting equipment. This description shall specify
the character structure, bit rate, modulating tone frequencies,
identification codes, and the method of modulation (i.e., frequency
shift, tone shift, or tone phase shift).
(8) Call box installations may be used secondarily for the
transmission of information from roadside sensors. Central control
station transmitters may be used secondarily to interrogate call box
roadside sensors and for the transmission of signals to activate
roadside signs.
(9) Each call box transmitter must be provided with a timer which
will automatically deactivate the transmitter after 2 minutes unless the
central control station operator reactivates the timer cycle.
(10) The central control station must include facilities that permit
direct control of any call box in the system.
(11) Call box transmitter frequency tolerance shall be 0.001 percent.
(12) Transmitters type accepted under this part for use of F3E or G3E
emission may be used for F1D, F2B, G2B or G2D emission provided that the
audio tones or digital data bits are passed through the low pass audio
filter required to be provided in the transmitter for F3E or G3E
emission. The transmitter must be adjusted and operated so that the
instantaneous frequency deviation does not exceed the maximum value
allowed for F3E or G3E emission.
(d) In addition to the frequencies available pursuant to 90.17(b)
the frequencies set forth in 90.17(c)(11) may be used for central
control station and call box installations in areas where such
frequencies are available for fixed system use subject to the
requirements and limitations of that section and subject to the
provisions of paragraphs (c)(1), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), (9), (10), and
(12) of this section.
(e) In accordance with subpart Q of this part, the frequencies
available pursuant to 90.17(b) and (c)(11) for central control station
and call box installations may be assigned for developmental operation
as part of a highway safety communication program which is designed to
provide radio communications directly with motorists to and from their
motor vehicles.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 32219, June 5, 1979; 49 FR
48712, Dec. 14, 1984; 50 FR 39680, Sept. 30, 1985; 50 FR 40976, Oct.
8, 1985; 54 FR 38681, Sept. 20, 1989; 54 FR 45891, Oct. 31, 1989)
47 CFR 90.242 Travelers' information stations.
(a) 530 and 1610 kHz. The frequencies 530 and 1610 kHz may be
assigned in the Local Government Radio Service for the operation of
Travelers' Information Stations subject to the following conditions and
limitations:
(1) For Travelers' Information Station applications only, eligibility
requirements as set forth in 90.17(a) are extended to include park
districts and authorities.
(2) Each application for a station or system shall be accompanied by:
(i) A statement certifying that the transmitting site of the
Travelers Information Station will be located at least 15.0 km, (9.3
miles) measured orthogonally, outside the measured 0.5 mV/meter daytime
contour of any AM broadcast station operating on a first adjacent
channel (540 kHz or 1600 kHz). If the measured contour is not
available, then the calculated 0.5 mV/m field strength contour shall be
acceptable. These contours are available for inspection at the
concerned AM broadcast station and FCC offices in Washington, D.C.
(ii) In consideration of possible cross-modulation and
inter-modulation interference effects which may result from the
operation of a Travelers Information Station in the vicinity of an AM
broadcast station on the second or third adjacent channel, the applicant
shall certify that he has considered these possible interference effects
and, to the best of his knowledge, does not foresee harmful interference
occurring to broadcast stations operating on 550 kHz, 560 kHz, 1580 kHz,
or 1590 kHz.
(iii) A map showing the geographical location of each transmitter
site and an estimate of the signal strength at the contour of the
desired coverage area. For a cable system, the contour to be shown is
the estimated field strength at 60 meters (197 feet) from any point on
the cable. For a conventional radiating antenna, the estimated field
strength contour at 1.5 km (0.93 mile) shall be shown. A contour map
comprised of actual on-the-air measurements shall be submitted to the
Commission within 60 days after station authorization or completion of
station construction, whichever occurs later. A sufficient number of
points shall be chosen at the specified distances (extrapolated
measurements are acceptable) to adequately show compliance with the
field strength limits.
(iv) For each transmitter site, the transmitter's output power, the
type of antenna utilized, its length (for a cable system), its height
above ground, distance from transmitter to the antenna, and the
elevation above sea level at the transmitting site.
(3) Travelers Information Stations will be authorized on a secondary
basis to stations authorized on a primary basis in the bands 510-535 and
1605-1715 kHz.
(4) A Travelers Information Station authorization may be suspended,
modified, or withdrawn by the Commission without prior notice of right
to hearing if necessary to resolve interference conflicts, to implement
agreements with foreign governments, or in other circumstances
warranting such action.
(5) The transmitting site of each Travelers' Information Station
shall be restricted to the immediate vicinity of the following specified
areas: Air, train, and bus transportation terminals, public parks and
historical sites, bridges, tunnels, and any intersection of a Federal
Interstate Highway with any other Interstate, Federal, State, or local
highway.
(6) A Travelers Information Station shall normally be authorized to
use a single transmitter. However, a system of stations, with each
station in the system employing a separate transmitter, may be
authorized for a specified area provided sufficient need is demonstrated
by the applicant.
(7) Travelers Information Stations shall transmit only noncommercial
voice information pertaining to traffic and road conditions, traffic
hazard and travel advisories, directions, availability of lodging, rest
stops and service stations, and descriptions of local points of
interest. It is not permissible to identify the commercial name of any
business establishment whose service may be available within or outside
the coverage area of a Travelers Information Station. However, to
facilitate announcements concerning departures/arrivals and parking
areas at air, train, and bus terminals, the trade name identification of
carriers is permitted.
(b) Technical standards. (1) The use of 6K00A3E emission will be
authorized, however N0N emission may be used for purposes of receiver
quieting, but only for a system of stations employing ''leaky'' cable
antennas.
(2) A frequency tolerance of 100 Hz shall be maintained.
(3) For a station employing a cable antenna, the following
restrictions apply:
(i) The length of the cable antenna shall not exceed 3.0 km (1.9
miles).
(ii) Transmitter RF output power shall not exceed 50 watts and shall
be adjustable downward to enable the user to comply with the specified
field strength limit.
(iii) The field strength of the emission on the operating frequency
shall not exceed 2 mV/m when measured with a standard field strength
meter at a distance of 60 meters (197 feet) from any part of the
station.
(4) For a station employing a conventional radiating antenna(s) (ex.
vertical monopole, directional array) the following restrictions apply:
(i) The antenna height above ground level shall not exceed 15.0
meters (49.2 feet).
(ii) Only vertical polarization of antennas shall be permitted.
(iii) Transmitter RF output power shall not exceed 10 watts to enable
the user to comply with the specified field strength limit.
(iv) The field strength of the emission on the operating frequency
shall not exceed 2 mV/m when measured with a standard field strength
meter at a distance of 1.50 km (0.93 miles) from the transmitting
antenna system.
(5) For co-channel stations operating under different licenses, the
following minimum separation distances shall apply:
(i) 0.50 km (0.31 miles) for the case when both stations are using
cable antennas.
(ii) 7.50 km (4.66 miles) for the case when one station is using a
conventional antenna and the other is using a cable antenna.
(iii) 15.0 km (9.3 miles) for the case when both stations are using
conventional antennas.
(6) For a system of co-channel transmitters operating under a single
authorization utilizing either cable or conventional antennas, or both,
no minimum separation distance is required.
(7) An applicant desiring to locate a station that does not comply
with the separation requirements of this section shall coordinate with
the affected station.
(8) Each transmitter in a Travelers Information Station shall be
equipped with an audio low-pass filter. Such filter shall be installed
between the modulation limiter and the modulated stage. At audio
frequencies between 3 kHz and 20 kHz this filter shall have an
attenuation greater than the attenuation at 1 kHz by at least:
60 log10 (f/3) decibels.
where ''f'' is the audio frequency in kHz. At audio frequencies
above 20 kHz, the attenuation shall be at least 50 decibels greater than
the attenuation at 1 kHz.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 67118, Nov. 23, 1979; 49 FR
48712, Dec. 14, 1984, as amended at 54 FR 39740, Sept. 28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.243 Mobile relay stations.
(a) Mobile relay stations under this part may be authorized only as
follows:
(1) On frequencies below 450 MHz, except the 220-222 MHz band, mobile
relay stations may be authorized within the contiguous 48 states to
operate only in the Police, Fire, Local Government, Highway Maintenance,
Forestry Conservation, Power, Petroleum, Forest Products, Manufacturers,
Telephone Maintenance, and Railroad Radio Services.
(2) On frequencies below 450 MHz, except the 220-222 MHz band, mobile
relay stations may be authorized outside the contiguous 48 states to
operate only in the Police, Fire, Local Government, Highway Maintenance,
Forestry Conservation, Power, Petroleum, Forest Products, Manufacturers,
Telephone Maintenance, Railroad, Business and Special Industrial Radio
Services.
(3) Mobile relay operations will be authorized in the 220-222 MHz
band.
(4) Mobile relay stations will be authorized on frequencies between
450 MHz and 470 MHz in all of the services governed by this part except
for the Radiolocation Service.
(5) Mobile relay stations will be authorized on frequencies between
470 MHz and 512 MHz in all of the services that have been allocated such
frequencies.
(b) Special provisions for mobile relay operations:
(1) In the Special Emergency Radio Service, medical services systems
in the 150-160 MHz band are permitted to be cross-banded for mobile and
central station operations with mobile relay stations authorized to
operate in the 450-470 MHz band.
(2) In the Business Radio Service, mobile relay stations may be
authorized on frequencies below 450 MHz when those frequencies are
reserved for low power operation (2 watts or less) or for narrowband
operation. (See 90.271) For systems using low power frequencies the
maximum output power shall not exceed 1 watt and the mobile relay
antenna system shall not be more than 13 m (40 ft) above ground.
(3) In the Railroad Radio Service, mobile relay operation shall be on
a secondary basis to other co-channel operations.
(4) Except where specifically precluded, a mobile relay station may
be authorized to operate on any frequency available for assignment to
base stations.
(5) A mobile station associated with mobile relay station(s) may not
be authorized to operate on a frequency below 25 MHz.
(c) Technical requirements for mobile relay stations.
(1) Each new mobile relay station with an output power of more than
one watt, and authorized after January 1, 1972, that is activated by
signals below 50 MHz shall deactivate the station upon cessation of
reception of the activating continuous coded tone signal. Licensees may
utilize a combination of digital selection and continuous coded tone
control where required to insure selection of only the desired mobile
relay station.
(2) Mobile relay stations controlled by signals above 50 MHz or
authorized prior to January 1, 1972, to operate below 50 MHz are not
required to incorporate coded signal or tone control devices unless the
transmitters are consistently activated by undesired signals and cause
harmful interference to other licensees. If activation by undesired
signals causes harmful interference, the Commission will require the
installation of tone control equipment within 90 days of a notice to the
licensee.
(3) Except in the Railroad Radio Service, each new mobile-relay
station authorized after January 1, 1972, shall be equipped for
automatic deactivation of the transmitter within 5 seconds after the
signals controlling the station cease.
(4) Except in the Railroad Radio Service, each new mobile relay
station authorized after January 1, 1972, during periods that it is not
controlled from a manned fixed control point; shall have an automatic
time delay or clock device that will deactivate the station not more
than 3 minutes after its activation by a mobile unit.
(5) In the Railroad Radio Service, each mobile relay station,
regardless of the frequency or frequencies of the signals by which it is
activated shall be so designated and installed that it will be
deactivated automatically when its associated receiver or receivers are
not receiving a signal on the frequency or frequencies which normally
activate it.
(6) Multiple mobile relay station radio systems shall use wireline or
radio stations on fixed frequencies for any necessary interconnect
circuits between the mobile relay stations.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 40177, Oct. 15,
1984; 50 FR 13606, Apr. 5, 1985; 50 FR 39680, Sept. 30, 1985; 50 FR
40976, Oct. 8, 1985; 54 FR 39740, Sept. 28, 1989; 56 FR 19603, Apr.
29, 1991; 56 FR 32517, July 17, 1991)
47 CFR 90.245 Fixed relay stations.
Except where specifically provided for, fixed relay stations shall be
authorized to operate only on frequencies available for use by
operational fixed stations.
47 CFR 90.247 Mobile repeater stations.
A mobile station authorized to operate on a mobile service frequency
above 25 MHz may be used as a mobile repeater to extend the
communications range of hand-carried units subject to the following:
(a) Mobile repeaters and/or associated hand-carried transmitters may
be assigned separate base/mobile frequencies for this use (including, in
the Railroad Radio Service, any ''base only'' frequency in the 450-470
MHz range) in addition to the number of frequencies normally assignable
to the licensee.
(b) In the Business and Special Industrial Radio Services on
frequencies below 450 MHz, only low-power frequencies (2 watts or less
output power) may be assigned for use by mobile repeaters or by
hand-carried transmitters whose communications are directed to mobile
repeaters, when separate frequencies are assigned for that purpose.
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, hand-carried
transmitters whose communications will be automatically relayed by
mobile stations shall be limited to a maximum output power of 2.5 watts.
(d) In the Railroad Radio Service, use of mobile repeaters is on a
secondary basis to the stations of any other licensee. Hand-carried
units used in connection with mobile repeaters in the Railroad Radio
Service may operate only above 150 MHz and are limited to a maximum
output power of 6 watts. The frequency and maximum power shall be
specified in the station authorization.
(e) In the Railroad Radio Service, the output power of a mobile
repeater station, when transmitting as a repeater station on the
frequency used for communication with its associated pack-carried or
hand-carried units, shall not exceed 6 watts except when the same
frequency is also used by the same station for direct communication with
vehicular mobile units or with one or more base stations.
(f) When automatically retransmitting messages originated by or
destined for hand-carried units, each mobile station shall activate the
mobile transmitter only with a continuous coded tone, the absence of
which will de-activate the mobile transmitter. The continuous coded
tone is not required when the mobile unit is equipped with a switch that
activates the automatic mode of the mobile unit and an automatic
time-delay device that de-activates the transmitter after any
uninterrupted transmission period in excess of 3 minutes.
47 CFR 90.249 Control stations.
Control stations associated with land mobile stations under this part
shall be authorized to operate subject to the following:
(a) Frequencies for control stations. (1) Control stations may be
authorized to operate on frequencies available for use by operational
fixed stations.
(2) A control station associated with mobile relay station(s) may, at
the option of the applicant, be assigned the frequency of the associated
mobile station. In the Railroad Radio Service such a control station
may be assigned any mobile service frequency available for assignment to
mobile stations in that service. Such operation is on a secondary basis
to use of the frequency for regular mobile service communications.
(3) Control and fixed stations in the Public Safety and Special
Emergency Radio Services may be authorized on a temporary basis to
operate on frequencies available for base and mobile stations between
152 and 450 MHz, where there is an adequate showing that such operations
cannot be conducted on frequencies allocated for assignment to
operational fixed stations. Such operation will not be authorized
initially or renewed for periods in excess of one year. Any such
authorization shall be subject to immediate termination if harmful
interference is caused to stations in the mobile service, or if the
particular frequency is required for mobile service operations in the
area concerned.
(b) (Reserved)
(c) A base station which is used intermittently as a control station
for one or more associated mobile relay stations of the same licensee
shall operate only on the mobile service frequency assigned to the
associated mobile relay station when operating as a base station and on
the mobile service frequency assigned to the associated mobile station
when operating as a control station. Authority for such dual
classification and use must be shown on the station authorization. When
operating as a control station, the licensee must meet all control
station requirements. In the Railroad Radio Service base stations used
intermittently as control stations shall operate only on a mobile
service frequency which is available for assignment to base stations.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 36376, Sept. 17,
1984)
47 CFR 90.250 Meteor burst communications.
Meteor burst communications may be authorized for the use of private
radio stations subject to the following provisions:
(a) Station operation is limited to the State of Alaska only.
(b) The frequency 44.20 MHz may be used for base station operation
and 45.90 MHz for remote station operation on a primary basis. The
frequencies 42.40 and 44.10 MHz may be used by base and remote stations,
respectively, on a secondary basis to common carrier stations utilizing
meteor burst communications. Users shall cooperate among themselves to
the extent practicable to promote compatible operation.
(c) The maximum transmitter output power shall not exceed 2000 watts
for base stations and 500 watts for remote stations.
(d) Co-channel base stations of different licensees shall be located
at least 150 miles apart. A remote station and a base station of
different licensees shall be located at least 150 miles apart if the
remote units of the different licensees operate on the same frequency.
Waiver of this requirement may be granted if affected users agree to a
cooperative sharing arrangement.
(e) The authorized emission designator to be used in F1E, F7W, G1E or
G7W to allow for Phase Shift Keying (PSK) or Frequency Shift Keying
(FSK).
(f) The maximum authorized bandwidth is 20 kHz (20 F1E, F7W, G1E or
G7W).
(g) Station identification in accordance with 90.425(a) or (b) shall
only be required for the base station.
(h) Stations may be required to comply with additional conditions of
operation as necessary on a case-by-case basis as specified in the
authorization.
(i) Stations employing meteor burst communications shall not cause
interference to other stations operating in accordance with the
allocation table. New authorizations will be issued subject to the
Commission's developmental grant procedure as outlined in subpart Q of
this part. Prior to expiration of the developmental authorization,
application Form 574 should be filed for issuance of a permanent
authorization.
(48 FR 34043, July 27, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 48712, Dec. 14,
1984)
47 CFR 90.250 Subpart K -- Standards for Special Frequencies or Frequency Bands
47 CFR 90.251 Scope.
This subpart sets forth special requirements applicable to the use of
certain frequencies or frequency bands.
(54 FR 39740, Sept. 28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.253 Use of frequency 5167.5 kHz.
The frequency 5167.5 kHz may be used by any station authorized under
this part to communicate with any other station in the State of Alaska
for emergency communications. The maximum power permitted is 150 watts
peak envelope power (PEP). All stations operating on this frequency
must be located in or within 50 nautical miles (92.6 km) of the State of
Alaska. This frequency may also be used by stations authorized in the
Alaska-private fixed service for calling and listening, but only for
establishing communication before switching to another frequency.
(49 FR 32201, Aug. 13, 1984)
90.255 (Reserved)
47 CFR 90.257 Assignment and use of frequencies in the band 72-76 MHz.
(a) The following criteria shall govern the authorization and use of
frequencies within the band 72-76 MHz by fixed stations. (For call box
operations see 90.241).
(1) The following frequencies in the band 72-76 MHz may be used for
fixed operations:
MHz: 72.02, 72.04, 72.06, 72.08, 72.10, 72.12, 72.14, 72.16, 72.18,
72.20, 72.22, 72.24, 72.26, 72.28, 72.30, 72.32, 72.34, 72.36, 72.38,
72.40, 72.42, 72.46, 72.50, 72.54, 72.58, 72.62, 72.64, 72.66, 72.68,
72.70, 72.72, 72.74, 72.76, 72.78, 72.80, 72.82, 72.84, 72.86, 72.88,
72.90, 72.92, 72.94, 72.96, 72.98, 75.42, 75.46, 75.50, 75.54, 75.58,
75.62, 75.64, 75.66, 75.68, 75.70, 75.72, 75.74, 75.76, 75.78, 75.80,
75.82, 75.84, 75.86, 75.88, 75.90, 75.92, 75.94, 75.96, 75.98.
(2) All authorizations are subject to the condition that no harmful
interference will be caused to television reception on Channels 4 and 5.
(3) The applicant must agree to eliminate any harmful interference
caused by his operation to TV reception on either Channel 4 or 5 that
might develop by whatever means are necessary. Such action must be
taken within 90 days of notification by the Commission. If such
interference is not eliminated within the 90-day period, operation of
the fixed station will be discontinued.
(4) Vertical polarization must be used.
(5) Whenever it is proposed to locate a 72-76 MHz fixed station less
than 128 km (80 mi.) but more than 16 km (10 mi.) from the site of a TV
transmitter operating on either channel 4 or 5, or from the post office
of a community in which such channels are assigned but not in operation,
the fixed station shall be authorized only if there are fewer than 100
family dwelling units (as defined by the U.S. Bureau of the Census),
excluding units 112 or more km (70 mi.) distant from the TV antenna
site, located within a circle centered at the location of the proposed
fixed station. The radius shall be determined by use of the following
chart entitled, ''Chart for Determining Radius From Fixed Station in
72-76 MHz Band to Interference Contour Along Which 10 Percent of Service
From Adjacent Channel Television Station Would Be Destroyed.'' Two
charts are available, one for Channel 4, and one for Channel 5. The
Commission may, however, in a particular case, authorize the location of
a fixed station within a circle containing 100 or more family dwelling
units upon a showing that:
(i) The proposed site is the only suitable location.
(ii) It is not feasible, technically or otherwise, to use other
available frequencies.
(iii) The applicant has a plan to control any interference that might
develop to TV reception from his operations.
(iv) The applicant is financially able and agrees to make such
adjustments in the TV receivers affected as may be necessary to
eliminate any interference caused by his operations.
(v) All applications seeking authority to operate with a separation
of less than 16 km (10 mi.) will be returned without action.
(b) The following criteria shall govern the authorization and use of
frequencies within the band 72-76 MHz by mobile stations in the Special
Industrial, Manufacturers, Forest Products, and Railroad Radio Services.
(1) Mobile operation on frequencies in the 72-76 MHz band (see
90.257(a)(1)) is subject to the condition that no interference is caused
to the reception of television stations operating on Channel 4 or 5.
Interference will be considered to occur whenever reception of a
regularly used television signal is impaired by signals radiated by
stations operating under these rules in the 72 to 76 MHz band regardless
of the quality of such reception or the strength of the signal used. In
order to minimize the hazard of such interference, it shall be the duty
of the licensee to determine whether interference is being caused to
television reception, wherever television receivers other than those
under the control of the licensee, are located within 31 m. (100 ft.)
of any point where the stations licensed under these rules may be
operated. In any case, it shall be the responsibility of the licensee
to correct, at its own expense, any such interference and if the
interference cannot be eliminated by the application of suitable
techniques, the operation of the offending transmitter shall be
suspended. If the complainant refuses to permit the licensee to apply
remedial techniques which demonstrably will eliminate the interference
without impairment of the original reception, the licensee is absolved
of further responsibility.
(2) The maximum transmitter output power that will be authorized is 1
watt; and each station authorized will be classified and licensed as a
mobile station. Any units of such a station, however, may be used to
provide the operational functions of a base or fixed station. The
antennas of transmitters operating on these frequencies must be directly
mounted or installed upon the transmitting unit: Except that when
permanently installed aboard a vehicle, antenna and transmitter may be
separated as required for convenience in mounting. Horizontal
polarization will not be allowed; and the gain of antennas employed
shall not exceed that of a halfwave dipole. The maximum bandwidth that
will be authorized is 20 kHz. Tone control transmissions are permitted.
(c) Radio remote control of models is permitted on frequencies 10 kHz
removed from these frequencies authorized for fixed and mobile
operations in the 72-76 MHz band. Remote control operations are
secondary to operation of fixed and mobile stations as provided for in
this section.
Insert illustration 0227
Insert illustration 0228
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 32219, June 5, 1979, as amended
at 47 FR 51879, Nov. 18, 1982; 49 FR 41249, Oct. 22, 1984; 54 FR
38681, Sept. 20, 1989)
47 CFR 90.259 Assignment and use of frequencies in the bands 216-220
MHz and 1427-1435 MHz.
Frequencies in the bands 216-220 MHz and 1427-1435 MHz may be
assigned to applicants under this part provided the band is listed in
the individual radio service under which they establish eligibility.
Use of these bands is limited to telemetering purposes only and all
operation is secondary to Federal Government operations. Operation in
the band 216-220 MHz is also secondary to the maritime mobile service
and operation in the band 1427-1429 MHz is also secondary to the space
operation service (earth-to-space). Base stations authorized in these
bands shall be used to perform telecommand functions with associated
mobile telemetering stations. Base stations may also command actions by
the vehicle itself, but will not be authorized solely to perform this
function. Airborne use will not be authorized. Each application will
be coordinated with the Federal Government by the Federal Communications
Commission and is subject to such technical and operational limitations
as may be imposed by the government. Each application should include
precise information concerning emission characteristics, transmitter
frequency deviation, output power, type and directional characteristics,
if any, of the antenna, and the minimum necessary hours of operation.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 54 FR 38681, Sept. 20,
1989)
47 CFR 90.261 Assignment and use of frequencies in the band 450-470 MHz
for fixed operations.
The following frequencies may be assigned for fixed operations, on a
secondary basis to land mobile operations, to eligibles in the services
indicated. All such use of these frequencies for fixed systems is
limited to locations 85 or more miles (136.79 or more km.) from the
center of any urbanized area of 600,000 or more population except that
the distance may be 65 miles (104.6 km.), if the output power does not
exceed 20 watts. All such fixed systems are limited to a maximum of two
frequencies and must employ directional antennas with a front-to-back
ratio of at least 15 dB, except that omnidirectional antennas having
unity gain may be employed for stations communicating with a minimum of
three receiving locations encompassed in a sector of at least 160 in
azimuth. For two-frequency systems, the separation between
transmit-receive frequencies is 5 MHz. Fixed stations located more than
136 km. (85 miles) from the center of urbanized areas of 600,000 or
more population and operating on frequencies no longer available for
that use may continue indefinitely until such time as modification
involving addition of new facilities is proposed. Such use is, however,
on a secondary basis to land mobile operations and harmful interference
may not be caused to land mobile stations. The centers of urbanized
areas are determined from the appendix, page 226, of the U.S. Commerce
publication ''Air Line Distance Between Cities in the United States.''
Urbanized areas of 600,000 or more population are defined in the U.S.
Census of Population 1970, Vol. 1, table 20, pages 1-74.
(a) The following frequencies may be assigned to fixed stations in
the Public Safety and Special Emergency Radio Services, on a secondary
basis to land mobile operations in the Industrial (except Business) and
Land Transportation Radio Services.
Frequencies MHz: 451.025, 451.050, 451.075, 451.100, 451.125,
451.150, 451.175, 451.200, 451.225, 451.250, 451.275, 451.300, 451.325,
451.350, 451.375, 451.400, 451.425, 451.450, 451.475, 451.500, 451.525,
451.550, 451.575, 451.600, 451.625, 451.650, 451.675, 451.700, 451.725,
451.750, 451.775, 451.825, 451.850, 451.875, 451.900, 451.925, 451.950,
451.975, 452.000, 452.025, 452.050, 452.075, 452.100, 452.125, 452.150,
452.175, 452.200, 452.225, 452.250, 452.275, 452.300, 452.325, 452.350,
452.375, 452.400, 452.425, 452.450, 452.475, 452.500, 452.625, 452.650,
452.675, 452.700, 452.725, 452.750, 452.775, 452.800, 452.825, 452.850,
452.875, 452.900, 452.975, 453.000, 456.025, 456.050, 456.075, 456.100,
456.125, 456.150, 456.175, 456.200, 456.225, 456.250, 456.275, 456.300,
456.325, 456.350, 456.375, 456.400, 456.425, 456.450, 456.475, 456.500,
456.525, 456.550, 456.575, 456.600, 456.625, 456.650, 456.675, 456.700,
456.725, 456.750, 456.775, 456.825, 456.850, 456.875, 456.900, 456.925,
456.950, 456.975, 457.000, 457.025, 457.050, 457.075, 457.100, 457.125,
457.150, 457.175, 457.200, 457.225, 457.250, 457.275, 457.300, 457.325,
457.350, 457.375, 457.400, 457.425, 457.450, 457.475, 457.500, 457.625,
457.650, 457.675, 457.700, 457.725, 457.750, 457.775, 457.800, 457.825,
457.850, 457.875, 457.900, 457.975, 458.000, 462.200, 462.225, 462.250,
462.275, 462.300, 462.325, 462.350, 462.375, 462.400, 462.425, 462.450,
462.475, 462.500, 462.525, 467.200, 467.225, 467.250, 467.275, 467.300,
467.325, 467.350, 467.375, 467.400, 467.425, 467.450, 467.475, 467.500,
467.525.
(b) The following frequencies may be assigned to fixed stations in
the Industrial Radio Services (except Business) on a secondary basis to
land mobile operations in the Public Safety, Special Emergency, and Land
Transportation Radio Services.
Frequencies MHz: 452.050, 452.100, 452.150, 452.200, 452.225,
452.250, 452.275, 452.300, 452.325, 452.350, 452.375, 452.400, 452.425,
452.450, 452.475, 452.500, 452.625, 452.650, 452.675, 452.700, 452.725,
452.750, 452.775, 452.800, 452.825, 452.850, 452.875, 452.900, 453.050,
453.100, 453.150, 453.200, 453.225, 453.250, 453.275, 453.300, 453.325,
453.350, 453.375, 453.400, 453.425, 453.450, 453.475, 453.500, 453.525,
453.550, 453.575, 453.600, 453.625, 453.650, 453.675, 453.700, 453.725,
453.750, 453.775, 453.800, 453.825, 453.850, 453.875, 453.900, 453.925,
453.950, 453.975, 457.050, 457.100, 457.150, 457.200, 457.225, 457.250,
457.275, 457.300, 457.325, 457.350, 457.375, 457.400, 457.425, 457.450,
457.475, 457.500, 457.525, 457.550, 457.575, 457.600, 457.625, 457.650,
457.675, 457.700, 457.725, 457.750, 457.775, 457.800, 457.825, 457.850,
457.875, 457.900, 458.050, 458.100, 458.150, 458.200, 458.225, 458.250,
458.275, 458.300, 458.325, 458.350, 458.375, 458.400, 458.425, 458.450,
458.475, 458.500, 458.525, 458.550, 458.575, 458.600, 458.625, 458.650,
458.675, 458.700, 458.725, 458.750, 458.775, 458.800, 458.825, 458.850,
458.875, 458.900, 458.925, 458.950, 458.975, 460.025, 460.050, 460.075,
460.100, 460.125, 460.150, 460.175, 460.200, 460.225, 460.250, 460.275,
460.300, 460.325, 460.350, 460.375, 460.400, 460.425, 460.450, 460.475,
460.500, 460.525, 460.550, 460.575, 460.600, 460.625, 465.025, 465.050,
465.075, 465.100, 465.125, 465.150, 465.175, 465.200, 465.225, 465.250,
465.275, 465.300, 465.325, 465.350, 465.375, 465.400, 465.425, 465.450,
465.475, 465.500, 465.525, 465.550, 465.575, 465.600, 465.625.
(c) The following frequencies may be assigned to fixed stations in
the Land Transportation Radio Services on a secondary basis to land
mobile operations in the Public Safety and Industrial (except Business)
Radio Services.
451.025, 451.050, 451.075, 451.100, 451.125, 451.150, 451.175,
451.200, 451.225, 451.250, 451.275, 451.300, 451.325, 451.350, 451.375,
451.400, 451.425, 451.450, 451.475, 451.500, 451.525, 451.550, 451.575,
451.600, 451.625, 451.650, 451.675, 451.700, 451.725, 451.750, 451.775,
451.825, 451.850, 451.875, 451.900, 451.925, 451.950, 451.975, 452.000,
452.025, 452.075, 452.125, 452.175, 452.975, 453.000, 453.050, 453.100,
453.150, 453.200, 453.225, 453.250, 453.275, 453.300, 453.325, 453.350,
453.375, 453.400, 453.425, 453.450, 453.475, 453.500, 453.525, 453.550,
453.575, 453.600, 453.625, 453.650, 453.675, 453.700, 453.725, 453.750,
453.775, 453.800, 453.825, 453.850, 453.875, 453.900, 453.925, 453.950,
453.975, 456.025, 456.050, 456.075, 456.100, 456.125, 456.150, 456.175,
456.200, 456.225, 456.250, 456.275, 456.300, 456.325, 456.350, 456.375,
456.400, 456.425, 456.450, 456.475, 456.500, 456.525, 456.550, 456.575,
456.600, 456.625, 456.650, 456.675, 456.700, 456.725, 456.750, 456.775,
456.825, 456.850, 456.875, 456.900, 456.925, 456.950, 456.975, 457.000,
457.025, 457.075, 457.125, 457.175, 457.975, 458.000, 458.050, 458.100,
458.150, 458.200, 458.225, 458.250, 458.275, 458.300, 458.325, 458.350,
458.375, 458.400, 458.425, 458.450, 458.475, 458.500, 458.525, 458.550,
458.575, 458.600, 458.625, 458.650, 458.675, 458.700, 458.725, 458.750,
458.775, 458.800, 458.825, 458.850, 458.875, 458.900, 458.925, 458.950,
458.975, 460.025, 460.050, 460.075, 460.100, 460.125, 460.150, 460.175,
460.200, 460.225, 460.250, 460.275, 460.300, 460.325, 460.350, 460.375,
460.400, 460.425, 460.450, 460.475, 460.500, 460.525, 460.550, 460.575,
460.600, 460.625, 462.200, 462.225, 462.250, 462.275, 462.300, 462.325,
462.350, 462.375, 462.400, 462.425, 462.450, 462.475, 462.500, 462.525,
465.025, 465.050, 465.075, 465.100, 465.125, 465.150, 465.175, 465.200,
465.225, 465.250, 465.275, 465.300, 465.325, 465.350, 465.375, 465.400,
465.425, 465.450, 465.475, 465.500, 465.525, 465.550, 465.575, 465.600,
465.625, 467.200, 467.225, 467.250, 467.275, 467.300, 467.325, 467.350,
467.375, 467.400, 467.425, 467.450, 467.475, 467.500, 467.525.
(d) Frequencies subject to 90.75(c)(26) may be used secondarily for
fixed operations subject to the technical limitations of this section.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 32219, June 5, 1979, as amended
at 48 FR 55744, Dec. 15, 1983; 50 FR 39680, Sept. 30, 1985; 50 FR
40976, Oct. 8, 1985; 52 FR 29856, Aug. 12, 1987)
47 CFR 90.263 Substitution of frequencies below 25 MHz.
Frequencies below 25 MHz when shown in radio service frequency
listings under this part will be assigned to base or mobile stations
only upon a satisfactory showing that, from a safety of life standpoint,
frequencies above 25 MHz will not meet the operational requirements of
the applicant. These frequencies are available for assignment in many
areas; however, in individual cases such assignment may be
impracticable due to conflicting frequency use authorized to stations in
other services by this and other countries. In such cases, a substitute
frequency, if found to be available, may be assigned from the following
bands 1605-1750, 2107-2170, 2194-2495, 2506-2850, 3155-3400, or
4438-4650 kHz. Since such assignments are in certain instances subject
to additional technical and operation limitation, it is necessary that
each application also include precise information concerning transmitter
output power, type and directional characteristics, if any, of the
antenna, and the minimum necessary hours of operation. (This section is
not applicable to the Radiolocation Radio Service, subpart F.)
47 CFR 90.264 Disaster communications between 2 and 10 MHz.
(a) The use of any particular frequency between 2 and 10 MHz is
limited to those frequencies falling within the bands allocated to the
fixed and land mobile services as indicated in 2.106 of the
Commission's Rules and Regulations.
(b) Only in the following circumstances will authority be extended to
stations to operate on the frequencies between 2 and 10 MHz:
(1) To provide communications circuits in emergency and/or disaster
situations, where safety of life and property are concerned;
(2) To provide standby and/or backup communications circuits to
regular domestic communications circuits which have been disrupted by
disasters and/or emergencies.
(c) The FCC will not accept responsibility for protection of the
circuits from harmful interference caused by foreign operations.
(d) In the event that a complaint of harmful interference resulting
from operation of these circuits is received from a foreign source, the
offending circuit(s) must cease operation on the particular frequency
concerned immediately upon notification by the Commission.
(e) In order to accomodate the situations described in paragraphs (c)
and (d) of this section, the equipment shall be capable of transmitting
and receiving on any frequency within the bands between 2 and 10 MHz and
capable of immediate change among the frequencies.
(f) Only 2K80J3E, 100HA1A and those emission types listed in
90.237(g) are permitted.
(g) Applicants must fulfill eligibility requirements set out in
90.17(c)(25) and shall submit disaster communications plans pursuant to
90.129(m).
(h) Training exercises which require use of these frequencies for
more than 420 minutes per week, cumulative, are not authorized without
prior written approval from the Commission.
(46 FR 52373, Oct. 27, 1981, as amended at 48 FR 32831, July 19,
1983; 49 FR 48712, Dec. 14, 1984)
47 CFR 90.265 Assignment and use of frequencies in the bands 169-172
MHz and 406-413 MHz.
(a) The following frequencies are available for assignment to fixed
stations in the Power, Petroleum, Forest Products, Special Industrial,
Business and Railroad Radio Services subject to the provisions of this
section:
169.425
169.450
169.475
169.500
169.525
170.225
170.250
170.275
170.300
170.325
171.025
171.050
171.075
171.100
171.125
171.825
171.850
171.875
171.900
171.925
406.125
406.175
409.675
409.725
412.625
412.675
412.725
412.775
(1) The use of these frequencies is limited to transmitting
hydrological or meteorological data.
(2) All use of these frequencies is on a secondary basis to Federal
Government stations and the hydrological or meteorological data being
handled must be made available on request to governmental agencies.
(3) Other provisions of this part notwithstanding, an operational
fixed station operating on these frequencies shall not communicate with
any station in the mobile service unless written authorization to do so
has been obtained from the Commission.
(4) Persons who desire to operate stations on these frequencies
should communicate with the Commission for instructions concerning the
procedure to be followed in filing formal application.
(b) The following frequencies are available for wireless microphone
operations to eligibles in this part, subject to the provisions of this
paragraph:
169.445
171.045
169.505
171.105
170.245
171.845
170.305
171.905
(1) The emission bandwidth shall not exceed 54 kHz.
(2) The output power shall not exceed 50 milliwatts.
(3) The frequency stability of wireless microphones shall limit the
total emission to within 32.5 kHz of the assigned frequency.
(4) Wireless microphone operations are unprotected from interference
from other licensed operations in the band. If any interference from
wireless microphone operation is received by any Government or
non-Government operation, the wireless microphone must cease operation
on the frequency involved. Applications are subject to Government
coordination.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3))
(49 FR 20506, May 15, 1984)
47 CFR 90.266 Long distance communications on frequencies between 2 and
25 MHz.
(a) The use of any particular frequency between 2 and 25 MHz is
limited to those frequencies falling within the bands allocated to the
fixed and land mobile services as indicated in 2.106 of the
Commission's Rules and Regulations.
(b) Only in the following circumstances will authority be extended to
stations to operate on the frequencies between 2 and 25 MHz:
(1) To provide communications circuits to support operations which
are highly important to the national interest and where other means of
telecommunication are unavailable;
(2) To provide standby and/or backup communications circuits to
regular domestic communications circuits which have been disrupted by
disasters and/or emergencies.
(c) No protection is afforded to users of these frequencies from
harmful interference caused by foreign operations.
(d) In the event that a complaint of harmful interference resulting
from operation of these circuits is received from a foreign source, the
offending circuit(s) must cease operation on the particular frequency
concerned immediately upon notification by the Commission.
(e) In order to accommodate the situations described in paragraphs
(c) and (d) of this section, the equipment shall be capable of
transmitting and receiving on any frequency within the bands between 2
and 25 MHz and capable of immediate change among the frequencies,
provided, however, that this requirement does not apply to equipment
manufactured prior to August 15, 1983.
(f) Only 2K80J3E, 100HA1A, 100HA1B and those emission types listed in
90.237(g) are permitted.
(g) Applicants must fulfill eligibility requirements set out in
90.63(d)(1), 90.65(c)(1), 90.73(d)(1) or 90.81(d)(14) and shall
submit communications plans pursuant to 90.129(o).
(h) Exercises or circuits tests which require use of these
frequencies for more than seven hours per week cumulative are prohibited
unless prior written approval is obtained from the Commission.
(48 FR 32996, July 20, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 48712, Dec. 14,
1984; 52 FR 29856, Aug. 12, 1987)
47 CFR 90.267 Assignment and use of 12.5 kHz frequency offsets.
(a) Frequencies separated by 12.5 kHz from regularly assignable
frequencies in the 450-470 MHz band, which are listed in the table at
paragraph (b) of this section may be assigned in the land mobile
services in accordance with the following conditions:
(1) All stations shall be licensed as mobiles but may serve the
functions of base, fixed or mobile relay stations. Except in the
Special Industrial Radio Service, stations are limited to 2 watts output
power. Stations operating on offsets available exclusively in the
Special Industrial Radio Service may be authorized an effective radiated
power of up to 100 watts.
(2) Except for stations authorized on offsets available exclusively
in the Special Industrial Radio Service, all operations shall be on a
secondary basis to the primary operations and shall be entitled to no
protection from such stations. Stations operating on offsets available
exclusively in the Special Industrial Radio Service shall be licensed on
a primary basis.
(3) Where the primary channel availability is indicated in more than
one service in the table at paragraph (b) of this section, the frequency
coordination requirements in 90.175 apply in all such services (See
90.555(a) for identification of service abbreviations).
(4) Wide area operations will not be authorized. The area of normal
day-to-day operations shall be described in the application in terms of
maximum distance from a geographical center (latitude and longitude).
(5) Applicants for stations under this part shall provide a statement
of proposed use, but are otherwise exempt from any limitation on the
number of frequencies assignable contained elsewhere in part 90.
(6) Antennas of mobile stations used as fixed stations communicating
with one or more associated stations located within 45 degrees of
azimuth shall be directional and have a front to back ratio of at least
15 dB. Except as provided below, the height of the antenna used at any
mobile station serving as a base, fixed or mobile relay station may not
exceed 7 m. (20 ft.) above the ground.
(i) No limit shall be placed on the length or height above ground of
any commercially manufactured radiating transmission line when the
transmission line is terminated in a nonradiating load and is routed at
least 7 m. (20 ft.) interior to the edge of any structure or is routed
below ground level.
(ii) Only sea-based stations, and central alarm stations operating on
frequencies allocated for central station protection operations, may
utilize antennas mounted not more than 7 m. (20 ft.) above the man-made
supporting structure, including antenna structures.
(iii) Stations operating on offsets available exclusively in the
Special Industrial Radio Service may be authorized an antenna height up
to 35 m. (100 ft.) above ground.
(b) Frequencies available for assignment under this section are as
follows:
(46 FR 45956, Sept. 16, 1981, as amended at 47 FR 5227, Feb. 4, 1982;
47 FR 16789, Apr. 20, 1982; 48 FR 40181, Oct. 15, 1984; 50 FR 10232,
Mar. 14, 1985; 50 FR 39680, Sept. 30, 1985; 50 FR 40976, Oct. 8,
1985; 52 FR 4501, Feb. 12, 1987; 52 FR 29856, Aug. 12, 1987)
47 CFR 90.269 Use of frequencies for self-powered vehicle detectors.
(a) Frequencies bearing limitation (17) in the frequency table
90.23(b) may be used for the operation of self-powered vehicle detectors
by licensees of base/mobile stations in any of the Public Safety Radio
Services in accordance with the following conditions:
(1) All stations are limited to 100 milliwatts carrier power and
20K00F7W, 20K00F7X, 20K00F8W, 20K00F8X, 20K00F9W or 20K00F9X emissions.
The frequency deviation shall not exceed 5 kHz. No more than two 30 ms.
pulses may be emitted for each vehicle sensed.
(2) The transmitters must be crystal controlled with a frequency
tolerance of plus or minus .005% from ^20 to plus 50 C. They must be
type accepted.
(3) The total length of the transmission line plus antenna may not
exceed one-half wavelength and must be integral with the unit.
(4) All operation shall be on a secondary, non-interference basis.
(48 FR 54982, Dec. 8, 1983, as amended at 54 FR 38681, Sept. 20,
1989)
47 CFR 90.271 Narrowband operations.
(a) In all radio services except the Business Radio Service,
frequencies removed by 2.5 or 7.5 kHz from regularly assignable
frequencies in the 150-170 MHz band listed in the radio service's
allocation table may be assigned to eligible users for narrowband
operations in accordance with the following:
(1) Applications for narrowband operations must be accompanied by
evidence of frequency coordination ( 90.175). In the case of frequencies
7.5 kHz removed from FM channels the interference analysis should
consider existing stations located within 60 miles.
(2) Operations on frequencies removed by 2.5 kHz from a frequency
listed in a radio service's allocation table shall be licensed as the
same class as that frequency and comply with any limitations on that
frequency.
(3) Operations on frequencies removed by 7.5 kHz from a frequency
listed in a radio service's allocation table are reserved for base or
mobile operation.
(4) Frequencies 7.5 kHz removed from frequencies allocated to
different radio services shall be available in both radio services.
(b) Frequencies removed by 2.5, 7.5, or 12.5 kHz from regularly
assignable frequencies in the Business Radio Service 150 MHz band may be
assigned to eligible users in that service in accordance with the
following:
(1) Meets the provisions of paragraphs (a)(1) and (2) of this
section.
(2) Frequencies 7.5 and 12.5 kHz removed from frequencies listed in
the allocation table are reserved for base or mobile operations.
(3) Channels located between frequencies listed in the allocation
table bound by limitation (8) also must comply with that limitation.
(4) The following frequencies may be used for mobile or control
station operation. Output power is limited to 25 watts peak envelope
power. Operation must comply with the technical standards for
narrowband operation.
154.5025
154.5275
154.5525
(c) Assignable frequencies represent the center of the authorized
bandwidth.
(50 FR 13606, Apr. 5, 1985, as amended at 52 FR 29857, Aug. 12, 1987;
54 FR 39740, Sept. 28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.273 Availability and use of frequencies in the 421-430 MHz
band.
The frequency bands 422.1875-425.4875 MHz and 427.1875-429.9875 MHz
are available for use in the Detroit, Michigan and Cleveland, Ohio
areas. The bands 423.8125-425.4875 MHz and 428.8125-429.9875 MHz are
available for use in the Buffalo, New York area. Sections 90.273
through 90.281 address the specific rules applicable to these bands.
Use of these bands is also subject to the general technical standards
and application procedures contained in other subparts of part 90. The
technical standards applicable in this band are the same as those
contained in subpart I of part 90 for the 450-470 MHz band. Private
land mobile use of these frequencies is subject to accepting any
interference from Federal Government radiolocation operations.
(a) The following tables list frequencies available for assignment in
the public safety, business or industrial/land transportation pools as
indicated. In the tables, the public safety pool is denoted as ''PS'',
the business pool as ''B'', and the industrial/land transportation pool
as ''I/LT.'' The frequencies 422.200 MHz through 424.975 MHz are paired
with frequencies 427.200 MHz through 429.975 MHz, respectively. Only
the lower half of each frequency pair, available for base station
operation, is listed in the tables. Corresponding mobile and control
station frequencies are 5 MHz higher than the base station frequency.
The frequencies 425.000 through 425.475 are unpaired and are available
for either single frequency dispatch or paging operations.
(b) Channels in the public safety pool are available for assignment
to eligibles in the Police, Fire, Local Government, Highway Maintenance,
Forestry Conservation, and Special Emergency Radio Services. Channels
in the industrial/land transportation pool are available for assignment
to eligibles in the Power, Petroleum, Forest Products, Motion Picture,
Relay Press, Special Industrial, Manufacturers, Telephone Maintenance,
Motor Carrier, Railroad, Taxicab, and Automobile Emergency Radio
Services. Channels in the business pool are available to eligibles in
the Business Radio Service.
(c) Base or control stations shall be located within 30 miles of the
center of Buffalo or 50 miles of the center of Detroit. In Cleveland,
base or control stations will be allowed at locations north of line A
that are within 30 miles of the city center. In addition, low power (2
watts or less) base stations may locate within 50 miles of the center of
Buffalo. The following coordinates shall be used for the centers of
these areas:
(d) Mobile operation shall be confined to within 50 miles of the
centers of Detroit, Cleveland, or Buffalo.
(52 FR 6156, Mar. 2, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 38681, Sept. 20, 1989)
47 CFR 90.275 Selection and assignment of frequencies in the 421-430
MHz band.
Applicants must specify the frequencies on which the proposed system
will operate pursuant to a recommendation by the frequency coordinator
designated for the pool in which the requested frequency is assigned.
(52 FR 6157, Mar. 2, 1987)
47 CFR 90.277 Interpool sharing of 421-430 MHz frequencies.
In the business pool and the industrial/land transportation pool,
applicants in one pool may have access to channels in the other pool
after March 30, 1988 under the following conditions:
(a) There are no satisfactory channels in the applicant's own pool,
as determined by the frequency coordinator for that pool; and
(b) Channels in the pool from which the applicant wishes to obtain a
channel must be available in the proposed area of operation, as
determined by the frequency coordinator for that pool.
(52 FR 6157, Mar. 2, 1987)
47 CFR 90.279 Power limitations applicable to the 421-430 MHz band.
(a) Base station authorizations in the 421-430 MHz band will be
subject to Effective Radiated Power (ERP) and Effective Antenna Height
(EAH) limitations as shown in the table below. ERP is defined as the
product of the power supplied to the antenna and its gain relative to a
half-wave dipole in a given direction. EAH is calculated by subtracting
the Assumed Average Terrain Elevation (AATE) as listed in Table 7 of
90.619 from the antenna height above mean sea level.
(b) The maximum transmitter power output that will be authorized for
control stations is 20 watts.
(52 FR 6157, Mar. 2, 1987)
47 CFR 90.281 Restrictions on operational fixed stations in the 421-430
MHz band.
(a) Except for control stations, operational fixed facilities will
not be authorized in the 421-430 MHz band. This does not preclude
secondary fixed tone signaling and alarm operations authorized in
90.235.
(b) Control stations associated with one or more mobile relay
stations will be authorized only on the assigned frequency of the
associated mobile station. Use of a mobile service frequency by a
control station of a mobile relay system is subject to the condition
that harmful interference shall not be caused to stations of licensees
authorized to use the frequency for mobile service communications.
(52 FR 6158, Mar. 2, 1987, as amended at 54 FR 38681, Sept. 20, 1989)
47 CFR 90.281 Subpart L -- Authorization in the Band 470-512 MHz (UHF-TV Sharing)
47 CFR 90.301 Scope.
This subpart governs the authorization and use of frequencies by land
mobile stations in the band 470-512 MHz on a geographically shared basis
with Television Broadcast stations. Under this special sharing plan,
different radio services are allocated different specific frequencies in
this band depending upon the geographic urban area involved as fully
detailed in the following rule sections.
47 CFR 90.303 Availability of frequencies.
(a) Frequencies in the band 470-512 MHz are available for assignment
in the urbanized areas listed below. The specific frequencies available
to each radio service are listed in 90.311.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, 44 FR 32220, June 5, 1979, as amended at
50 FR 39681, Sept. 30, 1985; 50 FR 40976, Oct. 8, 1985; 51 FR 4361,
Feb. 4, 1986; 52 FR 29856, Aug. 12, 1987)
47 CFR 90.305 Location of stations.
(a) The transmitter site(s) for base station(s), including mobile
relay stations, shall be located not more than 80 km. (50 mi.) from the
geographic center of the urbanized area listed in 90.303.
(b) Mobile units shall be operated within 48 km. (30 mi.) of their
associated base station or stations. Such units may not be operated
aboard aircraft in flight except as provided for in 90.315(i).
(c) Control stations must be located within the area of operation of
the mobile units.
(d) Base and control stations shall be located a minimum of 1.6 km.
(1 mi.) from local television stations operating on UHF TV channels
separated by 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, and 8 TV channels from the television
channel in which the base station will operate.
47 CFR 90.307 Protection criteria.
The tables and figures listed in 90.309 shall be used to determine
the proper power (ERP) and antenna height of the proposed land mobile
base station and the proper power (ERP) for the associated control
station (control station antenna height shall not exceed 31 m. (100
ft.) above average terrain (AAT)).
(a) Base stations operating on the frequencies available for land
mobile use in any listed urbanized area and having an antenna height
(AAT) less than 152 m. (500 ft.) shall afford protection to co-channel
and adjacent channel television stations in accordance with the values
set out in Tables A and E of this subpart, except for Channel 15 in New
York, NY, and Cleveland, OH, and Channel 16 in Detroit, MI, where
protection will be in accordance with the values set forth in Tables B
and E.
(b) For base stations having antenna heights between 152-914 meters
(500-3,000 ft.) above average terrain, the effective radiated power must
be reduced below 1 kilowatt in accordance with the values shown in the
power reduction graph in Figure A, except for Channel 15 in New York,
NY, and Cleveland, OH, and Channel 16 in Detroit, MI, where the
effective radiated power must be reduced in accordance with Figure B.
For heights of more than 152 m. (500 ft.) above average terrain, the
distance to the radio path horizon will be calculated assuming smooth
earth. If the distance so determined equals or exceeds the distance to
the Grade B contour of a co-channel TV station, (Grade B contour defined
in 73.683(a)) an authorization will not be granted unless it can be
shown that actual terrain considerations are such as to provide the
desired protection at the Grade B contour, or that the effective
radiated power will be further reduced so that, assuming free space
attenuation, the desired protection at the Grade B contour will be
achieved.
(c) Mobile units and control stations operating on the frequencies
available for land mobile use in any given urbanized area shall afford
protection to co-channel and adjacent channel television stations in
accordance with the values set forth in Table C and paragraph (d) of
this section except for Channel 15 in New York, NY, and Cleveland, OH,
and Channel 16 in Detroit, MI, where protection will be in accordance
with the values set forth in Table D and paragraph (d) of this section.
(d) The minimum distance between a land mobile base station which has
associated mobile units and a protected adjacent channel television
station is 90 miles (145 km).
(e) The television stations to be protected (co-channel, adjacent
channel, IM, and IF) in any given urbanized area, in accordance with the
provisions of paragraphs (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this section, are
identified in the commission's publication ''TV stations to be
considered in the preparation of Applications for Land Mobile Facilities
in the Band 470-512 MHz.'' The publication is available at the offices
of the Federal Communications Commission at Washington, DC or upon the
request of interested persons.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 36107, Sept. 14,
1984)
47 CFR 90.309 Tables and figures.
(a) Directions for using the tables. (1) Using the method specified
in 73.611 or charts or maps of suitable scale, determine the distances
(i) between the proposed land mobile base station and the protected
cochannel television station and (ii) between the proposed land mobile
base station and the protected adjacent channel television station. If
the exact mileage does not appear in Table A for protected cochannel
television stations (or Table B for Channel 15 in New York and Cleveland
and channel 16 in Detroit) or Table E for protected adjacent channel
television stations, the next lower mileage separation figure is to be
used.
(2) Entering the proper table at the mileage figure found in
paragraph (a)(1) of this section, find opposite, a selection of powers
that may be used for antenna heights ranging from 50 (15 m) to 500 (152
m) feet (AAT). If the exact antenna height proposed for the land mobile
base station does not appear in the proper table, use the power figure
beneath the next greater antenna height.
(3) The lowest power found using the tables mentioned in paragraphs
(a)(1) and (2) of this section is the maximum power that may be employed
by the proposed land mobile base station.
(4) In determining the average elevation of the terrain, the
elevations between 2 and 10 miles (3 and 16 kilometers) from the antenna
site are employed. Profile graphs shall be drawn for a minimum of eight
radials beginning at the antenna site and extending 10 miles (16
kilometers). The radials should be drawn starting with true north. At
least one radial should be constructed in the direction of the nearest
co-channel and adjacent channel UHF television stations. The profile
graph for each radial shall be plotted by contour intervals of from 40
to 100 feet (12 to 30 meters) and, where the data permits, at least 50
points of elevation (generally uniformly spaced) should be used for each
radial. For very rugged terrain 200 to 400 feet (61 to 400 meters)
contour intervals may be used. Where the terrain is uniform or gently
sloping, the smallest contour interval indicated on the topographic
chart may be used. The average elevation of the 8-mile distance between
2 and 10 miles (3 and 10 kilometers) from the antenna site should be
determined from the profile graph for each radial. This may be obtained
by averaging a large number of equally spaced points, by using a
planimeter, or by obtaining the median elevation (that exceeded by 50
percent of the distance) in sectors and averaging those values. In the
preparation of the profile graphs, the elevation or contour intervals
may be taken from U.S. Geological Survey Topographic Maps, U.S. Army
Corps of Engineers Maps, or Tennessee Valley Authority Maps. Maps with
a scale of 1:250,000 or larger (such as 1:24,000) shall be used. If
such maps are not published for the area in question, the next best
topographic information should be used. In lieu of maps, the average
terrain elevation may be computer generated, except in cases of dispute,
using elevations from a 30 second, point or better topographic data file
such as those available from the U.S. Geological Survey's National
Cartographic Information Center or the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration's National Geophysical Data Center.
(5) Applicants for base stations in the Miami, FL, urbanized area
may, in lieu of calculating the height of average terrain, use 10 feet
(3 m) as the average terrain height.
(b) Directions for Using the Figures.
(1) Determine antenna height above average terrain. (According to
90.309(a)(4).)
(2) Locate this value on the antenna height axis.
(3) Determine the separation between the LM antenna site and the
nearest protected co-channel TV station. (According to 73.611.)
(4) Draw a vertical line to intersect the LM/TV separation curve at
the distance determined in step 3 above. For distances not shown in the
graph use linear interpolation.
(5) From the intersection of the LM/TV separation curve draw a
horizontal line to the power reduction scale.
(6) The power reduction in dB determines the reduction below 1 kW
that must be achieved.
(7) See Table F for dB/power equivalents.
Insert illustration 0238
Insert Illustration 0239
(Section 0.231(d) of the Commission's Rules and secs. 4(i) and 303 of
the Communications Act, as amended)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 36107, Sept. 14,
1984; 49 FR 49837, Dec. 17, 1984)
47 CFR 90.311 Frequencies.
(a) Except as provided for in 90.315, the following frequencies in
the band 470-512 MHz may be assigned to eligibles in the services as
indicated below. The first and last assignable frequencies are shown.
Assignable frequencies occur in increments of 25 kHz. The separation
between base and mobile transmit frequencies is 3 MHz for two frequency
operations.
(1) Channel availability in the General Access Pool in any of the
urbanized areas referred to in the table depends upon whether that
channel is presently assigned to users in one of the service pools. If
unassigned, or should a channel subsequently become unassigned, it will
be treated as available in the General Access Pool.
(2) Frequencies in the General Access Pool will be made available to
applicants after all channels presently assigned are substantially
loaded in accordance with the standards set out in 90.313 of this part.
Channels from the General Access Pool will be assigned starting with
the lowest frequency available at the time and progress towards the high
end of the General Access Pool. Normally, each channel should be
substantially filled before the next one will be assigned.
(b) Miami, FL, Dallas, TX, and Houston, TX urbanized areas.
(1) Base station frequencies for the Public Safety Radio Service will
be assigned serially beginning at 470.7125 MHz for Miami, 482.7125 MHz
for Dallas, and at 488.7125 MHz for Houston and progressing a channel at
a time upward and downward from those points.
(2) Base station frequencies for the Petroleum, Forest Products, and
Manufacturers Radio Services will be assigned serially beginning at
470.3125 MHz for Miami, 482.3125 MHz for Dallas, and 488.3125 MHz for
Houston and progressing upward from those points a channel at a time.
(3) Base station frequencies for the Special Industrial Radio Service
will be assigned serially beginning at 471.4375 MHz for Miami, 483.4375
MHz for Dallas, and 489.4375 MHz for Houston and progressing a channel
at a time upward and downward from those points.
(4) Base station frequencies for the Business Radio Service will be
assigned serially beginning at 470.3125, 471,2625, and 472.3625 MHz for
Miami, 483.6125 and 483.1375 MHz for Miami, 483.6125 and 483.1375 MHz
for Dallas, and 489.6625 MHz and 490.3625 MHz for Houston and
progressing, a channel at a time from those points. Mobile station
frequencies are 3 MHz higher than the corresponding base station
frequencies. Normally, each channel shall be substantially filled
before the next channel is assigned.
(5) Base station frequencies for the Power and Telephone Maintenance
Radio Services will be assigned serially beginning at 471.2625 MHz for
Miami, 483.2625 MHz for Dallas, and 489.2625 MHz for Houston and
progressing a channel at a time upward and downward from those points.
(6) Base station frequencies for the Railroad, Motor Carrier, and
Automobile Emergency Radio Services will be assigned serially beginning
at 471.7825 MHz for Miami, 483.7825 MHz for Dallas, and 489.7825 MHz for
Houston and progressing upward and downward from those points a channel
at a time.
(7) Base station frequencies for the Taxicab Radio Service will be
assigned serially beginning at 472.9875 MHz for Miami, 484.9875 for
Dallas, and 490.9875 MHz for Houston and progressing a channel at a time
downward from those points.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 49692, Aug. 24,
1979; 51 FR 4362, Feb. 4, 1986; 54 FR 39532, Sept. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 90.313 Frequency loading criteria.
(a) Except as provided for in paragraph (b), the maximum channel
loading on frequencies in the 470-512 MHz band is as follows:
(1) 50 units in the Public Safety Radio Services.
(2) 70 units in the Industrial Radio Services (except business).
(3) 90 units in the Business Radio Service.
(4) 150 units in the Taxicab Radio Service, except in the New York
Northeast New Jersey urbanized areas where the loading is 200 units.
(5) 70 units in the Railroad, Motor Carrier, and Automobile Emergency
Radio Services except in the intra-urban passenger carrier sub-category
of the Motor Carrier Radio Service where the loading is 150 units.
(b) If a licensee has exclusive use of a frequency, then the loading
standards in paragraph (a) of this section, may be exceeded. If it is a
shared channel, the loading standards can be exceeded upon submission of
a signed statement by all those sharing the channel agreeing to the
increase.
(c) A unit is defined as a mobile transmitter-receiver. Loading
standards will be applied in terms of the number of units actually in
use or to be placed in use within 8 months following authorization. A
licensee will be required to show that an assigned frequency pair is at
full capacity before it may be assigned a second or additional frequency
pair. Channel capacity may be reached either by the requirements of a
single licensee or by several users sharing a channel. Until a channel
is loaded to capacity it will be available for assignment to other users
in the same area. A frequency pair may be reassigned at distances 64
km. (40 mi.), 32 km. (20 mi.) for Channel 15, Chicago; Channel 20,
Philadelphia; and Channel 17, Washington, or more from the location of
base stations authorized on that pair without reference to loading at
the point of original installation. Following authorization, the
licensee shall notify the Commission either during or at the close of
the 8 month period of the number of units in operation. In the
Industrial Radio Services, if the base station facility is to be used by
more than a single licensee, the frequency assigned to it will not be
reassigned for use by another facility within 64 km. (40 mi.) or 32 km.
(20 mi.) where applicable for a period of 12 months, Provided, That the
facility is constructed within 90 days from the date of the first grant,
meets the loading standards to at least 50 percent within 9 months, and
meets all loading standards within 12 months.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 47 FR 36649, Aug. 23,
1982)
47 CFR 90.315 Special provisions governing use of frequencies in the
476-494 MHz band (TV Channels 15, 16, and 17) in the Southern
Louisiana-Texas Offshore Zone.
(a) The frequency bands from 490-491 and 493-494 MHz will be
available for assignment to stations governed by this part within Zone
A. The boundaries of Zone A are from longitude 87 45 on the east to
longitude 94 00 on the west, and from the three mile limit along the
Gulf of Mexico shoreline on the north to the limit of the Outer
Continental Shelf on the south. The frequency bands from 484-485 and
476-488 MHz will be available for assignment to stations governed by
this part within Zone B. The boundaries of Zone B are from longitude 87
45 on the east to longitude 95 00 on the west and from the 3-mile
limit along the Gulf of Mexico shoreline on the north to the limit of
the Outer Continental Shelf on the south. The frequency bands from
478-479 and 481-482 MHz will be available for assignment to stations
governed by this part within Zone C. The boundaries of Zone C are from
longitude 94 00 on the east, the 3-mile limit on the north and west, a
175 mile radius from the reference point at Linares, N.L., Mexico on the
southwest, latitude 26 00 on the south, and the limits of the Outer
Continental Shelf on the southeast. These frequencies may also be
assigned to fixed stations located on shore designed to provide
communications service within the zone.
(b) Offshore base/mobile, and offshore and shore fixed stations may
be authorized.
(c) F2, F3, F4, F9, and A2, A3, A4, and A9 emissions may be
authorized.
(d) Offshore stations shall afford cochannel protection to TV
stations on Channels 15, 16 and 17. Station operating parameters shall
be in accordance with the values given in Table 1 of this section.
Note: To determine the maximum permissible effective radiated power:
(1) As specified in 73.611 determine the distance between the
proposed station and the cochannel television station. If the exact
mileage does not appear in Table 1 of this section, the next lower
mileage separation is to be used.
(2) Opposite this mileage figure ERPs are given that may be used for
antenna heights of 100, 150, or 200 ft. ASL. If the exact antenna
height is not shown, the ERP allowed will be that shown for the next
higher antenna height.
(e) Shore stations communicating point-to-point with offshore
stations will be permitted at least the same ERP as the offshore
station, but only in the direction of the offshore station. A
directional antenna shall be used and the rearward radiated power from
the antenna in a sector 22 1/2 from the line joining the shore antenna
to the cochannel television station shall not exceed those shown in
Table 2 of this section.
From50000 the Line Joining the Shore Antenna to the
Cochannel Television Station
Note: As an example of the use of Tables 1 and 2, assume an offshore
station located 180 mi from TV Channel 17 located in Bude, MS with an
antenna height of 100 ft. Table 1 allows this station to operate with
250 W ERP. Now assume the shore station communicating with the offshore
station is 30 mi from the offshore station and 150 mi from Bude, MS.
The shore station antenna height is 500 ft. above ground. The shore
station will be allowed the same ERP as the offshore station (250 W) in
the direction of the offshore station. Table 2 indicates that the
effective radiated power in a sector 22 1/2 from the line joining the
shore antenna to Bude, MS can only be 15 W. Consequently, a directional
antenna must be used whose minimum front-to-back ratio over this 45
sector must be at least 12.2 dB. (250 W forward power to 15 W rearward
power is a power ratio of 16.6 or 12.2 dB).
(f) To provide cochannel protection to television stations, no shore
station will be allowed closer than 120 miles from the cochannel
television station.
(g) To provide adjacent channel protection to television stations, no
shore or offshore station shall be allowed within an 80 mile distance of
the adjacent channel television station.
(h) Mobile stations shall not operate closer to shore than 4 miles
beyond the three mile limit and shall not operate with an ERP in excess
of 100 watts with 30 ft. maximum antenna height.
(i) Mobile stations installed in aircraft shall operate 7 miles
beyond the three mile limit and shall not operate with an ERP in excess
of 1 watt or at heights in excess of 1000 feet AMSL.
(j) The following frequencies are available for assignment in all
services for use in the Zones as defined in paragraph (a) of this
section.
Only the first and last assignable frequencies are shown.
Frequencies shall be assigned in pairs with 3 MHz spacing between
transmit and receive frequencies. Assignable frequency pairs shall
occur in increments of 25 kHz.
(k) Fixed stations operating point-to-point shall be assigned
frequencies beginning with 490.025/493.025 MHz (Zone A), 484.025/487.025
MHz (Zone B) and 478.025-481.025 MHz (Zone C) and progressing upwards
utilizing available frequencies toward the end of the band. Offshore
base/mobile stations shall be assigned frequencies beginning at
490.975/493.975 MHz (Zone A), 484.975/478.975 MHz (Zone B) and
478.975/481.975 MHz (Zone C) and progressing downwards utilizing
available frequencies toward the beginning of the band. All frequency
assignments are subject to the conditions specified in 90.173.
(l) Bandwidths other than 25 kHz may be authorized upon an adequate
showing of need. An application requesting such authorization shall
fully describe the modulation, emission and bandwidth desired, the
bandwidth to be occupied, and justification for the request.
(m) Stations located east of 92 W longitude in the Southern Louisiana
Offshore Zone may be authorized frequencies that are offset by 12.5 kHz
from regularly assigned Zone A frequencies (490-491 and 493-494 MHz).
Such assignments will be on a secondary, non-interference basis to
primary authorized stations and shall be entitled to no protection from
these stations.
(50 FR 12027, Mar. 27, 1985; 50 FR 14389, Apr. 12, 1985)
47 CFR 90.315 -- Subpart M -- (Reserved)
47 CFR 90.315 -- Subpart N -- Operating Requirements
47 CFR 90.401 Scope.
The subpart prescribes general operating requirements for stations
licensed under this part. This includes station operating procedures,
points of communication, permissible communications, methods of station
identification, control requirements, and station record keeping
requirements.
47 CFR 90.403 General operating requirements.
(a) Licensees of radio stations in the private land mobile radio
services shall be directly responsible for the proper operation and use
of each transmitter for which they are licensed. In this connection,
licensees shall exercise such direction and control as is necessary to
assure that all authorized facilities are employed:
(1) Only for permissible purposes;
(2) Only in a permissible manner; and
(3) Only by persons with authority to use and operate such equipment.
(b) In carrying out their responsibilities under 90.403(a),
licensees shall be bound by the provisions of the Communications Act of
1934, as amended, and by the rules and regulations of the Commission
governing the radio service in which their facilities are licensed; and
licensees may not, through written or oral agreements or otherwise,
relieve themselves of any duty or obligation imposed upon them, by law,
as licensees.
(c) Each licensee shall restrict all transmissions to the minimum
practicable transmission time and shall employ an efficient operating
procedure designed to maximize the utilization of the spectrum.
(d) Communications involving the imminent safety-of-life or property
are to be afforded priority by all licensees.
(e) Licensees shall take reasonable precautions to avoid causing
harmful interference. This includes monitoring the transmitting
frequency for communications in progress and such other measures as may
be necessary to minimize the potential for causing interference.
(f) Stations licensed in this part shall not continuously radiate an
unmodulated carrier except where required for tests as permitted in
90.405, except where specifically permitted by this part, where
specifically authorized in the station authorization, or on an as needed
basis in the Radiolocation Radio Service.
(g) The radiations of the transmitter shall be suspended immediately
upon detection or notification of a deviation from the technical
requirements of the station authorization and until such deviation is
corrected. For transmissions concerning the imminent safety-of-life or
property, the transmissions shall be suspended as soon as the emergency
is terminated.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 32220, June 5, 1979)
47 CFR 90.405 Permissible communications.
(a) Stations licensed under this part may transmit only the following
types of communication:
(1) Any communication related directly to the imminent safety-of-life
or property;
(2) Communications directly related and necessary to those activities
which make the licensee eligible for the station license held under this
part. In addition, when communication service is provided under the
cooperative sharing provisions of 90.179, the licensee providing such
service may transmit communications related to the activities for which
the parties receiving the service would be eligible to be licensed.
(3) Communications for testing purposes required for proper station
and system maintenance. However, each licensee shall keep such tests to
a minimum and shall employ every measure to avoid harmful interference.
(b) The restrictions contained in paragraph (a) of this section shall
not apply where a single base station licensee has been authorized to
use a channel on an exclusive basis above 470 MHz under this part.
(50 FR 6182, Feb. 14, 1985, as amended at 54 FR 39740, Sept. 28,
1989)
47 CFR 90.407 Emergency communications.
The licensee of any station authorized under this part may, during a
period of emergency in which the normal communication facilities are
disrupted as a result of hurricane, flood, earthquake or similar
disaster, utilize such station for emergency communications in a manner
other than that specified in the station authorization or in the rules
and regulations governing the operation of such stations. The
Commission may at any time order the discontinuance of such special use
of the authorized facilities.
(49 FR 36376, Sept. 17, 1984)
47 CFR 90.411 Civil defense communications.
The licensee of any station authorized under this part may, on a
voluntary basis, transmit communications necessary for the
implementation of civil defense activities assigned such station by
local civil defense authorities during an actual or simulated emergency,
including drills and tests. The Commission may at any time order the
discontinuance of such special use of the authorized facilities.
(49 FR 36376, Sept. 17, 1984)
47 CFR 90.415 Prohibited uses.
Stations licensed under this part shall not:
(a) Transmit program material of any kind for use in connection with
broadcasting; or
(b) Render a communications common carrier service, except for
stations in the Special Emergency Radio Service providing communications
standby facilities under 90.49, or operational fixed stations licensed
in the Railroad Radio Service handling public telegraph messages as
agents of telegraph common carriers in those instances where such public
telegraph service cannot be efficiently provided through other railroad
facilities.
47 CFR 90.417 Interstation communication.
(a) Any station licensed under this part may communicate with any
other station without restriction as to type, service, or licensee when
the communications involved relate directly to the imminent
safety-of-life or property.
(b) Any station licensed under this part may communicate with any
other station licensed under this part, with U.S. Government stations,
and with foreign stations, in connection with mutual activities,
provided that where the communication involves foreign stations prior
approval of the Commission must be obtained, and such communication must
be permitted by the government that authorizes the foreign station.
Communications by Police Radio Service stations with foreign stations
will be approved only to be conducted in accordance with article 5 of
the Inter-American Radio Agreement, Washington, DC, 1949, the provisions
of which are set forth in 90.19(c).
47 CFR 90.419 Points of communication.
Normally, operations licensed under this part are intended to provide
intrastation mobile communications. For example, a base station is
intended to communicate with its associated mobile stations and mobile
stations are intended to communicate between associated mobile stations
and associated base stations of the licensee. Accordingly, operations
between base stations at fixed locations are permitted only in the
following situations:
(a) Base stations licensed under subpart T of this part and those in
the Public Safety and Special Emergency Radio Services that operate on
frequencies below 450 MHz, may communicate on a secondary basis with
other base stations, operational fixed stations, or fixed receivers
authorized in these services.
(b) Base stations licensed on any frequency in the Industrial and
Land Transportation Radio Services and on base station frequencies above
450 MHz in the Public Safety and Special Emergency Services may
communicate on a secondary basis with other base stations, operational
fixed stations, or fixed receivers authorized in these services only
when:
(1) The messages to be transmitted are of immediate importance to
mobile stations; or
(2) Wireline communications facilities between such points are
inoperative, economically impracticable, or unavailable from
communications common carrier sources. Temporary unavailability due to
a busy wireline circuit is not considered to be within the provisions of
this paragraph.
(c) Operational fixed stations may communicate with units of
associated mobile stations only on a secondary basis.
(d) Operational fixed stations licensed in the Industrial and Land
Transportation Radio Services may communicate on a secondary basis with
associated base stations licensed in these services when:
(1) The messages to be transmitted are of immediate importance to
mobile stations; or
(2) Wireline communications facilities between such points are
inoperative, economically impracticable, or unavailable from
communications common carrier sources. Temporary unavailability due to
a busy wireline circuit is not considered to be within the provisions of
this paragraph.
(e) Travelers' Information Stations are authorized to transmit
certain information to members of the traveling public (see 90.242).
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 54 FR 38681, Sept. 20,
1989; 56 FR 19603, Apr. 29, 1991)
47 CFR 90.421 Operation of mobile units in vehicles not under the
control of the licensee.
Mobile station transmitters may be installed in vehicles operated by
persons other than the licensee as provided in the following paragraphs
when necessary for the licensee to meet his requirements in connection
with the activities for which he is licensed. The number of units so
installed, together with units installed in vehicles operated by the
licensee, must not exceed the number of mobile units authorized to the
licensee. When an insufficient number of units is licensed to cover
such additional units, the license must be modified to add a sufficient
number of mobile units. The licensee is responsible for taking any
necessary precaution to effectively eliminate the possibility of
unauthorized operation of transmitters when not under the control of the
licensee.
(a) Mobile units licensed in the Local Government Radio Service may
be installed in any vehicle which in an emergency would require
cooperation and coordination with the licensee, and in any vehicle used
in the performance, under contract, of official activities of the
licensee. This includes ambulances, emergency units of public
utilities, lifeguard units, and vehicles of contractors or other persons
or agencies performing for the licensee under contract one or more of
its local government functions. This provision does not permit the
installation of radio units in non-emergency vehicles not performing
governmental functions under contract but with which the licensee might
wish to communicate.
(b) Mobile units licensed in the Police Radio Services may be
installed in any vehicle which in an emergency would require cooperation
and coordination with the activities of the licensee. This includes
emergency units of public utilities, lifeguard emergency units,
ambulances, fire department vehicles and rural school buses.
(c) Mobile units licensed in the Fire Radio Service may be installed
in emergency vehicles which may be alerted during a fire emergency.
This includes emergency units of public utilities and water departments.
(d) Mobile units licensed in the Highway Maintenance Radio Service
may be installed in vehicles of contractors or other persons having a
direct responsibility for official highway activities.
(e) Mobile units licensed in the Forestry-Conservation Radio Services
may be installed in vehicles of forestry cooperators, and persons having
a direct responsibility in the prevention, detection, and suppression of
forest fires.
(f) Mobile units licensed in the medical services category of the
Special Emergency Radio Service may be installed in a vehicle or be
hand-carried for use by any person with whom cooperation or coordination
is required for medical services activities.
(g) Mobile units licensed in the Industrial Radio Services may be
installed in vehicles of persons furnishing under contract to the
licensee and for the duration of the contract, a facility or service
directly related to the activities of the licensee.
(h) Mobile units licensed to an electric utility in the Power Radio
Service on frequencies designated for use by an interconnected utility
system may be installed in any vehicle operated by an organization or
association comprised of interconnected electric utilities forming
interconnections, power pools or groups.
(i) Mobile units authorized in the Automobile Emergency Radio Service
may be installed in the vehicles of persons furnishing a private
emergency road service to its members pursuant to a contract with the
association.
(j) Mobile units licensed to an eligible in the Railroad Radio
Service may be installed in vehicles operated by organizations
providing, under contract, facilities or service in connection with
railroad operation or maintenance including pickup, delivery, or
transfer between stations of property shipped, continued in, or destined
for shipment by railroad common carrier. Parties to the contract must
comply with the provisions of 90.179.
(k) In addition to the above, frequencies assigned to licensees in
the Private Land Mobile Radio Services may be installed in the
facilities of those who assist the licensee in emergencies and with whom
the licensee must communicate in situations involving imminent safety to
life or property.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 50603, Aug. 29,
1979; 47 FR 19539, May 6, 1982; 47 FR 42751, Sept. 29, 1982)
47 CFR 90.423 Operation on board aircraft.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d) of this
section, and except as may be provided in other sections of this part
with respect to operation on specific frequencies, mobile stations first
authorized after September 14, 1973, under this part may be operated
aboard aircraft for air-to-mobile, air-to-base, air-to-air and
air-to-ship communications subject to the following:
(1) Operations are limited to aircraft that are regularly flown at
altitudes below one mile (1.6 km) above the earth's surface;
(2) Transmitters are to operate with an output power not to exceed
ten watts;
(3) Operations are secondary to land-based systems;
(4) Such other conditions, including additonal reductions of altitude
and power limitations, as may be required to minimize the interference
potential to land-based systems.
(b) Exceptions to the altitude and power limitations set forth in
paragraph (a) of this section may be authorized upon a showing of
unusual operational requirements which justify departure from those
standards, provided that the interference potential to regular
land-based operations would not be increased.
(c) Mobile operations aboard aircraft in the services governed by
this part, under licenses in effect September 14, 1973, may be continued
without regard to provisions of paragraph (a) of this section, as
follows:
(1) Operations may be continued only for the balance of the term of
such licenses if aircraft involved are regularly flown at altitudes
greater than one mile (1.6 km) above the earth's surface.
(2) Operations may be continued for one additional renewal license
term if the aircraft involved are regularly flown at altitudes below one
mile (1.6 km) above the earth's surface.
(d) Operation of radiolocation mobile stations may be authorized
without regard to limitations and conditions set forth in paragraphs
(a), (b), and (c) of this section.
47 CFR 90.425 Station identification.
Stations licensed under this part shall transmit identification in
accordance with the following provisions:
(a) Identification procedure. Except as provided for in paragraph
(d) of this section, each station or system shall be identified by the
transmission of the assigned call sign during each transmission or
exchange of transmissions, or once each 15 minutes (30 minutes in the
Public Safety and Special Emergency Radio Services) during periods of
continuous operation. The call sign shall be transmitted by voice in
the English language or by International Morse Code in accordance with
paragraph (b) of this section. If the station is employing either
analog or digital voice scrambling, or non-voice emission, transmission
of the required identification shall be in the unscrambled mode using
A3E, F3E or G3E emission, or International Morse, with all encoding
disabled. Permissible alternative identification procedures are as
follows:
(1) A mobile relay station call sign may be used to identify the
associated control and mobile stations, except in the Public Safety and
Special Emergency Radio Services where the stations operate on
frequencies below 450 MHz. Alternatively, a base station (including a
mobile relay station) which is controlled by radio may be identified by
the transmission of the call sign of the station at which communications
originate.
(2) One or more fixed relay stations may be identified by the
transmission of the call signs of the stations at which the
communications originate.
(3) When a mobile station transmits on a different frequency than its
associated base station, the assigned call sign of either the mobile
station or the base station may be transmitted. Further, a single
mobile unit in the licensee's authorized geographic area of operation
may transmit station identification on behalf of any other operating
mobile units in the fleet.
(4) Use of an identifier other than the assigned call sign. (i) In
the Public Safety and Special Emergency Radio Services, mobile units
licensed to a governmental entity and which operate on frequencies above
30 MHz may use an indentifier which contains, at a minimum, the name of
the licensee if the licensee maintains at the station a list of the
special identifier(s) to be used by the mobile units.
(ii) In the Land Transportation Radio Services, licensees may request
the Commission's local Engineer-in-Charge to approve the use of special
mobile unit identifiers in lieu of the assigned call sign. Such
requests, however, will not be granted where it appears that harmful
interference to international operations may be caused by stations below
50 MHz, or by stations operating in areas within 50 miles of an
international boundary, or where it appears that the proposed method of
identification will not adequately distinguish the mobile units of the
applicant from the mobile units of other licensees in the area.
(iii) In the Railroad Radio Service, stations may be identified by
the name of the railroad and the train number, caboose number, engine
number, or the name of the fixed wayside station. If none of these
forms are practicable, any similar name or number may be designated by
the railroad concerned for use by its employees in the identification of
fixed points or mobile units; Provided, That, a list of such
identifiers is maintained by the railroad. An abbreviated name or the
initials of the railroad may be used where such are in general usage.
In those areas where it is shown that no difficulty would be encountered
in identifying the transmission of a particular station (as, for
example, where stations of one licensee are located in a yard isolated
from other radio installations), approval may be given to a request from
the licensee for permission to omit the station identification.
(5) Use of identifiers in addition to assigned call signs. Nothing
in this section shall be construed as prohibiting the transmission of
station or unit identifiers which may be necessary or desirable for
system operation, Provided, That, they are transmitted in addition to
the assigned station call sign or other permissible form of
identification.
(b) Use of automatic Morse code identification equipment.
Automatically activated equipment may be used to transmit station
identification in International Morse Code pursuant to the following
conditions:
(1) The signal output of the automatic identification equipment shall
be connected to the transmitter at the microphone input or any other
manufacturer-provided signal input terminal and shall be adjusted to
produce 40 percent 10 percent of the maximum permissible modulation or
deviation level. This adjustment shall be performed when all other
modulating signals are absent.
(2) The Morse code transmission rate shall be maintained between 20
and 25 words per minute.
(3) The frequency of the keyed tone comprising the identification
signal shall be 1200 800 Hz. A licensee may be required to change the
frequency in order to prevent interference to the operations of another
co-channel licensee.
(4) Should activation of automatic Morse code identification
equipment interrupt the communications of another co-channel licensee,
the Commission may require the use of equipment which will delay
automatic station identification until such co-channel communications
are completed.
(c) Special provisions for identification in the Radiolocation
Service. (1) Stations in the Radiolocation Service are not required to
identify except upon specific instruction from the Commission or as
required by paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
(2) Stations in the Radiolocation Service operating on frequencies
above 3400 kHz that employ spread spectrum techniques shall transmit a
two-letter manufacturer's designator, authorized by the Commission on
the station authorization, at the beginning and ending of each
transmission and once every 15 minutes during periods of continuing
operation. The designator shall be transmitted in International Morse
Code at a speed not exceeding 25 words per minute, and the spread
spectrum mode of operation shall be maintained while the designator is
being transmitted. The identifying signal shall be clearly receivable
in the demodulated audio of a narrow-band FM receiver.
(d) General exemptions. A station need not transmit identification
if:
(1) It is a mobile station operating on the transmitting frequency of
the associated base station.
(2) It is a mobile station in the Police or Fire Radio Services using
F1E or G1E emission.
(3) It is transmitting for telemetering purposes or for the
activation of devices which are employed solely as a means of attracting
attention, or for remote control purposes, or which is retransmitting by
self-actuating means, a radio signal received from another radio station
or stations.
(4) It is any type of radiopositioning or radar station authorized in
a service other than the Radiolocation Service.
(5) It is used solely for automatic vehicle monitoring or location.
(6) It is a paging station authorized in accordance with the
provisions of 90.38 (a).
(7) It is a mobile station employing non-voice emissions and the
associated base station identifies on behalf of the mobile unit(s).
(8) It is a base or mobile station in the 220-222 MHz band authorized
to operate on a nationwide basis in accordance with subpart T of this
part.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.425,
see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of
this volume.
47 CFR 90.427 Precautions against unauthorized operation.
(a) Each transmitter shall be so installed and protected that it is
not accessible to or capable of operation by persons other than those
duly authorized by and under the control of the licensee. Provisions of
this part authorizing certain unlicensed persons to operate stations, or
authorizing unattended operation of stations in certain circumstances,
shall not be construed to change or diminish in any respect the
responsibility of station licensees to maintain control over the
stations licensed to them (including all transmitter units thereof), or
for the proper functioning and operation of those stations and
transmitter units in accordance with the terms of the licenses of those
stations.
(b) Except for frequencies used in accordance with 90.417, no person
shall program into a transmitter frequencies for which the licensee
using the transmitter is not authorized.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 47570, Dec. 15,
1987)
47 CFR 90.429 Control point and dispatch point requirements.
(a) Control point required. Unless permitted to be operated on an
unattended basis, each station shall be provided with a control point;
(b) A control point is an operating position:
(1) Which must be under the control and supervision of the licensee;
(2) Where a person immediately responsible for the operation of the
transmitter is stationed;
(3) Where the monitoring facilities required by this part are
installed.
(c) Control point location. The location of the control point will
be specified in the station license and will be assumed to be the same
as that of the transmitting equipment unless an application for a
different location has been approved by the Commission.
(d) Control point facilities required. At each control point, the
following facilities shall be installed:
(1) A carrier-operated device which will provide continuous visual
indication when the transmitter is radiating, or, a pilot lamp or meter
which will provide continuous visual indication when the transmitter
circuits have been placed in a condition to produce radiation. The
provisions of this subparagraph shall not apply to hand-carried
transmitters or transmitters installed on motorcycles. The control
point for a transmitter utilized to activate another radio station may
employ a single pilot lamp or meter as an indication of the activation
of local and remote transmitters.
(2) Facilities which will permit the person responsible for the
operation of the transmitter either to disconnect the dispatch point
circuits from the transmitter or to render the transmitter inoperative
from any dispatch point under his supervision; and
(3) Facilities which will permit the person responsible for the
operation of the transmitter to turn the transmitter carrier on and off
at will.
(e) Dispatch point. A dispatch point is any position from which
messages may be transmitted under the supervision of the person at a
control point who is responsible for the operation of the transmitter.
Dispatch points may be installed without authorization from the
Commission.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 67118, Nov. 23, 1979, as amended
at 48 FR 29517, June 27, 1983)
47 CFR 90.431 Unattended operation.
No person is required to be in attendance at a station when
transmitting during normal rendition of service and when either:
(a) Transmitting for telemetering purposes; or,
(b) Retransmitting by self-actuating means a radio signal received
from another radio station or stations.
47 CFR 90.433 Operator requirements.
(a) No operator license or permit is required for the operation,
maintenance, or repair of stations licensed under this part.
(b) Any person, with the consent or authorization of the licensee,
may employ stations in this service for the purpose of
telecommunications.
(c) The station licensee shall be responsible for the proper
operation of the station at all times and is expected to provide
observations, servicing and maintenance as often as may be necessary to
ensure proper operation. All adjustments or tests during or coincident
with the installation, servicing, or maintenance of the station should
be performed by or under the immediate supervision and responsibility of
a person certified as technically qualified to perform transmitter
installation, operation, maintenance, and repair duties in the private
land mobile services and fixed services by an organization or committee
representative of users in those services.
(d) The provisions of paragraph (b) of this section shall not be
construed to change or diminish in any respect the responsibility of
station licensees to have and to maintain control over the stations
licensed to them (including all transmitter units thereof), or for the
proper functioning and operation of those stations (including all
transmitter units thereof), in accordance with the terms of the licenses
of those stations.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47
U.S.C. 154(i) and 303(r), and sec. 553 of the Administrative Procedures
Act, 5 U.S.C. 553)
(49 FR 20672, May 16, 1984)
47 CFR 90.437 Posting station licenses.
(a) The current original authorization for each station shall be
retained as a permanent part of the station records but need not be
posted.
(b) A clearly legible photocopy of the authorization for each base or
fixed station at a fixed location shall be posted at every control point
of the station.
(c) Entities operating under a temporary permit authorized in
accordance with 90.159 should post an executed copy of FCC Form 572, at
every control point of the system.
(d) An applicant operating under a temporary permit authorized in
accordance with 90.657 must retain an executed copy of FCC Form 572 as
a permanent part of the station records.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 45 FR 59884, Sept. 11,
1980; 47 FR 41045, Sept. 16, 1982; 47 FR 51883, Nov. 18, 1982; 54 FR
4030, Jan. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 90.439 Inspection of stations.
All stations and records of stations in these services shall be made
available for inspection at any reasonable time and any time while the
station is in operation upon reasonable request of an authorized
representative of the Commission.
47 CFR 90.441 Inspection and maintenance of tower marking and
associated control equipment.
(a) The licensee of any radio station with an antenna structure that
must be painted or illuminated as specified in the station authorization
is required to maintain the tower marking and associated control
equipment in accordance with the following:
(1) The tower lights shall be checked at least once each 24 hours.
Assurance that such lights are functioning properly shall be
accomplished by visually observing either the tower lights or by
observing an automatic indicator that registers any failure of such
lights. Alternately, an automatic alarm system which detects any
failure of the tower lights and indicates such failure to the licensee
may be used but must be properly maintained.
(2) Any observed or otherwise known failure of a code or rotating
beacon light or top light not corrected within 30 minutes, regardless of
the cause of such failure, shall be reported immediately by telephone or
telegraph to the nearest Flight Service Station or office of the Federal
Aviation Administration. Further notification by telephone or telegraph
shall be given immediately upon resumption of the required illumination.
(3) All automatic or mechanical control devices, indicators, and
alarm systems associated with the tower lights shall be inspected at
intervals not to exceed three months, to insure that such apparatus is
functioning properly.
(4) All lighting shall be exhibited from sunset to sunrise unless
otherwise specified in the instrument of station authorization.
(5) All towers shall be cleaned or repainted as often as is necessary
to maintain good visibility.
(b) Licensees operating stations licensed under this part which share
a tower used for antenna and/or antenna supporting purposes with other
licensees under this chapter may designate in writing one licensee or a
nonlicensed agent to be responsible for maintenance and inspection of
the tower and maintenance of the inspection log. In such cases, a copy
of the agreement must be kept in each participating licensee's station
records.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 49 FR 36377, Sept. 17,
1984)
47 CFR 90.443 Content of station records.
Each licensee of a station in these services shall maintain records
in accordance with the following:
(a) For all stations, the results and dates of the transmitting
measurements required by 90.215 of this part and the name of the person
or persons making the measurements.
(b) For all stations, the dates and pertinent details of any
maintenance performed on station equipment, and the name and address of
the service technician who did the work. If all maintenance is
performed by the same technician or service company, the name and
address need be entered only once in the station records.
(c) For stations whose antenna or antenna supporting structure must
be illuminated, the licensee will record:
(1) The time the tower lights are turned on and off each day, if
manually controlled.
(2) The time the daily check of proper operation of the tower lights
was made, if an automatic alarm system is not provided.
(3) Any observed or otherwise known failure of a tower light by
indicating:
(i) The nature of such failure.
(ii) The date and time the failure was observed or otherwise noted.
(iii) The date, time, and nature of adjustments, repairs or
replacements made.
(iv) The identification of the Flight Service Station (Federal
Aviation Administration) notified of the failure of any code or rotating
beacon light not corrected within 30 minutes, and the date and time such
notice was given.
(v) The date and time notice was given to the Flight Service Station
of the Federal Aviation Administration that the required illumination
was resumed.
(4) The completion of the 3-month periodic inspection required by
90.441 of this part by indicating:
(i) The date of the inspection and the condition of all tower lights
and associated tower lighting control devices, indicators and alarm
systems.
(ii) Any adjustments, replacements, or repairs made to insure
compliance with the lighting requirements and the date such adjustments,
replacements or repairs were made.
(d) For private land stations that are interconnected with the public
switched telephone network, the licensee must maintain a detailed
description of how interconnection is accomplished. When telephone
service costs are shared, at least one licensee participating in the
cost sharing arrangement must maintain cost sharing records. A report
of the cost distribution must be placed in the licensee's station
records and made available to participants in the sharing and the
Commission upon request. See 90.477.
(e) For shared land stations, the records required by 90.179.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 48 FR 26621, June 9, 1983;
48 FR 29518, June 27, 1983; 50 FR 39681, Sept. 30, 1985; 50 FR 40976,
Oct. 8, 1985)
47 CFR 90.445 Form of station records.
(a) Station records shall be kept in an orderly manner, and in such
detail that the data required are readily available. Key letters or
abbreviations may be used if proper meaning or explanation is set forth
in the record.
(b) Each entry in the records of each station shall be signed by a
person qualified to do so, having actual knowledge of the facts to be
recorded.
(c) No record or portion thereof shall be erased, obliterated, or
wilfully destroyed within the required retention period. Any necessary
correction may be made only by the person originating the entry, who
shall strike out the erroneous portion, initial the correction made, and
indicate the date of correction.
47 CFR 90.447 Retention of station records.
Records required by this part shall be retained by the licensee for
at least one year.
47 CFR 90.449 Answers to a notice of violation.
Any licensee receiving official notice of a violation of the terms of
the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, any legislative act or
treaty to which the United States is a party, or the rules and
regulations of the Federal Communications Commission, shall, within 10
days from such receipt or such other period as may be specified, send a
written answer to the office of the Commission originating the original
notice. If an answer cannot be sent, or an acknowledgement made within
such period, acknowledgement and answer shall be made at the earliest
practicable date with a satisfactory explanation of the delay. The
answer to each notice shall be complete in itself and shall not be
abbreviated by reference to other communications or answers to other
notices. The reply shall set forth the steps taken to prevent a
recurrence of improper operation.
47 CFR 90.449 Subpart O -- Transmitter Control
47 CFR 90.460 Scope.
This subpart sets forth the provisions relating to permissible
methods of transmitter control and interconnection (see the definition
in 90.7) of radio systems authorized under this part. The rules become
effective for new systems on October 17, 1978. Licensees of existing
systems shall bring their facilities into compliance with the provisions
of this subpart by January 1, 1984.
(44 FR 67124, Nov. 23, 1979)
47 CFR 90.461 Direct and remote control of transmitters.
(a) In general. Radio transmitters may be operated and controlled
directly (as when the operating position for the transmitter and the
transmitter being operated are at the same location), or remotely (as
when the transmitter being operated and the position from which it is
being operated are at different locations).
(b) Control of transmitters at remote locations. Radio transmitters
at remote locations may be operated and controlled through the use of
wire line or radio links; or through dial-up circuits, as provided in
paragraph (c) of this section. Such control links or circuits may be
either those of the licensee or they may be provided by common carriers
authorized by law to furnish such service.
(c) Dial-up circuits. Dial-up circuits may be provided by wire line
telephone companies under appropriate tariffs, and they may be used by
licensees for purposes of transmitter control, provided:
(1) The dial-up circuits serve only to link licensed transmitter
control points and the transmitters being controlled.
(2) The dial-up circuits are so designed that the transmitters being
controlled cannot be operated from any fixed position other than the
licensed control points for those transmitters.
(3) Equipment used to provide the transmitter/dial-up-circuit
interface is designed to preclude associated mobile units of the
licensee from reaching any point(s) served by the wire line telephone
facilities other than the control point(s) of the station(s) controlled.
(4) Any direct electrical connection to the telephone network shall
comply with applicable tariffs and with part 68 of the Commission's
rules (See 90.5(h)).
(5) Interconnection, within the meaning of 90.7 and 90.477 through
90.483, may not take place at a control point which connects to its
associated transmitter(s) through dial-up circuits; nor may such
dial-up transmitter control circuits be used in conjunction with (or
shared by) interconnection equipment.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 67124, Nov. 23,
1979)
47 CFR 90.463 Transmitter control points.
(a) A control operator is required to be stationed at the operating
position of a transmitter control point. A control operator is any
person designated by the licensee to exercise supervision and control
over the operation and use of the licensee's facilities. The control
operator may be the licensee; or an employee of the licensee; or the
agent of the licensee, appointed by the licensee to act as the control
operator; or a third-party contractor, engaged by the licensee to serve
as the control operator: Provided, however, In no case, through
appointment or designation of any person to serve as control operator,
may the licensee delegate any of the duties and responsibilities the
licensee may have in his capacity as licensee.
(b) Each station or licensed system of communication shall normally
have a control point, or control points, at which the control operator
or operators are stationed and at or from which the licensee may
exercise supervision and control over the authorized facilities, as
required by the provisions of 90.461. Provided, however, Control point
requirements may vary from one system to another, depending upon the
nature of the radio operation; the way and by whom the facilities are
employed; and other factors, as set out in other rule sections under
this subpart.
(c) A transmitter control point may be located at a fixed position in
a system of communication at or from which the control operator
exercises supervision and control over the operation and use of the
licensed facilities. Each fixed transmitter control point shall have
equipment and facilities to permit the control operator:
(1) To determine when the transmitter or transmitters controlled are
either radiating ''RF'' energy, or when the transmitter circuits have
been placed in a condition to produce such radiation. This may be
accomplished either through the use of a carrier operated device which
provides a visual indication when the transmitter(s) are radiating or a
pilot lamp or meter which provides a visual indication when the
transmitter circuits have been placed in a condition to produce
radiation. Further, where a local transmitter is used to activate a
remote transmitter or transmitters in the licensee's system of
communication, a single pilot lamp or meter may be employed to indicate
the activation of both the local and the remote transmitter(s).
(2) To turn the carrier of the transmitter on and off at will, or to
close the system down completely, when circumstances warrant such
action.
(d) The licensee's transmitting facilities may be operated from
dispatch points, the fixed control point shall have equipment to permit
the control operator to either disconnect the dispatch point circuits
from the transmitter(s) or to render the transmitter(s) inoperative from
any dispatch point being supervised.
(e) Where the system is interconnected with public communication
facilities, as provided at 90.477 through 90.483, and where those
rules so require, the fixed control point shall be equipped to permit
the control operator:
(1) To monitor co-channel facilities of other licensees sharing an
assigned channel or channels with the licensee in the licensee's area of
operation; and,
(2) To terminate any transmission(s) or communication(s) between
points in the public communications system and the private
communications system.
(f) In urban areas, the location of fixed transmitter control points
will be specified, ''same as transmitter,'' unless the control point is
at a street address which is different from that of the transmitter(s)
controlled. In rural areas, the location of fixed control points will
be specified, ''same as transmitter,'' unless the control point is more
than 500 feet from the transmitter(s) controlled. In the latter case,
the approximate location of the control point will be specified in
distance and direction from the transmitter(s) controlled in terms of
feet and geographical quadrant, respectively. It would be assumed that
the location of a fixed control point is the same as the location of the
transmitter(s) controlled, unless the applicant includes a request for a
different location described in appropriate terms as indicated herein.
(g) (Reserved)
(h) Mobile transmitters shall be assumed to be under the immediate
control of the mobile operator; provided, however, overall supervision
and control of the operation and use of a communication system may be
the responsibility of a fixed control point operator. In general,
mobile transmitters shall be equipped to permit the operator to
determine when they are radiating ''RF'' energy or when the transmitter
circuits have been placed in a condition to produce such radiation.
This may be accomplished either through the use of a carrier operated
device or of a pilot lamp or meter which will provide a visual
indication when the transmitter is radiating or has been placed in a
condition to produce radiation provided, however, that hand-carried or
pack-carried transmitters and transmitters installed on motorcycles need
not be so equipped.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978; 44 FR 32220, June 5, 1979; 44 FR
34134, June 14, 1979, as amended at 44 FR 67125, Nov. 23, 1979; 48 FR
29517, June 27, 1983; 54 FR 39740, Sept. 28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.465 Control of systems of communication.
(a) Depending on design considerations, control of a system of
communication may be exercised in varying ways. In single frequency
simplex, base/mobile operations, control may be exercised by the control
operator at the fixed control point. In mobile relay systems, where
there is an associated control point or control station, control may be
exercised by the operator at the control point or control station. In
mobile-only systems, control may be exercised by the mobile operator.
In communication systems involving multiple base stations or fixed
relays control of the system may result from a combination of factors
and considerations, including control by a fixed control point operator
at some point within the system of communication or control by the
mobile station operator of the licensee.
(b) In internal systems, as defined at 90.7 control may be
maintained by conforming the system to the requirements of 90.471
through 90.475.
(c) In interconnected systems, as defined at 90.7 control may be
maintained by conforming operation and system design to that permitted
at 90.477 through 90.483.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 54 FR 39740, Sept. 28,
1989)
47 CFR 90.467 Dispatch points.
Dispatch points meeting the requirements of this section need not be
specifically authorized; provided, however, that the licensee of any
radio station operated from a dispatch point or points shall assume full
responsibility for the use and operation of the authorized facilities in
compliance with all applicable provisions of law or rule and shall
comply with the policy:
(a) A dispatch point may be linked to the transmitter(s) being
operated by private or leased wire line of fixed radio circuits,
provided the requirements of 90.463 are met.
(b) No telephone position in the public, switched, telephone network
will be treated as a dispatch point within the meaning or intent of this
section.
(c) Operation of transmitting facilities from dispatch points is
permitted only when the control operator at a fixed control point in the
system is on duty and at no other time.
47 CFR 90.469 Unattended operation.
(a) Subject to the provisions of 90.243, 90.245, and 90.247, mobile
relay, fixed relay, and mobile repeater stations are authorized for
unattended operation; and the transmitter control point requirements
set out at 90.463 through 90.465 shall not apply.
(b) Self-activated transmitters may be authorized for unattended
operation where they are activated by either electrical or mechanical
devices, provided the licensee adopts reasonable means to guard against
malfunctions and harmful interference to other users.
47 CFR 90.469 Internal Transmitter Control Systems
47 CFR 90.471 Points of operation in internal transmitter control
systems.
The transmitting facilities of the licensee may be operated from
fixed positions located on premises controlled by the licensee. The
fixed position may be part of a private telephone exchange or it may be
any position in a closed or limited access communications facility
intended to be used by employees of the licensee for internal
communications and transmitter control purposes. Operating positions in
internal transmitter control systems are not synonymous with dispatch
points (See 90.467) nor with telephone positions which are part of the
public, switched telephone network; and the scheme of regulation is to
be considered and treated as being different. See 90.485 through
90.489.
(44 FR 67125, Nov. 23, 1979)
47 CFR 90.473 Operation of internal transmitter control systems through
licensed fixed control points.
An internal transmitter control system may be operated under the
control and supervision of a control operator stationed at a fixed
control point in the system. In such a case, the control point must be
equipped to permit the control operator to monitor all traffic to and
from fixed positions and mobile stations or paging units of the
licensee; and the system shall be so designed to permit the control
operator to either disconnect any operating position in the internal
system from the transmitter control circuit or to close the system down
entirely at will.
(44 FR 67125, Nov. 23, 1979)
47 CFR 90.475 Operation of internal transmitter control systems in
specially equipped systems.
(a) An internal transmitter control system need not be designed to
meet the requirements of 90.473 if it meets the following requirements:
(1) All operating positions must be located on premises controlled by
the licensee.
(2) An internal transmitter control system may be used in conjunction
with other approved methods of transmitter control and interconnection
so long as the internal transmitter control system, itself, is neither
accessed from telephone positions in the public switched telephone
network, nor used dial-up circuits in the public switched telephone
network. Licensees with complex communications systems involving fixed
systems whose base stations are controlled by such systems may
automatically access these base stations through the microwave or
operational fixed systems from positions in the PSTN, so long as the
base stations and mobile units meet the requirements of 90.483 and if a
separate circuit is provided for each mode of transmitter operation
(i.e., conventional, dial-up or internal).
(3) The system must be designed so that upon completion of a
transmission, the base station transmitter(s) will close down
automatically within 3 seconds.
(4) To guard against malfunctions, the system must also be designed
so that the base station(s) will be deactivated by an automatic timing
device when a modulated signal is not transmitted for a period of three
(3) consecutive minutes.
(5) The system must include automatic monitoring equipment, installed
at the base station transmitter site(s), which will prevent the
activation of the system when signals of other co-channel stations are
present.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 44 FR 67125, Nov. 23,
1979; 47 FR 17521, Apr. 23, 1982)
47 CFR 90.475 Interconnected Systems
47 CFR 90.476 Interconnection of fixed stations and certain mobile
stations.
(a) Fixed stations and mobile stations used to provide the functions
of fixed stations pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (c)(4) and
(c)(36) of 90.75 and 90.267 are not subject to the interconnection
provisions of 90.477 and 90.483 and may be interconnected with the
facilities of common carriers.
(b) Mobile stations used to provide the functions of base and mobile
relay stations pursuant to the provisions of paragraphs (c)(4) and
(c)(36) of 90.75 and 90.267 are not subject to the provisions of
paragraph (d)(3) of 90.477 and may be interconnected with the
facilities of common carriers subject to the provisions of paragraphs
(d)(1), (d)(2) and (e) of 90.477 and 90.483.
(50 FR 15152, Apr. 17, 1985)
47 CFR 90.477 Interconnected systems.
(a) Applicants for new land stations to be interconnected with the
public switched telephone network must indicate on their applications
(class of station code) that their stations will be interconnected.
Licensees of land stations that are not interconnected may interconnect
their stations with the public switched telephone network only after
modifying their license. See 90.135. In all cases a detailed
description of how interconnection is accomplished must be maintained by
licensees as part of their station records. See 90.433.
(b) In the frequency ranges 806-824 MHz, 851-869 MHz, 896-901 MHz,
and 935-940 MHz, interconnection with the public switched telephone
network is authorized under the following conditions:
(1) Interconnected operation is on a secondary basis to dispatch
operation. This restriction will not apply to trunked systems or on any
channel assigned exclusively to one licensee.
(2) Interconnection may be accomplished at any location through a
separate or shared interconnection device. When land stations subject
to this part are multiple licensed or shared by authorized users,
arrangements for telephone service must be made with a duly authorized
carrier by users, licensees, or their authorized agents on a non-profit
cost sharing basis. When telephone service costs are shared, at least
one licensee participating in the cost sharing arrangement must maintain
cost sharing records and the costs must be distributed at least once a
year. Licensees, users, or their authorized agents may also make joint
use arrangements with a duly authorized carrier and arrange that each
licensee or user pay the carrier directly for the licensee's or user's
share of the joint use of the shared telephone service. A report of the
cost distribution must be placed in the licensee's station records and
made available to participants in the sharing and the Commission upon
request. In all cases, arrangements with the duly authorized carrier
must disclose the number of licensees and users and the nature of the
use.
(c) Interconnection of facilities in the Radiolocation Service
(subpart F) will not be permitted.
(d) In the frequency ranges below 800 MHz, interconnection with the
public switched telephone network is authorized under the following
conditions:
(1) Interconnected operation is on a secondary basis to dispatch
operation. This restriction will not apply to trunked systems or on any
channel assigned exclusively to one licensee.
(2) Interconnection may be accomplished at any location through a
separate or shared interconnection device. When land stations subject
to this part are multiple licensed or shared by authorized users,
arrangements for telephone service must be made with a duly authorized
carrier by users, licensees, or their authorized agents on a non-profit
cost sharing basis. When telephone service costs are shared, at least
one licensee participating in the cost sharing arrangement must maintain
cost sharing records and the costs must be distributed at least once a
year. Licensees, users, or their authorized agents may also make joint
use arrangements with a duly authorized carrier and arrange that each
licensee or user pay the carrier directly for the licensee's or user's
share of the joint use of the shared telephone service. A report of the
cost distribution must be placed in the licensee's station records and
made available to participants in the sharing and the Commission upon
request. In all cases, arrangements with the duly authorized carrier
must disclose the number of licensees and users and the nature of the
use.
(3) In the Special Emergency Radio Service (subpart C of this part),
except for medical emergency systems in the 450-470 MHz band, the
Business and Special Industrial Radio Services (subpart D of this part),
and the Automobile Emergency and Taxicab Radio Services (subpart E of
this part), interconnection will be permitted only where the base
station site or sites of proposed stations are located 75 miles or more
from the designated centers of the urbanized areas listed below. If
licensees seek to interconnect in these five services within 75 miles of
the 25 cities they must obtain the consent of all co-channel licensees
located both within 75 miles of the center of the city; and within 75
miles of the interconnected base station transmitter. The consensual
agreements among the co-channel licensees must specifically state the
terms agreed upon and a statement must be submitted to the Commission
indicating that all co-channel licensees have consented to the use of
interconnection. If a licensee has agreed to the use of interconnection
on the channel, but later decides against the use of interconnection,
the licensee may request that the co-channel licensees reconsider the
use of interconnection. If the licensee is unable to reach an agreement
with co-channel licensees, the licensee may request that the Commission
consider the matter and assign it to another channel. If a new licensee
is assigned to a frequency where all the co-channel licensees have
agreed to the use of interconnection and the new licensees does not
agree, the new licensee may request that the co-channel licensees
reconsider the use of interconnection. If the new licensee can not
reach an agreement with co-channel licensees it may request that the
Commission reassign it to another channel.
(e) Additional frequencies shall not be assigned to enable any
licensee to employ a preferred interconnection capability.
(f) Paging systems operating on frequencies in the bands below 800
MHz are not subject to the interconnection provisions of 90.477(d)(3).
(47 FR 17520, Apr. 23, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 29518, June 27,
1983; 50 FR 15152, Apr. 17, 1985; 51 FR 14998, Apr. 22, 1986; 51 FR
37401, Oct. 22, 1986; 52 FR 15501, Apr. 29, 1987; 52 FR 29856, Aug.
12, 1987; 53 FR 1025, Jan. 15, 1988)
47 CFR 90.483 Permissible methods and requirements of interconnecting
private and public systems of communications.
Interconnection may be accomplished either manually or automatically
under the supervision and control of a transmitter control operator at a
fixed position in the authorized system of communications or it may be
accomplished under the supervision and control of mobile operators.
(a) Where a system is interconnected manually at a fixed control
point, the control point operator must maintain the capability to turn
the carrier of the transmitter off or to de-activate the system
completely when circumstances warrant such action.
(b) When the system is interconnected automatically it may be
supervised at the control point or in mobile units.
(1) For control point supervision, the following is required:
(i) The control point operator must maintain the capability to turn
the carrier of the transmitter off or to de-activate the system
completely when circumstances warrant such action.
(ii) When a frequency is shared by more than one system, automatic
monitoring equipment must be installed at the base station to prevent
activation of the transmitter when signals of co-channel stations are
present and activation would interfere with communications in progress.
Licensees may operate without the monitoring equipment if they have
obtained the consent of all co-channel licensees located within a 75
mile radius of the interconnected base station transmitter. A statement
must be submitted to the Commission indicating that all co-channel
licensees have consented to operate without the monitoring equipment.
If a licensee has agreed that the use of monitoring equipment is not
necessary, but later decides that the monitoring equipment is necessary,
the licensee may request that the co-channel licensees reconsider the
use of monitoring equipment. If the licensee cannot reach an agreement
with co-channel licensees, the licensee may request that the Commission
consider the matter and assign it to another channel. If a new licensee
is assigned to a frequency where all the co-channel licensees have
agreed that the use of monitoring equipment is not necessary, and the
new licensee does not agree, the new licensee may request the co-channel
licensees to reconsider the use of monitoring equipment. If the new
licensee cannot reach an agreement with co-channel licensees, it should
request a new channel from the Commission. Systems on frequencies above
800 MHz are exempt from this requirement.
(2) For mobile unit supervision, the following is required:
(i) When a frequency is shared by more than one system, automatic
monitoring equipment must be installed at each base station to prevent
its activation when signals of other co-channel stations are present and
activation would interfere with communications in progress. Licensees
may operate without this equipment if they have obtained the consent of
all co-channel licensees located within a 75 mile radius of the
interconnected base station transmitter. A statement must be submitted
to the Commission indicating that all co-channel licensees have
consented to operate without the monitoring equipment. If a licensee
has agreed that the use of monitoring equipment is not necessary, but
later decides that the monitoring equipment is necessary, the licensee
may request that the co-channel licensees reconsider the use of
monitoring equipment. If the licensee cannot reach an agreement with
co-channel licensees, the licensee may request that the Commission
consider the matter and assign it to another channel. If a new licensee
is assigned to a frequency where all the co-channel licensees have
agreed that the use of monitoring equipment is not necessary, and the
new licensee does not agree, the new licensee may request the co-channel
licensees to reconsider the use of monitoring equipment. If the new
licensee cannot reach an agreement with co-channel licensees, it should
request a new channel from the Commission. Systems above 800 MHz are
exempt from this requirement.
(ii) Initial access from points within the public switched telephone
network must be limited to transmission of a 3 second tone, after which
time the transmitter shall close down. No additional signals may be
transmitted until acknowledgement from a mobile station of the licensee
is received. Licensees are exempt from this requirement if they have
obained the consent of all co-channel licensees located within a 75 mile
radius of the interconnected base station transmitter. However,
licensees may choose to set their own time limitations. A statement
must be submitted to the Commission indicating that all co-channel
licensees have consented to operate without the monitoring equipment.
If a licensee has agreed that the use of monitoring equipment is not
necessary, but later decides that the monitoring equipment is necessary,
the licensee may request that the co-channel licensees reconsider the
use of monitoring equipment. If the licensee cannot reach an agreement
with co-channel licensees, the licensee may request that the Commission
consider the matter and assign it to another channel. If a new licensee
is assigned to a frequency where all the co-channel licensees have
agreed that the use of monitoring equipment is not necessary, and the
new licensee does not agree, the new license may request the co-channel
licensees to reconsider the use of monitoring equipment. If the new
licensee cannot reach an agreement with co-channel licensees, it should
request a new channel from the Commission. Systems above 800 MHz are
exempt from this requirement.
(c) In single frequency systems, equipment must be installed at the
base station which will limit any single transmission from within the
public switched telephone network to 30 seconds duration and which in
turn will activate the base station receiver to monitor the frequency
for a period of not less than three (3) seconds. The mobile station
must be capable of terminating the communications during the three (3)
seconds. Licensees are exempt from this requirement if they have
obtained the consent of all co-channel licensees located within a 75
mile radius of the interconnected base station transmitter. However,
licensees may choose to set their own time limitations. A statement
must be submitted to the Commission indicating that all co-channel
licensees have consented to operate without the monitoring equipment.
If a licensee has agreed that the use of monitoring equipment is not
necessary, but later decides that the monitoring equipment is necessary,
the licensee may request that the co-channel licensees reconsider the
use of monitoring equipment. If the licensee cannot reach an agreement
with co-channel licensees, the licensee may request that the Commission
consider the matter and assign it to another channel. If a new licensee
is assigned to a frequency where all the co-channel licensees have
agreed to the use of monitoring equipment. If the new licensee cannot
reach an agreement with co-channel licensees, it should request a new
channel from the Commission.
(d) A timer must be installed at the base station transmitter which
limits communications to three (3) minutes. After three (3) minutes,
the system must close down, with all circuits between the base station
and the public switch telephone network disconnected. This provision
does not apply to systems licensed in the Police, Fire, Local
Government, Special Emergency, Power, Petroleum, Railroad Radio
Services, or above 800 MHz. All systems must be equipped with a timer
that closes down the transmitter within three minutes of the last
transmission. Licensees may operate without these requirements if they
have obtained the consent of all co-channel licensees located within a
75 mile radius of the interconnected base station transmitter. However,
licensees may choose to set their own time limitations. A statement
must be submitted to the Commission indicating that all co-channel
licensees have consented to operate without the monitoring equipment.
If a licensee has agreed that the use of monitoring equipment is not
necessary, but later decides that the monitoring equipment is necessary,
the licensee may request that the co-channel licensees reconsider the
use of monitoring equipment. If the licensee cannot reach an agreement
with co-channel licensees, the licensee may request that the Commission
consider the matter and assign it to another channel. If a new licensee
is assigned to a frequency where all the co-channel licensees have
agreed that the use of monitoring equipment is not necessary, and the
new licensee does not agree, the new licensee may request the co-channel
licensees to reconsider the use of monitoring equipment. If the new
licensee cannot reach a agreement with co-channel licensees, it should
request a new channel from the Commission.
(47 FR 17520, Apr. 23, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 29518, June 27,
1983; 50 FR 15153, Apr. 17, 1985)
47 CFR 90.483 Subpart P -- Paging Operations
47 CFR 90.490 One-way paging operations in the private services.
(a) Subject to specific prohibition or restriction by rule provisions
governing the radio service in which a licensee's radio system is
authorized, paging operations are permitted:
(1) Where the signals and messages are transmitted by a control
operator of the licensee stationed at a licensed control point in the
licensee's system of communication.
(2) Where the signals and messages are transmitted from an operating
position within an internal system of communication which meets the
tests of 90.471 through 90.475.
(3) Where the signals and messages are transmitted from a dispatch
point within the licensee's system of communication, as defined as
90.7.
(b) Systems employing dial-up circuits ( 90.461(c)) may be used in
one-way paging operations, but only where the paging signals are
transmitted as provided at paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
(c) Paging may be initiated directly from telephone positions in the
public switched telephone network. When land stations are multiple
licensed or otherwise shared by authorized users, arrangements for the
telephone service must be made with a duly authorized carrier by users,
licensees, or their authorized agents on a non-profit, cost-shared
basis. When telephone service costs are shared, at least one licensee
participating in the cost sharing arrangements must maintain cost
sharing records and the costs must be distributed at least once a year.
Licensees, users, or their authorized agents may also make joint use
arrangements with a duly authorized carrier and arrange that each
licensee or user pay the carrier directly for the licensee's or user's
share of the joint use of the shared telephone service. A report of the
cost distribution must be placed in the licensee's station records and
made available to participants in the sharing arrangement and the
Commission upon request. In all cases, arrangements with the duly
authorized carrier must disclose the number of licensees and users and
the nature of the use.
(47 FR 39509, Sept. 8, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 56231, Dec. 20,
1983; 52 FR 15501, Apr. 29, 1987)
47 CFR 90.492 One way paging operations in the 806-824/851-869 MHz and
896-901/935-940 MHz bands.
Paging operations are permitted in these bands only in accordance
with 90.645(e) and (f).
(54 FR 4030, Jan. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 90.494 One-way paging operations in the 929-930 MHz band.
(a) The frequencies listed in the Table are available to all eligible
Part 90 users for one-way paging systems on a shared basis only and will
not be assigned for the exclusive use of any licensee. The provisions
of 90.173(b) apply to these frequencies.
Frequencies listed in Pool 1 are available for shared use by all
eligible part 90 users except those eligible as private carrier paging
(PCP) licensees.
Frequencies listed in Pool 2 are available only for shared use by
private carrier paging (PCP) licensees in providing one-way paging
service to representatives of Federal Government agencies and to persons
eligible for licensing under subpart B, C, D, aor E of this part.
Frequencies 929.7625 and 929.9875 MHz are available for shared use in
multi-area paging systems by private carrier paging (PCP) licensees.
Frequencies 929.2625 and 929.4875 MHz are available only for shared
use in multi-area paging systems for all part 90 users except private
carrier paging (PCP) licensees.
(b) All applications for these frequencies must comply with the
frequency coordination requirements of 90.175(c).
(c) Licensees on these frequencies may utilize any type of paging
operation desired (tone only, tone-voice, digital, tactile, optical
readout, etc.).
(d) Applicants requesting a multi-area paging frequency (929.2625,
929.4875, 929.7625, or 929.9875 MHz) must operate paging systems on this
frequency in at least three separate geographical areas within eight
months of the date of authorization. If at the end of eight months,
systems have not been constructed in three separate geographical areas,
authorization cancels automatically. An applicant authorized for
multi-area service may also provide local service on this frequency in
the authorized areas.
(e) There shall be no minimum or maximum loading standards for these
frequencies.
(f) The effective radiated power and antenna height for base stations
providing one-way paging service in the frequency band 929-930 MHz must
not exceed 1 kilowatt (30 dBw) and 1000 feet above average terrain
(AAT), or the equivalent thereof determined from the following table:
(g) Except for the channels available for multi-area operation, the
channels listed in the Table in paragraph (a) of this section are
available as of January 1, 1987, on a shared basis to all persons
eligible in both pools under the following conditions:
(1) Channels will be available for inter-pool sharing only if there
are no satisfactory frequencies available in the pool in which the
applicant is actually eligible.
(2) There are no in-pool users authorized on the frequency in the
proposed area of operation.
(47 FR 39510, Sept. 8, 1982, as amended at 50 FR 34470, Aug. 26,
1985; 51 FR 14999, Apr. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.494 Subpart Q -- Developmental Operation
47 CFR 90.501 Scope.
This subpart contains the procedures and requirements for the filing
of applications for developmental licenses. It includes special
requirements related to developmental operation, restrictions on
operations, and special reports required when the development operation
is to seek operational data or techniques directed toward the extension
of that service.
47 CFR 90.503 Eligibility.
Those persons who are eligible to operate stations in services under
this part on a regular basis are also eligible to obtain an
authorization for developmental operation in those particular radio
services.
47 CFR 90.505 Showing required.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
application for developmental operation shall be accompanied by a
showing that:
(1) The applicant has an organized plan of development leading to a
specific objective;
(2) The actual transmission by radio is essential to proceed beyond
the present stage of the program;
(3) The program has reasonable promise of substantial contribution to
the expansion or extension of the radio art, or is investigating new
unexplored concepts in radio transmission and communications;
(4) The program will be conducted by qualified personnel;
(5) The applicant is legally and financially qualified, and possesses
adequate technical facilities to conduct the proposed program; and
(6) The public interest, convenience, and necessity will be served by
the proposed operation.
(b) The provisions of paragraph (a) of this section do not apply when
an application is made for developmental operation solely for the reason
that the frequency requested is restricted to such developmental use.
47 CFR 90.507 Limitations on use.
Stations used for developmental operation shall conform to all
technical and operating requirements of subparts I and N of this part,
unless specifically exempted in the instrument of authorization.
47 CFR 90.509 Frequencies available for assignment.
Stations engaged in developmental operation may be authorized to use
a frequency or frequencies available in the service in which they
propose to operate. The number of channels assigned will depend upon
the specific requirements of the developmental program and the number of
frequencies available in the particular geographical area where the
station is to operate.
47 CFR 90.511 Interference.
The operation of any station engaged in developmental work shall not
cause harmful interference to the operation of stations regularly
licensed under any part of the Commission's rules.
47 CFR 90.513 Special provisions.
(a) The developmental program as described by the application for
authorization shall be followed unless the Commission shall otherwise
direct.
(b) Where some phases of the developmental program are not covered by
the general rules in this chapter and the rules in this part, the
Commission may specify additional requirements or conditions as deemed
necessary in the public interest, convenience, or necessity.
(c) The Commission may, from time to time, require a station engaged
in developmental work to conduct special tests which are reasonable and
desirable to the authorized developmental program.
47 CFR 90.515 Change or cancellation of authorization without hearing.
Every application for authority to engage in developmental operation
shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the applicant in which it
is agreed that any authorization issued pursuant thereto will be
accepted with the express understanding of the applicant that it is
subject to change in any of its terms or to cancellation in its entirety
at any time, upon reasonable notice but without a hearing, if, in the
opinion of the Commission, circumstances should so require.
47 CFR 90.517 Report of operation.
A report on the results of a developmental program shall be filed
with and made a part of each application for renewal of authorization.
In cases where no renewal is requested, such report shall be filed
within 60 days of the expiration of such authorization. Matters which
the applicant does not wish to disclose publicly may be so labeled;
they will be used solely for the Commission's information, and will not
be publicly disclosed without permission of the applicant. The report
shall include comprehensive and detailed information on:
(a) The final objective.
(b) Results of operation to date.
(c) Analysis of the results obtained.
(d) Copies of any published reports.
(e) Need for continuation of the program.
(f) Number of hours of operation on each frequency.
This report is not required if the sole reason for the developmental
authorization is that the frequency of operation is restricted to
developmental use only.
47 CFR 90.517 Subpart R -- Frequency List
47 CFR 90.555 Combined frequency listing.
(a) The following table lists for ready reference all frequencies
assignable under this part. The letter symbols following each frequency
refer to radio services where the frequency is assignable as follows:
IB -- Business.
IF -- Forest products.
IM -- Motion picture.
IP -- Petroleum.
IS -- Special industrial.
IT -- Telephone maintenance.
IW -- Power.
IX -- Manufacturers.
IY -- Relay press.
RS -- Radiolocation.
LA -- Automobile emergency.
*LI -- Interurban passenger.
*LJ -- Interurban property.
LR -- Railroad.
*LU -- Urban passenger.
*LV -- Urban property.
LX -- Taxicab.
PF -- Fire.
PH -- Highway maintenance.
PL -- Local government.
PO -- Forestry-conservation.
PP -- Police.
PS -- Special emergency.
(b) Combined frequency list.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
0.131 and 0.331 of the Commission's Rules and 5 U.S.C. 553 (b)(3)(B) and
(d)(3); 47 U.S.C. 154(i) and 303)
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.555,
see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of
this volume.
*Identified collectively in the combined frequency list as ''LM.''
47 CFR 90.555 Subpart S -- Regulations Governing Licensing and Use of Frequencies in the 806-824, 851-869, 896-901, and 935-940 MHz Bands
47 CFR 90.601 Scope.
This subpart sets out the regulations governing the licensing and
operations of all systems operating in the 806-824/851-869 MHz and
896-901/935-940 MHz bands. It includes eligibility requirements,
application procedures, operational, and technical standards for
stations licensing in these bands. The rules in this subpart are to be
read in conjunction with the applicable requirements contained elsewhere
in this part; however, in case of conflict, the provisions of this
subpart shall govern with respect to licensing and operation in these
frequency bands.
(56 FR 41469, Aug. 21, 1991)
47 CFR 90.601 Application for Authorizations
47 CFR 90.603 Eligibility.
The following persons are eligible for licensing in the 806-824 MHz,
851-869 MHz, 896-901 MHz, and 935-940 MHz Bands.
(a) Any person eligible for licensing under subparts B, C, D, or E of
this part.
(b) Any person proposing to provide communications service to any
person eligible for licensing under subparts B, C, D, or E of this part
on a not-for-profit, cost-shared basis.
(c) Any person, except wire line telephone common carriers, eligible
under this part and proposing to provide on a commercial basis base
station and ancillary facilities as a Specialized Mobile Radio System
operator, for the use of individuals, Federal Government agencies and
persons eligible for licensing under subparts B, C, D, or E of this
part.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 51 FR 37402, Oct. 22,
1986; 53 FR 1025, Jan. 15, 1988, 53 FR 12156, Apr. 13, 1988)
47 CFR 90.605 Forms to be used.
Applications for conventional and trunked radio facilities must be
prepared on FCC Forms 574 and 574A and must be submitted or filed in
accordance with 90.127.
(51 FR 14999, Apr. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.607 Supplemental information to be furnished by applicants
for facilities under this subpart.
(a) Where the applicant is a person proposing to provide service to
eligibles under this part on a commercial basis, the applicant must
supply:
(1) A statement of the planned mode of operation.
(2) A statement certifying that no person not eligible to use the
proposed facility for the purposes for which it is to be authorized will
be offered or provided service through the licensee's base station
facility.
(b) All applicants for conventional radio systems must:
(1) Furnish a list of all radio systems licensed to them or proposed
by them within 64 km. (40 mi.) from the location of the base station
transmitter site of the facility for which they have applied.
(2) Specify the number of mobile units to be placed in operation upon
grant of the authorization and the number of such units that will be
placed in operation within 8 months of the date of grant.
(c) All applicants for trunked systems must:
(1) Furnish a list of all radio systems licensed to them within 64 km
(40 mi.) from the location of the base station transmitter site of the
facility for which they have applied;
(2) Specify the number of vehicular and portable mobile units and
control stations to be placed in operation within the term of the
license.
(d) Each applicant shall furnish a functional system diagram
illustrating the inter-relationship of all stations being applied for,
together with technical details including antenna height (AAT),
effective radiated power (ERP), the proposed area of coverage, and the
signalling methods to be employed.
(e) Except for applicants requesting frequencies in the SMRS category
listed in 90.617(d) and 90.619, all applicants for frequencies
governed by this subpart must comply with the frequency coordination
requirements of 90.175(b).
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 36377, Sept. 17,
1984; 51 FR 14999, Apr. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.609 Special limitations on amendment of applications for
assignment or transfer of authorizations for radio systems above 800
MHz.
(a) No application for a conventional or trunked radio system may be
amended so as to substitute a new entity except in the following
circumstances:
(1) The amendment does not involve a substantial change in the
ownership or control of the applicant; or
(2) The changes in the ownership or control of the applicant are
involuntary due to the original applicant's insolvency, bankruptcy,
incapacity, or death.
(b) A license to operate a conventional or trunked radio system may
not be assigned or transferred prior to the completion of construction
of the facility. However, the Commission may give its consent to the
assignment or transfer of control of such a license prior to the
completion of construction where:
(1) The assignment or transfer does not involve a substantial change
in ownership or control of the authorized radio facilities; or,
(2) The assignment or transfer is involuntary due to the licensee's
insolvency, bankruptcy, incapacity, or death.
(c) Licensees of constructed systems in any category other than the
General Category are permitted to make partial assignments of an
authorized grant to an applicant proposing to create a new system or to
an existing licensee that has loaded its system to 70 mobiles per
channel and is expanding that system. An applicant authorized to expand
an existing system or to create a new system with frequencies from any
category other than the General Category obtained through partial
assignment will receive the assignor's existing license expiration date
and loading deadline for the frequencies that are assigned. A licensee
that makes a partial assignment of a station's frequencies will not be
authorized to obtain additional frequencies for that station for a
period of one year from the date of the partial assignment.
(d) A constructed system in the General Category that is authorized
to operate in the conventional mode may be combined with an existing
system above 800 MHz authorized to operate in the trunked mode by
assignment of an authorized grant of one station to the other only if:
(1) The trunked system is loaded to 70 mobiles per channel;
(2) The purpose of the assignment is to expand the trunked system.
(3) For all trunked systems that are not SMRs, the assignment
application must include a statement from the trunked system's own
frequency coordinator verifying that there are no available frequencies
in the trunked system's service category in the frequency bands
806-824/851-869 MHz (trunked systems that are SMRs must submit evidence
of existence of a current waiting list for SMRs in the geographic area
in lieu of this requirement).
(4) Each application must include a signed statement listing any
co-channel licensees (including call signs) located within 70 miles of
the primary site of the trunked system verifying that they all have
agreed to the proposed trunked use (see 90.621(c)).
(5) Each application must include a statement of construction and
operation signed by the licensee of the conventional system. The
statement of construction and operation must include the date of
construction, location constructed (coordinates), the date the system
was placed in operation (i.e., the date mobiles/portables began to
interact with the mobile relay(s)), and a listing of the frequencies
that are operational.
(6) All frequencies being trunked together must be located at a
primary site.
(7) As a result of the assignment the assignee must have a number of
channels that does not exceed one channel more than its current loading
warrants. If, as a result of the assignment, the assignee obtains the
maximum number of channels possible (one channel more than current
loading warrants), and if the assignee is on the SMR waiting list for
the geographic area in which it receives the assignment, the assignee
shall forfeit its position on that waiting list.
(8) Each application must be coordinated by one of the three
recognized category coordinators above 800 MHz.
(9) The assignee shall receive a new five-year license grant.
(47 FR 41032, Sep. 16, 1982, as amended at 55 FR 28029, July 9, 1990)
47 CFR 90.609 Policies Governing the Processing of Applications and the Selection and Assignment of Frequencies for Use in the 806-824 MHz, 851-869 MHz, 896-901 MHz, and 935-940 MHz Bands
47 CFR 90.611 Processing of applications.
Applications for facilities to operate on the frequencies governed by
this subpart will be processed as follows:
(a) All applications will first be considered to determine whether
they are substantially complete and acceptable for filing. If so, they
will be assigned a file number and put in pending status. If not, they
will be returned to the applicant.
(b) All applications in pending status will be processed in the order
in which they are received, determined by the date on which the
application was received by the Commission in its Gettysburg, PA office,
or the address set forth at 0.401(b) for applications requiring the
fees established in part 1, subpart G of this chapter.
(c) Each application will be reviewed to determine whether it can be
granted. Applicants for frequencies in the Public Safety, Business,
Industrial/Land Transportation, and General Categories must specify the
intended frequency (or frequencies) of operation. Applicants for
frequencies in the SMRS Category may either specify the intended
frequency (or frequencies) of operation in accordance with the
provisions of 90.621 or request the Commission to perform the
selection.
(d) Applications for channels in the SMR category that can not be
granted due to a lack of available channels in a particular area will be
placed on a waiting list for that area. Waiting lists will consist of
two groups. The first group will be comprised of applications from
existing licensees who, in the area corresponding to the particular
waiting list, operate trunked systems with 70 or more mobile units per
channel. The second group will be comprised of applications to
establish new systems or to obtain additional channels for conventional
systems. Applications will be placed in the appropriate group according
to filing dates, with the earliest date receiving the highest ranking.
All applications in the first group will receive priority over any
application in the second group regardless of filing date. When
channels become available, the highest ranking application(s) will be
granted based on the site specified and the Commission's mileage
separation standards. Trunked systems that have had authorized channels
canceled due to failure to meet the loading requirements in 90.631 will
not be permitted on the waiting list for a period of 6 months from the
date of the issuance of the superseding license.
(e) An application which is dismissed will lose its place in the
processing line.
(f) If an application is returned for correction and resubmitted and
received by the Commission within 30 days from the date on which it was
returned to the applicant, it will retain its place in the processing
line. If it is not received within 30 days it will lose its place in
the processing line.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 49 FR 36377, Sept. 17,
1984; 53 FR 12156, Apr. 13, 1988; 54 FR 4030, Jan. 27, 1989; 55 FR
28030, July 9, 1990)
47 CFR 90.613 Frequencies available.
The following table indicates the channel designations of frequencies
available for assignment to eligible applicants under this subpart.
Frequencies shall be assigned in pairs, with mobile and control station
transmitting frequencies taken from the 806-824 MHz band with
corresponding base station frequencies being 45 MHz higher and taken
from the 851-869 MHz band, or with mobile and control station
frequencies taken from the 896-901 MHz band with corresponding base
station frequencies being 39 MHz higher and taken from the 935-940 MHz
band. Only the base station transmitting frequency of each pair is
listed in the table.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 51928, Nov. 15,
1983; 51 FR 37402, Oct. 22, 1986; 52 FR 29856, Aug. 12, 1987; 53 FR
1025, Jan. 15, 1988; 54 FR 38681, Sept. 20, 1989; 54 FR 39740, Sept.
28, 1989)
47 CFR 90.615 Frequencies available in the General Category.
(a) Frequencies in the 806-809.750/851-854.750 MHz bands (Channels
1-150) are allocated to the General Category for conventional
operations. The frequencies are available to all eligibles under this
subpart (see 90.603) for conventional operations in areas farther than
110 km (68.4 miles) from the U.S./Mexico border and farther than 140 km
(87 miles) from the U.S./Canada border.
(b) Frequencies in this category may also be used for trunked
operations in these same areas in accordance with the following:
(1) A licensee of a station in the General Category authorized to
operate in the conventional mode may apply to operate instead in the
trunked mode. A licensee applying to convert its station from the
conventional to the trunked mode may apply for a number of channels not
to exceed one more channel than its current loading warrants.
(2) Licensees of stations authorized to operate in the conventional
mode in the General Category may combine channels with licensees of
stations authorized to operate in the conventional mode in any category,
including the General Category, to form a trunked system provided that:
(i) Each of the stations licensed for channels that are to be
combined is constructed and operating.
(ii) Each application must include a written signed statement from
each co-channel licensee located within 70 miles of the primary site of
the trunked system verifying that each such licensee has agreed to the
proposed trunked use (see 90.621(c)). The statement(s) should include
each licensee's call sign.
(iii) All frequencies being trunked together must be located at a
primary site.
(iv) Each application must be coordinated by one of the three
recognized category coordinators above 800 MHz.
(v) The combining must result in one of two licensing forms:
(A) Each of the licenses to be combined may be simultaneously
modified to result in one licensee for one trunked system, or
(B) Each of the licensees for existing conventional systems that are
to be combined to form a trunked system may simultaneously modify their
licenses to reflect that they are to be multiple licensed on a new
trunked system.
(vi) As a result of the combining, the new trunked system must have a
number of channels that does not exceed one channel more than its
current loading warrants.
(vii) The surviving licensee(s) receive a new five-year license
grant.
(3) General Category frequencies may be used for trunked system
expansion in accordance with 90.621(g).
(55 FR 28030, July 9, 1990)
47 CFR 90.617 Frequencies in the 809.750-824/854.750-869 MHz, and
896-901/935-940 MHz bands available for trunked or conventional system
use in non-border areas.
(a) The channels listed in Table 1 and paragraph (a)(1) are available
to eligible applicants in the Public Safety Category which consists of
the Local Government, Police, Fire, Highway Maintenance, Forestry
Conservation, and Special Emergency Radio Services. These frequencies
are available in areas farther than 110 km (68.4 miles) from the
U.S./Mexican border, and 140 km (87 miles) from the U.S./Canadian
border. Specialized Mobile Radio Systems will not be authorized in this
category. These channels are available for intercategory sharing as
indicated in 90.621(g).
47 CFR 90.617 Public Safety Category
Channels) TABLE/GRAPH OMITTED
(1) Channels numbers 601-830 are also available to eligible
applicants in the Public Safety Category in areas farther than 110 km
(68.4 miles) from the U.S./Mexican border, and 140 km (87 miles) from
the U.S./Candian border. The assignment of these channels will be done
in accordance with the policies defined in the Report and Order of Gen.
Docket No. 87-112 (See 90.16 and 90.34). The following channels are
available only for mutual aid purposes as defined in Gen. Docket No.
87-112: channels 601, 639, 677, 715, 753.
(b) The channels listed in Table 2A are available to eligible
applicants in the Industrial/Land Transportation Category (consisting of
the Power, Petroleum, Forest Products, Motion Picture, Relay Press,
Special Industrial, Manufacturers, Telephone Maintenance, Motor Carrier,
Railroad, Taxicab and Automobile Emergency Radio Services). These
frequencies are available in areas farther than 110 km (68.4 miles) from
the U.S./Mexico border and farther than 140 km (87.0 miles) from the
U.S./Canada border. Specialized Mobile Radio Systems (SMRS) will not be
authorized in this category except as indicated in 90.621(g).
47 CFR 90.617 -- Table 2B -- Industrial/Land Transportation Category
896-901/935-940 MHz Band Channels (99 Channels):
For multichannel systems channels may be grouped vertically or
horizontally as they appear in the table.
31-32-33-34-35
36-37-38-39-40
71-72-73-74-75
76-77-78-79-80
111-112-113-114-115
116-117-118-119-120
151-152-153-154-155
156-157-158-159-160
191-192-193-194-195
196-197-198-199-200
231-232-233-234-235
236-237-238-239-240
271-272-273-274-275
276-277-278-279-280
311-312-313-314-315
316-317-318-319-320
351-352-353-354-355
356-357-358-359-360
391-392-393-394-395
396-397-398-399.
(c) The channels listed in Table 3A are available to eligible
applicants in the Business Radio Category. This category does not
include Specialized Mobile Radio Systems as defined in 90.603(c).
These frequencies are available in areas farther than 110 km (68.4
miles) from the U.S./Mexico border and farther than 140 km (87.0 miles)
from the U.S./Canada border. These channels are available for
inter-category sharing as indicated in 90.621(g).
47 CFR 90.617 -- -- Table 3B -- Business Category 896-901/935-940 MHz
Band Channels (100 Channels):
For multichannel systems, channels may be grouped vertically or
horizontally as they appear in the table.
11-12-13-14-15
16-17-18-19-20
51-52-53-54-55
56-57-58-59-60
91-92-93-94-95
96-97-98-99-100
131-132-133-134-135
136-137-138-139-140
171-172-173-174-175
176-177-178-179-180
211-212-213-214-215
216-217-218-219-220
251-252-253-254-255
256-257-258-259-260
291-292-293-294-295
296-297-298-299-300
331-332-333-334-335
336-337-338-339-340
371-372-373-374-375
376-377-378-379-380.
(d) The channels listed in Tables 4A and 4B are available only for
eligibles in the SMR category which consists of Specialized Mobile Radio
(SMR) stations and eligible end users. This paragraph deals with the
assignment of frequencies only in areas farther than 110 km (68.4 miles)
from the U.S./Mexicio border and farther than 140 km (87 miles) from the
U.S./Canada border. See 90.619 for the assignment of SMR frequencies in
these border areas. For stations located within 70 miles of Chicago,
channels 401-600 will be assigned in groups as outlined in Table 4C.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 51883, Nov. 18,
1982; 51 FR 37404, Oct. 22, 1986; 52 FR 3662, Feb. 5, 1987; 52 FR
29856, Aug. 12, 1987; 53 FR 1026, Jan. 15, 1988; 53 FR 12156, Apr.
13, 1988; 54 FR 38682, Sept. 20, 1989)
47 CFR 90.619 Frequencies available for use in the U.S./Mexico and
U.S./Canada border areas.
(a) U.S./Mexico border area. The channels listed in tables 1A, 2, 3,
and 4 are offset 12.5 kHz lower in frequency than those specified in
90.613. The Channel 201 mobile frequency will be 811.000 MHz, followed
by Channel 202 at 811.025 MHz and proceeding with uniform 25 kHz
channeling to Channel 400 at 815.975 MHz. Base station frequencies will
be 45 MHz higher in frequency. These channels are available for
assignment for conventional or trunked systems only in areas 110
kilometers (68.4 miles) or less from the U.S./Mexico border. Stations
located on Mt. Lemmon, serving the Tucson, AZ area, shall only be
authorized offset frequencies.
(1) Table 1A lists the channels in the 806-821/851-866 MHz band that
are available for assignment to eligible applicants in the Public Safety
Category (consisting of the Local Government, Police, Fire, Highway
Maintenance, Forestry-Conservation, and Special Emergency Radio
Services). Specialized Mobile Radio Systems (SMRS) will not be
authorized in this category. These channels are available for
intercategory sharing as indicated in 90.621(g).
(2) Certain channels in the 821-824/866-869 MHz band are also
available to eligible applicants in the Public Safety Category in areas
within 110 kilometers (68.4 miles) of the U.S./Mexican border. These
channels will be assigned according to the policies defined in the
Report and Order of Gen. Docket No. 87-112 (See 90.16 and 90.34).
The following channels are available only for mutual aid purposes as
defined in Gen. Docket No. 87-112: Channels 601, 639, 677, 715, and
753. The specific channels that are available for licensing in this
band within 110 kilometers (68.4 miles) of the Mexican border are listed
in table 1B, and are subject to Effective Radiated Power (ERP) and
Antenna Height limitations as indicated in table 1C. In addition, all
channels designated for use within 110 kilometers (68.4 miles) of the
Mexican border if the maximum power flux density (PFD) of the station's
transmitted signal at any point at or beyond the border does not exceed
^107 dBW/m /2/ . The spreading loss shall be calculated using the free
space formula taking into account any antenna discrimination in the
direction of the border. Authorizations for stations using channels
allotted primarily to Mexico will be secondary to Mexican operations and
conditioned to require that licensees take immediate action to eliminate
any harmful interference resulting from the station's transmitted signal
exceeding ^107 dBW/m /2/ .
(3) Table 2 lists the channels that are available for assignment to
eligible applicants in the Industrial/Land Transportation Category
(consisting of the Power, Petroleum, Forest Products, Motion Pictures,
Relay Press, Special Industrial, Manufacturers, Telephone Maintenance,
Motor Carrier, Railroad, Taxicab and Automobile Emergency Radio
Services). Specialized Mobile Radio Systems (SMRS) will not be
authorized in this category except as indicated in 90.621(g).
(4) Table 3 lists the channels that are available for assignment to
eligible applicants in the Business Radio Category. This category does
not include Specialized Mobile Radio Systems as defined in 90.603(c).
These channels are available for inter-category sharing as indicated in
90.621(g).
(5) Table 4 lists the channels that are available for assignment for
the SMRS Category (consisting of Specialized Mobile Radio Systems (SMRS)
as defined in 90.603(c)). These channels are available for
inter-category sharing as indicated in 90.621(g).
(b) U.S./Canda border area. The following criteria shall govern the
assignment of frequency pairs (channels) in the 806-821/851-866 and
896-901/935-940 MHz bands for stations located in the U.S./Canada border
area. These channels are available for assignment for conventional or
trunked systems in accordance with all applicable sections of this
subpart. They are available for intercategory sharing as indicated in
90.621(g). Specific provisions for use of the 821-824/866-869 MHz bands
in the U.S./Canada border area are contained in paragraph (c) of this
section, and provisions for use of the 896-901/935-940 MHz bands in the
U.S./Canada border are contained in paragraph (d) of this section.
(1) The U.S./Canada border area is divided into eight geographical
regions with U.S. channel allocations shown in Table 5.
(2) Station authorizations in Regions 1-4 and Regions 6-8 will be
subject to Effective Radiated Power (ERP) and Effective Antenna Height
(EAH) limitations as indicated in Table 6. Stations in Region 5 will be
subject to the ERP and antenna height above mean sea level limitations
in Table 8. Effective Radiated Power (ERP) is defined as the product of
the power supplied to the antenna and its gain relative to a half-wave
dipole in a given direction. Effective Antenna Height is calculated by
subtracting the Assumed Average Terrain Elevation (AATE) given in Table
7 from the antenna height above mean sea level.
Insert illustration 0096A
(3) The following frequency bands are available in each Region with
the exception of those listed in 90.619(b)(5).
(4) Coordination with Canada will be required:
(i) For frequencies in the 808.2625-809.7375/853.2625-854.7375 MHz
and 817.2625-818.7375/862.2625-863.7375 MHz bands, for stations to be
located in the geographical area in Region 1 enclosed by the United
States border, the meridian 71 W and the line beginning at the
intersection of 44 25'N, 71 W, then running by great circle arc to the
intersection of 45 N, 70 W, then North along meridian 70 W to the
intersection of 45 45'N, then running West along 45 45'N to the
intersection of the United States -- Canada border.
(ii) For frequencies in the 808.2625-811.2375/853.2625-856.2375 MHz
and 815.7625-818.7375/860.7625-863.7375 MHz bands, for stations to be
located in the geographical area in Region 3 enclosed by the meridian 81
W longitude, the arc of a circle of 100 km radius centered at the
intersection of 81 W longitude and the northern she of Lake Erie and
drawn clockwise from the southerly intersection with 81 W longitude to
intersect the United States-Canada border, and the United States-Canada
border.
(5) No authorizations will be made in the frequency bands in the
geographical areas listed below:
(6) Two Canadian television stations provide service in British
Columbia in the band 806-890 MHz in accordance with U.S./Canadian
Television Agreement of 1952. They are:
Until reassignment of these stations, they must be protected as
follows: the field strength of an interfering mobile radio signal at
the station's calculated B contour (where the protected contour crosses
the border, that portion of the border lying within the contour shall be
treated as the relevant segment of the B contour) may not exceed 14 dBu
for frequencies co-channel with the television channel utilized, and may
not exceed 54 dBu in the two adjacent 6 MHz guard bands. The field
strength of any interfering signal must be calculated using the FCC
Report R-6602 F(50,10) propagation curves at a receiving effective
antenna height of 30 feet (9.1 meters).
(7) Frequencies in Regions 1-8 are designated in accordance with the
following:
(i) As shown in 90.613, mobile and control station transmitting
frequencies will commence with Channel No. 1 at 806.0125 MHz, followed
by Channel No. 2 at 806.0375 MHz and proceed with uniform 25 kHz
spacing to the band end, with Channel No. 600 at 820.9875 MHz.
Corresponding base station frequencies, separated by 45 MHz from the
mobile control frequencies, will commence with Channel No. 1 at
851.0125 MHz and end with Channel No. 600 at 865.9875 MHz.
(ii) Channels will be arranged into 5-channel groups. Because of the
distribution and differing number of channels available for United
States use in Regions 1-8, channel spacing between channels in a
5-channel group vary as follows:
(iii) The Public Safety Category consists of the Local Government,
Police, Fire, Highway Maintenance, Forestry-Conservation and Special
Emergency Radio Services. The Industrial/Land Transportation Category
consists of the Power, Petroleum, Forest Products, Motion Picture, Relay
Press, Special Industrial, Manufacturers, Telephone Maintenance, Motor
Carrier, Railroad, Taxicab, and Automobile Emergency Radio Services.
The Business Radio Category consists of the Business Radio Service.
Specialized Mobile Radio Systems (SMRS) will not be authorized in any of
the above mentioned categories, but only in the SMRS Category to those
applicants eligible under 90.603(c).
(8) Tables 9, 10, 11, and 12 list the channels available in Regions
1, 4, 5, and 6 for the categories of users indicated. Frequencies are
given in 90.613.
(9) Tables 13, 14 15, and 16 list the frequencies available in Region
2 for the categories of users indicated.
(10) Tables 17, 18, 19, and 20 list the frequencies available in
Region 3 for the categories of users indicated.
(11) Tables 21, 22, 23, and 24 list the frequencies available in
Regions 7 and 8 for the categories of users indicated.
(c) Use of frequencies in the 821-824/866-869 MHz band (Channels
601-830) in the U.S./Canada border area. The following criteria shall
govern the assignment of frequency pairs (channels) in the
821-824/866-869 MHz band for stations located in the U.S./Canada border
area. They are available for assignments for conventional or trunked
systems in accordance with applicable sections of this subpart and the
Report and Order in Gen. Docket No. 87-112. They are not available for
intercategory sharing.
(1) Channels 601-830, as listed in 90.613 Table of 806-824/851-869
MHz Channel Designations, are available to eligible applicants in the
Public Safety Category for use in the U.S./Canada border area as shown
in Table 25. Additionally, Channels 601, 639, 677, 715, and 753 are
available in all regions only for mutual aid purposes.
(2) All frequency assignments made pursuant to paragraph (c)(1) of
this section shall comply with the requirements of 90.619(b)(2).
(3) In Region 5, Channels 601-714 may be authorized in the United
States under the following conditions:
(i) An assignment may be made if the predicted power flux density
(PFD) of a proposed station's signal does not exceed ^107 dBW/m /2/ at
the border. The prediction of the PFD is calculated based upon a
modified Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation model with time and
location variabilities of 10 percent /1/ and 3-second digitized terrain
data. /2/
(ii) Authorizations for Channels 601-714 in Region 5 are secondary to
Canadian operations and conditioned to require that licensees take
immediate action to eliminate any harmful interference resulting from
the station's transmitted signal exceeding ^107 dBW/m /2/ at or beyond
the U.S./Canada border.
(4) Channel assignments for stations to be located in the
geographical area in Region 1 enclosed by the Unites States-Canada
border, the meridian 71 W and the line beginning at the intersection of
44 25' N, 71 W, then-running by great circle arc to the intersection of
45 N, 70 W, then North along meridian 70 W to the intersection of 45
45' N, then running West along 45 45' N to the intersection of the
United States-Canada border, will be only for even numbered channels
beginning with Channel 716 and ending with Channel 758.
(5) Channel assignments for stations to be located in the
geographical area in Region 3 enclosed by the meridian 81 W longitude,
the arc of a circle of 100 km radius centered at 42 39'30'' N latitude
81 W longitude at the northern shore of Lake Erie and drawn clockwise
from the southerly intersection with 80 30' W longitude to intersect the
United States-Canada border West of 81 W, and the United States-Canada
border, will be only for even numbered channels beginning with Channel
636 and ending with Channel 758. Coordination with Canada will be
required for these channels. U.S. stations must protect Canadian
stations operating on channels 636 through 758 within an area of 30 km
radius from the center city coordinates of London, Ontario (42 59' N, 81
14' W).
(6) Additional channels available. -- The channels listed in Table
26 are available for assignment in Regions 1-6 if the maximum power flux
density (PFD) of the station's transmitted signal does not exceed the
limits specified in Tables 27 and 28. The spreading loss shall be
calculated using the free space formula taking into account an antenna
discrimination in the direction of the border.
Authorizations for stations using these channels will be secondary to
Canadian operations and conditioned to require that licensees take
immediate action to eliminate any harmful interference resulting from
the station's transmitted signal exceeding the values specified in
Tables 29 or 30 at or beyond the U.S./Canada border.
(d) Use of frequencies in the 896-901/935-940 MHz band (Channels
1-399) in the U.S./Canada border area. -- The following criteria shall
govern the assignment of frequency pairs (channels) in the
896-901/935-940 MHz band for stations located in the U.S./Canada border
area. They are available for assignments for conventional or trunked
systems in accordance with applicable sections of this subpart.
(1) Channels 1-399, as listed in 90.613 Table of 896-901/935-940 MHz
Channel Designations, are available to eligible applicants for use in
the U.S./Canada border area as shown in Table 27. Additionally,
Channels 71, 75, 79, 151, 155, and 159 are available in all regions only
for implementation of an Advanced Train Control System as defined in 3
FCC Rcd 427 (1988) (Advanced Train Control Waiver).
(2) All frequency assignments made pursuant to paragraph (d)(1) of
this section shall comply with the requirements of 90.619(b)(2).
(3) In Region 5, Channels 201-397 may be authorized in the United
States under the following conditions:
(i) An assignment may be made if the predicted power flux density
(PFD) of a proposed station's signal does not exceed -107 dBW/m2 at the
border. The prediction of the PFD is calculated based upon a modified
Longley-Rice point-to-point propagation model with time and location
variabilities of 10 percent /3/ and 3-second digitized terrain date /4/
.
(ii) Authorizations for Channels 201-397 in Region 5 are secondary to
Canadian operations and conditioned to require that licensees take
immediate action to eliminate any harmful interference resulting from
the station's transmitted signal exceeding -107 dBW/m2 at or beyond the
U.S./Canada border.
(4) Channel assignments for stations to be located in the
geographical area in Region 1 enclosed by the United States-Canada
border, the meridian 71 W and the line beginning at the intersection of
44 25' N, 71 W, then running by great circle arc to the intersection of
45 N, 70 W, then North along meridian 70 W to the intersection of 45
45' N, then running West along 45 45' N to the intersection of the
United States-Canada border, will be only for channels 121 through 160,
inclusive, and will be limited to assignments with 11 kHz or less
necessary bandwidth. Coordination with Canada will be required for
these channels.
(5) Channel assignments for stations to be located in the
geographical area in Region 3 enclosed by the meridian of 81 W
longitude, the arc of a circle of 100 km radius centered at 42 39'30'' N
latitude and 81 W longitude at the northern shore of Lake Erie and
drawn clockwise from the southerly intersection with 80 30' W longitude
to intersect the United States-Canada border West of 81 W, and the
United States-Canada border, will be only for channels 121 through 230,
inclusive, and will be limited to assignments with 11 kHz or less
necessary bandwidth. Coordination with Canada will be required for
these channels. U.S. stations must protect Canadian stations operating
on channels 121 through 230 within an area of 30 km radius from the
center city coordinates of London, Ontario (42 59' N, 81 14' W).
(6) Additional channels available -- The channels listed in Table 28
are available for assignment in Regions 1-6 if the maximum power flux
density (PFD) of the station's transmitted signal does not exceed the
limits specified in Tables 29 and 30. The spreading loss shall be
calculated using the free space formula taking into account any antenna
discrimination in the direction of the border.
Authorizations for stations using these channels will be secondary to
Canadian operations and conditioned to require that licensees take
immediate action to eliminate any harmful interference resulting from
the station's transmitted signal exceeding the values specified in
Tables 29 or 30 at or beyond the U.S./Canada border.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303, Communications Act, as amended, and 5 U.S.C.
553 (b)(3)(B) and (d)(1))
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982; 47 FR 41045, Sept. 16, 1982; 47 FR
51883, Nov. 18, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 51928, Nov. 15, 1983; 49 FR
22094, May 25, 1984; 50 FR 12261, Mar. 28, 1985; 52 FR 3662, Feb. 5,
1987; 55 FR 42571, Oct. 22, 1990; 56 FR 41469, Aug. 21, 1991)
/1/ G.A. Hufford, A.G. Longley, and W.A. Kissick, A guide to the use
of the ITS irregular terrain model in the area prediction mode, NTIA
Report 82-100. (Available from U.S. Department of Commerce, National
Technical and Information Service (NTIS), Springfield, VA 22161.
Accession number PB-217977.)
A.G. Longley and P.L. Rice, Prediction of tropospheric radio
transmission loss over irregular terrain -- a computer method 1968, ESSA
Technical Report ERL 79-ITS 67. (Available from NTIS, Assession number
AD-676-874.)
P.L. Rice, A.G. Longley, K.A. Norton, and A.P. Barsis, Transmission
loss predictions for tropospheric communication circuits, National
Bureau of Standards Technical Note 101, Volumes I and II. (Available
from NTIS, Assession numbers AD-687-820 and AD-687-821.)
/2/ Level 1-Digital Terrain Elevation Data, United States Defense
Mapping Agency. (Available from National Cartographic Information
Center, U.S. Geological Survey, 507 National Center, Reston, VA 22092 as
Digital Elevation Model Data in 1 1 units. Two of these units are
required to cover each 1 2 map (1:250,000-scale quadrangle) from which
the data were produced.
/3/ See note 1, paragraph (c) of this Section.
/4/ See note 2, paragraph (c) of this Section.
47 CFR 90.621 Selection and assignment of frequencies.
(a) Applicants for frequencies in the Public Safety, Industrial/Land
Transportation, Business, and General Categories must specify on the
application the frequencies on which the proposed system will operate
pursuant to a recommendation by the applicable frequency coordinator.
Applicants for frequencies in the SMRS Category may either request
specific frequencies by including in their applications justification
for the frequencies requested or may request the Commission to select
frequencies for the system from the SMRS Category.
(1) For trunked systems, the assignment of frequencies will be made
in accordance with applicable loading criteria and in accordance with
the following:
(i) Channels will be chosen and assigned in accordance with 90.615,
90.617, or 90.619.
(ii) A mobile station is authorized to transmit on any frequency
assigned to its associated base station.
(iii) There are no limitations on the number of frequencies that may
be trunked. Except as indicated in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of this
section, authorizations may be granted for up to 20 trunked frequency
pairs at a time in accordance with the frequencies listed in 90.615,
90.617, and 90.619.
(iv) The maximum number of frequency pairs that will be assigned from
the 806-821/821-866 MHz band to an SMR applicant at any one time is
five. The maximum number of frequency pairs that will be assigned from
the 896-901/935-940 MHz band to an SMR applicant at any one time is ten.
(2) For conventional systems the assignment of frequencies will be
made in accordance with applicable loading criteria. Accordingly,
depending upon the number of mobile units to be served, an applicant may
either be required to share a channel, or, if an applicant shows a
sufficient number of mobile units to warrant the assignment of one or
more channels for its exclusive use, it may be licensed to use such
channel or channels on an unshared basis in the area of operation
specified in its application.
(i) Channels will be chosen and assigned in accordance with 90.615,
90.617, or 90.619.
(ii) A mobile station is authorized to transmit on any frequency
assigned to its associated base station.
(b) Systems authorized on frequencies in the SMRS Category will be
afforded protection solely on the basis of fixed mileage separation
criteria. Only co-channel interference between base station operations
will be taken into consideration. Adjacent channel and other types of
possible interference will not be taken into account. The ordinary
separation between co-channel systems will be 113 km (70 miles) with the
following exceptions:
(1) No trunked system will be less than 169 km (105 miles) distant
from co-channel trunked systems authorized 1 kw ERP on any of the
following mountain top sites: Santiago Peak, Sierra Peak, Mount Lukens,
Mount Wilson (California).
(2) The separation between certain co-channel trunked systems located
at high antenna sites in the State of California north of 35 North
Latitude and west of 118 West Longitude shall be determined as follows:
(i) Required co-channel separations between common antenna sites are
given by Table 1. A channel group assigned to a station on a site
listed in the vertical column may not be re-assigned to a station on a
site listed in the horizontal column if there is an ''X'' in the box
created by the intersection of the vertical and horizontal lines. The
geographic coordinates listed in the table represent an average for each
particular site; all locations within one mile of the coordinates will
be considered to be at that site.
(ii) Required co-channel separations involving antenna sites not
listed in Table 1 shall be determined by Commission staff on a case by
case basis. The interference potential of proposed assignments will be
evaluated considering parameters such as antenna height, effective
radiated power, terrain irregularities, and market conditions.
Insert illustration 240847
(3) SMR trunked systems located in the State of Washington at the
following locations shall be separated from co-channel systems by a
minimum of 169 km (105 miles). Locations within one mile of the
geographical coordinates listed in the table will be considered to be at
that site.
(4) The following table indicates permissible distances between
co-channel systems separated by less than 113 km (70 miles). Applicants
seeking to be licensed for systems located in distances less than those
prescribed in the table are required to secure a waiver and to file with
their license application a certificate of service indicating that,
concurrent with the filing of the application with the Commission, all
co-channel licensees within the applicable area were served with a copy
of the application and all attachments thereto.
/1/ /2/
(5) The separation between co-channel systems may be less than the
separations defined above if an applicant submits with its application
letters of concurrence indicating that the applicant and each co-channel
licensee within the specified separation agree to accept any
interference resulting from the reduced separation between their
systems. Each letter from a co-channel licensee must certify that the
system of the concurring licensee is constructed and fully operational.
The applicant must also submit with its application a certificate of
service indicating that all concurring co-channel licensees have been
served with an actual copy of the application.
(c) Trunked systems authorized on frequencies in the Public Safety,
Industrial/Land Transportation, Business, and General Categories will be
protected solely on the basis of predicted contours. Coordinators will
attempt to provide a 40 dBu contour and to limit co-channel interference
levels to 30 dBu over an applicant's requested service area. This would
result in a mileage separation of 70 miles for typical system
parameters. Applicants should be aware that in some areas, e.g.,
Seattle, Los Angeles, and northern California, separations greater than
70 miles may be appropriate. Separations may be less than 70 miles
where the requested service areas, terrain, or other factors warrant
reduction. In the event that the separation is less than 70 miles, the
coordinator must indicate that the protection criteria have been
preserved or that the affected licensees have agreed in writing to the
proposed system. Only co-channel interference between base station
operations will be taken into consideration. Adjacent channel and other
types of possible interference will not be taken into account.
(d) Conventional systems authorized on frequencies in the Public
Safety (except for those systems that have participated in a formal
regional planning process as described in 90.16), Industrial/Land
Transportation, Business, and General Categories that have met the
loading level necessary for channel exclusivity will be protected in the
same fashion as described in paragraph (c) of this section.
(e) Conventional systems authorized on frequencies in the Public
Safety (except for those systems that have participated in a formal
regional planning process as described in 90.16), Industrial/Land
Transportation, Business, and General Categories which have not met the
loading levels necessary for channel exclusivity will not be afforded
co-channel protection.
(f) UHF television translator stations using UHF output channels from
Channels 70 through 83 operate on a secondary basis to land mobile
stations using the UHF bands allocated under this subpart for land
mobile use. Accordingly, such television translator stations will not
be protected from interference from such authorized land mobile
stations.
(g) Frequencies in the 806-821/851-866 MHz bands listed as available
for eligibles in the Public Safety, Industrial/Land Transportation,
Business, General, and SMRS Categories are available for inter-category
sharing under the following conditions:
(1) Channels in the Public Safety, Industrial/Land Transportation and
Business categories will be available to eligible applicants in those
categories only if there are no frequencies in their own category and no
public safety systems are authorized on those channels under
consideration to be shared.
(2) Channels in the Industrial/Land Transportation and Business
categories will be available to fully-loaded SMR systems if no SMRS
category frequencies are available. Evidence must be provided that the
SMR applicant has sufficient users to warrant the authorization of
additional channels. If available, the SMR licensee will be authorized
no more than one channel more than its current loading warrants.
(3) Channels in the General Category are available to fully-loaded
trunked Public Safety, Industrial/Land Transportation, Business, and SMR
Category systems for expansion provided that:
(i) For non-SMR applicants, the application must include a statement
from the applicant's own frequency coordinator verifying that there are
no available frequencies in the applicant's service category in the
frequency bands 806-824/851-869 MHz. For SMR applicants, the
application must include a statement that no SMRS Category frequencies
are available in the 806-824/851-869 MHz frequency bands supported by
evidence of the existence of a current waiting list for SMRs in that
geographic area.
(ii) As a result of the addition of any unused channels in the
General Category to an existing trunked system, the number of channels
that may be assigned to the station(s) authorized to operate that system
may not exceed one channel more than its current loading warrants. If,
as a result of the addition of General Category channels, an applicant
obtains the maximum number of channels possible (one channel more than
current loading warrants), and if the applicant is on the SMR waiting
list for the geographic area in which it receives the channels, the
applicant shall forfeit its position on that waiting list.
(iii) All frequencies being trunked together must be located at a
primary site.
(iv) The application must be coordinated by one of the three
recognized category coordinators above 800 MHz.
(4) Channels in the SMRS category will be available to fully-loaded
Industrial/Land Transportation and Business category systems if
frequencies in their own categories are not available. Evidence must be
provided that the applicant has sufficient users to warrant the
authorization of additional channels. If available, the licensee will
be authorized no more than one channel more than its current loading
warrants.
(5) The applicant must submit a statement from its own category
coordinator that frequencies are not available in that category, and
coordination is required from the applicable out-of-category
coordinator.
(6) The out-of-category licensee must operate by the rules applicable
to the category to which the frequency is allocated.
(h) The 896-901/935-940 MHz channels listed as available for
eligibles in the Industrial/Land Transportation and Business categories
will be available for inter-category sharing to all persons eligible in
those categories under the following conditions thirty-six (36) months
from the date the first authorization in this spectrum is issued.
(1) The applicant must submit a statement from its own category
coordinator that frequencies are not available in that category, and
coordination is required from the applicable out-of-category
coordinator.
(2) The out-of-category licensee must operate by the rules applicable
to the category to which the frequency is allocated.
(i) Applications for Public Safety systems (both trunked and
conventional) in the 821-824/866-869 MHz bands will be assigned and
protected based on the criteria established in the appropriate regional
plan. See 90.16 and the Report and Order in General Docket 87-112.
(j) Channel numbers 401-410, 441-450, 481-490, 521-530, and 561-570
are available on co-primary basis to station in Basic Exchange
Telecommunications Radio Service as described in Part 22 of the
Commission's Rules.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 90.621,
see the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of
this volume.
47 CFR 90.623 Limitation on the number of frequencies assignable for
conventional systems.
(a) The maximum number of frequency pairs that may be assigned to a
licensee for operation in the conventional mode in a given area is five
(5).
(b) Where an applicant proposes to operate a conventional radio
system to provide facilities for the use of a single person or entity
eligible under subparts B, C, D, or E of this part, the applicant may be
assigned only the number of frequency pairs justified on the basis of
the requirements of the proposed single user of the system.
(c) No licensee will be authorized an additional frequency pair for a
conventional system within 40 miles of an existing conventional system,
except where:
(1) The additional frequency pair will be used to provide radio
facilities to a single entity and the additional frequency pair is
justified on the basis of the requirements of the proposed single user;
or,
(2) The licensee's existing frequency pair(s) is loaded to prescribed
levels.
(d) No licensee will be authorized frequencies for a conventional
system if that licensee is operating an unloaded trunked system or has
an application pending for a trunked system to serve multiple
subscribers within 40 miles of the requested conventional system.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 44559, Sept. 29,
1983; 48 FR 51929, Nov. 15, 1983)
47 CFR 90.625 Other criteria to be applied in assigning channels for
use in conventional systems of communication.
(a) Where an applicant shows that a channel will be loaded to 70
mobile stations, that channel will be made available to that applicant
for its exclusive use in the area in which it proposes to operate. If
the showing made justifies the assignment of more than one channel to
the applicant, additional frequencies will be authorized.
(b) Where an applicant proposes to furnish service to eligibles under
subparts B, C, D, or E of this part on a commercial basis using a
conventional system of communication, the application will be considered
on the same basis as that of an applicant for private or shared
communications facilities.
(c) No person authorized to operate any radio facility under the
provisions of this subpart shall have a right to protest proposals on
grounds other than violation of or inconsistency with the provisions of
this subpart. All grants are made subject to this condition and to the
other conditions and standards set out in this subpart.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982)
47 CFR 90.627 Limitation on the number of frequency pairs that may be
assignable for trunked systems and on the number of trunked systems.
(a) The maximum number of frequency pairs that may be assigned at any
one time for the operation of a trunked radio system is twenty, except
as specified in 90.621(a)(1)(iv).
(b) No licensee will be authorized an additional trunked system
within 40 miles of an existing trunked system, except where:
(1) The additional trunked system will be used to provide radio
facilities for a single entity, where the additional system is justified
on the basis of the requirements of the proposed single user; or,
(2) The licensee's existing trunked system is loaded to at least 70
mobile and control stations per channel; or,
(3) A licensee of an SMR system in the 806-821/851-866 MHz bands
seeks authorization to operate an SMR system in the 896-901/935-940 MHz
bands.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 44559, Sept. 29,
1983; 48 FR 51929, Nov. 15, 1983; 49 FR 36377, Sept. 17, 1984; 51 FR
37404, Oct. 22, 1986; 53 FR 12157, Apr. 13, 1988)
47 CFR 90.629 Extended implementation schedules.
Applicants requesting frequencies in the Public Safety,
Industrial/Land Transportation, Business, and General Categories for
either trunked or conventional operations may be authorized a period of
up to three (3) years for placing a station in operation in accordance
with the following:
(a) The applicant submits justification for an extended
implementation period. The justification must include the
implementation schedule (with milestones) for the construction and for
the loading of the facility (e.g., construction of base stations and for
placing mobiles in service) and must show either that:
(1) The proposed system will serve a large fleet (at least two
hundred (200) mobile units) and will involve a multi-year cycle for its
planning, approval, funding, purchase and construction; or
(2) The proposed system will require longer than eight months to
place in operation because of its purpose, size, or complexity; or
(3) The proposed system is to be a part of a coordinated or
integrated area-wide system which will require more than a year to plan,
approve, fund, and construct; or
(4) The applicant is a local governmental agency and demonstrates
that the government involved is required by law to follow a multi-year
cycle for planning, approval, funding and for purchasing the proposed
system.
(b) Authorizations under this Section are conditioned upon the
licensee's compliance with the implementation schedule. If the licensee
fails to meet the schedule, and all channels are assigned in the
system's geographic area, authorization for trunked channels not loaded
to 100 mobile stations cancels automatically. Conventional channels not
loaded to 70 mobile units may be subject to shared use by the addition
of other licensees. The licensee must submit a report to the
Commission's Private Radio Bureau, Gettysburg, PA 17326 annually,
showing the extent to which the authorized system has been implemented.
A copy of the report must be submitted to the licensee's frequency
advisory committee.
(c) Applicants eligible in the Industrial/Land Transportation
Category requesting authorizations under this section may request
frequencies in the Business Category only if the application contains a
statement that no frequencies in the Industrial/Land Transportation
Category are available for assignment in their geographic area.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 51883, Nov. 18,
1982; 48 FR 51929, Nov. 15, 1983; 54 FR 38682, Sept. 20, 1989; 55 FR
28031, July 9, 1990)
47 CFR 90.631 Trunked systems loading, construction and authorization
requirements.
(a) Trunked systems will be authorized on the basis of a loading
criterion of 100 mobile stations per channel. For purposes of
determining compliance with trunked system loading requirements under
this subpart, the term ''mobile station'' includes vehicular and
portable mobile units and control stations.
(b) Each applicant for a trunked system shall certify that a minimum
of 70 mobiles for each channel authorized will be placed in operation
within five years of the initial license grant. If at the end of five
years a trunked system is not loaded to the prescribed levels and all
channels in the licensee's category are assigned in the system's
geographic area, authorization for channels not loaded to 100 mobile
stations per channel cancels automatically. If a trunked system has
channels from more than one category, General Category channels are the
first channels considered to cancel automatically. All licensees who
are authorized initially before June 1, 1993, and are within their
original license term are subject to this condition. A licensee that
has had authorized channels cancelled due to failure to meet the above
loading requirements will not be authorized to obtain additional
channels to expand that same system for a period of six months from the
date of cancellation.
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, an applicant
seeking to expand a trunked system by requesting additional channels
from the Commission, or through intercategory sharing, or through an
assignment must have a loading level of 70 mobiles per channel on the
existing system that is the subject of the expansion request.
(d) In rural areas, a licensee of a trunked system may request to
increase its system capacity by five more channels than it has
constructed without meeting the loading requirements specified in
paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section. A rural area is defined for
purposes of this section as being beyond a 100-mile radius of the
designated centers of the following urbanized areas, as well as those
areas that have a waiting list. (Rural areas may be different for 800
and 900 MHz channels since the Commission maintains separate waiting
lists for these frequency bands.) The identified urbanized areas are:
New York, NY; Los Angeles, CA; Chicago, IL; Philadelphia, PA: San
Francisco, CA; Detroit, MI; Boston, MA; Houston, TX; Washington, DC;
Dallas-Fort Worth, TX; Miami, FL; Cleveland, OH; St. Louis, MO;
Atlanta, GA; Pittsburgh, PA; Baltimore, MD; Minneapolis-St. Paul,
MN; Seattle, WA; San Diego, CA; and Tampa-St. Petersburg, FL. The
coordinates for the centers of these areas are those referenced in
90.635, except that the coordinates for Tampa-St. Petersburg are
latitude 28 00'00'' N, longitude 82 27'00'' W. Where waiting lists
determine whether an area is rural, the designated centers of those
areas will be identified on the actual waiting lists released by the
Commission. If a waiting list is later established in a rural area,
licensees who have acquired additional channels pursuant to this
paragraph will be subject to the automatic cancellation provisions in
paragraph (b) of this section at the end of one year from the date the
area first appears on a Commission waiting list, or at the end of their
license term, whichever is longer.
(e) Except as provided in 90.629, licensees of trunked facilities
must complete construction within one year.
(f) If a station is not placed in permanent operation within one
year, except as provided in 90.629, its license cancels automatically
and must be returned to the Commission.
(g) Wide area systems may be authorized to persons eligible for
licensing under subparts B, C, D, or E of this part upon an appropriate
showing of need. Remote or satellite stations of wide area systems in
the Police, Fire, Local Government, Highway Maintenance,
Forestry-Conservation, Special Emergency, Telephone Maintenance and
Power Radio Services may be authorized on a primary basis if such
stations are the first to be authorized in their area of operation on
the frequency or group of frequencies. Remote or satellite stations of
wide area systems in all other services will be authorized only on a
secondary, non-interference basis to cochannel licensees. To determine
system loading, the total number of mobile units and control stations
operating in the wide-area system shall be counted with respect to the
total number of base station frequencies assigned to the system.
(h) Regional, statewide, or ribbon configuration systems may be
authorized to persons eligible for licensing under subparts B, C, D or E
of this part upon an appropriate showing of need. In a ribbon, regional
or statewide system, a mobile station will be counted for channel
loading purposes only for the base station facility in the geographic
area in which it primarily operates. If this cannot be determined, it
will be counted fractionally over the number of base station facilities
with which it communicates regularly.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 51929, Nov. 15,
1983; 49 FR 36377, Sept. 17, 1984; 53 FR 12157, Apr. 13, 1988; 55 FR
28031, July 9, 1990)
47 CFR 90.633 Conventional systems loading requirements.
(a) Conventional systems of communication will be authorized on the
basis of a minimum loading criteria of 70 mobile stations for each
channel authorized.
(b) A channel will not be assigned to additional licensees when it is
loaded to 70 mobile stations. Where a licensee does not load a channel
to 70 mobiles the channel will be available for assignment to other
licensees. All authorizations for conventional systems are issued
subject to this potential channel sharing condition.
(c) Except as provided in 90.629 licensees of conventional systems
must place their authorized facilities in operation not later than eight
months after the date of grant of the license for the system.
(d) If a station is not placed in operation in eight months, except
as provided in 90.629, its license cancels automatically.
(e) A licensee may apply for additional frequency pairs if its
authorized conventional channel(s) is occupied to 70 mobiles.
Applications may be considered for additional channels in areas where
spectrum is still available and not applied for, even if the already
authorized channel(s) is not loaded to 70 mobile units, upon an
appropriate demonstration of need.
(f) Wide-area systems may be authorized to persons eligible for
licensing under subparts B, C, D or E of this part upon an appropriate
showing of need. For loading purposes, if the total number of mobile
stations justifies the total number of authorized based frequencies in a
given area, the system will be construed to be loaded.
(g) Regional, statewide or ribbon configuration systems may be
authorized to persons eligible for licensing under subparts B, C, D or E
of this part upon an appropriate showing of need. In a ribbon, regional
or statewide system, a mobile station will be counted for channel
loading purposes only for the base station facility in the geographic
area in which it primarily operates. If this cannot be determined, it
will be counted fractionally over the number of base station facilities
with which it communicates regularly.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 51929, Nov. 15,
1983)
47 CFR 90.633 Technical Regulations Regarding the Use of Frequencies in the 806-824 MHz, 851-869 MHz, 896-901 MHz, and 935-940 MHz Bands
47 CFR 90.635 Limitations on power and antenna height.
(a) Systems to be located within 24 km. (15 mi.) of the geographic
center of the 50 urbanized areas detailed in Table 1 will be considered
''urban'' systems. All others will be considered ''suburban'' systems.
(b) The effective radiated power and antenna height, for base
stations used in suburban-conventional systems of communications shall
be no greater than 500 watts (27 dBu) and 152 m (500 ft) above average
terrain (AAT) respectively, or the equivalent as determined from Table
2. These are maximum values, and applicants are required to justify
power levels and antenna heights requested. For service area
requirements less than 32 km. (20 mi.) in radius, see Table 3.
(c) The effective radiated power and antenna height for base stations
used in trunked and urban-conventional systems may not exceed 1 kilowatt
(30 dBw) and 304 m. (1,000 ft.) above average terrain (AAT),
respectively, or the equivalent thereof as determined from Table 2.
These are maximum values, and applicants will be required to justify
power levels and antenna heights requested. For service area
requirements less than 32 km (20 mi.) in radius, see Table 4.
(d) The maximum output power of the transmitter for mobile stations
is 100 watts (20 dBw).
Area Radius
Effective Radiated Power (Watts)
-- Maximum Effective Radiated Power (Watts)
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982; 47 FR 41045, Sept. 16, 1982, as
amended at 50 FR 784, Jan. 7, 1985; 51 FR 37404, Oct. 22, 1986; 52 FR
29857, Aug. 12, 1987; 53 FR 1027, Jan. 15, 1988)
47 CFR 90.637 Restrictions on operational fixed stations.
(a) Except for control stations, operational fixed operations will
not be authorized in the 806-824 MHz, 851-869 MHz, 896-901 MHz, or
935-940 MHz bands. This does not preclude secondary fixed tone
signaling and alarm operations authorized in 90.235 or in paragraph (c)
of this section.
(b) Control stations associated with one or more mobile relay
stations will be authorized only on the assigned frequency of the
associated mobile station. Use of a mobile service frequency by a
control station of a mobile relay system is subject to the condition
that harmful interference shall not be caused to stations of licensees
authorized to use the frequency for mobile service communications.
(c) Trunked SMR licensees and licensed end users may use the system
for fixed ancillary signaling and data transmissions. All such fixed
use is subject to the following requirements.
(1) All operations shall be on a secondary, non-interference basis to
the primary mobile operation of any other licensee.
(2) The output power shall not exceed 30 watts (at the remote site).
(3) Any fixed transmitters will not count toward meeting the mobile
loading requirements nor be considered in whole or in part as a
justification for authorizing additional frequencies in the licensee's
mobile system.
(4) Automatic means shall be provided to deactivate the remote
transmitter in the event the carrier remains on for a period in excess
of three minutes.
(5) Operational fixed stations authorized pursuant to the provisions
of this paragraph are exempt from the requirements of 90.425 and
90.429.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 51929, Nov. 15,
1983; 49 FR 36377, Sept. 17, 1984; 51 FR 37405, Oct. 22, 1986; 52 FR
1332, Jan. 13, 1987; 53 FR 12157, Apr. 13, 1988)
47 CFR 90.645 Permissible operations.
Conventional and trunked radio systems may be used:
(a) Only for purposes expressly allowed under this part.
(b) Only by persons who are eligible for facilities, either under
this subpart or in the radio services included under subparts B, C, D,
or E.
(c) Only for the transmission of messages or signals permitted in the
services in which the participants are eligible.
(d) For digital or analog transmissions.
(e) An SMRS licensee or a licensee who has been authorized a
channel(s) on an exclusive basis, may use the system for the
transmission of any base/mobile message, page or signal permitted in the
service in which the participants are eligible.
(f) Where the channel(s) is assigned to an SMRS licensee or
exclusively to a single licensee, or where all users of a system agree,
more than a single emission may be utilized within the authorized
bandwidth. In such cases, the frequency stability requirements of
90.213 shall not apply, but out-of-band emission limits of 90.209 shall
be met.
(g) Up to five (5) contiguous 806-821/851-866 band channels as listed
in 90.615, 90.617, and 90.619 may be authorized after justification
for systems requiring more than the normal single channel bandwidth. If
necessary, licensees may trade channels amongst themselves in order to
obtain contiguous frequencies. Notification of such proposed exchanges
shall be made to the appropriate frequency coordinator(s) and to the
Commission for approval.
(h) Up to 10 contiguous 896-901/935-940 MHz band channels as listed
in 90.617 may be combined for systems requiring more than the normal
single channel bandwidth. If necessary, licensees may trade channels
amongst themselves in order to obtain contiguous frequencies.
Notification of such proposed exchanges shall be made to the appropriate
frequency coordinator(s) and to the Commission for approval.
(i) Paging operations may be utilized on multiple licensed facilities
(community repeaters) only when all licensees of the facility agree to
such use.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 48 FR 51929, Nov. 15,
1983; 51 FR 37405, Oct. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.647 Station identification.
(a) Conventional systems of communication shall be identified in
accordance with existing regulations governing such matters.
(b) Trunked systems of communication shall be identified through the
use of an automatic device which transmits the call sign of the base
station facility at 30 minute intervals. Such station identification
shall be made on the lowest frequency in the base station trunk group
assigned to the licensee. Should this frequency be in use at the time
station identification is required, such identification may be made at
the termination of the communication in progress on this frequency.
Identification may be by voice or International Morse Code. When the
call sign is transmitted in International Morse Code, it must be at a
rate of between 15 to 20 words per minute and by means of tone
modulation of the transmitter, the tone frequency being between 800 and
1000 hertz.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982)
47 CFR 90.651 Supplemental reports required of licensees authorized
under this subpart.
(a) Licensees offering service on a commercial basis to any person or
entity eligible under either subparts B, C, D, or E of this part must
report the number of mobile units being served annually on the
anniversary of their authorization date and at the time of filing
applications for renewal of license. They must also report all mobile
stations which operate on more than one SMR system. These reports must
be filed with the Commission's Private Radio Bureau, Licensing Division,
Land Mobile Branch in Gettysburg, PA 17326. Licensees must maintain
records of the names and addresses of each customer and the dates that
service commenced and terminated. These records must be made available
to the Commission upon request.
(b) Other trunked system licensees must report the number of mobile
units being served annually, and at the time of filing applications for
renewal of licenses. These reports should be filed with the
Commission's Private Radio Bureau, Licensing Division, Land Mobile
Branch in Gettysburg, PA 17326.
(c) Licensees of conventional systems must report the number of
mobile units placed in operation within 8 months of the date of the
grant of their license. Such reports shall be filed within 30 days from
that date.
(d) Licensees of trunked systems must report, to the Commission's
Private Radio Bureau, Licensing Division, Land Mobile Branch in
Gettysburg, PA 17326, within thirteen months of the date of the grant,
whether or not construction of the facility has been completed.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982, as amended at 47 FR 51883, Nov. 18,
1982; 54 FR 38682, Sept. 20, 1989)
47 CFR 90.653 Number of systems authorized in a geographical area.
There shall be no limit on the number of systems authorized to
operate in any one given area except that imposed by allocation
limitations and no person shall have a right to protest any other
proposal on grounds other than violation of any inconsistency with the
provisions of this subpart.
(47 FR 41032, Sept. 16, 1982)
47 CFR 90.655 Special licensing requirements for Specialized Mobile
Radio systems.
All end users of conventional or trunked Special Mobile Radio systems
must be licensed for any associated control points, control stations and
mobile radio stations and only licensed end users are authorized to use
those systems.
(53 FR 12158, Apr. 13, 1988)
47 CFR 90.657 Temporary permit.
An applicant for a subpart S radio station license utilizing an
already authorized facility may operate the radio station(s) for a
period of up to 180 days under a temporary permit evidenced by a
properly executed certification of FCC Form 572 after filing a formal
application for station license together with evidence of frequency
coordination (when required), provided that the antenna(s) employed by
the control station(s) is (are) twenty feet or less above ground or
twenty feet or less above a man-made structure other than an antenna
tower to which it is affixed.
(51 FR 14999, Apr. 22, 1986)
47 CFR 90.657 Subpart T -- Regulations Governing Licensing and Use of
Frequencies in the 220-222 MHz Band
Source: 56 FR 19603, Apr. 29, 1991, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 90.701 Scope.
Frequencies in the 220-222 MHz band are available for land mobile use
for both Government and non-Government operations. This subpart sets
out the regulations governing the licensing and operation of
non-Government systems operating in the 220-222 MHz band. It includes
eligibility requirements, application procedures, and operational and
technical standards for stations licensed in these bands. The rules in
this subpart are to be read in conjunction with the applicable
requirements contained elsewhere in this part; however, in case of
conflicts, the provisions of this subpart shall govern with respect to
licensing and operation in this frequency band.
47 CFR 90.703 Eligibility.
The following persons are eligible for licensing in the 220-222 MHz
band.
(a) Any person eligible for licensing under subparts B, C, D or E of
this part.
(b) Any person proposing to provide communications service to any
person eligible for licensing under subparts B, C, D or E of this part
on a not-for-profit, cost-shared basis.
(c) Any person, except wire line telephone common carriers, eligible
under this part proposing to provide on a commercial basis, station and
ancillary facilities for the use of individuals, federal government
agencies and persons eligible for licensing under subparts B, C, D or E
of this part.
47 CFR 90.705 Forms to be used.
Applications for all radio facilities under this subpart must be
prepared on FCC Form 574 and must be submitted or filed in accordance
with 90.127 of this part.
47 CFR 90.709 Special limitations on amendment of applications and on
assignment or transfer of authorizations licensed under this subpart.
(a) Except as indicated in paragraph (b) of this section, the
Commission will not consent to the following:
(1) Any request to amend an application so as to substitute a new
entity as the applicant;
(2) Any application to assign or tranfer a license for a
non-nationwide system prior to the completion of construction of
facilities; or
(3) Any application to transfer or assign a license for a nationwide
system before the licensee has constructed at least 40% of the proposed
system pursuant to the provisions of 90.725(a) of this part.
(b) The Commission will grant the applications described in paragrpah
(a) of this section if:
(1) the request to amend an application or to transfer or assign a
license does not involve a substantial change in the ownership or
control or the applicant; or
(2) The changes in the ownership or control of the applciant are
involuntary due to the original applicant's insolvency, bankruptcy,
incapacity, or death.
(c) The assignee or transferee of a nationwide system is subject to
the construction benchmarks and reporting requirements of 90.725(a) of
this part. The assignee or transferee of a nationwide system is not
subject to the entry criteria described in 90.713 of this part.
(d) A licensee may not partially assign any authorization granted
pursuant to the subpart.
47 CFR 90.711 Processing of applications.
(a) Applications will be processed on a first-come, first-served
basis. When multiple applications are filed on the same day for
frequencies in the same geographic area, and insufficient frequencies
are available to grant all applications (i.e., if all applications were
granted, violation of the provisions of 90.723(f) of this subpart would
result), or when multiple applications for nationwide systems are filed
on the same day for a number of systems in excess of those available in
the relevant category (10-channel non-commercial, 5-channel
non-commercial, or 5-channel commercial), these applications will be
considered mutually exclusive and will be subject to lottery proceeding
pursuant to 1.972 of this chapter.
(b) All applications will first be considered to determine whether
they are substantially complete and acceptable for filing. If so, they
will be assigned a file number and put in pending status. If not, they
will be dismissed.
(c) Except as otherwise provided in this section, all applications in
pending status will be processed in the order in which they are
received, determined by the date on which the application was received
by the Commission in its Gettysburg, Pennsylvania office (or the address
set forth at 1.1102 of this chapter for applications requiring the fees
established by part 1, subpart G of this chapter).
(d) Each application that is accepted for filing will then be
reviewed to determine whether it can be granted. Frequencies will be
assigned by the Commission pursuant to the provisions of 90.723 of this
part.
(e) An application which is dismissed will lose its place in the
processing line.
(f) If an application is returned for correction and resubmitted and
received by the Commission within 60 days from the date on which it was
returned to the applicant, it will retain its place in the processing
line. If it is not received within 60 days, it will lose its place in
the processing line.
47 CFR 90.713 Entry criteria.
(a) As set forth in 90.717 of this part, two blocks of ten and six
blocks of five contiguous channels have been set aside for exclusive
assignments for non-Government use on a nationwide basis. Each
application for a nationwide channel block must include:
(1) Certification that, within ten years of receiving a license, the
applicant will construct a minimum of one base station in at least 70
different geographic areas; that base stations will be located in a
minimum of 28 of the 100 urban areas listed in 90.741 of this part;
that each base station in the ten large urban areas designated in
90.725(h) of this part will have all assigned nationwide channels
constructed and in operation (regularly interacting with mobile and/or
portable units); and that all other base stations will have a minimum
of five of the assigned nationwide channels constructed and in
operation;
(2) Certification that the applicant will meet the construction
requirements set forth in 90.725 of this part;
(3) A ten year schedule detailing plans for construction of the
proposed system;
(4) An itemized estimate of the cost of constructing 40 percent of
the system and operating the system during the first four years of the
license term; and
(5) Proof that the applicant has sufficient financial resources to
construct 40 percent of the system and operate the proposed system for
the first four years of the license term; i.e., that the applicant has
net current assets sufficient to cover estimated costs or a firm
financial commitment sufficient to cover estimated costs.
(b) Applicants relying on personal or internal resources for the
showing required in paragraph (a) of this section must submit
independently audited financial statements certified within one year of
the date of the application showing net current assets sufficient to
meet estimated construction and operating costs. They must also submit
an independently audited balance sheet dated no more than sixty days
before the date of the application showing the continued availability of
sufficient net current assets.
(c) Applicants submitting evidence of a firm financial commitment for
the showing required in paragraph (a) of this section must obtain the
commitment from a bona fide commercially acceptable source, e.g., a
state or federally chartered bank or savings and loan institution, other
recognized financial institution, the financial arm of a capital
equipment supplier, or an investment banking house. If the lender is
not a state or federally chartered bank or savings and loan institution,
other recognized financial institution, the financial arm of a capital
equipment supplier, or an investment banking house, the lender must also
demonstrate that it has funds available to cover the total commitments
it has made. The lender's commitment shall contain a statement that the
lender:
(1) Has examined the financial condition of the applicant including
an audited financial statement, and has determined that the applicant is
creditworthy;
(2) Has examined the financial viability of the proposed system for
which the applicant intends to use the commitment; and
(3) Is willing to provide a sum to the applicant sufficient to cover
the realistic and prudent estimated costs of construction of 40% of the
system and operation of the system for the first four years of the
license term.
(d) An applicant in a geographic area for frequencies in the 220-222
MHz band may not have any interest in another pending application in the
same geographic area for frequencies in the same category (trunked,
individual, individual data, public safety/mutual aid) in that band. An
applicant for a nationwide system in the 220-222 MHz band may not have
any interest in another pending application for a nationwide system in
the same category (10-channel non-commercial, 5-channel non-commercial,
5-channel commercial) in that band.
(56 FR 19603, Apr. 29, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 32517, July 17,
1991)
47 CFR 90.715 Frequencies available.
(a) The following table indicates the channel designations of
frequencies available for assignment to eligible applicants under this
subpart. Frequencies shall be assigned in pairs, with base station
frequencies taken from the 220-221 MHz band with corresponding mobile
and control station frequencies being 1 MHz higher and taken from the
221-222 MHz band. Only the lower half of the frequency pair(s) is
listed in the table.
(b) The 200 channels are divided into three sub-bands as follows:
47 CFR 90.717 Channels available for nationwide systems in the 220-222
MHz band.
Channels 51-60 and 141-150 are 10-channel blocks available to
applicants eligible in all Part 90 services only for nationwide
non-commercial systems. Channels 81-85 and 86-90 are 5-channel blocks
available to applicants eligible in all Part 90 services only for
nationwide non-commercial systems. The term ''non-commercial system''
is defined as a system that will be used only for a licensee's internal
use. Channels 21-25, 26-30, 151-155, and 156-160 are 5-channel blocks
available to non-Government applicants only for nationwide commercial
systems. Channels 111-115 and 116-120 are 5-channel blocks available
for Government nationwide use only.
47 CFR 90.719 Individual channels available for assignment in the
220-222 MHz band.
Channels 171-200 are available to both Government and non-Government
applicants, and may be assigned singly or in contiguous channel groups.
Channels 171-180 are available for any use consistent with this subpart.
Channels 181-200 are set aside for data only operations until March 31,
2000. The term ''data'', for purposes of this subpart, includes the
transmission of text, control codes, and other information typical of
machine-to-machine communications. Digitized voice signals are
considered data signals under this subpart.
Note: Channels 181-185 and 196-200 are indefinitely reserved until
further Commission action, and are not currently available for
assignment or use.
47 CFR 90.720 Channels available for public safety/mutual aid.
(a) Part 90 licensees whose licenses reflect a two-letter radio
service code beginning with the letter ''P'' (except for ''PS'') are
authorized by this rule to use mobile and/or portable units on Channels
161-170 throughout the United States, its territories, and possessions
to transmit:
(1) Communications relating to the immediate safety of life or
(2) Communications to facilitate interoperability between public
safety entities.
(b) Any entity eligible to obtain a license under subpart B of this
part is also eligible to obtain a license for base/mobile operations on
Channels 161-170. Base/mobile or base/portable communications on these
channels that do not relate to the immediate safety of life or to
communications interoperability between public safety entities may only
be conducted on a secondary, non-interference basis to such
communications.
47 CFR 90.721 Channels available for trunked systems in the 220-222 MHz
band.
The channel groups listed in the following Table are available to
both Government and non-Government applicants for trunked operations or
operations of equivalent or greater efficiency for non-commercial or
commercial operations.
47 CFR 90.723 Selection and assignment of frequencies.
(a) Applications for frequencies in the 220-222 MHz band shall
specify the number of frequencies requested and whether their intended
use is for 5- or 10-channel nationwide systems, commercial or
non-commercial use, 5-channel trunked systems, public safety/mutual aid
use, individual data/voice use, or individual data only use. All
frequencies in this band will be assigned by the Commission.
(b) Channels will be assigned pursuant to 90.717, 90.719, 90.720
and 90.721 of this part.
(c) Applicants will be assigned only the number of channels justified
to meet their requirements. Except for the 10-channel nationwide
assignments, the maximum number of frequencies that will be assigned to
an applicant at any one time is five.
(d) Base station receivers utilizing channels assigned from Sub-band
A as designated in 90.715(b) of this part will be geographically
separated from those base station transmitters utilizing channels
removed 200 kHz or less and assigned from Sub-band B as follows:
(e) A mobile station is authorized to transmit on any frequency
assigned to its associated base station (mobile units not associated
with base stations (see 90.720(a) of this part must operate on
''mobile'' channels).
(f) Except for nationwide assignments, the separation of co-channel
base stations shall be 120 kilometers. Shorter separations will be
considered on a case-by-case basis upon submission of a technical
analysis indicating that at least 10 dB protection will be provided to
an existing station's 38 dBu signal level contour.
47 CFR 90.725 Construction requirements.
(a) Licensees granted nationwide authorizations will be required to
construct base stations having a minimum of five assigned nationwide
channels (or, for ten-channel nationwide systems, ten assigned channels
in the ten large areas listed in paragraph (h) of this section) and
place those base stations in operation as follows:
(1) In at least 10 percent of the geographic areas designated in the
application within two years of initial license grant, including base
stations in at least seven urban areas listed in 90.741 of this part;
(2) In at least 40 percent of the geographic areas designated in the
application within four years of initial license grant, including base
stations in at least 28 urban areas listed in 90.741 of this part;
(3) In at least 70 percent of the geographic areas designated in the
application within six years of initial license grant, including base
stations in at least 28 urban areas listed in 90.741 of this part;
(4) In all geographic areas designated in the application within ten
years of initial license grant, including base stations in at least 28
urban areas listed in 90.741 of this part.
(b) Licensees not meeting the two and four year criteria shall lose
the entire authorization, but will be permitted a six month period to
convert the system to non-nationwide channels, if such channels are
available.
(c) Licensees not meeting the six and ten year criteria shall lose
the authorizations for the facilities not constructed, but will retain
exclusivity for constructed facilities.
(d) Each nationwide licensee must file a system progress report on or
before the anniversary date of the grant of its license after 2, 4, 6
and 10 years, demonstrating compliance with the relevant construction
benchmark criteria. This progress report must include:
(1) An overall status report of the system, that must include, but
need not be limited to:
(i) A list of all sites at which base stations have been constructed,
with antenna heights and effective radiated power specified for each
site;
(ii) A list of all other known base station sites at which
construction has not been completed; and
(iii) A construction and operational schedule for the next five-year
period, including any known changes to the plan for construction and
operation submitted with the licensee's original application for the
system.
(2) An analysis of the system's compliance with the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section, with documentation to support
representations of completed construction, including, but not limited
to:
(i) Equipment purchase orders and contracts;
(ii) Lease or purchase contracts relating to antenna site
arrangements;
(iii) Equipment and antenna identification (serial) numbers; and
(iv) Service agreements and visits.
(e) Beginning with its second license term, each nationwide licensee
must file a progress report once every five years on the anniversary
date of the grant of the first renewal of its authorization, including
the information required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
(f) Licensees authorized non-nationwide systems must construct their
systems (i.e., have all specified base stations constructed with all
channels) and place their systems in operation within eight months of
the initial license grant date. Authorizations for systems not
constructed and placed in operation within eight months from the date of
initial license grant cancel automatically.
(g) A licensee that loses authorization for some or all of its
channels due to failure to meet construction deadlines or benchmarks may
not reapply for nationwide channels in the same category or for
non-nationwide channels in the same category in the same geographic area
for one year from the date the Commission takes final action affirming
that those channels have been cancelled.
(h) Base stations of 10-channel nationwide systems must be fully
constructed (i.e., must have all 10 channels) to be counted towards the
benchmark criteria in paragraph (a) of this section if they are located
in any of the ten large urban areas listed in the following Table (base
stations are considered located in the following ten large urban areas
if they are within 60 kilometers (37.3 miles) of the coordinates listed:
(56 FR 19603, Apr. 29, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 32517, July 17,
1991)
47 CFR 90.727 Extended implementation schedules.
Except for nationwide and commercial systems, a period of up to three
(3) years may be authorized for constructing and placing a system in
operation if:
(a) The applicant submits justification for an extended
implementation period. The justification must include reasons for
requiring an extended construction period, the proposed construction
schedule (with milestones), and must show either that:
(1) The proposed system will serve a large fleet of mobile units and
will involve a multi-year cycle for its planning, approval, funding,
purchase, and construction; or
(2) The proposed system will require longer than 8 months to place in
operation because of its purpose, size, or complexity; or
(3) The proposed system is to be part of a coordinated or integrated
area-wide system which will require more than 8 months to construct; or
(4) The applicant is a local governmental agency and demonstrates
that the government involved is required by law to follow a multi-year
cycle for planning, approval, funding, and purchasing the proposed
system.
(b) Authorizations under this section are conditioned upon the
licensee's compliance with the submitted extended implementation
schedule. Failure to meet the schedule will result in loss of
authorizations for facilities not constructed.
(56 FR 19603, Apr. 29, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 32517, July 17,
1991)
47 CFR 90.729 Limitations on power and antenna height.
(a) The permissible effective radiated power (ERP) with respect to
antenna heights shall be determined from the following Table. These are
maximum values and applicants are required to justify power levels
requested.
(b) The maximum permissible ERP for mobile units is 50 watts.
Portable units are considered as mobile units.
(c) Channels 196-200 are limited to 2 watts ERP and a maximum antenna
height of 20 feet/6.1 meters above ground.
47 CFR 90.731 Restrictions on operational-fixed stations.
Except for control stations, operational-fixed stations will not be
authorized in the 220-222 MHz band. Licensees may utilize their
authorized frequencies for fixed signaling in accordance with 90.235 of
this part.
(56 FR 32517, July 17, 1991)
47 CFR 90.733 Permissible operations.
(a) Systems authorized in the 220-222 MHz band may be used:
(1) Only for base/mobile and mobile relay transmissions on a primary
basis, and fixed voice, signaling and paging transmissions ancillary to
land mobile use. Fixed-only and paging-only operations are not
permitted in this band.
(2) Only by persons who are eligible for facilities under either this
subpart or in the radio services included in subparts B, C, D, or E of
this part.
(3) Only for the transmission of messages or signals permitted in the
services in which the licensees are eligible.
(b) See 90.720 of this part for permissible operations on mutual aid
channels.
(c) For operations requiring less than a 4 kHz bandwidth, more than a
single emission may be utilized within the authorized bandwidth. In
such cases, the frequency stability requirements of 90.213 do not
apply, but the out-of-band emission limits of 90.209(1) must be met.
(d) Licensees of non-commercial nationwide systems that have
constructed 40 percent of their systems may lease excess capacity of
their systems as private carriers.
(56 FR 19603, Apr. 29, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 32517, July 17,
1991)
47 CFR 90.735 Station identification.
(a) Except for nationwide systems authorized in the 220-222 MHz band,
station identification is required pursuant to 90..425 of this part.
(b) Trunked systems shall employ an automatic device to transmit the
call sign of the base station at 30 minute intervals. The
identification shall be made on the lowest frequency in the base station
trunked group assigned to the licensee. If this frequency is in use at
the time identification is required, the identification may be made at
the termination of the communication in progress on this frequency.
(c) Station identification may be by voice or International Morse
Code. If the call sign is transmitted in International Morse Code, it
must be at a rate of between 15 to 20 words per minute, and by means of
tone modulation of the transmitter, with the tone frequency being
between 800 and 1000 hertz.
(d) Data transmissions (see 90.719 of this part) may also be
identified by data transmission of the station call sign. A licensee
that identifies its station in this manner must provide the Commission,
upon its request, information (such as digital codes and algorithms)
sufficient to decipher the data transmission to ascertain the call sign
transmitted.
47 CFR 90.737 Supplemental reports required of licensees.
(a) Licensees of nationwide systems must submit progress reports
pursuant to 90.725(d) of this part.
(b) Licensees offering service on a commercial basis must maintain
records of the names and addresses of each customer and the dates that
service commenced and terminated. These records must be made available
to the Commission upon request. Such licensees must report at the time
of license renewal the number of mobile units being served.
(c) Non-commercial trunked system licensees must report at the time
of license renewal the number of mobile units being served.
(d) Except for licensees of nationwide systems, all licensees must
report whether construction of the facility has been completed within
eight months of the date of initial grant of their respective licenses.
(e) All reports must be filed with the Land Mobile Branch, Licensing
Division, Private Radio Bureau, Gettysburg, PA 17326.
(56 FR 19603, Apr. 29, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 32517, July 17,
1991)
47 CFR 90.739 Number of systems authorized in a geographical area.
No licensee will be authorized more than one system in the 220-222
MHz band in a single category (i.e., one non-commercial nationwide
system (either 5 or 10-channel), one commercial nationwide system, one
5-channel trunked system, one data-only local system of 1-5 channels,
one unrestricted non-trunked local system of 1-5 channels, or one public
safety/mutual aid local system of 1-5 channels) within 64 kilometers (40
miles) of an existing system authorized to that licensee in the same
category, unless the licensee can demonstrate that the additional system
is justified on the basis of its communications requirements.
47 CFR 90.741 Urban areas for nationwide systems.
Licensees of nationwide systems must construct base stations in a
minimum of 28 of the urban areas listed in the following Table within
ten years of initial license grant. A base station is considered to be
within one of the listed urban areas if it is within 60 kilometers (37.3
miles) of the specified coordinates.
Note: The geographic coordinates given are from the Department of
Commerce publication of 1947: ''Air-line Distances Between Cities in
the United States'' and from data supplied by the National Geodetic
Survey. The coordinates are determined by using the first city
mentioned as the center of the urban area.
(56 FR 19603, Apr. 29, 1991, as amended at 56 FR 32517, July 17,
1991)
47 CFR 90.741 PART 94 -- PRIVATE OPERATIONAL-FIXED MICROWAVE SERVICE
47 CFR 90.741 Pt. 94
47 CFR 90.741 Subpart A -- General Information
Sec.
94.1 Basis and purpose.
94.3 Definitions.
94.5 Eligibility.
94.7 General citizenship restrictions.
94.9 Permissible Communications.
94.11 Points of communication.
94.13 Interconnection of private operational-fixed microwave
stations.
94.15 Policy governing the assignment of frequencies.
94.17 Shared use of radio stations and the offering of private
carrier communications service.
94.19 Multiple licensing of radio transmitting equipment in the
Private Operational-Fixed Microwave Radio Service.
47 CFR 90.741 Subpart B -- Applications, Authorizations, and
Notifications
94.23 Station authorization required.
94.25 Filing of applications.
94.27 Application and standard forms.
94.29 Who may sign applications.
94.31 Supplemental information to be submitted with application.
94.33 Preliminary processing of applications.
94.35 Amendment or request for dismissal of application.
94.37 Grant of application without hearing.
94.39 License term.
94.41 Partial grant of applications.
94.43 Procedure for obtaining special temporary authority.
94.45 Changes in authorized station requiring modification.
94.47 Transfer and assignment of station authorization.
94.49 Report of temporary location.
94.51 Time in which station must be in operation.
94.53 Discontinuance of station operation.
94.57 Continued operation subsequent to modification.
47 CFR 90.741 Subpart C -- Technical Standards
94.61 Applicability.
94.63 Interference protection criteria for operational-fixed
stations.
94.65 Frequencies.
94.67 Frequency tolerance.
94.69 Types of emission.
94.71 Emission and bandwidth limitations.
94.73 Power limitations.
94.75 Antenna limitations.
94.77 Interference to geostationary-satellites.
94.79 Minimum path lengths for fixed links.
94.81 Authorization of microwave equipment.
94.83 Transmitter control requirements.
94.85 Transmitter measurements.
94.88 Special provision for low power systems in the 17,700-19,700
MHz band.
94.90 Special provisions for low power, limited coverage systems in
the 12,200-12,700 MHz band.
94.91 Special provision for low-power limited coverage systems in the
band segments 21.8-22.0 GHz and 23.0-23.2 GHz.
94.92 Technical standards for stations authorized prior to July 1,
1976.
94.93 Provisions for Private Operational Fixed use of the
12,200-12,700 MHz Band.
94.94 Microwave digital modulation.
94.95 Special provisions for operational-fixed stations in the
2500-2690 MHz band.
47 CFR 90.741 Subpart D -- Station Operating Requirements
94.101 Suspension of transmission required.
94.103 Operator requirements.
94.105 Station identification.
94.107 Posting of station authorization and transmitter
identification cards, plates, or signs.
94.109 Inspection of stations and station records.
94.111 Inspection and maintenance of tower marking and associated
control equipment.
94.113 Station records.
47 CFR 90.741 Subpart E -- Developmental Operation
94.151 Eligibility.
94.153 Showing required.
94.155 Limitations on use.
94.157 Frequencies available for assignment.
94.159 Interference.
94.161 Special provisions.
94.163 Required supplementary statement.
94.165 Report of operation.
Authority: Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, unless otherwise noted.
Source: 40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 90.741 Subpart A -- General Information
47 CFR 94.1 Basis and purpose.
(a) The basis for the rules following in this part is the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and applicable treaties and
agreements to which the United States is a party. The rules in this
part are issued pursuant to the authority contained in Title III of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, which vests authority in the
Federal Communications Commission to regulate radio transmissions and to
issue licenses for radio stations.
(b) The purpose of the rules in this part is to prescribe the manner
in which operational-fixed radio facilities may be licensed and operated
in the microwave spectrum of 928-929 MHz and above 952 MHz.
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 46 FR 9953, Jan. 30, 1981)
47 CFR 94.3 Definitions.
For the purpose of this part, the following definitions shall be
applicable. For other definitions, refer to part 2 of this chapter,
Frequency Allocations and Radio Treaty Matters; General Rules and
Regulations.
Antenna Power Input. The radio frequency peak or RMS power, as the
case may be, supplied to the antenna from the antenna transmission line
and its associated impedance matching network.
Bit rate. The rate of transmission of information in binary (two
state) form in bits per unit time.
Carrier. In a frequency stabilized system, the sinusoidal component
of a modulated wave whose frequency is independent of the modulating
wave; or the output of a transmitter when the modulating wave is made
zero; or a wave generated at a point in the transmitting system and
subsequently modulated by the signal; or a wave generated locally at
the receiving terminal which, when combined with the side bands in a
suitable detector, produces the modulating wave.
Control Station. An operational-fixed station, the transmissions of
which are used to control automatically the emissions or operations of a
radio station in the mobile services at a specified location.
Digital modulation. The process by which some characteristic
(frequency, phase, amplitude or combinations thereof) of a carrier
frequency is varied in accordance with a digital signal, e.g., one
consisting of coded pulses or states.
Digital Termination Nodal Station. A fixed point-to-multipoint radio
station in a Digital Termination System providing two-way communications
with Digital Termination User Stations.
Digital Termination System. A fixed point-to-multipoint radio system
consisting of Digital Termination Nodal Stations and their associated
Digital Termination User Stations.
Digital Termination User Station. Any one of the fixed microwave
radio stations located at users' premises, lying within the coverage
area of a Digital Termination Nodal Station, and providing two-way
digital communications with Digital Termination Nodal Station.
Equivalent Isotropically Radiated Power (EIRP). The product of the
power supplied to the antenna and the antenna gain in a given direction
relative to an isotropic antenna. For purpose of this part, EIRP is
expressed in decibels referenced to 1 milliwatt (dBm) in the direction
of the main beam.
Fixed Relay Station. An operational-fixed station associated with
one or more stations in the mobile service, established to receive radio
signals directed to it and to retransmit them automatically on a fixed
service frequency.
Fixed Service. A service of radio communication between specified
fixed points.
Fixed Station. A station in the fixed service.
Frequency Tolerance. The maximum permissible departure with respect
to the assigned frequency of the corresponding characteristic frequency
of an emission. For purposes of this part, the frequency tolerance is
expressed as a percentage of the assigned frequency.
Internodal Link. A point-to-point communications link used to
provide communications between Nodal Stations or to interconnect Nodal
Stations to other communications media.
Long Haul System. A microwave system licensed under this part in
which the longest radio circuit of tandem radio paths exceeds 250 miles.
Master station. A station in a multiple address radio system that
controls, activates, or interrogates four or more remote stations.
Master stations performing such functions may also receive transmissions
from remote stations.
Microwave. For the purposes of this part, frequencies from 928-929
MHz and those above 952 MHz.
Multiple address system (MAS). A multiple address radio system is a
point-to-multipoint communications system, either one-way or two-way,
utilizing frequencies listed in 94.65(a)(1) and serving a minimum of
four remote stations. If a master station is part of the multiple
address system, the remote stations must be scattered over the service
area in such a way that two or more point-to-point systems would be
needed to serve those remotes.
Necessary Bandwidth. For a given class of emission, the minimum
value of the occupied bandwidth sufficient to insure the transmission of
information at a rate and with the quality required for the system
employed, under specified conditions. Emissions useful for the good
functioning of the receiving equipment as, for example, the emission
corresponding to the carrier of reduced carrier systems, shall be
included in the necessary bandwidth. The necessary bandwidth may be
determined by methods outlined in 2.202 of this chapter.
Nodal Station. The central or controlling station in a radio system
operating on point-to-multipoint frequencies in the 2.5, 10.6, and 18
GHz bands.
Occupied Bandwidth. The frequency bandwidth such that, below its
lower and above its upper frequency limits, the mean powers radiated are
each equal to 0.5 percent of the total mean power radiated by a given
emission. In some cases, for example, multichannel frequency-division
systems, the percentage 0.5 percent may lead to certain difficulties in
the practical application of the definitions of occupied and necessary
bandwidth; in such cases a different percentage may prove useful.
Operational-fixed Station. A fixed station not open to public
correspondence, operated by and for the sole use of those persons or
agencies operating their own radiocommunication facilities. This term
includes all stations licensed in the fixed service under this part.
Passive Repeater. A passive antenna element or elements, located to
reflect radiation from or redirect radiation to a directional
transmitting and/or receiving antenna in a horizontal or near horizontal
plane to a horizontal or near horizontal plane.
Periscope Antenna System. An antenna system which involves the use
of a passive reflector to deflect radiation from or to a directional
transmitting and/or receiving antenna which is oriented vertically or
near vertically.
Person. An individual, partnership, association, joint stock company,
trust, or corporation.
Private Carrier. An entity licensed in the private services and
authorized to provide communications service to other private service
eligibles on a commercial basis.
Rated Power Output. The maximum radio frequency power output
capability (peak or average power) of a transmitter, under optimum
conditions of adjustment and operation, specified by its manufacturer.
Remote station. A fixed station in a multiple address radio system
that transmits one-way to one or more receive central sites, controls a
master station, or is controlled, activated, or interrogated by, and may
respond to, a master station.
Short Haul System. A microwave system licensed under this part in
which the longest radio circuit of tandem radio paths does not exceed
250 miles.
Video Entertainment Material. The transmission of a video signal
(e.g. United States Standard Monochrome or National Television Systems
Committee 525-line television) and an associated audio signal which is
designed primarily to amuse or entertain, such as movies and games.
(Secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 94.3, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 94.5 Eligibility.
Any person, or any governmental entity or agency eligible for
licensing in a radio service under parts 80, 87, or 90 for private
operational-fixed communications related to activities for which
licensing is available in such service or any person proposing to
provide communications service to such persons, governmental entities or
agencies is eligible to hold a license under this part.
(50 FR 13352, Apr. 5, 1985, as amended at 51 FR 31305, Sept. 2, 1986)
47 CFR 94.7 General citizenship restrictions.
A station license may not be granted to or held by a foreign
government or a representative of a foreign government.
47 CFR 94.9 Permissible Communications.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, stations in
this radio service may transmit communications as follows:
(1) On frequencies below 21,200 MHz, licensees may transmit their own
communications, including the transmission of their products and
information services, to their customers except that the distribution of
video entertainment material to customers shall be permitted only as
indicated in 94.61(b) and subparagraph (a)(2) of this section.
(2) In the frequency bands 6425-6525 MHz, 18, 142-18,580 MHz and on
frequencies above 21,200 MHz, licensees may deliver any of their own
products and services to any receiving location;
(3) Licensees may transmit the communications of their parent
corporation, or of another subsidiary of the same parent, or their own
subsidiary where the party to be served is regularly engaged in any of
the activities that constitute the basis for eligibility to use the
frequencies assigned;
(4) Licensees may transmit the communications of other parties in
accordance with 94.17;
(5) Licensees may transmit emergency communications unrelated to
their activities in accordance with 94.11;
(6) Licensees may transmit communications on a commercial basis to
eligible users, among different premises of a single eligible user, or
from one eligible user to another as part of transmissions by Digital
Termination Systems on the frequencies provided for this purpose;
(7) Licensees may transmit program material from one location to
another, provided that the frequencies do not serve as the final RF link
in the chain of distribution of the program material to broadcast
stations;
(8) The facilities of closed circuit educational television systems
that have been licensed to educational institutions may be utilized for
the transmission of program material to noncommercial educational
broadcast stations, provided that the use of the facilities exclusively
for carrying such program material shall be less than 50 percent of
their total use during any one year of the license period, no charge
either direct or indirect shall be made for such use, and licensees
shall submit reports with their applications for renewals showing the
breakdown of usages in terms of primary and alternate uses during each
year of the license term.
(b) Stations licensed in this radio service shall not:
(1) Render a common carrier communications service of any kind.
(2) Transmit program material for use in connection with
broadcasting, except as provided in subparagraphs (a)(7) and (a)(8) of
this section.
(3) Be used to provide the final RF link in the chain of transmission
of program material to cable television systems, multipoint distribution
systems or master antenna TV systems, except in the frequency bands
6425-6525 and 18,142-18,580 MHz and on frequencies above 21,200 MHz.
(56 FR 9900, Mar. 8, 1991)
47 CFR 94.11 Points of communication.
(a) Stations authorized in this service may communicate with
associated operational-fixed stations and fixed receivers and with units
of associated stations in the mobile service licensed under Private
Radio Service rule parts. In addition, intercommunication is permitted
with other licensed stations and with U.S. Government stations in those
cases which require cooperation or coordination of activities or when
cooperative use arrangements in accordance with 94.17 are contemplated;
provided, however, that where communication is desired with stations
authorized to operate under the authority of a foreign jurisdiction,
prior approval of this Commission must be obtained; And provided
further, That the authority under which such other stations operate does
not prohibit the intercommunication.
(b) Emergency communications. During a period of emergency in which
the normal communication facilities are disrupted as a result of
hurricane, flood, earthquake, or similar disaster, stations may be used
for emergency communications unrelated to the licensee's activities.
The Commission may at any time order discontinuance of such special use
of the authorized facilities.
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 44 FR 39181, July 5, 1979;
49 FR 36377, Sept. 17, 1984)
47 CFR 94.13 Interconnection of private operational-fixed microwave
stations.
Stations authorized under this part may be interconnected with
facilities of common carriers subject to applicable tariffs.
(40 FR 53396, Nov. 18, 1975)
47 CFR 94.15 Policy governing the assignment of frequencies.
(a) Frequencies in this service are assignable to provide the
full-period service required in most private systems, and assignments
shall be protected from interference in the manner and to the extent
prescribed in this subpart. However, where a full-period service is not
needed by the licensee, the same frequencies may be assigned to another
applicant in the same area on a scheduled, time-sharing basis, provided
that the applicant and existing licensees have filed a time-sharing
agreement with the Commission.
(b) Except as provided in 94.25(k), all applications for new or
modified stations must contain an engineering analysis of the potential
interference between the proposed facilities and previously authorized
facilities and pending applications. The application must contain as
supplemental information:
(1) A certification that based upon frequency engineering analysis,
the potential interference will not exceed that prescribed by the
interference criteria in 94.63; or
(2) If the potential interference will exceed that prescribed by
94.63, a statement to the effect that all parties affected have agreed
to accept the higher level of interference.
(3) In either case, the application must contain the names of the
licensees and the call signs of the stations that were considered in
conducting the engineering analysis. Further, applicants and licensees
will be expected to cooperate promptly and fully in the exchange of
technical information necessary to performing frequency engineering
analysis and, in the event of technical differences, cooperate in
resolving these differences. Engineering analyses prepared pursuant to
this section shall include the FCC ID number of the transmitter and the
make and model numbers for all antennas the applicant proposes to use.
(c) Applicants for new facilities not forming a part of a previously
authorized system shall select the frequency band having available
frequencies where the assignable bandwidth is most consistent with the
proposed communication requirements. Applications shall contain
supplemental information showing the basis for frequency band selection,
the basis for the bandwidth requested, and the proposed schedule for
implementation of bandwidth utilization. Consistent with this policy,
each applicant normally will be authorized one transmit frequency per
path in each direction where full duplex operation is required.
Additional frequencies per path may be authorized upon a showing that:
(1) The additional frequencies are required to accommodate the
applicant's present and planned communications requirements; and
technical factors preclude use of other bands. For the purposes of this
requirement, technical factors to be considered in determining whether a
frequency band is suitable for a proposed operation include:
Reliability objectives of the applicant; propagation characteristics of
the band; atmospheric conditions in the proposed area of operation,
such as rainfall and extreme temperature changes that may affect
propagation outages; total path length of the proposed system;
availability of radio equipment (but not its cost); and the relative
availability of frequencies in the band where frequencies are requested
and in the band where greater assignable bandwidth is available; or
(2) Expansion of previously authorized systems beyond the capacity
originally contemplated is required. However, in no event will
bandwidth greater than that associated with the transmit frequency as
provided in 94.65 be authorized. In addition, video systems employing
more than 10 MHz bandwidth per channel will not be authorized on
frequencies below 12,000 MHz; provided that stations authorized before
August 1, 1975, not complying with the provisions of this paragraph may
continue to be authorized.
(d) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, applicants
will be assigned the frequencies listed in 94.65. Operation on other
than the listed frequencies may be authorized where it is shown that the
objectives or requirements of the interference criteria prescribed in
94.63 could not otherwise be met to resolve the interference problems.
Also, operation on other than listed frequencies within a single
standard bandwidth may be authorized where amplitude modulation
techniques are used. Finally, on frequencies, bands above 10,000 MHz,
operations on multiple transmitting frequencies may be authorized on a
case-by-case basis within a single standard bandwidth.
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, frequencies
will be assigned in pairs for those stations employing full-duplex
transmission, with one of the frequencies designated as the station
transmit frequency and the other as the receive frequency. Provision is
made in some bands for use of both paired and unpaired frequencies for
one-way operations. Applicants requesting the use of paired frequencies
in the 932-932.5 and 941-941.5 MHz bands for one-way master station
transmissions to four or more remote stations will be assigned a
frequency in the 932-932.5 MHz band, if available, unless planned
remotes are to be located beyond 48 kilometers from the master station.
Except for the 932-932.5/941-941.5 MHz bands, assignment of a paired
frequency for one-way operations will be made only upon a showing that
spectrum efficiency will not be impaired and that unpaired frequencies
are not available in other fixed spectrum. However, operation on
frequencies not in accordance with the foregoing will be authorized only
upon a showing that the interference criteria of this part could not be
met or that an exception is required to prevent intrasystem
interference.
(f) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, applicants
requiring more than one pair of frequencies at a single station location
will be required to employ one end of the frequency band selected for
all TRANSMIT frequencies at that location and the other end of the band
for all RECEIVE frequencies at that location. However, exception to
this requirement may be authorized upon a showing that the interference
criteria of this part could not be met or that exception is required to
prevent intra-system interference.
(g) Except as provided in paragraph (h) of this section, applicants
requiring multiple transmit frequencies employed on separate paths from
a single station location will not normally be authorized more than four
of the transmit frequencies available in the band. Further, master and
remote stations using frequencies listed in 94.65(a)(1) of this part
will not normally be authorized more than four (12.5 kHz) frequencies or
frequency pairs. During the initial filing window for the
932-932.5/941-941.5 MHz bands:
(1) An applicant may not apply for a frequency or frequency pair
within a 25 mile radius of any location for which it has concurrently
applied;
(2) Further, no party may have an ownership interest, direct or
indirect, in two or more pending applications proposing sites within 25
miles of each other.
(h) Stations authorized before August 1, 1975, shall be exempt from
paragraphs (d), (e), (f), and (g) of this section.
(i) Licensees and applicants for the point-to-multipoint channels in
the 10.6 GHz and 18 GHz bands are not subject to the provisions of
paragraph (a) through (h) of this section.
(j) Applications filed pursuant to 94.93 will not be subject to the
provisions of paragraphs (a) through (h) of this section.
(Secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 48 FR 50737, Nov. 3, 1983;
49 FR 36378, Sept. 17, 1984; 51 FR 41630, Nov. 18, 1986; 52 FR 29857,
Aug. 12, 1987; 53 FR 11857, Apr. 11, 1988; 55 FR 9728, Mar. 15, 1990;
55 FR 10463, Mar. 21, 1990; 56 FR 34151, July 26, 1991)
47 CFR 94.17 Shared use of radio stations and the offering of private
carrier communications service.
(a) Licensees of radio stations authorized under this part may share
the use of their facilities on a non-profit basis or may offer service
on a for-profit private carrier basis, subject to the following
conditions and limitations:
(1) Persons or governmental entities licensed to operate radio
systems on any of the frequencies set out in 94.61(b) may share such
systems with, or provide private carrier service to, any eligible for
licensing under this part, regardless of individual eligibility
restrictions enumerated in 94.61(b), provided that the communications
being carried are permissible under 94.9.
(2) The licensee must maintain access to and control over all
facilities authorized under its license.
(3) All sharing and private carrier arrangements must be conducted
pursuant to a written agreement to be kept as part of the station
records.
(4) The licensee must keep an up-to-date list of system sharers and
private carrier subscribers and the basis of their eligibility under
part 94. Such records must be kept current and must be made available
upon request for inspection by the Commission.
(b) Dominant common carriers may only share the use of their
facilities on a non-profit basis and may not offer service on a
for-profit private carrier basis.
(51 FR 10546, Mar. 27, 1986)
47 CFR 94.19 Multiple licensing of radio transmitting equipment in the
Private Operational-Fixed Microwave Radio Service.
Two or more persons or governmental entities eligible for licensing
under this part may use the same transmitting equipment under the
following terms and conditions:
(a) Each licensee complies with the general operating requirements
set out in Subpart D of this part.
(b) Each licensee is eligible for the frequency(ies) on which the
facility operates.
(c) Each licensee must have the ability to access the transmitter(s)
which it is authorized to operate under the multiple licensing
arrangement.
(50 FR 13352, Apr. 4, 1985)
47 CFR 94.19 Subpart B -- Applications, Authorizations, and Notifications
47 CFR 94.23 Station authorization required.
No radio transmitter shall be operated in this service except under
and in accordance with a proper station authorization granted by the
Federal Communications Commission.
47 CFR 94.25 Filing of applications.
(a) Persons desiring to install and operate radio transmitting
equipment must submit an application for a radio station authorization.
To assure that necessary information is supplied in a consistent manner
by all persons, standard forms are prescribed for use in connection with
the majority of applications and reports submitted for Commission
consideration. Standard numbered forms applicable to the private
operational-fixed radio stations are described in 94.27, and may be
obtained from the Washington, DC office of the Commission, or from any
of its engineering field offices. In matters where no standard form is
applicable, the informal application procedure outlined in 94.27 should
be followed.
(b) For applications requiring a fee as set forth at part 1, subpart
G of this chapter, the completed application package must be filed in
accordance with 0.401(b) of the rules. Applications not requiring a
fee shall be filed with the Commission's offices in Gettysburg, PA and
shall be addressed to: Federal Communications Commission, Gettysburg,
PA 17326.
(c) Unless otherwise specified, an application shall be filed at
least ninety days prior to the date on which it is desired that
Commission action thereon be completed.
(d) Applications involving operation at temporary locations:
(1) An application for authority to operate a fixed station at
temporary locations is required and shall specify the precise geographic
area within which the operation will be confined. The area specified
must be defined as a radius of operation about a given
latitude/longitude or as a rectangular area bounded by upper and lower
lines of latitude and longitude. Exception to this specific requirement
may be made for exceptionally large areas, such as the continental
United States. Sufficient data must be submitted to show the need for
the proposed area of operation.
(2) If an operational-fixed station is authorized to be operated at
temporary locations and actually remains, or is to remain, at the same
location for a period of over a year, application for a separate
authorization specifying the fixed location shall be made as soon as
possible but not later than 30 days after the expiration of the one-year
period.
(3) Operation of a fixed station at temporary locations will be
authorized only on the frequency pair 6535/6575 MHz, and in frequency
bands shared for operational fixed and mobile operations.
(e) Applications for point-to-multipoint frequencies in the 10.6 GHz
and 18 GHz bands:
(1) A separate application form must be filed for each Nodal Station
except for operations consistent with 94.88. Each Nodal Station
application must specify the service area that will be served by the
station in terms of a distance radius or other geographical
specification, and, if applicable, the Standard Metropolitan Statistical
Area (SMSA) being served.
(2) If proposing a Digital Termination System, all applicants must
submit as part of the original application a detailed plan indicating
how the bandwidth requested will be utilized. In particular the
application must contain detailed descriptions of the modulation method,
the channel time sharing method, any error detecting and/or correcting
codes, any spatial frequency reuse system and the total data throughput
capacity in each of the links in the system. Further, the application
must include a separate analysis of the spectral efficiency including
both information bits per unit bandwidth and the total bits per unit
bandwidth.
(f) In order to minimize possible harmful interference at the
National Radio Astronomy Observatory site located at Green Bank,
Pocohontas County, WV, and at the Naval Radio Research Observatory site
at Sugar Grove, Pendleton County, WV, any applicant for a station
authorization other than temporary-fixed seeking a station license for a
new station or to modify an existing station in a manner which would
change either the frequency, power, antenna height or directivity, or
location of such a station within the area boarded by 39 15' N. on the
north, 78 30' W. on the east, 37 30' N. on the south, and 80 30' W.
on the west shall at the time of filing such application with the
Commission, simultaneously notify the Director, National Radio Astronomy
Observatory, Post Office Box No. 2, Green Bank, WV 24944, in writing,
of the technical particulars of the proposed station. Such notification
shall include the geographical coordinates of the antenna, antenna
height, antenna directivity if any, proposed frequency, type of emission
and power. In addition, the applicant shall indicate in his application
to the Commission the date notification was made to the Observatory.
After receipt of such applications, the Commission will allow a period
of twenty (20) days for comments or objections in response to the
notifications indicated. If an objection to the proposed operation is
received during the 20-day period from the National Radio Astronomy
Observatory for itself or on behalf of the Naval Radio Research
Observatory, the Commission will consider all aspects of the problem and
take whatever action is deemed appropriate.
(g) Protection for Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone, Boulder
County, CO. Applicants for a station authorization to operate in the
vicinity of Boulder County, CO under this part are advised to give due
consideration, prior to filing applications, to the need to protect the
Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone from harmful interference. These
are the research laboratories of the Department of Commerce, Boulder
County, CO. To prevent degradation of the present ambient radio signal
level at the site, the Department of Commerce seeks to ensure that the
field strengths of any radiated signals (excluding reflected signals)
received on this 1800 acre site (in the vicinity of coordinates 40 07
50" N Latitude, 105 14 40" W Longitude) resulting from new assignments
or from the modification or relocation of existing facilities do not
exceed 1 mV/m in the authorized bandwidth of service. (A field strength
of 1 mV/m is equivalent to a power flux density of 85.8 dBW/M2 assuming
a free-space characteristic impendance of 376.7 ohms.)
(1) Advance consultation is recommended particularly for those
applicants who have no reliable data which indicates whether the field
strength or power flux density figures would be exceeded by their
proposed radio facilities. In such instances, the following is a
suggested guide for determining whether coordination is recommended:
(i) All stations within 2.4 km (1.5 statute miles);
(ii) Stations within 4.8 km (3 statute miles) with 50 watts or more
effective radiated power (ERP) in the primary plane of polarization in
the azimuthal direction of the Table Mountain Radio Receiving Zone;
(iii) Stations within 16 km (10 statute miles) with 1 kW or more ERP
in the primary plane of polarization in the azimuthal direction of the
Table Mountain Receiving Zone;
(iv) Stations within 80 km (50 statute miles) with 25 kW or more ERP
in the primary plane of polarization in the azimuthal direction of the
Table Mountain Receiving Zone.
(2) Applicants concerned are urged to communicate with the Radio
Frequency Management Coordinator, Department of Commerce, Research
Support Services, NOAA R/E5X2, Boulder Laboratories, Boulder, CO 80303;
telephone (303) 497-6548, in advance of filing their applications with
the Commission.
(3) The Commission will not screen applications to determine whether
advance consultation has taken place. However, applicants are advised
that such consultation can avoid objections from the Department of
Commerce or proceedings to modify any authorization which may be granted
which, in fact, delivers a signal at the site in excess of the field
strength specified herein.
(h) Applications for authorizations to construct microwave
operational-fixed radio stations for transmission of program material to
cable television systems will not be accepted, except in the frequency
bands above 21,200 MHz.
(i) Protection for Federal Communications Commission monitoring
stations:
(1) Applicants in the vicinity of an FCC monitoring station for a
radio station authorization to operate new transmitting facilities or
changed transmitting facilities which would increase the field strength
produced over the monitoring station over that previously authorized are
advised to give consideration, prior to filing applications, to the
possible need to protect the FCC stations from harmful interference.
Geographical coordinates of the facilities which require protection are
listed in 0.121(c) of the Commission's Rules. Applications for
stations (except mobile stations) which will produce on any frequency a
direct wave fundamental field strength of greater than 10 mV/m in the
authorized bandwidth of service (^65.8 dBW/m2 power flux density
assuming a free space characteristic impedance of 120 ohms) at the
referenced coordinates, may be examined to determine extent of possible
interference. Depending on the theoretical field strength value and
existing root-sum-square or other ambient radio field signal levels at
the indicated coordinates, a clause protecting the monitoring station
may be added to the station authorization.
(2) In the event that calculated value of expected field exceeds 10
mV/m (^65.8 dBW/m2) at the reference coordinates, or if there is any
question whether field strength levels might exceed the threshold value,
advance consultation with the FCC to discuss any protection necessary
should be considered. Prospective applicants may communicate with:
Chief, Field Operations Bureau, Federal Communications Commission,
Washington, DC 20554, Telephone (202) 632-6980.
(3) Advance consultation is suggested particularly for those
applicants who have no reliable data which indicates whether the field
strength or power flux density figure indicated would be exceeded by
their proposed radio facilities (except mobile stations). In such
instances, the following is a suggested guide for determining whether an
applicant should coordinate:
(i) All stations within 2.4 kilometers (1.5 statute miles);
(ii) Stations within 4.8 kilometers (3 statute miles) with 50 watts
or more average effective radiated power (ERP) in the primary plane of
polarization in the azimuthal direction of the Monitoring Stations.
(iii) Stations within 16 kilometers (10 statute miles) with 1 kW or
more average ERP in the primary plane of polarization in the azimuthal
direction of the Monitoring Station;
(iv) Stations within 80 kilometers (50 statute miles) with 25 kW or
more average ERP in the primary plane of polarization in the azimuthal
direction of the Monitoring Station;
(4) Advance coordination for stations operating above 1000 MHz is
recommended only where the proposed station is in the vicinity of a
monitoring station designated as a satellite monitoring facility in
0.121(c) of the Commission's rules and also meets the criteria outlined
in paragraphs (i)(2) and (3) of this section.
(5) The Commission will not screen applications to determine whether
advance consultation has taken place. However, applicants are advised
that such consultation can avoid objections from the Federal
Communications Commission or modification of any authorization which
will cause harmful interference.
(j) For stations operating on frequencies listed in 94.65(a)(1) of
this part, applications may include any number of remote stations in a
single application, but must specify the geographic service area of the
applicant in which these remote stations will be located. A separate
application must be filed for each fixed master station. Applications
for mobile operations or for systems employing only remote stations must
designate a reference point (set of coordinates) at or near the center
of the area being served.
(k) Applications for frequencies in the 932-935 and 941-944 MHz bands
shall be filed during an initial one-week period, to be specified by
Commission public notice. During this initial filing period, applicants
must perform frequency coordination only to the extent of protecting
existing grandfathered broadcast auxiliary stations in the 942-944 MHz
band. After this initial filing period, applications for the
932-935/941-944 MHz bands will not be accepted until further public
notice is given by the Commission. During the initial filing period,
applications for frequencies in the 932-932.5 and 941-941.5 MHz bands
need not specify the exact frequency, but thereafter must include the
specific frequency requested. All applications for frequencies in the
932.5-935 and 941.5-944 MHz bands must specify the frequency requested.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303, 307)
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 44 FR 77167, Dec. 31, 1979;
48 FR 1973, Jan. 17, 1983; 49 FR 36378, Sept. 17, 1984; 50 FR 39004,
Sept. 26, 1985; 52 FR 10232, Mar. 31, 1987; 53 FR 11857, Apr. 11,
1988; 55 FR 9728, Mar. 15, 1990; 55 FR 10464, Mar. 21, 1990)
47 CFR 94.27 Application and standard forms.
(a) A separate application shall be submitted on FCC Form 402 dated
August 1985 or later, for the following:
(1) New station authorization for private operational-fixed microwave
station.
(2) New authorization to operate one or more fixed stations at
temporary locations in this service.
(3) Modification of station license.
(4) (Reserved)
(5) New station authorization or modification of license for each
master station of a system consisting of a master station and its
associated remote stations.
(6) The Commission's consent to the assignment of an authorization to
another person or entity. In addition, the application shall be
accompanied by a signed letter from proposed assignor stating the desire
to assign all right, title, and interest in and to such authorization,
stating the call sign and location of the station, and that the assignor
will submit its current station authorization for cancellation upon
completion of the assignment. Form 1046 may be used in lieu of this
letter. (See also 94.47.)
(b) (Reserved)
(c) A separate application shall be submitted on FCC Form 703
whenever it is proposed to change, as by transfer of stock ownership,
the control of a licensee.
(d) Informal application -- an application not submitted on a
standard form prescribed by the Commission is considered to be an
informal application. Each informal application, normally in letter
form, properly signed, shall be clear and complete within itself as to
the facts presented and the action desired.
(e) Application for renewal of station licenses shall be submitted on
such form as the Commission may designate by public notice.
Applications for renewal must be made during the license term and should
be filed within 90 days, but not later than 30 days, prior to the end of
the license term. When a licensee submits a timely application for
renewal of a station license, the existing license for that station
shall continue as a valid authorization until the Commission has made a
final decision on the application.
(Secs. 4, 308, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1084 (47 U.S.C. 154, 308))
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 41 FR 20679, May 20, 1976;
41 FR 50690, Nov. 17, 1976; 46 FR 9954, Jan. 30, 1981; 48 FR 1973,
Jan. 17, 1983; 51 FR 2704, Jan. 21, 1986; 51 FR 4596, Feb. 6, 1986;
52 FR 29857, Aug. 12, 1987)
47 CFR 94.29 Who may sign applications.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section,
applications, amendments thereto, and related statements of fact
required by the Commission shall be personally signed by the applicant,
if the applicant is an individual; by one of the partners if the
applicant is a partnership; by an officer or duly authorized employee,
if the applicant is a corporation; or by a member who is an officer, if
the applicant is an unincorporated association. Applications,
amendments, and related statements of fact filed on behalf of eligible
governmental entities shall be signed by such duly elected or appointed
officials as may be competent to do so under the laws of the applicable
jurisdiction.
(b) Applications, amendments thereto, and related statements of fact
required by the Commission may be signed by the applicant's attorney in
case of the applicant's physical disability or of his absence from the
United States. The attorney shall, in that event, separately set forth
the reason why the application is not signed by the applicant. In
addition, if any matter is stated on the basis of the attorney's belief
only (rather than his knowledge) he shall separately set forth his
reasons for believing that such statements are true.
(c) Only the original of applications, amendments, or related
statements of fact need be signed; copies may be conformed.
(d) Applications, amendments, and related statements of fact need not
be signed under oath. Willful false statements made therein, however,
are punishable by fine and imprisonment, U.S. Code Title 18, section
1001, and by appropriate administrative sanctions, including revocation
of station license pursuant to section 312(a)(1) of the Communications
Act of 1934, as amended.
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 43 FR 27992, June 28, 1978)
47 CFR 94.31 Supplemental information to be submitted with application.
Each application for a new or modified station authorization shall be
accompanied by the supplemental information listed below.
(a) Any statements or showings required by 94.15 or 94.63;
(b) A functional system diagram and a detailed description of the
manner in which the interrelated stations will operate when the station
is, or will be, part of a system involving two or more stations at
different fixed locations;
(c) Copies of all agreements and statements which may be required
under 94.17 if operation is desired in connection with any cooperative
use of the proposed radio communication facilities;
(d) Statements required by the rules in connection with developmental
operation (See subpart E of this part);
(e) Data required by the rules in connection with operation of fixed
stations at temporary locations (See 94.25(d));
(f) Any statements or other data required under special circumstances
as set forth in this part, or required upon request by the Commission;
(g) (Reserved)
(h) Information required by part 17 of the Commission's rules
concerning ''Construction, Marking, and Lighting of Antenna
Structures'';
(i) The environmental assessment required by 1.1307 and 1.1311 of
the rules, if applicable.
(j) When an applicant proposes to distribute its own products or
services to customers using operational-fixed frequencies in the bands
below 21,200 MHz, a statement which specifically describes the nature of
the products or services to be distributed.
(k) For applications involving fixed multiple address system master
stations, the antenna height above average terrain (HAAT). See 90.309
for determining HAAT.
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975; 40 FR 26677, June 25, 1975, as amended
at 48 FR 32585, July 18, 1983; 49 FR 36378, Sept. 17, 1984; 51 FR
15003, Apr. 22, 1986; 52 FR 29857, Aug. 12, 1987; 53 FR 11857, Apr.
11, 1988)
47 CFR 94.33 Preliminary processing of applications.
(a) Applications received for filing are given a file number. The
assignment of a file number to an application is for administrative
convenience and does not indicate the acceptance of the application for
filing and processing.
(b) Applications which are incomplete with respect to answers,
supplementary statements, execution, or other matters of a formal
character shall be deemed to be defective and may be returned to the
applicant with a brief statement as to such defects. In addition, if an
applicant is requested by the Commission to file any additional
documents or information not included in the prescribed application
form, failure to comply with such request will be deemed to render the
application defective, and such application may be dismissed.
Applications will also be deemed to be defective and may be returned to
the applicant in the following cases:
(1) Statutory disqualification of applicant;
(2) Proposed use or purpose of station would be unlawful;
(3) Requested frequency is not allocated for assignment for the
service proposed.
(c) Applications which are not in accordance with the provisions of
this chapter, or other requirements of the Commission, will be
considered defective and may be dismissed unless accompanied by a
request of the applicant for waiver of, or exception to, any rule,
regulation, or requirement with which the application is in conflict.
Such request shall show the nature of the waiver or exception desired,
and set forth the reasons in support thereof to include a showing that
unique circumstances are involved and that there is no reasonable
alternative solution within existing rules. Applications may be
dismissed if the accompanying petition for waiver of rules does not set
forth reasons which, sufficient if true, would justify a waiver or
exception.
(d) Any application which has been returned to the applicant for
correction will be processed in original order of receipt when
resubmitted if it is received within 30 days (45 days outside
Continental United States) from the date on which it was returned to the
applicant. If the application is not resubmitted within the prescribed
time, it will be treated as a new application and considered at the time
other applications received on the same date are considered.
47 CFR 94.35 Amendment or request for dismissal of application.
(a) Any application, except for mutually exclusive applications or
those against which a petition to deny has been filed, may be amended as
a matter of right at any time prior to the time the application is
granted or designated for hearing. Each amendment to an application
shall be signed and submitted in the same manner as required for the
original application. The procedures for amending applications mutually
exclusive under this part, applications against which a petition to deny
has been filed, and applications designated for hearing are set forth in
1.918 of this chapter.
(b) Any application may, upon written request signed by the applicant
or his attorney, be dismissed without prejudice as a matter of right
prior to the time the application is granted or designated for hearing.
47 CFR 94.37 Grant of application without hearing.
(a) The Commission will grant without a hearing an application for a
station authorization if it is proper upon its face and if the
Commission finds from an examination of such application and supporting
data, any pleading filed, or other matters which it may officially
notice, that:
(1) There are no substantial and material questions of fact;
(2) The applicant is qualified;
(3) A grant of the application would not involve modification,
revocation, or non-renewal of any existing license;
(4) A grant of the application would not preclude the grant of any
mutually exclusive application; and
(5) A grant of the application would serve the public interest,
convenience, and necessity.
(b) If a petition to deny an application has been filed pursuant to
1.962 and the Commission grants such application pursuant to paragraph
(a) of this section, the Commission will deny the petition and issue a
concise statement of the reason for such denial and disposing of all
substantial issues raised by the petition. (See 1.973 of this chapter,
as to applications designated for hearing.)
(c) All applications in pending status will be processed in the order
in which the application acceptable for filing was received by the
Commission; provided, however, that if there are more applications than
can be accommodated on available frequencies, the Commission may grant
the applications pursuant to the system of random selection prescribed
in 1.972 of this chapter.
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 48 FR 27207, June 13, 1983)
47 CFR 94.39 License term.
(a) Licenses for stations in this service will normally be issued for
a term of five years from the date of original issuance, modification,
or renewal, except that, in some instances, a term of from one to five
years will be applied, the term varying as may be necessary to permit
the orderly scheduling of renewal applications.
(b) Authorizations for stations engaged in developmental operation
under subpart E of this part will be issued upon a temporary basis for a
specific period of time, but in no event to extend beyond one year from
date of original issuance, modification or renewal.
47 CFR 94.41 Partial grant of applications.
Where the Commission, without a hearing, grants any application in
part, or with any privilege, terms or conditions other than those
requested, or subject to any interference that may result to a station
if designated application or applications are subsequently granted, the
action of the Commission shall be considered as a grant of such
application unless the applicant shall, within 30 days from the date on
which such grant is made or from its effective date if a later date is
specified, file with the Commission a written request rejecting the
grant as made. Upon receipt of such request, the Commission will vacate
its original action upon the application and set the application for
hearing in the same manner as other applications are set for hearing.
(See 1.973 of this chapter as to applications designated for hearing.)
47 CFR 94.43 Procedure for obtaining special temporary authority.
Authorizations in this service are granted in accordance with
procedures set forth in this subpart. Therefore, temporary
authorizations which depart from these procedures will not normally be
considered except as specified below:
(a) Special temporary authorization may be granted upon a written
request (See requirements for informal applications in 94.27(d).) in
the following circumstances:
(1) In emergency situations;
(2) To permit restoration or relocation of existing facilities to
continue communication services;
(3) To conduct tests to determine necessary data for the preparation
of an application for regular authorization;
(4) For a temporary non-recurring service where a regular
authorization is not appropriate.
(5) In other situations involving circumstances which are of such an
extraordinary nature that delay in the institution of temporary
operation would seriously prejudice the public interest.
(b) The commission may grant requests for special temporary authority
without issuing the public notice provided for in 1.962 of this chapter
for periods not exceeding 180 days, if there are extraordinary
circumstances supporting the request and where delay in commencing
temporary operation would seriously prejudice the public interest.
Requests for special temporary authorization not involving extraordinary
circumstances may be granted without public notice for a period of 30
days where an application for regular operation is not contemplated or
for 60 days pending or after the filing of an application for regular
operation.
(c) Request for special temporary authority shall contain the
following information:
(1) Name, address, and citizenship status of applicant;
(2) Need for special action, including a description of any emergency
or damage to equipment;
(3) Type of operation to be conducted;
(4) Purpose of operation;
(5) Time and date of operation desired;
(6) Class of station and nature of service;
(7) Location of station and points with which station will
communicate;
(8) Equipment to be used, specifying manufacturer, model number, and
number of units;
(9) Frequency(s) desired;
(10) Azimuth and beamwidth of major lobe of transmitting antenna and
ERP;
(11) Type of emission;
(12) Description of antenna to be used, including height.
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 48 FR 1973, Jan. 17, 1983)
47 CFR 94.45 Changes in authorized station requiring modification.
(a) Modification of license or special temporary authority in
accordance with 94.43 is required for the following changes in
authorized stations:
(1) Any change in frequencies used;
(2) Any change in antenna azimuth;
(3) Any change in antenna beamwidth;
(4) Any change in antenna or passive repeater location greater than 1
second or which involves a requirement for special aeronautical study;
(5) Any change in antenna polarization;
(6) Any change in antenna height;
(7) Any change in the size of passive reflectors or repeaters
associated with the facilities of an authorized station;
(8) Any increase in emission bandwidth beyond that authorized;
(9) Any change in the type of emission;
(10) Any change in authorized effective radiated power in excess of
3dB (a 2-to-1 ratio);
(11) Substitution of equipment having different frequency tolerance.
(b) When the name of the licensee is changed (without changes in the
ownership, control, or corporate structure), or when the mailing address
is changed (without changing the authorized location of the fixed
station) a formal application for modification of license is not
required. However, the licensee shall notify the Commission promptly of
these changes. The notice, which may be in letter form, shall contain
the name and address of the licensee as they appear in the Commission's
records, the new name and/or address as the case may be, the call signs
and classes of all radio stations authorized to the licensee under this
part and the radio service in which each station is authorized. The
notice shall be sent to the Federal Communications Commission,
Gettysburg, PA 17325 and a copy shall be maintained with the license of
each station until a new license is issued.
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 52 FR 29857, Aug. 12, 1987)
47 CFR 94.47 Transfer and assignment of station authorization.
(a) A station authorization, and the rights therein granted by such
authorization, shall not be transferred, assigned, or in any manner
either voluntarily or involuntarily disposed of, or indirectly disposed
of by transfer of control of any corporation holding such authorization,
to any person, unless the Commission shall, after securing full
information, advise that said transfer is in the public interest. (See
94.27(b) for standard forms and procedures required for assignment of
station licenses.)
(b) A license to operate a station authorized under this part may not
be assigned or transferred prior to the completion of construction of
the facility. However, the Commission may give its consent to the
assignment or transfer of control of such a license prior to the
completion of construction where:
(1) The assignment or transfer does not involve a substantial change
in ownership or control of the authorized radio facilities; or,
(2) The assignment or transfer is involuntary due to the licensee's
bankruptcy or death.
(50 FR 13352, Apr. 4, 1985)
47 CFR 94.49 Report of temporary location.
The Engineer in Charge of each radio district wherein temporary
operation by an operational fixed station is authorized shall be
notified of such inter-district operating authority only at such time as
the initial or modified authorization for such operation is granted by
the Commission. (See 0.121 of this chapter for description of Radio
District boundaries and for addresses of Engineers in Charge.)
47 CFR 94.51 Time in which station must be in operation.
(a) Except as provided in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, a
station authorized under this part must be in operation within 12 months
from the date of grant or the authorization cancels automatically and
must be returned to the Commission. Requests for extension may be
granted upon a showing of good cause, setting forth in detail the
applicant's reasons for failure to have the facility operating in the
prescribed 12-month period. Such requests must be submitted no later
than 30 days prior to the end of the 12-month period to the Commission's
offices in Gettysburg, PA and shall be addressed to: Federal
Communications Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17325.
(b) Stations licensed on point-to-multipoint frequencies in the 10.6
GHz and 18 GHz bands must be completely constructed and fully
operational in accordance with their most recent application within 18
months of grant, or the authorizations for stations not meeting the
above cancel automatically and must be returned to the Commission.
(c) Stations authorized under 94.93 must be in operation within 36
months from the date of grant or the authorization cancels automatically
and must be returned to the Commission.
(55 FR 9728, Mar. 15, 1990)
47 CFR 94.53 Discontinuance of station operation.
In case of permanent discontinuance of a station licensed under this
part, the licensee shall forward the station license to the Federal
Communications Commission, Gettysburg, PA 17325, for cancellation. For
purposes of this section, any station which has not operated for one
year or more is considered to have been permanently discontinued.
(49 FR 36378, Sept. 17, 1984)
47 CFR 94.57 Continued operation subsequent to modification.
Operation in accordance with the provisions of an authorization which
has been modified may be continued until such modifications can be
implemented, provided that the provisions of 94.51 and 94.53 are met.
47 CFR 94.57 Subpart C -- Technical Standards
47 CFR 94.61 Applicability.
(a) The technical standards of this subpart shall govern the issuance
of authorizations for new stations and changes in authorized stations as
specified in 94.45. Except as provided for in 94.65, licensees of
transmitting equipment (including antennas) authorized prior to July 1,
1976, including their successors or assigns in business, will be
permitted to utilize such equipment, in accordance with the standards
indicated in 94.92, provided that the operation of this equipment does
not cause interference in excess of the levels specified in 94.63 to
another operational-fixed station or, in the 12,200-12,700 MHz band, to
a direct broadcast satellite system. In case of such interference, the
licensee of the non-conforming equipment may be required to install
equipment which fully conforms to the technical standards of this
subpart.
(b) Frequencies in the following bands are available for assignment
to stations in the Private Operational-Fixed Service:
(Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083 (47 U.S.C.
154, 303, 307); secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 94.61, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 94.63 Interference protection criteria for operational fixed
stations.
(a) Before filing an application for new or modified facilities under
this part, the applicant must perform a frequency engineering analysis
to assure that the proposed facilities will not cause interference to
existing or previously applied-for stations in this service of a
magnitude greater than that specified in the criteria set forth in
paragraph (b) of this section, unless otherwise agreed to in accordance
with 94.15(b). As an exception to the above requirement, when the
proposed facilities are to be operated in the bands 932-935 MHz, 941-944
MHz, 10,550-10,680 MHz, 17,700-19,700 MHz, 21,200-21,800 MHz,
22,400-23,000 MHz, or 38,600-40,000 MHz (excluding those frequencies set
out in 94.189), applicants shall follow the prior coordination
procedure specified in 21.100(d) of this chapter. In addition, when
the proposed facilities are to be operated in the bands 2655-2690 MHz,
or 12,500-12,700 MHz, applications shall also follow the procedures in
21.706 (c) and (d) and the technical standards and requirements of part
25 of this chapter as regards licensees in the Communication-Satellite
Service. See also 94.77.
(b) The interference protection criteria for operational-fixed
stations, other than those licensed on frequencies set out in
94.65(a)(1), 94.65(i)(1), 94.65(j)(8), 94.90, and 94.91 are as follows:
(1) To long-haul analog systems, employing frequency modulated radio
and frequency division multiplexing to provide multiple voice channels,
the allowable interference level per exposure:
(i) Due to co-channel sideband-to- sideband interference shall not
exceed 5 pwpO; 1083
(ii) Due to co-channel carrier-beat interference shall not exceed 50
pwpO.
(2) To short-haul analog systems employing frequency modulated radio
and frequency division multiplexing to provide multiple voice channels,
the allowable interference level per exposure:
(i) Due to co-channel sideband-to- sideband interference shall not
exceed 25 pwpO except in the 952-960 MHz band interference into single
link fixed relay and control stations shall not exceed 250 pwpO
exposure.
(ii) Due to co-channel carrier-beat interference shall not exceed 50
pwpO except in the 952-960 MHz band interference into single link fixed
relay and control stations shall not exceed 1000 pwpO per exposure.
(3) FM-TV. In analog systems employing frequency modulated radio
that is modulated by a standard, television (visual) signal, the
allowable interference level per exposure shall not exceed the levels
which would apply to a long-haul or short-haul FM-FDM systems, as
outlined in paragraphs (b)(1) and (2) of this section, having a 600-1200
voice channel capacity.
(c) In addition to the requirements of paragraph (b) of this section
the adjacent channel interference protection criteria to be afforded,
regardless of system length, or type of modulation, multiplexing, or
frequency band, shall be such that the interfering signal shall not
produce more than 1.0 dB degradation of the practical threshold of the
protected receiver.
(d) Applying the Criteria. (1) The criteria specified in paragraphs
(b) and (c) of this section shall be applied by calculating the ratio in
dB between the desired (carrier) signal and the undesired (interfering)
signal (C/I ratio) appearing at the input to the receiver under
investigation (victim receiver).
(2) The development of the C/I ratios from the criteria and the
methods employed to perform path calculations shall follow generally
acceptable good engineering practices. Procedures as may be developed
by the Electronics Industries Association (EIA), the Institute of
Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (IEEE), the American
National Standards Institute (ANSI) or any other recognized authority
will be acceptable to the Commission.
(3) Except as provided in 94.90 and 94.91, where the applicant's
proposed facilities are of a type not included in paragraph (b) of this
section or where the development of the carrier-to-interference (C/I)
ratio is not covered by generally acceptable procedures, or where the
applicant does not wish to develop the carrier-to-interference ratio,
the applicant shall, in the absence of criteria or a developed C/I
ratio, employ the following C/I protection ratios:
(i) Co-channel interference: Both sideband and carrier-beat,
applicable to all bands; the existing or previously authorized system
shall be afforded a carrier to interfering signal protection ratio of at
least 90 dB except in the 952-960 MHz band where it shall be 75 dB.
(ii) Adjacent channel interference: Applicable to all bands; the
existing or previously authorized system shall be afforded a carrier to
interfering signal protection ratio of at least 56 dB.
(4) Applicants for frequencies listed in 94.65(a)(1) shall make the
following showings that protection criteria have been met over the
entire service area of existing systems. Such showings may be made by
the applicant or may be satisfied by a statement from a Frequency
Advisory Committee. For frequencies available to more than one service,
the Frequency Advisory Committee shall affirmatively show that
coordination with similar Committees for the other services has been
accomplished.
(i) For multiple address stations in the 928-929/952-960 MHz bands, a
statement that the proposed system complies with the following
co-channel separations from all existing stations and pending
applications:
Fixed-to-fixed 145 Km (90 miles)
Fixed-to-mobile 113 Km (70 miles)
Mobile-to-mobile 81 Km (50 miles)
Multiple address systems employing only remote stations will be
treated as mobile for the purposes of determining the appropriate
separation. For mobile operation, the mileage is measured from the
reference point specified on the license application.
(ii) For multiple address stations in the 932-932.5/941-941.5 MHz
bands, a statement that the proposed system complies with the following
co-channel separation from all existing stations and pending
applications:
Fixed-to-fixed 113 Km (70 miles)
(iii) In cases where the geographic separation standard in paragraph
(d)(4)(i) of this section is not followed, an engineering analysis will
be submitted to show the coordination of the proposed assignment with
existing systems located closer than those standards. The engineering
analyses will include:
(A) Specification of the interference criteria and system parameters
used in the interference study.
(B) Nominal service areas of each system included in the interference
analysis.
(C) Modified service areas resulting from the proposed system. The
propagation models used to establish the service boundary limits must be
specified and any special terrain features considered in computing the
interference impact should be described.
(D) A statement that all parties affected have agreed to the
engineering analysis and will accept the calculated levels of
interference.
(5) Multiple address frequencies in the 956 MHz band may be assigned
for use by mobile master stations on a primary basis. Multiple address
frequencies in the 952 MHz band may be assigned for use by mobile master
stations on a case-by-case basis. Mobile operation in the 952 MHz band
shall be on a secondary basis to fixed operations.
(6) Each application for new or modified nodal station on channels
numbered 4A, 4B, 7, 9, and 19/20 in the 10.6 GHz band and all
point-to-multipoint channels in the 18 GHz band shall demonstrate that
all existing co-channel stations are at least 56 kilometers from the
proposed nodal station site. Applicants for these channels must certify
that all licensees and applicants for stations on the adjacent channels
within 56 kilometers of the proposed nodal station have been notified of
the proposed station and do not object. Alternatively, or if one of the
affected adjacent channel interests does object, the applicant may show
that all affected adjacent channel parties are provided a C/I protection
ratio of 0 dB. An applicants proposing to operate at an AAT greater
than 91 meters must reduce its EIRP in accordance with the following
table; however, in no case shall EIRP exceed 70 dBm on the 10.6 GHz
channels.
(7) Each application for new or modified nodal station on channels
numbered 21, 22, 23, and 24 in the 10.6 GHz band shall include an
analysis of the potential for harmful interference to all other licensed
and previously applied for co-channel and adjacent channel station
located within 80 kilometers of the location of the proposed station.
The criteria contained in 94.63(d)(3) shall be used in this analysis.
Applicants must certify that copies of this analysis have been served on
all parties which might reasonably be expected to receive interference
above the levels set out in 94.63(d)(3) within 5 days of the date the
subject application is filed with the Commission.
(e) An applicant filing for a modification of an existing station
under the provisions of 94.45 need not perform the interference
protection analyses required by this section if the only modifications
made to the station are one or more of the following:
(1) Substitution of transmitting equipment having equal or tighter
frequency tolerance.
(2) Any decrease in antenna primary lobe beamwidth which is
accompanied by a corresponding decrease in antenna input power so as to
not increase the effective radiated power in excess of a 2 to 1 ratio.
(3) Any decrease in antenna height or transmitter output power.
(f) Effective August 1, 1985, when an operational-fixed station which
conforms to the technical standards of this subpart (or, in the case of
the 12,200-12,700 MHz band, a direct broadcast satellite station)
receives or will receive interference in excess of the levels specified
in this section as a result of an existing licensee's use of
non-conforming equipment authorized between July 20, 1961 and July 1,
1976, and the interference would not result if the interfering station's
equipment complied with the current technical standards, the licensee of
the non-conforming station must take whatever steps are necessary to
correct the situation up to the point of installing equipment which
fully conforms to the technical standards of this subpart. In such
cases, if the engineering analysis performed in accordance with
94.15(b) demonstrates that (1) the conforming station would receive
interference from a non-conforming station in excess of the levels
specified in this section and (2) the interference would be eliminated
if the non-conforming equipment were replaced with equipment which
complies with the standards of this subpart, the licensee (or
prospective licensee) of the station which would receive interference
shall provide written notice of the potential interference to both the
non-conforming licensee and the Commission's office in Gettysburg, PA.
The non-conforming licensee shall make all required equipment changes
within 180 days from the date of official Commission notice informing
the licensee that it must upgrade its equipment, unless an alternative
solution has been agreed to by all parties involved in the interference
situation. If a non-conforming licensee fails to make all required
changes within the specified period of time, the Commission may require
the licensee to suspend operation until the changes are completed.
(Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083 (47 U.S.C.
154, 303, 307); secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 94.63, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
0831Picowatts (pwpO) of absolute noise power, psophometrically
weighted, appearing in an equivalent voice band channel of 300-3400 Hz.
47 CFR 94.65 Frequencies.
Frequencies normally available for assignment in this service are set
forth with applicable limitations in the following tables:
(a) 928-960 MHz -- (1) Multiple address system frequencies. Multiple
address system (MAS) frequencies are available for the
point-to-multipoint transmission of a licensee's products or services,
excluding video entertainment material, to a licensee's customer or for
its own internal communications. The paired frequencies listed in this
section shall be used for two-way interrogate/response communications
between a master station and remote stations. Each master station
operating on these frequencies is required to serve a minimum of four
separate active remote stations. Ancillary one-way communications on
paired frequencies are permitted on a case-by-case basis. Ancillary
communications between interrelated master stations are permitted on a
secondary basis. The normal channel bandwidth assigned will be 12.5
kHz. Upon adequate justification, however, channels with bandwidths up
to 50 kHz may be authorized. Tables 2, 4, and 6 list frequencies with
25 kHz bandwidth channels. When licensed for a larger bandwidth, the
system still is required to use equipment which meets the 0.00015
percent tolerance requirement. (See 94.67). Systems licensed for
frequencies in these MAS bands prior to August 1, 1975 may continue to
operate as authorized until June 11, 1996 at which time they must comply
with current MAS operations based on the 12.5 kHz channelization set
forth in this paragraph. Systems licensed between August 1, 1975 and
January 1, 1981, inclusive, were permitted to operate as authorized
until January 1, 1991, at which time they were required to comply with
the grandfathered 25 kHz standard bandwidth and channelization
requirements set forth in this paragraph. Systems licensed between
August 1, 1975 and January 1, 1981, inclusive, were permitted to operate
as authorized until January 1, 1991, at which time they were required to
comply with the grandfathered 25 kHz standard bandwidth and
channelization requirements set forth in this paragraph. Systems
originally licensed after January 1, 1981, and on or before May 11, 1988
with bandwidths of 25 kHz and above must justify their need for spectrum
in excess of the 12.5 kHz standard at their first renewal period on or
after June 1, 1996.
(i) General Access Pool: Frequencies listed in this paragraph are
available to all persons eligible under part 94 for use in multiple
address radio systems. Except as noted, however, the frequencies may be
used by eligibles in the Power Radio Service only if the frequencies in
94.65(a)(1)(ii) of this part are exhausted in the particular geographic
area. The frequencies are also available for shared use by part 22
Public Land Mobile Service users if frequencies listed in 22.501(g) of
this chapter are exhausted in the particular geographic area.
Applications for use of these frequencies under part 22 shall be subject
to part 94 requirements.
(ii) Power Pool: Frequencies listed in this paragraph are available
to persons eligible under 90.63 of this chapter for licensing in the
Power Radio Service for use in multiple address radio systems. After
January 1, 1992, the frequencies are also available for use by general
access pool users and part 22 Public Land Mobile Service users (
22.501(g) of this chapter) provided frequencies listed in their
respective pools are exhausted in the particular geographic area.
Applications for use of these frequencies under part 22 of this chapter
shall be subject to part 94 of this chapter requirements.
(iii) Frequencies listed in this paragraph are available for shared
use by general access pool users for multiple address operations if
frequencies listed in paragraph (a)(1)(i) of this section are exhausted
in the particular geographic area: The frequencies are also available
to eligibles in the power pool provided there are no other frequencies
available for the type of operation contemplated. The frequencies in
this pool may be assigned for paired or unpaired operation. If paired,
the corresponding lower frequency shall be for remote unit use.
Applications for these frequencies shall be subject to the conditions
outlined in 22.27 of this chapter.
(iv) Frequencies listed in this paragraph are shared with stations in
the Public Land Mobile Service (part 22).
(v) Equivalent power and antenna heights for multiple address master
stations:
For mobile operations the maximum ERP is 25 watts (44 dBm).
(2) Fixed point-to-point frequencies.
(i)
(ii) Table 9 -- (50 kHz bandwidth).
(iii)
(iv)
(b) 1850-1990 MHz.
(1) 10 MHz maximum bandwidth.
(2) 5 MHz maximum bandwidth.
(c) 2130-2150 MHz; 2180-2200 MHz.
800 kHz maximum bandwidth, unless noted.
(d) 2150-2160 MHz: Specific frequency of operation to be set forth
in authorization. Omnidirectional transmission only may be authorized,
subject to providing protection from harmful interference to previously
authorized stations in this service and in other services sharing this
band.
(e) 2450-2500 MHz:
(1) This band is shared with other communications services and is not
subject to protection from interference from industrial, scientific, and
medical devices operating on 2450 MHz.
(2) Stations licensed in this band under this part prior to
(effective date of rules) are grandfathered and may continue their
authorized operations. Stations licensed in the 2483.5-2500 MHz portion
of the band as of July 25, 1985, or on a subsequent date as a result of
submitting an application on or before July 25, 1985, are grandfathered,
and may continue operations, subject only to license renewal, on a
co-primary basis with the Radiodetermination Satellite Service.
(3) 625 KHz bandwidth channels. The normal bandwidth authorized will
be 625 KHz. Upon adequate justification, additional contiguous channels
may be authorized to provide up to a 2500 kHz bandwidth.
The 2466.25-2467.25 MHz portion of this band is an unchanneled band
between paired transmit and receive frequencies. Use of frequencies in
this band with up to 1 MHz authorized bandwidth will be considered on a
case-by-case basis and will be subject to the technical standards for
the 2450-2500 MHz band as outlined in this part. Authorization will be
made on a secondary basis only.
(f) 2500-2690 MHz: Operational-fixed stations may be authorized to
operate in this band on the specific channels indicated below:
2650-2656 /1/
2662-2668 /1/
2674-2680 /1/
2686.9375 /1/ /2/
2687.9375 /1/ /2/
2688.9375 /1/ /2/
Such assignments are subject to the condition that all stations
licensed on these channels must comply with the technical standards set
forth in 94.65. Operational-fixed stations authorized in this band as
of July 16, 1971, which do not comply with the above provisions may
continue to operate on the frequencies assigned on a coequal basis with
other stations operating in accordance with the Table of Frequency
allocations. Requests for subsequent license renewals or modifications
for such stations will be considered. However, expansion of systems
comprised of such stations will not be permitted, except on frequencies
allocated under this part.
(g) 6525-6875 MHz.
(1) 800 kHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels.
(2) 1,600 kHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels.
(3) 5 MHz maximum bandwidth.
(4) 10 MHz maximum bandwidth.
/2/ This frequency may be assigned for unpaired use.
(h) 12,200-12,700 MHz: The Commission has allocated the 12.2-12.7
GHz band for use by the broadcasting-satellite service.
Operational-fixed stations authorized after September 9, 1983 shall be
licensed on a noninterference basis and shall be required to make any
and all adjustments necessary to prevent interference to operating
domestic broadcasting-satellite systems. (Section 94.93 contains
special provisions for stations authorized in the band on or before
September 9, 1983). Notwithstanding any other provisions, no
operational-fixed stations shall be permitted to cause interference to
broadcasting-satellite stations of other countries operating in
accordance with the Region 2 plan for the broadcasting-satellite service
established at the 1983 RARC.
(i) 10,550-10,680 MHz. (1) The following frequencies are available
for point-to-multipoint digital terminations systems:
(i) Each station will be limited to one frequency pair per SMSA. An
additional channel pair may be assigned upon a showing that the service
to be provided will fully utilize the spectrum requested. The channel
pair may be subdivided as desired by the licensee.
(ii) A frequency pair may be assigned to more than one licensee in
the same SMSA or service area as long as the interference protection
criteria of 94.63 are met.
(2) The following frequencies are available for point-to-point
operations:
(i) 2.5 MHz bandwidth.
(ii) 1.25 MHz bandwidth.
(3) 3.75 MHz authorized bandwidth channels, 65 MHz separation:
(4) 2.50 MHz authorized bandwidth channels, 65 MHz separation:
(j) 17700-19700 MHz
Note. -- Stations authorized as of September 9, 1983 to use
frequencies in this band may, upon proper application, continue to be
authorized for such operations.
(1) 2 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:
(2) 5 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:
(3) 6 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:
(4) 10 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:
(5) 20 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:
(6) 40 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:
(7) 80 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels:
(8) The following frequencies are available for point-to-multipoint
systems:
(i) Each station will be limited to one frequency pair per SMSA.
Additional channel pairs may be assigned upon a showing that the service
to be provided will fully utilize the spectrum requested. A channel
pair may be subdivided as desired by the licensee.
(ii) A frequency pair may be assigned to more than one licensee in
the same SMSA or service area so long as the interference protection
criteria of 94.63 are met.
(k) 31.0 to 31.3 GHz. These frequencies are shared on a coequal basis
with other stations in the fixed and mobile services (see parts 21, 74,
78 and 95). No interference protection is afforded to fixed or mobile
stations operating in this band.
(1) 25 MHz authorized bandwidth channels, 150 MHz separation.
(2) 50 MHz authorized bandwidth channels, 150 MHz separation.
(l) Except as provided for in 94.91 and 94.65(k), frequencies in
bands authorized above 21.2 GHz are not paired and will be as specified
in the authorization.
(m) 6425 to 6525 MHz -- Mobile. Paired and un-paired operations
permitted. Use of this spectrum for direct delivery of video programs
to the general public or multi-channel cable distribution is not
permitted. This band is co-equally shared with mobile stations licensed
pursuant to parts 21, 74 and 78 of the Commission's Rules. Stations not
intended to be operated while in motion will be licensed under the
provision of 94.25(d). The following channel plans apply.
(1) 1 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels.
(2) 8 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels.
(3) 25 MHz maximum authorized bandwidth channels.
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083 (47 U.S.C.
154; 303, 307); secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 94.65, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
/1/ Pursuant to 94.69, stations licensed on these channels may
employ any type of emission consistent with efficient use of the
spectrum and good engineering practice, except that Type B, damped-wave
emission will not be authorized.
/2/ Response frequencies: When authorized, they may be paired
respectively with the Channels 2650-2656, 2662-2668, and 2674-2680 MHz.
47 CFR 94.67 Frequency tolerance.
Stations in this service shall maintain the carrier frequency of each
authorized transmitter to within the following percentage of the
assigned frequency:
(Secs. 4, 303, 307, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083 (47 U.S.C.
154, 303, 307); secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(40 FR 53397, Nov. 18, 1975)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 94.67 see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 94.69 Types of emission.
Stations in this service will be authorized any type of emission,
method of modulation, and transmission characteristic, consistent with
efficient use of the spectrum and good engineering practice, except that
Type B, damped-wave emission will not be authorized.
(48 FR 32586, July 18, 1983)
47 CFR 94.71 Emission and bandwidth limitations.
(a) Each authorization issued to a station operating in this service
will show, as a prefix to the emission classification, a figure
specifying the necessary bandwidth.
(b) The maximum bandwidth which will be authorized per frequency
assigned is set out in the table which follows. Regardless of the
maximum authorized bandwidth specified for each frequency band, the
Commission reserves the right to issue a license for less than the
maximum bandwidth if it appears that a lesser bandwidth would be
sufficient to support an applicant's intended communications.
(c) The mean power of emissions shall be attenuated below the mean
output power of the transmitter in accordance with the following
schedule:
(1) When using transmissions other than those employing digital
modulation techniques:
(i) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more than
50 percent up to and including 100 percent of the authorized bandwidth,
at least 25 decibels;
(ii) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 100 percent up to and including 250 percent of the authorized
bandwidth, at least 35 decibels;
(iii) On any frequency removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth at least 43 plus 10 log10
(mean output power in watts) decibels or 80 decibels, whichever is the
lesser attenuation.
(iv) On any frequency above 40,000 MHz the carrier harmonics of any
systems operating under the provisions of 94.91 shall be attenuated at
least 33 plus 10 log 10 (mean output power in watts) decibels.
(2) When using transmissions employing digital modulation techniques:
(i) Except as noted in paragraph (c)(3) of this section, for
operating frequencies below 15 GHz, in any 4 kHz band, the center
frequency of which is removed from the assigned frequency by more than
50 percent up to and including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth:
As specified by the following equation but in no event less than 50
decibels: A=35+0.8(P^50)+10 log10B. (Attenuation greater than 80
decibels is not required.)
Where:
A=attenuation (in decibels) below the mean output power level
P=percent removed from the carrier frequency
B=authorized bandwidth in MHz.
(ii) For operating frequencies above 15 GHz, in any 1 MHz band, the
center frequency of which is removed from the assigned frequency by more
than 50 percent up to and including 250 percent of the authorized
bandwidth: As specified by the following equation but in no event less
than 11 decibels: A=11+0.4(P^50)+10 log10B. (Attenuation greater than
56 decibels is not required.)
(iii) In any 4 kHz band, the center frequency of which is removed
from the assigned frequency by more than 250 percent of the authorized
bandwidth: At least 43 plus 10 log10(mean output power in watts)
decibels, or 80 decibels, whichever is the lesser attenuation.
(iv) On any frequency above 40,000 MHz the carrier harmonics of any
systems operating under the provisions of 94.91 shall be attenuated at
least 33 plus 10 log 10 (mean output power in watts) decibels.
(3) When using transmissions employing digital modulation techniques
on the 900 MHz multiple address frequencies with a 12.5 kHz bandwidth,
the power of any emission shall be attenuated below the unmodulated
carrier power of the transmitter (P) in accordance with the following
schedule:
(i) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 2.5 kHz
up to and including 6.25 kHz: At least 53 log10 (fd/2.5) decibels;
(ii) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 6.25 kHz
up to and including 9.5 kHz: At least 103 log10 (fd/3.9) decibels;
(iii) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 9.5 kHz
up to and including 15 kHz: At least 157 log10 (fd/5.3) decibels;
(iv) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency greater than 15 kHz: At least 50
plus 10 log10(P) or 70 decibels, whichever is the lesser attenuation.
(4) When using transmissions employing digital modulation techniques
on the 900 MHz multiple address frequencies with a bandwidth greater
than 12.5 kHz, the power of any emission shall be attenuated below the
unmodulated carrier power of the transmitter (P) in accordance with the
following schedule;
(i) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 5 kHz up
to and including 10 kHz: At least 83 log10 (fd/5) decibels;
(ii) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in kHz) of more than 10 kHz up
to and including 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At least 116
log10 (fd/6.1) decibels or 50 plus 10log 10(P) or 70 decibels, whichever
is the lesser attenuation;
(iii) On any frequency removed from the center of the authorized
bandwidth by more than 250 percent of the authorized bandwidth: At
least 43 plus 10 log10(output power in watts) decibels or 80 decibels,
whichever is the lesser attenuation.
(5) For Digital Transmission System channels operating in the
10,550-10,680 MHz band:
(i) In any 4 kHz band, the center frequency of which is removed from
the edge of the Digital Termination System (DTS) channel by to up and
including 1.125 the DTS subchannel bandwidth: as specified by the
following equation but in no event be less than 50+10 log10 N decibels.
A=50+0.0333 (F^0.5B)+10 log10 N decibels
Where:
A=Attenuation (in decibels) below mean output power level contained
within the DTS channel for a given polarization.
B=Bandwidth of DTS channel (in kHz).
F=Absolute value of the difference between the center frequency of
the 4 kHz band measured and the center frequency of the DTS channel (in
kHz).
N=Number of active subchannels of the given polarization within the
DTS channel.
(ii) In any 4 kHz band within the authorized DTS band, the center
frequency of which is removed from the center frequency of the channel
by more than the sum of 50% of the DTS channel bandwidth plus 1.125
times the subchannel bandwidth: as specified by the following equation
but in no event less than 80 decibels.
A=80+10 log10 N decibels
(iii) In any 4 kHz band the center frequency of which is outside the
authorized DTS band:
At least 43+10 log10 (mean output power in watts) decibels.
(6) For Digital Termination System channels operating in the
17,000-19,700 MHz band:
(i) In any 4 kHz band, the center frequency of which is removed from
the frequency of the center of the DTS channel by more than 50 percent
of the DTS channel bandwidth up to and including 50 percent plus 500
kHz: as specified by the following equation but in no event be less
than 50+10 log10 N decibels.
A=50+0.06 (F^0.5B)+10 log10 N decibels
Where:
A=Attenuation (in decibels) below output power level contained within
the DTS channel for a given polarization.
B=Bandwidth of DTS channel (in kHz).
F=Absolute value of the difference between the center frequency of
the 4 kHz band measured and the center frequency of the DTS channel (in
kHz).
N=Number of active subchannels of the given polarization within the
DTS channel.
(ii) In any 4 kHz band within the authorized DTS band, the center
frequency of which is removed from the center frequency of the DTS
channel by more than 50% of the channel bandwidth plus 500 kHz: as
specified by the following equation but in no event less than 80
decibels:
A=80+10 log1O N decibels
(iii) In any 4 kHz band the center frequency of which is outside the
authorized DTS band:
At least 43+10 log1O (mean output power in Watts) decibels.
(d) When a spurious emission results and causes harmful interference,
the Commission may require appropriate technical changes in equipment to
alleviate the interference.
(e) The emission of an unmodulated carrier is prohibited except for
test purposes as required for proper station and system maintenance.
(Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083 (47 U.S.C.
154; 303, 307); secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975)
Editorial Note: For Federal Register citations affecting 94.71, see
the List of CFR Sections Affected in the Finding Aids section of this
volume.
47 CFR 94.73 Power limitations.
(a) On any authorized frequency, the average power delivered to an
antenna in this service shall be the minimum amount of power necessary
to carry out the communications desired. Application of this principle
shall include, but not limited to requiring a licensee who replaces one
or more of his antennas with larger antennas to reduce his antenna input
power by an amount appropriate to compensate for the increased primary
lobe gain of the replacement antenna(s). In no event shall the average
equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP) as referenced to an
isotropic radiator, exceed the values specified below. Further, the
output power of a transmitter on any authorized frequency in this
service shall not exceed the following:
(Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as, amended, 1066, 1082, 1083 (47 U.S.C.
154; 303, 307); secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act
of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(40 FR 53397, Nov. 18, 1975, as amended at 45 FR 55733, Aug. 21,
1980; 46 FR 9955, Jan. 30, 1981; 48 FR 50335, Nov. 1, 1983; 49 FR
37781, Sept. 26, 1984; 50 FR 7344, Feb. 22, 1985; 50 FR 10233, Mar.
14, 1985; 52 FR 7146, Mar. 9, 1987; 53 FR 21454, June 8, 1988; 54 FR
10330, Mar. 13, 1989; 55 FR 9730, Mar. 15, 1990; 55 FR 10464, Mar. 21,
1990; 56 FR 34151, July 26, 1991)
47 CFR 94.75 Antenna limitations.
(a) Except where omnidirectional operation is specifically provided
for under this part, each station in this service shall employ
directional antennas with the center of the major lobe of radiation
directed toward the receiving station with which it communicates or, if
the path employs a passive repeater, to the center of that reflector.
(b) Directional antennas shall meet the performance standards (for
parallel polarization) indicated in the following table:
Note: Stations in this service must employ an antenna that meets the
performance standards for Category A, except that, in areas not subject
to frequency congestion antennas meeting standards for Category B may be
employed. Note, however, that the Commission may require the use of a
high performance antenna where interference problems can be resolved by
the use of such antennas.
(c) Applicants shall request, and authorization for stations in this
service will specify, the polarization of each transmitted signal. When
periscope antenna systems or passive repeaters are employed, the
applicant shall indicate the expected polarization of the reflected
signal. The polarization should be expressed as either horizontal,
vertical, or at an angle from vertical. Antenna polarizations of
horizontal and vertical should be denoted by the abbreviations (H) and
(V), respectively. For antennas using linear polarizations other than
horizontal or vertical, the polarization should be stated in degrees
measured from the vertical, with angles between 0 and +90 denoting the
on-coming electric field vector displacement in a counterclockwise
direction, and angles between 0 and ^90 denoting the on coming
electric field vector displacement in a clockwise direction. In the
event polarization diversity is authorized, the two polarizations must
be separated by 90 . Antennas employing other than linearly polarized
feed systems will not be authorized except for stations utilizing
frequencies listed in 94.65(a)(1) or under the provisions of 94.91(i).
(d) New periscope antenna systems will be authorized upon a
certification that the radiation, in a horizontal plane, from an
illuminating antenna and reflector combination meets or exceeds the
antenna standards of this section and, at locations where multiple
periscope antennas are employed, that the cross-coupling between
periscope antennas is suppressed by an amount equal to or greater than
the radiation suppression specified in the standards for angles from the
main beam of 140-180 for the particular band and antenna category
selected. In no event will periscope antennas be authorized in
frequency bands shared with common carriers.
(e) The provisions of paragraphs (a) and (c) of this section shall
also apply to passive repeaters employed to redirect or repeat the
signal from a station's directional antenna system.
(f) Periscope antennas used at an electric power facility plant area
will be excluded from the requirements of paragraphs (b) and (d) of this
section on a case-by-case basis where technical considerations preclude
the use of other types of antenna systems.
(g) For frequencies listed in 94.65(a)(1), the maximum beamwidth may
be 360 degrees. The provisions of paragraph (b) of this section shall
not apply to stations licensed on these frequencies where
omnidirectional antennas are used.
(h) Antenna standards for point-to-multipoint channels in the 10.6
GHz and 18 GHz bands excluding operations under 94.88.
(1) Nodal transmitting antennas may be omnidirectional or
directional, consistent with coverage and interference requirements.
(2) The use of horizontal or vertical plane wave polarization, or
right hand or left hand rotating elliptical polarization must be used to
minimize harmful interference between stations.
(3) Directive antennas shall be used at all user stations and shall
be elevated no higher than necessary to assure adequate service. The
user station antennas shall meet the performance standards as specified
in 21.208(c) of this chapter and have a minimum power gain of 34 dBi in
the 10,550-10,680 MHz band and 38 dBi in the 17,700-19,700 MHz band.
User antenna heights shall not exceed the height criteria of part 17 of
this chapter, unless authorization for use of a specific maximum antenna
height (above ground and above sea level) for each location has been
obtained from the Commission prior to the erection of the antenna.
Requests for such authorization shall show the inclusive dates of the
proposed operation. (See part 17 of this chapter concerning the
construction, marking and lighting of antenna structures).
(Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083 (47 U.S.C.
154; 303, 307))
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 40 FR 53397, Nov. 18, 1975;
45 FR 55734, Aug. 21, 1980; 46 FR 9955, Jan. 30, 1981; 54 FR 1942,
Jan. 18, 1989; 54 FR 10331, Mar. 13, 1989; 55 FR 9730, Mar. 15, 1990)
47 CFR 94.77 Interference to geostationary-satellites.
These limitations are necessary to minimize the probability of
harmful interference to reception in the bands 2655-2690 MHz, 6425-6875
MHz, and 12.7-12.75 GHz on board geostationary-space stations in the
fixed-satellite service (part 25). Stations authorized prior to July 1,
1976 in the band 2655-2690 MHz, which exceed the power levels in
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section are permitted to operate
indefinitely, provided that the operations of such stations does not
result in harmful interference to reception in these band on board
geostationary space stations.
(a) 2655 to 2690 MHz and 6425 to 6875 MHz. No directional
transmitting antenna utilized by a fixed station operating in these
bands shall be aimed within 2 degrees of the geostationary-satellite
orbit, taking into account atmospheric refraction. However, exception
may be made in unusual circumstances upon a showing that there is no
reasonable alternative to the transmission path proposed. If there is
no evidence that such exception would cause possible harmful
interference to an authorized satellite system, said transmission path
may be authorized on waiver basis where the maximum value of the
equivalent isotropically radiated power (EIRP) does not exceed:
(1) +47 dBW for any antenna beam directed within 0.5 degrees of the
stationary satellite orbit or (2) +47 to +55 dBW, on a linear decibel
scale (8 dB per degree) for any antenna beam directed between 0.5
degrees and 1.5 degrees of the stationary orbit.
(b) 12.7 to 12.75 GHz. No directional transmitting antenna utilized
by a fixed station operating in this band shall be aimed within 1.5
degrees of the geostationary-satellite orbit, taking into account
atmospheric refraction. However, exception may be made in unusual
circumstances upon a showing that there is no reasonable alternative to
the transmission path proposed. If there is no evidence that such
exception would cause possible harmful interference to an authorized
satellite system, said transmission path may be authorized on waiver
basis where the maximum value of the equivalent isotropically radiated
power (EIRP) does not exceed +45 dBW for any antenna beam directed
within 1.5 degrees of the stationary satellite orbit.
(c) Methods for calculating the azimuths to be avoided may be found
in: CCIR Report No. 393 (Green Books), New Delhi, 1970; in
''Radio-Relay Antenna Pointing for controlled Interference With
Geostationary-Satellites'' by C. W. Lundgren and A. S. May, Bell
System Technical Journal, Vol. 48, No. 10, pp. 3387-3422, December
1969; and in ''Geostationary Orbit Avoidance Computer Program'' by
Richard G. Gould, Common Carrier Bureau Report CC-7201, FCC,
Washington, DC, 1972. This latter report is available through the
National Technical Information Service, U.S. Department of Commerce,
Springfield, VA 22151, in printed form (PB-211 500) or source card deck
(PB-211 501).
(52 FR 7147, Mar. 9, 1987)
47 CFR 94.79 Minimum path lengths for fixed links.
(a) The distance between end points of a fixed link must equal or
exceed the value set forth in the table below or the EIRP must be
reduced in accordance with the equation set forth below.
(b) For paths shorter than those specified in the Table, the EIRP
shall not exceed the value derived from the following equation.
EIRP=30^20 log(A/B), dBW
Where:
EIRP=equivalent isotropic radiated power in dBW.
A=Minimum path length from the Table for the frequency band in
kilometers.
B=The actual path length in kilometers.
(c) Upon an appropriate technical showing, applicants and licensees
unable to meet the minimum path length requirement may be granted an
exception to these requirements.
(Note. -- Links authorized prior to April 1, 1987, need not comply
with this requirement.)
(52 FR 7147, Mar. 9, 1987)
47 CFR 94.81 Authorization of microwave equipment.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) and for equipment used under
a developmental authorization, all transmitters employed in this service
must be either type accepted or notified pursuant to the requirements
contained in subpart J of part 2 of this chapter. As of March 5, 1984,
all equipment designed exclusively for fixed operation shall be approved
under the notification procedure (see 2.904(d) of this chapter).
(b) Type acceptance or notification is not required for portable
transmitters operating with a peak output power not greater than 250 mW.
If operation of such equipment causes harmful interference the FCC may,
at its discretion, require the licensee to take such corrective action
as is necessary to eliminate the interference. Transmitters designed
for use in the 31.0 to 31.3 GHz band shall be authorized under the
notification procedure.
(49 FR 34018, Aug. 28, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 7345, Feb. 22, 1985)
47 CFR 94.83 Transmitter control requirements.
Each transmitter shall be so installed and protected that it is not
accessible to or capable of operation by persons other than those duly
authorized by the licensee.
47 CFR 94.85 Transmitter measurements.
(a) The licensee of each station shall employ a suitable procedure to
determine that the carrier frequency of each transmitter is maintained
within the tolerance prescribed in this part. This determination shall
be made, and the results thereof entered in the station records in
accordance with the following:
(1) When the transmitter is initially installed;
(2) When any change is made in the transmitter which may affect the
carrier frequency or its stability.
(b) The licensee of each station shall employ a suitable procedure to
determine that the power delivered by the transmitter to the antenna and
the maximum effective radiated power (ERP) does not exceed the
limitations specified in the microwave station authorization. Such a
procedure may consist of measuring the power output of the transmitter,
recording the measurements, and calculating both the power delivered to
the antenna system and the ERP. This determination shall be made, and
the results thereof entered in the station records in accordance with
the following:
(1) When the transmitter is initially installed;
(2) When any change is made in the transmitter which may affect the
power delivered to the antenna or the ERP.
(42 FR 24277, May 13, 1977)
47 CFR 94.88 Special provision for low power systems in the
17,700-19,700 MHz band.
Notwithstanding other provisions in this Rule part, licensees of the
five point-to-multipoint channel pairs listed in 94.65(j)(8) may
operate multiple low power transmitting devices within a defined service
area. The service area will be a 28 kilometer omnidirectional radius
originating from specified center reference coordinates. The specified
center coordinates must be no closer than 56 kilometers from any
co-channel nodal station or the specified center coordinates of another
co-channel system. Applicants/licensees do not need to specify the
location of each individual transmitting device operating within their
defined service areas. Such operations are subject to the following
requirements on the low power transmitting devices:
(a) Power must not exceed one watt EIRP and 100 milliwatts
transmitter output power.
(b) A frequency tolerance of .001% must be maintained.
(c) The mean power of emissions shall be attenuated in accordance
with the following schedule:
(i) In any 4 kHz band, the center frequency of which is removed from
the center frequency of the assigned channel by more than 50 percent of
the channel bandwidth and is within the bands 18,820-18,870 MHz or
19,160-19,210 MHz:
A=35+.003(F-0.5B) Db
or,
80 dB (whichever is the lesser attenuation).
Where
A=Attenuation (in decibles) below output power level contained within
the channel for a given polarization.
B=Bandwidth of channel in kHz.
F=Absolute value of the difference between the center frequency of
the 4 kHz band measured at the center frequency of the channel in kHz.
(ii) In any 4 kHz band the center frequency of which is outside the
bands 18,820-18,870 MHz or 19,160-19,210 MHz:
At least 43+10 log10 (mean output power in Watts) decibles.
(55 FR 18889, May 7, 1990)
47 CFR 94.90 Special provisions for low power, limited coverage systems
in the 12,200-12,700 MHz band.
Notwithstanding any contrary provisions in this part, the frequency
pairs 12,220/12,460, 12,260/12,500, 12,300/12,540 and 12,340/12,580 may
be authorized for low power, limited coverage systems subject to the
following:
(a) Maximum effective radiated power (ERP) shall be 55 dBm.
(b) The rated transmitter output power shall not exceed 0.500 watts.
(c) Frequency tolerance shall be maintained to within 0.01 percent of
the assigned frequency.
(d) Maximum beamwidth not to exceed 4 degrees. However, the sidelobe
suppression criteria contained in 94.75(b) of this part shall not
apply, except that a minimum front-to-back ratio of 38dB shall apply.
(e) Upon a showing of need, a maximum bandwidth of 12 MHz may be
authorized per frequency assigned.
(f) Radio systems authorized under the provisions of this section
shall have no more than three hops in tandem but in any event, the
maximum tandem length of the system should not exceed 25 miles.
(g) Interfering signals at the receiver antenna terminals of stations
authorized under this section shall not exceed ^90 dBm and ^70 dBm,
respectively, for co-channel and adjacent channel interfering signals.
(h) Stations authorized under the provisions of this section shall
provide the protection from interference specified in 94.63 of this
part to stations operating in accordance with the other provisions of
this part.
(40 FR 53398, Nov. 18, 1975, as amended at 49 FR 36378, Sept. 17,
1984)
47 CFR 94.91 Special provisions for low power, limited coverage systems
in the band segments 21.8-22.0 GHz and 23.0-23.2 GHz.
Notwithstanding any contrary provisions in this part the frequency
pairs 21.825/23.025 GHz, 21.875/23.075 GHz, 21.925/23.125 GHz and
21.975/23.175 GHz may be authorized for low power, limited coverage,
systems subject to the following provisions:
(a) Maximum effective radiated power (ERP) shall be 55 dBm.
(b) The rated transmitter output power shall not exceed 0.100 watts.
(c) Frequency tolerance shall be maintained to within 0.05 percent of
the assigned frequency.
(d) Maximum beamwidth not to exceed 4 degrees. However, the sidelobe
suppression criteria contained in 94.75(b) of this part shall not
apply, except that a minimum front-to-back ratio of 38 dB shall apply.
(e) Upon showing of need, a maximum bandwidth of 50 MHz may be
authorized per frequency assigned.
(f) Radio systems authorized under the provisions, of this section
shall have no more than five hops in tandem, except upon showing of
need, but in any event the maximum tandem length shall not exceed 40 km
(25 miles).
(g) Interfering signals at the antenna terminals of stations
authorized under this section shall not exceed 90 dBm and 70 dBm
respectively, for co-channel and adjacent channel interfering signals.
(h) Stations authorized under the provisions of this section shall
provide the protection from interference specified in 94.63 to stations
operating in accordance with the provisions of this part.
(i) Antennas employing circular polarization may be used in
operational-fixed systems operating under the provisions of this
Section. In such cases, antenna polarization shall be defined either as
clockwise or counterclockwise, as described in 94.75(c).
(Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat., as amended, 1066, 1082, 1083 (47 U.S.C.
154, 303, 307))
(45 FR 55734, Aug. 21, 1980)
47 CFR 94.92 Technical standards for stations authorized prior to July
1, 1976.
Except as otherwise required by 94.65(a)(1), the technical standards
indicated in the table in this section apply to private microwave
systems using the frequency bands above 952 MHz listed in the table and
which were authorized prior to July 1, 1976, but after July 20, 1961.
These standards shall not be applicable to transmitting equipment,
including antennas, which was authorized to be operated on these
frequencies prior to July 20, 1961, or for which an authorization was
issued based on an application filed with the Commission prior to July
20, 1961.
(41 FR 51403, Nov. 22, 1976; 41 FR 53028, Dec. 3, 1976, as amended
at 48 FR 1501, Jan. 13, 1983; 50 FR 26763, June 28, 1985; 56 FR 30699,
July 5, 1991)
47 CFR 94.93 Provisions for Private Operational Fixed use of the
12,200-12,700 MHz Band.
(a) Operational Fixed stations which were authorized in the
12,200-12,700 MHz band on or before September 9, 1983, shall not be
required to protect operating domestic broadcasting satellite systems
from interference until September 9, 1988. After this date, these
Operational Fixed stations may continue operation on a non-interference
basis to Direct Broadcast Satellite service reception and shall be
required to make any and all adjustments necessary to prevent
interference to operating broadcasting-satellite systems.
(b) Operational-fixed stations authorized in the 12,200-12,700 MHz
band after September 9, 1983, shall be required to protect operating
domestic broadcasting satellite systems from interference.
(c) Any Operational-fixed stations authorized in the 12,200-12,700
MHz band must not cause interference to broadcasting-satellite systems
of other administrations operating in accordance with the plan developed
by the 1983 Regional Administrative Radio Conference.
(d) Stations authorized on frequencies in the 12,200 to 12,700 MHz
band as of September 9, 1983, except for those authorized under 94.90,
are allowed use of certain other bands listed below in accordance with
the provisions of this paragraph. Authority to use the frequencies or
special provisions of this paragraph, will not apply to additional
system links (transmitter-receiver pair) not licensed as of September 9,
1983. Licensees intending to take advantage of the special
reaccommodation provisions provided in this paragraph must submit
applications by September 9, 1988.
(1) Available Frequencies.
In addition to the above center frequencies, alternative channeling
may be used (20 MHz or 6 MHz-wide channels). Frequency pairs may be
used for two-way links or one frequency of a pair may be used for a
one-way link. Use is subject to the coordination procedure in paragraph
(d)(2) of this section.
(2) Coordination Procedure. (i) Before filing an application for new
or modified facilities under this paragraph the applicant must perform a
frequency engineering analysis to ensure that the proposed facilities
will not cause interference to existing or previously applied for
stations in this band of a magnitude greater than that specified below.
(ii) The general criteria for determining allowable adjacent or
co-channel interference protection to be afforded, regardless of system
length or type of modulation, multiplexing or frequency band shall be
such that the interfering signal shall not produce more than 1.0 dB
degradation of the practical threshold of the protected receiver,
applied by calculating the ratio in dB between the desired carrier
signal and undesired interfering signal (C/I ratio) appearing at the
input to the receiver under investigation (the victim receiver). The
development of the C/I ratios from the criteria for maximum allowable
interference level per exposure and the methods used to perform patch
calculations shall follow generally acceptable good engineering
practices. Procedures as may be developed by the Electronics Industries
Association (EIA), the Institute of Electrical and Electronics
Engineers, Inc. (IEEE), the American National Standards Institute
(ANSI) or any other recognized authority will be acceptable to the
Commission.
(iii) Where the development of the carrier to interference ratio
(C/I) is not covered by generally acceptable procedures or where the
applicant does not wish to develop the carrier to interference ratio the
applicant shall employ the following C/I protection ratios:
(A) Co-channel interference: Both sideband and carrier-beat,
applicable to all bands, the previously authorized system shall be
afforded a carrier to interfering signal protection ratio of at least 90
dB.
(B) Adjacent channel interference: The existing or previously
authorized system shall be afforded a carrier to interfering signal
protection ratio of least 56 dB.
(iv) For the band 6525-6875 MHz: The existing coordination
requirement of 94.63 as it relates to this band shall be followed.
(3) Applications Mutually Exclusive with other Applications. In the
event that applications filed by OFS licensees in the 12.2-12.7 GHz band
pursuant to the reaccommodation provisions of this paragraph (d) are
mutually exclusive with other applications, the applications of the 12
GHz OFS licensees shall be granted over other applications.
(4) Technical Standards -- (i) Power Limits. All stations authorized
under this paragraph shall be limited to the following:
Power: All bands, 10 watts maximum transmitter output power
EIRP: All bands, 80 dBm
(ii) Antenna Standards. Antennas meeting Standard B of 94.75 can be
used by all systems authorized under this paragraph, except that a
higher performance antenna meeting Standard A will be used where
interference problems can be resolved by the use of such antennas.
(iii) Types of Emission. Any modulation type available for use by
stations authorized in the Private Operational Fixed Microwave Services
are allowed on the frequencies provided in this paragraph.
(Secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(48 FR 50738, Nov. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 37782, Sept. 26,
1984)
47 CFR 94.94 Microwave digital modulation.
Microwave transmitters employing digital modulation techniques in the
bands 10,550-10,680 and 17,700-19,700 MHz shall transmit at bit rate, in
bits per second (bps), equal to or greater than the authorized bandwidth
in Hertz (e.g., to be acceptable, equipment transmitting at a 20 Mbps
rate must not require an authorized bandwidth greater than 20 MHz). In
the 17,700-19,700 MHz band, this bps/Hz standard is independent of the
antenna (polarization) used, frequency reuse, or how the system is
configured.
Note: Until December 1, 1988, no minimum bit rate shall apply to the
17,700-19,700 MHz band. Systems authorized prior to that date may
install equipment after that date with no minimum bit rate.
(Secs. 4(i), 301 and 303(r), Federal Communications Act of 1934, as
amended, 47 U.S.C. 4(i), 301 and 303(r))
(49 FR 37782, Sept. 26, 1984)
47 CFR 94.95 Special provisions for operational-fixed stations in the
2500-2690 MHz band.
Notwithstanding any contrary provisions in this part, the channels
2650-2656 MHz, 2662-2668 MHz, and 2674-2680 MHz, and the corresponding
response channels 2686.9375 MHz, 2687.9375 MHz, and 2688.9375 MHz may be
authorized for operational-fixed service use subject to the following
technical standards:
(a) Emissions and bandwidth. The average power of radio frequency
harmonics of the visual and aural carriers, measured at the output
terminals of the transmitter, shall be attenuated no less than 60 dB
below the peak visual output power within the assigned channel. All
other emissions appearing on frequencies more than 3 MHz above or below
the upper and lower edges, respectively, of the assigned channel shall
be attenuated no less than: (1) 30 dB for transmitters rated at less
than 10 watts visual peak power output. (2) 40 dB for transmitters
rated at 10 watts or more visual peak power output. Should interference
occur as a result of emissions outside the assigned channel, greater
attenuation may be required.
(b) Antennas. (1) In order to minimize the hazard of harmful
interference from other stations, directive receiving antennas should be
used at all receiving points. The choice of receiving antennas is left
to the discretion of the licensee. However, should interference occur
and it can be demonstrated that such interference could be eliminated
through the use of a more suitable yet practical directive receiving
antenna, the licensee of the station causing the interference is
absolved of the responsibility of correcting the interference condition.
(2) Directive transmitting antennas shall be used whenever feasible
so as to minimize interference to other licensees. The radiation
pattern shall be designed to minimize radiation in directions where no
reception is intended. When a station is used for point-to-point
service, an appropriate directional antenna must be used.
(3) In selecting a location for the transmitting antenna, it should
be borne in mind that interference to the reception of its transmission
is most likely to come from the direction in which receiving antennas
must be aimed to receive its transmissions. Whenever possible the
location should be chosen so that the receiving antennas in its system
are aimed in directions from which interfering signals are least likely
to come.
(4) The use of elevated receiving antennas is preferable to the use
of elevated transmitting antennas or greater power to provide the
desired service.
(5) The use of vertical or horizontal plane polarization or
right-hand or left-hand rotating (circular) polarization may be used to
minimize the hazard of harmful interference between systems. The
Commission reserves the right to specify the polarization to be used.
(6) The power gain compared to an isotropic antennas and the
directive properties of the transmitting and receiving antennas proposed
to be employed, as well as the geometric distribution of the
transmitting and receiving point, shall be supplied with each
application for a new fixed station or for changes in the antenna
facilities of an existing station.
(c) Transmission standards. Stations in this band are not required
to attenuate the lower sideband by any specified amount unless
interference to the reception of another station results from emissions
in excess of those permitted television broadcast stations, in which
case the attenuation specified in 73.687(a)(3) of this chapter shall
apply. However, in no case shall the amplitude of any lower sideband
component exceed the amplitude of the upper sideband component having
the highest amplitude.
(d) Acceptability of equipment for licensing. (1) Transmitters
employed in this service must have type acceptance by the Commission.
Type acceptance may be given under either of the following conditions:
(i) A transmitter or translator may be type accepted upon the request
of any manufacturer of such equipment built in quantity by following the
type acceptance procedure set forth in part 2 of this chapter, provided
that the date and information submitted indicate that the equipment
meets all technical requirements applicable to this service. If
accepted, such transmitting equipment will be included on the
Commission's ''Radio Equipment List, Equipment Acceptable for
Licensing.'' Applicants specifying equipment included on such a list
need not submit detailed descriptions and diagrams where the correct
type number is specified, provided that the equipment proposed is
identical with the accepted. Copies of the Radio Equipment List are
available for inspection at the Commission's office in Washington, D.C.,
and at each of its field offices.
(ii) An application specifying a transmitter or translator not
included on the Radio Equipment List, may be accepted upon the request
of a prospective licensee submitting a complete description of the
equipment, including the circuit diagram, listing of all tubes used,
function of each, multiplication in each stage, plate current and
voltage applied to each tube, and a description of the oscillator
circuit together with any devices installed for the purpose of frequency
stabilization. However, if this data has been filed with the Commission
by a manufacturer in connection with a request for type acceptance, it
need not be submitted with the application but may be referred to as
''on file.'' Measurement data for type acceptance made in accordance
with paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this section shall be submitted with the
license application.
(2) Additional rules with respect to withdrawal of type acceptance,
modification of type accepted equipment, and limitations on the findings
upon which type acceptance is based are set forth in part 2 of this
chapter.
(e) Frequency tolerance. (1) The frequency of the visual carrier
shall be maintained within 60 Kilocycles of the assigned frequency at
all times when the station is in operation.
(2) The frequency of the aural carrier shall be maintained in
accordance with the provisions of 73.687(c)(1) of this chapter.
(50 FR 26763, June 28, 1985)
47 CFR 94.95 Subpart D -- Station Operating Requirements
47 CFR 94.101 Suspension of transmission required.
The radiation of the transmitter shall be suspended immediately upon
notification by the Commission of a deviation from the technical
requirements of the station authorization when such deviation causes
harmful interference to another licensee. Until such deviation is
corrected, only transmissions concerning the immediate safety of life or
property may be conducted, except that such transmissions shall be
suspended as soon as the emergency is terminated. In the absence of
harmful interference, upon detection or notification by the Commission
of deviation from the technical requirements of the station
authorization, transmission may continue Provided, That the licensee
takes immediate steps to correct the deviation involved.
47 CFR 94.103 Operator requirements.
(a) No operator license is required for the operation, maintenance,
or repair of stations licensed under this part.
(b) An unlicensed person, with the consent or authorization of the
licensee, may employ stations in this service for the purpose of
telecommunications in accordance with the conditions and limitations set
forth in 94.17 of this part.
(c) The station licensee shall be responsible for the proper
operation of the station at all times and is expected to provide for
observations, servicing and maintenance as often as may be necessary to
ensure proper operation. All adjustments or tests during or coincident
with the installation, servicing, or maintenance of the station should
be performed by or under the immediate supervision and responsibility of
a person certified as technically qualified to perform transmitter
installation, operation, maintenance, and repair duties in the private
land mobile services and fixed services by an organization or committee
representative of users in those services.
(d) The provisions of paragraph (b) of this section authorizing
unlicensed persons to operate stations shall not be construed to change
or diminish in any respect the responsibility of station licensees to
have and to maintain control over the stations licensed to them
(including all transmitter units thereof), or for the proper functioning
and operation of those stations (including all transmitter units
thereof) in accordance with the terms of the licenses of those stations.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47
U.S.C. 154(i) and 303(r), and sec. 553 of the Administrative Procedures
Act, 5 U.S.C. 553)
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 49 FR 20672, May 16, 1984;
50 FR 13352, Apr. 4, 1985)
47 CFR 94.105 Station identification.
Stations in this service are exempt from the requirement to identify
transmissions by call sign or any other station identifier.
47 CFR 94.107 Posting of station authorization and transmitter
identification cards, plates, or signs.
(a) The original of each transmitter authorization in this service
shall be posted or immediately available at the address at which station
records are maintained as named in the authorization.
(b) A clear and legible copy of the current transmitter authorization
shall be posted or be immediately available at the transmitter location.
(c) The requirements in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section do not
apply to remote stations using frequencies listed in 94.65(a)(1).
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975, as amended at 46 FR 9955, Jan. 30, 1981)
47 CFR 94.109 Inspection of stations and station records.
Any station and records of stations in this service shall be made
available at any reasonable time for inspection by an authorized
representative of the Commission.
47 CFR 94.111 Inspection and maintenance of tower marking and
associated control equipment.
The licensee of any radio station which has an antenna structure
required to be painted or illuminated pursuant to the provisions of
section 303(q) of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and/or
part 17 of this chapter, shall operate and maintain the tower marking
and associated control equipment in accordance with the following:
(a) The tower lights shall be observed at least once each 24 hours,
either visually or by observing an automatic and properly maintained
indicator designed to register any failure of such lights, to insure
that all such lights are functioning properly as required; or,
alternatively, there shall be provided and properly maintained an
automatic alarm system designed to detect any failure of the tower
lights and to provide indication of such failure to the licensee.
(b) Any observed or otherwise known failure of code of rotating
beacon light or top light not corrected within thirty minutes,
regardless of the cause of such failure, shall be reported immediately
by telephone or telegraph to the nearest Flight Service Station or
office of the Federal Aviation Administration. Further, notification by
telephone or telegraph shall be given immediately upon resumption of the
required illumination.
(c) All automatic or mechanical control devices, indicators, and
alarm systems associated with the tower lights shall be inspected at
intervals not to exceed three months, to insure that such apparatus is
functioning properly.
(d) All lighting shall be exhibited from sunset to sunrise unless
otherwise specified in the instrument of station authorization.
(e) A sufficient supply of spare lamps shall be maintained for
immediate replacement purposes at all times.
(f) All towers shall be cleaned or repainted as often as is necessary
to maintain good visibility.
47 CFR 94.113 Station records.
Each licensee of a station in this service shall maintain records in
accordance with the following:
(a) For all stations, the results and dates of the transmitter
measurements required by 94.85 and the name of the person or persons
making the measurements.
(b) For all stations, when service or maintenance duties are
performed, which may affect their proper operation, the responsible
operator shall sign and date an entry in the station record concerned,
giving:
(1) Pertinent details of all transmitter adjustments performed by him
or under his supervision;
(2) His name and address and the class, serial number, and expiration
date of his license, provided that this information, so long as it
remains unchanged, is not required to be repeated in the case of a
person who is regularly employed as operator on a full-time basis at the
station.
(c) When a station in this service has an antenna structure which is
required to be illuminated, appropriate entries shall be made as
follows:
(1) The time the tower lights are turned on and off each day, if
manually controlled.
(2) The time the daily check of proper operation of the tower lights
was made, if an automatic alarm system is not employed.
(3) In the event of any observed or otherwise known failure of a
tower light:
(i) Nature of such failure.
(ii) Date and time the failure was observed or otherwise noted.
(iii) Date, time, and nature of the adjustments, repairs, or
replacements made.
(iv) Identification of Flight Service Station (Federal Aviation
Administration) notified of the failure of any code or rotating beacon
light not corrected within 30 minutes, and the date and time such notice
was given.
(v) Date and time notice was given to the Flight Service Station
(Federal Aviation Administration) that the required illumination was
resumed.
(4) Upon completion of the 3-month periodic inspection required by
94.111(c):
(i) The date of the inspection and the condition of all tower lights
and associated tower lighting control devices, indicators, and alarm
systems.
(ii) Any adjustments, replacements, or repairs made to insure
compliance with the lighting requirements and the date such adjustments,
replacements, or repairs were made.
(d) The records shall be kept in an orderly manner, and in such
detail that the data required are readily available. Key letters or
abbreviations may be used if proper meaning or explanation is set forth
in the record.
(e) Each entry in the records of each station shall be signed by a
person qualified to do so, having actual knowledge of the facts to be
recorded.
(f) No record or portion thereof shall be erased, obliterated, or
willfully destroyed within the required retention period. Any necessary
correction may be made only by the person originating the entry, who
shall strike out the erroneous portion, initial the correction made and
indicate the date of correction.
(g) Records required by this part shall be retained by the licensee
for a period of at least one year.
47 CFR 94.113 Subpart E -- Developmental Operation
47 CFR 94.151 Eligibility.
An authorization for developmental operation in this service may be
issued for the purpose of developing a radio-communication service or
technique which offers reasonable promise of substantial contribution to
the expansion or extension of the radio art, along lines not already
investigated.
47 CFR 94.153 Showing required.
Each application for developmental operation shall be accompanied by
a showing that:
(a) The applicant has an organized plan of development leading to a
specific objective;
(b) A point has been reached in the program where actual transmission
by radio is essential to the further progress thereof;
(c) The program will be conducted by qualified personnel;
(d) The applicant is legally and financially qualified, and possesses
adequate technical facilities for conduct of the program as proposed;
and,
(e) The public interest, convenience, and necessity will be served by
the proposed operation.
47 CFR 94.155 Limitations on use.
Stations used for developmental operation shall be constructed and
used in such a manner as to conform with all of the technical and
operating requirements of subparts C and D of this part, unless
deviation therefrom is specifically provided in the instrument of
authorization.
47 CFR 94.157 Frequencies available for assignment.
Stations engaged in developmental operation may be authorized to use
a frequency, or frequencies, available for the service in which they
propose to operate. The number of channels assigned will depend upon
the specific requirements of the developmental program itself, and the
number of frequencies available in the particular area where the station
will be operated.
47 CFR 94.159 Interference.
The operation of any station engaged in developmental work shall be
subject to the condition that no harmful interference is caused to the
operation of stations licensed on a regular basis under any part of the
Commission's rules.
47 CFR 94.161 Special provisions.
(a) The developmental program as described by the applicant in the
application for authorization shall be substantially followed unless the
Commission shall otherwise direct.
(b) Where some phases of the developmental program are not covered by
the general rules in this chapter and the rules in this part, the
Commission may specify supplemental or additional requirements or
conditions in each case, as deemed necessary in the public interest,
convenience, and necessity.
(c) The Commission may, from time to time, require a station engaged
in developmental work to conduct special tests which are reasonable and
desirable to the authorized developmental program.
(40 FR 20928, May 13, 1975; 40 FR 26677, June 25, 1975)
47 CFR 94.163 Required supplementary statement.
Every application for authority to engage in developmental operation
shall be accompanied by a statement signed by the applicant in which it
is agreed that any authorization issued pursuant thereto will be
accepted with the express understanding of the applicant that it is
subject to change in any of its terms or to cancellation in its entirety
at any time, upon reasonable notice but without a hearing, if, in the
opinion of the Commission, circumstances should so require.
47 CFR 94.165 Report of operation.
(a) A report on the results of the developmental program shall be
filed with and made a part of each application for renewal of
authorization or in cases where no renewal is requested, such report
shall be filed within 60 days of the expiration of such authorization.
Matters which the applicant does not wish to disclose publicly may be so
labeled; they will be used solely for the Commission's information, and
will not be publicly disclosed without permission of the applicant.
(b) The report shall include comprehensive and detailed information
on the following:
(1) The final objective.
(2) Results of operation to date.
(3) Analysis of the results obtained.
(4) Copies of any published reports.
(5) If continued operation is desired, the need therefor.
(6) Number of hours of operation on each frequency.
47 CFR 94.165 Pt. 95
47 CFR 94.165 PART 95 -- PERSONAL RADIO SERVICES
47 CFR 94.165 Subpart A -- General Mobile Radio Service (GMRS)
Sec.
95.1 The General Mobile Radio Service (GMRS).
95.3 License required.
95.5 License eligibility.
95.7 Channel sharing.
95.21 GMRS system description.
95.23 Mobile station description.
95.25 Land station description.
95.27 Paging receiver description.
95.29 Channels available.
95.31 Overlap of GMRS systems.
95.33 Cooperative use of radio stations in the GMRS.
95.35 Multiple licensing of radio transmitting equipment in the GMRS.
95.37 Considerations near the Canadian border.
95.39 Considerations near FCC monitoring stations.
95.41 Considerations in the National Radio Quiet Zone.
95.43 Environmental considerations.
95.45 Considerations on Department of Defense land.
95.47 Considerations in large urban areas.
95.49 Considerations near large urban areas.
95.51 Antenna height.
95.53 Mobile station communication points.
95.55 Base station communication points.
95.57 Mobile relay station communication points.
95.59 Control station communication points.
95.61 Fixed station communication points.
95.71 Applying for a new or modified license.
95.72 Applying for an STA or waiver of the rules.
95.73 System licensing.
95.75 Basic information.
95.77 Additional information for GMRS systems with land stations at
four or more locations.
95.79 Additional information for stations in the National Radio Quiet
Zone.
95.83 Additional information for stations with antennas higher than
normally allowed.
95.85 Additional information for stations near United States borders.
95.87 Signature.
95.89 Renewing a license.
95.101 What the license authorizes.
95.103 Licensee duties.
95.105 License term.
95.107 Keeping the license.
95.109 License not transferable.
95.111 Transfer of control of a corporation.
95.113 System records.
95.115 Station inspection.
95.117 Where to contact the FCC.
95.119 Station identification.
95.121 Transmitting channel.
95.123 Sharing a station or sharing equipment.
95.125 Station control point.
95.127 Controlling a station from a remote point.
95.129 Station equipment.
95.131 Servicing station transmitters.
95.133 Modification to station transmitters.
95.135 Maximum authorized transmitting power.
95.137 Moving a small base station or a small control station.
95.139 Adding a small base station or a small control station.
95.141 Interconnection prohibited.
95.143 Managing a GMRS system in an emergency.
95.171 Station operator at control point.
95.173 Station operator duties.
95.175 Cooperation in sharing channels.
95.177 Responsibility for station operator's communications.
95.179 Individuals who may be station operators.
95.181 Permissible communications.
Appendix A -- Making a Control Station Power Test
Appendix B -- Where the Large Urban Areas Are Located
47 CFR 94.165 Subpart B -- (Reserved)
47 CFR 94.165 Subpart C -- Radio Control (R/C) Radio Service
95.201 (R/C Rule 1) What is the Radio Control (R/C) Radio Service?
95.202 (R/C Rule 2) How do I use these rules?
95.203 (R/C Rule 3) Am I eligible to operate an R/C station?
95.204 (R/C Rule 4) Do I need a license?
95.205 (R/C Rule 5) Where may I operate my R/C station?
95.206 (R/C Rule 6) Are there any special restrictions on the
location of my R/C station?
95.207 (R/C Rule 7) On what channels may I operate?
95.208 (R/C Rule 8) How high may I put my antenna?
95.209 (R/C Rule 9) What equipment may I use at my R/C station?
95.210 (R/C Rule 10) How much power may I use?
95.211 (R/C Rule 11) What communications may be transmitted?
95.212 (R/C Rule 12) What communications are prohibited?
95.213 (R/C Rule 13) May I be paid to use my R/C station?
95.214 (R/C Rule 14) Who is responsible for R/C communications I
make?
95.215 (R/C Rule 15) Do I have to limit the length of my
communications?
95.216 (R/C Rule 16) Do I identify my R/C communications?
95.217 (R/C Rule 17) May I operate my R/C station transmitter by
remote control?
95.218 (R/C Rule 18) What are the penalties for violating these
rules?
95.219 (R/C Rule 19) How do I answer correspondence from the FCC?
95.220 (R/C Rule 20) What must I do if the FCC tells me that my R/C
station is causing interference?
95.221 (R/C Rule 21) How do I have my R/C transmitter serviced?
95.222 (R/C Rule 22) May I make any changes to my R/C station
transmitter?
95.223 (R/C Rule 23) Do I have to make my R/C station available for
inspection?
95.224 (R/C Rule 24) What are my station records?
95.225 (R/C Rule 25) How do I contact the FCC?
47 CFR 94.165 Subpart D -- Citizens Band (CB) Radio Service
95.401 (CB Rule 1) What is the Citizens Band (CB) Radio Service?
95.402 (CB Rule 2) How do I use these rules?
95.403 (CB Rule 3) Am I eligible to operate a CB station?
95.404 (CB Rule 4) Do I need a license?
95.405 (CB Rule 5) Where may I operate my CB station?
95.406 (CB Rule 6) Are there any special restrictions on the location
of my CB station?
95.407 (CB Rule 7) On what channels may I operate?
95.408 (CB Rule 8) How high may I put my antenna?
95.409 (CB Rule 9) What equipment may I use at my CB station?
95.410 (CB Rule 10) How much power may I use?
95.411 (CB Rule 11) May I use power amplifiers?
95.412 (CB Rule 12) What communications may be transmitted?
95.413 (CB Rule 13) What communications are prohibited?
95.414 (CB Rule 14) May I be paid to use my CB station?
95.415 (CB Rule 15) Who is responsible for communications I make?
95.416 (CB Rule 16) Do I have to limit the length of my
communications?
95.417 (CB Rule 17) Do I identify my CB communications?
95.418 (CB Rule 18) How do I use my CB station in an emergency or to
assist a traveler?
95.419 (CB Rule 19) May I operate my CB station transmitter by remote
control?
95.420 (CB Rule 20) May I connect my CB station transmitter to a
telephone?
95.421 (CB Rule 21) What are the penalties for violating these rules?
95.422 (CB Rule 22) How do I answer correspondence from the FCC?
95.423 (CB Rule 23) What must I do if the FCC tells me that my CB
station is causing interference?
95.424 (CB Rule 24) How do I have my CB station transmitter serviced?
95.425 (CB Rule 25) May I make any changes to my CB station
transmitter?
95.426 (CB Rule 26) Do I have to make my CB station available for
inspection?
95.427 (CB Rule 27) What are my station records?
95.428 (CB Rule 28) How do I contact the FCC?
47 CFR 94.165 Subpart E -- Technical Regulations
Sec.
95.601 Basis and purpose.
95.603 Type acceptance required.
95.605 Type acceptance procedure.
95.607 CB transmitter modification.
95.621 GMRS transmitter channel frequencies.
95.623 R/C transmitter channel frequencies.
95.625 CB transmitter channel frequencies.
95.627 Emission types.
95.629 Emission bandwidth.
95.631 Unwanted radiation.
95.633 Modulation standards.
95.635 Maximum transmitter power.
95.641 Control accessibility.
95.643 R/C transmitter antenna.
95.645 Power capability.
95.647 Crystal control required.
95.649 Instructions and warnings.
95.651 Frequency capability.
95.661 (Reserved)
95.663 CB transmitter power.
95.665 External controls.
95.667 Serial number.
95.669 Copy of rules.
Appendix 1 to Part 95 -- Glossary of Terms
Authority: Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat. 1066, 1082, as amended; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303.
47 CFR 94.165 Subpart A -- General Mobile Radio Service (GMRS)
Source: 48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 94.165 General Provisions
47 CFR 95.1 The General Mobile Radio Service (GMRS).
(a) The GMRS is a land mobile radio service available to persons for
short-distance two-way communications to facilitate the activities of
licensees and their immediate family members. Each licensee manages a
system consisting of one or more stations.
(b) Any entity eligible for licensing under this subpart is eligible
to obtain an authorization in the 31.0 to 31.3 GHz band for personal
communications, provided that the technical standards applicable to the
band (as set out in part 94) are observed. (Individuals applying for
stations in the 31.0 to 31.3 GHz band for personal communications shall
use application Form 402.)
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 7345, Feb. 22, 1985;
53 FR 47714, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.3 License required.
Before any station transmits on any channel authorized in the GMRS
from any point (a geographical location) within or over the territorial
limits of any area where radio services are regulated by the FCC, the
responsible party must obtain a license (a written authorization from
the FCC for a GMRS system).
(53 FR 47714, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.5 License eligibility.
An individual (one man or one woman) is eligible to obtain, renew and
have modified a GMRS system license if that individual is 18 years of
age or older and is not a representative of a foreign government. A
non-individual (an entity other than an individual) is ineligible to
obtain a new GMRS system license or to make a major modification to an
existing GMRS system licenses (see 95.71(e)). Certain non-individuals
are eligible to renew existing GMRS system license (see 95.89 (c) and
(d)).
(53 FR 47714, Nov. 25, 1988; 53 FR 51625, Dec. 22, 1988)
47 CFR 95.7 Channel sharing.
(a) Channels or channel pairs are available to GMRS systems only on a
shared basis and will not be assigned for the exclusive use of any
licensee. All station operators and GMRS system licensees must
cooperate in the selection and use of channels to reduce interference
and to make the most effective use of the facilities.
(b) Licensees of GMRS systems suffering or causing harmful
interference are expected to cooperate and resolve this problem by
mutually satisfactory arrangements. If the licensees are unable to do
so, the FCC may impose restrictions including specifying the transmitter
power, antenna height, or area or hours of operation of the stations
concerned. Further, the use of any frequency at a given geographical
location may be denied when, in the judgment of the FCC, its use in that
location is not in the public interest; the use of any channel or
channel pair may be restricted as to specified geographical areas,
maximum power, or other operating conditions (see 95.71(d)).
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47715, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.7 Considerations When Planning a GMRS System
47 CFR 95.21 GMRS system description.
(a) A GMRS system is one or more transmitting units used by station
operators to communicate messages. A GMRS system is comprised of:
(1) One or more station operators;
(2) One mobile station consisting of one or more mobile units (see
95.23);
(3) One or more land stations (optional); and
(4) Paging receivers (optional).
(b) In certain areas, point-to-point GMRS systems may be comprised of
fixed stations only (see 95.47, 95.49 and 95.61).
(c) A GMRS system may be operated in:
(1) Simplex mode. (Only one station operator can speak at a time.)
(2) Duplex mode. (Two station operators can speak at the same time.
One or more stations transmit on one channel. The other station(s)
transmit(s) on the channel pair counterpart.)
(3) A combined simplex-duplex mode. (E.g., a mobile relay system
with mobile units operating in simplex mode on a channel pair.)
47 CFR 95.23 Mobile station description.
(a) A mobile station is one or more units which transmit while moving
or during temporary stops at unspecified points.
(b) A mobile station unit may transmit from any point within or over
any areas where radio services are regulated by the FCC except where
additional considerations apply (see 95.37 through 95.49).
(c) A mobile station unit may transmit from an aircraft or ship, with
the captain's permission, which is:
(1) Within or over any area where radio services are regulated by the
FCC except where additional restrictions apply; and
(2) On or over international waters, if the unit is transmitting from
an aircraft or ship of United States registry.
(d) A mobile station unit must not transmit from points within or
over the territorial limits of any area where radio services are
regulated only by:
(1) A foreign government; or
(2) A United States government agency other than the FCC.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 4003, Feb. 1, 1984)
47 CFR 95.25 Land station description.
(a) A land station is a unit which transmits only from:
(1) An exact point as shown on the license; or
(2) An unspecified point within an operating area (an area within a
circle centered on a point chosen by the applicant) as shown on the
license, for a temporary period (one year or less).
(b) The point from which every land station transmits must be within
an area where radio services are regulated by the FCC.
(c) Each land station is classified according to its communications
points (the other stations or paging receivers to which the station
operator communicates messages). There are four land station classes:
(1) Base station (see 95.55);
(2) Mobile relay station (see 95.57);
(3) Control station (see 95.59); and
(4) Fixed station (see 95.61).
(d) A small control station is any control station which:
(1) Has an antenna no more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) above the ground
or above the building or tree on which it is mounted (see 95.51); and
(2) Is: (i) South of Line A or west of Line C (see 95.37); or
(ii) North of Line A or east of Line C, and the station transmits
with no more than 5 watts ERP (effective radiated power).
(e) A small base station is any base station that:
(1) Has an antenna no more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) above the ground
or above the building or tree on which it is mounted (see 95.51); and
(2) Transmits with no more than 5 watts ERP.
(f) A land station may be licensed to transmit as more than one
station class. (Example: A land station is licensed as both a base
station and a control staton. When it is transmitting as a base station
its communication points are those of a base station (see 95.55). When
it is transmitting as a control station its communication points are
those of a control station (see 95.59).)
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47715, Nov. 25, 1988;
53 FR 51625, Dec. 22, 1988)
47 CFR 95.27 Paging receiver description.
A paging receiver is a unit capable of receiving the radio signals
from a base station for the bearer to hear a page (someone's name or
other identifier said in order to find, summon or notify him/her) spoken
by the base station operator.
47 CFR 95.29 Channels available.
(a) The licensee of the GMRS system must select the transmitting
channel or channel pair for the stations in the GMRS system from the
following lists:
(1) For a base station, mobile relay station, fixed station or mobile
station, the following 462 MHz (megahertz) channels;
462.5500, 462.5750, 462.6000, 462.6250, 462.6500, 462.6750, 462.7000
and 462.7250.
(2) For a mobile station, control station or fixed station operated
in the duplex mode, the following 467 MHz channels:
467.5500, 467.5750, 467.6000, 467.6250, 467.6500, 467.6750, 467.7000,
and 467.7250.
(3) As of December 31, 1993, the 467 MHz channels may be used only to
transmit communications through a mobile relay station and for remotely
controlling a mobile relay station. As of December 31, 1993, no station
in a GMRS system may transmit communications directly (not through a
mobile relay station) on the 467 MHz channels.
(b) The FCC will normally assign only one channel or one channel pair
(one 462 MHz channel and its counterpart 5 MHz spaced 467 MHz channel)
to a GMRS system comprised of stations intended for operation in the
simplex mode. A second channel or channel pair will be assigned at the
request of the applicant.
(c) The FCC will normally assign only one channel pair to a GMRS
system comprised of stations intended for operation in the duplex mode.
A second channel pair will be assigned at the request of the applicant.
(d) No GMRS system may be assigned more than two channels or channel
pairs. Stations in certain GMRS systems may, however, also transmit on
additional frequencies listed in the following paragraphs, in accord
with the conditions specified.
(e) Mobile stations in a GMRS system licensed to an individual that
is not specifically authorized for the 462.675 MHz/467.675 MHz channel
pair may transmit on that channel pair with the following limitations:
(1) The communications must be for the purpose of soliciting or
rendering assistance to a traveler, or for comunicating in an emergency
pertaining to the immediate safety of life or the immediate protection
of property; and
(2) The frequency 467.675 MHz may be used only for the purposes of
accessing and communicating through a mobile relay station transmitting
on 462.675 MHz.
(f) Except for a GMRS system licensed to a non-individual, a mobile
station or a small base station operating in the simplex mode may
transmit on the following 462 MHz interstitial channels:
462.5625, 462.5875, 462.6125, 462,6375, 462.6625, 462.6875 and
462.7125.
These channels may be used only under the following conditions:
(1) Only voice type emissions may be transmitted;
(2) The station does not transmit one-way pages; and
(3) The station transmits with no more than 5 watts ERP.
(g) Fixed stations in GMRS systems authorized before March 18, 1968,
located 160 kilometers (100 miles) or more from the geographic center of
urbanized areas of 200,000 or more population as defined in the U.S.
Census of Population, 1960, Vol. 1, Table 23, page 50 that were
authorized to transmit on channels other than those listed in this
section may continue to transmit on their originally assigned channels
provided that they cause no interference to the operation of stations in
any of the part 90 private land mobile radio services.
(53 FR 47715, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.31 Overlap of GMRS systems.
An entity may not have a base station or a mobile relay station for
that entity's GMRS system within 64.4 kilometers (40 miles) of a base
station or a mobile relay station for another GMRS system licensed to
the same entity. Base stations and mobile relay stations licensed to
the same entity in two different GMRS systems less than 64.4 kilometers
(40 miles) apart which were authorized prior to October 16, 1983 are not
subject to the provisions of this rule.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 4003, Feb. 1, 1984)
47 CFR 95.33 Cooperative use of radio stations in the GMRS.
(a) Licensees (a licensee is the entity to which the license is
issued) of radio stations in the GMRS may share the use of their
stations with other entities eligible in the GMRS, subject to the
following conditions and limitations.
(1) The station to be shared must be individually owned by the
licensee, jointly owned by the participants and the licensee, leased
individually by the licensee, or leased jointly by the participants and
the licensee.
(2) The licensee must maintain access to and control over all
stations authorized under its license.
(3) A station may be shared only:
(i) Without charge;
(ii) On a non-profit basis, with contributions to capital and
operating expenses including the cost of mobile stations and paging
receivers prorated equitably among all participants; or
(iii) On a reciprocal basis, i.e., use of one licensee's stations for
the use of another licensee's stations without charge for either capital
or operating expenses.
(4) All sharing arrangements must be conducted in accordance with a
written agreement to be kept as part of the station records.
(b) Participants in a cooperatively shared GMRS mobile relay or base
station may obtain a license for their own mobile station(s), provided
that the licensee of the shared GMRS station consents in writing to the
issuance of such authorization.
47 CFR 95.35 Multiple licensing of radio transmitting equipment in the
GMRS.
Two or more persons licensed in the GMRS may use the same
transmitting equipment under the following terms and conditions:
(a) Each licensee complies with the general operating requirements
set out in 95.171 through 95.181 of the rules; and
(b) Each licensee must have access to the transmitter for which the
licensee is authorized.
47 CFR 95.37 Considerations near the Canadian border.
The United States and the Government of Canada coordinate channel
assignments to certain radio stations in areas along their common
borders north of Line A and east of Line C. (See 1.955 of the FCC
Rules.)
47 CFR 95.39 Considerations near FCC monitoring facilities.
The FCC may impose additional restrictions on a land station in a
GMRS system if it is at a point within 4.8 kilometers (3 miles) of an
FCC monitoring facility and the station's transmissions degrade,
obstruct, or repeatedly interrupt the operation of the equipment at the
FCC monitoring facility. Before applying for license to put a land
station at such a point, or before applying to change anything in a
station already licensed for such a point, you should consult the FCC by
writing to the Chief, Field Operations Bureau, Federal Communications
Commission, Washington, DC 20554.
(53 FR 47715, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.41 Considerations in the National Radio Quiet Zone.
(a) The FCC may impose additional restrictions on a land station in a
proposed GMRS system, or on one in a GMRS system proposed for
modification, if the station is proposed for or located at a point
within the National Radio Quiet Zone (an area within the States of
Maryland, Virginia and West Virginia). The Zone is the area bounded by:
(1) 39 15' N. on the North;
(2) 78 30' W. on the East;
(3) 37 30' N. on the South; and
(4) 80 30' W. on the West.
(b) When applying for a license to put a land station at a point in
the National Radio Quiet Zone, or when applying to change certain
details in a station already licensed for such a point, the applicant
must send a notice to the National Radio Astronomy Observatory (see
95.79).
(c) Restrictions may be imposed if the National Radio Astronomy
Observatory files an objection with the FCC within 20 days after the
application is filed with the FCC.
47 CFR 95.43 Environmental considerations.
An application for AMRS system that includes a local station which
may have a significant impact upon the environment, as specified in
1.1307 of this chapter, must be accompanied by an environmental
assessment as set forth in 1.1311 of this chapter.
(55 FR 20398, May 16, 1990)
47 CFR 95.45 Considerations on Department of Defense land.
The Department of Defense may impose additional restrictions on a
station transmitting on its land. (Before applying to place or modify a
station at such a point, an applicant should consult with the commanding
officer in charge of the land.)
47 CFR 95.47 Considerations in large urban areas.
(a) No fixed station may be at any point within a large urban area.
(b) A control station at a point within a large urban area must have:
(1) A directional antenna (at least 15 decibel front-to-back ratio);
and
(2) No more transmitter power than determined by a control station
power test (a test to determine the appropriate transmitter power (see
appendix A)).
(c) Where these rules use the term large urban area, it means a
circular region extending out 121 kilometers (75 miles) in all
directions around the geographic center of certain cities.
(d) The large urban areas and their geographic centers are shown in
appendix B.
(e) Control stations and fixed stations authorized before October 16,
1983 located beyond 121 kilometers (75 miles) of the geographic center
of urbanized areas of 200,000 or more population as defined in the U.S.
Census of Population, 1960, Vol. 1, table 23, page 50, are not subject
to the restrictions of this rule section.
47 CFR 95.49 Considerations near large urban areas.
(a) A fixed station at a point near a large urban area must have:
(1) A directional antenna (at least 15 decibel front-to-back ratio);
and
(2) No more than 15 watts transmitter power output.
(b) Where these rules use the term near a large urban area, it means
the region within a circular band around a large urban area. The band
is 40 kilometers (25 miles) wide. It begins at the rim of the large
urban area, and extends out 161 kilometers (100 miles) around the
geographic center of the city.
(c) Fixed stations authorized before October 16, 1983 located beyond
161 kilometers (100 miles) of the geographic center of urbanized areas
of 200,000 or more population as defined in the U.S. Census of
Population, 1960, Vol. 1, table 23, page 50, are not subject to the
restrictions of this rule section.
47 CFR 95.51 Antenna height.
(a) A land station antenna (the land station's radiating structure
(for transmitting, receiving or both), including the tower, mast or pole
supporting it and everything attached to the structure) must not be a
hazard to aircraft. The licensee of a GMRS system must get FCC
permission (see 95.83) before the uppermost tip of an antenna may be
higher than normally allowed in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this
section.
(b) Regardless of any other requirement of this section, an antenna
may always be at least:
(1) 6.1 meters (20 feet) above the ground or above the building or
tree upon which the antenna is mounted; or
(2) Equal to the height of an existing antenna to which the land
station antenna is attached.
(c) The antenna may be as high as 61 meters (200 feet) above the
ground, unless it will be within 6.1 kilometers (20,000 feet) of an
airport or heliport.
(d) If the antenna is near an airport or heliport listed in the FAA's
(Federal Aviation Administration's) Airport Facilities Directory, or
near an airport or heliport operated by the Department of Defense, it
must not be higher than:
(1) One meter higher than the airport elevation for every 100 meters
from the nearest runway if the runway is longer than one kilometer
(3,281 feet), and is within 6.1 kilometers (20,000 feet) of the antenna;
or
(2) Two meters higher than the airport elevation for every 100 meters
from the nearest runway if the runway is no longer than one kilometer
(3,281 feet), and is within 3.1 kilometers (10,000 feet) of the antenna;
or
(3) Four meters higher than the heliport elevation for every 100
meters from the nearest landing pad if the pad is within 1.5 kilometers
(5,000 feet) of the antenna.
(e) If the FCC grants permission to put an antenna higher than
normally allowed in paragraphs (b), (c) and (d) of this section, the
licensee may have to mark the antenna with bright paint and light it up
at night (see part 17 of the FCC Rules).
(f) The antenna for a small base stations or for a small control
station must not be more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) above the ground or
above the building or tree on which it is mounted.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47715, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.53 Mobile station communication points.
(a) A mobile station unit may transmit communications directly to:
(1) Other mobile station units in the same GMRS system;
(2) Mobile station units in any other GMRS system;
(3) A base station in the same GMRS system; and
(4) A base station in any other GMRS system;
(b) A mobile station unit may transmit communications through a
mobile relay station in the same GMRS system to:
(1) Other mobile station units in the same GMRS system;
(2) Control stations in the same GMRS system; and
(3) Mobile station units in any other GMRS system.
(c) A mobile station unit authorized to transmit on a channel
assigned to a mobile relay station in another GMRS system may transmit
communications through that mobile relay station to:
(1) Mobile station units in the other GMRS system; and
(2) Control stations in the other GMRS system.
(d) A mobile station unit in a GMRS system licensed to an individual
authorized to transmit on a channel assigned to a mobile relay station
in another GMRS systgem may transmit communications through that mobile
relay station with the permission of the licensee of the other GMRS
system to:
(1) Other mobile station units in the same GMRS system; and
(2) Mobile station units in another GMRS system having permission to
transmit communications through the mobile relay station.
(e) A mobile station unit must not transmit communications to:
(1) Any fixed station;
(2) Any control station, directly;
(3) Any station in the Amateur Radio Service;
(4) Any unauthorized station; or
(5) Any foreign station.
(f) A mobile station unit must not transmit communications through a
mobile relay station in another GMRS system, for retransmission to:
(1) Other mobile station units in its own GMRS system, unless:
(i) The mobile station units are in a GMRS system licensed to an
individual; and
(ii) The licensee of the other GMRS system has given permission to
use the mobile relay station for this purpose.
(2) A control station in its own GMRS system; or
(3) Any station in any GMRS system other than the system which
includes the mobile relay station.
(g) A mobile station unit may transmit communications as a radio
control link (see 95.127) to a remotely controlled station.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47715, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.55 Base station communication points.
(a) A base station may transmit communications directly to:
(1) Mobile station units in the same GMRS system;
(2) Mobile station units in any other GMRS system; and
(3) Paging receivers in the same GMRS system.
(b) A base station must not transmit communications to:
(1) Any mobile relay station;
(2) Any base station;
(3) Any paging receiver not in the same GMRS system;
(4) Any fixed station;
(5) Any control station;
(6) Any station in the Amateur Radio Service;
(7) Any unauthorized station; or
(8) Any foreign station.
47 CFR 95.57 Mobile relay station communication points.
(a) A mobile relay station in a GMRS system may automatically
(without immediate thought or action by the station operator) retransmit
communications between:
(1) A mobile station unit in the same GMRS system and:
(i) Another mobile station unit in the same GMRS system; or
(ii) A control station in the same GMRS system.
(2) A mobile station unit in any other GMRS system and:
(i) Another mobile station unit in the same GMRS system as the mobile
relay station; or
(ii) A control station in the same GMRS system as the mobile relay
station.
(b) A mobile relay station in a GMRS system must not automatically
retransmit communications between:
(1) A mobile station unit in any other GMRS system and another unit
of the same mobile station, unless:
(i) The other GMRS system is licensed to an individual; and
(ii) The licensee of the GMRS system with the mobile relay station
has given permission to use the mobile relay station for this purpose;
(2) Any control station and any other control station;
(3) Any other mobile relay station and any station;
(4) Any base station and any station; or
(5) Any fixed station and any station.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47716, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.59 Control station communication points.
(a) A control station may transmit communications as a radio control
link (see 95.127) to a remotely controlled station.
(b) A control station may transmit communications through a mobile
relay station to:
(1) Mobile station units in the same GMRS system as the control
station; and
(2) Mobile station units in any other GMRS system.
(c) A control station must not transmit communications to any other
station.
47 CFR 95.61 Fixed station communication points.
(a) A fixed station may transmit communications from the point
authorized for it on the license to another fixed station in the same
GMRS system at the point authorized for it on the license.
(b) A fixed station must not transmit communications to any other
station.
47 CFR 95.61 Applying for a GMRS System License
47 CFR 95.71 Applying for a new or modified license.
(a) An individual applies for a license for a new GMRS system by
filling out an application form and attaching all additional information
required. An individual applies to modify a license for an existing
GMRS system using the same form and in the same manner as applying for a
new GMRS system. Individuals should submit their applications, together
with the filing fee, to the address specified in the Private Radio
Services Fee Filing Guide.
(b) An applicant for a General Mobile Radio Service system license,
sharing a multiply-licensed mobile relay station, may operate the system
for a period of 180 days, under a Temporary Permit, evidenced by a
properly-executed certification made on FCC Form 574-T, after mailing
FCC Form 574 to the Commission.
(c) The application will be returned to the applicant if it is
defective. An application is defective if:
(1) The form is not completely filled out;
(2) All necessary additional information is not included; or
(3) All necessary certifications have not been made (see, e.g.,
95.75 (g)(2), (o) and (p)).
(d) The Commission may, without a hearing, grant an application in
part or subject to terms or conditions or with privileges other than
those requested. Such an action is presumed to be a grant of the
application unless the applicant files a written rejection of the grant
as made within 30 days from the date of the grant or the effective date
of the grant, whichever is later. If the Commission receives rejection
of such a grant, the Commission will vacate its original action and will
set the application for hearing.
(e) A non-individual may not obtain a new GMRS system license. A
non-individual that held a GMRS system license issued before July 31,
1987, may not make the following major modifications:
(1) Change the area of operation of the GMRS system;
(2) Add any stations to the GMRS system;
(3) Increase the number of units of the mobile station;
(4) Change the location of any land station in the GMRS system;
(5) Add one or more channels or channel pairs and/or change the
assigned channel(s) or channel pair(s);
(6) Increase the transmitter power of an station in the GMRS system;
or
(7) Increase the height of a station antenna in the GMRS system.
(f) A GMRS system licensee may notify the FCC of a change of name or
a change of mailing address by sending a letter to the Federal
Communications Commission, 1270 Fairfield Road, Gettysburg, PA
17325-7245. This does not, however, permit GMRS system license
transferability (see 95.109). Nor does this suffice for corporate
transfer of control -- the provisions of 95.111 apply instead.
(43 FR 54791, Nov. 22, 1978, as amended at 52 FR 10232, Mar. 31,
1987; 53 FR 47716, Nov. 25, 1988; 53 FR 51625, Dec. 22, 1988; 55 FR
51908, Dec. 18, 1990)
47 CFR 95.72 Applying for an STA or waiver of the rules.
Applicants requesting an STA or waiver of the rules should submit
their requests, together with the filing fee, to the address specified
in the Private Radio Services Fee Filing Guide.
(55 FR 51908, Dec. 18, 1990)
47 CFR 95.73 System licensing.
(a) Application for a license for a new GMRS system or application to
modify a licensed GMRS system is made on Form 574. The applicant must
follow the Instructions for Completion of FCC Form 574 (available at FCC
Field Offices).
(b) One set of forms must be used for each system the applicant wants
the FCC to license.
(c) One form must be used to apply for the following stations in a
GMRS system:
(1) The mobile station;
(2) All small base stations (see 95.25(e));
(3) All small control stations (see 95.25(d)); and
(4) All other land stations (at no more than 6 locations).
(d) An additional form must be used to apply for every six land
stations in a GMRS system that cannot be listed in the preceding form.
(e) Form 574-T, Temporary Permit for a General Mobile Radio Service
System, should be used if applicant is eligible and desires to operate
the station pending the processing of the application. (See also
95.71(b).)
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47716, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.75 Basic information.
The following information is required in all applications for a
license for a new or modified GMRS system:
(a) Applicant's name (see 95.5);
(b) Applicant's mailing address (an address in the United States
where mail from the FCC can be received);
(c) Transmitting channel or channel pair requested (see 95.29);
(d) Station class;
(e) Number of transmitter units in a mobile station (see 95.23);
(f) Number of land stations in each class (see 95.25);
(g) Transmitter power as follows:
(1) Transmitter output power in watts for all stations.
(2) Station ERP in watts for all stations other than mobile stations,
small base stations and small control stations.
(h) Each land station point (except small base stations and small
control stations):
(1) Latitude and longitude within one second; and
(2) Street address (if none, local directions to the station);
(i) Each control point for each remotely controlled land station (see
95.127), including small base stations and small control stations:
(1) Street address (if none, local directions to the control point);
or
(2) Call sign of any control station already licensed to the
applicant for that point;
(j) Antenna height (see 95.51) and antenna ground elevation for each
land station, except for small base stations and small control stations;
(k) Communication services (see 95.101(c)) the proposed GMRS system
would provide to, or receive from, any other individual or entity;
(l) Age eligibility statement (where required -- see 95.5);
(m) Area of operation;
(n) Emission designator. In the GMRS, emission F3E will be
considered to include use of a selective calling tone, or a tone or
digitally operated squelch (a tone code used to address a particular
station) in conjunction with voice communications;
(o) Foreign government certification, if applicable (see 95.5);
(p) Frequency claim waiver certification, if applicable; and
(q) Applicant's signature (see 95.87).
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 4003, Feb. 1, 1984;
53 FR 47716, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.77 Additional information for GMRS systems with land stations
at four or more locations.
(a) An application for a new or modified GMRS system having land
stations (except for small control stations or small base stations) at 4
or more locations must include a functional system diagram (a drawing
showing details of the GMRS system, including the points between which
communications with other stations in the system will be exchanged.)
(b) (Reserved)
(c) A copy of the functional system diagram must be kept as part of
the GMRS system records ( 95.113).
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47716, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.79 Additional information for stations in the National Radio
Quiet Zone.
An application for a license for a new or modified GMRS system having
a land station at a point within the National Radio Quite Zone (see
95.41) must:
(a) Send a notice to:
Director, National Radio Astronomy Observatory
P.O. Box 2
Green Bank, WV 24944
(b) Provide the following details about the proposed station in the
notice:
(1) Antenna point (latitude and longitude);
(2) Antenna height;
(3) Antenna directivity;
(4) Transmitting channel(s);
(5) Emission; and
(6) Transmitter output.
(c) Include in the application to the FCC the date the notice was
sent to the Observatory.
47 CFR 95.83 Additional information for stations with antennas higher
than normally allowed.
(a) An applicant for a license for a new or modified GMRS system
seeking permission to have a land station antenna higher than normally
allowed (see 95.51) must:
(1) Request (on FCC Form 574) an antenna height greater than normally
allowed; and
(2) Notify the Federal Aviation Administration (on FAA Form 7460-1)
that the antenna would be higher than normally allowed.
(b) Each base station and each control station with an antenna height
greater than 6.1 meters (20 feet) must be separately identified on Form
574 (see 95.25 (d) and (e) and 95.51(f)).
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47716, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.85 Additional information for stations near United States
borders.
For a new or modified GMRS system having a land station at a point
north of line A, east of line C, or at any point close to any United
States border where interference to a station in another country could
occur, an applicant may include additional data on FCC Form 574-B if the
land station:
(a) Does not have vertical polarization;
(b) Does not have an omnidirectional azimuth;
(c) Has an associated control station with other than a directional
antenna having its azimuth of maximum radiation directed towards the
land station;
(d) Has an associated control station with other than 20 degrees
beamwidth; or
(e) Is part of a GMRS system that includes stations or units intended
for communication with stations or units in other GMRS systems or in
other radio services.
Provision of this information will enable the Commission to seek
greater interference protection for the station from foreign stations.
(49 FR 4003, Feb. 1, 1984)
47 CFR 95.87 Signature.
(a) If the applicant is an individual, he/she must sign the
application.
(b) If the applicant is any other entity, the following individual
must sign the application:
47 CFR 95.89 Renewing a license.
(a) The licensee of a GMRS system may apply to the FCC to renew the
license for another term (see 95.105) by filling out FCC Form 574-R (or
FCC Form 405-A when the licensee has not gotten FCC Form 574-R within 30
days of the expiration of the license), and sending it, together with
the filing fee, to the address specified in the Private Radio Services
Fee Filing Guide (unless the licensee is a governmental entity, in which
case the renewal application should be sent to the Federal
Communications Commission, 1270 Fairfield Road, Gettysburg, PA
17325-7245).
(b) If the renewal application is sent to the FCC before the existing
license term expires, the renewal application is timely filed. Except
for GMRS systems whose licenses may not be renewed (see 95.89 (c)(3)
and (d)), stations in a GMRS system whose application is timely filed
may continue to transmit under the expired license until the FCC acts on
the renewal application. A copy of the renewal application sent to the
FCC must be kept in the GMRS system records (see 95.113) until the
renewed license, or notification of other FCC action, is received.
(c) A GMRS system licensed to a non-individual before July 31, 1987,
is eligible to renew that license and all subsequent licenses based upon
it if:
(1) The non-individual is:
(i) A partnership, and each partner is 18 years of age or older;
(ii) A corporation;
(iii) An association;
(iv) A state, territorial or local government unit; or
(v) Other legal entity;
(2) The non-individual is not:
(i) A foreign government;
(ii) A representative of a foreign government; or
(iii) A federal government agency; and
(3) The licensee has not been granted any of the modifications to its
GMRS system license specified in 95.71(e).
(d) A GMRS system licensed to a non-individual on or after July 31,
1987, may not be renewed.
(e) If a GMRS system license is allowed to expire, the former
licensee may file an application to reinstate the expired license within
six months after the expiration date. The application to reinstate must
be accompanied by a renewal application. An expired GMRS system license
for which a timely renewal application has not been filed is not valid.
No station of such a GMRS system may transmit until the licensee has
received a new GMRS system license based on the late-filed renewal
application.
(53 FR 47716, Nov. 25, 1988, as amended at 55 FR 51909, Dec. 18,
1990)
47 CFR 95.89 Managing a GMRS System
47 CFR 95.101 What the license authorizes.
(a) A license authorizes the licensee to manage the GMRS system only
as:
(1) The Rules require;
(2) The license specifies;
(3) Proposed by the entity in the license application; and
(4) Shown on the functional system diagram (where applicable).
(b) The license does not authorize operation as a common carrier or
communication of messages for pay.
(c) If the licensee is a corporation and the license so indicates, it
may use its GMRS system to furnish non-profit radio communication
service to its parent corporation, to another subsidiary of the same
parent, or to its own subsidiary. Such use is not subject to the
cooperative use provisions of 95.33.
47 CFR 95.103 Licensee duties.
(a) The licensee is responsible for the proper operation of the GMRS
system at all times.
(b) The licensee must have access to the station equipment and be
able to disable it. A licensee using multiple licensed transmitting
equipment may satisfy this requirement by entering an arrangement with
other licensees using the same equipment to select one of their number
to have primary access responsibility.
(c) When the information about the licensee stated on the license
changes, the licensee must take the following step(s):
(1) The licensee must notify the FCC in writing in the event of a
name or mailing address change (see 95.117(b)). The notice must show
the name and mailing address as they appear on the license, the station
call sign(s), and the new name or new mailing address. A copy of the
notice must be kept as part of the GMRS system records (see 95.113).
(FCC Forms 405-A or 574-R may be used for this purpose.)
(2) If the status of a non-individual GMRS system licensee changes
(for example, when a corporation is dissolved and a new corporation
stands in its place, or a partnership becomes a corporation), the
licensee must send the license to the FCC for cancellation (see
95.117(b)).
The former licensee may not operate until the FCC has aproved a
license for the system in the name of the new entity.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.105 License term.
A license for a GMRS system is usually issued for a 5-year term.
(FCC prints the expiration date on the license.)
47 CFR 95.107 Keeping the license.
(a) The licensee must keep the license document until:
(1) The license expires; or
(2) The license is terminated by the FCC; or
(3) The licensee obtains a different license for the GMRS system.
(b) The license must be kept as part of the GMRS system records (see
95.113).
(c) The license may be photocopied for any lawful purpose.
(d) If the license is lost, the licensee must request a duplicate
document from the FCC. The request for a duplicate license, together
with the filing fee, should be sent to the address specified in the
Private Radio Services Fee Filing Guide.
(e) If the license is no longer desired, it must be sent to the FCC
(see 95.117(b)(6)) with a written request that it be cancelled. (Forms
405-A or 574-R may be used for this purpose.)
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 55 FR 51909, Dec. 18, 1990)
47 CFR 95.109 License not transferable.
(a) The licensee must not transfer, assign, sell or give the license
for a GMRS system to any other entity except in accordance with the
provisions of 95.111.
(b) If the licensee sells or gives away the GMRS system equipment,
the new owner must obtain a new license before using it (see 95.71),
unless the new owner intends to use the equipment with an already
licensed GMRS system.
47 CFR 95.111 Transfer of control of a corporation.
If the licensee of a GMRS system is a corporation, and there is a
change in the control of the corporation, the licensee must request
consent for the change of control from the FCC by filling out Form 703
and sending it, together with the filing fee, to the address specified
in the Private Radio Services Fee Filing Guide. The FCC document
granting such consent must be kept as part of the GMRS system records
(see 95.113).
(56 FR 51909, Dec. 18, 1990)
47 CFR 95.113 System records.
(a) The licensee must keep records for the GMRS system for the
license term (see 95.105), except that the licensee need not keep
authorizations which have expired.
(b) GMRS system records include the following documents (where
applicable):
(1) The license (see 95.107);
(2) (Reserved)
(3) Copies of letters from the licensee to the FCC concerning name or
mailing address changes (see 95.103);
(4) Copies of answers to discrepancy notices;
(5) An STA or waiver of these rules;
(6) A copy of any renewal application submitted to the FCC and not
yet acted upon (see 95.89(b));
(7) A copy of the measurements and calculations (see appendix A) made
during a control station power test (see 95.47);
(8) A copy of a functional system diagram (see 95.77);
(9) A copy of the agreement under which any station in the GMRS
system is cooperatively shared (see 95.33);
(10) A copy of the FCC consent to a licensee corporation's change in
its corporate control (see 95.111); and
(11) A temporary permit.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.115 Station inspection.
If an authorized FCC representative requests to inspect any station
in a GMRS system, the licensee or station operator must make the station
available. If an authorized FCC representative requests to inspect the
GMRS system records (see 95.113), the licensee must make them
available.
47 CFR 95.117 Where to contact the FCC.
(a) Write to:
The nearest FCC Field Office
(1) For application forms (see 95.73 and 95.87);
(2) For instruction forms (see 95.73);
(3) To complain about interference; or
(4) To find out if the FCC has type-accepted a certain transmitter
for use in the GMRS (see 95.129).
(b) Write to: Federal Communications Commission, Attention: GMRS,
1270 Fairfield Road, Gettysburg, PA 17325-7245.
(1) To ask a question about an application or about these Rules;
(2)-(3) (Reserved)
(4) To notify the FCC of a new name or mailing address (see 95.103);
(5) (Reserved)
(6) To return a license to the FCC for cancellation (see 95.103 and
95.107).
(7) (Reserved)
(c) (Reserved)
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988;
55 FR 51909, Dec. 18, 1990)
47 CFR 95.119 Station identification.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (e) of this section, every
station in a GMRS system and every mobile station unit must transmit a
station identification:
(1) Following the transmission of communications or a series of
communications; and
(2) Every 15 minutes during a long transmission.
(b) The station identification is the call sign assigned to:
(1) The GMRS system; or
(2) The station in the GMRS system transmitting communications.
(c) A unit number may be included after the call sign in the
identification.
(d) The station identification must be clearly transmitted in:
(1) Voice in the English language, with each letter and digit
separately and distinctly transmitted (letters may be said using a
phonetic alphabet); or
(2) International Morse code telegraphy with a keyed tone (400 to
2,000 Hertz) between 8.34 and 20.85 baud (ten to twenty-five words per
minute). The transmitted frequency deviation must be between 1,500 and
2,500 Hertz. Should delayed or periodic activation of automatic Morse
code identification equipment interrupt the communications of another
co-channel licensee, the Commission may require the use of equipment
which will inhibit automatic station identification when co-channel
communications are in progress.
(e) A station need not identify its transmissions if it automatically
retransmits communications from another station which are properly
identified.
47 CFR 95.121 Transmitting channel.
Each station in a GMRS system must transmit only on the channel(s) or
channel pair(s) (see 95.7 and 95.29) printed on the license for that
station, or authorized by these Rules for use by that station (see
95.29 (e) and (f)).
(53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.123 Sharing a station or sharing equipment.
Every station in a GMRS system which is cooperatively shared (see
95.33) must be managed by the licensee in accordance with the written
agreement and in accordance with the provisions of 95.33. Licensees
sharing multiply licensed equipment must do so in accordance with the
provisions of 95.35.
47 CFR 95.125 Station control point.
(a) Each station in a GMRS system must have a control point (where
the station operator can perform the required duties (see 95.173)).
(b) The control point for each station must be at that station,
unless the license authorizes the station to be controlled from a remote
point.
47 CFR 95.127 Controlling a station from a remote point.
(a) A station operator in a GMRS system may control the station from
a remote point through a control link (a connection between the remote
control point and the remotely controlled station). The control link
must be either:
(1) A wireline control link solely for purposes of transmitter
control (see 95.181(i)(13)); or
(2) A radio control link.
(b) The remotely controlled station must not make unauthorized
transmissions.
(c) The station operator must perform the required duties (see
95.173) when controlling the station from a remote point the same as
when controlling it locally at the station point. Should the control
link fail to function so that the station operator cannot perform the
required duties, the remotely controlled station must not transmit.
(d) The FCC does not consider a station in a GMRS system as being
remotely controlled if the connection is a wireline or mechanical
control link, and the station and its control point are both:
(1) On the same vehicle; or
(2) At the same street address, or within 152 meters (500 feet) of
each other.
(e) Any device used to establish a wireline control link which is
attached to the public switched telephone network after April 1, 1976
must be registered with the FCC and must comply with the standards
incorporated in a registration program to protect the public switched
telephone network from harm (see part 68 of the FCC Rules).
47 CFR 95.129 Station equipment.
(a) Every station in a GMRS system must use transmitters the FCC has
type-accepted for use in the GMRS. Write to any FCC Field Office to
find out if a particular transmitter has been type-accepted for the
GMRS. All station equipment in a GMRS system must comply with the
technical rules in part 95, subpart E of these rules.
(b) No transmitter may be used at a station in a GMRS system which:
(1) Is not FCC type-accepted for use in the GMRS;
(2) Has been internally modified to make it different from the FCC
type-accepted model (see 95.133); or
(3) (Reserved)
(c) A land station in a GMRS system must use a directional antenna if
it is a:
(1) Control station at a point within a large urban area (see
95.47); or
(2) Fixed station at a point near a large urban area (see 95.49).
(d) Every small base station and every small control station must use
an antenna no more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) high (see 95.25 (d) and
(e)).
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47
U.S.C. 154(i) and 303(r), and sec. 553 of the Administrative Procedures
Act, 5 U.S.C. 553)
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 20672, May 16, 1984;
53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.131 Servicing station transmitters.
(a) The GMRS system licensee shall be responsible for the proper
operation of all stations in the GMRS system at all times and is
expected to provide for observations, servicing and maintenance as often
as may be necessary to ensure proper operation.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, test signals
during internal adjustments to a station transmitter must be made using
a non-radiating simulated antenna.
(c) Brief test signals using a radiating antenna may be transmitted
to adjust the antenna to the station transmitter or to detect or measure
spurious radiation. These test transmissions must not be longer than
one minute during any five-minute period. These test transmissions
shall not interfere with communications already in progress on the
operating frequency, and shall be properly identified as required, but
may be otherwise unmodulated as appropriate.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47
U.S.C. 154(i) and 303(r), and sec. 553 of the Administrative Procedures
Act, 5 U.S.C. 553)
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 20672, May 16, 1984;
53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.133 Modification to station transmitters.
(a) No internal changes may be made in a transmitter used in a
station in a GMRS system to make the transmitter different from the FCC
type-accepted model (see 95.129).
(b) One FCC type-accepted model may be converted to another FCC
type-accepted model if the conversion is done:
(1) By the original manufacturer of the transmitter.
(2) In accordance with the original manufacturer's instructions.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47
U.S.C. 154(i) and 303(r), and sec. 553 of the Administrative Procedures
Act, 5 U.S.C. 553)
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 20672, May 16, 1984;
53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.135 Maximum authorized transmitting power.
(a) No station may transmit with more than 50 watts output power.
(b) A control station at a point within a large urban area must not
transmit with more output power than the licensee determines by a test
(see 95.47 and appendix A). The licensee must keep a copy of the
measurements and calculations made during this test as part of the GMRS
system records (see 95.113).
(c) A small control station at a point north of Line A or east of
Line C must transmit with no more than 5 watts ERP.
(d) A fixed station at a point near a large urban area must transmit
with no more than 15 watts output power (see 95.49).
(e) A small base station must transmit with no more than 5 watts ERP.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.137 Moving a small base station or a small control station.
(a) A small base station (see 95.25(e)) or a small control station
(see 95.25(d)) in a GMRS system may be moved from the point specified
on the license to any other point where radio services are regulated by
the FCC.
(b) The licensee must file an application to modify the GMRS system
(see 95.71) to show the new point within 30 days after the small base
station or the small control station is moved.
(53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.139 Adding a small base station or a small control station.
(a) Except for a GMRS system licensed to a non-individual, one or
more small base stations or a small control station may be added to a
GMRS system at any point where radio services are regulated by the FCC.
(b) The licensee must file an application to modify the GMRS system
(see 95.71) within 30 days after each small base station or small
control station is added.
(c) Non-individual licensees may not add any small base station or
small control stations to their GMRS systems.
(53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.141 Interconnection prohibited.
No station in a GMRS system may be interconnected to the public
switched telephone network except as and in accordance with the
requirements and restrictions applied to a wireline control link (see
95.127).
(53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.143 Managing a GMRS system in an emergency.
(a) The stations in a GMRS system must cease transmitting when the
station operator of any station on the same channel is communicating an
emergency message (concerning the immediate protection of property or
the safety of someone's life).
(b) If necessary to communicate an emergency message from a station
in a GMRS system, the licensee may permit:
(1) Anyone to be the station operator (see 95.179); and
(2) The station operator to communicate the emergency message to any
radio station.
47 CFR 95.143 Operating a GMRS Station
47 CFR 95.171 Station operator at control point.
When a station in a GMRS system is transmitting, it must have a
station operator. The station operator must be at the control point
(see 95.125) for that station. The same person may be the operator for
more than one station at the same time.
47 CFR 95.173 Station operator duties.
The station operator:
(a) Communicates messages (see 95.181);
(b) Controls the station by:
(1) Causing it to transmit and to cease transmitting;
(2) Taking all necessary and reasonable precautions to assure that
unauthorized or improper operations do not occur;
(3) Refraining from making any transmissions that may have the
reasonably anticipated effect of causing improper operation of others'
equipment; and
(4) In cases of recurrent interference, obeying any
Commission-imposed additional requirements or restrictions.
47 CFR 95.175 Cooperation in sharing channels.
The station operator must cooperate in sharing each channel with
station operators of other stations by:
(a) Monitoring the channel before initiating transmissions;
(b) Waiting until ongoing communications are completed before
initiating transmissions;
(c) Engaging in only permissible communications (see 95.181); and
(d) Limiting transmissions to the minimum practicable transmission
time.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.177 Responsibility for station operator's communications.
The licensee is responsible for all communications made by station
operators in the GMRS system. (The licensee should be certain every
station operator understands and complies with these Rules.)
47 CFR 95.179 Individuals who may be station operators.
(a) An individual GMRS system licensee may permit his/her immediate
family members living in the same household to be station operators in
his/her GMRS system. They may communicate messages about the licensee's
personal activities and about the licensee's business activities.
Immediate family members are the:
(1) Licensee;
(2) Licensee's spouse;
(3) Licensee's children, grandchildren, stepchildren;
(4) Licensee's parents, grandparents, stepparents;
(5) Licensee's brothers, sisters;
(6) Licensee's aunts, uncles, nieces, nephews; and
(7) Licensee's in-laws.
(b) In a GMRS system licensed to a non-individual, eligible station
operators are limited to the persons listed in paragraph (b)(1) of this
section with the conditions listed in paragraph (b)(2) of this section
as follows:
(1) Only the following persons may be permitted to operate under the
authority of a GMRS system licensed to a non-individual:
(2) These persons may only communicate messages about the licensee's
business activities. Employees of the licensee may communicate messages
while acting within the scope of their employment, and only about the
licensee's business activities.
(c) The licensee may permit a telephone answering service employee to
be a station operator if:
(1) That employee only communicates messages received for the
licensee to the licensee;
(2) The station equipment at the telephone answering point is not
shared in any other GMRS system; and
(3) The station at the telephone answering service point is not
interconnected to the public switched telephone network.
(d) The station operator of a GMRS system licensed to an individual
may be a station operator in any other GMRS system if he/she has
permission from the licensee of the other GMRS system.
(e) The provisions of 95.33 regarding cooperative use do not apply
to or govern the authority of a GMRS licensee to designate station
operators in accordance with the provisions of this section.
(f) Except for emergency communications (see 95.143), only persons
specified in paragraphs (a) through (d) may be GMRS station operators.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 53 FR 47717, Nov. 25, 1988;
53 FR 51625, Dec. 22, 1988)
47 CFR 95.181 Permissible communications.
(a) A station operator for an individual who is licensed in the GMRS
(other than an employee of that individual) may communicate two-way
voice messages concerning the licensee's personal or business activities
(see 95.179).
(b) (Reserved)
(c) A station operator for any entity other than an individual
licensed in the GMRS may communicate two-way voice messages concerning
the licensee's business activities (see 95.179). An employee for an
entity other than an individual licensed in the GMRS may, as a station
operator, communicate two-way voice messages while acting within the
scope of his/her employment.
(d) A station operator for any GMRS licensee may communicate two-way
voice messages concerning:
(1) Emergencies (see 95.143);
(2) Rendering assistance to a motorist; and
(3) Civil defense drills, if the responsible agency requests
assistance.
(e) All messages must be in plain language (without codes or hidden
meanings). They may be in a foreign language, except for call signs
(see 95.119).
(f) A station operator may communicate tone messages for purposes of
identification or transmitter control in a control link (see 95.127).
(The FCC treats a control tone as voice in this case.)
(g) A station operator may communicate a selective calling tone or
tone operated squelch only in conjunction with a voice communication.
If the tone is subaudible (300 Hertz or less) it may be communicated
during the entire voice message. If the tone is audible (more than 300
Hertz) it may be communicated for no more than 15 seconds at a time.
(h) A station operator may communicate a one-way voice page to a
paging receiver. A selective calling tone or tone operated squelch may
be used in conjunction with a voice page, as prescribed in paragraph (g)
of this section. A station operator may not communicate a tone-only
page (tones communicated in order to find, summon or notify someone).
(i) A station operator must not communicate:
(1) Messages for hire, whether the remuneration received is direct or
indirect;
(2) Messages in connection with any activity which is against
Federal, State or local law;
(3) False or deceptive messages;
(4) Coded messages or messages with hidden meanings (''10-codes'' are
permitted);
(5) Intentional interference;
(6) Music, whistling, sound effects or material to amuse or
entertain;
(7) Sounds only to attract attention;
(8) Obscene, profane or indecent words, language or meaning;
(9) Advertisements or offers for the sale of goods or services;
(10) Advertisements for a political candidate or political campaign
(messages about the campaign business may be communicated);
(11) International distress signals, such as the word ''Mayday''
(except when on a ship, aircraft or other vehicle in immediate danger to
ask for help);
(12) Programs (live or delayed) intended for radio or television
station broadcast (messages about news items or program preparation may
be communicated);
(13) Messages which are both conveyed by a wireline control link and
transmitted by a GMRS station (see 95.127);
(14) Messages (except emergency messages) to any station in the
Amateur Radio Service, to any unauthorized station, or to any foreign
station;
(15) Continuous or uninterrupted transmissions, except for
communications involving the immediate safety of life or property; or
(16) Messages for public address systems.
(j) A station operator in a GMRS system licensed to a telephone
answering service must not transmit any communications to customers of
the telephone answering service.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 4003, Feb. 1, 1984;
56 FR 13289, Apr. 1, 1991)
47 CFR 95.181 Pt. 95, Subpt. A, App. A
47 CFR 95.181 Appendix A to Part 95 -- Making a Control Station Power
Test
(a) A unit of the mobile station is brought to the control station or
to a point within 402 meters ( 1/4 mile) of the control station.
(b) The strength of the signal received at the terminals of the
feedline to the antenna of the remotely controlled station produced by
transmissions of the unit of your mobile station must be measured.
(c) The directional antenna of the control station must be aimed so
that transmissions from it produce the greatest signal strength at the
terminals of the feedline to the antenna of the remotely controlled
station.
(d) The transmitter output power of the control station must be
adjusted (see 95.135) so that the signal strength produced at the
terminals of the feedline to the antenna of the remotely controlled
station is no more than 6 decibels more than that produced by the unit
of the mobile station. The maximum transmitter output power permitted
any GMRS station must not be exceeded (see 95.141).
(e) A record must be made of each control station power test and kept
as part of the GMRS system records.
(48 FR 35237, Aug. 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 4003, Feb. 1, 1984)
47 CFR 95.181 Pt. 95, Subpt. A, App. B
47 CFR 95.181 Appendix B to Part 95 -- Where the Large Urban Areas Are Located
Note 1: This appendix lists the urbanized areas of 200,000 or more people as shown in the Bureau of Census News Release of July 27, 1981: ''Provisional Population of Urbanized Areas, 1980.'' The geographical coordinates given are from the Department of Commerce publication of 1947: ''Air-Line Distances Between Cities in the United States'' and from data supplied by the National Geodetic Survey. The coordinates are determined by using the first city mentioned in the urbanized area as the center of the urbanized area.
47 CFR 95.181 Subpart B -- (Reserved)
47 CFR 95.181 Subpart C -- Radio Control (R/C) Radio Service
Source: 48 FR 24890, June 3, 1983, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 95.181 General Provisions
47 CFR 95.201 (R/C Rule 1) What is the Radio Control (R/C) Radio
Service?
The R/C Service is a private, one-way, short distance non-voice
communications service for the operation of devices at remote locations.
47 CFR 95.202 (R/C Rule 2) How do I use these rules?
(a) You must comply with rules (see R/C Rule 18, 95.218, for the
penalties for violations) when you operate a station in the R/C service
from:
(1) Within or over the territorial limits of places where radio
services are regulated by the FCC (see R/C Rule 5, 95.205);
(2) Aboard any vessel or aircraft registered in the United States;
or
(3) Aboard any unregistered vessel or aircraft owned or operated by a
United States citizen or company.
(b) Your R/C station must comply with technical rules found in
Subpart E of Part 95.
(c) Where the rules use the word ''you'', ''you'' means a person
operating an R/C station.
(d) Where the rules use the word ''person,'' the rules are concerned
with an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a
joint stock company, a trust, a state, territorial or local government
unit, or other legal entity.
(e) Where the rules use the term ''FCC,'' that means the Federal
Communications Commission.
(f) Where the rules use the term ''R/C station,'' that means a radio
station transmitting in the R/C Radio Service.
47 CFR 95.203 (R/C Rule 3) Am I eligible to operate an R/C station?
You are authorized to operate an R/C station unless:
(a) You are a foreign government, a representative of a foreign
government, or a federal government agency; or
(b) The FCC has issued a cease and desist order to you, and the order
is still in effect.
47 CFR 95.204 (R/C Rule 4) Do I need a license?
You do not need an individual license to operate an R/C station. You
are authorized by this rule to operate your R/C station in accordance
with the rules in this subpart.
47 CFR 95.205 (R/C Rule 5) Where may I operate my R/C station?
You are authorized to operate your R/C station from:
(a) Within or over any area of the world where radio services are
regulated by the FCC. Those areas are within the territorial limits of:
(1) The fifty United States
(2) The District of Columbia
47 CFR 95.205 Caribbean Insular areas
(3) Commonwealth of Puerto Rico
(4) Navassa Island
(5) United States Virgin Islands (50 islets and cays)
47 CFR 95.205 Pacific Insular areas
(6) American Samoa (seven islands)
(7) Baker Island
(8) Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands
(9) Guam Island
(10) Howland Island
(11) Jarvis Island
(12) Johnston Island (Islets East, Johnston, North and Sand)
(13) Kingman Reef
(14) Midway Island (Islets Eastern and Sand)
(15) Palmyra Island (more than 50 islets)
(16) Wake Island (Islets Peale, Wake and Wilkes)
(b) Any other area of the world, except within the territorial limits
of areas where radio services are regulated by --
(1) An agency of the United States other than the FCC. (You are
subject to its rules.)
(2) Any foreign government. (You are subject to its rules.)
(c) An aircraft or ship, with the permission of the captain, within
or over any area of the world where radio services are regulated by the
FCC or upon or over international waters. You must operate your R/C
station according to any applicable treaty to which the United States is
a party.
47 CFR 95.206 (R/C Rule 6) Are there any special restrictions on the
location of my R/C station?
(a) If your R/C station is located on premises controlled by the
Department of Defense, you may be required to comply with additional
regulations imposed by the commanding officer of the installation.
(b) If your R/C station will be constructed on an environmental
sensitive site, or will be operated in such a manner as to raise
environmental problems, under 1.1307 of this chapter, you must provide
an environmental assessment, as set forth in 1.1311 of this chapter,
and undergo environmental review 1.1312 of this chapter, before
commencement of construction.
(48 FR 24890, June 3, 1983, as amended at 55 FR 20398, May 16, 1990)
47 CFR 95.206 How To Operate an R/C Station
47 CFR 95.207 (R/C Rule 7) On what channels may I operate?
(a) Your R/C station may transmit only on the following channels
(frequencies):
(1) The following channels may be used to operate any kind of device
(any object or apparatus, except an R/C transmitter), including a model
aircraft device (any small imitation of an aircraft) or a model surface
craft device (any small imitation of a boat, car or vehicle for carrying
people or objects, except aircraft): 26.995, 27.045, 27.095, 27.145,
27.195 and 27.255 MHz.
(2) The following channels may only be used to operate a model
aircraft device:
72.01
72.03
72.05
72.07
72.09
72.11
72.13
72.15
72.17
72.19
72.21
72.23
72.25
72.27
72.29
72.31
72.33
72.35
72.37
72.39
72.41
72.43
72.45
72.47
72.49
72.51
72.53
72.55
72.57
72.59
72.61
72.63
72.65
72.67
72.69
72.71
72.73
72.75
72.77
72.79
72.81
72.83
72.85
72.87
72.89
72.91
79.93
72.95
72.97
72.99
(3) The following channels may only be used to operate a model
surface craft devices:
75.41
75.43
75.45
75.47
75.49
75.51
75.53
75.55
75.57
75.59
75.61
75.63
75.65
75.67
75.69
75.71
75.73
75.75
75.77
75.79
75.81
75.83
75.85
75.87
75.89
75.91
75.93
75.95
75.97
75.99
(4) Channels 72.16, 72.32 and 72.96 MHz may also be used to operate a
model aircraft device or a model surface craft device until December 20,
1987.
(5) Channels 72.08, 72.24, 72.40 and 75.64 MHz may also be used to
operate a model aircraft device until December 20, 1987.
(b) You must share the channels with other R/C stations. You must
cooperate in the selection and use of the channels. You must share the
Channel 27.255 MHz with stations in other radio services. There is no
protection from interference on any of these channels.
(c) Your R/C station may not transmit simultaneously on more than one
channel in the 72-76 MHz band when your operation would cause harmful
interference to the operation of other
R/C stations.
(d) Your R/C station must stop transmitting if it interferes with:
(1) Authorized radio operations in the 72-76 MHz band; or
(2) Television reception on TV Channels 4 or 5.
(e) (Reserved)
(f) Stations in the 26-27 MHz range are not afforded any protection
from interference caused by the operation of industrial, scientific of
medical devices. Such stations also operate on a shared basis with
other stations in the Personal Radio Services.
(g) Stations in the 72-76 MHz range are subject to the condition that
inteference will not be caused to the remote control of industrial
equipment operating on the same or adjacent frequencies or to the
reception of television transmissions on Channels 4 and 5. These
frequencies are not afforded any protection from interference due to the
operation of fixed and mobile stations in other services assigned to the
same or adjacent frequencies.
(48 FR 24890, June 3, 1983. Designated from 49 FR 6098, Feb. 17,
1984, and amended at 50 FR 37857, Sept. 18, 1985; 52 FR 16263, May 4,
1987)
47 CFR 95.208 (R/C Rule 8) How high may I put my antenna?
(a) Antenna means the radiating system (for transmitting, receiving
or both) and the structure holding it up (tower, pole or mast). It also
means everything else attached to the radiating system and the
structure.
(b) If your antenna is mounted on a hand-held portable unit, none of
the following limitations apply.
(c) If your antenna is installed at a fixed location, it (whether
receiving, transmitting or both) must comply with either one of the
following:
(1) The highest point must not be more than 6.10 meters (20 feet)
higher than the highest point of the building or tree on which it is
mounted; or
(2) The highest point must not be more than 18.3 meters (60 feet)
above the ground.
(d) If your R/C station is located near an airport, and if you
antenna structure is more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) high, your may have
to obey additional restrictions. The highest point of your antenna must
not exceed one meter above the airport elevation for every hundred
meters of distance from the nearest point of the nearest airport runway.
Differences in ground elevation between your antenna and the airport
runway may complicate this formula. If your R/C station is near an
airport, you may contact the nearest FCC field office for a worksheet to
help you figure the maximum allowable height of your antenna. Consult
part 17 of the FCC's Rules for more information.
WARNING: Installation and removal of R/C station antennas near
powerlines is dangerous. For your safety, follow the installation
directions included with your antenna.
(48 FR 24890, June 3, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 41416, Sept. 15,
1983)
47 CFR 95.209 (R/C Rule 9) What equipment may I use at my R/C station?
(a) Your R/C station may transmit only with:
(1) An FCC type accepted (or type approved) R/C transmitter (Type
accepted means the FCC has determined that certain radio equipment is
capable of meeting recommended standards for operation); or
(2) A non-type accepted R/C transmitter on Channels 26.995-27.255 MHz
if it complies with the technical standards (see part 95, subpart E).
(3) Use of a transmitter outside of the band 26.995-27.255 MHz which
is not type accepted (or type approved) voids your authority to operate
the station. Use of a transmitter in the band 26.995-27.255 MHz which
does not comply with the technical standards voids your authority to
operate the station.
(b) You may examine a list of type accepted transmitters at any FCC
field office.
(c) Your R/C station may transmit with a transmitter assembled from a
kit.
(d) You must not make, or have made, any internal modification to a
type-accepted transmitter. (See R/C Rule 22.) Any internal modification
to a type-accepted transmitter cancels the type-acceptance, and use of
such a transmitter voids your authority to operate the station.
47 CFR 95.210 (R/C Rule 10) How much power may I use?
(a) Your R/C station transmitter power output must not exceed the
following value under any conditions:
(b) Use of a transmitter which has power output in excess of that
authorized voids your authority to operate the station.
47 CFR 95.211 (R/C Rule 11) What communications may be transmitted?
(a) You may only use your R/C station to transmit one-way
communications. (One-way communications are transmissions which are not
intended to establish communications with another station.)
(b) You may only use your R/C station for the following purposes:
(1) The operator turns on and/or off a device at a remote location
(Refer to Diagram 1); or
(2) A sensor at a remote location turns on and/or off an indicating
device for the operator. (Refer to Diagram 2.) Only Channels 26.995 to
27.255 MHz (see R/C Rule 17, 95.217) may be used for this purpose. (A
remote location means a place distant from the operator.)
47 CFR 95.211
(c) Your R/C station may transmit any appropriate non-voice emission.
(48 FR 24890, June 3, 1983, as amended at 50 FR 37857, Sept. 18,
1985)
47 CFR 95.212 (R/C Rule 12) What communications are prohibited?
You must not use an R/C station --
(a) In connection with any activity which is against federal, state
or local law;
(b) To transmit any message other than for operation of devices at
remote locations (no voice, telegraphy, etc.);
(c) To intentionally interfere with another station's transmissions;
(d) To operate another R/C transmitter by remote control (See R/C
Rule 17, 95.217); or
(e) To transmit two-way communications.
(f) To transmit data. Tone or other signal encoding, however, is not
considered to be data when only used either for the purpose of
identifying the specific device among multiple devices that the operator
intends to turn on/off, or the specific sensor among multiple sensors
intended to turn on/off inditing device for the operator.
(48 FR 24890, June 3, 1983, as amended at 54 FR 8336, Feb. 28, 1989;
54 FR 20476, May 11, 1989)
47 CFR 95.213 (R/C Rule 13) May I be paid to use my R/C station?
(a) You may not accept direct or indirect payment for transmitting
with an R/C station.
(b) You may use an R/C station to help you provide a service, and be
paid for that service, as long as you are paid only for the service and
not for the actual use of the R/C station.
47 CFR 95.214 (R/C Rule 14) Who is responsible for R/C communications I
make?
You are responsible for all communications which are made by you from
an R/C station.
47 CFR 95.215 (R/C Rule 15) Do I have to limit the length of my
communications?
(a) You must limit your R/C communications to the minimum practical
time.
(b) The only time your R/C communications may be a continuous signal
for more than 3 minutes is when operation of the device requires at
least one or more changes during each minute of the communications.
(c) Your R/C station may transmit a continuous signal without
modulation only if:
(1) You are using it to operate a model aircraft device; and
(2) The presence or absence of the signal operates the device.
(d) If you show that you need a continuous signal to insure the
immediate safety of life of property, the FCC may make an exception to
the limitations in this rule.
47 CFR 95.216 (R/C Rule 16) Do I identify my R/C communications?
You need not identify your R/C communications.
47 CFR 95.217 (R/C Rule 17) May I operate my R/C station transmitter by
remote control?
(a) You may not operate an R/C transmitter by radio remote control.
(See R/C Rule 12, 95.212.)
(b) You may operate an R/C transmitter by wireline remote control if
you obtain specific approval in writing from the FCC. To obtain FCC
approval, you must show why you need to operate your station by wireline
remote control. Send your request and justification to FCC, Gettysburg,
Pa. 17325. If you receive FCC approval, you must keep the approval as
part of your station records. (See R/C Rule 24, 95.224.)
(c) Remote control means operation of an R/C transmitter from any
place other than the location of the R/C transmitter. Direct mechanical
control or direct electrical control by wire from some point on the same
premises, craft or vehicles as the R/C transmitter is not considered
remote control.
47 CFR 95.217 Other Things You Need To Know
47 CFR 95.218 (R/C Rule 18) What are the penalties for violating these
rules?
(a) If the FCC finds that you have willfully or repeatedly violated
the Communications Act or the FCC Rules, you may have to pay as much as
$2,000 for each violation, up to a total of $5,000. (See section 503(b)
of the Communications Act.)
(b) If the FCC finds that you have violated any section of the
Communications Act or the FCC Rules, you may be ordered to stop whatever
action caused the violation. (See section 312(b) of the Communications
Act.)
(c) If a federal court finds that you have willfully and knowingly
violated any FCC Rule, you may be fined up to $500 for each day you
committed the violation. (See section 502 of the Communications Act.)
(d) If a Federal court finds that you have willfully and knowingly
violated any provision of the Communications Act, you may be fined up to
$10,000, or you may be imprisoned for one year, or both. (See section
501 of the Communications Act.)
47 CFR 95.219 (R/C Rule 19) How do I answer correspondence from the
FCC?
(a) If it appears to the FCC that you have violated the
Communications Act or FCC rules, the FCC may send you a discrepancy
notice.
(b) Within the time period stated in the notice, you must answer
with:
(1) A complete written statement about the apparent discrepancy;
(2) A complete written statement about any action you have taken to
correct the apparent violation and to prevent it from happening again;
and
(3) The name of the person operating at the time of the apparent
violation.
(c) If the FCC send you a letter asking you questions about your R/C
radio station or its operation, you must answer each of the questions
with a complete written statement within the time period stated in the
letter.
(d) You must not shorten your answer by references to other
communications or notices.
(e) You must send your answer to the FCC office which sent you the
notice.
(f) You must keep a copy of your answer in your station records (see
R/C Rule 24, 95.224).
47 CFR 95.220 (R/C Rules 20) What must I do if the FCC tells me that my
R/C station is causing interference?
(a) If the FCC tells you that your R/C station is causing
interference for technical reasons, you must follow all instructions in
the official FCC notice. (This notice may require you to have technical
adjustments made to your equipment.)
(b) You must comply with any restricted hours of R/C station
operation which may be included in the official FCC notice.
47 CFR 95.221 (R/C Rule 21) How do I have my R/C transmitter serviced?
(a) You may adjust an antenna to your R/C transmitter and you may
make radio checks. (A radio check means a one-way transmission for a
short time in order to test the transmitter.)
(b) You are responsible for the proper operation of the station at
all times and are expected to provide for observations, servicing and
maintenance as often as may be necessary to ensure proper operation.
Each internal repair and each internal adjustment to an FCC type
accepted R/C transmitter (see R/C Rule 9) must be made in accord with
the Technical Regulations (see subpart E). The internal repairs or
internal adjustments should be performed by or under the immediate
supervision and responsibility of a person certified as technically
qualified to perform transmitter maintenance and repair duties in the
private land mobile services and fixed services by an organization or
committee representative of users in those services.
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each
internal repair and each internal adjustment of an R/C transmitter in
which signals are transmitted must be made using a nonradiating
(''dummy'') antenna.
(d) Brief test signals (signals not longer than one minute during any
five minute period) using a radiating antenna may be transmitted in
order to:
(1) Adjust a transmitter to an antenna;
(2) Detect or measure radiation of energy other than the intended
signal; or
(3) Tune a receiver to your R/C transmitter.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47
U.S.C. 154(i) and 303(r), and sec. 553 of the Administrative Procedures
Act, 5 U.S.C. 553)
(48 FR 24890, June 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 20673, May 16, 1984)
47 CFR 95.222 (R/C Rule 22) May I make any changes to my R/C station
transmitter?
(a) You must not make or have anyone else make an internal
modification to your R/C transmitter.
(b) Internal modification does not include:
(1) Repair or servicing of an R/C station transmitter (see R/C Rule
21, 95.221); or
(2) Changing plug-in modules which were type-accepted as part of your
R/C transmitter.
(c) You must not operate an R/C transmitter which has been modified
by anyone in any way, including modification to operate on unauthorized
frequencies or with illegal power. (See R/C Rules 9 and 10, 95.209
and 95.210.)
47 CFR 95.223 (R/C Rule 23) Do I have to make my R/C station available
for inspection?
(a) If an authorized FCC representative requests to inspect your R/C
station, you must make your R/C station and records available for
inspection.
(b) An R/C station includes all of the radio equipment you use.
47 CFR 95.224 (R/C Rule 24) What are my station records?
Your station records include the following documents, as applicable:
(a) A copy of each response to an FCC violation notice or an FCC
letter. (See R/C Rule 19, 95.219.)
(b) Each written permission received from the FCC. (See R/C Rule
17.)
47 CFR 95.225 (R/C Rule 25) How do I contact the FCC?
(a) Write to your nearest FCC Field Office if you:
(1) Want to report an interference complaint; or
(2) Want to know if the FCC has type-accepted a transmitter for R/C.
(b) Write to the FCC, Private Radio Bureau, Personal Radio Branch,
Washington, DC 20554 if you have questions about the R/C Rules.
(48 FR 24890, June 3, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 41416, Sept. 15,
1983)
47 CFR 95.225 Subpart D -- Citizens Band (CB) Radio Service
Source: 48 FR 24894, June 3, 1983, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 95.225 General Provisions
47 CFR 95.401 (CB Rule 1) What is the Citizens Band (CB) Radio Service?
The CB Radio Service is a private, two-way, short-distance voice
communications service for personal or business activities. The CB
Radio Service may also be used for voice paging.
47 CFR 95.402 (CB Rule 2) How do I use these rules?
(a) You must comply with these rules (See CB Rule 21 95.421, for the
penalties for violations) when you operate a station in the CB Service
from:
(1) Within or over the territorial limits of places where radio
services are regulated by the FCC (see CB Rule 5, 95.405);
(2) Aboard any vessel or aircraft registered in the United States;
or
(3) Aboard any unregistered vessel or aircraft owned or operated by a
United States citizen or company.
(b) Your CB station must comply with technical rules found in subpart
E of part 95.
(c) Where the rules use the word ''you'', ''you'' means a person
operating a CB station.
(d) Where the rules use the word ''person,'' the rules are concerned
with an individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a
joint stock company, a trust, a state, territorial or local government
unit, or other legal entity.
(e) Where the rules use the term ''FCC'', that means the Federal
Communications Commission.
(f) Where the rules use the term ''CB station'', that means a radio
station transmitting in the CB Radio Service.
47 CFR 95.403 (CB Rule 3) Am I eligible to operate a CB station?
You are authorized to operate a CB station unless:
(a) You are a foreign government, a representative of a foreign
government, or a federal government agency; or
(b) The FCC has issued a cease and desist order to you, and the order
is still in effect.
47 CFR 95.404 (CB Rule 4) Do I need a license?
You do not need an individual license to operate a CB station. You
are authorized by this rule to operate your CB station in accordance
with the rules in this subpart.
47 CFR 95.405 (CB Rule 5) Where may I operate my CB station?
You are authorized to operate your CB station from:
(a) Within or over any area of the world where radio services are
regulated by the FCC. Those areas are within the territorial limits of:
(1) The fifty United States.
(2) The District of Columbia.
47 CFR 95.405 Caribbean Insular areas
(3) Commonwealth of Puerto Rico.
(4) Navassa Island.
(5) United States Virgin Islands (50 islets and cays).
47 CFR 95.405 Pacific Insular areas
(6) American Samoa (seven islands).
(7) Baker Island.
(8) Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands.
(9) Guam Island.
(10) Howland Island.
(11) Jarvis Island.
(12) Johnston Island (Islets East, Johnston, North and Sand).
(13) Kingman Reef.
(14) Midway Island (Islets Eastern and Sand).
(15) Palmyra Island (more than 50 islets).
(16) Wake Island (Islets Peale, Wake and Wilkes).
(b) Any other area of the world, except within the territorial limits
of areas where radio services are regulated by --
(1) An agency of the United States other than the FCC. (You are
subject to its rules.)
(2) Any foreign government. (You are subject to its rules.)
(c) An aircraft or ship, with the permission of the captain, within
or over any area of the world where radio services are regulated by the
FCC or upon or over international waters. You must operate your CB
station according to any applicable treaty to which the United States is
a party.
47 CFR 95.406 (CB Rule 6) Are there any special restrictions on the
location of my CB station?
(a) If your CB station is located on premises controlled by the
Department of Defense you may be required to comply with additional
regulations imposed by the commanding officer of the installation.
(b) If your C/B station will be constructed on an environmentally
sensitive site, or will be operated in such a manner as to raise
environmental problems, under 1.1307 of this chapter, you must provide
an environmental assessment, as set forth in 1.1311 of this chapter,
and undergo the environmental review, 1.1312 of this chapter, before
commencement of construction.
(48 FR 24894, June 3, 1983, as amended at 55 FR 20398, May 16, 1990)
47 CFR 95.406 How To Operate a CB Station
47 CFR 95.407 (CB Rule 7) On what channels may I operate?
(a) Your CB station may transmit only on the following channels
(frequencies):
(b) Channel 9 may be used only for emergency communications or for
traveler assistance.
(c) You must, at all times and on all channels, give priority to
emergency communication messages concerning the immediate safety of life
or the immediate protection of property.
(d) You may use any channel for emergency communications or for
traveler assistance.
(e) You must share each channel with other users.
(f) The FCC will not assign any channel for the private or exclusive
use of any particular CB station or group of stations.
(g) The FCC will not assign any channel for the private of exclusive
use of CB stations transmitting single sideband or AM.
47 CFR 95.408 (CB Rule 8) How high may I put my antenna?
(a) Antenna means the radiating system (for transmitting, receiving
or both) and the structure holding it up (tower, pole or mast). It also
means everything else attached to the radiating system and the
structure.
(b) If your antenna is mounted on a hand-held portable unit, none of
the following limitations apply.
(c) If your antenna is installed at a fixed location, it (whether
receiving, transmitting or both) must comply with either one of the
following:
(1) The highest point must not be more than 6.10 meters (20 feet)
higher than the highest point of the building or tree on which it is
mounted; or
(2) The highest point must not be more than 18.3 meters (60 feet)
above the ground.
(d) If your CB station is located near an airport, and if you antenna
structure is more than 6.1 meters (20 feet) high, you may have to obey
additional restrictions. The highest point of your antenna must not
exceed one meter above the airport elevation for every hundred meters of
distance from the nearest point of the nearest airport runway.
Differences in ground elevation between your antenna and the airport
runway may complicate this formula. If your CB station is near an
airport, you may contact the nearest FCC field office for a worksheet to
help you figure the maximum allowable height of your antenna. Consult
part 17 of the FCC's Rules for more information.
WARNING: Installation and removal of CB station antennas near
powerlines is dangerous. For your safety, follow the installation
directions included with your antenna.
(48 FR 24894, June 3, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 41416, Sept. 15,
1983)
47 CFR 95.409 (CB Rule 9) What equipment may I use at my CB station?
(a) You must use an FCC type-accepted CB transmitter at your CB
station. You can identify an FCC type-accepted transmitter by the
type-acceptance label placed on it by the manufacturer. You may examine
a list of type-accepted equipment at any FCC Field Office or at FCC
Headquarters. Use of a transmitter which is not FCC type-accepted voids
your authority to operate the station.
(b) You must not make, or have made, any internal modification to a
type-accepted CB transmitter. (See CB Rule 25, 95.425). Any internal
modification to a type-accepted CB transmitter cancels the
type-acceptance, and use of such a transmitter voids your authority to
operate the station.
47 CFR 95.410 (CB Rule 10) How much power may I use?
(a) Your CB station transmitter power output must not exceed the
following values under any conditions:
AM (A3) -- 4 watts (carrier power) SSB -- 12 watts (peak envelope
power)
(b) If you need more information about the power rule, see the
technical rules in subpart E of part 95.
(c) Use of a transmitter which has carrier or peak envelope power in
excess of that authorized voids your authority to operate the station.
47 CFR 95.411 (CB Rule 11) May I use power amplifiers?
(a) You may not attach the following items (power amplifiers) to your
type-accepted CB transmitter in any way:
(1) External radio frequency (RF) power amplifiers (sometimes called
linears or linear amplifiers); or
(2) Any other devices which, when used with a radio transmitter as a
signal source, are capable of amplifying the signal.
(b) There are no exceptions to this rule and use of a power amplifier
voids your authority to operate the station.
(c) The FCC will presume you have used a linear or other external RF
power amplifier if --
(1) It is in your possession or on your premises; and
(2) There is other evidence that you have operated your CB station
with more power than allowed by CB Rule 10, 95.410.
(d) Paragraph (c) of this section does not apply if you hold a
license in another radio service which allows you to operate an external
RF power amplifier.
47 CFR 95.412 (CB Rule 12) What communications may be transmitted?
(a) You may use your CB station to transmit two-way plain language
communications. Two-way plain language communications are
communications without codes or coded messages. Operating signals such
as ''ten codes'' are not considered codes or coded messages. You may
transmit two-way plain language communications only to other CB
stations, to units of your own CB station or to authorized government
stations on CB frequencies about --
(1) Your personal or business activities or those of members of your
immediate family living in your household;
(2) Emergencies (see CB Rule 18, 95.418);
(3) Traveler assistance (see CB Rule 18, 95.418); or
(4) Civil defense activities in connection with official tests or
drills conducted by, or actual emergencies announced by, the civil
defense agency with authority over the area in which your station is
located.
(b) You may use your CB station to transmit a tone signal only when
the signal is used to make contact or to continue communications.
(Examples of circuits using these signals are tone operated squelch and
selective calling circuits.) If the signal is an audible tone, it must
last no longer than 15 seconds at one time. If the signal is a
subaudible tone, it may be transmitted continuously only as long as you
are talking.
(c) You may use your CB station to transmit one-way communications
(messages which are not intended to establish communications between two
or more particular CB stations) only for emergency communications,
traveler assistance, brief tests (radio checks) or voice paging.
47 CFR 95.413 (CB Rule 13) What communications are prohibited?
(a) You must not use a CB station --
(1) In connection with any activity which is against federal, state
or local law;
(2) To transmit obscence, indecent or profane words, language or
meaning;
(3) To interfere intentionally with the communications of another CB
station;
(4) To transmit one-way communications, except for emergency
communications, traveler assistance, brief tests (radio checks), or
voice paging;
(5) To advertise or solicit the sale of any goods or services;
(6) To transmit music, whistling, sound effects or any material to
amuse or entertain;
(7) To transmit any sound effect solely to attract attention;
(8) To transmit the word ''MAYDAY'' or any other international
distress signal, except when your station is located in a ship, aircraft
or other vehicle which is threatened by grave and imminent danger and
your are requesting immediate assistance;
(9) To communicate with, or attempt to communicate with, any CB
station more than 250 kilometers (155.3 miles) away;
(10) To advertise a political candidate or political campaign; (you
may use your CB radio for the business or organizational aspects of a
campaign, if you follow all other applicable rules);
(11) To communicate with stations in other countries, except General
Radio Service stations in Canada; or
(12) To transmit a false or deceptive communication.
(b) You must not use a CB station to transmit communications for live
or delayed rebroadcast on a radio or television broadcast station. You
may use your CB station to gather news items or to prepare programs.
47 CFR 95.414 (CB Rule 14) May I be paid to use my CB station?
(a) You may not accept direct or indirect payment for transmitting
with a CB station.
(b) You may use a CB station to help you provide a service, and be
paid for that service, as long as you are paid only for the service and
not for the actual use of the CB station.
47 CFR 95.415 (CB Rule 15) Who is responsible for communications I
make?
You are responsible for all communications which are made by you from
a CB station.
47 CFR 95.416 (CB Rule 16) Do I have to limit the length of my
communications?
(a) You must limit your CB communications to the minimum practical
time.
(b) If you are communicating with another CB station or stations,
you, and the stations communicating with you, must limit each of your
conversations to no more than five continuous minutes.
(c) At the end of your conversation, you, and the stations
communicating with you, must not transmit again for at least one minute.
47 CFR 95.417 (CB Rule 17) Do I identify my CB communications?
(a) You need not identify your CB communications.
(b) (You are encouraged to identify your CB communications by any of
the following means:
(1) Previously assigned CB call sign;
(2) K prefix followed by operator initials and residence zip code;
(3) Name; or
(4) Organizational description including name and any applicable
operator unit number.)
(c) (You are encouraged to use your ''handle'' only in conjuction
with the methods of identification listed in paragraph (b) of this
section.)
47 CFR 95.418 (CB Rule 18) How do I use my CB station in an emergency
or to assist a traveler?
(a) You must at all times and on all channels, give priority to
emergency communications.
(b) When you are directly participating in emergency communications,
you do not have to comply with the rule about length of transmissions
(CB Rule 16, 95.416). You must obey all other rules.
(c) You may use your CB station for communications necessary to
assist a traveler to reach a destination or to receive necessary
services. When you are using your CB station to assist a traveler, you
do not have to obey the rule about length of transmissions (CB Rule 16,
95.416). You must obey all other rules.
47 CFR 95.419 (CB Rule 19) May I operate my CB station transmitter by
remote control?
(a) You may not operate a CB station transmitter by radio remote
control.
(b) You may operate a CB transmitter by wireline remote control if
you obtain specific approval in writing from the FCC. To obtain FCC
approval, you must show why you need to operate your station by wireline
remote control. Send your request and justification to FCC, Gettysburg,
Pa. 17325. If you receive FCC approval, you must keep the approval as
part of your station records. (See CB Rule 27, 95.427.)
(c) Remote control means operation of a CB transmitter from any place
other than the location of the CB transmitter. Direct mechanical
control or direct electrical control by wire from some point on the same
premises, craft or vehicle as the CB transmitter is not considered
remote control.
47 CFR 95.420 (CB Rule 20) May I connect my CB transmitter to a
telephone?
(a) You may connect your CB station transmitter to a telephone if you
comply with all of the following:
(1) You or someone else must be present at your CB station and must
--
(i) Manually make the connection (the connection must not be made by
remote control);
(ii) Supervise the operation of the transmitter during the
connection;
(iii) Listen to each communication during the connection; and
(iv) Stop all communications if there are operations in violation of
these rules.
(2) Each communication during the telephone connection must comply
with all of these rules.
(3) You must obey any restriction that the telephone company places
on the connection of a CB transmitter to a telephone.
(b) The CB transmitter you connect to a telephone must not be shared
with any other CB station.
(c) If you connect your CB transmitter to a telephone, you must use a
phone patch device with has been registered with the FCC.
47 CFR 95.420 Other Things You Need To Know
47 CFR 95.421 (CB Rule 21) What are the penalties for violating these
rules?
(a) If the FCC finds that you have willfully or repeatedly violated
the Communications Act or the FCC Rules, you may have to pay as much as
$2,000 for each violation, up to a total of $5,000. (See section 503(b)
of the Communications Act.)
(b) If the FCC finds that you have violated any section of the
Communications Act or the FCC Rules, you may be ordered to stop whatever
action caused the violation. (See section 312(b) of the Communications
Act.)
(c) If a Federal court finds that you have willfully and knowingly
violated any FCC Rule, you may be fined up to $500 for each day you
committed the violation. (See section 502 of the Communications Act.)
(d) If a Federal court finds that you have willfully and knowingly
violated any provision of the Communications Act, you may be fined up to
$10,000 or you may be imprisoned for one year, or both. (See section
501 of the Communications Act.)
47 CFR 95.422 (CB Rule 22) How do I answer correspondence from the FCC?
(a) If it appears to the FCC that you have violated the
Communications Act or these rules, the FCC may send you a discrepancy
notice.
(b) Within the time period stated in the notice, you must answer
with:
(1) A complete written statement about the apparent discrepancy;
(2) A complete written statement about any action you have taken to
correct the apparent violation and to prevent it from happening again;
and
(3) The name of the person operating at the time of the apparent
violation.
(c) If the FCC sends you a letter asking you questions about your CB
radio station or its operation, you must answer each of the questions
with a complete written statement within the time period stated in the
letter.
(d) You must not shorten your answer by references to other
communications or notices.
(e) You must send your answer to the FCC office which sent you the
notice.
(f) You must keep a copy of your answer in your station records.
(See CB Rule 27, 95.427.)
47 CFR 95.423 (CB Rule 23) What must I do if the FCC tells me that my
CB station is causing interference?
(a) If the FCC tells you that your CB station is causing interference
for technical reasons you must follow all instructions in the official
FCC notice. (This notice may require you to have technical adjustments
made to your equipment.)
(b) You must comply with any restricted hours of CB station operation
which may be included in the official notice.
47 CFR 95.424 (CB Rule 24) How do I have my CB station transmitter
serviced?
(a) You may adjust an antenna to your CB transmitter and you may make
radio checks. (A radio check means a one way transmission for a short
time in order to test the transmitter.)
(b) You are responsible for the proper operation of the station at
all times and are expected to provide for observations, servicing and
maintenance as often as may be necessary to ensure proper operation.
You must have all internal repairs or internal adjustments to your CB
transmitter made in accordance with the Technical Regulations (see
subpart E). The internal repairs or internal adjustments should be
performed by or under the immediate supervision and responsibility of a
person certified as technically qualified to perform transmitter
maintenance and repair duties in the private land mobile services and
fixed services by an organization or committee representative of users
in those services.
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (d) of this section, each
internal repair and each internal adjustment of a CB transmitter in
which signals are transmitted must be made using a nonradiating
(''dummy'') antenna.
(d) Brief test signals (signals not longer than one minute during any
five minute period) using a radiating antenna may be transmitted in
order to:
(1) Adjust an antenna to a transmitter;
(2) Detect or measure radiation of energy other than the intended
signal; or
(3) Tune a receiver to your CB transmitter.
(Secs. 4(i) and 303(r), Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47
U.S.C. 154(i) and 303(r), and sec. 553 of the Administrative Procedures
Act, 5 U.S.C. 553)
(48 FR 24894, June 3, 1983, as amended at 49 FR 20673, May 16, 1984)
47 CFR 95.425 (CB Rule 25) May I make any changes to my CB station
transmitter?
(a) You must not make or have any one else make any internal
modification to your CB transmitter.
(b) Internal modification does not include:
(1) Repair or servicing of a CB station transmitter (see CB Rule 24,
95.424); or
(2) Changing plug-in modules which were type accepted as part of your
CB transmitter.
(c) You must not operate a CB transmitter which has been modified by
anyone in any way, including modification to operate on unauthorized
frequencies or with illegal power. (See CB Rules 9 and 11, 95.409 and
95.411.)
47 CFR 95.426 (CB Rule 26) Do I have to make my CB station available
for inspection?
(a) If an authorized FCC representative requests to inspect your CB
station, you must make your CB station and records available for
inspection.
(b) A CB station includes all of the radio equipment you use.
47 CFR 95.427 (CB Rule 27) What are my station records?
Your station records include the following documents, as applicable.
(a) A copy of each response to an FCC violation notice or an FCC
letter. (See CB Rule 22, 95.422.)
(b) Each written permission received from the FCC. (See CB Rule 19,
95.419.)
47 CFR 95.428 (CB Rule 28) How do I contact the FCC?
(a) Write to your nearest FCC Field Office if you:
(1) Want to report an interference complaint; or
(2) Want to know if the FCC has type-accepted a transmitter for CB.
(b) Write to the FCC, Private Radio Bureau, Personal Radio Branch,
Washington, DC 20554 if you have questions about the CB Rules.
(48 FR 24894, June 3, 1983, as amended at 48 FR 41416, Sept. 15,
1983)
47 CFR 95.428 Subpart E -- Technical Regulations
Source: 53 FR 36789, Sept. 22, 1988, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 95.428 General Provisions
47 CFR 95.601 Basis and purpose.
These rules provide the technical standards to which each transmitter
(apparatus that converts electrical energy received from a source into
RF (radio frequency) energy capable of being radiated) used or intended
to be used in a station authorized any of the the Personal Radio
Services must comply. They also provide requirements for obtaining type
acceptance of such transmitters. The Personal Radio Services are the
GMRS (General Mobile Radio Service), the R/C (Radio Control Radio
Service) and the CB (Citizens Band Radio Service). For operating rules,
see part 95, subpart A -- GMRS; subpart C -- R/C; subpart D -- CB.
47 CFR 95.603 Type acceptance required.
(a) Each GMRS transmitter (a transmitter that operates or is intended
to operate at a station authorized in the GMRS) must be type accepted.
(b) Each R/C transmitter (a transmitter that operates or is intended
to operate at a station authorized in the R/C) must be type accepted,
except one that transmits only in the 26-27 MHz frequency band and is
crystal controlled (where the transmitted frequency is established by a
crystal (a quartz piezo-electric element)).
(c) Each CB transmitter (a transmitter that operates or is intended
to operate at a station authorized in the CB) must be type accepted. No
CB transmitter type accepted pursuant to an application filed prior to
September 10, 1976, shall be manufactured or marketed.
47 CFR 95.605 Type acceptance procedure.
Any entity may request type acceptance for its transmitter in one of
the Personal Radio Services, following the applicable type acceptance
procedures in part 2 of this chapter.
47 CFR 95.607 CB transmitter modification.
Only the holder of the grant of authorization of the particular type
accepted CB transmitter may make the modifications permitted under the
provisions for type acceptance (see part 2 of this Chapter.) No grantee
shall make any of the following modifications to the transmitter without
prior written permission from the FCC (Federal Communications
Commission):
(a) The addition of any accessory or device not specified in the
application for type acceptance and authorized by the FCC in granting
the type acceptance;
(b) The addition of any switch, control or external connection;
(c) Any modification to provide for additional transmitting
frequencies, increased modulation level, a different form of modulation,
or increased TP (RF transmitter power expressed in W (watts), either
mean power (TP averaged over at least 30 cycles of the lowest modulating
frequency, typically 0.1 seconds at maximum power) or peak envelope
power (TP averaged during 1 RF cycle at the highest crest of the
modulation envelope), as measured at the transmitter output antenna
terminals.)
47 CFR 95.607 Technical Standards
47 CFR 95.621 GMRS transmitter channel frequencies.
(a) The GMRS transmitter channel frequencies (reference frequencies
from which the carrier frequency, suppressed or otherwise, may not
deviate by more than the specified frequency tolerance) are 462.5500,
462.5625, 462.5750, 462.5875, 462.6000, 462.6125, 462.6250, 462.6375,
462.6500, 462.6625, 462.6750, 462.6875, 462.7000, 462.7125, 462.7250,
467.5500, 467.5750, 467.6000, 467.6250, 467.6500, 467.6750, 467.7000,
and 467.7250.
Note: Certain GMRS transmitter channel frequencies are authorized
only for certain station classes and station locations. See part 95,
subpart A.
(b) Each GMRS transmitter for mobile station, small base station and
control station operation must be maintained within a frequency
tolerance of 0.0005%. Each GMRS transmitter for base station (except
small base), mobile relay station or fixed station operation must be
maintained within a frequency tolerance of 0.00025%.
(53 FR 47718, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.623 R/C transmitter channel frequencies.
(a) The R/C transmitter channel frequencies are:
26.995
27.045
27.095
27.145
27.195
27.255
72.01
72.03
72.05
72.07
72.09
72.11
72.13
72.15
72.17
72.19
72.21
72.23
72.25
72.27
72.29
72.31
72.33
72.35
72.37
72.39
72.41
72.43
72.45
72.47
72.49
72.51
72.53
72.55
72.57
72.59
72.61
72.63
72.65
72.67
72.69
72.71
72.73
72.75
72.77
72.79
72.81
72.83
72.85
72.87
72.89
72.91
72.93
72.95
72.97
72.99
75.41
75.43
75.45
75.47
75.49
75.51
75.53
75.55
75.57
75.59
75.61
75.63
75.65
75.67
75.69
75.71
75.73
75.75
75.77
75.79
75.81
75.83
75.85
75.87
75.89
75.91
75.93
75.95
75.97
75.99
Note: Certain R/C transmitter channel frequencies are authorized to
operate only certain kinds of devices (see part 95, subpart C.)
(b) Each R/C transmitter that transmits in the 26-27 MHz frequency
band with a mean TP of 2.5 W or less and that is used solely by the
operator to turn on and/or off a device at a remote location, other than
a device used solely to attract attention, must be maintained within a
fequency tolerance of 0.01%. All other R/C transmitters that transmit in
the 26-27 MHz frequency band must be maintained within a frequency
tolerance of 0.005%. Except as noted in paragraph (c) of this section,
R/C transmitters capable of operation in the 72-76 MHz band must be
maintained within a frequency tolerance of 0.005%.
(c) All R/C transmitters capable of operation in the 72-76 MHz band
that are manufactured in or imported into the United States, on or after
March 1, 1992, or are marketed on or after March 1, 1993, must be
maintained within a frequency tolerance of 0.002%. R/C transmitters
operating in the 72-76 MHz band and marketed before March 1, 1993, may
continue to be operated with a frequency tolerance of 0.005% until March
1, 1998.
(53 FR 36789, Sept. 22, 1988; 53 FR 52713, Dec. 29, 1988; 56 FR
15837, Apr. 18, 1991)
47 CFR 95.625 CB transmitter channel frequencies.
(a) The CB transmitter channel frequencies are:
(b) Each CB transmitter must be maintained within a frequency
tolerance of 0.005%.
47 CFR 95.627 Emission types.
(a) A GMRS transmitter must transmit only emission types A1D, F1D,
G1D, H1D, J1D, R1D, A3E, F3E, G3E, H3E, J3E or R3E. A non-voice
emission is limited to selective calling or tone-operated squelch tones
to establish or continue voice communications. See 95.181 (g) and (h).
(b) An R/C transmitter may transmit any appropriate non-voice
emission which meets the emission limitations of 95.631.
(c) A CB transmitter may transmit only emission types A1D, H1D, J1D,
R1D, A3E, H3E, J3E, R3E. A non-voice emission is limited to selective
calling or tone-operated squelch tones to establish or continue voice
communications. See 95.412 (b) and (c).
(d) No GMRS or CB transmitter shall employ a digital modulation or
emission.
(e) No GMRS, CB or R/C transmitter shall transmit non-voice data.
47 CFR 95.629 Emission bandwidth.
(a) The authorized bandwidth (maximum permissible bandwidth of a
transmission) for emission type H1D, J1D, R1D, H3E, J3E or R3E is 4 kHz.
The authorized bandwidth for emission type A1D or A3E is 8 kHz. The
authorized bandwidth for emission type F1D, G1D, F3E or G3E is 20 kHz.
(b) The authorized bandwidth for any emission type transmitted by an
R/C transmitter is 8 kHz.
47 CFR 95.631 Unwanted radiation.
(a) In addition to the procedures in part 2, the following
requirements apply to each transmitter both with and without the
connection of all attachments acceptable for use with the transmitter,
such as an external speaker, microphone, power cord, antenna, etc.
(b) The power of each unwanted emission shall be less than TP as
specified in the applicable paragraph:
Note 1: Unwanted RF radiation may be stated in mean power or in peak
envelope power, provided it is stated in the same parameter as TP.
Note 2: Paragraphs (b) (1), (10), (11), and (12) of this section
apply to transmitters operating in the 72-76 MHz band that are
manufactured or imported into the United States on or after March 1,
1992, or marketed on or after March 1, 1993. Paragraphs (b) (1), (3),
and (7) of this section apply to transmitters operating in the 72-76 MHz
band that are manufactured or imported into the United States before
March 1, 1992, or marketed before March 1, 1993. R/C transmitters
operating in the 72-76 MHz band that are marketed before March 1, 1993,
and that meet the emission standards specified in paragraphs (b) (1),
(3), and (7) of this section, may continue to be operated until March 1,
1998.
(1) At least 25 dB (decibels) on any frequency removed from the
center of the authorized bandwidth by more than 50% up to and including
100% of the authorized bandwidth.
(2) At least 25 dB on any frequency removed from the center of the
authorized bandwidth by more than 50% up to and including 150% of the
authorized bandwidth.
(3) At least 35 dB on any frequency removed from the center of the
authorized bandwidth by more than 100% up to and including 250% of the
authorized bandwidth.
(4) At least 35 dB on any frequency removed from the center of the
authorized bandwidth by more than 150% up to and including 250% of the
authorized bandwidth.
(5) At least 83 log10 (fd/5) dB on any frequency removed from the
center of the authorized bandwidth by a displacement frequency (fd in
kHz), of more than 5 kHz up to and including 10 kHz.
(6) At least 116 log10 (fd/6.1) dB, or if less, 50+10 log10 (TP) dB,
on any frequency removed from the center of the authorized bandwidth by
a displacement frequency (fd in kHz), of more than 10 kHz up to and
including 250% of the authorized bandwidth.
(7) At least 43 + 10 log10 (TP) dB on any frequency removed from the
center of the authorized bandwidth by more than 250%.
(8) At least 53 + 10 log10 (TP) dB on any frequency removed from the
center of the authorized bandwidth by more than 250%.
(9) At least 60 dB on any frequency twice or greater than twice the
fundamental frequency.
(10) At least 45 dB on any frequency removed from the center of the
authorized bandwidth by more than 100% up to and including 125% of the
authorized bandwidth.
(11) At least 55 dB on any frequency removed from the center of the
authorized bandwidth by more than 125% up to and including 250% of the
authorized bandwidth.
(12) At least 56 + 10 log10 (TP) dB on any frequency removed from the
center of the authorized bandwidth by more than 250%.
Note: If spurious or harmonic emissions result in harmful
interference (any transmission, radiation or induction that endangers
the functioning of a radionavigation or other safety service or
seriously degrades, obstructs or repeatedly interrupts a
radiocommunication service operating in accordance with applicable laws,
treaties and regulations), the FCC may, at its discretion, require
appropriate technical changes in the station equipment to alleviate the
interference, including the use of a low pass filter between the
transmitter antenna terminals and the antenna feed line.
(53 FR 36789, Sept. 22, 1988, as amended at 56 FR 15837, Apr. 18,
1991)
47 CFR 95.633 Modulation standards.
(a) A GMRS transmitter that transmits emission types F1D, G1D, F3E or
G3E must not exceed a peak frequency deviation of plus or minus 5 kHz.
(b) Each GMRS transmitter, except a mobile station transmitter with a
power output of 2.5 W or less, must automatically prevent a greater than
normal audio level from causing overmodulation. The transmitter also
must include audio frequency low pass filtering, unless it complies with
the applicable paragraphs of 95.631 (without filtering.) The filter
must be between the modulation limiter and the modulated stage of the
transmitter. At any frequency (f in kHz) between 3 and 20 kHz, the
filter must have an attenuation of at least 60 log10 (f/3) dB greater
than the attenuation at 1 kHz. Above 20 kHz, it must have an
attenuation of at least 50 dB greater than the attenuation at 1 kHz.
(c) When emission type A3E is transmitted, the modulation must be
greater than 85% but must not exceed 100%. Simultaneous amplitude
modulation and frequency or phase modulation of a transmitter are not
permitted.
(d) When emission type A3E is transmitted by a CB transmitter having
a TP of greater than 2.5 W, the CB transmitter must automatically
prevent the modulation from exceeding 100%.
(e) Each CB transmitter that transmits emission type H3E, J3E or R3E
must be capable of transmitting the upper sideband. The capability of
also transmitting the lower sideband is permitted.
47 CFR 95.635 Maximum transmitter power.
(a) No GMRS transmitter, under any condition of modulation, shall
exceed:
(1) 50 W Carrier power (average TP during one unmodulated RF cycle)
when transmitting emission type A1D, F1D, G1D, A3E, F3E or G3E.
(2) 50 W peak envelope TP when transmitting emission type H1D, J1D,
R1D, H3E, J3E or R3E.
(b) No R/C transmitter, under any condition of modulation, shall
exceed a carrier power or peak envelope TP (single-sideband only) of:
(1) 4 W in the 26-27 MHz frequency band, except on channel frequency
27.255 MHz;
(2) 25 W on channel frequency 27.255 MHz;
(3) 0.75 W in the 72-76 MHz frequency band.
(c) No CB transmitter, under any condition of modulation, shall
exceed:
(1) 4 W Carrier power when transmitting emission type A1D or A3E;
(2) 12 W peak envelope TP when transmitting emission type H1D, J1D,
R1D, H3E, J3E or R3E. Each CB transmitter which transmits emission type
H3E, J3E or R3E must automatically prevent the TP from exceeding 12 W
peak envelope TP or the manufacturer's rated peak envelope TP, whichever
is less.
(53 FR 36789, Sept. 22, 1988; 53 FR 44144, Nov. 1, 1988)
47 CFR 95.635 Type Acceptance Requirements
47 CFR 95.641 Control accessibility.
(a) No control, switch or other type of adjustment which, when
manipulated, can result in a violation of the rules shall be accessible
from the transmitter operating panel or from exterior of the transmitter
enclosure.
(b) An R/C transmitter which incorporates plug-in frequency
determining modules which are changed by the user must be type accepted
with the modules. Each module must contain all of the frequency
determining circuitry including the oscillator. Plug-in crystals are
not considered modules and must not be accessible to the user.
47 CFR 95.643 R/C transmitter antenna.
The antenna of each R/C station transmitting in the 72-76 MHz band
must be an integral part of the transmitter. The antenna must have no
gain (as compared to a half-wave dipole) and must be vertically
polarized.
47 CFR 95.645 Power capability.
No CB or R/C transmitter shall incorporate provisions for increasing
its transmitter power to any level in excess of the limit specified in
95.635.
47 CFR 95.647 Crystal control required.
All transmitters used in the Personal Radio Services must be crystal
controlled, except a R/C transmitter which transmits in the 26-27 MHz
frequency band.
47 CFR 95.649 Instructions and warnings.
(a) A user's instruction manual must be supplied with each
transmitter marketed, and one copy (a draft or preliminary copy is
acceptable provided a final copy is provided when completed) must be
forwarded to the FCC with each request for type acceptance.
(b) The instruction manual must contain all information necessary for
the proper installation and operation of the transmitter including:
(1) Instructions concerning all controls, adjustments and switches
that may be operated or adjusted without resulting in a violation of the
rules.
(2) Warnings concerning any adjustment that could result in a
violation of the rules or that is recommended to be performed by or
under the immediate supervision and responsibility of a person certified
as technically qualified to perform transmitter maintenance and repair
duties in the private land mobile services and fixed services by an
organization or committee representative of users of those services.
(3) Warnings concerning the replacement of any transmitter component
(crystal, semiconductor, etc.) that could result in a violation of the
rules.
(4) For a CMRS transmitter, warnings concerning licensing
requirements and information concerning license application procedures.
47 CFR 95.651 Frequency capability.
(a) No transmitter will be type accepted for use in the CB service if
it is equipped with a frequency capability not listed in 95.625, and no
transmitter will be type accepted for use in the GMRS if it is equipped
with a frequency capability not listed in 95.621, unless such
transmitter is also type accepted for use in another radio service for
which the frequency is authorized and for which type acceptance is also
required. (Transmitters with frequency capability for the Amateur Radio
Services, Military Affiliate Radio System and Civil Air Patrol will not
be type accepted.)
(b) All frequency determining circuitry (including crystals) and
programming controls in each CB transmitter and in each GMRS transmitter
must be internal to the transmitter and must not be accessible from the
exterior of the transmitter operating panel or from the exterior of the
transmitter enclosure.
(c) No add-on device, whether internal or external, the function of
which is to extend the transmitting frequency capability of a CB
transmitter beyond its original capability, shall be manufactured, sold
or attached to any CB station transmitter.
(53 FR 47718, Nov. 25, 1988)
47 CFR 95.651 Additional Type Acceptance Requirements for CB
Transmitters
95.661 (Reserved)
47 CFR 95.663 CB transmitter power.
The dissipation rating of all the semiconductors or electron tubes
which supply RF power to the antenna terminals of each CB transmitter
must not exceed 10 W. For semiconductors, the dissipation rating is the
greater of the collector or device dissipation value established by the
manufacturer of the semiconductor. These values may be temperature
de-rated by no more than 50 C. For an electron tube, the dissipation
rating is the Intermittent Commercial and Amateur Service plate
dissipation value established by the manufacturer of the electron tube.
47 CFR 95.665 External controls.
(a) Only the following external transmitter controls, connections or
devices will normally be permitted in a CB transmitter:
(1) Primary power connection. (Circuitry or devices such as
rectifiers, transformers, or inverters which provide the nominal rated
transmitter primary supply voltage may be used without voiding the
transmitter type acceptance.)
(2) Microphone connection.
(3) Antenna terminals.
(4) Audio frequency power amplifier output connector and selector
switch.
(5) On-off switch for primary power to transmitter. This switch may
be combined with receiver controls such as the receiver on-off switch
and volume control.
(6) Upper/lower sideband selector switch (for a transmitter that
transmits emission type H3E, J3E or R3E).
(7) Carrier level selector control (for a transmitter that transmits
emission type H3E, J3E or R3E.) This control may be combined with the
sideband selector switch.
(8) Channel frequency selector switch.
(9) Transmit/receive selector switch.
(10) Meter(s) and selector switch(es) for monitoring transmitter
performance.
(11) Pilot lamp(s) or meter(s) to indicate the presence of RF output
power or that the transmitter control circuits are activated to
transmit.
(b) The FCC may authorize additional controls, connections or devices
after considering the functions to be performed by such additions.
47 CFR 95.667 Serial number.
The serial number of each CB transmitter must be engraved on the
transmitter chassis.
47 CFR 95.669 Copy of rules.
A copy of part 95, subpart D, of the FCC Rules, current at the time
of packing of the transmitter, must be furnished with each CB
transmitter marketed.
47 CFR 95.669 Appendix 1 to Part 95 -- Glossary of Terms
47 CFR 95.669 Pt. 95, App. 1
The definitions used in part 95, subpart E are:
Authorized bandwidth. Maximum permissible bandwidth of a
transmission.
Carrier power. Average TP during one unmodulated RF cycle.
CB. Citizens Band Radio Service.
CB transmitter. A transmitter that operates or is intended to
operate at a station authorized in the CB.
Channel frequencies. Reference frequencies from which the carrier
frequency, suppressed or otherwise, may not deviate by more than the
specified frequency tolerance.
Crystal. Quartz piezo-electric element.
Crystal controlled. Use of a crystal to establish the transmitted
frequency.
dB. Decibels.
FCC. Federal Communications Commission.
Filtering. Refers to the requirement in 95.633(b).
GMRS. General Mobile Radio Service.
GMRS transmitter. A transmitter that operates or is intended to
operate at a station authorized in the GMRS.
Harmful interference. Any transmission, radiation or induction that
endangers the functioning of a radionavigation or other safety service
or seriously degrades, obstructs or repeatedly interrupts a
radiocommunication service operating in accordance with applicable laws,
treaties and regulations.
Mean power. TP averaged over at least 30 cycles of the lowest
modulating frequency, typically 0.1 seconds at maximum power.
Peak envelope power. TP averaged during 1 RF cycle at the highest
crest of the modulation envelope.
R/C. Radio Control Radio Service.
R/C transmitter. A transmitter that operates or is intended to
operate at a station authorized in the R/C.
RF. Radio frequency.
Transmitter. Apparatus that converts electrical energy received from
a source into RF energy capable of being radiated.
TP. RF transmitter power expressed in W, either mean or peak
envelope, as measured at the transmitter output antenna terminals.
W. Watts.
47 CFR 95.669 PART 97 -- AMATEUR RADIO SERVICE
47 CFR 95.669 Pt. 97
47 CFR 95.669 Subpart A -- General Provisions
Sec.
97.1 Basis and purpose.
97.3 Definitions.
97.5 Station license required.
97.7 Control operator required.
97.9 Operator license.
97.11 Stations aboard ships or aircraft.
97.13 Restrictions on station location.
97.15 Station antenna structures.
97.17 Application for new license.
97.19 Application for renewed or modified license.
97.21 Mailing address and station location.
97.23 License term.
97.25 FCC modification of station license.
97.27 Replacement license.
47 CFR 95.669 Subpart B -- Station Operation Standards
97.101 General standards.
97.103 Station licensee responsibilities.
97.105 Control operator duties.
97.107 Alien control operator privileges.
97.109 Station control.
97.111 Authorized transmissions.
97.113 Prohibited transmissions.
97.115 Third-party communications.
97.117 International communications.
97.119 Station identification.
97.121 Restricted operation.
47 CFR 95.669 Subpart C -- Special Operations
97.201 Auxiliary station.
97.203 Beacon station.
97.205 Repeater station.
97.207 Space station.
97.209 Earth station.
97.211 Telecommand station.
97.213 Remote control of a station.
97.215 Remote control of model craft.
47 CFR 95.669 Subpart D -- Technical Standards
97.301 Authorized frequency bands.
97.303 Frequency sharing requirements.
97.305 Authorized emission types.
97.307 Emission standards
97.309 RTTY and data emission codes.
97.311 SS emission types.
97.313 Transmitter power standards.
97.315 Type acceptance of external RF power amplifiers.
97.317 Standards for type acceptance of external RF power amplifiers.
47 CFR 95.669 Subpart E -- Providing Emergency Communications
97.401 Operation during a disaster.
97.403 Safety of life and protection of property.
97.405 Station in distress.
97.407 Radio amateur civil emergency service.
47 CFR 95.669 Subpart F -- Qualifying Examination Systems
97.501 Qualifying for an amateur operator license.
97.503 Element standards.
97.505 Element credit.
97.507 Preparing an examination.
97.509 Administering an examination.
97.511 Technician, General, Advanced, and Amateur Extra Class
operator license examination.
97.513 Novice Class operator license examination.
97.515 Volunteer examiner requirements.
97.517 Volunteer examiner conduct.
97.519 Coordinating examination sessions.
97.521 VEC qualifications.
97.523 Question pools.
97.525 Accrediting VEs.
97.527 Reimbursement for expenses.
Appendix 1 to Part 97 -- Places Where the Amateur Service is
Regulated by the FCC
Appendix 2 to Part 97 -- VEC Regions
Authority: 48 Stat. 1066, 1082, as amended; 47 U.S.C. 154, 303.
Interpret or apply 48 Stat. 1064-1068, 1081-1105, as amended; 47
U.S.C. 151-155, 301-609, unless otherwise noted.
Source: 54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 95.669 Subpart A -- General Provisions
47 CFR 97.1 Basis and purpose.
The rules and regulations in this part are designed to provide an
amateur radio service having a fundamental purpose as expressed in the
following principles:
(a) Recognition and enhancement of the value of the amateur service
to the public as a voluntary noncommercial communication service,
particularly with respect to providing emergency communications.
(b) Continuation and extension of the amateur's proven ability to
contribute to the advancement of the radio art.
(c) Encouragement and improvement of the amateur service through
rules which provide for advancing skills in both the communication and
technical phases of the art.
(d) Expansion of the existing reservoir within the amateur radio
service of trained operators, technicians, and electronics experts.
(e) Continuation and extension of the amateur's unique ability to
enhance international goodwill.
47 CFR 97.3 Definitions.
(a) The definitions of terms used in part 97 are:
(1) Amateur operator. A person holding a written authorization to be
the control operator of an amateur station.
(2) Amateur radio services. The amateur service, the
amateur-satellite service and the radio amateur civil emergency service.
(3) Amateur-satellite service. A radiocommunication service using
stations on Earth satellites for the same purpose as those of the
amateur service.
(4) Amateur service. A radiocommunication service for the purpose of
self-training, intercommunication and technical investigations carried
out by amateurs, that is, duly authorized persons interested in radio
technique solely with a personal aim and without pecuniary interest.
(5) Amateur station. A station in an amateur radio service
consisting of the apparatus necessary for carrying on
radiocommunications.
(6) Automatic control. The use of devices and procedures for control
of a station when it is transmitting so that compliance with the FCC
Rules is achieved without the control operator being present at a
control point.
(7) Auxiliary station. An amateur station transmitting
communications point-to-point within a system of cooperating amateur
stations.
(8) Bandwidth. The width of a frequency band outside of which the
mean power of the total emission is attenuated at least 26 dB below the
mean power of the total emission, including allowances for transmitter
drift or Doppler shift.
(9) Beacon. An amateur station transmitting communications for the
purposes of observation of propagation and reception or other related
experimental activities.
(10) Broadcasting. Transmissions intended for reception by the
general public, either direct or relayed.
(11) Control operator. An amateur operator designated by the
licensee of a station to be responsible for the transmissions from that
station to assure compliance with the FCC Rules.
(12) Control point. The location at which the control operator
function is performed.
(13) CSCE. Certificate of successful completion of an examination.
(14) Earth station. An amateur station located on, or within 50 km
of, the Earth's surface intended for communications with space stations
or with other Earth stations by means of one or more other objects in
space.
(15) EIC. Engineer in Charge of an FCC Field Facility.
(16) External RF power amplifier. A device capable of increasing
power output when used in conjunction with, but not an integral part of,
a transmitter.
(17) External RF power amplifier kit. A number of electronic parts,
which, when assembled, is an external RF power amplifier, even if
additional parts are required to complete assembly.
(18) FAA. Federal Aviation Administration.
(19) FCC. Federal Communications Commission.
(20) Frequency coordinator. An entity, recognized in a local or
regional area by amateur operators whose stations are eligible to be
auxiliary or repeater stations, that recommends transmit/receive
channels and associated operating and technical parameters for such
stations in order to avoid or minimize potential interference.
(21) Harmful interference. Interference which endangers the
functioning of a radionavigation service or of other safety services or
seriously degrades, obstructs or repeatedly interrupts a
radiocommunication service operating in accordance with the Radio
Regulations.
(22) Indicator. Words, letters or numerals appended to and separated
from the call sign during the station identification.
(23) Information bulletin. A message directed only to amateur
operators consisting solely of subject matter of direct interest to the
amateur service.
(24) International Morse code. A dot-dash code as defined in
International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee (CCITT)
Recommendation F.1 (1984), Division B, I. Morse code.
(25) ITU. International Telecommunication Union.
(26) Line A. Begins at Aberdeen, WA, running by great circle arc to
the intersection of 48 N, 120 W, thence along parallel 48 N, to the
intersection of 95 W, thence by great circle arc through the
southernmost point of Duluth, MN, thence by great circle arc to 45 N, 85
W, thence southward along meridian 85 W, to its intersection with
parallel 41 N, thence along parallel 41 N, to its intersection with
meridian 82 W, thence by great circle arc through the southernmost point
of Bangor, ME, thence by great circle arc through the southernmost point
of Searsport, ME, at which point it terminates.
(27) Local control. The use of a control operator who directly
manipulates the operating adjustments in the station to achieve
compliance with the FCC Rules.
(28) National Radio Quiet Zone. The area in Maryland, Virginia and
West Virginia Bounded by 39 15'N on the north, 78 30'W on the east, 37
30 N on the south and 80 30 W on the west.
(29) Physician. For the purpose of this part, a person who is
licensed to practice in a place where the amateur service is regulated
by the FCC, as either a Doctor of Medicine (M.D.) or a Doctor of
Osteophathy (D.O.)
(30) Question pool. All current examination questions for a
designated written examination element.
(31) Question set. A series of examination on a given examination
selected from the question pool.
(32) Radio Regulations. The latest ITU Radio Regulations to which
the United States is a party.
(33) RACES (radio amateur civil emergency service). A radio service
using amateur stations for civil defense communications during periods
of local, regional or national civil emergencies.
(34) Remote control. The use of a control operator who indirectly
manipulates the operating adjustments in the station through a control
link to achieve compliance with the FCC Rules.
(35) Repeater. An amateur station that automatically retransmits the
signals of other stations.
(36) Space station. An amateur station located more than 50 km above
the Earth's surface.
(37) Spurious emission. An emission, or frequencies outside the
necessary bandwidth of a transmission, the level of which may be reduced
without affecting the information being transmitted.
(38) Telecommand station. An amateur station that transmits
communications to initiate, modify or terminate functions of a space
station.
(39) Third party communications. A message from the control operator
(first party) of an amateur station to another amateur station control
operator (second party) on behalf of another person (third party).
(40) VE. Volunteer examiner.
(41) VEC. Volunteer-examiner coordinator.
(b) The definitions of technical smybols used in this part are:
(1) EHF (extremely high frequency). The frequency range 30-300 GHz.
(2) HF (high frequency). The frequency range 3-30 MHz.
(3) Hz. Hertz.
(4) m. Meters.
(5) MF (medium frequency). The frequency range 300-3000 kHz.
(6) PEP (peak envelope power). The average power supplied to the
antenna transmission line by a transmitter during one RF cycle at the
crest of the modulation envelope taken under normal operating
conditions.
(7) RF. Radio frequency.
(8) SHF (super-high frequency). The frequency range 3-30 GHz.
(9) UHF (ultra-high frequency). The frequency range 300-3000 MHz.
(10) VHF (very-high frequency). The frequency range 30-300 MHz.
(11) W. Watts.
(c) The following terms are used in this part to indicate emission
types. Refer to 2.201 of the FCC Rules, Emission, modulation and
transmission characteristics, for information on emission type
designators.
(1) CW. International Morse code telegraphy emissions having
designators with A, C, H, J or R as the first symbol; 1 as the second
symbol; A or B as the third symbol; and emissions J2A and J2B.
(2) Data. Telemetry, telecommand and computer communications
emissions having designators with A, C, D, F, G, H, J or R as the first
symbol; 1 as the second symbol; D as the third symbol; and emission
J2D. Only a digital code of a type specifically authorized in this part
may be transmitted.
(3) Image. Facsimile and television emissions having designators
with A, C, D, F, G, H, J or R as the first symbol; 1, 2 or 3 as the
second symbol; C or F as the third symbol; and emissions having B as
the first symbol; 7, 8 or 9 as the second symbol; W as the third
symbol.
(4) MCW. Tone-modulated international Morse code telegraphy
emissions having designators with A, C, D, F, G, H or R as the first
symbol; 2 as the second symbol; A or B as the third symbol.
(5) Phone. Speech and other sound emissions having designators with
A, C, D, F, G, H, J or R as the first symbol; 1, 2 or 3 as the second
symbol; E as the third symbol. Also speech emissions having B as the
first symbol; 7, 8 or 9 as the second symbol; E as the third symbol.
MCW for the purpose of performing the station identification procedure,
or for providing telegraphy practice interspersed with speech.
Incidental tones for the purpose of selective calling or alerting or to
control the level of a demodulated signal may also be considered phone.
(6) Pulse. Emissions having designators with K, L, M, P, Q, V or W
as the first symbol; 0, 1, 2, 3, 7, 8, 9 or X as the second symbol; A,
B, C, D, E, F, N, W or X as the third symbol.
(7) RTTY. Narrow-band direct-printing telegraphy emissions having
designators with A, C, D, F, G, H, J or R as the first symbol; 1 as the
second symbol; B as the third symbol; and emission J2B. Only a
digital code of a type specifically authorized in this part may be
transmitted.
(8) SS. Spread-spectrum emissions using bandwidth-expansion
modulation emissions having designators with A, C, D, F, G, H, J or R as
the first symbol; X as the second symbol; X as the third symbol. Only
a SS emission of a type specifically authorized in this part may be
transmitted.
(9) Test. Emissions containing no information having the designators
with N as the third symbol. Test does not include pulse emissions with
no information or modulation unless pulse emissions are also authorized
in the frequency band.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 29, Jan. 2, 1991)
47 CFR 97.5 Station license required.
(a) When a station is transmitting on any amateur service frequency
from a geographic location within 50 km of the Earth's surface where the
amateur service is regulated by the FCC, the person having physical
control of the apparatus must hold an FCC-issued written authorization
for an amateur station.
(b) When a station is transmitting on any amateur service frequency
from a location within 50 km of the Earth's surface and aboard any
vessel or craft that is documented or registered in the United States,
the person having physical control of the apparatus must hold an
FCC-issued written authorization for an amateur station.
(c) When a station is transmitting on any amateur-satellite service
frequency from a location more than 50 km above the Earth's surface
aboard any craft that is documented or registered in the United States,
the person having physical control of the apparatus must hold an
FCC-issued written authorization for an amateur station.
(d) The types of written authorizations that permit amateur station
operation where the amateur service is regulated by the FCC are:
(1) An operator/primary station license (FCC Form 660) issued to the
person by the FCC. A primary station license is issued only to a
person, together with an operator license on the same document. Every
amateur operator licensed by the FCC must have one, but only one,
primary station license. Except a representative of a foreign
government, any person who qualifies by examination is eligible to apply
for an operator/primary station license.
(2) A club station license (FCC Form 660) issued to the person by the
FCC. A club station license is issued only to the person who is the
license trustee designated by an officer of the club. The trustee must
hold an FCC-issued Amateur Extra, Advanced, General, or Technician
operator license. The club must be composed of at least two persons and
must have a name, a document of organization, management and a primary
purpose devoted to amateur service activities consistent with this part.
(3) A military recreation station license (FCC Form 660) issued to
the person by the FCC. A military recreation station license is issued
only to the person who is the license custodian designated by the
official in charge of the United States military recreational premises
where the station is situated. The custodian must not be a
representative of a foreign government. The custodian need not hold an
amateur operator license.
(4) A RACES station license (FCC Form 660) issued to the person by
the FCC. A RACES station license is issued only to the person who is
the license custodian designated by the official responsible for the
governmental agency served by that civil defense organization. The
custodian must not be a representative of a foreign government. The
custodian must be the civil defense official responsible for
coordination of all civil defense activities in the area concerned. The
custodian need not hold an amateur operator license.
(5) A reciprocal permit for alien amateur licensee (FCC Form 610-AL)
issued to the person by the FCC. A reciprocal permit for alien amateur
licensee is issued only to a person who is a citizen of a country with
which the United States has arrangements to grant reciprocal operating
permits to visiting alien amateur operators. The person must be a
citizen of the same country that issued the amateur service license. No
person who is a citizen of the United States, regardless of any other
citizenship also held, is eligible for a reciprocal permit for alien
amateur licensee. No person holding an FCC-issued amateur service
license will be issued a reciprocal permit for alien amateur licensee.
(6) An amateur service license issued to the person by the Government
of Canada. The person must be a Canadian citizen.
(e) The written authorization for an amateur station authorizes the
use in accordance with the FCC Rules of all transmitting apparatus under
the physical control of the station licensee at points where the amateur
service is regulated by the FCC. The original written authorization
document or a photocopy thereof must be retained at the station.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989; 54 FR 39535, Sept. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 97.7 Control operator required.
When transmitting, each amateur station must have a control operator.
Only a person holding one of the following documents may be the control
operator of a station:
(a) An operator/primary station license (FCC Form 660) issued to the
person by the FCC.
(b) A reciprocal permit for alien amateur licensee (FCC Form 610-AL)
issued to the person by the FCC.
(c) An amateur service license issued to a Canadian citizen by the
Government of Canada.
47 CFR 97.9 Operator license.
(a) There are 5 classes of operator licenses: Novice, Technician,
General, Advanced and Amateur Extra. An operator license authorizes the
holder to be the control operator of a station with the privileges of
the operator class specified on the license. The license document or a
photocopy thereof must be in the personal possession of the licensee at
all times when the person is the control operator of a station.
(b) A person holding a Novice, Technician, General, or Advanced Class
operator license who has properly filed with the FCC an application for
a higher operator class which has not yet been acted upon, and who holds
a CSCE indicating that the person completed the necessary examinations
within the previous 365 days is authorized to exercise the rights and
privileges of the higher operator class.
47 CFR 97.11 Stations aboard ships or aircraft.
(a) The installation and operation of an amateur station on a ship or
aircraft must be approved by the master of the ship or pilot in command
of the aircraft.
(b) The station must be separate from and independent of all other
radio apparatus installed on the ship or aircraft, except a common
antenna may be shared with a voluntary ship radio installation. The
station's transmissions must not cause interference to any other
apparatus installed on the ship or aircraft.
(c) The station must not constitute a hazard to the safety of life or
property. For a station aboard an aircraft, the apparatus shall not be
operated while the aircraft is operating under Instrument Flight Rules,
as defined by the FAA, unless the station has been found to comply with
all applicable FAA Rules.
47 CFR 97.13 Restrictions on station location.
(a) Before placing an amateur station on land of environmental
importance or that is significant in American history, architecture or
culture, the licensee may be required to take certain actions prescribed
by 1.1301-1.1319 of the FCC Rules.
(b) A station within 1600 m (1 mile) of an FCC monitoring facility
must protect that facility from harmful interference. Failure to do so
could result in imposition of operating restrictions upon the amateur
station by an EIC pursuant to 97.121 of this Part. Geographical
coordinates of the facilities that require protection are listed in
0.121(c) of the FCC Rules.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 20398, May 16, 1990)
47 CFR 97.15 Station antenna structures.
(a) Unless the amateur station licensee has received prior approval
from the FCC, no antenna structure, including and radiating elements,
tower, supports and all appurtenances, may be higher than 61 m (200
feet) above ground level at its site.
(b) Unless the amateur station licensee has received prior approval
from the FCC, no antenna structure, at an airport or heliport that is
available for public use and is listed in the Airport Directory of the
current Airman's Information Manual or in either the Alaska or Pacific
Airman's Guide and Chart Supplement; or at an airport or heliport under
construction that is the subject of a notice or proposal on file with
the FAA, and except for military airports, it is clearly indicated that
the airport will be available for public use; or at an airport or
heliport that is operated by the armed forces of the United States; or
at a place near any of these airports or heliports, may be higher than:
(1) 1 m above the airport elevation for each 100 m from the nearest
runway longer than 1 km within 6.1 km of the antenna structure.
(2) 2 m above the airport elevation for each 100 m from the nearest
runway shorter than 1 km within 3.1 km of the antenna structure.
(3) 4 m above the airport elevation for each 100 m from the nearest
landing pad within 1.5 km of the antenna structure.
(c) An amateur station antenna structure no higher than 6.1 m (20
feet) above ground level at its site or no higher than 6.1 m above any
natural object or existing manmade structure, other than an antenna
structure, is exempt from the requirements of paragraphs (a) and (b) of
this section.
(d) Further details as to whether an aeronautical study and/or
obstruction marking and lighting may be required, and specifications for
obstruction marking and lighting, are contained in Part 17 of the FCC
Rules, Construction, Marking, and Lighting of Antenna Structures. To
request approval to place an antenna structure higher than the limits
specified in paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, the licensee
must notify the FAA on FAA Form 7460-1 and the FCC on FCC Form 854.
(e) Except as otherwise provided herein, a station antenna structure
may be erected at heights and dimensions sufficient to accommodate
amateur service communications. (State and local regulation of a
station antenna structure must not preclude amateur service
communications. Rather, it must reasonably accommodate such
communications and must constitute the minimum practicable regulation to
accomplish the state or local authority's legitimate purpose. (See
PRB-1, 101 FCC 2d 952 (1985) for details.)
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989; 54 FR 39535, Sept. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 97.17 Application for new license.
(a) Any qualified person is eligible to apply for an amateur service
license.
(b) Each application for a new operator/primary station license must
be made on FCC Form 610. Each application for a reciprocal permit for
alien amateur licensee must be made on FCC Form 610-A. No new license
for a club, military recreation, or RACES station will be issued.
(c) Each application for a new operator/primary station license and
each application involving a change in operator class must be submitted
to the VEs administering the qualifying examination.
(d) Any qualified person is eligible to apply for a reciprocal permit
for alien amateur licensee. The application must be submitted to the
FCC, P.O. Box 1020, Gettysburg, PA 17326.
(e) No person shall obtain or attempt to obtain, or assist another
person to obtain or attempt to obtain, an operator license or reciprocal
permit for alien amateur licensee by fraudulent means.
(f) A call sign will be assigned systematically to each station. The
FCC will issue public announcements detailing the policies and
procedures of the call sign assignment system. The FCC will not grant
any request for a specific call sign.
47 CFR 97.19 Application for a renewed or modified license.
(a) Each application for a renewed or modified operator/primary
station license must be made on FCC Form 610. Each application for a
renewed or modified club, military recreation or RACES station license
must be made on FCC Form 610-B. A reciprocal permit for alien amateur
licensee is not renewable. A new reciprocal permit may be issued upon
proper application.
(b) Each application for a renewed or modified amateur service
license must be accompanied by a photocopy of the license document or
the original document, unless it has been lost, mutilated, or destroyed.
Each application for a modified operator license involving a change in
operator class must be submitted to the VEs administering the qualifying
examination. All other applications must be submitted to: FCC, P.O.
Box 1020, Gettysburg, PA 17326.
(c) When the licensee has submitted a timely application for renewal
of an unexpired license (between 60 and 90 days prior to the end of the
license term is recommended), the licensee may continue to operate until
the disposition of the application has been determined. If a license
expires, application for renewal may be made during a grace period of 2
years after the expiration date. During this grace period, the expired
license is not valid. A license renewed during the grace period must be
dated as of the date of the renewal.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 30456, July 26,
1990)
47 CFR 97.21 Mailing address and station location.
Each application for an amateur service license and each application
for a reciprocal permit for alien amateur licensee must show a mailing
address and a station location (the addresses may be the same) in an
area where the amateur service is regulated by the FCC. The mailing
address must be one where the licensee can receive mail delivery by the
United States Postal Service. The station location must be a place
where a station can be physically located. (A post office box whether
provided by the United States Postal Service or by any other party, a
rural or highway contract route designation and box number, and general
delivery are unsuitable as a station location.)
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 30456, July 26,
1990; 56 FR 25374, June 4, 1991)
47 CFR 97.23 License term.
(a) An amateur service license is normally issued for a 10-year term.
(b) A reciprocal permit for alien amateur licensee is normally issued
for a 1-year term.
47 CFR 97.25 FCC modification of station license.
(a) The FCC may modify a station license, either for a limited time
or for the duration of the term thereof, if it determines:
(1) That such action will promote the public interest, convenience
and necessity; or
(2) That such action will promote fuller compliance with the
provisions of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended, or of any
treaty ratified by the United States.
(b) When the FCC makes such a determination, it will issue an order
of modification. The order will not become final until the licensee is
notified in writing of the proposed action and the grounds and reasons
therefor. The licensee will be given reasonable opportunity of no less
than 30 days to protest the modification; except that, where safety of
life or property is involved, a shorter priod of notice may be provided.
Any protest by a licensee of an FCC order of modification will be
handled in accordance with the provisions of 47 U.S.C. 316.
47 CFR 97.27 Replacement license.
Each licensee or permittee whose original document is lost, mutilated
or destroyed must request a replacement. The request must be made to:
FCC, P.O. Box 1020, Gettysburg, PA 17326. A statement of how the
document was lost, mutilated or destroyed must be attached to the
request. A replacement license must bear the same expiration date as
the license that it replaces.
47 CFR 97.27 Subpart B -- Station Operation Standards
47 CFR 97.101 General standards.
(a) In all respects not specifically covered by FCC Rules each
amateur station must be operated in accordance with good engineering and
good amateur practice.
(b) Each station licensee and each control operator must cooperate in
selecting transmitting channels and in making the most effective use of
the amateur service frequencies. No frequency will be assigned for the
exclusive use of any station.
(c) At all times and on all frequencies, each control operator must
give priority to stations providing emergency communications, except to
stations transmitting communications for training drills and tests in
RACES.
(d) No amateur operator shall willfully or maliciously interfere with
or cause interference to any radio communication or signal.
47 CFR 97.103 Station licensee responsibilities.
(a) The station licensee is responsible for the proper operation of
the station in accordance with the FCC Rules. When the control operator
is a different amateur operator than the station licensee, both persons
are equally responsible for proper operation of the station.
(b) The station licensee must designate the station control operator.
The FCC will presume that the station licensee is also the control
operator, unless documentation to the contrary is in the station
records.
(c) The station licensee must make the station and the station
records available for inspection upon request by an FCC representative.
When deemed necessary by an EIC to assure compliance with the FCC Rules,
the station licensee must maintain a record of station operations
containing such items of information as the EIC may require in accord
with 0.314(x) of the FCC Rules.
47 CFR 97.105 Control operator duties.
(a) The control operator must ensure the immediate proper operation
of the station, regardless of the type of control.
(b) A station may only be operated in the manner and to the extent
permitted by the privileges authorized for the class of operator license
held by the control operator.
47 CFR 97.107 Alien control operator privileges.
(a) The privileges available to a control operator holding an amateur
service license issued by the Government of Canada are:
(1) The terms of the Convention Between the United States and Canada
(TIAS No. 2508) Relating to the Operation by Citizens of Either Country
of Certain Radio Equipment or Stations in the Other Country;
(2) The operating terms and conditions of the amateur service license
issued by the Government of Canada; and
(3) The applicable provisions of the FCC Rules, but not to exceed the
control operator privileges of an FCC-issued Amateur Extra Class
operator license.
(b) The privileges available to a control operator holding an
FCC-issued reciprocal permit for alien amateur licensee are:
(1) The terms of the agreement between the alien's government and the
United States;
(2) The operating terms and conditions of the amateur service license
issued by the alien's government;
(3) The applicable provisions of the FCC Rules, but not to exceed the
control operator privileges of an FCC-issued Amateur Extra Class
operator license; and
(4) None, if the holder of the reciprocal permit has obtained an
FCC-issued operator/primary station license.
(c) At any time the FCC may, in its discretion, modify, suspend, or
cancel the amateur service privileges within or over any area where
radio services are regulated by the FCC of any Canadian amateur service
licensee or alien reciprocal permittee.
47 CFR 97.109 Station control.
(a) Each amateur station must have at least one control point.
(b) When a station is being locally controlled, the control operator
must be at the control point. Any station may be locally controlled.
(c) When a station is being remotely controlled, the control operator
must be at the control point. Any station may be remotely controlled.
(d) When a station is being automatically controlled, the control
operator need not be at the control point. Only stations transmitting
RTTY or data emissions on the 6 m or shorter wavelength bands, and
stations specifically designated elsewhere in this part may be
automatically controlled. Automatic control must cease upon
notification by an EIC that the station is transmitting improperly or
causing harmful interference to other stations. Automatic control must
not be resumed without prior approval of the EIC.
(e) No station may be automatically controlled while transmitting
third party communications, except a station retransmitting digital
packet radio communications on the 6 m and shorter wavelength bands.
Such stations must be using the American Radio Relay League, Inc. AX.25
Amateur Packet -- Radio Link -- Layer Protocol, Version 2.0, October
1984 (or compatible) which is available from American Radio Relay
League, Inc., 225 Main Street, Newington, Connecticut 06111. The
retransmitted messages must originate at a station that is being locally
or remotely controlled.
(54 FR 39535, Sept. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 97.111 Authorized transmissions.
(a) An amateur station may transmit the following types of two-way
communications:
(1) Transmissions necessary to exchange messages with other stations
in the amateur service, except those in any country whose administration
has given notice that it objects to such communications. The FCC will
issue public notices of current arrangements for international
communications;
(2) Transmissions necessary to exchange messages with a station in
another FCC-regulated service while providing emergency communications;
(3) Transmissions necessary to exchange messages with a United States
government station, necessary to providing communications in RACES; and
(4) Transmissions necessary to exchange messages with a station in a
service not regulated by the FCC, but authorized by the FCC to
communicate with amateur stations. An amateur station may exchange
messages with a participating United States military station during an
Armed Forces Day Communications Test.
(b) In addition to one-way transmissions specifically authorized
elsewhere in this part, an amateur station may transmit the following
types of one-way communications:
(1) Brief transmissions necessary to make adjustments to the station;
(2) Brief transmissions necessary to establishing two-way
communications with other stations;
(3) Transmissions necessary to remotely control a device from a
distant location;
(4) Transmissions necessary to providing emergency communications;
(5) Transmissions necessary to assisting persons learning, or
improving proficiency in, the international Morse code; and
(6) Transmissions necessary to disseminate information bulletins.
47 CFR 97.113 Prohibited transmissions.
(a) No amateur station shall transmit any communication the purpose
of which is to facilitate the business or commercial affairs of any
party. No station shall transmit communications as an alternative to
other authorized radio services, except as necessary to providing
emergency communications. A station may, however, transmit
communications to:
(1) Facilitate the public's safe observation of, or safe
participation in, a parade, race, marathon or similar public gathering.
No amateur station shall transmit communications concerning moving,
supplying and quartering observers and participants for any sponsoring
organization unless the principal beneficiary of such communications is
the public and any benefit to the sponsoring organization is incidental.
(2) Inform other amateur operators of the availability of apparatus
normally used in an amateur station, including such apparatus for sale
or trade. This exception is not authorized to any person seeking to
derive a profit by buying or selling such apparatus on a regular basis.
(b) No station shall transmit messages for hire or for material
compensation, direct or indirect, paid or promised. The control
operator of a club station, however, may accept compensation for such
periods of time during which the station is transmitting telegraphy
practice or information bulletins provided that:
(1) The station transmits the telegraphy practice and information
bulletins for at least 40 hours per week;
(2) The station schedules operations on all amateur service MF and HF
bands using reasonable measures to maximize coverage;
(3) The schedule of normal operating times and frequencies is
published at least 30 days in advance of the actual transmissions; and
(4) The control operator does not accept any direct or indirect
compensation for periods during which the station is transmitting any
other material.
(c) No station shall transmit communications in order to engage in
any form of broadcasting, nor to engage in any activity related to
program production or newsgathering for broadcasting purposes. A
station may, however, transmit communications to convey news information
about an event for dissemination to the public when the following
conditions are present:
(1) The information involves the immediate safety of life of
individuals or the immediate protection of property;
(2) The information is directly related to the event;
(3) The information cannot be transmitted by any other means because
normal communications systems have been disrupted or because there are
no other communication systems available at the place where the
information is originated; and
(4) Other means of communication could not be reasonably provided
before or at the time of the event.
(d) No station shall transmit: music; radiocommunications or
messages for any purpose, or in connection with any activity, that is
contrary to federal, state, or local law; messages in codes or ciphers
where the intent is to obscure the meaning (except where specifically
excepted elsewere in the part); obscene, indecent, or profane words,
language, or meaning; and/or false or deceptive messages or signals.
(e) No station shall retransmit programs or signals emanating from
any type of radio station other than an amateur station, except
communications originating on United States Government frequencies
between a space shuttle and its associated Earth stations. Prior
approval for such retransmissions must be obtained from the National
Aeronautics and Space Administration. Such retransmissions must be for
the exclusive use of amateur operators.
(f) No amateur station, except an auxiliary, repeater or space
station, may automatically retransmit the radio signals of other amateur
stations.
47 CFR 97.115 Third party communications.
(a) An amateur station may transmit messages for a third party to:
(1) Any station within the jurisdiction of the United States.
(2) Any station within the jurisdiction of any foreign government
whose administration has made arrangements with the United States to
allow amateur stations to be used for transmitting international
communications on behalf of third parties. No station shall transmit
messages for a third party to any station within the jurisdiction of any
foreign government whose administration has not made such an
arrangement. This prohibition does not apply to a message for any third
party who is eligible to be a control operator of the station.
(b) The third party may participate in stating the message where:
(1) The control operator is present at the control point and is
continuously monitoring and supervising the third party's participation;
and
(2) The third party is not a prior amateur service licensee whose
license was revoked; suspended for less than the balance of the license
term and the suspension is still in effect; suspended for the balance
of the license term and relicensing has not taken place; or surrendered
for cancellation following notice of revocation, suspension or monetary
forfeiture proceedings. The third party may not be the subject of a
cease and desist order which relates to amateur service operation and
which is still in effect.
(c) At the end of an exchange of international third party
communications, the station must also transmit in the station
identification procedure the call sign of the station with which a third
party message was exchanged.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989; 54 FR 39535, Sept. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 97.117 International communications.
Transmissions to a different country, where permitted, shall be made
in plain language and shall be limited to messages of a technical nature
relating to tests, and, to remarks of a personal character for which, by
reason of their unimportance, recourse to the public telecommunications
service is not justified.
47 CFR 97.119 Station identification.
(a) Each amateur station, except a space station or telecommand
station, must transmit its assigned call sign on its transmitting
channel at the end of each communication, and at least every 10 minutes
during a communication, for the purpose of clearly making the source of
the transmissions from the station known to those receiving the
transmissions. No station may transmit unidentified communications or
signals, or transmit as the station call sign, any call sign not
authorized to the station.
(b) The call sign must be transmitted with an emission authorized for
the transmitting channel in one of the following ways:
(1) By a CW emission. When keyed by an automatic device used only
for identification, the speed must not exceed 20 words per minute;
(2) By a phone emission in the English language. Use of a phonetic
alphabet as an aid for correct station identification is encouraged;
(3) By a RTTY emission using a specified digital code when all or
part of the communications are transmitted by a RTTY or data emission;
(4) By an image emission conforming to the applicable transmission
standards, either color or monochrome, of 73.682(a) of the FCC Rules
when all or part of the communications are transmitted in the same image
emission; or
(5) By a CW or phone emission during SS emission transmission on a
narrow bandwidth frequency segment. Alternatively, by the changing of
one or more parameters of the emission so that a conventional CW or
phone emission receiver can be used to determine the station call sign.
(c) An indicator may be included with the call sign. It must be
separated from the call sign by the slant mark or by any suitable word
that denotes the slant mark. If the indicator is self-assigned, it must
be included after the call sign and must not conflict with any other
indicator specified by the FCC Rules or with any prefix assigned to
another country.
(d) When the operator license class held by the control operator
exceeds that of the station licensee, an indicator consisting of the
call sign assigned to the control operator's station must be included
after the call sign.
(e) When the control operator is a person who is exercising the
rights and privileges authorized by 97.9(b) of this part, an indicator
must be included after the call sign as follows:
(1) For a control operator who has requested a license modification
from Novice Class to Technical Class: KT;
(2) For a control operator who has requested a license modification
from Novice or Technical Class to General Class: AG;
(3) For a control operator who has requested a license modification
from Novice, Technician, or General Class operator to Advanced Class:
AA; or
(4) For a control operator who has requested a license modification
from Novice, Technician, General, or Advanced Class operator to Amateur
Extra Class: AE.
(f) When the station is transmitting under the authority of a
reciprocal permit for alien amateur licensee, an indicator consisting of
the appropriate letter-numeral designating the station location must be
included before the call sign issued to the station by the licensing
country. When the station is transmitting under the authority of an
amateur service license issued by the Government of Canada, a station
location indicator must be included after the call sign. At least once
during each intercommunication, the identification announcement must
include the geographical location as nearly as possible by city and
state, commonwealth or possession.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 39535, Sept. 27,
1989; 55 FR 30457, July 26, 1990; 56 FR 28, Jan. 2, 1991)
47 CFR 97.121 Restricted operation.
(a) If the operation of an amateur station causes general
interference to the reception of transmissions from stations operating
in the domestic broadcast service when receivers of good engineering
design, including adequate selectivity characteristics, are used to
receive such transmissions, and this fact is made known to the amateur
station licensee, the amateur station shall not be operated during the
hours from 8 p.m. to 10:30 p.m., local time, and on Sunday for the
additional period from 10:30 a.m. until 1 p.m., local time, upon the
frequency or frequencies used when the interference is created.
(b) In general, such steps as may be necessary to minimize
interference to stations operating in other services may be required
after investigation by the FCC.
47 CFR 97.121 Subpart C -- Special Operations
47 CFR 97.201 Auxiliary station.
(a) Any amateur station licensed to a holder of a Technician,
General, Advanced or Amateur Extra Class operator license may be an
auxiliary station. A holder of a Technician, General, Advanced or
Amateur Extra Class operator license may be the control operator of an
auxiliary station, subject to the privileges of the class of operator
license held.
(b) An auxiliary station may transmit only on the 1.25 m and shorter
wavelength bands, except the 431-433 MHz and 435-438 MHz segments.
(c) Where an auxiliary station causes harmful interference to another
auxiliary station, the licensees are equally and fully responsible for
resolving the interference unless one station's operation is recommended
by a frequency coordinator and the other station's is not. In that
case, the licensee of the non-coordinated auxiliary station has primary
responsibilty to resolve the interference.
(d) An auxiliary station may be automatically controlled only when it
is part of a system that includes a repeater station also being
automatically controlled.
(e) An auxiliary station may transmit one-way communications.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 19610, Apr. 29,
1991)
47 CFR 97.203 Beacon station.
(a) Any amateur station licensed to a holder of a Technician,
General, Advanced or Amateur Extra Class operator license may be a
beacon. A holder of a Technician, General, Advanced or Amateur Extra
Class operator license may be the control operator of a beacon, subject
to the privileges of the class of operator license held.
(b) A beacon must not concurrently transmit on more than 1 channel in
the same amateur service frequency band, from the same station location.
(c) The transmitter power of a beacon must not exceed 100 W.
(d) A beacon may be automatically controlled while it is transmitting
on the 28.20-28.30 MHz, 50.06-50.08 MHz, 144.275-144.300 MHz,
222.05-222.06 MHz or 432.300-432.400 MHz segments, or on the 33 cm and
shorter wavelength bands.
(e) Before establishing an automatically controlled beacon in the
National Radio Quiet Zone or before changing the transmitting frequency,
transmitter power, antenna height or directivity, the station licensee
must give written notification thereof to the Interference Office,
National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P.O. Box 2, Green Bank, WV 24944.
(1) The notification must include the geographical coordinates of the
antenna, antenna ground elevation above mean sea level (AMSL), antenna
center of radiation above ground level (AGL), antenna directivity,
proposed frequency, type of emission, and transmitter power.
(2) If an objection to the proposed operation is received by the FCC
from the National Radio Astronomy Observatory at Green Bank, Pocahontas
County, WV, for itself or on behalf of the Naval Research Laboratory at
Sugar Grove, Pendleton County, WV, within 20 days from the date of
notification, the FCC will consider all aspects of the problem and take
whatever action is deemed appropriate.
(f) A beacon must cease transmissions upon notification by an EIC
that the station is operating improperly or causing undue interference
to other operations. The beacon may not resume transmitting without
prior approval of the EIC.
(g) A beacon may transmit one-way communications.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 9323, Mar. 13, 1990;
56 FR 19610, Apr. 29, 1991; 56 FR 32517, July 17, 1991)
47 CFR 97.205 Repeater station.
(a) Any amateur station licensed to a holder of a Technician,
General, Advanced or Amateur Extra Class operator license may be a
repeater. A holder of a Technician, General, Advanced or Amateur Extra
Class operator license may be the control operator of a repeater,
subject to the privileges of the class of operator license held.
(b) A repeater may receive and retransmit only on the 10 m and
shorter wavelength frequency bands except the 28.0-29.5 MHz, 50.0-51.0
MHz, 144.0-144.5 MHz, 145.5-146.0 MHz, 431.0-433.0 MHz and 435.0-438.0
MHz segments.
(c) Where the transmissions of a repeater cause harmful interference
to another repeater, the two station licensees are equally and fully
responsible for resolving the interference unless the operation of one
station is recommended by a frequency coordinator and the operation of
the other station is not. In that case, the licensee of the
non-coordinated repeater has primary responsibility to resolve the
interference.
(d) A repeater may be automatically controlled.
(e) Ancillary functions of a repeater that are available to users on
the input channel are not considered remotely controlled functions of
the station. Limiting the use of a repeater to only certain user
stations is permissible.
(f) Before establishing a repeater in the National Radio Quiet Zone
or before changing the transmitting frequency, tramsitter power, antenna
height or directivity, or the location of an existing repeater, the
station licensee must give written notification thereof to the
Interference Office, National Radio Astronomy Observatory, P.O. Box 2,
Green Bank, WV 24944.
(1) The notification must include the geographical coordinates of the
station antenna, antenna ground elevation above mean sea level (AMSL),
antenna center of radiation above ground level (AGL), antenna
directivity, proposed frequency, type of emission, and transmitter
power.
(2) If an objection to the proposed operation is received by the FCC
from the National Radio Astronomy Observatory at Green Bank, Pocahontas
County, WV, for itself or on behalf of the Naval Research Laboratory at
Sugar Grove, Pendleton County, WV, within 20 days from the date of
notification, the FCC will consider all aspects of the problem and take
whatever action is deemed appropriate.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 55 FR 4613, Feb. 9, 1990;
56 FR 32517, July 17, 1991)
47 CFR 97.207 Space station.
(a) Any amateur station licensed to a holder of an Amateur Extra
Class operator license may be a space station. A holder of any class
operator license may be the control operator of a space station, subject
to the privileges of the class of operator license held by the control
operator.
(b) A space station must be capable of effecting a cessation of
transmissions by telecommand whenever such cessation is ordered by the
FCC.
(c) The following frequency bands and segments are authorized to
space stations:
(1) The 17 m, 15 m, 12 m, and 10 m bands, 6 mm, 4 mm, 2 mm and 1 mm
bands; and
(2) The 7.0-7.1 MHz, 14.00-14.25 MHz, 144-146 MHz, 435-438 MHz,
1260-1270 MHz, and 2400-2450 MHz, 3.40-3.41 GHz, 5.83-5.85 GHz,
10.45-10.50 GHz, and 24.00-24.05 GHz segments.
(d) A space station may automatically retransmit the radio signals of
Earth stations and other space stations.
(e) A space station may transmit one-way communications.
(f) Results of measurements made in the space station, including
those related to the function of the station, transmitted by a space
station may consist of specially coded messages intended to facilitate
communications.
(g) The licensee of each space station must give two written,
pre-space station notifications to the Private Radio Bureau, FCC,
Washington, DC 20554. Each notification must be in accord with the
provisions of Articles 11 and 13 of the Radio Regulations.
(1) The first notification is required no less than 27 months prior
to initiating space station transmissions and must specify the
information required by Appendix 4 and Resolution No. 642 of the Radio
Regulations.
(2) The second notification is required no less than 5 months prior
to initiating space station transmissions and must specify the
information required by Appendix 3 and Resolution No. 642 of the Radio
Regulations.
(h) The licensee of each space station must give a written, in-space
station notification to the Private Radio Bureau, FCC, Washington, DC
20554, no later than 7 days following initiation of space station
transmissions. The notification must update the information contained
in the pre-space notification.
(i) The licensee of each space station must give a written,
post-space station notification to the Private Radio Bureau, FCC,
Washington, DC 20554, no later than 3 months after termination of the
space station transmissions. When the termination is ordered by the
FCC, notification is required no later than 24 hours after termination.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 39535, Sept. 27,
1989)
47 CFR 97.209 Earth station.
(a) Any amateur station may be an Earth station. A holder of any
class operator license may be the control operator of an Earth station,
subject to the privileges of the class of operator license held by the
control operator.
(b) The following frequency bands and segments are authorized to
Earth stations:
(1) The 17 m, 15 m, 12 m, and 10 m bands, 6 mm, 4 mm, 2 mm and 1 mm
bands; and
(2) The 7.0-7.1 MHz, 14.00-14.25 MHz, 144-146 MHz, 435-438 MHz,
1260-1270 MHz and 2400-2450 MHz, 3.40-3.41 GHz, 5.65-5.67 GHz,
10.45-10.50 GHz and 24.00-24.05 GHz segments.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 39535, Sept. 27,
1989)
47 CFR 97.211 Telecommand station.
(a) Any amateur station designated by the licensee of a space station
is eligible to transmit as a telecommand station for that space station,
subject to the privileges of the class of operator license held by the
control operator.
(b) A telecommand station may transmit special codes intended to
obscure the meaning of telecommand messages to the station in space
operation.
(c) The following frequency bands and segments are authorized to
telecommand stations:
(1) The 17 m, 15 m, 12 m and 10 m bands, 6 mm, 4 mm, 2 mm and 1 mm
bands; and
(2) The 7.0-7.1 MHz, 14.00-14.25 MHz, 144-146 MHz, 435-438 MHz,
1260-1270 MHz and 2400-2450 MHz, 3.40-3.41 GHz, 5.65-5.67 GHz,
10.45-10.50 GHz and 24.00-24.05 GHz segments.
(d) A telecommand station may transmit one-way communications.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 39535, Sept. 27,
1989)
47 CFR 97.213 Remote control of a station.
An amateur station may be remotely controlled where:
(a) There is a radio or wireline control link between the control
point and the station sufficient for the control operator to perform
his/her duties. If radio, the control link must use an auxiliary
station. A control link using a fiber optic cable or another
telecommunication service is considered wireline.
(b) Provisions are incorporated to limit transmission by the station
to a period of no more than 3 minutes in the event of malfunction in the
control link.
(c) The station is protected against making, willfully or
negligently, unauthorized transmissions.
(d) A photocopy of the station license and a label with the name,
address, and telephone number of the station licensee and at least one
designated control operator is posted in a conspicuous place at the
station location.
47 CFR 97.215 Remote control of model craft.
An amateur station transmitting signals to control a model craft may
be operated as follows:
(a) The station identification procedure is not required for
transmissions directed only to the model craft, provided that a label
indicating the station call sign and the station licensee's name and
address is affixed to the station transmitter.
(b) The control signals are not considered codes or ciphers intended
to obscure the meaning of the communication.
(c) The transmitter power must not exceed 1 W.
47 CFR 97.215 Subpart D -- Technical Standards
47 CFR 97.301 Authorized frequency bands.
The following transmitting frequency bands are available to an
amateur station located within 50 km of the Earth's surface, within the
specified ITU Region, and outside any area where the amateur service is
regulated by any authority other than the FCC.
(a) For a station having a control operator holding a Technician,
General, Advanced or Amateur Extra Class operator license:
(b) For a station having a control operator holding an Amateur Extra
Class operator license:
(c) For a station having a control operator holding an Advanced Class
operator license:
(d) For a station having a control operator holding a General Class
operator license:
(e) For a station having a control operator holding a Novice Class
operator license, or a Technician Class operator license plus a CSCE
indicating that the person passed element 1(A), 1(B), or 1(C), or a
Technician Class operator license issued before February 14, 1991:
(f) For a station having a control operator holding a Novice Class
operator license:
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989; 54 FR 39535, Sept. 27, 1989, as amended
at 55 FR 30457, July 26, 1990; 56 FR 28, Jan. 2, 1991; 56 FR 3043,
Jan. 28, 1991; 56 FR 19610, Apr. 29, 1991; 56 FR 32518, July 17, 1991)
47 CFR 97.303 Frequency sharing requirements.
The following is a summary of the frequency sharing requirements that
apply to amateur station transmissions on the frequency bands specified
in 97.301 of this part. (For each ITU Region, each frequency band
allocated to the amateur service is designated as either a secondary
service or a primary service. A station in a secondary service must not
cause harmful interference to, and must accept interference from,
stations in a primary service. See 2.105 and 2.106 of the FCC Rules,
United States Table of Frequency Allocations for complete requirements.)
(a) Where, in adjacent ITU Regions or Subregions, a band of
frequencies is allocated to different services of the same category, the
basic principle is the equality of right to operate. The stations of
each service in one region must operate so as not to cause harmful
interference to services in the other Regions or Subregions. (See ITU
Radio Regulations, No. 346 (Geneva, 1979).)
(b) An auxiliary station may transmit only on shorter wavelength
bands, except the 431-433 MHz and 435-438 MHz segments.
(c) No amateur station transmitting in the 1900-2000 kHz segment, the
3 cm band, the 76-81 GHz segment, the 144-149 GHz segment and the
241-248 GHz segment shall cause harmful interference to, nor is
protected from interference due to the operation of, stations in the
non-Government radiolocation service.
(d) No amateur station transmitting in the 30 meter band shall cause
harmful interference to stations authorized by other nations in the
fixed service. The licensee of the amateur station must make all
necessary adjustments, including termination of transmissions, if
harmful interference is caused.
(e) (Reserved)
(f) In the 70 cm band:
(1) No amateur station shall transmit from north of Line A in the
420-430 MHz segment.
(2) The 420-430 MHz segment is allocated to the amateur service in
the United States on a secondary basis, and is allocated in the fixed
and mobile (except aeronautical mobile) services in the International
Table of allocations on a primary basis. No amateur station
transmitting in this band shall cause harmful interference to, nor is
protected from interference due to the operation of, stations authorized
by other nations in the fixed and mobile (except aeronautical mobile)
services.
(3) The 430-440 MHz segment is allocated to the amateur service on a
secondary basis in ITU Regions 2 and 3. No amateur station transmitting
in this band in ITU Regions 2 and 3 shall cause harmful interference to,
nor is protected from interference due to the operation of, stations
authorized by other nations in the radiolocation service. In ITU Region
1, the 430-440 MHz segment is allocated to the amateur service on a
co-primary basis with the radiolocation service. As between these two
services in this band in ITU Region 1, the basic principle that applies
is the equality of right to operate. Amateur stations authorized by the
United States and radiolocation stations authorized by other nations in
ITU Region 1 shall operate so as not to cause harmful interference to
each other.
(4) No amateur station transmitting in the 449.75-450.25 MHz segment
shall cause interference to, nor is protected from itnerference due to
the operation of stations in, the space operation service and the space
research service or Government or non-Government stations for space
telecommand.
(g) In the 33 cm band:
(1) No amateur station shall transmit from within the States of
Colorado and Wyoming, bounded on the south by latitude 39 N., on the
north by latitude 42 N., on the east by longitude 105 W., and on the
west by longitude 108 W. This band is allocated on a secondary basis to
the amateur service subject to not causing harmful interference to, and
not receiving protection from any interference due to the operation of,
industrial, scientific and medical devices, automatic vehicle monitoring
systems or Government stations authorized in this band.
(2) No amateur station shall transmit from those portions of the
States of Texas and New Mexico bounded on the south by latitude 31 41
N., on the north by latitude 34 30 N., on the east by longitude 104 11
W., and on the west by longitude 107 30 W.
(h) No amatuer station transmitting in the 23 cm band, the 3 cm band,
the 24.05-24.25 GHz segment, the 76-81 GHz segment, the 144-149 GHz
segment and the 241-248 GHz segment shall cause harmful interference to,
nor is protected from interference due to the operation of, stations
authorized by other nations in the radiolocation service.
(i) In the 1240-1260 MHz segment, no amateur station shall cause
harmful interference to, nor is protected from interference due to the
operation of, stations in the radionavigation-satellite service, the
aeronautical radionavigation service, or the radiolocation service.
(j) In the 13 cm band:
(1) The amateur service is allocated on a secondary basis in all ITU
Regions. In ITU Region 1, no amateur station shall cause harmful
interference to, and is not protected from interference due to the
operation of, stations authorized by other nations in the fixed service.
In ITU Regions 2 and 3, no station shall cause harmful interference to,
and is not protected from interference due to the operation of, stations
authorized by other nations in the fixed, mobile and radiolocation
services.
(2) In the United States, 2300-2310 MHz segment is allocated to the
amateur service on a co-secondary basis with the Government fixed and
mobile services. In this segment, the fixed and mobile services must
not cause harmful interference to the amateur service. No amateur
station transmitting in the 2400-2450 MHz segment is protected from
interference due to the operation of industrial, scientific and medical
devices on 2450 MHz.
(k) No amateur station transmitting in the 3.332-3.339 GHz and
3.3458-3525 GHz segments, the 2.5 mm band, the 144.68-144.98 GHz,
145.45-145.75 GHz and 146.82-147.12 GHz segments and the 343-348 GHz
segment shall cause harmful interference to stations in the radio
astronomy service. No amateur station transmitting in the 300-302 GHz,
324-326 GHz, 345-347 GHz, 363-365 GHz and 379-381 GHz segments shall
cause harmful interference to stations in the space research service
(passive) or Earth exploration-satellite service (passive).
(l) In the 9 cm band:
(1) In ITU Regions 2 and 3, the band is allocated to the amateur
service on a secondary basis.
(2) In the United States, the band is allocated to the amateur
service on a co-secondary basis with the non-Government radiolocation
service.
(3) In the 3.3-3.4 GHz segment, no amateur station shall cause
harmful interference to, nor is protected from interference due to the
operation of, stations authorized by other nations in the radiolocation
service.
(4) In the 3.4-3.5 GHz segment, no amateur station shall cause
harmful interference to, nor is protected from interference due to the
operation of, stations authorized by other nations in the fixed and
fixed-satellite service.
(m) In the 5 cm band:
(1) In the 5.650-5.725 GHz segment, the amateur service is allocated
in all ITU Regions on a co-secondary basis with the space research (deep
space) service.
(2) In the 5.725-5.850 GHz segment, the amateur service is allocated
in all ITU Regions on a secondary basis. No amateur station shall cause
harmful interference to, nor is protected from interference due to the
operation of, stations authorized by other nations in the
fixed-satellite service in ITU Region 1.
(3) No amateur station transmitting in the 5.725-5.875 GHz segment is
protected from interference due to the operation of industrial,
scientific and medical devices operating on 5.8 GHz.
(4) In the 5.650-5.850 GHz segment, no amateur station shall cause
harmful interference to, nor is protected from interference due to the
operation of, stations authorized by other nations in the radiolocation
service.
(5) In the 5.850-5.925 GHz segment, the amateur service is allocated
in ITU Region 2 on a co-secondary basis with the radiolocation service.
In the United States, the segment is allocated to the amateur service on
a secondary basis to the non-Government fixed-satellite service. No
amateur station shall cause harmful interference to, nor is protected
from interference due to the operation of, stations authorized by other
nations in the fixed, fixed-satellite and mobile services. No amateur
station shall cause harmful interference to, nor is protected from
interference due to the operation of, stations in the non-Government
fixed-satellite service.
(n) In the 3 cm band:
(1) In the United States, the 3 cm band is allocated to the amateur
service on a co-secondary basis with the non-government radiolocation
service.
(2) In the 10.00-10.45 GHz segment in ITU Regions 1 and 3, no amateur
station shall cause interference to, nor is protected from interference
due to the operation of, stations authorized by other nations in the
fixed and mobile services.
(o) No amateur station transmitting in the 1.2 cm band is protected
from interference due to the operation of industrial, scientific and
medical devices on 24.125 GHz. In the United States, the 24.05-24.25 GHz
segment is allocated to the amateur service on a co-secondary basis with
the non-government radiolocation and Government and non-government Earth
exploration-satellite (active) services.
(p) The 2.5 mm band is allocated to the amateur service on a
secondary basis. No amateur station transmitting in this band shall
cause harmful interference to, nor is protected from interference due to
the operation of, stations in the fixed, inter-satellite and mobile
services.
(q) No amateur station transmitting in the 244-246 GHz segment of the
1 mm band is protected from interference due to the operation of
industrial, scientific and medical devices on 245 GHz.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989; 54 FR 39536, Sept. 27, 1989, as amended
at 56 FR 19611, Apr. 29, 1991; 56 FR 23025, May 20, 1991; 56 FR 32518,
July 17, 1991; 56 FR 40801, Aug. 16, 1991)
47 CFR 97.305 Authorized emission types.
(a) An amateur station may transmit a CW emission on any frequency
authorized to the control operator.
(b) A station may transmit a test emission on any frequency
authorized to the control operator for brief periods for experimental
purposes, except that no pulse modulation emission may be transmitted on
any frequency where pulse is not specifically authorized.
(c) A station may transmit the following emission types on the
frequencies indicated, as authorized to the control operator, subject to
the standards specified in 97.307(f) of this part.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989; 54 FR 39536, Sept. 27, 1989; 55 FR
22013, May 30, 1990, as amended at 55 FR 30457, July 26, 1990)
47 CFR 97.307 Emission standards.
(a) No amateur station transmission shall occupy more bandwidth than
necessary for the information rate and emission type being transmitted,
in accordance with good amateur practice.
(b) Emissions resulting from modulation must be confined to the band
or segment available to the control operator. Emissions outside the
necessary bandwidth must not cause splatter or keyclick interference to
operations on adjacent frequencies.
(c) All spurious emissions from a station transmitter must be reduced
to the greatest extent practicable. If any spurious emission, including
chassis or power line radiation, causes harmful interference to the
reception of another radio station, the licensee of the interfering
amateur station is required to take steps to eliminate the interference,
in accordance with good engineering practice.
(d) The mean power of any spurious emission from a station
transmitter or external RF power amplifier transmitting on a frequency
below 30 MHz must not exceed 50 mW and must be at least 40 dB below the
mean power of the fundamental emission. For a transmitter of mean power
less than 5 W, the attenuation must be at least 30 dB. A transmitter
built before April 15, 1977, or first marketed before January 1, 1978,
is exempt from this requirement.
(e) The mean power of any spurious emission from a station
transmitter or external RF power amplifier transmitting on a frequency
between 30-225 MHz must be at least 60 dB below the mean power of the
fundamental. For a transmitter having a mean power of 25 W or less, the
mean power of any spurious emission supplied to the antenna transmission
line must not exceed 25 W and must be at least 40 dB below the mean
power of the fundamental emission, but need not be reduced below the
power of 10 W. A transmitter built before April 15, 1977, or first
marketed before January 1, 1978, is exempt from this requirement.
(f) The following standards and limitations apply to transmissions on
the frequencies specified in 97.305(c) of this part.
(1) No angle-modulated emission may have a modulation index greater
than 1 at the highest modulation frequency.
(2) No non-phone emission shall exceed the bandwidth of a
communications quality phone emission of the same modulation type. The
total bandwidth of an independent sideband emission (having B as the
first symbol), or a multiplexed image and phone emission, shall not
exceed that of a communications quality A3E emission.
(3) Only a RTTY or data emission using a specified digital code
listed in 97.309(a) of this part may be transmitted. The symbol rate
must not exceed 300 bauds, or for frequency-shift keying, the frequency
shift between mark and space must not exceed 1 kHz.
(4) Only a RTTY or data emission using a specified digital code
listed in 97.309(a) of this part may be transmitted. The symbol rate
must not exceed 1200 bauds, or for frequency-shift keying, the frequency
shift between mark and space must not exceed 1 kHz.
(5) A RTTY, data or multiplexed emission using a specified digital
code listed in 97.309(a) of this part may be transmitted. The symbol
rate must not exceed 19.6 kilobauds. A RTTY, data or multiplexed
emission using an unspecified digital code under the limitations listed
in 97.309(b) of this part also may be transmitted. The authorized
bandwidth is 20 kHz.
(6) A RTTY, data or multiplexed emission using a specified digital
code listed in 97.309(a) of this part may be transmitted. The symbol
rate must not exceed 56 kilobauds. A RTTY, data or multiplexed emission
using an unspecified digital code under the limitations listed in
97.309(b) of this part also may be transmitted. The authorized
bandwidth is 100 kHz.
(7) A RTTY, data or multiplexed emission using a specified digital
code listed in 97.309(a) of this part or an unspecified digital code
under the limitations listed in 97.309(b) of this part may be
transmitted.
(8) A RTTY or data emission having designators with A, B, C, D, E, F,
G, H, J or R as the first symbol; 1, 2, 7 or 9 as the second symbol;
and D or W as the third symbol is also authorized.
(9) A station having a control operator holding a Novice or
Technician Class operator license may only transmit a CW emission using
the international Morse code.
(10) A station having a control operator holding a Novice or
Technician Class operator license may only transmit a CW emission using
the international Morse code or phone emissions J3E and R3E.
(11) Phone and image emissions may be transmitted only by stations
located in ITU Regions 1 and 3, and by stations located within ITU
Region 2 that are west of 130 West longitude or south of 20 North
latitude.
(12) Emission F8E may be transmitted.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989; 54 FR 30823, July 24, 1989, as amended
at 54 FR 39537, Sept. 27, 1989)
47 CFR 97.309 RTTY and data emission codes.
(a) Where authorized by 97.305(c) and 97.307(f) of this part, an
amateur station may transmit a RTTY or data emission using the following
specified digital codes:
(1) The 5-unit, start-stop, International Telegraphs Alphabet No. 2
code, defined in International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative
Committee Recommendation F.1, Division C.
(2) The 7-unit code, specified in International Radio Consultative
Committee Recommendation CCIR 476-2 (1978), 476-3 (1982), 476-4 (1986)
or 625 (1986).
(3) The 7-unit code, defined in American National Standards Institute
X3.4-1977 or International Alphabet No. 5, defined in International
Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee Recommendation T.50 or in
International Organization for Standardization, International Standard
ISO 646 (1983), and extensions as provided for in CCITT Recommendation
T.61 (Malaga-Torremolinos, 1984).
(b) Where authorized by 97.305(c) and 97.307(f) of this part, a
station may transmit a RTTY or data emission using an unspecified
digital code, except to a station in a country with which the United
States does not have an agreement permitting the code to be used. RTTY
and data emissions using unspecified digital codes must not be
transmitted for the purpose of obscuring the meaning of any
communication. When deemed necessary by an EIC to assure compliance
with the FCC Rules, a station must:
(1) Cease the transmission using the unspecified digital code;
(2) Restrict transmissions of any digital code to the extent
instructed;
(3) Maintain a record, convertible to the original information, of
all digital communications transmitted.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 54 FR 39537, Sept. 27,
1989)
47 CFR 97.311 SS emission types.
(a) SS emission transmissions by an amateur station are authorized
only for communications between points within areas where the amateur
service is regulated by the FCC. SS emission transmissions must not be
used for the purpose of obscuring the meaning of any communication.
(b) Stations transmitting SS emission must not cause harmful
interference to stations employing other authorized emissions, and must
accept all interference caused by stations employing other authorized
emissions. For the purposes of this paragraph, unintended triggering of
carrier operated repeaters is not considered to be harmful interference.
(c) Only the following types of SS emission transmissions are
authorized (hybrid SS emissions transmissions involving both spreading
techniques are prohibited):
(1) Frequency hopping where the carrier of the transmitted signal is
modulated with unciphered information and changes frequency at fixed
intervals under the direction of a high speed code sequence.
(2) Direct sequence where the information is modulo-2 added to a high
speed code sequence. The combined information and code are then used to
modulate the RF carrier. The high speed code sequence dominates the
modulation function, and is the direct cause of the wide spreading of
the transmitted signal.
(d) The only spreading sequences that are authorized are from the
output of one binary linear feedback shift register (which may be
implemented in hardware or software).
(1) Only the following sets of connections may be used:
(2) The shift register must not be reset other than by its feedback
during an individual transmission. The shift register output sequence
must be used without alteration.
(3) The output of the last stage of the binary linear feedback shift
register must be used as follows:
(i) For frequency hopping transmissions using x frequencies, n
consecutive bits from the shift register must be used to select the next
frequency from a list of frequencies sorted in ascending order. Each
consecutive frequency must be selected by a consecutive block of n bits.
(Where n is the smallest integer greater than log2 x.)
(ii) For direct sequence transmissions using m-ary modulation,
consecutive blocks of log2 m bits from the shift register must be used
to select the transmitted signal during each interval.
(e) The station records must document all SS emission transmissions
and must be retained for a period of 1 year following the last entry.
The station records must include sufficient information to enable the
FCC, using the information contained therein, to demodulate all
transmissions. The station records must contain at least the following:
(1) A technical description of the transmitted signal;
(2) Pertinent parameters describing the transmitted signal including
the frequency or frequencies of operation and, where applicable, the
chip rate, the code rate, the spreading function, the transmission
protocol(s) including the method of achieving sychronization, and the
modulation type;
(3) A general description of the type of information being conveyed,
(voice, text, memory dump, facsimile, television, etc.);
(4) The method and, if applicable, the frequency or frequencies used
for station identification; and
(5) The date of beginning and the date of ending use of each type of
transmitted signal.
(f) When deemed necessary by an EIC to assure compliance with this
part, a station licensee must:
(1) Cease SS emission transmissions;
(2) Restrict SS emission transmissions to the extent instructed; and
(3) Maintain a record, convertible to the original information
(voice, text, image, etc.) of all spread spectrum communications
transmitted.
(g) The transmitter power must not exceed 100 W.
47 CFR 97.313 Transmitter power standards.
(a) An amateur station must use the minimum transmitter power
necessary to carry out the desired communications.
(b) No station may transmit with a transmitter power exceeding 1.5 kW
PEP.
(c) No station may transmit with a transmitter power exceeding 200 W
PEP on:
(1) The 3.675-3.725 MHz, 7.10-7.15 MHz, 10.10-10.15 MHz, and
21.1-21.2 MHz segments;
(2) The 28.1-28.5 MHz segment when the control operator is a Novice
or Technician operator; or
(3) The 7.050-7.075 MHz segment when the station is within ITU
Regions 1 or 3.
(d) No station may transmit with a transmitter power exceeding 25 W
PEP on the VHF 1.25 m band when the control operator is a Novice
operator.
(e) No station may transmit with a transmitter power exceeding 5 W
PEP on the UHF 23 cm band when the control operator is a Novice
operator.
(f) No station may transmit with a transmitter power exceeding 50 W
PEP on the UHF 70 cm band from an area specified in footnote US7 to
2.106 of the FCC Rules, unless expressly authorized by the FCC after
mutual agreement, on a case-by-case basis, between the EIC of the
applicable field facility and the military area frequency coordinator at
the applicable military base. An Earth station or telecommand station,
however, may transmit on the 435-438 MHz segment with a maximum of 611 W
effective radiated power (1 kW equivalent isotropically radiated power)
without the authorization otherwise required. The transmitting antenna
elevation angle between the lower half-power (^3 dB relative to the peak
or antenna bore sight) point and the horizon must always be greater than
10 .
(g) No station may transmit with a transmitter power exceeding 50 W
PEP on the 33 cm band from within 241 km of the boundaries of the White
Sands Missile Range. Its boundaries are those portions of Texas and New
Mexico bounded on the south by latitude 31 41 North, on the east by
longitude 104 11 West, on the north by latitude 34 30 North, and on
the west by longitude 107 30 West.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 37161, Aug. 5, 1991;
56 FR 3043, Jan. 28, 1991)
47 CFR 97.315 Type acceptance of external RF power amplifiers.
(a) No more than 1 unit of 1 model of an external RF power amplifier
capable of operation below 144 MHz may be constructed or modified during
any calendar year by an amateur operator for use at a station without a
grant of type acceptance. No amplifier capable of operation below 144
HMz may be constructed or modified by a non-amateur operator without a
grant of type acceptance from the FCC.
(b) Any external RF power amplifier or external RF power amplifier
kit (see 2.815 of the FCC Rules), manufactured, imported or modified
for use in a station or attached at any station must be type accepted
for use in the amateur service in accordance with subpart J of part 2 of
the FCC Rules. This requirement does not apply if one or more of the
following conditions are met:
(1) The amplifier is not capable of operation on frequencies below
144 HMz. For the purpose of this part, an amplifier will be deemed to
be incapable of operation below 144 HMz if it is not capable of being
easily modified to increase its amplification characteristics below 120
MHz and either:
(i) The mean output power of the amplifier decreases, as frequency
decreases from 144 HMz, to a point where 0 dB or less gain is exhibited
at 120 MHz; or
(ii) The amplifier is not capable of amplifying signals below 120 MHz
even for brief periods without sustaining permanent damage to its
amplification circuitry.
(2) The amplifier was manufactured before April 28, 1978, and has
been issued a marketing waiver by the FCC, or the amplifier was
purchased before April 28, 1978, by an amateur operator for use at that
amateur operator's station.
(3) The amplifier was:
(i) Constructed by the licensee, not from an external RF power
amplifier kit, for use at the licensee's station; or
(ii) Modified by the licensee for use at the licensee's station.
(4) The amplifier is sold by an amateur operator to another amateur
operator or to a dealer.
(5) The amplifier is purchased in used condition by an equipment
dealer from an amateur operator and the amplifier is further sold to
another amateur operator for use at that operator's station.
(c) A list of type accepted equipment may be inspected at FCC
headquarters in Washington, DC, or at any FCC field location. Any
external RF power amplifier appearing on this list as type accepted for
use in the amateur service may be marketed for use in the amateur
service.
47 CFR 97.317 Standards for type acceptance of external RF power
amplifiers.
(a) To receive a grant of type acceptance, the amplifier must satisfy
the spurious emission standards of 97.307(d) or (e) of this part, as
applicable, when the amplifier is:
(1) Operated at its full output power;
(2) Placed in the ''standby'' or ''off'' positions, but still
connected to the transmitter; and
(3) Driven with at least 50 W mean RF input power (unless higher
drive level is specified.)
(b) To receive a grant of type acceptance, the amplifier must not be
capable of operation on any frequency or frequencies between 24 MHz and
35 MHz. The amplifier will be deemed incapable of such operation if it:
(1) Exhibits no more than 6 dB gain between 24 MHz and 26 MHz and
between 28 MHz and 35 MHz. (This gain will be determined by the ratio
of the input RF driving signal (mean power measurement) to the mean RF
output power of the amplifier); and
(2) Exhibits no amplification (0 dB gain) between 26 MHz and 28 MHz.
(c) Type acceptance may be denied when denial would prevent the use
of these amplifiers in services other than the amateur service. The
following features will result in dismissal or denial of an application
for type acceptance:
(1) Any accessible wiring which, when altered, would permit operation
of the amplifier in a manner contrary to the FCC Rules;
(2) Circuit boards or similar circuitry to facilitate the addition of
components to change the amplifier's operating characteristics in a
manner contrary to the FCC Rules;
(3) Instructions for operation or modification of the amplifier in a
manner contrary to FCC Rules;
(4) Any internal or external controls or adjustments to facilitate
operation of the amplifier in a manner contrary to the FCC Rules;
(5) Any internal RF sensing circuitry or any external switch, the
purpose of which is to place the amplifier in the transmit mode;
(6) The incorporation of more gain in the amplifier than is necessary
to operate in the amateur service; for purposes of this paragraph, the
amplifer must:
(i) Not be capable of achieving designed output power when driven
with less than 50 W mean RF input power;
(ii) Not be capable of amplifying the input RF driving signal by more
than 15 dB, unless the amplifier has a designed transmitter power of
less than 1.5 kW (in such a case, gain must be reduced by the same
number of dB as the transmitter power relationship to 1.5 kW; This gain
limitation is determined by the ratio of the input RF driving signal to
the RF output power of the amplifier where both signals are expressed in
peak envelope power or mean power);
(iii) Not exhibit more gain than permitted by paragraph (c)(6)(ii) of
this Section when driven by an RF input signal of less than 50 W mean
power; and
(iv) Be capable of sustained operation at its designed power level;
(7) Any attenuation in the input of the amplifier which, when removed
or modified, would permit the amplifier to function at its designed
transmitter power when driven by an RF frequency input signal of less
than 50 W mean power; or
(8) Any other features designed to facilitate operation in a
telecommunication service other than the Amateur Radio Services, such as
the Citizens Band (CB) Radio Service.
47 CFR 97.317 Subpart E -- Providing Emergency Communications
47 CFR 97.401 Operation during a disaster.
(a) When normal communication systems are overloaded, damaged or
disrupted because a disaster has occurred, or is likely to occur, in an
area where the amateur service is regulated by the FCC, an amateur
station may make transmissions necessary to meet essential communication
needs and facilitate relief actions.
(b) When normal communication systems are overloaded, damaged or
disrupted because a natural disaster has occurred, or is likely to
occur, in an area where the amateur service is not regulated by the FCC,
a station assisting in meeting essential communication needs and
facilitating relief actions may do so only in accord with ITU Resolution
No. 640 (Geneva, 1979). The 80 m, 75 m, 40 m, 30 m, 20 m, 17 m, 15 m,
12 m, and 2 m bands may be used for these purposes.
(c) When a disaster disrupts normal communication systems in a
particular area, the FCC may declare a temporary state of communication
emergency. The declaration will set forth any special conditions and
special rules to be observed by stations during the communication
emergency. A request for a declaration of a temporary state of
emergency should be directed to the EIC in the area concerned.
(d) A station in, or within 92.6 km of, Alaska may transmit emissions
J3E and R3E on the channel at 5.1675 Mhz for emergency communications.
The channel must be shared with stations licensed in the Alaska-private
fixed service. The transmitter power must not exceed 150 W.
47 CFR 97.403 Safety of life and protection of property.
No provision of these rules prevents the use by an amateur station of
any means of radiocommunication at its disposal to provide essential
communication needs in connection with the immediate safety of human
life and immediate protection of property when normal communication
systems are not available.
47 CFR 97.405 Station in distress.
(a) No provision of these rules prevents the use by an amateur
station in distress of any means at its disposal to attract attention,
make known its condition and location, and obtain assistance.
(b) No provision of these rules prevents the use by a station, in the
exceptional circumstances described in paragraph (a) of this section, of
any means of radiocommunications at its disposal to assist a station in
distress.
47 CFR 97.407 Radio amateur civil emergency service.
(a) No station may transmit in RACES unless it is an FCC-licensed
primary, club, or military recreation station and it is certified by a
civil defense organization as registered with that organization, or it
is an FCC-licensed RACES station. No person may be the control operator
of a RACES station, or may be the control operator of an amateur station
transmitting in RACES unless that person holds a FCC-issued amateur
operator license and is certified by a civil defense organization as
enrolled in that organization.
(b) The frequency bands and segments and emissions authorized to the
control operator are available to stations transmitting communications
in RACES on a shared basis with the amateur service. In the event of an
emergency which necessitates the invoking of the President's War
Emergency Powers under the provisions of Section 706 of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, 47 U.S.C. 606, RACES stations
and amateur stations participating in RACES may only transmit on the
following frequencies:
(1) The 1800-1825 kHz, 1975-2000 kHz, 3.50-3.55 MHz, 3.93-3.98 MHz,
3.984-4.000 MHz, 7.079-7.125 MHz, 7.245-7.255 MHz, 10.10-10.15 MHz,
14.047-14.053 MHz, 14.22-14.23 MHz, 14.331-14.350 MHz, 21.047-21.053
MHz, 21.228-21.267 MHz, 28.55-28.75 MHz, 29.237-29.273 MHz, 29.45-29.65
MHz, 50.35-50.75 MHz, 52-54 MHz, 144.50-145.71 MHz, 146-148 MHz,
2390-2450 MHz segments;
(2) The 1.25 m, 70 cm and 23 cm bands; and
(3) The channels at 3.997 MHz and 53.30 MHz may be used in emergency
areas when required to make initial contact with a military unit and for
communications with military stations on matters requiring coordination.
(c) A RACES station may only communicate with:
(1) Another RACES station;
(2) An amateur station registered with a civil defense organization;
(3) A United States Government station authorized by the responsible
agency to communicate with RACES stations;
(4) A station in a service regulated by the FCC whenever such
communication is authorized by the FCC.
(d) An amateur station registered with a civil defense organization
may only communicate with:
(1) A RACES station licensed to the civil defense organization with
which the amateur station is registered;
(2) The following stations upon authorization of the responsible
civil defense official for the organization with which the amateur
station is registered:
(i) A RACES station licensed to another civil defense organization;
(ii) An amateur station registered with the same or another civil
defense organization;
(iii) A United States Government station authorized by the
responsible agency to communicate with RACES stations; and
(iv) A station in a service regulated by the FCC whenever such
communication is authorized by the FCC.
(e) All communications transmitted in RACES must be specifically
authorized by the civil defense organization for the area served. Only
civil defense communications of the following types may be transmitted:
(1) Messages concerning impending or actual conditions jeopardizing
the public safety, or affecting the national defense or security during
periods of local, regional, or national civil emergencies;
(2) Messages directly concerning the immediate safety of life of
individuals, the immediate protection of property, maintenance of law
and order, alleviation of human suffering and need, and the combating of
armed attack or sabotage;
(3) Messages directly concerning the accumulation and dissemination
of public information or instructions to the civilian population
essential to the activities of the civil defense organization or other
authorized governmental or relief agencies; and
(4) Communications for RACES training drills and tests necessary to
ensure the establishment and maintenance of orderly and efficient
operation of the RACES as ordered by the responsible civil defense
organization served. Such drills and tests may not exceed a total time
of 1 hour per week. With the approval of the chief officer for
emergency planning in the applicable State, Commonwealth, District or
territory, however, such tests and drills may be conducted for a period
not to exceed 72 hours no more than twice in any calendar year.
47 CFR 97.407 Subpart F -- Qualifying Examination Systems
47 CFR 97.501 Qualifying for an amateur operator license.
An applicant must pass an examination for the issuance of a new
amateur operator license and for each change in operator class. Each
applicant for the class of operator license specified below must pass,
or otherwise receive examination credit for, the following examination
elements:
(a) Amateur Extra Class operator: Elements 1(C), 2, 3(A), 3(B),
4(A), and 4(B);
(b) Advanced Class operator: Elements 1(B) or 1(C), 2, 3(A), 3(B),
and 4(A);
(c) General Class operator: Elements 1(B) or 1(C), 2, 3(A), and
3(B);
(d) Technician Class operator: Elements 2 and 3(A).
(e) Novice Class operator: Elements 1(A) or 1(B) or 1(C), and 2.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 28, Jan. 2, 1991)
47 CFR 97.503 Element standards.
(a) A telegraphy examination must be sufficient to prove that the
examinee has the ability to send correctly by hand and to receive
correctly by ear texts in the international Morse code at not less than
the prescribed speed, using all the letters of the alphabet, numerals
0-9, period, comma, question mark, slant mark and prosigns ar, bt, and
sk.
(1) Element 1(A): 5 words per minute;
(2) Element 1(B): 13 words per minute;
(3) Element 1(C): 20 words per minute.
(b) A written examination must be such as to prove that the examinee
possesses the operational and technical qualifications required to
perform properly the duties of an amateur service licensee. Each
written examination must be comprised of a question set as follows:
(1) Element 2: 30 questions concerning the privileges of a Novice
Class operator license. The minimum passing score is 22 questions
answered correctly.
(2) Element 3(A): 25 questions concerning the additional privileges
of a Technician Class operator license. The minimum passing score is 19
questions answered correctly.
(3) Element 3(B): 25 questions concerning the additional privileges
of a General Class operator license. The minimum passing score is 19
questions answered correctly.
(4) Element 4(A): 50 questions concerning the additional privileges
of an Advanced Class operator license. The minimum passing score is 37
questions answered correctly.
(5) Element 4(B): 40 questions concerning the additional privileges
of an Amateur Extra Class operator license. The minimum passing score
is 30 questions answered correctly.
(c) The topics and number of questions required in each question set
are listed below for the appropriate examination element:
47 CFR 97.505 Element credit.
(a) The administering VEs must give credit as specified below to an
examinee holding any of the following documents:
(1) An unexpired (or within the grace period) FCC-issued amateur
operator license: The least elements required for the license held.
For a Technician Class operator license issued before March 21, 1987,
credit must also be given for Element 3(B).
(2) A CSCE: Each element the CSCE indicates the examinee passed
within the previous 365 days.
(3) A photocopy of a FCC Form 610 which was submitted to the FCC
indicating the examinee qualified for a Novice Class operator license
within the previous 365 days: Elements 1(A) and 2.
(4) An unexpired (or expired less than 5 years) FCC-issued commercial
radiotelegraph operator license or permit: Element 1(C).
(5) A current, or expired but within the grace period for renewal,
Novice, Technician plus a CSCE indicating that the person passed element
1(A) or 1(B), Technician issued before February 14, 1991, General, or
Advanced Class operator license, and a Form 610 containing:
(i) A physician's certification stating that because the person is an
individual with a severe handicap, the duration of which extends for
more than 365 days beyond the date of certification, the person is
unable to pass a 13 or 20 words per minute telegraphy examination; and
(ii) A release signed by the person permitting disclosure to the FCC
of medical information pertaining to the person's handicap: Element
1(C).
(b) No examination credit, except as herein provided, shall be
allowed on the basis of holding or having held any other license.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 29, Jan. 2, 1991;
56 FR 43886, Sept. 5, 1991)
Effective Date Note: At 56 FR 43886, Sept. 5, 1991,
97.505(a)(5)(i) was revised effective October 31, 1991. For the
convenience of the user, the superseded text appears below:
97.505 Element credit.
(a) * * *
(5) * * *
(i) A physician's certification stating that because the person is an
individual with a severe handicap, the person is unable to pass a 13 or
20 words per minute telegraphy examination; and
47 CFR 97.507 Preparing an examination.
(a) Each telegraphy message and each written question set
administered to an examinee must be prepared by a VE holding an
FCC-issued Amateur Extra Class operator license. A telegraphy message
or written question set, however, may also be prepared for the following
elements by a VE holding an FCC-issued operator license of the Class
indicated:
(1) Element 3(B): Advanced Class operator.
(2) Elements 1(A) and 3(A): Advanced or General Class operator.
(3) Element 2: Advanced, General or Technician Class operator.
(b) Each question set administered to an examinee must utilize
questions taken from the applicable question pool.
(c) Each telegraphy message and each written question set
administered to an examinee for a Technician, General, Advanced, or
Amateur Extra Class operator license must be prepared, or obtained from
a supplier, by the administering VEs according to instructions from the
coordinating VEC.
(d) The preparation of each telegraphy message and each written
question set administered to an examinee for a Novice Class operator
license is the responsibility of the administering VEs. The telegraphy
message and written question set may be obtained by the administering
VEs from a supplier.
(e) A telegraphy examination must consist of a message sent in the
international Morse code at no less than the prescribed speed for a
minimum of 5 minutes. The message must contain each required telegraphy
character at least once. No message known to the examinee may be
administered in a telegraphy examination. Each 5 letters of the
alphabet must be counted as 1 word. Each numeral, punctuation mark and
prosign must be counted as 2 letters of the alphabet.
47 CFR 97.509 Administering an examination.
(a) Each examination for an amateur operator license must be
administered at a location and a time specified by the administering
VEs. Each administering VE must be present and observe the examinee
throughout the entire examination. The administering VEs are
responsible for the proper conduct and necessary supervision of each
examination. The administering VEs must immediately terminate the
examination upon failure of the examinee to comply with their
instructions.
(b) Each examinee must comply with the instructions given by the
administering VEs.
(c) No examination that has been compromised shall be administered to
any examinee. Neither the same telegraphy message nor the same question
set may be readministered to the same examinee.
(d) Passing a telegraphy receiving examination is adequate proof of
an examinee's ability to both send and receive telegraphy. The
administering VEs, however, may also include a sending segment in a
telegraphy examination.
(e) Upon completion of each examination element, the administering
VEs must immediately grade the examinee's answers. The administering
VEs are responsible for determining the correctness of the examinee's
answers.
(f) When the examinee is credited for all examination elements
required for the operator license sought, the administering VEs must
certify on the examinee's application form that the applicant is
qualified for the license and report the basis for the qualification.
(g) When the examinee does not score a passing grade on an
examination element, the administering VEs must return the application
form to the examinee and inform the examinee of the grade.
(h) The administering VEs must accommodate an examinee whose physical
disabilities require a special examination procedure. The administering
VEs may require a physician's certification indicating the nature of the
disability before determining which, if any, special procedures must be
used.
(i) The FCC may:
(1) Administer any examination element itself;
(2) Readminister any examination element previously administered by
VEs, either itself or under the supervision of VEs designated by the
FCC; or
(3) Cancel the operator and station licenses of any licensee who
fails to appear for readministration of an examination when directed by
the FCC, or who does not successfully complete any required element
which is readministered. In an instance of such cancellation, the
person will be issued operator and station licenses consistent with
completed examination elements that have not been invalidated by not
appearing for, or by failing, the examination upon readministration.
47 CFR 97.511 Technician, General, Advanced and Amateur Extra Class
operator license examination.
(a) Each session where an examination for a Technician, General,
Advanced or Amateur Extra Class operator license is administered must be
coordinated by a VEC. Each administering VE must be accredited by the
coordinating VEC.
(b) Each examination for a Technician Class operator license must be
administered by 3 administering VEs, each of whom must hold an
FCC-issued Amateur Extra or Advanced Class operator license.
(c) Each examination for a General, Advanced or Amateur Extra Class
operator license must be administered by 3 administering VEs, each of
whom must hold an FCC-issued Amateur Extra Class operator license.
(d) The administering VEs must make a public announcement before
administering an examination for Technician, General, Advanced or
Amateur Extra Class operator license. The number of candidates at any
examination may be limited.
(e) The administering VEs must issue a CSCE to an examinee who scores
a passing grade on an examination element.
(f) Within 10 days of the administration of a successful examination
for the Technician, General, Advanced or Amateur Extra Class operator
license, the administering VEs must submit the application to the
coordinating VEC. If telegraphy element credit is claimed under
97.505(a)(5), the physician's certification and the patient's release on
the license application, Form 610, must be completed.
(54 FR 25857, June 20, 1989, as amended at 56 FR 29, Jan. 2, 1991)
47 CFR 97.513 Novice Class operator license examination.
(a) Each examination for a Novice Class operator license must be
administered by 2 VEs. The VEs do not have to be accredited by a VEC.
Each administering VE must hold a current FCC-issued Amateur Extra,
Advanced or General Class operator license.
(b) Within 10 days of the administration of a successful examination
for a Novice Class operator license, the administering VEs must submit
the application to: FCC, P.O. Box 1020, Gettysburg, PA 17326.
47 CFR 97.515 Volunteer examiner requirements.
(a) Each administering VE must be at least 18 years of age.
(b) Any person who owns a significant interest in, or is an employee
of, any company or other entity that is engaged in the manufacture or
distribution of equipment used in connection with amateur station
transmissions, or in the preparation or distribution of any publication
used in preparation for obtaining amateur licenses, is ineligible to be
an administering VE. An employee who does not normally communicate with
that part of an entity engaged in the manufacture or distribution of
such equipment, or in the preparation or distribution of any publication
used in preparation for obtaining amateur operator licenses, is eligible
to be an administering VE.
(c) No person may be a VE if that person's amateur station license or
amateur operator license has ever been revoked or suspended.
(d) No VE may administer an examination to that VE's spouse,
children, grandchildren, stepchildren, parents, grandparents,
stepparents, brothers, sisters, stepbrothers, stepsisters, aunts uncles,
nieces, nephews, and in-laws.
47 CFR 97.517 Volunteer examiner conduct.
No VE may administer or certify any examination by fraudulent means
or for monetary or other consideration including reimbursement in any
amount in excess of that permitted. Violation of this provision may
result in the revocation of the VE's amateur station license and the
suspension of the VE's amateur operator license.
47 CFR 97.519 Coordinating examination sessions.
(a) A VEC must coordinate the efforts of VEs in preparing and
administering examinations.
(b) At the completion of each examination session coordinated, the
coordinating VEC must collect the applications and test results from the
administering VEs. The coordinating VEC must screen and forward all
applications for qualified examinees within 10 days of their receipt
from the administering VEs to: FCC P.O. Box 1020, Gettysburg, PA 17326.
(c) Each VEC must make any examination records available to the FCC,
upon request
47 CFR 97.521 VEC qualifications.
No organization may serve as a VEC unless it has entered into a
written agreement with the FCC. The VEC must abide by the terms of the
agreement. In order to be eligible to be a VEC, the entity must:
(a) Be an organization that exists for the purpose of furthering the
amateur service;
(b) Be capable of serving as a VEC in at least the VEC region (see
Appendix 2) proposed;
(c) Agree to coordinate examinations for Technician, General,
Advanced, and Amateur Extra Class operator licenses;
(d) Agree to assure that, for any examination, every examinee
qualified under these rules is registered without regard to race, sex,
religion, national origin or membership (or lack thereof) in any amateur
service organization;
(e) Not be engaged in the manufacture or distribution of equipment
used in connection with amateur station transmissions, or in the
preparation or distribution of any publication used in preparation for
obtaining amateur licenses, unless a persuasive showing is made to the
FCC that preventive measures have been taken to preclude any possible
conflict of interest.
47 CFR 97.523 Question pools.
All VECs must cooperate in maintaining one question pool for each
written examination element. Each question pool must contain at least
10 times the number of questions required for a single examination.
Each question pool must be published and made available to the public
prior to its use for making a question set. Each question on each VEC
question pool must be prepared by a VE holding the required FCC-issued
operator license. See 97.507(a) of this part.
47 CFR 97.525 Accrediting VEs.
(a) No VEC may accredit a person as a VE if:
(1) The person does not meet minimum VE statutory qualifications or
minimum qualifications as prescribed by this part;
(2) The FCC does not accept the voluntary and uncompensated services
of the person;
(3) The VEC determines that the person is not competent to perform
the VE functions; or
(4) The VEC determines that questions of the person's integrity or
honesty could compromise the examinations.
(b) Each VEC must seek a broad representation of amateur operators to
be VEs. No VEC may discriminate in accrediting VEs on the basis of
race, sex, religion or national origin; nor on the basis of membership
(or lack thereof) in an amateur service organization; nor on the basis
of the person accepting or declining to accept reimbursement.
47 CFR 97.527 Reimbursement for expenses.
(a) VEs and VECs may be reimbursed by examinees for out-of-pocket
expenses incurred in preparing, processing, administering, or
coodinating an examination for a Technician, General, Advanced, or
Amateur Extra operator license.
(b) The maximum amount of reimbursement from any one examinee for any
one examination at a particular session regardless of the number of
examination elements taken must not exceed that announced by the FCC in
a Public Notice. (The basis for the maximum fee is $4.00 for 1984,
adjusted annually each January 1 thereafter for changes in the
Department of Labor Consumer Price Index.)
(c) No reimbursement may be accepted by any VE for preparing,
processing, or administering an examination for a Novice operator
license.
(d) Each VE and each VEC accepting reimbursement must maintain
records of out-of-pocket expenses and reimbursements for each
examination session. Written certifications must be filed with the FCC
each year that all expenses for the period from January 1 to December 31
of the preceding year for which reimbursement was obtained were
necessarily and prudently incurred.
(e) The expense and reimbursement records must be retained by each VE
and each VEC for 3 years and be made available to the FCC upon request.
(f) Each VE must forward the certification by January 15 of each year
to the coordinating VEC for the examinations for which reimbursement was
received. Each VEC must forward all such certifications and its own
certification to the FCC on or before January 31 of each year.
(g) Each VEC must disaccredit any VE failing to provide the
certification. The VEC must advise the FCC on January 31 of each year
of any VE that it has disaccredited for this reason.
47 CFR 97.527 Appendix 1 to Part 97 -- Places Where the Amateur Service is Regulated by the FCC
47 CFR 97.527 Pt. 97, App. 1
In ITU Region 2, the amateur service is regulated by the FCC within
the territorial limits of the 50 United States, District of Columbia,
Caribbean Insular areas (Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, United States
Virgin Islands (50 islets and cays) and Navassa Island), and Johnston
Island (Islets East, Johnston, North and Sand) and Midway Island (Islets
Eastern and Sand) in the Pacific Insular areas.
In ITU Region 3, the amateur service is regulated by the FCC within
the Pacific Insular territorial limits of American Samoa (seven
islands), Baker Island, Commonwealth of Northern Mariana Islands, Guam
Island, Howland Island, Jarvis Island, Kingman Reef, Palmyra Island
(more than 50 islets) and Wake Island (Islets Peale, Wake and Wilkes).
47 CFR 97.527 Appendix 2 to Part 97 -- VEC Regions
47 CFR 97.527 Pt. 97, App. 2
1. Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New Hampshire, Rhode Island and
Vermont.
2. New Jersey and New York.
3. Delaware, District of Columbia, Maryland and Pennsylvania.
4. Alabama, Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, North Carolina, South
Carolina, Tennessee and Virginia.
5. Arkansas, Louisiana, Mississippi, New Mexico, Oklahoma and Texas.
6. California.
7. Arizona, Idaho, Montana, Nevada, Oregon, Utah, Washington and
Wyoming.
8. Michigan, Ohio and West Virginia.
9. Illinois, Indiana and Wisconsin.
10. Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Minnesota, Missouri, Nebraska, North
Dakota and South Dakota.
11. Alaska.
12. Caribbean Insular areas.
13. Hawaii and Pacific Insular areas.
47 CFR 97.527 PART 100 -- DIRECT BROADCAST SATELLITE SERVICE
47 CFR 97.527 Subpart A -- General Information
Sec.
100.1 Basis and purpose.
100.3 Definitions.
47 CFR 97.527 Subpart B -- Administrative Procedures
100.11 Eligibility.
100.13 Application requirements.
100.15 Licensing procedures.
100.17 License term.
100.19 License conditions.
47 CFR 97.527 Subpart C -- Technical Requirements
100.21 Technical requirements.
47 CFR 97.527 Subpart D -- Operating Requirements
100.51 Equal employment opportunities.
Authority: Secs. 4, 303, 48 Stat. 1066, 1082, as amended; 47
U.S.C. 154, 303.
Source: 47 FR 31574, July 21, 1982, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 97.527 Subpart A -- General Information
47 CFR 100.1 Basis and purpose.
(a) The rules following in this part are promulgated pursuant to the
provisions of Title III of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
which vests authority in the Federal Communications Commission to
regulate radio transmissions and to issue licenses for radio stations.
(b) The purpose of this part is to prescribe the manner in which
parts of the radio frequency spectrum may be made available for the
development of interim direct broadcast satellite service. Interim
direct broadcast satellite systems shall be granted licenses pursuant to
these interim rules during the period prior to the adoption of permanent
rules. The Direct Broadcast Satellite Service shall operate in the
frequency band 12.2-12.7 GHz.
47 CFR 100.3 Definitions.
Direct Broadcast Satellite Service. A radiocommunication service in
which signals transmitted or retransmitted by space stations are
intended for direct reception by the general public. In the Direct
Broadcast Satellite Service the term direct reception shall encompass
both individual reception and community reception.
47 CFR 100.3 Subpart B -- Administrative Procedures
47 CFR 100.11 Eligibility.
An authorization for operation of a station in the Direct Broadcast
Satellite Service shall not be granted to or held by:
(a) Any alien or the representative of any alien;
(b) Any foreign government or the representative thereof;
(c) Any corporation organized under the laws of any foreign
government;
(d) Any corporation of which any officer or director is an alien;
(e) Any corporation of which more than one-fifth of the capital stock
is owned of record or voted by aliens or their representatives or by a
foreign government or representative thereof, or by any corporation
organized under the laws of a foreign country;
(f) Any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other
corporation of which any officer or more than one-fourth of the
directors are aliens, if the Commission finds that the public interest
will be served by the refusal or revocation of such license; or
(g) Any corporation directly or indirectly controlled by any other
corporation of which more than one-fourth of the capital stock is owned
of record or voted by aliens, their representatives, or by a foreign
government or representatives thereof, or by any corporation organized
under the laws of a foreign country, if the Commission finds that the
public interest will be served by the refusal or revocation of such
license.
47 CFR 100.13 Application requirements.
(a) Each application for an interim direct broadcast satellite system
shall include a showing describing the type of service that will be
provided, the technology that will be employed, and all other pertinent
information. The application may be presented in narrative format.
(b) Applicants may request specific frequencies and orbital
positions. However, frequencies and orbital positions shall not be
assigned until completion of the 1983 Region 2 Administrative Radio
Conference for the Broadcasting-Satellite Service. The Commission shall
generally consider all frequencies and orbital positions to be of equal
value, and conflicting requests for frequencies and orbital positions
will not necessarily give rise to comparative hearing rights as long as
unassigned frequencies and orbital slots remain.
47 CFR 100.15 Licensing procedures.
(a) Each application for an interim direct broadcast satellite system
shall be placed on public notice for 45 days, during which time
interested parties may file comments and petitions related to the
application.
(b) A 45 day cut-off period shall also be established for the filing
of applications to be considered in conjunction with the original
application. Additional applications filed before the cut-off date
shall be considered to have equal priority with the original application
and shall be considered together in the assignment of frequencies and
orbital positions. If applications have included requests for
particular frequencies or orbital positions, the cut-off date shall be
considered in establishing the priority of such requests.
(c) Each application for an interim direct broadcast satellite
system, after the public comment period and staff review, shall be acted
upon by the Commission to determine if authorization of the proposed
system is in the public interest.
47 CFR 100.17 License term.
All authorizations for interim direct broadcast satellite systems
shall be granted for a period of five years.
47 CFR 100.19 License conditions.
(a) All authorizations for interim direct broadcast satellite systems
shall be subject to the policies set forth in the Report and Order in
General Docket 80-603 and with any policies and rules the Commission may
adopt at a later date. It is the intention of the Commission, however,
that in most circumstances the regulatory policies in force at the time
of authorization to construct a satellite shall remain in force for that
satellite throughout its operating lifetime.
(b) Parties granted authorizations shall proceed with diligence in
constructing interim direct broadcast satellite systems. Permittees of
interim direct broadcast satellite systems shall be required to begin
construction or complete contracting for construction of the satellite
station within one year of the grant of the construction permit. The
satellite station shall also be required to be in operation within six
years of the construction permit grant, unless otherwise determined by
the Commission upon proper showing in any particular case. Transfer of
control of the construction permit shall not be considered to justify
extension of these deadlines.
47 CFR 100.19 Subpart C -- Technical Requirements
47 CFR 100.21 Technical requirements.
Prior to the 1983 Regional Administrative Radio Conference for the
Broadcasting-Satellite Service, interim direct broadcast satellite
systems shall be operated in accordance with the sharing criteria and
technical characteristics contained in Annexes 8 and 9 of the Final Acts
of the World Administrative Radio Conference for the Planning of the
Broadcasting-Satellite Service in Frequency Bands 11.7-12.2 GHz (in
Regions 2 and 3) and 11.7-12.5 GHz (in Region 1), Geneva, 1977;
Provided, however, That upon adequate showing systems may be implemented
that use values for the technical characteristics different from those
specified in the Final Acts if such action does not result in
interference to other operational or planned systems in excess of that
determined in accordance with Annex 9 of the Final Acts.
47 CFR 100.21 Subpart D -- Operating Requirements
47 CFR 100.51 Equal employment opportunities.
(a) General policy. Equal opportunity in employment shall be
afforded all licensees or permittees of direct broadcast satellite
stations licensed as broadcasters to all qualified persons, and no
person shall be discriminated against in employment because of race,
color, religion, national origin, or sex.
(b) Equal employment opportunity program. Each station shall
establish, maintain, and carry out a positive continuing program of
specific practices designed to assure equal opportunity in every aspect
of station employment policy and practice. Under the terms of its
program, a station shall:
(1) Define the responsibility of each level of management to ensure a
positive application and vigorous enforcement of the policy of equal
opportunity, and establish a procedure to review and control managerial
and supervisory performance.
(2) Inform its employees and recognized employee organizations of the
positive equal employment opportunity policy and program and enlist
their cooperation.
(3) Communicate the station's equal employment opportunity policy and
program and its employment needs to sources of qualified applicants
without regard to race, color, religion, national origin, or sex, and
solicit their recruitment assistance on a continuing basis.
(4) Conduct a continuing campaign to exclude every form of prejudice
or discrimination based upon race, color, religion, national origin, or
sex from the station's personnel policies and practices and working
conditions.
(5) Conduct continuing review of job structure and employment
practices and adopt positive recruitment, training, job design and other
measures needed in order to ensure genuine equality of opportunity to
participate fully in all organizational units, occupations and levels of
responsibility in the station.
(c) Applicants for a construction permit for a new facility, for
authority to obtain assignment of the construction permit or license of
such a station, for authority to acquire control of an entity holding
such construction permit or license, (other than pro forma or
involuntary assignments of transfers) and for renewal of license, shall
file with the FCC programs designed to provide equal employment
opportunities for American Indians and Alaskan Natives; Asians and
Pacific Islanders; Blacks, not of Hispanic origin; Hispanics; and
women, or amendments to such programs. Guidelines for the preparation
of such programs are set forth in Forms 396 and 396A. A program need
not be filed by an applicant who employs or proposes to employ less than
five full-time employees. Additionally, a program for minority group
members need not be filed if minorities constitute less than five
percent, in the aggregate, of the labor force in the applicant's labor
recruitment area. Applicants exempt from the filing requirement should
submit a statement of explanation with their applications.
(d) Each licensee or permittee with five or more full-time employees
shall file an annual employment report with the FCC on or before May 31
of each year on FCC Form 395.
47 CFR 100.51 47 CFR Ch. II (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 100.51 Office of Science and Technology Policy and National Security Council
47 CFR 100.51 CHAPTER II -- OFFICE OF SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY POLICY AND
NATIONAL SECURITY COUNCIL
Part
Page
201 Executive policy
202 National Security and emergency preparedness planning and
execution
211 Emergency restoration priority procedures for telecommunications
services
212 Procedures for obtaining international telecommunication service
for use during a national emergency
213 Government and public correspondence telecommunications
precedence system
214 Procedures for the use and coordination of the radio spectrum
during a national emergency
215 Federal Government focal point for electromagnetic pulse (emp)
information
216 National communications system issuance system
47 CFR 100.51
47 CFR 100.51 47 CFR Ch. II (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 100.51 Off. of Science and Tech. Policy and Nat'l Security Council
47 CFR 100.51 PART 201 -- EXECUTIVE POLICY
Sec.
201.0 Background.
201.1 Authority.
201.2 Definitions.
201.3 Policy.
Authority: 61 Stat. 496 (50 U.S.C. 401); 64 Stat. 798 (50 U.S.C.
app. 2061); 64 Stat. 1245 (50 U.S.C. app. 2251); 90 Stat. 463 (42
U.S.C. 6611); E.O. 12046, March 27, 1978 (43 FR 13349; 3 CFR, 1978
Comp., p. 158); E.O. 12472, April 3, 1984 (49 FR 13471; 3 CFR, 1984
Comp., p. 193); E.O. 12656, November 18, 1988 (53 FR 47491; 3 CFR,
1988 Comp., p. 585).
Source: 55 FR 51056, Dec. 11, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 201.0 Background.
National policy with respect to the conservation, allocation and use
of the Nation's telecommunications resources during crises and
emergencies is set forth in Executive Order 12472. The following parts
of this chapter address specific responsibilities with respect to
management of telecommunications resources and related procedures which
bear upon provision, restoration and continuity of telecommunications
services during crises and emergencies. In doing so, the chapter
encompasses both national security and emergency preparedness
activities, consistent with Executive Order 12472. This concept of
national security and emergency preparedness telecommunications services
(as defined in 201.2(g)) includes crises that do not necessarily entail
serious degradation of, or serious threats to, national security. It
therefore is a broader concept than the term ''national security
emergency preparedness activities'' in Executive Order 12656, which
concerns only national security emergencies, and preparedness activities
necessarily related to such emergencies.
47 CFR 201.1 Authority.
(a) Authorities and responsibilities related to and bearing upon
national security and emergency preparedness telecommunications matters
are set forth in:
(1) Section 706 of the Communications Act of 1934 (48 Stat. 1104, 47
U.S.C. 606), as amended.
(2) The National Security Act of 1947, as amended (61 Stat. 496, 50
U.S.C. 402).
(3) The Federal Civil Defense Act of 1950, as amended (50 U.S.C.
app. 2251 et seq.).
(4) The Disaster Relief Act of 1974 (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.).
(5) The National Science and Technology Policy, Organization, and
Priorities Act of 1976 (90 State. 463, 42 U.S.C. 6611).
(6) Executive Order 12046, ''Relating to the Transfer of
Telecommunications Functions,'' March 27, 1978 (43 FR 13349; 3 CFR,
1978 Comp., p. 158).
(7) Executive Order 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984 (49
FR 13471; 3 CFR, 1984 Comp., p. 193).
(b) Authorities to be exercised in the execution and performance of
emergency functions are subject to the provisions of the National
Emergencies Act of 1976 (90 Stat. 1255, 50 U.S.C. 1601).
47 CFR 201.2 Definitions.
The following definitions apply herein:
(a) Communications common carrier, specialized carrier, or carrier
means any individual, partnership, association, joint stock company,
trust, or corporation subject to Federal or State regulation engaged in
providing telecommunications facilities or services, for use by the
public, for hire.
(b) Government means Federal, State, county, municipal, and other
local government authority. Specific qualification will be provided
whenever reference to a particular level of government is intended.
(c) Joint Telecommunications Resources Board (JTRB) means that
organization established by the Director, Office of Science and
Technology Policy, pursuant to Executive Order 12472 to assist the
Director, OSTP, in exercising the non-wartime emergency
telecommunications functions assigned by Executive Order 12472.
(d) The National Communications System (NCS) means that organization
established by Executive Order 12472 consisting of the
telecommunications assets of the entities represented on the NCS
Committee of Principals and an administrative structure consisting of
the Executive Agent, the NCS Committee of Principals and the Manager.
The NCS Committee of Principals consists of representatives from those
Federal departments, agencies or entities, designated by the President,
which lease or own telecommunications facilities or services of
significance to national security and emergency preparedness, and, to
the extent permitted by law, other Executive entities which bear policy,
regulatory or enforcement responsibilities of importance to national
security and emergency preparedness telecommunications capabilities.
The NCS is a confederative arrangement in which member Federal agencies
participate with their owned and leased telecommunications assets to
provide necessary communications services for the Federal Government,
under all conditions, including nuclear war.
(e) National Coordinating Center (NCC) refers to the joint
industry-government telecommunications entity established by the NCS
pursuant to Executive Order 12472 to assist in the initiation,
coordination, restoration and reconstitution of national security and
emergency preparedness telecommunications services or facilities under
all conditions of crisis or emergency.
(f) National priorities means those essential actions and activities
in which the government and the private sector must become engaged in
the interests of national survival and recovery.
(g) National security and emergency preparedness (NS/EP)
telecommunications services, or NS/EP services, means those
telecommunication services which are used to maintain a state of
readiness or to respond to and manage any event or crisis (local,
national, or international) which causes or could cause injury or harm
to the population, damage to or loss of property, or degrades or
threatens the NS/EP posture of the United States.
(h) NS/EP treatment refers to the provisioning of a
telecommunications service before others based on the provisioning
priority level assigned by the Executive Office of the President.
(i) National Telecommunications Management Structure (NTMS) means a
survivable and enduring management structure which will support the
exercise of the war power functions of the President under section 706
of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 606), as amended.
(j) Private sector means those sectors of non-government entities
that are users of telecommunications services.
(k) Telecommunications means any transmission, emission, or reception
of signs, signals, writing, images, graphics, and sounds or intelligence
of any nature by wire, radio, optical, or other electromagnetic systems.
(l) Telecommunications resources include telecommunications
personnel, equipment, material, facilities, systems, and services,
public and private, wheresoever located within the jurisdiction of the
United States.
(m) Wartime emergency means a crisis or event which permits the
exercise of the war power functions of the President under section 706
of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 606), as amended.
47 CFR 201.3 Policy.
(a) The Federal Government is responsible for resources mobilization,
including determination of the need for and the extent of mobilization
necessary in all crises and emergencies, wartime and non-wartime.
(b) The President has limited non-wartime NS/EP telecommunications
functions, and wartime NS/EP functions under the Communications Act of
1934 (as amended), which have been delegated to Federal agencies under
Executive Order 12472. Federal, State, and local governments share the
responsibility for conservation of the Nation's telecommunications
resources.
(1) The achievement of survival and recovery during a crisis or
emergency would establish an unavoidable interdependence between and
among Federal, State, and local authorities; therefore, there should be
no barriers between Federal and State levels of authorities and between
State and local levels of authorities which would impede, obstruct, or
otherwise hinder effective conservation and equitable allocation of
telecommunications resources and services to the needs of the Nation.
(2) The Federal Government will rely upon State governments and their
telecommunications management organizations for management or control of
intrastate carrier services and continuity of interconnectivity with
interstate carriers to assure that national objectives and priorities
are properly served. Applicable regulations of the Federal
Communications Commission govern the extent of the allocation of
responsibility between Federal and State authorities for the management
of NS/EP intrastate carrier services and the interconnectivity of
intrastate services for NS/EP telecommunications functions.
(c) A system of telecommunications service priorities will be
established which facilitates the provisioning and early restoration of
services considered vital to national interests during those events or
crises which warrant NS/EP treatment.
(d) The President is authorized during, or in anticipation of, an
emergency or major disaster (as defined in the Disaster Relief Act of
19/4) to establish temporary telecommunications systems and to make such
telecommunications available to State and local government officials and
such other persons as deemed appropriate (42 U.S.C. 5185).
(e) The President also is authorized, during war, when necessary in
the interest of national defense and security, to direct or establish
priorities for essential communications with any commercial or
governmental carrier and to prevent obstruction of telecommunications.
The President may also suspend or amend rules and regulations, close
stations and facilities, and authorize U.S. government use and control
of telecommunications resources with regard to:
(1) Radio communications (during war, or Presidentially declared
threat of war, public peril, disaster or national emergency or a need to
preserve the neutrality of the U.S.) and
(2) Wire communications (during war or threat of war).
(f) During an attack on the United States by an aggressor nation, and
in an immediate postattack period, all decisions regarding the use of
telecommunications resources will be directed to the objective of
national survival and recovery. In order to achieve this objective,
postattack resources will be assigned to activities concerned with the
maintenance and saving of lives, immediate military defense and
response, and economic activities essential to continued economic
survival and recovery.
(g) The Director of the Office of Science and Technology Policy will
serve as the central authority to control, coordinate, and direct the
activities of the Nation's telecommunications facilities, systems, and
services during periods of wartime emergency as determined under section
706 of the Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 606), as amended.
(h) Telecommunications resources of the Federal Government will be
employed, as required, to best serve the continuity of government and
national interests.
(i) Federal agencies will, in the development of emergency
operational plans, minimize, to the extent feasible, dependence upon
telecommunications services for continuity of essential operations.
47 CFR 201.3 PART 202 -- NATIONAL SECURITY AND EMERGENCY PREPAREDNESS
PLANNING AND EXECUTION
Sec.
202.0 Objectives.
202.1 Policies.
202.2 Criteria and guidance.
202.3 Plans preparation and execution.
Authority: 61 Stat. 496 (50 U.S.C. 401); 64 Stat. 798 (50 U.S.C.
app. 2061); 64 Stat. 1245 (50 U.S.C. app. 2251); 90 Stat. 463 (42
U.S.C. 6611); E.O. 12046, March 27, 1978 (43 FR 13349; 3 CFR, 1978
Comp., p. 158); E.O. 11021, May 7, 1962 (27 FR 4409; 3 CFR, 1959-1963
Comp., p. 600); E.O. 12472, April 3, 1984 (49 FR 13471; 3 CFR, 1984
Comp., p. 193).
Source: 55 FR 51058, Dec. 11, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 202.0 Objectives.
(a) During, or in anticipation of, a non-wartime emergency or natural
disaster, a telecommunications capacity must exist to provide temporary
telecommunications service to State and local government officials and
other persons deemed appropriate by the President.
(b) In the event of a general war and attack upon the Nation, a
national telecommunications capability must exist that will support
telecommunications requirements with respect to national security,
survival and recovery. The development of survivable telecommunications
to support essential functions (including an emergency broadcasting
system), and technical compatibility of signaling methods, transmission
modes, switching facilities, and terminal devices to permit exchange of
communications over the surviving media of all systems, government or
commercial, are crucial elements of such a national capability. In
addition, a survivable national telecommunications management structure
is necessary to manage initiation, coordination and restoration of
telecommunications services. The management structure must include the
following:
(1) Legal authority for telecommunications management.
(2) A control mechanism to manage the initiation, coordination and
restoration of telecommunications services.
(3) Procedures to ensure timely damage assessment and allocation of
residual resources and controlled restoration of services based on
national policy/direction.
(4) The capability to execute a telecommunications recovery plan
based on national policy/guidance.
(c) Notwithstanding any provision regarding NS/EP Planning and
Execution, nothing in this Part shall be deemed to affect the
authorities or responsibilities of the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget, or any Office or official thereof; or reassign
any function assigned any agency under the Federal Property and
Administrative Services Act of 1949, as amended, or under any other law,
or any function vested by law in the Federal Communications Commission.
47 CFR 202.1 Policies.
(a) The telecommunications resources of the Nation will be available
for government use during crises and emergencies, wartime and
non-wartime, and to satisfy the needs of the public welfare and safety.
(b) The National Plan for Telecommunications Support in Non-Wartime
Emergencies provides procedures for planning and using National
telecommunications assets and resources in support of non-wartime
emergencies, including those covered by the Disaster Relief Act of 1974,
in Presidentially declared Emergencies and Major Disasters,
Extraordinary Situations, and other emergencies.
(c) An NS/EP Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System will
provide procedures to authorize priority treatment for the provisioning
and restoration of NS/EP telecommunications services for wartime and
non-wartime emergencies.
(d) In wartime emergencies, facilities management will remain
decentralized to the extent feasible to assure continued flexibility of
operational response to critical needs, subject to the management
direction and overriding authority of those officials delegated to act
for and with the consent of the central point of authority within the
Federal Government.
(1) Federally owned, leased, and/or operated telecommunications
facilities, systems, and networks will be managed during such an
emergency by the agency normally controlling the facility, system, or
network except that all operations will be subject to the management
direction and authority of the officials delegated overall management
responsibility for Federal Government systems.
(2) Facilities other than those of the Federal Government, with the
exception of radio stations in the Aviation Services and certain classes
of radio stations in the Maritime Services, will be managed by the
authorized common carrier or other person owning and operating such
facilities subject to Federal Communications Commission (FCC) guidance
and direction or in accordance with State or local plans if not subject
to FCC jurisdiction.
(3) Radio stations in the Aviation Services and those aboard vessels
in the Maritime Service will be subject to the control of the Secretary
of Defense during a national emergency.
(e) The Director of the Office of Science and Technology Policy is
the single point of authority within the Federal Government for the
wartime emergency functions under section 706 of the Communications Act
(47 U.S.C. 606) with respect to the allocation and use of surviving
resources in support of national objectives enunciated by the President.
Authority may be redelegated as necessary and when it can be exercised
within boundaries established by Presidential authority.
(f) Radio frequency utilization during a wartime emergency will be in
accordance with authorizations, assignments, and mobilization plans in
existence at the onset of the emergency. Subject to the overriding
control of the Director, OSTP, under the President's War Emergency
Powers, spectrum management regarding the authorization and assignment
of radio frequencies will be made by the National Telecommunications and
Information Administration (NTLA) for the Federal Government, and the
Director, OSTP, through the FCC, for all other entities subject to the
Commission's jurisdiction. Radio stations are subject to closure if
considered a threat to national security.
(g) Section 706 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended,
confers authority to the President in the matter of suspension of all
rules and regulations pertaining to the use and operation of
telecommunications facilities, public or private during wartime
emergencies.
47 CFR 202.2 Criteria and guidance.
NS/EP planning in government and industry with respect to effective
conservation and use of surviving telecommunications resources in a
disaster, emergency or postattack period must provide for orderly and
uninhibited restoration of services by the carriers and authoritative
control of services allocation which will assure that priority will be
afforded the most critical needs of government and the private sector
with respect to these objectives.
(a) The preservation of the integrity of characteristics and
capabilities of the Nation's telecommunications systems and networks
during wartime or non-wartime emergencies is of the utmost importance.
This can best be accomplished by centralized policy development,
planning, and broad direction. Detailed operations management will
remain decentralized in order to retain flexibility in the use of
individual systems in responding to the needs of national security,
survival and recovery. Each Federal agency responsible for
telecommunications systems operations, and the carriers, are responsible
for planning with respect to emergency operations. Guidance in this
matter has been issued from a number of sources and contained in:
(1) Annex C-XI (Telecommunications), Federal Emergency Plan D
(Classified).
(2) National Plan for Telecommunications Support in Non-wartime
Emergencies.
(3) The National Communications System Management Plan for Annex
C-XI (Telecommunications) Federal Emergency Plan D (Classified).
(b) The continuity of essential communications services will be
maintained through the use of controls and operational procedures to
assure that priority is given to vital services. NS/EP
telecommunications services entail policies, procedures and
responsibilities as described in parts 211 and 213 of this chapter.
(c) The Nation's telecommunications systems facilities are vulnerable
to physical and radiological damage. Planning factors with respect to
the resumption of services in a disaster or postattack period must
consider the probable loss of facilities which formerly provided direct
and/or alternate intercity services among surviving population centers.
Since surviving areas and population centers would serve as the sources
of support to crippled areas of the Nation, the resumption of services
between and among surviving metropolitan areas will be a high priority
with the carriers.
47 CFR 202.3 Plans preparation and execution.
Federal authority, substantive provisions, and functional
responsibilities of the executive office are summarized in the
following:
(a) Wartime Emergency Functions. (1) The Assistant to the President
for National Security Affairs (the National Security Advisor) shall
provide general policy direction for the exercise of the war power
functions of the President under section 706 of the Communications Act
(47 U.S.C. 606), as amended, should the President issue implementing
instructions in accordance with the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C.
1601).
(2) The Director of the Office of Science and Technology Policy shall
direct the exercise of the war power functions of the President under
section 706(a), (c)-(e) of the Communications Act (47 U.S.C. 606), as
amended, should the President issue implementing instructions in
accordance with the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601).
(b) Non-wartime Emergency Functions. (1) The National Security
Advisor shall:
(i) Advise and assist the President in coordinating the development
of policy, plans, programs and standards within the Federal Government
for the identification, allocation and use of the Nation's
telecommunications resources by the Federal Government, and by State and
local governments, private industry and volunteer organizations, upon
request, to the extent practicable and otherwise consistent with the
law, during those crises or emergencies in which the exercise of the
President's war power functions is not required or permitted by law.
(ii) Provide policy oversight and direction of the activities of the
NCS.
(2) The Director of the Office of Science and Technology Policy
shall:
(i) Provide information, advice, guidance and assistance, as
appropriate, to the President and to those Federal departments and
agencies with responsibilities for the provision, management or
allocation of telecommunications resources during those crises or
emergencies in which the exercise of the President's war power functions
is not required or permitted by law.
(ii) Establish a Joint Telecommunications Resources Board (JTRB) to
assist the Director in providing information, advice, guidance and
assistance, as appropriate, to the President and to those Federal
Departments and agencies with responsibilities for the provision,
management, or allocation of telecommunications resources, during those
crises or emergencies in which the exercise of the President's war power
functions is not required or permitted by law.
(c) Planning and Oversight Responsibilities.
(1) The National Security Advisor shall advise and assist the
President in:
(i) Coordination and development of policy, plans, programs and
standards for the mobilization and use of the Nation's commercial,
government, and privately owned telecommunications resources to meet
national security and emergency preparedness telecommunications
requirements.
(ii) Providing policy oversight and direction of the activities of
the NCS; and
(iii) Providing policy oversight and guidance for the execution of
the responsibilities assigned to the Federal departments and agencies by
Executive Order 12472.
(2) The Director of the Office of Science and Technology Policy (or a
designee) shall:
(i) Advise and assist the President in the administration of a system
of radio spectrum priorities for those spectrum dependent
telecommunications resources of the Federal government which support
national security and emergency preparedness telecommunications
functions.
(ii) Certify or approve priorities for radio spectrum use by the
Federal government, including the resolution of any conflicts in or
among priorities under all conditions or crisis or emergency.
(3) The National Security Advisor, the Director of the Office of
Science and Technology Policy and the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget shall, in consultation with the Executive Agent
for the NCS and the NCS Committee of Principals, determine what
constitutes national security and emergency preparedness
telecommunications requirements.
(4) The Director of the Office of Management and Budget, in
consultation with the National Security Advisor and the NCS, will
prescribe general guidelines and procedures for reviewing the financing
of the NCS within the budgetary process and for preparation of budget
estimates by participating agencies.
(d) Performance of essential government and public services during a
national emergency, as defined in section 706 of the Communications Act
(47 U.S.C. 606), as amended, will require a means for communications
between government and the private sector, communications essential to
operations of elements of the national economy, and communications for
national defense and civil defense purposes. The needs of the private
sector and those of government should be properly coordinated to ensure
that responses to each of these communities of interest, government and
private sector, are appropriately balanced. For this reason, with
regard to wartime emergency functions, the Director, Office of Science
and Technology Policy (OSTP), has delegated the responsibility for the
private sector to the Chairman, Federal Communications Commission (FCC),
and responsibility for the needs of government to the Executive Agent,
National Communications System (NCS). A parity of level of authority of
these officials is established. They will coordinate and negotiate
telecommunications conflicts with respect to the allocation and use of
the Nation's telecommunications resources, reporting to the Director on
unresolved issues which are within the domain of their respective
responsibilities and authorities.
(e) In order to support the NS/EP telecommunications needs of the
Federal government, State and local governments, private industry and
volunteer organizations, under all circumstances, including those of
crisis or emergency, the following functions shall be performed:
(1) The Secretary of Commerce, for all conditions of crisis or
emergency, shall:
(i) Develop plans and procedures concerning radio spectrum
assignments, priorities and allocations for use by Federal departments,
agencies and entities; and
(ii) Develop, maintain and publish policy, plans and procedures for
the control and assignment of radio frequencies, including the authority
to amend, modify or revoke such assignments, in those parts of the
electromagnetic spectrum allocated to the Federal Government.
(2) The Director of the Federal Emergency Management Agency shall:
(i) Plan for and provide, operate and maintain telecommunications
services and facilities, as part of its National Emergency Management
System, adequate to support its assigned emergency management
responsibilities.
(ii) Advise and assist State and local governments and volunteer
organizations, upon request and to the extent consistent with law, in
developing plans and procedures for identifying and satisfying their
NS/EP telecommunications requirements.
(iii) Ensure, to the maximum extent practicable, that national
security and emergency preparedness telecommunications planning by State
and local governments and volunteer organizations is mutually supportive
of and consistent with the planning of the Federal Government.
(iv) Develop, upon request and to the extent consistent with law and
in consonance with regulations promulgated by and agreements with the
Federal Communications Commission, plans and capabilities for, and
provide policy and management oversight of, the Emergency Broadcast
System, and advise and assist private radio licensees of the Commission
in developing emergency communications plans, procedures and
capabilities.
(v) Act as sponsor for State and local governments' requests for
telecommunications service priority (TSP) in accordance with the Federal
Communications Commissions regulations and with procedures in approved
NCS issuances.
(3) The Secretary of State, in accordance with assigned
responsibilities within the Diplomatic Telecommunications Service, shall
plan for and provide, operate and maintain rapid, reliable and secure
telecommunications services to those Federal entities represented at
United States diplomatic missions and consular offices overseas. This
responsibility shall include the provision and operation of domestic
telecommunications in support of assigned national security and
emergency preparedness responsibilities.
(4) The Secretary of Defense shall:
(i) Plan for and provide, operate and maintain telecommunications
services and facilities adequate to support the National Command
Authorities and to execute responsibilities assigned by Executive Order
12333, December 4, 1981 (46 FR 59941; 3 CFR, 1981 Comp., p. 200).
(ii) Ensure that the Director of the National Security Agency
provides the technical support necessary to develop and maintain plans
adequate to provide for the security and protection of national security
and emergency preparedness telecommunications.
(iii) Provide protection for interstate or foreign communication as
directed by the President when the public interest requires under
section 706(b) of the Communications Act (47 U.S.C. 606(b)).
(iv) In consultation with the Secretary of Transportation, develop
policy, plans and procedures adequate to enable a transfer of control
over radio stations in the Aviation Service and aboard vessels in the
Maritime Service to the Department of Defense during a national
emergency pursuant to 202.1(b)(3) of these regulations.
(5) The Attorney General shall, as necessary, review for legal
sufficiency, including consistency with the antitrust laws, all
policies, plans or procedures developed pursuant to these regulations.
(6) The Director, Central Intelligence Agency, shall plan for and
provide, operate and maintain telecommunications services adequate to
support the Agency's assigned responsibilities, including the
dissemination of intelligence within the Federal government.
(7) Except as otherwise assigned pursuant to these regulations, the
Administrator of General Services shall ensure that Federally owned or
managed domestic communications facilities and services meet the NS/EP
requirements of Federal civilian departments, agencies and entities.
The Administrator shall perform these responsibilities consistent with
policy guidance of the Director of the Office of Management and Budget.
(8) The Secretary of the Interior shall develop and execute emergency
plans with respect to the administration of telecommunications
activities in the territorial and trusteeship areas under the
jurisdiction of the United States and within the responsibility
previously assigned to him by appropriate laws and other authority.
(9) The Federal Communications Commission, consistent with its
statutory authority, shall:
(i) Review the policies, plans and procedures of all entities
licensed or regulated by the Commission that are developed to provide
national security and emergency preparedness telecommunications services
to ensure that such policies, plans and procedures are consistent with
the public interest, convenience and necessity.
(ii) Perform such functions as required by law with respect to all
entities licensed or regulated by the Commission, including (but not
limited to) the extension, discontinuance or reduction of common carrier
facilities or services; the control of common carrier rates, charges,
practices and classifications; the construction, authorization,
activation, deactivation or closing of radio stations, services and
facilities; the assignment of radio frequencies to Commission
licensees; the investigation of violations of pertinent law and
regulation; and the initiation of appropriate enforcement actions.
(iii) Develop policy, plans and procedures adequate to execute the
responsibilities assigned pursuant to these regulations under all
conditions of crisis or emergency.
(iv) Consult as appropriate with authorized officials of the NCS to
ensure continued coordination of their respective NCS activities.
(10) The National Communications System (comprised of the Executive
Agent for the NCS, the NCS Committee of Principals, and the Manager,
NCS) shall assist the President, the Director of the Office of Science
and Technology Policy, National Security Advisor and the Director of the
Office of Management and Budget in the exercise of national security and
emergency preparedness telecommunications functions and responsibilities
and in the coordination of the planning for and provision of national
security and emergency preparedness communications for the Federal
government under all circumstances, including crisis or emergency,
attack, recovery and reconstitution.
(11) The Executive Agent for the NCS shall:
(i) Ensure that the NCS conducts unified planning and operations, in
order to coordinate the development and maintenance of an effective and
responsive capability for meeting the domestic and international
national security and emergency preparedness needs of the Federal
government.
(ii) Ensure that the activities of the NCS are conducted in
conjunction with the emergency management activities of the Federal
Emergency Management Agency.
(12) The Manager, NCS shall:
(i) Develop for consideration by the NCS Committee of Principals and
the Executive Agent:
(A) A recommended evolutionary telecommunications architecture
designed to meet current and future Federal government national security
and emergency preparedness telecommunications requirements.
(B) Plans and procedures for the management, allocation and use,
including the establishment of priorities or preferences, of Federally
owned or leased telecommunications assets under all conditions of crisis
or emergency.
(C) Plans, procedures and standards for minimizing or removing
technical impediments to the interoperability of government-owned and/or
commercially provided telecommunications systems.
(D) Test and exercise programs and procedures for the evaluation of
the capability of the Nation's telecommunications resources to meet
national security and emergency preparedness telecommunications
requirements.
(E) Alternative mechanisms for funding, through the budget review
process, NS/EP telecommunications initiatives which benefit multiple
Federal departments, agencies or entities. Those mechanisms recommended
by the NCS Committee of Principals and the Executive Agent shall be
submitted to the Executive Office of the President.
(ii) Implement and administer any approved plans or programs as
assigned, including any system of priorities and preferences for the
provision of telecommunications service, in consultation with the NCS
Committee of Principals and the Federal Communications Commission, to
the extent practicable or otherwise required by law or regulation.
(iii) Implement, with the assistance of appropriate Federal agencies,
a decentralized National Telecommunications Management Structure (NTMS)
capable of functioning independently in support of appropriate authority
within the terms and guidelines delineated in the White House approved
Implementation Concept.
(iv) Conduct technical studies or analyses, and examine research and
development programs, for the purpose of identifying, for consideration
by the NCS Committee of Principals and the Executive Agent, improved
approaches which may assist Federal entities in fulfilling national
security and emergency preparedness telecommunications objectives.
(v) Develop an NCS Issuance System of official documents to
implement, establish, guide, describe or explain organizational
responsibilities, authorities, policies and procedures.
(13) The NCS Committee of Principals shall:
(i) Serve as the forum in which each member of the Committee may
review, evaluate and present views, information and recommendations
concerning ongoing or prospective national security and emergency
preparedness telecommunications programs of the NCS and the entities
represented on the Committee.
(ii) Serve as the forum in which each member of the Committee shall
report on and explain ongoing or prospective telecommunications plans
and programs developed or designed to achieve national security and
emergency preparedness telecommunications objectives.
(iii) Provide comments or recommendations, as appropriate, to the
National Security Council, the Director of the Office of Science and
Technology Policy, the Director of the Office of Management and Budget,
the Executive Agent, or the Manager of the NCS, regarding ongoing or
prospective activities of the NCS.
(14) All Federal departments and agencies shall:
(i) Prepare policies, plans and procedures concerning
telecommunications facilities, services, or equipment under their
management or operational control to maximize their capability to
respond to the national security and emergency preparedness needs of the
Federal Government. Such plans will be prepared, and the operations
will be executed, in conjunction with the emergency management
activities of the Federal Emergency Management Agency, and in regular
consultation with the Executive Agent for the NCS and the NCS Committee
of Principals.
(ii) Cooperate with and assist the Executive Agent for the NCS, the
NCS Committee of Principals, the Manager of the NCS, and other
departments and agencies in the execution of the functions set forth in
this regulation, furnishing them such information, support and
assistance as may be required.
47 CFR 202.3 PART 211 -- EMERGENCY RESTORATION PRIORITY PROCEDURES FOR
TELECOMMUNICATIONS SERVICES
Sec.
211.0 Purpose.
211.1 Authority.
211.2 Definitions.
211.3 Scope and coverage.
211.4 Policy.
211.5 Priorities.
211.6 Submission and processing of restoration priority requests.
211.7 Obligation of carriers.
Authority: 84 Stat. 2083 and Executive Order 12046, 43 FR, 13349 et
seq., March 29, 1978.
Source: 43 FR 50431, Oct. 30, 1978, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 211.0 Purpose.
This part establishes policies and procedures under which government
and private entities will be furnished restoration priorities to insure
that leased intercity private line telecommunications services vital to
the national interest will be maintained during the continuance of a war
in which the United States engaged. It supersedes the Director of
Telecommunications Management Order of January 15, 1967 (32 FR 791, 47
CFR 201), which is hereby canceled. To assure the effective ability to
implement its provisions, and also in order that government and industry
resources may be used effectively under all conditions ranging from
national emergencies to international crises, including nuclear attack,
a single set of rules and procedures is essential, and they must be
applied on a day-to-day basis so that the priorities they establish can
be implemented at once when the occasion arises. As provided for in
part 18 of Executive Order 11490, as amended (3 CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p.
820), policies, plans, and procedures developed pursuant to the
Executive order shall be in consonance with the plans and policies
contained in this part.
47 CFR 211.1 Authority.
(a) Authority to direct priorities for the restoration of
communications services in national emergencies is vested in the
President, including authority conferred by section 103 of the National
Security Act of 1947, as amended (50 U.S.C. 404), section 101 of the
Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended (50 U.S.C. App. 2070),
section 201 of the Federal Civil Defense Act of 1950, as amended (50
U.S.C. App. 2281), section 1 of Reorganization Plan No. 1 of 1958, as
amended (3 CFR, 1954-1958 Comp., p. 447), and section 606 of the Federal
Communications Act of 1934, as amended. (47 U.S.C. 606).
(b) Authority to develop plans policies, and procedures for the
establishment of such restoration priorities has been delegated to the
National Security Council, by Executive Orders 11051, 11490, and by the
President's Memorandum of August 21, 1963 (28 FR 9413, 3 CFR part 858
(1959-63 comp.)), all as amended by Executive Order 12046, (FR 43, 13349
et seq.).
47 CFR 211.2 Definitions.
The following definitions apply herein --
(a) Communications common carrier or carrier means any person gaged
in communications common carriage for hire, in intrastate, interstate,
or international telecommunications.
(b) Circuit means a carrier's specific designation of the overall
facilities provided between, and including, terminals for furnishing
service. When service involves network switching, circuit includes
those circuits between subscriber premises and switching centers (access
lines) and those between switching centers (trunks).
(c) Station means transmitting or receiving equipment or combination
transmitting and receiving equipment, at any location, or any premise,
connected for private line service.
(d) Private line service means leased intercity private line service
provided by carriers for intercity domestic and international
communications over integrated communications pathways, and includes
interchange facilities, local channels, and station equipment which may
be integral components of such communications service.
(e) Restoration means the recommencement of service by patching,
rerouting, substitution of component parts, and other means, as
determined necessary by a carrier.
(f) Government means Federal, foreign, State, county, municipal, and
other local government agencies. Specific qualifications will be
supplied whenever reference to a particular level of government is
intended, e.g., Federal Government, State government. Foreign
Government includes coalitions of governments secured by treaty,
including NATO, SEATO, OAS, UN, and associations of governments or
government agencies, including the Pan American Union, International
Postal Union, and International Monetary Fund. Quasi-government
includes eleemosynary relief organizations, such as the Red Cross
organizations.
(g) National Communications System (NCS) means that system
established by the President's Memorandum of August 21, 1963,
''Establishment of a National Communications System'' (28 FR 9413, 3
CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 858).
(h) Executive Agent means the Executive Agent of the National
Communications System.
(i) Commission means the Federal Communications Commission.
47 CFR 211.3 Scope and coverage.
(a) The priority system and procedures established by this part are
applicable to:
(1) U.S. domestic leased intercity private line services, including
private line switched network services;
(2) U.S. international leased private line services to the point of
foreign entry;
(3) Foreign extensions of U.S. international leased private line
services to the extent possible through agreement between U.S. carriers
and foreign correspondents;
(4) International leased private line services terminating in or
transiting the United States;
(5) Federal Government-owned and leased circuits.
(b) The priority system and procedures established by this part are
not applicable to operational circuits or order wires of the carriers
needed for circuit reactivation and maintenance purposes, which shall
have priority of restoration over all other circuits and shall be exempt
from interruption for the purpose of restoring priority services.
47 CFR 211.4 Policy.
During the continuance of a war in which the United States is engaged
and when the provisions of this part are invoked, all communications
common carriers shall comply with the following principles insofar as
possible:
(a) Whenever necessary to maintain or restore a service having a
designated priority, services having lower priority, lower subpriority,
or no priority, will be interrupted in the reverse order of priority
starting with nonpriority services.
(b) When services are interrupted to restore priority services,
carriers will endeavor if feasible to notify users of the reason for the
preemption.
(c) When public correspondence circuits are needed to satisfy
requirements for priority services, idle circuits will be selected
first. A minimum number of public correspondence circuits shall at all
times be kept available so as to provide for the transmission of
precedence-type messages and calls.
(d) Communications common carriers will not interrupt conversations
having priority classification except insofar as necessary to restore
services of higher priority.
(e) It is recognized that as a practical matter in providing for the
maintenance or restoration of a priority service or services operating
within a multiple circuit-type facility (such as a carrier band, cable,
or multiplex system), lower priority, lower subpriority, or nonpriority
services on paralleled channels within a band or system may be restored
concurrently with higher priority services. Such reactivation shall
not, however, interfere with the expedited restoration of other priority
services.
(f) The Executive Agent is authorized to instruct the carriers on the
percentage of government-switched network intermachine trunks to be
restored to provide capacity for priority access line traffic.
(g) The carriers are authorized to honor NCS-certified priorities
from other authorized carriers for leased facilities.
(h) The carriers are authorized to honor restoration priorities
certified by the Executive Agent.
(i) To ensure the effectiveness of the system of restoration
priorities established by this part it is essential that rigorous
standards be applied. Users are requested and directed to examine their
private line service requirements in light of the criteria specified in
this part and with regard to the availability of alternate
communications facilities such as public correspondence message
services, and Government-owned emergency communications systems.
47 CFR 211.5 Priorities.
There are hereby established four levels of restoration priority.
Within each level, subpriorities may be established by the Executive
Agent, with the concurrence of the National Security Council, for both
government and nongovernment services. The subpriorities categories
currently in use, which have been established by the Executive Agent
will remain in effect until modified. Compatibility of subcategories
applicable to government and nongovernment users is essential to achieve
the objective of a single restoration priority system.
(a) Priority 1. Priority 1 shall be the highest level of restoration
priority, and shall be afforded only to Federal and Foreign Government
private line services, and to Industrial/Commercial services which are
designated for prearranged voluntary participation with the Federal
Government in a national emergency. Circuit requirements in this level
of priority shall be limited to those esential to national survival if
nuclear attack occurs for:
(1) Obtaining or disseminating critical intelligence concerning the
attack, or immediately necessary to maintain the internal security of
the United States;
(2) Conducting diplomatic negotiations critical to the arresting or
limiting of hostilities;
(3) Executing military command and control functions essential to
defense and retaliation;
(4) Giving warning to the U.S. population;
(5) Maintaining federal Government functions essential to national
survival under nuclear attack conditions.
(b) Priority 2. Priority 2 shall be the second highest level of
restoration priority, and shall be afforded only to Federal and Foreign
Government private line services, and to Industrial/Commercial services
which are designated for prearranged voluntary participation with the
Federal Government in a national emergency. Circuit requirements in
this level shall be limited to those essential, at a time when nuclear
attack threatens, to maintain an optimum defense posture and to give
civil alert to the U.S. population. These are circuit requirements whose
unavailability would present serious dangers:
(1) Reducing significantly the preparedness of U.S. defense and
retalitory forces;
(2) Affecting adversely the ability of the United States to conduct
critical preattack diplomatic negotiations to reduce or limit the threat
of war;
(3) Interfering with the effectual direction of the U.S. population
in the interest of civil defense and survival;
(4) Weakening U.S. capability to accomplish critical national
internal security functions;
(5) Inhibiting the provision of essential Federal Government
functions necessary to meet a preattack situation.
(c) Priority 3. Priority 3 shall be the third highest level of
restoration priority and shall be afforded to government,
quais-government, and Industrial/Commercial private line services:
Provided, however, That Priority 3 will be afforded circuits serving
Industrial/Commercial, State, county, municipal, and quasi-state and
local government agencies only where, during an emergency, at least one
station in the circuit (or in connected circuits if switched service is
involved) will be manned continually, or where such circuits are
automated and will be under constant surveillance from a remote
location. Circuit requirements in this level shall be limited to those
necessary for U.S. military defense and diplomacy, for law and order,
and for national health and safety in a national emergency involving
heightened possibility of hostilities. These are curcuit requirements
needed to:
(1) Insure performance of critical logistic functions, public utility
services, and administrative-military support functions;
(2) Inform key diplomatic posts of the situation and of U.S.
intentions;
(3) Secure and disseminate urgent intelligence;
(4) Distribute essential food and other supplies critical to health;
(5) Provide for critical damage control functions;
(6) Provide for hospitalization;
(7) Continue critical Government functions;
(8) Provide transportation for the foregoing activities.
(d) Priority 4. Priority shall be the fourth highest restoration
priority and shall be afforded to government, quasi-government, and
Industrial/Commercial private line services: Provided, however, That
Priority 4 will be afforded circuits serving Industrial/Commercial,
State, county, municipal, and quasi-state and local government agencies
only where, during an emergency, at least one station in the circuit (or
in connected circuits if switched service is involved) will be manned
continually, or where such circuits are automated and will be under
constant surveillance from a remote location. Circuit requirements in
this level shall be limited to those necessary for the maintenance of
the public welfare and the national economy in a situation short of
nuclear attack, or during reconstitution after attack. These include
circuit requirements needed to continue the more important financial,
economic, health, and safety activities of the Nation.
47 CFR 211.6 Submission and processing of restoration priority
requests.
(a) Except as otherwise provided below, all requests for restoration
priority assignments will be submitted to the Executive Agent in the
format prescribed by him for processing and certification.
(b) Priority 3 and 4 applications from county and municipal
governments, quasi-state and local government agencies and private
entites shall be forwarded to the Federal Communications Commission for
its approval and for certification to the carriers. These submissions
will be in the form prescribed by the Commission.
(c) Industrial/Commercial entities designated for prearranged
voluntary participation with the Federal Government in a national
emergency should submit separate applications to the Commission when
requesting the assignment of priorities in category 1 or 2. Such
assignments will require the approval of the National Security Council
in order to continue to be effective during a war emergency. In all
cases the justification for restoration priorities will contain a
validation statement from the Government agency with whom participation
is prearranged.
(d) Requests for restoration priority assignments made by Foreign
Government agencies, except for NATO, NATO national military authority,
and such other requests as the Executive Agent may be designated, will
be submitted to the Department of State for initial evaluation and
review. The Department will forward to the Executive Agent for
processing and approval such of these requests as it finds acceptable.
(e) Requests for restoration priority assignments made by NATO, NATO
national military authority, and such other requests as the Executive
Agent may designate, will be forwarded through established Allied Long
Lines Agency (ALLA) channels to the Secretary of Defense. The Secretary
will forward to the Executive Agent for processing and approval such of
these requests as he finds acceptable pursuant to approved NATO/U.S.
procedures.
(f) Requests for temporary upgrading of restoration priority
assignments occasioned by special critical conditions, including natural
disasters, heightened diplomatic and political tenseness, and tracking
and control of manned space operations, may be submitted to the
Executive Agent together with such information as he may require for
expedited processing decision.
(g) All assignments, denials and changes of restoration priorities
and subpriorities are subject to review and modification by the National
Security Council.
(h) When requesting service from the carriers the user must include
the certified restoration priority on the service authorization.
47 CFR 211.7 Obligation of carriers.
(a) During the continuance of a war in which the United States is
engaged, and when the provisions of this part are invoked, all carriers
shall accord restoration priority assignments certified pursuant to this
part priority over all other circuits.
(b) To promote the national interest and defense preparedness,
carriers shall:
(1) Maintain such records of restoration priority assignments
certified pursuant to this part as may be necessary to enable prompt
implementation;
(2) Enter into agreements, to the extent possible, with their foreign
correspondents to effect restoration of the foreign portion of leased
international services in accordance with this part;
(3) Notify the Executive Agent of foreign correspondent procedures
affecting Federal Government services that are not reasonably consistent
with the priority requirements of this part.
47 CFR 211.7 PART 212 -- PROCEDURES FOR OBTAINING INTERNATIONAL
TELECOMMUNICATION SERVICE FOR USE DURING A WARTIME EMERGENCY
Sec.
212.0 Authority.
212.1 Purpose.
212.2 Scope.
212.3 Responsibilities.
212.4 Other requirements.
Authority: E.O. 12046, 43 FR 13349, Mar. 29, 1978 (3 CFR, 1978
Comp., p. 158); E.O. 12472, April 3, 1984, (49 FR 13471; 3 CFR, 1984
Comp., p. 193).
Source: 55 FR 51061, Dec. 11, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 212.0 Authority.
(a) Authority to establish arrangements to ensure that the NS/EP
telecommunications needs of all Federal government entities are met in a
manner consistent, to the maximum extent practicable, with other
telecommunications policies is contained in Executive Order 12472 and
Executive Order 12046.
(b) These procedures are applicable to the communications common
carriers and non-Federal Government users under the President's
authority contained in subsection 706(a)-(d) of the Communications Act
of 1934 (47 U.S.C. 606(a)-(d)), as amended. The authority under
subsection 706(a) has been delegated by Executive Order 12472 to the
Director of the Office of Science and Technology Policy, contingent upon
issuance by the President of implementing instructions in accordance
with the National Emergencies Act (50 U.S.C. 1601). This authority may
be exercised only during wartime emergencies.
47 CFR 212.1 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to provide specific guidance to
Government and private entities who may have requirements for
international telecommunication service during wartime emergencies.
47 CFR 212.2 Scope.
The procedures in this part provide guidance for the submission of
emergency requirements for telecommunication channels from the United
States to overseas or foreign points. Guidance on this subject was
previously contained in Annex 2 of DMO 3000.1 and Mobilization Plan
IX-3. Mobilization Plan IX-3 has been canceled.
47 CFR 212.3 Responsibilities.
(a) Executive departments and agencies of the United States, whether
or not components of the National Communications System, (NCS), shall,
to the extent permissible by law and consistent with national security,
submit their international emergency telecommunications requirements to
the Executive Agent, NCS, for coordination and consolidation of
mobilization requirements.
(b) The Department of Defense shall coordinate NATO requirements in
consonance with approved NATO/U.S. procedures for subsequent processing
by the Executive Agent, NCS.
(c) The Department of State shall coordinate and approve foreign
government telecommunications requirements and forward them to the
Executive Agent, NCS, for further processing.
47 CFR 212.4 Other requirements.
(a) Government, other than Executive departments and agencies of the
United States, having need for emergency international telecommunication
service, shall present their requirements through the appropriate
sponsor to NCS.
(b) The private sector, including carriers, having need for emergency
international telecommunication service, shall present their
requirements to the Federal Communications Commission (FCC).
47 CFR 212.4 PART 213 -- GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC CORRESPONDENCE
TELECOMMUNICATIONS PRECEDENCE SYSTEM
Sec.
213.0 Authority.
213.1 Background and purpose.
213.2 Scope.
213.3 Cancellation.
213.4 Definitions.
213.5 Precedence designators.
213.6 Criteria.
213.7 Policies.
213.8 Implementation.
Authority: Sec. 606, 48 Stat. 1104; 47 U.S.C. 606, E.O. 10705, 3
CFR, 1954-1958 Comp. E.O. 10995, 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., President's
Memorandum of August 21, 1963; 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p. 858; E.O.
12046, 43 FR 13349, Mar. 29, 1978.
Source: 43 FR 50434, Oct. 30, 1978, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 213.0 Authority.
(a) The voice and message precedence procedures for departments and
agencies of the Federal Government prescribed by this part are
prescribed pursuant to Executive Order No. 12046 (43 FR 13349 et seq.)
and the President's memorandum of August 21, 1963, which established the
National Communications System (28 FR 9413; 3 CFR, 1959-1963 Comp., p.
858).
(b) The procedures applicable to communications common carriers and
non-Federal Government users prescribed by this part are prescribed by
authority conferred upon the President by subsection 606(a) of the
Communications Act of 1934, as amended, and delegated to the National
Security Council by Executive Order 12046. That authority under section
606(a) may be exercised only during the continuance of a war in which
the United States is engaged.
47 CFR 213.1 Background and purpose.
(a) The National Security Council and the Federal Communications
Commission have agreed upon a precedence system for the expeditious
handling of messages and calls transmitted over Government and public
correspondence facilities in all types of situations from peacetime to
massive nuclear attack. Effectuation of that system requires that the
Director issue a circular and that the Commission concurrently issue an
order prescribing the standards, procedures, policies, and regulations
that together, constitute this single integrated precedence system.
(b) In conformity with that agreement the National Security Council
is issuing this circular the purpose of which is to prescribe, on behalf
of the President, that part of those standards, procedures, policies,
and regulations which are within the cognizance of the NSC. No
significance should be attached to the fact that slightly different
terms are used in their circular from those used in the companion order
of the FCC. Those differences result from differences in terms in the
basic legal authorities of the director and the Commission rather than
from an intent to denote a distinction in purpose or effect.
47 CFR 213.2 Scope.
The precedence system contained herein is applicable to:
(a) Users of Government service facilities, whether owned or leased.
(b) Users of public correspondence service facilities of the
communication common carriers, to U.S. domestic and international
communication common carriers, and to the extent possible by agreement
between the latter and their foreign correspondents.
47 CFR 213.3 Cancellation.
This circular cancels:
(a) Attachments A and B to Annex 3 of DMO 3000.1, dated November 8,
1963 (28 FR 12273).
(b) That portion of the memorandum of the Special Assistant to the
President for Telecommunications, dated August 27, 1964, pertaining to
message precedences.
47 CFR 213.4 Definitions.
As used herein:
(a) Public correspondence services means those services offered to
the general public for communications between all points served by a
carrier or by interconnected carriers on a nonexclusive message by
message or call by call basis, as differentiated from leased private
line services.
(b) The term precedence means the order in which messages and calls
are processed. Transmission of information and call completion is
therefore to be accomplished in the order required by the precedence
designator. Any such properly categorized communications precede
noncategorized communications.
(c) The term Government where used alone means Federal, foreign,
State, county, or municipal government agencies. Specific reference
will be made whenever it is intended to apply to less than the whole,
e.g., State Government, Federal Government, etc.
(d) The term Foreign Government includes those foreign diplomatic and
consular establishments and those coalitions or associations of
governments such as NATO, SEATO, OAS, UN, and associations of
governments or governmental agencies such as Pan American Union,
International Postal Union, International Monetary Fund, and similar
organizations.
(e) The term message means a written or other form of record
communication prepared for transmission and delivery at the destination.
(f) The term call means a request from a user for a connection to
another station whether for telephone or record communication.
47 CFR 213.5 Precedence designators.
(a) The following precedence designators are available for Government
and public correspondence users:
(b) Government and non-Government users of public correspondence
services will handle their international messages in accordance with
current ITU Telegraph Regulations. Government users should note that,
generally, the only precedence designator available for their use for
international messages sent over public correspondence circuits if Etat
Priorite. The ITU Regulations do not contain precedence designators
which equate to Flash, Immediate, or Priority. Accordingly, Government
messages whether Flash, Immediate, or Priority precedence when sent over
international public correspondence circuits will be handled as Etat
Priorite messages. Thus, Priority messages will receive the same
treatment in transmission and processing as Immediate or Flash messages.
Conversely, Etat Priorite messages received in the United States shall
be transmitted and processed in the order of receipt, to the extent
possible. The precedence designator available for non-Government users
of public correspondence services is Urgent. The Urgent designator is
limited for use only during wartime conditions, as declared pursuant to
section 606 of the Communications Act of 1934.
(c) Domestic and International U.S. common carriers, insofar as
practicable by agreement with their foreign correspondents, shall
endeavor to arrange the proper level of precedence handling of
international messages and calls originating, terminating in, or
transiting the United States: Provided, however, That insofar as
international messages are concerned the level of precedence shall be
consistent with the International Telecommunication Conventions and
regulations thereunder.
(d) The Government designators shall be used throughout the Federal
Government. All messages and telephone calls sent via public
correspondence services shall use domestic or international public
correspondence designators as appropriate. Thus, the responsibility is
on Government and public correspondence users to recognize and use the
appropriate designators when using public correspondence services.
(e) On international telephone calls the carrier's operator will
convert to the appropriate international designator.
47 CFR 213.6 Criteria.
(a) Flash, Flash Emergency. (1) This is the highest order of
precedence and shall be strictly limited to Federal and Foreign
Government agencies.
(2) Flash, or Flash Emergency telephone calls or messages shall be
handled in the order received and ahead of all calls or messages except
as indicated for international messages in ITU Regulations. When
necessary to obtain a circuit for a Flash, or Flash Emergency call any
call in progress of a lesser precedence will be interrupted, if
feasible. Any message of a lesser precedence in the process of
transmission will be halted, if feasible, to clear the channel for the
Flash or Flash Emergency transmission. Flash or Flash Emergency
precedence shall be reserved for calls and messages having an immediate
bearing on:
(i) Command and control of military forces essential to defense and
retaliation.
(ii) Critical intelligence essential to national survival.
(iii) Conduct of diplomatic negotiations critical to the arresting or
limiting of hostilities.
(iv) Dissemination of critical civil alert information essential to
national survival.
(v) Continuity of Federal governmental functions essential to
national survival.
(vi) Fulfillment of critical U.S. internal security functions
essential to national survival.
(vii) Catastrophic events of national or international significance,
such as Presidential Action Notices essential to national survival
during attack or preattack conditions.
(b) Immediate, Immediate Emergency, Urgent. Immediate, Immediate
Emergency, or Urgent telephone calls or messages shall be handled as
fast as possible and ahead of all other calls or messages except those
having a higher precedence. Any message or call of a lower precedence
in the process of transmission will be halted, if feasible, to clear the
channel for this transmission. It will be reserved generally for calls
or messages pertaining to:
(1) Situations which gravely affect the security of national and
allied forces.
(2) Reconstitution of forces in a postattack period.
(3) Intelligence essential to national security.
(4) Conduct of diplomatic negotiations to reduce or limit the threat
of war.
(5) Implementation of Federal Government actions essential to
national survival.
(6) Situations which gravely affect the internal security of the
United States.
(7) Civil defense actions concerning direction of our population and
its survival.
(8) Disasters or events of extensive seriousness having an immediate
and detrimental effect on the welfare of the population.
(9) Vital information having an immediate effect on aircraft,
spacecraft, or missile operations.
(c) Priority, Priority Emergency, Urgent. Priority, Priority
Emergency, or Urgent messages and calls shall take precedence over
messages or calls designated Routine, or in the case of common carriers,
over all nonprecedence traffic. Priority, Priority Emergency, or Urgent
precedence is generally reserved for calls or messages which require
expeditious action. Examples are calls or messages pertaining to:
(1) Information on locations where attack is impending or where fire
or air support will soon be placed.
(2) Air-ground integrated operations.
(3) Important intelligence.
(4) Important diplomatic information.
(5) Important information concerning the launch, operation, or
recovery of spacecraft or missiles.
(6) Movement of naval, air, and ground forces.
(7) Coordination between governmental agencies concerning the
performance of emergency preparedness functions.
(8) Major civil aircraft accidents.
(9) Maintaining the public health, safety, and the welfare of our
population.
(10) Critical logistic functions, provisions of critical public
utility services, and administrative military support functions.
(11) Distributing essential food and supplies critical to health.
(12) Accomplishing tasks necessary to insure critical damage control
functions.
(13) Preparations for adequate hospitalization.
(14) Continuity of critical Government functions.
(15) Arranging minimum transportation for accomplishing the aforesaid
functions.
(16) Continuing or reestablishing our more important financial,
economic, health, and safety activities. Producing, procuring, and
distributing food materials and supplies which are considered necessary
to the immediate support of a war effort, the national defense, or for
expediting the means of meeting the effects of natural disasters.
(17) Prompt delivery of information by press representatives to news
media organizations and newspapers covering news of national or
widespread disasters.
(d) Routine; no domestic equivalent. Routine precedence designation
applies to those normal day-to-day communications which require rapid
transmission by telephone or message, but do not require urgent or
preferential handling.
47 CFR 213.7 Policies.
(a) Calls and messages in each precedence classification above shall
have no precedence over others within the same classification, except
where, within the same classification, they cannot be handled
simultaneously. Then, they shall be handled in the order of their
receipt.
(b) Individuals whose requirements qualify them to use the precedence
system share the responsibility for insuring its effectiveness. Users
must familiarize themselves with the purposes to be served by the use of
each precedence designator. It must be remembered that the entire
system will operate successfully only if the use of the precedence
designator is limited strictly to the intended purposes. Each user must
consider whether each message or call requires any special precedence
and exercise care not to specify a higher precedence than circumstances
require.
(c) For public correspondence message services, the domestic or
international precedence designators shall be shown in full by the
sender as the first word preceding the name of the addressee.
(d) For public correspondence call services, the user should first
attempt to complete the call in the normal manner. In the event the
user is unable to complete the call and the type of communication falls
within one of the precedence categories listed herein the call should be
filed with an operator for completion and the user must specify the
required precedence handling by stating that this is a Flash Emergency,
Immediate Emergency, or Priority Emergency call, whichever the case may
be.
(e) Any apparent misuse of precedence indicators by non-Federal
Government activities brought to the attention of the communication
common carriers shall be referred to the FCC on and after-the-fact
basis.
(f) Any apparent misuse by Federal Government activities brought to
the attention of the communication common carriers shall be referred to
the Executive Agent, National Communications System. The Executive
Agent will refer any matter which cannot be resolved with the cognizant
Government activity to the National Security Council, for decision.
(g) It is essential to provide public message and call capability for
the transmission of military, governmental, and essential non-Government
precedence messages and calls. Private line services for military,
governmental, and other essential users are protected under a Priority
System for Intercity Private Line Services promulgated by the FCC (FCC
Order 67-51) and the National Security Council. However, during
national emergencies, military, governmental, and other essential users
will have additional requirements for prompt completion of precedence
traffic over public correspondence communication common carrier
facilities. Therefore, notwithstanding the provisions of the
above-described Priority System for Intercity Private Line Services,
communication common carriers shall have available a minimum number of
public correspondence circuits at all times so as to provide for the
transmission of precedence type messages and calls. Normally, the
communication common carriers shall use their judgment in determining
this number of circuits required for public correspondence precedence
traffic. However, the authority is reserved to the National Security
Council or the Federal Communications Commission, as appropriate to the
time and situation, to revise the decisions of the carriers respecting
the allocation of circuits, and to resolve any questions which are
referred to them by the carriers or the users.
47 CFR 213.8 Implementation.
Federal departments and agencies are authorized to issue such
additional orders as are necessary to effect implementation of this
circular.
47 CFR 213.8 PART 214 -- PROCEDURES FOR THE USE AND COORDINATION OF THE
RADIO SPECTRUM DURING A WARTIME EMERGENCY
Sec.
214.0 Authority.
214.1 Purpose.
214.1 Scope.
214.3 Assumptions.
214.4 Planned actions.
214.5 Responsibilities.
214.6 Postattack procedures and actions.
Authority: 84 Stat. 2083 and E.O. 12472, April 3, 1984, (49 FR
13471; 3 CFR, 1984 Comp., p. 193).
Source: 55 FR 51062, Dec. 11, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 214.0 Authority.
The provisions of this part 214 are issued pursuant to Reorganization
Plan No. 1 of 1977, 42 FR 56101, 91 Stat. 1633, as amended (5 U.S.C.
appendix) and Executive Order 12472. This part 214 replaces Annex 1 of
DMO 3000.1, dated November 8, 1963, 28 FR 12273.
47 CFR 214.1 Purpose.
The purpose of this part is to provide guidance for the use of the
radio spectrum in a period of war, or a threat of war, or a state of
public peril or other wartime emergency.
47 CFR 214.2 Scope.
This part covers procedures for the use of radio frequencies upon
proclamation by the President that there exists war, or a threat of war
or a state of public peril or other wartime emergency or in order to
preserve the neutrality of the United States. These procedures will be
applied in the coordination, application for, and assignment of radio
frequencies upon order of the Director, OSTP. These procedures are
intended to be consistent with the provisions and procedures contained
in emergency plans for use of the radio spectrum.
47 CFR 214.3 Assumptions.
When the provisions of this part become operative, Presidential
emergency authority, including Executive Order 12656, 12472, 12046 (3
CFR, 1966-1970 Comp., p. 820), and other emergency plans regarding the
allocation and use of national resources will be in effect. During an
attack, and in a postattack period, the Director, OSTP, will have
authority to make new or revised assignments of radio frequencies in
accordance with authority delegated by the President.
47 CFR 214.4 Planned actions.
(a) Whenever it is determined necessary to exercise, in whole or in
part, the President's emergency authority over telecommunications, the
Director, OSTP, will exercise that authority as specified in Executive
Order 12472 (49 FR 13471; 3 CFR, 1984 Comp., p. 193).
(b) In this connection, and concurrently with the war or national
emergency proclamation by the President, the Director will:
(1) Authorize the continuance of all frequency authorizations issued
by the National Telecommunications and Information Administration (NTIA)
and the Federal Communications Commission (FCC), except as they may
otherwise be modified or revoked by the Director, OSTP, in the national
interest;
(2) Redelegate to the Secretary of Defense the authority necessary to
control the use of the radio spectrum in areas of active combat, where
such control is necessary to the support of U.S. military operations;
(3) Close all non-government radio stations in the international
broadcasting service as defined in the FCC rules and regulations, except
those carrying or scheduled to carry U.S. Government-controlled radio
broadcasts.
47 CFR 214.5 Responsibilities.
(a) The Director, OSTP, will issue such policy guidance, rules,
regulations, procedures, and directives as may be necessary to assure
effective frequency usage during wartime emergency conditions.
(b) The FCC, in coordination with NTIA, shall issue appropriate
rules, regulations, orders, and instructions and take such other actions
not inconsistent with the actions of the Director, OSTP, and the NTIA
Emergency Readiness Plan for Use of the Radio Spectrum as may be
necessary to ensure the effective use of those portions of the radio
spectrum shared by Government and non-governments users.
(c) The FCC shall assist the Director in the preparation of emergency
plans pursuant to section 3(h)(3) of Executive Order 12472.
(d) Each Federal Government agency concerned shall develop and be
prepared to implement its own plans, and shall make necessary
preemergency arrangements with non-government entities for the provision
of desired facilities or services, all subject to the guidance and
control of the Director.
47 CFR 214.6 Postattack procedures and actions.
(a) The frequency management staff supporting the Director, OSTP,
comprised of predesignated personnel from the frequency management
staffs of the government user agencies, NTIA and the FCC, will have
proceeded to the OSTP relocation site in accordance with alerting orders
in force.
(b) Government agencies having need for new radio frequency
assignments or for modification of existing assignments involving a
change in the frequency usage pattern shall, unless otherwise provided,
submit applications therefor to the Director, OSTP, by whatever means of
communication are available and appropriate, together with a statement
of any preapplication coordination accomplished. The Director, OSTP,
will review such applications accomplish the necessary additional
coordination insofar as practicable, consider all pertinent views and
comments, and grant or deny, as he shall determine, the assignment of
such frequencies. All concerned will be informed promptly of his
decisions.
(c) Non-Government entities having need for new radio frequency
assignments or for modifications of existing assignments will continue
to submit applications therefor to the FCC, or in accordance with FCC
instructions. Such applications shall be coordinated with the Director,
OSTP, and granted subject to the approval of the Director, OSTP, or his
delegate.
(d) All changes of radio frequency usage within U.S. military
theaters of operation will be coordinated with the Director, OSTP, where
harmful interference is likely to be caused to stations authorized to
operate within the United States and its possessions.
(e) Where submission to the Director, OSTP, is impracticable, the
applicant shall:
(1) Consult the NTIA Emergency Readiness Plan for use of the Radio
Spectrum and the Government Master File;
(2) Accomplish such coordination as appropriate and possible;
(3) Act in such manner as to have a minimum impact upon established
services, accepting the responsibility entailed in taking the temporary
action required;
(4) Advise the Director, OSTP, as soon as possible of the action
taken, and submit an application for retroactive approval.
47 CFR 214.6 PART 215 -- FEDERAL GOVERNMENT FOCAL POINT FOR
ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSE (EMP) INFORMATION
Sec.
215.0 Purpose and authority.
215.1 Background.
215.2 Assignment of responsibilities.
Authority: 84 Stat. 2083, and E.O. 12472, April 3, 1984 (49 FR
13471 et seq.).
Source: 55 FR 51063, Dec. 11, 1990, unless otherwise noted.
47 CFR 215.0 Purpose and authority.
The purpose of this part is to designate a focal point within the
Federal Government for electromagnetic pulse (EMP) information
concerning telecommunications. It is issued pursuant to the authority
of Reorganization Plan No. 1 of 1977, 42 FR 56101, 91 Stat. 1633, as
amended (5 U.S.C. appendix), Executive Order 12472, (49 FR 13471; 3
CFR, 1984 Comp., p. 193), ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications, April 3, 1984 and Executive
Order 12046, 43 FR 13349, ''Relating to the Transfer of
Telecommunications Functions,'' May 27, 1978, as amended by Executive
Order 12472.
47 CFR 215.1 Background.
(a) The nuclear electromagnetic pulse (EMP) is part of the complex
environment produced by nuclear explosions. It consists of transient
voltages and currents which can cause malfunctioning and serious damage
to electrical and electronic equipment.
(b) The Defense Nuclear Agency (DNA) is the overall technical
coordinator for the Army, Navy, Air Force, and DOE laboratories on
matters concerning nuclear weapons, nuclear weapons effects, and nuclear
weapons testing. It acts as the focal point between the service
laboratories and other agencies. The National Communications System
(NCS), with the Defense Communications Agency (DCA), maintains a data
base for telecommunications. DCA also provides the primary capability
for the NCS to conduct telecommunications survivability studies for
civil and military departments and agencies.
(c) In order to disseminate among affected Federal agencies
information concerning the telecommunications effects of EMP and
available protective measures, and in order to avoid duplication of
research efforts, it is desirable to designate a focal point within the
Federal Government for telecommunications EMP matters.
47 CFR 215.2 Assignment of responsibilities.
The Executive Agent, NCS, shall be the focal point within the Federal
Government for all EMP technical data and studies concerning
telecommunications. It shall provide such data and the results of such
studies to all appropriate agencies requesting them. It shall
coordinate and approve EMP telecommunications tests and studies, and
shall keep the National Security Advisor informed regarding such tests
and studies being conducted and planned.
47 CFR 215.2 PART 216 -- NATIONAL COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM ISSUANCE SYSTEM
Sec.
216.1 NCS Directives.
216.2 Publication of Directives.
Appendix to Part 216 -- NCS Directives
Authority: E.O. 12472, April 3, 1984 (49 FR 13471; 3 CFR, 1984
Comp., p. 193).
47 CFR 216.1 NCS Directives.
In accordance with 202.3(c)(12)(v), the Manager, NCS, has developed
a system of official documents of a referential nature. The documents
include NCS Directives, which establish and implement organizational
responsibilities, authorities, policies and procedures of a continuing
nature. The Directives are issued by the Executive Office of the
President after approval and/or consideration by the NCS Committee of
Principals, the Executive Agent for the NCS and the Assistant to the
President for National Security Affairs.
(55 FR 51063, Dec. 11, 1990)
47 CFR 216.2 Publication of Directives.
(a) We believe, for public awareness and internal administrative
purposes, that publication of the current directives is worthwhile. The
appendix to this part includes all current NCS Directives.
(b) The Directives are arranged numerically. The first of the
hyphenated letters indicates the subject category: ''1'' for
''Organization, Membership and Administration;'' ''2'' for ''Plans,
Programs and Fiscal Management;'' ''3'' for ''Telecommunications
Operations;'' and ''4'' for ''Technology and Standards.'' The second
number indicates the sequence of issuance.
(c) In some instances, the appendixes to the directives consist of
documents readily accessible elsewhere in the public domain. In the
interests of brevity, these documents are referenced rather than
reprinted in full.
(55 FR 51063, Dec. 11, 1990)
47 CFR 216.2 Appendix to Part 216 -- NCS Directives
NCS Directive 1-1 -- Organization, Membership and Administration --
National Communications System (NCS) Issuance System
NCS Directive 1-2 -- Organization, Membership and Administration --
National Communications System (NCS) Membership
NCS Directive 2-1 -- Plans, Programs, and Fiscal Management --
National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) Telecommunications
Planning Process
NCS Directive 2-2 -- Plans, Programs, and Fiscal Management --
National Level NSEP Telecommunications Program (NLP) Funding
NCS Directive 3-1 -- Telecommunications Operations --
Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System for National Security
Emergency Preparedness (NSEP)
NCS Directive 3-3 -- Telecommunications Operations -- Shared
Resources (SHARES) High Frequency (HF) Radio Program
Note: NCS Directives and their appendices are available from
National Communications System Joint Secretariat (NCS-NJ), Defense
Communications Agency, Washington, DC 20305-2000
November 30, 1987.
1. Purpose. This directive establishes the National Communications
System (NCS) Issuance System, describes the documents comprising the NCS
Issuance System, and assigns responsibilities and delegates authority
for implementing and managing that System.
2. Applicability. This directive is binding upon the Executive Agent,
NCS; Manager, NCS; NCS Committee of Principals and member
organizations; and other affected Executive entities.
3. Authority. Pursuant to the Constitution of the United States and
other laws cited in Executive Order No. 12472, ''Assignment of National
Security and Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,''
April 3, 1984; 49 FR 13471 (1984) (see appendix A to this directive),
the President has established the NCS, which is subject to rules issued
pursuant to the NCS Issuance System. This directive is issued under the
authority of Executive Order No. 12472.
4. Reference. Executive Order No. 12472.
5. Cancellation. NCS Memorandum 1-63, ''National Communications
System Publications,'' December 10, 1963, is hereby cancelled.
6. Definitions.
a. Binding. Imposing one or more obligations, responsibilities, or
duties upon affected parties, subject to any overriding Federal
statutes, executive orders, or other Federal law.
b. Issue. To put into effect, publish, and distribute an NCS issuance
after final approval by proper authority.
c. NCS Issuances. Documents (i.e., NCS directives, circulars,
manuals, handbooks, and notices; and Office of the Manager, NCS (OMNCS)
office orders), generally of referential value and broad distribution,
that implement, establish, guide, describe, or explain organizational
responsibilities, authorities, policies, and procedures. Appendix B /1/
provides abbreviated descriptions of types of issuances.
d. NCS Directive. An issuance used to establish and implement
organizational responsibilities, authorities, policies, and procedures
of a continuing nature. Directives are issued by the Director, Office
of Science and Technology Policy and/or Director, Office of Management
and Budget, after consideration of the proposed text by the NCS
Committee of Principals, Executive Agent, NCS, and Assistant to the
President for National Security Affairs. Directives are binding upon
the Executive Agent, NCS; Manager, NCS; NCS Committee of Principals
and member organizations; and other affected Executive entities.
Directives remain in effect until superseded or cancelled.
e. NCS Circular. An issuance used for dissemination of subject
matter either pending incorporation into an NCS directive or requiring
one-time action. Circulars are issued by the Director, Office of
Science and Technology Policy and/or Director, Office of Management and
Budget, after consideration of the proposed text by the NCS Committee of
Principals, Executive Agent, NCS, and Assistant to the President for
National Security Affairs. Circulars are binding upon the Executive
Agent, NCS; Manager, NCS; NCS Committee of Principals and member
organizations; and other affected Executive entities. Circulars will
expire after (1) incorporation into a directive, (2) one year from the
date of issuance, or (3) a specified time period, whichever occurs
first.
f. NCS Manual. An issuance used to provide detailed description,
explanation, or procedural or technical guidance concerning matters
addressed in NCS directives or circulars. Manuals are issued by the
Manager, NCS, subject to the provisions of paragraphs 9 d and e of this
directive. Manuals are binding upon the Executive Agent, NCS; Manager,
NCS; NCS Committee of Principals and member organizations; and other
affected Executive entities. Manuals remain in effect until superseded
or cancelled.
g. NCS Handbook. An issuance used to provide detailed description,
explanation, or procedural or technical guidance concerning matters
addressed in NCS directives, circulars, or manuals. Handbooks are
issued by the Manager, NCS, normally without consideration by the NCS
Committee of Principals or Executive Agent. Handbooks are not binding
upon the Executive Agent, NCS; Manager, NCS; NCS Committee of
Principals or member organizations; or other affected Executive
entities. Handbooks remain in effect until superseded or cancelled.
h. NCS Notice. An issuance used for immediate dissemination of
subject matter, usually informational, and either pending incorporation
into an NCS handbook or of transitional interest. Notices are issued by
the Manager, NCS, or authorized designees, normally without
consideration by the NCS Committee of Principals or Executive Agent.
Notices are not binding upon the Executive Agent, NCS; Manager, NCS;
NCS Committee of Principals or member organizations; or other affected
executive entities. Notices will expire after (1) incorporation into a
handbook, (2) one year from the date of dissemination, or (3) a
specified time period, whichever occurs first.
i. OMNCS Office Order. An issuance used to implement and provide
procedural guidance supplementary to NCS and other directives, manuals,
or authority and outline managerial requirements. Office orders are
limited to and binding upon the internal operation, administration, and
personnel of the OMNCS. They are issued by the Manager, NCS, who may
delegate further this authority, and they remain in effect until
superseded or cancelled.
7. Policy. The NCS Issuance System governs the issuance of rules and
guidance concerning the internal organization, policies, procedures,
practices, management, and/or personnel of NCS. Such rules and guidance
will be issued in the form of NCS issuances or changes thereto.
Proposed changes to an NCS issuance will be processed in the same manner
as the issuance to which they pertain.
8. Responsibilities.
a. NCS member organizations:
(1) May propose subjects for and develop new issuances, and propose
changes in existing issuances.
(2) May review and provide comments regarding proposed NCS
directives, circulars, and manuals, as desired or authorized by
paragraph 9e below.
(3) May consider and comment upon NCS handbooks and notices.
b. The NCS Committee of Principals and Executive Agent:
(1) May propose subjects for and develop new issuances, and propose
changes in existing issuances.
(2) Will review and provide comments as needed to the Executive
Office of the President regarding proposed NCS directives and circulars.
(3) Will consider and approve, and may comment upon, NCS manuals, as
specified in paragraph 9 below.
(4) May consider and comment upon NCS handbooks and notices.
c. The Manager, NCS:
(1) Will maintain and administer the NCS Issuance System.
(2) May propose subjects for and develop new issuances, and propose
changes in existing issuances.
(3) Will consider, issue, and comment upon, as needed, NCS manuals
(as specified in paragraph 9 below), handbooks, notices, and OMNCS
office orders.
(4) Will forward NCS issuances and any comments thereon to the NCS
Committee of Principals; Executive Agent, NCS; and/or Executive Office
of the President, as required.
9. Delegations of Authority.
a. The NCS Committee of Principals and Executive Agent are hereby
delegated the authority to approve NCS manuals, subject to the
conditions specified below in paragraphs 9 d and e.
b. The Manager, NCS, is hereby delegated the authority to issue NCS
manuals, handbooks, and notices.
c. The Manager, NCS, is hereby delegated the authority to approve and
issue OMNCS office orders. The Manager may further delegate this
authority.
d. NCS manuals will be issued 30 calendar days following notification
to the NCS Committee of Principals of approval by the Committee of
Principals and Executive Agent, but only (1) if authorized by an NCS
directive or circular, and (2) subject to the condition specified in
paragraph 9e below.
e. Upon either approval or disapproval of an NCS manual by the
Committee of Principals and/or Executive Agent, the NCS Executive Agent,
Manager, Committee of Principals, and member organizations may, within
30 calendar days after notification to the Committee of Principals of
such action, submit a written request for review of the manual to the
Director, Office of Science and Technology Policy; Director, Office of
Management and Budget; or Assistant to the President for National
Security Affairs. Any such request will include reasons. Copies of the
request shall be provided concurrently to the NCS Committee of
Principals, Executive Agent, and Manager, as necessary. For a period of
30 calendar days thereafter, any NCS entity may submit comments to the
Director, Office of Science and Technology Policy; Director, Office of
Management and Budget; or Assistant to the President for National
Security Affairs. Any manual under such review may not be issued until
resolution of the matter in question by (1) direction from the Director,
Office of Science and Technology Policy, and/or Director, Office of
Management and Budget, after consideration by the Assistant to the
President for National Security Affairs; or (2) withdrawal of each
request for review.
10. Authorizing Provisions. NCS manuals implementing this directive
are authorized.
11. Effective Date. This directive is effective immediately.
12. Expiration. This directive will remain in effect until superseded
or cancelled.
Director, Office of Science and Technology Policy.
Dated: November 30, 1987.
Director, Office of Management and Budget.
Dated: November 17, 1987.
Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs.
Dated: September 18, 1987.
Note: Appendix A to NCS Directive 1-1, Executive Order No. 12472 of
April 3, 1984, is not published in full in the appendix to part 216.
The text of Executive Order 12472 appears in 49 FR 13471, April 5, 1984,
and in 3 CFR, 1984 Comp., p. 193.
November 30, 1987.
1. Purpose. This directive identifies the membership of the National
Communications System (NCS) as designated by the President and assigns
associated responsibilities.
2. Applicability. This directive is binding upon the Executive Agent,
NCS; Manager, NCS; NCS Committee of Principals and member
organizations; and other affected Executive entities.
3. Authority. This directive is issued under the authority of
Executive Order No. 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984;
49 FR 13471 (1984), and NCS Directive 1-1, ''National Communications
System (NCS) Issuance System,'' November 30, 1987.
4. References.
a. Executive Order No. 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984, 49
FR 13471 (1984). (The text of this Executive Order is included as
appendix A to NCS Directive 1-1, ''National Communications System (NCS)
Issuance System,'' November 30, 1987.) /1/
b. NCS Directive 1-1, ''National Communications System (NCS) Issuance
System,'' November 30, 1987.
c. White House Memoranda, subject ''The National Communications
System,'' dated July 13, 1984 (appendices A and B). /2/
d. White House Memoranda, subject ''Application of the Department of
Health and Human Services (HHS) for Membership in the National
Communications System (NCS),'' dated May 7, 1987 (appendix C). /3/
e. NCS Manual 1-2-1, ''Bylaws of the National Communications System
(NCS) Committee of Principals,'' November 30, 1987.
5. Cancellation. NCS Memorandum 2-63, ''Approval of Initial NCS Tasks
1 and 2,'' December 13, 1963; and NCS Memorandum 2-64, ''Additional
Networks Approval for Inclusion in the National Communications System,''
December 11, 1964, are hereby cancelled.
6. Definitions.
a. Full Member. A representative on the NCS Committee of Principals
of an organization entitled to unqualified participation, subject to
Committee bylaws (reference 4e) and prevailing legal authority.
Organizations represented by full members will be bound by rules and
other legal authority governing the NCS.
b. Liaison member. A representative on the NCS Committee of
Principals of an organization invited by the President to participate,
without the right to vote on matters before the Committee.
7. Policy. Active participation in NCS activities by organizations
represented on the Committee of Principals is critical to effective
national security emergency preparedness telecommunications.
Accordingly, each organization represented by a full member should
detail at least one full-time employee to serve either on the staff of
the Manager, NCS, or as a resident representative to the NCS' National
Coordinating Center. Exceptions to this policy may be authorized on a
case-by-case basis by the Assistant to the President for National
Security Affairs.
8. Designated Full Members. The President has designated the
following Federal entities to participate in the NCS and be represented
by full members on the Committee of Principals: Department of State;
Department of the Treasury; Department of Defense; Department of
Justice; Department of the Interior; Department of Agriculture;
Department of Commerce; Department of Health and Human Services;
Department of Transportation; Department of Energy; Central
Intelligence Agency; Office of the Joint Chiefs of Staff; General
Services Administration; United States Information Agency; National
Aeronautics and Space Administration; Veterans Administration; Federal
Emergency Management Agency; National Security Agency; and National
Telecommunications and Information Administration.
9. Invited Participants. The President has invited the Federal
Communications Commission, Nuclear Regulatory Commission, U.S. Postal
Service, and Federal Reserve System to participate in the NCS and be
represented on the Committee of Principals by either liaison or full
members. Invited participants choosing to be represented by full
members will be bound by NCS issuances promulgated pursuant to reference
4b.
10. Responsibilities.
a. Each organization represented by a full member on the NCS
Committee of Principals:
(1) Will accredit the full member as the organization's authorized
representative in matters before the Committee, including matters
involving policy, budget, and resources.
(2) Will participate in all activities of the Committee.
(3) Should execute a Memorandum of Agreement with the Executive Agent
or Manager, NCS, to provide personnel and staff support to the Office of
the Manager, NCS, in accordance with section 3 (i) (3) of Executive
Order No. 12472 and policy established in this directive.
b. Each organization represented by a liaison member on the Committee
of Principals:
(1) May participate as desired in Committee activities.
(2) Should execute a Memorandum of Agreement with the Executive Agent
or Manager, NCS, describing the nature and extent of participation in
the NCS.
c. The Executive Agent or Manager, NCS, will prepare and execute
Memoranda of Agreement as described in paragraphs 10 a and b above.
11. Authorizing Provision. NCS manuals implementing this directive
are authorized.
12. Effective Date. This directive is effective immediately.
13. Expiration. This directive is in effect until superseded or
cancelled.
Director, Office of Science and Technology Policy.
Dated: November 30, 1987.
Director, Office of Management and Budget.
Dated: November 17, 1987.
Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs.
Dated: September 18, 1987.
September 30, 1988.
1. Purpose. This directive establishes the interagency process by
which unified planning is conducted within the National Communications
System (NCS) to ensure the coordinated development of a responsive and
survivable national telecommunications infrastructure to meet the NSEP
telecommunications needs of the Federal Government.
2. Applicability. This directive is binding upon the Executive Agent,
NCS; Manager, NCS; NCS Committee of Principals and Member
Organizations; and other affected Executive entities.
3. Authority. This directive is issued under the provisions of
Executive Order (E.O.) No. 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications,'' April 3, 1984, 49 FR 13471
(1984) and NCS Directive (NCSD) No. 1-1, ''National Communications
System (NCS) Issuance System,'' November 30, 1987.
4. References.
a. E.O. 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and Emergency
Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984, 49 FR 13471
(1984).
b. NCS Directive 2-2, ''National Level NSEP Telecommunications
Program (NLP) Funding,'' November 30, 1987.
c. ''National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP)
Telecommunications Planning Process,'' March 27, 1986, NCS 326/8. /1/
d. White House Memorandum, ''National Communications System (NSEP)
Telecommunications Planning Process,'' October 11, 1986, (appendix).
/2/
5. Cancellation. NCS Memorandum No. 2-69, ''Interim Procedures for
Application of Planning -- Programming -- Budgeting System (PPBS)
Features in the NCS Planning Process,'' October 31, 1969, is hereby
cancelled.
6. Definitions.
a. The National Level NSEP Telecommunications Program (NLP). Those
NSEP telecommunications programs benefiting multiple departments and
agencies that are to be undertaken within the NCS structure, and the
accompanying provisions for their shared funding and implementation.
b. Capability Objectives. That key Planning Process element which
defines the set of capabilities needed to meet the NSEP
telecommunication requirements of the Federal Government.
c. Deficiencies and Priorities. That key Planning Process element
which identifies shortcomings or shortfalls in existing capabilities
that inhibit or preclude the satisfaction of Federal NSEP
telecommunications requirements.
d. Candidate Initiatives. That key Planning Process element which
describes actions selected to mitigate identified deficiencies and
achieve the overall enhancement of NSEP telecommunications capabilities.
e. Evolutionary NSEP Telecommunications Architecture. That Planning
Process element which describes the overall structure of
telecommunications capabilities and resources to support Federal
government NSEP requirements and the framework for the design,
evaluation, and integration of NSEP telecommunications initiatives.
7. Policy. The mission of the NCS is to assist the President, the
National Security Council (NSC), the Director of the Office of Science
and Technology Policy (OSTP), and the Director of the Office of
Management and Budget (OMB) in the exercise of the telecommunications
functions and responsibilities assigned to them by E.O. 12472, and to
coordinate the planning for and provision of NSEP telecommunications for
the Federal government under all circumstances, including crisis or
emergency, attack, recovery, and reconstitution.
a. To support the performance of this mission, a unified planning
process for NSEP telecommunications will be implemented to:
(1) Establish, on an evolutionary basis, a NSEP telecommunications
planning mechanism that facilitates the integration of Federal
government, commercial/private sector, and State/local government
activities and capabilities;
(2) Define the capabilities required to support NSEP
telecommunications needs;
(3) Identify a set of feasible near- and long-term national level
NSEP telecommunications initiatives for the achievement of those
capabilities; and
(4) Develop, and provide for the effective implementation of,
approved national level NSEP telecommunications programs.
b. These planning functions will be carried out within the framework
of an overall process involving the design and maintenance of an
evolutionary NSEP telecommunications architecture, and the annual
development, documentation, review, and approval of capability
objectives, deficiencies and priorities, candidate initiatives, and a
National Level Program.
8. Responsibilities.
a. Executive Office of the President (EOP).
(1) Within the EOP, the NSC, in conjunction with OSTP and OMB, will:
(a) Provide overall policy and program direction for NSEP
telecommunications planning;
(b) Provide, after appropriate consultation with the Director of
Central Intelligence and the Attorney General, a definition of the
threat for planning purposes;
(c) Review and validate Capability Objectives;
(d) Review and provide program planning guidance to the NCS regarding
Deficiencies and Priorities and Candidate Initiatives; and
(e) Provide direction for the implementation of the National Level
Program.
(2) In addition, the OSTP will also:
(a) Provide recommendations regarding, and the results of tests,
exercises, and evaluations;
(b) Provide recommendations relating to the enhancement of plans and
procedures for the management of Federal telecommunications resources in
crises or emergencies.
(3) As provided for in E.O. 12472, OMB, ''* * * will, in conjunction
with the National Security Council, provide general guidelines and
procedures for reviewing the financing of the NCS within the budgetary
process and for preparation of budget estimates by participating
organizations. These guidelines and procedures may provide for
mechanisms for funding, through the budget review process, NSEP
telecommunications initiatives which benefit multiple departments and
agencies.
(4) The NSC, OSTP, OMB and the Executive Agent, NCS, will:
(a) Review and approve or modify the proposed National Level Program
developed by the NCS.
b. The Executive Agent, NCS, will:
(1) Provide direction for the conduct of NSEP telecommunications
planning activities and serve as the principal interface between the NCS
and the EOP;
(2) Review the Capability Objectives, Deficiencies and Priorities,
Candidate Initiatives, and the proposed National Level Program and
forward them, with NCS COP and Executive Agent recommendations, for the
consideration of the EOP;
(3) Transmit NSEP Telecommunications planning guidance and direction
received from the EOP to the Manager, NCS; and
(4) Oversee the overall planning activities of the NCS.
c. Individual NCS member organizations* will:
(1) Identify their essential emergency functions (EEFs) and NSEP
telecommunications needs and requirements;
(2) Describe initiatives being implemented within their organizations
to improve NSEP telecommunications capabilities;
(3) Provide any information** regarding their telecommunications
operating systems, networks, facilities, plans, and procedures that is
required for effective NSEP telecommunications planning; and
(4) Recommend and provide budget estimates for candidate national
level NSEP telecommunications initiatives.
d. The NCS Committee of Principals (COP) will:
(1) Review, consider, and provide recommendations regarding NSEP
Telecommunications Requirements, Capability Objectives, Deficiencies and
Priorities, Candidate Initiatives, and the proposed National Level
Program to the Executive Agent and the EOP;
(2) Assist in the coordination of NSEP telecommunications planning
activities with other related planning activities and processes; and
(3) Serve as forum for the evaluation of the National Level Program
and assessment of the effectiveness of the NSEP Telecommunications
Planning Process.
e. The Manager, NCS, will:
(1) Ensure the annual development and documentation for NSEP
Telecommunications Planning Process elements based upon NSEP
telecommunications requirements and threat and policy guidance provided
by the EOP;
(2) Develop, for consideration by the NCS COP, the Capability
Objectives, Deficiencies and Priorities, and Candidate Initiatives and
forward them for the consideration of the Executive Agent and the EOP;
(3) Provide annually a proposed National Level Program for the
consideration of the NCS COP and the Executive Agent;
(4) Design and maintain the evolutionary NSEP Telecommunications
Architecture;
(5) Coordinate planning activities within the NCS structure and
provide staff support and technical assistance for the overall planning
effort; and
(6) Obtain the NSEP telecommunications recommendations of the U.S.
telecommunications industry through the National Security
Telecommunications Advisory Committee (NSTAC).
9. Procedures.
a. Key NSEP Telecommunications Planning Process elements will be
developed and considered on an annual basis as follows:
(1) Capability Objectives will be presented for NCS COP consideration
by the Manager, NCS; forwarded with NCS COP recommendations to the
Executive Agent, NCS; and transmitted with NCS COP and Executive Agent
recommendations to the NSC, OSTP, and OMB for validation.
(2) Deficiencies and Priorities will be presented to the NCS COP by
the Manager, NCS; forwarded with NCS COP recommendations to the
Executive Agent, NCS; and transmitted with NCS COP and Executive Agent
recommendations to the NSC, OSTP, and OMB for information and reference.
(3) Candidate Initiatives will be presented to the NCS COP by the
Manager, NCS; forwarded with NCS COP recommendations to the Executive
Agent, NCS, OSTP, and OMB for information and reference.
(4) A proposed National Level Program will be presented for NCS COP
consideration in March by the Manager, NCS; forwarded with NCS COP
recommendations to the Executive Agent, NCS; and transmitted with NCS
and Executive Agent recommendations to the NSC, OSTP, and OMB for review
in May.
b. Preparation of the final National Level Program completes the
annual planning cycle. However, it does not complete the budgetary
cycle, which continues until budget requests are submitted to OMB for
inclusion in the President's Budget. It is anticipated that, following
consideration and approval of the National Level Program by the EOP,
approved recommendations will be provided to OMB and the NCS member
organizations for use in preparation of the President's Budget.
c. As necessary, the EOP will also provide specific program funding
and budgetary guidance to the NCS member organizations for the
development of NSEP telecommunications budget requests.
10. Authorizing Provision. NCS manuals implementing this directive
are authorized.
11. Effective Date. This directive is effective immediately.
12. Expiration. This directive will remain in effect until superseded
or cancelled.
White House Memorandum, October 11, 1986 /4/
Director, Office of Science and Technology Policy.
Dated: January 27, 1989.
Director, Office of Management and Budget.
Dated: January 19, 1989.
Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs.
Dated: January 19, 1989.
November 30, 1987.
1. Purpose. This directive establishes policies and procedures and
assigns responsibilities for the shared funding of approved national
level national security emergency preparedness (NSEP) telecommunications
programs and for the preparation and execution of National Level NSEP
Telecommunications Program (NLP) Funding Memoranda of Agreement and
funding agreements between NCS member organizations and the Manager,
NCS.
2. Applicability. This directive is binding upon the Executive Agent,
NCS; NCS Committee of Principals; Manager, NCS; those NCS member
organizations required to share costs of approved NLP programs; and
other affected Executive entities.
3. Authority. This directive is issued under the authority of
Executive Order No. 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984, 49
FR 13471 (1984), Section 2(e), and NCS Directive 1-1, ''National
Communications System (NCS) Issuance System,'' November 30, 1987.
4. Policy. The President has directed that implementation and
recurring costs for national level NSEP telecommunications programs
shall be shared on a pro rata basis. Each NCS organization's share of
such costs shall be determined by its share of NSEP telecommunications
requirements. The Department of Defense shall fund all development
costs associated with approved national level NSEP telecommunications
programs. Agreements shall be executed to govern NLP funding.
Compliance with this policy is subject to the authorization and
appropriation of funds by the Congress.
5. References.
a. Executive Order No. 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984, 49
FR 13471 (1984).
b. National Security Decision Directive (NSDD) 201, ''National
Security Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications (NSEP) Funding,''
December 17, 1985 (appendix A). /1/
c. NCS Directive 2-1, ''National Security Emergency Preparedness
(NSEP) Telecommunications Planning Process,'' (presently in process).
6. Definitions.
a. Shared Funding. The pro rata distribution among NCS member
organizations of the implementation and recurring costs of approved
national level NSEP telecommunications programs on the basis of each
organization's NSEP telecommunications requirements.
b. NSEP Telecommunications Requirements. Initially, those
telecommunications requirements identified by NCS member organizations
as part of the NSEP Telecommunications Requirements Analysis directed by
the Executive Office of the President. Alternative methods for
determining requirements may be used, subject to approval as prescribed
in Executive Order No. 12472, section 2(c) (4).
c. The National Level NSEP Telecommunications Program (NLP). That
document developed as part of the NSEP Telecommunications Planning
Process that identifies national level NSEP telecommunications programs
and accompanying provisions for their shared funding and implementation.
d. National Level NSEP Telecommunications Programs. Those programs
that benefit multiple Federal departments, agencies, or entities and:
(1) Directly enhance national telecommunications infrastructure and
service capabilities within the framework outlined in Executive Order
No. 12472, and
(2) Are undertaken within the administrative structure of the NCS,
i.e., by the Manager, NCS, NCS Committee of Principals (COP), and
Executive Agent, NCS, via the NSEP Telecommunications Planning Process,
and
(3) Involved acquisition and operations/maintenance costs of
sufficient magnitude to warrant shared funding.
e. Development Costs. Those costs (e.g., research, pre-production
engineering, proof of concept studies and demonstrations, and
specification development) incurred prior to contract award leading to
an operational capability.
f. Implementation Costs. Those costs (e.g., acquisition/procurement,
production engineering, installation, and nonrecurring lease) incurred
after contract award leading to an operational capability and prior to
operational capability being achieved.
g. Recurring Costs. Those costs (e.g., recurring lease, maintenance,
operational testing, and termination liability) incurred in support of
the continuing operations and maintenance associated with national level
programs.
h. NLP Funding Memorandum of Agreement (MOA). A memorandum of
agreement developed between an NCS member organization and the Manager,
NCS, to implement the provisions of this directive.
i. Funding Agreements. Funding documents, e.g., Interagency Funding
Agreements and Vouchers, executed between the Manager, NCS, and NCS
member organizations to provide for the payment of NLP funds to the
Manager, NCS.
7. Responsibilities.
a. The Office of Management and Budget will provide guidance annually
to NCS member organizations regarding the incorporation of funding for
approved national level NSEP telecommunications programs in the
President's Budget.
b. The Department of Defense will provide funding for the development
costs associated with approved national level NSEP telecommunications
programs.
c. The Manager, NCS, will:
(1) Negotiate and execute NLP Funding Memoranda of Agreement and
Interagency Funding Agreements with those NCS member organizations
required to share the costs of approved national level NSEP
telecommunications programs, and
(2) Oversee the program and financial management of approved national
level NSEP telecommunications programs, reporting quarterly on program
status and the expenditure of funds to the NCS Committee of Principals.
d. Each NCS member organization required to share the costs of the
NLP will:
(1) Incorporate its respective funding share of approved national
level NSEP telecommunications programs in its annual budget submission;
(2) Execute with the Manager, NCS, an NLP Funding Memorandum of
Agreement after review by the organization's NCS Principal; and
(3) Execute with the Manager, NCS those funding agreements required
for payment of funds for approved national level NSEP telecommunications
programs to the Manager, NCS.
8. Procedures.
a. NLP Funding Guidance. The NLP funding guidance required by
paragraph 7a(1) of this directive will be provided to the NCS entities
annually by August 1.
b. NLP Funding Agreements. The shared funding of approved national
level NSEP telecommunications programs will be accomplished through the
execution, between NCS member organizations and the Manager, NCS of the
following:
(1) An NLP Funding Memorandum of Agreement that, as outlined in the
model MOA at Appendix B, provides for incorporation of the NLP funding
share in an NCS member organization's budget submission; preparation
and execution of an Interagency Funding Agreement; and reporting of the
NLP status. Those NCS organizations required to share the costs of the
NLP as of the effective date of this directive shall execute such
Memoranda by September 30, 1987.
(2) An Interagency Funding Agreement that outlines the scope of work
to be undertaken as part of the NLP, the associated period of
performance, the estimated maximum costs, and procedures for submission
of vouchers for transfers between appropriated funds. This agreement,
which does not constitute an obligation of funds, shall be executed by
August 31 each year to provide for the payment of NLP funds for the
following fiscal year.
(3) Vouchers for Transfers Between Appropriations And/Or Funds
(Standard Form 1080) forwarded by the Manager, NCS, to the NCS member
organizations prior to the start of the fiscal year in which NLP funds
are to be expended. Organizations will effect the payment of funds upon
receipt of appropriated funds (or Continuing Resolution(s)), subject to
OMB apportionment of those funds.
c. NLP Funding Shortfalls. If an NCS member organization is not
authorized and appropriated the amount of funds necessary to pay its
share of approved national level NSEP telecommunications programs, the
Manager, NCS, should also be notified as soon as possible.
9. Authorizing Provisions. NCS manuals implementing this directive
are authorized.
10. Effective Date. This directive is effective immediately.
11. Expiration Date. This directive will remain in effect until
superseded or cancelled.
A. NSDD 201, December 17, 1985 /2/
B. Model NLP MOA
Director, Office of Management and Budget.
Dated: November 17, 1987.
1. Purpose: This Memorandum of Agreement (MOA) defines the
relationship between and responsibilities of the (name of NCS member
organization) and the Office of the Manager, NCS (OMNCS), with respect
to the financial management of national level national security
emergency preparedness (NSEP) telecommunications programs approved by
the Executive Office of the President (EOP) in the National Level NSEP
Telecommunications Program (NLP).
2. Scope: This MOA is limited to the implementation and recurring
costs of approved national level NSEP telecommunications programs,
including termination liability costs, if applicable. Development costs
will be funded by the Department of Defense.
3. Background: In April 1984, Executive Order No. 12472,
''Assignment of National Security and Emergency Preparedness
Telecommunications Functions,'' established a framework for the funding
of NSEP telecommunications initiatives by the NCS, providing for:
a. The prescription, by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) in
consultation with the National Security Council (NSC) and the NCS, of
general guidelines and procedures for reviewing the financing of the NCS
within the budgetary process, and for the preparation of budget
estimates by participating agencies.
b. The determination, by the NSC, the Office of Science and
Technology Policy (OSTP), and OMB in consultation with the Executive
Agent, NCS, and the NCS Committee of Principals (COP), of what
constitutes NSEP telecommunications requirements, and
c. The determination, by Federal departments and agencies, of their
NSEP telecommunications requirements and the provision, after
consultation with the Office of Management and Budget (OMB), of
resources to support their respective requirements for NSEP
telecommunications.
To implement the provisions of Executive Order No. 12472, the
President directed in National Security Decision Directive (NSDD) 201,
that ''implementation and recurring costs for national level NSEP
telecommunications programs (i.e., those which benefit multiple Federal
departments, agencies or entities) shall be shared on a pro rata basis
determined by each organization's share of NSEP telecommunications
requirements.'' The Director, OMB, subsequently instructed the NCS
member organizations to work with the Manager, NCS, to develop the
necessary agreements for the payment of member funds to the Office of
the Manager, NCS (OMNCS).
4.0 Responsibilities
4.1 The Office of the Manager, NCS, shall:
a. Serve as the Office of Primary Responsibility for the financial
and program management of approved national level NSEP
telecommunications programs.
b. Upon approval of national level NSEP telecommunications programs
and receipt of funding guidance from the EOP, prepare an Interagency
Funding Agreement necessary to effect the payment of (name of NCS member
organization) funds to the Manager, NCS. This agreement shall be
executed by August 31 each year.
c. Prepare and provide vouchers for transfers between appropriations
and/or funds (Standard Form 1080) for (name of NCS member organization)
d. Provide technical, programmatic, and financial management support
for individual national level NSEP telecommunications programs,
including the maintenance of financial records and accounting system and
the update of program plans.
e. Report quarterly to the NCS COP on the programmatic and financial
status of approved national level NSEP telecommunications programs.
f. Advise the (name of NCS member organization) of any significant
programmatic or financial adjustments/modifications.
4.2 The (name of NCS member organization) will:
a. Incorporate its respective funding share of approved national
level NSEP telecommunications programs in its annual budget submission.
b. Execute with the Manager, NCS, by August 31 each year the
Interagency Funding Agreement required for the transfer, payment and/or
reimbursement of funds for the NLP.
c. Upon receipt of appropriations (or Continuing Resolution(s)) for
each applicable fiscal year and subject to OMB apportionment of those
funds, effect the payment of funds to the Manager, NCS, in accordance
with Standard Form 1080.
5.0 Implementation: This MOA is effective upon the date of the
latest signature. This MOA is subject to periodic review and update as
circumstances warrant and will terminate upon the mutual agreement of
the parties. Compliance with this MOA is subject to the authorization
and appropriation of funds by the Congress.
(Signature)
(Name of Manager, NCS)
(Title of Manager, NCS)
Date:
(Signature)
(Name of Authorized Official)
(Title of Authorized Official)
(Name of NCS Organization)
Date:
July 5, 1990.
1. Purpose. This directive implements policy, explains legal and
regulatory basis, assigns responsibilities, and prescribes procedures
for the Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System for National
Security Emergency Preparedeness (NSEP).
2. Applicability.
a. This directive is binding upon the Executive Agency, NCS;
Manager, NCS; NCS Committee of Principals and member organizations;
and other affected Executive entities.
b. This directive applies to NSEP telecommunication services:
(1) For which initial or revised priority level assignments are
requested pursuant to paragraph 12 of this directive.
(2) Which were assigned restoration priorities under the provisions
of 47 CFR part 64, appendix A, ''Priority System for the Restoration of
Common Carrier Provided Intercity Private Line Services,'' 47 CFR part
211, ''Emergency Restoration Priority Procedures for Telecommunications
Services,'' and NCS Memorandum 1-68 and are being resubmitted for
priority level assignments pursuant to paragraph 14 of this directive.
(Such services will retain assigned restoration priorities until a
resubmission for a TSP assignment is completed or until the existing RP
rules are terminated.)
3. Authority. This directive is issued under the authority of section
706 of the Communications Act of 1934, as amended (47 U.S.C. 606);
Executive Order No. 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984, 49
FR 13471 (1984); NCS Directive 1-1, ''National Communications System
(NCS) Issuance System,'' November 30, 1987; and 47 CFR part 64,
appendix A, ''Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System for
National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP).''
4. References.
a. Communications Act of 1934, as amended (47 U.S.C. 151, et seq.).
b. Defense Production Act of 1950, as amended (50 U.S.C. appendix,
section 2061, et seq.).
c. Disaster Relief Act (42 U.S.C. 5121 et seq.).
d. Foreign Intelligence Surveillance Act (50 U.S.C. 1801, et seq.
and 18 U.S.C. 2511, 2518, and 2519).
e. Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, part 64, Appendix A,
''Priority System for the Restoration of Common Carrier Provided
Intercity Private Line Services;'' 47 CFR part 64, appendix A (1980).
f. Title 47, Code of Federal Regulations, part 64, Appendix A,
''Telecommunications Service Priority (TSP) System for National Security
Emergency Preparedness (NSEP).''
g. Defense Priorities and Allocation System (15 CFR part 350).
h. Executive Order No. 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984, 49
FR 13471 (1984).
i. NCS Memorandum 1-68, ''National Communications System (NCS)
Circuit Restoration Priority System,'' July 18, 1968. /1/
5. Cancellation and/or Supersession. NCS Memorandum 1-68, ''National
Communications System (NCS) circuit Restoration Priority System,'' July
18, 1968; NCS circular 55-1, ''Processing Requests for Temporary
Adjustments to NCS circuit Restoration Priority Assignments,'' July 8,
1970: and NCS Circular 55-2, ''NCS Data Base,'' November 21, 1977, with
Change 1, May 30, 1978; are hereby superseded by, and cancelled under
the authority of this directive on its effective date.
6. Definitions. See Appendix.
7. Scope of the NSEP TSP System.
a. Domestic NSEP Services. The NSEP TSP System and procedures
established in 47 CFR part 64 and in this directive authorize priority
treatment to the following domestic telecommunication services
(including portions of U.S. international telecommunication services
provided by U.S. vendors) for which provisioning or restoration priority
levels are requested, assigned, and approved in accordance with this
directive and any implementing manuals:
(1) Common carrier services which are:
(a) Interstate or foreign telecommunication services.
(b) Intrastate telecommunication services inseparable from interstate
or foreign telecommunications services, and intrastate telecommunication
services to which priority levels are assigned pursuant to paragraph 13
of this directive.
(Note: Initially, the NSEP TSP System's applicability to public
switched services is limited to (a) provisioning of such services (e.g.,
business, centrex, cellular, foreign exchange, Wide Area Telephone
Service (WATS) and other services that the selected vendor is able to
provision), and (b) restoration of services that the selected vendor is
able to restore.)
(2) Services which are provided by government and/or non-common
carriers and are interconnected to common carrier services assigned a
priority level pursuant to paragraph 13 of this directive.
b. Control Services and Orderwires. The NSEP TSP System and
procedures implemented in this directive are not applicable to authorize
priority treatment to control services or orderwires owned by a service
vendor and needed for provisioning, restoration, or maintenance of other
services owned by that vendor. Such control services and orderwires
shall have priority of provisioning and restoration over all other
telecommunication services (including NSEP services) and shall be exempt
from preemption. However, the NSEP TSP System and procedures
implemented in this directive are applicable to control services or
orderwires leased by a service vendor or user from another service
vendor.
c. Other Services. The NSEP TSP System may apply, at the discretion
of and upon special arrangements by the entities involved, to authorize
priority treatment to the following telecommunication services:
(1) Government or non-common carrier services which are not connected
to common carrier provided services assigned a priority level pursuant
to paragraph 13 of this directive.
(2) Portions of U.S. international services which are provided by
foreign correspondents. (Subject to pertinent law, including references
4a, 4c, and 4f, U.S. telecommunication service vendors are encouraged to
ensure that relevant operating arrangements are consistent to the
maximum extent practicable with the NSEP TSP System. If such agreements
do not exist, U.S. telecommunication service vendors should handle
service provisioning and/or restoration in accordance with any system
acceptable to their foreign correspondents which allows provisioning and
restoration in the manner most comparable to the procedures established
in this directive.) In addition, the U.S. government, acting through the
Department of State, may enter into the following types of agreements to
ensure that priority provisioning and restoration procedures consistent
with those governing domestic services within the NSEP TSP System are in
place: (a) Bilateral agreements for reciprocal priority treatment for
critical foreign government telecommunication services in the U.S., and
(b) multilateral agreements within such international telecommunication
organizations as the North Atlantic Treaty Organization's Allied Long
Lines Agency or Civil Communications Planning Committee, which have or
are conducive to having a provisioning and restoration priority system.
d. Subpriority and Precedence Systems. Service users may implement
subpriority and/or precedence systems that are consistent, and do not
conflict with, the NSEP TSP System.
8. Policy. The NSEP TSP System is the regulatory, administrative, and
operational system authorizing and providing for priority treatment
(i.e., provisioning, and restoration) of NSEP telecommunication services
(see definition in Appendix). As such, it establishes the framework for
NSEP telecommunication service vendors to provision, restore, or
otherwise act on a priority basis to ensure effective NSEP
telecommunication services. The NSEP TSP System allows the assignment
of priority levels to any NSEP service across three time periods, or
stress conditions: Peacetime/Crisis/Mobilization, Attack/War, and
Post-Attack/Recovery. All requests for priority level assignments will
be processed through the Manager, NCS. Although priority levels
normally will be assigned by the Manager, NCS, and retained by service
vendors, only for the current time period, they may also be preassigned
for the other two time periods at the request of service users who are
able to identify and justify, in advance, their wartime or post-attack
NSEP telecommunication requirements. Absent such preassigned priority
levels for the Attack/War and Post-Attack/Recovery periods, priority
level assignments for the Peacetime/Crisis/Mobilization period will
remain in effect. At all times, priority level assignments will be
subject to revision by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC); or,
on an interim basis, the Director, Office of Science and Technology
Policy (OSTP); and the Manager, NCS, based upon changing NSEP needs.
No other system of telecommunication service priorities which conflicts
with the NSEP TSP System is authorized.
9. Legal Basis for the NSEP TSP System. The laws and regulations
authorizing the NSEP TSP System are those cited above in paragraphs 3
and 4.
a. Communications Act. Sections 1, 4(i), and 201 thru 205 of the
Communications Act of 1934 (47 U.S.C., 151, 154(i), and 201 thru 205)
grant to the FCC the authority over assignment and approval of
priorities for provisioning and restoration of common carrier-provided
telecommunication services. Under section 706 of the Communications
Act, this authority may be superseded, and expanded to include privately
owned telecommunication services, by the war emergency powers of the
President of the United States.
b. Executive Order No. 12472. In Executive Order No. 12472, the
President tasked the NCS to assist the Director, OSTP, in the exercise
of the President's war emergency powers. Executive Order No. 12472
also directs the Manager, NCS, to assist the Director, OSTP, in
executing those functions by developing plans and procedures for the
management, allocation and use (including the establishment of
priorities and preferences) of federally owned or leased
telecommunication assets.
c. Federal Rules. The FCC and Executive Office of the President
(EOP) have used their respective authorizations to develop and establish
the NSEP TSP System as the one uniform system of priorities for the
provisioning and restoration of NSEP telecommunication services, both
before and after invocation of the section 706 Presidential war
emergency powers. The Federal rules governing the NSEP TSP System have
been promulgated by the FCC and OSTP (on behalf of the EOP) in title 47
of the Code of Federal Regulations. In those rules, the FCC has
requested the EOP to administer the NSEP TSP System before the
invocation of section 706 of the Communications Act, Presidential war
emergency powers. In this directive, the EOP assigns to the Manager,
NCS, both this administrative authority to administer the NSEP TSP
System before, and the President's statutory authority to administer the
NSEP TSP System after, the invocation of the section 706 Presidential
war emergency powers.
d. Defense Production Act. The Defense Production Act of 1950
authorizes the President to require the priority performance of
contracts and orders necessary to promote national defense. It also
authorizes the President to allocate materials and facilities as
necessary to promote national defense. Pursuant to the Defense
Production Act, regulations promulgated by the Department of Commerce in
the Defense Priorities and Allocations System (DPAS) permit the
assignment of ''priority ratings'' to equipment associated with NSEP
telecommunication services warranting priority treatment, if they
support authorized programs under Schedule I of the DPAS.
e. Contracts. NSEP telecommunication service users may also employ
contractual mechanisms to obtain the priority provisioning or
restoration of service, including customer premises equipment and
wiring. However, any such contractual arrangements must be consistent
with NSEP TSP System rules and regulations, including any priority order
of provisioning and restoration assigned in accordance with the NSEP TSP
System.
10. Responsibilities.
a. Federal Communications Commission. As authorized by the
Communications Act the FCC will:
(1) Provide regulatory oversight of implementation of the NSEP TSP
System.
(2) Enforce NSEP TSP System rules and regulations which are contained
in 47, CFR, part 64.
(3) Act as final authority for approval, revision, or disapproval of
priority actions by the Manager, NCS, and adjudicate disputes regarding
either priority actions or denials of requests for priority actions by
the Manager, NCS, until superseded by the President's war emergency
powers under section 706 of the Communications Act.
(4) Function (on a discretionary basis) as a sponsoring Federal
organization. (See paragraph 10d below.)
b. Director, Office of Science and Technology Policy. The Director,
OSTP, EOP, will:
(1) During exercise of the President's war emergency powers under
section 706 of the Communications Act, act as the final approval
authority for priority actions or denials of requests for priority
actions, adjudicating any disputes.
(2) Provide oversight of Executive branch activities associated with
the NSEP TSP System, including assignment of priority levels for
telecommunications service provisioning and restoration across all time
periods.
(3) Function (on a discretionary basis) as a sponsoring Federal
organization. (See paragraph 10d below.)
c. Manager, NCS. The Manager, NCS, will:
(1) Implement the NSEP TSP System under the oversight of the FCC and
Director, OSTP, in consultation with the NCS Committee of Principals.
(2) Administer the NSEP TSP System, which includes:
(a) Receiving, processing, and evaluating requests for priority
actions from service users, or sponsoring Federal government
organizations on behalf of service users (e.g., Departments of State or
Defense on behalf of foreign governments, Federal Emergency Management
Agency on behalf of state and local governments, and any Federal
organization on behalf of private industry entities). Action on such
requests will be completed within 30 days of receipt.
(b) Assigning, revising, revalidating, or revoking priority levels as
necessary or upon request of service users concerned, and denying
requests for priority actions as necessary, using paragraph 16 of this
directive. Under circumstances short of exercise of Presidential war
emergency powers under section 706 of the Communications Act and time
permitting, coordinate such changes in priority level assignments in
advance with requesting and/or affected parties. Action on such
requests will be completed within 30 days of receipt.
(c) Maintaining data on priority level assignments.
(d) Periodically forwarding to the FCC and Director, OSTP, lists of
priority actions for review and approval.
(e) Periodically initiating reconciliation.
(f) Testing and evaluating the NSEP TSP System for effectiveness.
(g) Conducting audits as necessary. Any Telecommunications Service
Priority (TSP) System user may request the Manager, NCS to conduct an
audit. (See the definition of an ''audit'' in appendix A.)
(h) Issuing, subject to review by the FCC, procedures supplemental to
and consistent with this directive regarding operation and use of the
NSEP TSP System.
(i) Serving as a centralized point-of-contact for collecting and
disseminating to all interested parties (consistent with requirements
for treatment of classified and proprietary material) information
concerning use and abuse of the NSEP TSP System.
(j) Establishing and assisting a TSP System Oversight Committee to
identify and review any problems developing in the system and
recommending actions to correct them or prevent recurrence. In addition
to representatives of the EOP, representatives from private industry
(including telecommunication service vendors), state and local
governments, the FCC, and other organizations may be appointed to the
committee.
(k) Reporting at least quarterly to the FCC; Director, OSTP; and
TSP System Oversight Committee, together with any recommendations for
action, the operational status of and trends in the NSEP TSP System,
including:
(i) Numbers of requests processed for the various priority actions,
and the priority levels assigned.
(ii) Relative percentages of services assigned to each priority level
under each NSEP category and subcategory.
(iii) Any apparent serious misassignment or abuse of priority level
assignments.
(iv) Any existing or developing problem.
(l) Submitting semi-annually to the FCC; Director, OSTP; and TSP
System Oversight Committee a summary report identifying the time and
event associated with each invocation of NSEP treatment under paragraph
13c of this directive and section 10c of 47 CFR part 64; whether the
NSEP service requirement was adequately handled; and whether any
additional charges were incurred. These reports will be due by April
30th for the preceding July through December and by October 31st for the
preceding January through June time periods.
(3) Function (on a discretionary basis) as a sponsoring Federal
organization. (See paragraph 10d below.)
d. Sponsoring Federal Organizations. Sponsoring Federal
organizations will:
(1) Review and decide whether to sponsor private industry (including
telecommunication service vendors) requests for priority actions.
Federal organizations will forward sponsored requests with
recommendations for disposition to the Manager, NCS. Recommendations
will be based on paragraph 16 of this directive.
(2) Forward notification of priority actions or denials of requests
for priority actions to the requesting private industry entities, for
disposition.
(3) Cooperate with the Manager, NCS, during reconciliation,
revalidation, and audits.
e. Departments of State and Defense. The Departments of State and
Defense will, in addition to the responsibilities listed in paragraph
10h below:
(1) Review and decide whether to sponsor requests for priority level
assignments from foreign governments and forward sponsored requests to
the Manager, NCS, with recommendations for disposition. Recommendations
will be based on paragraph 16 of this directive and whether or not
priority treatment is afforded to U.S. NSEP telecommunication service
requirements in the foreign country concerned.
(2) Forward notification of priority actions or denials of requests
for priority actions to the requesting foreign government entities, for
disposition.
f. Department of Energy. The Department of Energy will, in addition
to the responsibilities listed in paragraph 10h below:
(1) Review and decide whether to sponsor public and private
interstate power utility company requests for priority actions and
forward sponsored requests with recommendations for disposition to the
Manager, NCS. Recommendations will be based on paragraph 16 of this
directive. This does not preclude public and private power utility
companies from obtaining sponsorship elsewhere.
(2) Forward notification of priority actions or denials of requests
for priority actions to the requesting public and private power utility
companies for disposition.
g. Federal Emergency Management Agency. The Federal Emergency
Management Agency will, in addition to the responsibilities listed in
paragraph 10h below:
(1) Review and decide whether to sponsor state and local government
requests for priority actions and forward sponsored requests with
recommendations for disposition to the Manager, NCS. Recommendations
will be based on paragraph 16 of this directive.
(2) Forward notification of priority actions or denials of requests
for priority actions to the requesting state and local government
entities, for disposition.
h. Federal Organizations. Federal organizations will:
(1) Ensure that NSEP TSP System users within each organization comply
with their obligations under the NSEP TSP System.
(2) Provision and restore government-provided services (which are
interconnected with commercially provided services assigned a priority
level pursuant to paragraph 13 of this directive) in accordance with
NSEP TSP System rules and regulations. (See paragraph 7a(2) of this
directive.)
(3) Function (on a discretionary basis) as sponsoring Federal
organizations for private sector service users (e.g., government
contractors).
(4) Cooperate with the Manager, NCS, during reconciliation,
revalidation, and audits.
i. Service Users. Service users, or entities acting on their behalf,
will:
(1) Identify services requiring priority level assignments and
request and justify priority level assignments in accordance with this
directive and any supplemental NCS issuances.
(2) Justify and revalidate all priority level assignments at least
every three years.
(3) For services assigned priority levels, ensure (through
contractual means or otherwise) availability of customer premises
equipment and wiring necessary for end-to-end service operation by the
service due date, and continued operation; and, for such services in
the Emergency NSEP category, by the time that vendors are prepared to
provide the services. Additionally, designate the organization
responsible for the service on an end-to-end basis.
(4) Be prepared to accept services assigned priority levels by the
service due dates or, for services in the Emergency NSEP category, when
they are available.
(5) Pay vendors any authorized costs associated with services that
are assigned priority levels.
(6) Report to vendors any failed or unusable services that are
assigned priority levels.
(7) Designate a 24-hour point-of-contact for matters concerning each
request for priority action and apprise the Manager, NCS.
(8) Upon termination of services that are assigned priority levels,
or circumstances warranting revisions in priority level assignment
(e.g., expansion of service), request and justify revocation or
revision.
(9) When NSEP treatment is invoked under paragraph 13c of this
directive, within 90 days following provisioning of the service
involved, forward to the Manager, NCS complete information identifying
the time and event associated with the invocation and regarding whether
the NSEP service requirement was adequately handled and whether any
additional charges were incurred.
(10) Cooperate with the Manager, NCS, during reconciliation,
revalidation, and audits.
j. Service Vendors. Service vendors will comply with the provisions
of 47 CFR part 64. When those provisions are superseded by the
President's war emergency powers under section 706 of the Communications
Act, vendors will continue to comply with 47 CFR part 64, subject to
further direction by Director, OSTP.
11. Preemption of Existing Services. When necessary to provision or
restore NSEP services, service vendors may preempt services they provide
as specified below. ''User,'' as used in this section, means any user
of a telecommunications service, to include both NSEP and non-NSEP
services. Prior consent by a preempted user is not required.
a. The sequence in which existing services may be preempted to
provision NSEP services assigned a provisioning priority level ''E'' or
restore NSEP services assigned a restoration priority level from ''1''
through ''5'':
(1) Non-NSEP services: If suitable spare services are not available,
then, based on the considerations in 47 CFR part 64 and the service
vendor's best judgement, non-NSEP services will be preempted. After
ensuring a sufficient number of public switched services will remain
available for public use, based on the service vendor's best judgement,
such services may be used to satisfy a requirement for provisioning or
restoring NSEP services.
(2) NSEP Services: If no suitable spare or non-NSEP services are
available, then existing NSEP services may be preempted to provision or
restore NSEP services with higher priority level assignments. When this
is necessary, NSEP services will be selected for preemption in the
inverse order of priority level assignment.
(3) Service vendors who are preempting services will ensure their
best effort to notify the service user of the preempted service and
state the reason for and estimated duration of the preemption.
b. Service vendors may, based on their best judgement, determine the
sequence in which existing services may be preempted to provision NSEP
services assigned a provisioning priority of ''1'' through ''5.''
Preemption is not subject to the consent of the user whose service will
be preempted.
12. Requests for Priority Actions. All service users are required to
submit requests for priority actions through the Manager, NCS, in the
format and following the procedures prescribed by the Manager.
13. Assignment, Approval, Use, and Invocation of Priority Levels.
a. Assignment and Approval of Priority Levels and Priority Actions.
(1) Priority level assignments or other priority actions will be
based upon section 16, NSEP TSP System Categories, Criteria, and
Priority Levels, of this directive. A priority level assignment or
other priority action made by the Manager, NCS, will serve as the
recommendation of the Director, OSTP (on behalf of the EOP) to the FCC.
If the Director, OSTP does not approve the priority level assignment or
other priority action made by the Manager, NCS, then the Director can
direct the Manager, NCS, to revise or revoke the priority level
assignment or other priority action.
(2) Until the President's war emergency powers under Section 706 of
the Communications Act are invoked, priority level assignments or other
priority actions must be approved by the FCC. (If the FCC does not
approve the priority level assignment or other priority action, then it
can direct the Manager, NCS, to revise or revoke the priority level
assignment or other priority action.) However, the FCC has instructed
service vendors to implement any priority level assignments or other
priority actions that are pending FCC approval.
(3) After invocation of the President's war emergency powers, the
requirement for FCC approval of priority level assignments or other
priority actions may be superseded by other procedures issued by the
Director, OSTP.
b. Use of Priority Level Assignments.
(1) All provisioning and restoration priority level assignments for
services in the Emergency NSEP category will be included in initial
service orders to vendors. Provision priority level assignments for
Essential NSEP services, however, will not usually be included in
initial service orders to vendors. NSEP treatment for Essential NSEP
services will be invoked and provisioning priority level assignments
will be conveyed to service vendors only if the vendors cannot meet
needed service dates through the normal provisioning process.
(2) Any revision or revocation of either provisioning or restoration
priority level assignments will also be transmitted to vendors.
(3) Service vendors shall accept priority levels and/or revisions
only after assignment by the Manager, NCS. (Note: Service vendors
acting as prime contractors for NSEP services will accept assigned NSEP
priority levels only when they are accompanied by the Manager, NCS
designated service identification (i.e., TSP Authorization Code).
However, service vendors are authorized to accept priority levels and/or
revisions from users and contracting activities before assignment by the
Manager, NCS when service vendors, users, and contracting activities are
unable to communicate with either the FCC, Director, OSTP, or the
Manager, NCS. Processing of Emergency NSEP service requests will not be
delayed for verification purposes.
c. Invocation of NSEP Treatment. To invoke NSEP treatment for the
priority provisioning of an NSEP telecommunications service, an
authorized Federal official either within, or acting on behalf of, the
service user's organization must make a written or oral declaration to
concerned service vendor(s) and the Manager, NCS, that NSEP treatment is
being invoked. Authorized Federal officials include the head or
director of a Federal agency, commander of a unified/specified military
command, chief of a military service, or commander of a major military
command; the delegates of any of the foregoing; or any other officials
as specified in supplemental procedures issued by the Manager, NCS. The
authority to invoke NSEP treatment may be delegated only to a general or
flag officer of a military service, civilian employee of equivalent
grade (e.g., Senior Executive Service member), Federal Coordinating
Officer or Federal Emergency Communications Coordinator/Manager, or any
other such officials specified in supplemental procedures issued by the
EOP. Delegates must be designated as such in writing, and written or
oral invocations must be accomplished, in accordance with supplemental
procedures issued by the Manager, NCS.
14. Resubmission of Circuits Presently Assigned Restoration
Priorities. All circuits assigned restoration priorities must be
reviewed for eligibility for initial restoration priority level
assignment under the provisions of this directive. Circuits assigned
restoration priorities, and for which restoration priority level
assignments are requested under paragraph 12 of this directive, will be
resubmitted to the Manager, NCS. To resubmit such circuits, service
users will comply with applicable provisions of paragraphs 10i and 13 of
this directive.
15. Appeal. Service users or sponsoring Federal organizations may
appeal any priority level assignment, denial, revision, revocation,
approval, or disapproval to the Manager, NCS within 30 days of
notification to the service user. The appellant must use the form or
format required by the Manager, NCS and must serve the FCC with a copy
of its appeal. The Manager, NCS will act on the appeal within 90 days
of receipt. Service users and sponsoring Federal organizations may only
then appeal directly to the FCC. Such FCC appeal must be filed within
30 days of notification of the Manager, NCS' decision on appeal.
Additionally, the Manager, NCS may appeal any FCC revisions, approvals
or disapprovals to the FCC. All appeals to the FCC must be submitted
using the form or format required. The party filing its appeal with the
FCC must include factual details supporting its claim and must serve a
copy on the Manager, NCS and any other party directly involved. Such
party may file a response within 20 days, and replies may be filed
within 10 days thereafter. The Commission will not issue public notices
of such submissions. The Commission will provide notice of its decision
to the parties of record. Any appeals to the Manager, NCS that include
a claim of new information that has not been presented before for
consideration may be submitted at any time.
16. NSEP TSP System Categories, Criteria, and Priority Levels.
a. General. NSEP TSP System categories and criteria, and permissible
priority level assignments, are defined and explained below.
(1) The Essential NSEP category has four subcategories (i.e.,
National Security Leadership; National Security Posture and U.S.
Population Attack Warning; Public Health, Safety, and Maintenance of
Law and Order; and Public Welfare and Maintenance of National Economic
Posture). Each subcategory has its own criteria. Criteria are also
shown for the Emergency NSEP category, which has no subcategories.
(2) Priority levels of ''1,'' ''2,'' ''3,'' ''4,'' and ''5'' may be
assigned for provisioning and/or restoration of Essential NSEP
telecommunication services. However, for Emergency NSEP
telecommunication services, a priority level ''E'' is assigned for
provisioning. A restoration priority level from ''1'' through ''5'' may
be assigned if an Emergency NSEP service also qualifies for such a
restoration priority level under the Essential NSEP category.
(3) The NSEP TSP System allows the assignment of priority levels to
any NSEP telecommunications service across three time periods, or stress
conditions: Peacetime/Crisis/Mobilization, Attack/War, and
Post-Attack/Recovery. Priority levels will normally be assigned only
for the first time period. These assigned priority levels will apply
through the onset of any attack, but it is expected that they would
later be revised by surviving authorized telecommunication resource
managers within the Executive Office of the President based upon
specific facts and circumstances arising during the Attack/War and
Post-Attack/Recovery time periods.
(4) Service users may, for their own internal use, assign
subpriorities to their services assigned priority levels. Receipt of
and response to any such subpriorities is optional for service vendors.
(5) The following paragraphs provide a detailed explanation of the
categories, subcategories, criteria, and priority level assignments,
beginning with the Emergency NSEP category.
b. Emergency NSEP. Telecommunication services in the Emergency NSEP
category are those new services so critical as to be required to be
provisioned at the earliest possible time, without regard to the costs
of obtaining them.
(1) Criteria. To qualify under the Emergency NSEP category, the
service must meet the criteria of directly supporting or resulting from
at least one of the following NSEP functions:
(a) Federal government activity responding to a Presidentially
declared disaster or emergency as defined in the Disaster Relief Act (42
U.S.C. 5122).
(b) State or local government activity responding to a
Presidentially, state, or locally declared disaster or emergency.
(c) Response to a state of crisis declared by the National Command
Authorities (e.g., exercise of presidential war emergency powers under
Section 706 of the Communications Act, supra).
(d) Efforts to protect endangered U.S. personnel or property.
(e) Response to an enemy or terrorist action, civil disturbance,
natural disaster, or any other unpredictable occurrence that has damaged
facilities whose uninterrupted operation is critical to NSEP or the
management of other ongoing crises.
(f) Certification by the head or director of a Federal agency,
commander of a unified/specified command, chief of a military service,
or commander of a major military command, that the telecommunications
service is so critical to protection of life and property or to NSEP
that it must be provided immediately.
(g) A request from an official authorized pursuant to the Foreign
Intelligence Surveillance Act (50 U.S.C. 1801 et seq. and 18 U.S.C.
2511, 2518, 2519).
(2) Priority Level Assignment.
(a) Services qualifying under the Emergency NSEP category are
assigned priority level ''E'' for provisioning.
(b) After 30 days, assignments of provisioning priority level ''E''
for Emergency NSEP services are automatically revoked unless extended
for another 30-day period. A notice of any such revocation will be sent
to service vendors.
(c) For restoration, Emergency NSEP services may be assigned priority
levels under the provisions applicable to Essential NSEP services (see
paragraph 16.c.). Emergency NSEP services not otherwise qualifying for
restoration priority level assignment as Essential NSEP may be assigned
a restoration priority level ''5'' for a 30-day period. Such 30-day
restoration priority level assignments will be revoked automatically
unless extended for another 30-day period. A notice of any such
revocation will be sent to service vendors.
c. Essential NSEP. Telecommunication services in the Essential NSEP
category are those required to be provisioned by due dates specified by
service users, or restored promptly, normally without regard to
associated overtime or expediting costs. They may be assigned priority
levels of ''1,'' ''2,'' ''3,'' ''4,'' or ''5'' for both provisioning and
restoration, depending upon the nature and urgency of the supported
function, the impact of a lack of service or service interruption upon
the supported function, and, for priority access to public switched
services, the user's level of responsibility. Priority level
assignments will be valid for no more than three years unless
revalidated. To be categorized as Essential NSEP, a telecommunications
service must qualify under one of the four subcategories described
below: National Security Leadership; National Security Posture and
U.S. Population Attack Warning; Public Health, Safety, and Maintenance
of Law and Order; or Public Welfare and Maintenance of the National
Economic Posture. (Note: Under emergency circumstances, Essential NSEP
telecommunication services may be recategorized as Emergency NSEP and
assigned a priority level ''E'' for provisioning.)
(1) National Security Leadership. This subcategory will be strictly
limited to only those telecommunication services essential to national
survival if nuclear attack threatens or occurs, and critical orderwire
and control services necessary to ensure the rapid and efficient
provisioning or restoration of other NSEP telecommunication services.
Services in this subcategory are those for which a service interruption
of even a few minutes would have serious adverse impact upon the
supported NSEP function.
(a) Criteria. To qualify under this subcategory, a service must be
at least one of the following:
(i) Critical orderwire, or control service, supporting other NSEP
functions.
(ii) Presidential communications service critical to continuity of
government and national leadership during crisis situations.
(iii) National Command Authority communications service for military
command and control critical to National survival.
(iv) Intelligence communications service critical to warning of
potentially catastrophic attack.
(v) Communications service supporting the conduct of diplomatic
negotiations critical to arresting or limiting hostilities.
(b) Priority Level Assignment. Services under this subcategory will
normally be assigned, during Peacetime/Crisis/Mobilization, priority
level ''1'' for provisioning and restoration.
(2) National Security Posture and U.S. Population Attack Warning.
This subcategory covers those minimum additional telecommunication
services essential to maintaining an optimum defense, diplomatic, or
continuity-of-government posture before, during, and after crisis
situations. Such situations are those ranging from national emergencies
to international crises, including nuclear attack. Services in this
subcategory are those for which a service interruption ranging from a
few minutes to one day would have serious adverse impact upon the
supported NSEP function.
(a) Criteria. To qualify under this subcategory, a service must
support at least one of the following NSEP functions:
(i) Threat assessment and attack warning.
(ii) Conduct of diplomacy.
(iii) Collection, processing, and dissemination of intelligence.
(iv) Command and control of military forces.
(v) Military mobilization.
(vi) Continuity of Federal government before, during, and after
crisis situations.
(vii) Continuity of state and local government functions supporting
the Federal government during and after national emergencies.
(viii) Recovery of critical national functions after crisis
situations.
(ix) National space operations.
(b) Priority Level Assignment. Services under this subcategory will
normally be assigned, during Peacetime/Crisis/Mobilization, priority
levels ''2,'' ''3,'' ''4,'' or ''5'' for provisioning and restoration.
(3) Public Health, Safety, and Maintenance of Law and Order. This
subcategory covers the minimum number of telecommunication services
necessary for giving civil alert to the U.S. population and maintaining
law and order and the health and safety of the U.S. population in times
of any national, regional, or serious local emergency. These services
are those for which a service interruption ranging from a few minutes to
one day would have serious adverse impact upon the supported NSEP
functions.
(a) Criteria. To qualify under this subcategory, a service must
support at least one of the following NSEP functions:
(i) Population warning (other than attack warning).
(ii) Law enforcement.
(iii) Continuity of critical state and local government functions
(other than support of the Federal government during and after national
emergencies).
(iv) Hospitals and distribution of medical supplies.
(v) Critical logistic functions and public utility services.
(vi) Civil air traffic control.
(vii) Military assistance to civil authorities.
(viii) Defense and protection of critical industrial facilities.
(ix) Critical weather services.
(x) Transportation to accomplish the foregoing NSEP functions.
(b) Priority Level Assignment. Services under this subcategory will
normally be assigned, during Peacetime/Crisis/Mobilization, priority
levels ''3,'' ''4,'' or ''5'' for provisioning and restoration.
(4) Public Welfare and Maintenance of National Economic Posture.
This subcategory covers the minimum number of telecommunication services
necessary for maintaining the public welfare and national economic
posture during any national or regional emergency. These services are
those for which a service interruption ranging from a few minutes to one
day would have serious adverse impact upon the supported NSEP function.
(a) Criteria. To qualify under this subcategory, a service must
support at least one of the following NSEP functions:
(i) Distribution of food and other essential supplies.
(ii) Maintenance of national monetary, credit, and financial systems.
(iii) Maintenance of price, wage, rent, and salary stabilization, and
consumer rationing programs.
(iv) Control of production and distribution of strategic materials
and energy supplies.
(v) Prevention and control of environmental hazards or damage.
(vii) Transportation to accomplish the foregoing NSEP functions.
(b) Priority Level Assignment. Services under this subcategory will
normally be assigned, during Peacetime/Crisis/Mobilization, priority
levels ''4'' or ''5'' for provisioning and restoration.
d. Limitations. Priority levels will be assigned only to the minimum
number of telecommunication services required to support an NSEP
function. Priority levels will not normally be assigned to back-up
services on a continuing basis, absent additional justification (e.g., a
service user specifies a requirement for physically diverse routing or
contracts for additional continuity-of-service features). The Executive
Office of the President may also establish limitations upon the relative
numbers of services which may be assigned any restoration priority
level. These limitations will not take precedence over laws or
executive orders. Such limitations shall not be exceeded absent waiver
by the Executive Office of the President.
e. Non-NSEP Services. Telecommunication services in the non-NSEP
category will be those which do not meet the criteria for either
Emergency NSEP or Essential NSEP.
17. Authorizing Provision. NCS manuals implementing this directive
are authorized.
18. Effective Date. This directive is effective immediately.
19. Expiration. This directive is in effect until superseded or
cancelled.
A. Definitions
Director, Office of Science and Technology Policy.
Dated: July 5, 1990.
Director, Office of Management and Budget.
Dated: July 5, 1990.
Assistant to the President for National Security Affairs.
Dated: July 5, 1990.
For the purposes of this Directive:
The designation of priority level(s) for a defined NSEP
telecommunications service for a specified time period.
A quality assurance review in response to identified problems.
As specified by Executive Order 12472, a committee consisting of
representatives from those Federal departments, agencies or entities,
designated by the President, which lease or own telecommunications
facilities or services of significance to national security or emergency
preparedness, and, to the extent permitted by law, other Executive
entities which bear policy, regulatory or enforcement responsibilities
of importance to national security or emergency preparedness
telecommunications capabilities.
The Federal government or any foreign, state, county, municipal, or
other local government agency or organization. Specific qualifications
will be supplied whenever reference to a particular level of government
is intended (e.g., ''Federal government,'' ''state government'').
''Foreign government'' means any non-U.S. sovereign empire, kingdom,
state, or independent political community, including foreign diplomatic
and consular establishments and coalitions or associations of
governments (e.g., North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO),
Organization of American States (OAS), and United Nations (UN); and
associations of governments or government agencies or organizations
(e.g., Pan American Union, International Postal Union, and International
Monetary Fund).
The National Communications System (NCS) is a confederation of
Federal departments, agencies and entities established by Presidential
Memorandum of August 21, 1963 and reaffirmed by Executive Order No.
12472, ''Assignment of National Security and Emergency Preparedness
Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984.
The joint telecommunications industry -- Federal government operation
established by the NCS to assist in the initiation, coordination,
restoration and reconstitution of NSEP telecommunication services or
facilities.
Telecommunication services that are used to maintain a state of
readiness or to respond to and manage any event or crisis (local,
national, or international) that causes or could cause injury or harm to
the population, damage to or loss of property, or degrades or threatens
the NSEP posture of the United States. These services fall into two
specific categories. Emergency NSEP and Essential NSEP, and are
assigned priority levels.
The provisioning of a telecommunications service before others based
on the provisioning priority level assigned by the Manager, NCS, in
accordance with this directive.
The assignment, revision, revocation, or revalidation by the Manager,
NCS, in accordance with this directive, of a priority level associated
with an NSEP telecommunications service.
The level that may be assigned to an NSEP telecommunications service
specifying the order in which provisioning or restoration of the service
is to occur relative to other NSEP and/or non-NSEP telecommunication
services. Authorized priority levels are designated (highest to lowest)
''E,. ''1,'' ''2,'' ''3,'' ''4,'' and ''5'' for provisioning and ''1,''
''2,'' ''3,'' ''4,'' and ''5'' for restoration.
The priority level(s) designated for the provisioning and/or
restoration of a particular NSEP telecommunications service.
Those non-common carrier telecommunication services including private
line, virtual private line, and private switched network services.
The act of supplying telecommunications service to a user, including
all associated transmission, wiring, and equipment. As used herein,
''provisioning'' and ''initiation'' are synonymous and include altering
the state of an existing priority service or capability.
Those NSEP telecommunication services utilizing public switched
networks. Such services may include both interexchange and
intraexchange network facilities (e.g., switching systems, interoffice
trunks and subscriber loops).
1,2Editorial Note: See 216.2(c) and the note following the table of
contents for the appendix to part 216.
/2/ Editorial Note: See 216.2(c) and the note following the table
of contents for the appendix to part 216.
Editorial Notes:
/1/ See the note at the end of Directive 1-1.
/2/ See 216.2(c) and the note following the table of contents for
the appendix to part 216.
/3/ See 216.2(c) and the note following the table of contents for
the appendix to part 216.
/1/ Editorial Note: See 216.2(c) and the note following the table
of contents for the appendix to part 216.
*Certain NCS member organizations are also assigned special
telecommunications planning responsibilities within the Federal
Government, e.g., spectrum planning, telecommunications security and
protection, and diplomatic and intelligence communications planning.
These organizations will work with the Manager, NCS, to assure that
their special areas of responsibility are reflected in the National
Level Program to the maximum extent practicable. For example, FEMA will
ensure that State/local NSEP telecommunications concerns, activities,
and capabilities are considered, to the maximum extent practicable,
within the Planning Process.
**Such information from NCS members organizations will be provided to
the extent permitted by law and regulation, and with due regard for the
need to protect classified or otherwise sensitive national security or
intelligence information.
/4/ Editorial note: See 216.2(c), and the note following the table
of contents for the appendix to part 216.
/1/ Editorial note: See 216.2(c) and the note following the table
of contents for the appendix to part 216.
/2/ Editorial note: See 216.2(c) and the note following the table
of contents for the appendix to part 216.
/1/ Editorial Note: See Section 216.2(c).
47 CFR 216.2 Reconciliation
The comparison of NSEP service information and the resolution of
identified discrepancies.
The repair or returning to service of one or more telecommunication
services that have experienced a service outage or are unusable for any
reason, including a damaged or impaired telecommunications facility.
Such repair or returning to service may be done by patching, rerouting,
substitution of component parts or pathways, and other means, as
determined necessary by a service vendor.
The rejustification by a service user of a priority level assignment.
This may result in extension by the Manager, NCS, in accordance with
this directive, of the expiration date associated with the priority
level assignment.
A change in priority level assignment for an NSEP telecommunications
service. This includes any extension of an existing priority level
assignment to an expanded NSEP service.
The elimination of a priority level assignment when it is no longer
valid. All priority level assignments for an NSEP service are revoked
upon service termination.
Information uniquely identifying an NSEP telecommunications service
to the service vendor and/or service user.
Any individual or organization (including a service vendor) supported
by a telecommunications service for which a priority level has been
requested or assigned.
Any person, association, partnership, corporation, organization, or
other entity (including common carriers and government organizations)
that offers to supply any telecommunication equipment, facilities, or
services (including customer premises equipment and wiring) or
combination thereof. The term includes resale carriers, prime
contractors, subcontractors, and interconnecting carriers.
Circuits or services not being used or contracted for by any
customer.
The transmission, emission, or reception of signals, signs, writing,
images, sounds, or intelligence of any nature, by wire, cable,
satellite, fiber optics, laser, radio, visual, or other electronic,
electric, electromagnetic, or acoustically coupled means, or any
combination thereof. The term can include necessary telecommunication
facilities.
Any individual, organization, or activity that interacts with the TSP
System.
September 30, 1988.
1. Purpose. This directive establishes National Communications System
(NCS) policies pertaining to operation and use of the Shared Resources
(SHARES) High Frequency (HF) Radio Program.
2. Applicability. This directive is binding upon NCS and other
Executive entities who voluntarily elect to participate in the SHARES HF
Radio Program.
3. Authority. This directive is issued under the authority of
Executive Order No. 12472, ''Assignment of National Security and
Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,'' April 3, 1984, 49
FR 13471 (1984); and NCS Directive 1-1, ''National Communications
System (NCS) Issuance System,'' November 30, 1987.
4. References.
a. Executive Order (E.0.) No. 12472, ''Assignment of National
Security and Emergency Preparedness Telecommunications Functions,''
April 3, 1984, 49 FR 13471 (1984).
b. National Telecommunications & Information Administration (NTIA),
''Manual of Regulations and Procedures for Federal Radio Frequency
Management,'' May, 1986 Edition as revised May, 1987 or current
edition/revision.
5. General.
a. E.O. No. 12472 established national policy guidance in support of
National Security Emergency Preparedness (NSEP) objectives. Executive
Order No. 12472 mandates that action be taken to ''. . . ensure that a
national telecommunications infrastructure is developed . . .''.
Consistent with the Executive Order, functionally similar government
telecommunications networks should be designed to interchange traffic in
support of national leadership requirements.
b. The SHARES HF Radio Program will provide a backup capability to
exchange critical information among Federal entities to support NSEP.
Federally controlled HF radio resources will be shared to establish a
robust NSEP HF radio communications infrastructure. The program
involves a collection of existing Federally controlled HF radio stations
that inter-operate to transmit NSEP messages when normal means of
communication are not available.
6. Policy.
a. Any participating Federal entity will accept, to the extent that
acceptance does not interfere with the mission responsibilities of the
entity, emergency messages of other Federal entities, or other
components of the same entity, for transmission by HF radio to the
addressee or to another participant for relay to the addressee.
b. A SHARES message is an emergency message to be sent via the SHARES
network. It consists of information that must be communicated to a
Federal entity and is of critical importance to the Federal Government,
the entity's mission, and/or involves the preservation of life and the
protection of property.
c. Transmission of SHARES messages will be guided by the policy of
the agency accepting the message. Advice that a ''SHARES Message'' is
to be transmitted will serve to notify operating personnel that a
critical NSEP message requirement exists, and implicitly, that normal
communication paths are not available.
7. Responsibilities.
a. NCS entities participating in the SHARES HF Radio Program will, to
the maximum extent possible:
(1) Identify HF stations under their control for participation in the
SHARES Program.
(2) Maintain the operational readiness of their SHARES HF stations.
(3) Provide updated information as necessary for inclusion in a
SHARES HF Radio Program Directory. Use of Federal frequencies for
SHARES traffic shall be in accordance with National Telecommunications
and Information Administration (NTIA) ''Manual of Regulations and
Procedures for Federal Radio Frequency Management.''
(4) Ensure participation of available stations in scheduled
exercises.
(5) Provide representation, as required, at meetings, briefings,
conferences, and other official SHARES HF Radio Program activities.
b. The Manager, NCS, will administer the SHARES HF Radio Program and
perform the management functions defined below:
(1) Publish and periodically update, as NCS issuances, a User Manual,
giving detailed procedures for using SHARES HF Radio Program
capabilities, and HF Directory of participating Federally controlled HF
radio stations.
(2) Develop, schedule, and administer periodic exercises of the
SHARES HF Radio Program capabilities.
(3) Perform other functions, as necessary, to improve SHARES
capabilities.
8. Authorizing Provision. NCS manuals implementing this directive
are authorized.
9. Effective Date. This directive is effective immediately.
10. Expiration. This directive is in effect until superseded or
cancelled.
(55 FR 51063, Dec. 11, 1990)
47 CFR 216.2 47 CFR Ch. III (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 216.2 Nat'l Telecom. and Info. Admin., Commerce
47 CFR 216.2 CHAPTER III -- NATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS
47 CFR 216.2 AND INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION,
47 CFR 216.2 DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
Part
Page
300 Manual of regulations and procedures for federal radio frequency
management
47 CFR 216.2
47 CFR 216.2 47 CFR Ch. III (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 216.2 Nat'l Telecom. and Info. Admin., Commerce
47 CFR 216.2 PART 300 -- MANUAL OF REGULATIONS AND PROCEDURES FOR
FEDERAL RADIO AND FREQUENCY MANAGEMENT
Authoritu Exec. Order 12046 (March 27, 1978), 43 FR 13349, 3 CFR
1978 Comp., p. 158.
47 CFR 300.1 Incorporation by reference of the Manual of Regulations
and Procedures for Federal Radio Frequency Management.
(a) The Manual of Regulations and Procedures for Federal Radio
Frequency Management (hereinafter referred to as the NTIA Manual) is
issued by the Assistant Secretary of Commerce for Communications and
Information, and is specifically designed to cover the Assistant
Secretary's frequency management responsibilities pursuant to delegated
authority under Executive Order 12046 (March 27, 1978).
(b) The Federal agencies shall meet the requirements set forth in the
May 1989 edition of the NTIA Manual, as amended by revisions dated May
1990, which is incorporated by reference with the approval of the
Director, Office of the Federal Register in accordance with 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(c) The NTIA Manual is updated January, May, and September of each
year and notice of these changes are printed in the Federal Register.
The NTIA Manual can be obtained from the Superintendent of Documents,
U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402, by referring to
Catalog Number 903-008-00000-8. The NTIA Manual is on file at the
Office of the Federal Register, 1100 L Street NW., Room 8401,
Washington, DC 20408.
(52 FR 49016, Dec. 29, 1987, as amended at 55 FR 45808, Oct. 31,
1990)
47 CFR 300.1 FINDING AIDS
A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations
which is published separately and revised annually.
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
Table of OMB Control Numbers
Cross Reference Table
List of CFR Sections Affected
Title 47-Telecommunications
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
The Director of the Federal Register has approved under 5 U.S.C.
552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51 the incorporation by reference of the following
publications. This list contains only those incorporations by reference
effective as of the revision date of this volume. Incorporations by
reference found within a regulation are effective upon the effective
date of that regulation. For more information on incorporation by
reference, see the preliminary pages of this volume.
47 CFR 300.1 47 CFR SUBCHAPTER D (PART 80-End)
FEDERAL COMMUNICATIONS COMMISSION
47 CFR
Department of Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration
Office of Airworthiness, 800 Independence Ave., SW., Washington, DC
20591
Technical Standard Order, TSO-C91a, Emergency Locator Transmitter
Equipment, April 29, 1985 80.1053, 87.141
Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative Organization (IMCO (Now
International Maritime Organization (IMO))
4 Albert Embankment, London, SE 17SR, United Kingdom
IMCO Resolution A. 477 (XII). Title: Performance Standards for
Radar Equipment. Document adopted by IMCO November 19, 1981 80.825
Radio Technical Commission for Maritie Services
P.O. Box 19087, Washington, DC 20036
Volume 11 of RTCM Special Committee No. 65 Final Report; Part 11.
Title: ''Performance Specification For a General Purpose Navigational
Radar Set for Oceangoing Ships of 1,600 Tons Gross Tonnage and Upwards
for Ships Already Fitted''. Document approved by RTCM July 18, 1978.
Volume 11 of RTCM Special Committee No. 65 Final Report with Change
1 Entered; Part 1 including Appendix A. Title: ''Performance
Specification For a General Purpose Navigational Radar Set For
Oceangoing Vessels of 1,600 Tons Gross Tonnage and Upwards for New Radar
Installations''. Title of Appendix A: ''General Purpose Shipborne
Navigational Radar Set For Oceangoing Ships -- Design and Testing
Specifications''. Document approved by RTCM July 18, 1978 80.825
RCTM paper 133-87/SC 103-33, dated May 15, 1987, entitled ''RCTM
Recommended Performance Specification for a General Purpose Navigational
Radar Set for Oceangoing Ships of 500 Gross Tons and Upwards for New
Radar Installations'', including Appendix A, entitled ''General Purpose
Shipborne Navigational Radar Set for Oceangoing Ships -- Design and
Testing Specifications'' 80.825
RTCM ''Recommended Standards for 406 MHz Satellite Emergency
Position-Indicating Radiobeacons (EPIRBS)'', dated July 31, 1987, with
editorial updates of December 31, 1987 80.825
47 CFR 300.1 47 CFR CHAPTER III (PART 300)
NATIONAL TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION,
DEPARTMENT OF COMMERCE
National Telecommunications and Information Administration
NTIA Manual of Regulations and Procedures for Federal Radio Frequency
Management, May 1989 ed., Revised May 1990; available from:
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402 300.1
Chap.
47 CFR 300.1 Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
47 CFR 300.1 Title 1 -- General Provisions
I Administrative Committee of the Federal Register (Parts 1 -- 49)
II Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50 -- 299)
III Administrative Conference of the United States (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400 -- 500)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 2 -- (Reserved)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 3 -- The President
I Executive Office of the President (Parts 100 -- 199)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 4 -- Accounts
I General Accounting Office (Parts 1 -- 99)
II Federal Claims Collection Standards (General Accounting Office --
Department of Justice) (Parts 100 -- 299)
III General Accounting Office (CASB) (Parts 300 -- 499)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 5 -- Administrative Personnel
I Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1 -- 1199)
II Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
III Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
IV Advisory Committee on Federal Pay (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
V The International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board (Parts 1500
-- 1599)
VI Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
VII Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations (Parts 1700 --
1799)
VIII Office of Special Council (Parts 1800 -- 1899)
IX Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900 -- 1999)
XI United States Soldiers' and Airmen's Home (Parts 2100 -- 2199)
XIV Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of the Federal
Labor Relations Authority and Federal Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400
-- 2499)
XV Office of Administration, Executive Office of the President (Parts
2500 -- 2599)
XVI Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600 -- 2699)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 6 -- (Reserved)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 7 -- Agriculture
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of Agriculture (Parts 0 -- 26)
Subtitle B -- Regulations of the Department of Agriculture
I Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, Inspections, Marketing
Practices), Department of Agriculture (Parts 27 -- 209)
II Food and Nutrition Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 210
-- 299)
III Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department of
Agriculture (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 400 -- 499)
V Agricultural Research Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 500
-- 599)
VI Soil Conservation Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 600 --
699)
VII Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service (Agricultural
Adjustment), Department of Agriculture (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Federal Grain Inspection Service, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 800 -- 899)
IX Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements and Orders;
Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department of Agriculture (Parts 900 -- 999)
X Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements and Orders;
Milk), Department of Agriculture (Parts 1000 -- 1199)
XI Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements and Orders;
Miscellaneous Commodities), Department of Agriculture (Parts 1200 --
1299)
XIV Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of Agriculture (Parts
1400 -- 1499)
XV Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts
1500 -- 1599)
XVI Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1600 --
1699)
XVII Rural Electrification Administration, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 1700 -- 1799)
XVIII Farmers Home Administration, Department of Agriculture (Parts
1800 -- 2099)
XXI Foreign Economic Development Service, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 2100 -- 2199)
XXII Office of International Cooperation and Development, Department
of Agriculture (Parts 2200 -- 2299)
XXIV Board of Contract Appeals, Department of Agriculture (Parts 2400
-- 2499)
XXV Office of the General Sales Manager, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 2500 -- 2599)
XXVI Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture (Parts
2600 -- 2699)
XXVII Office of Information Resources Management, Department of
Agriculture (Parts 2700 -- 2799)
XXVIII Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 2800 --
2899)
XXIX Office of Energy, Department of Agriculture (Parts 2900 -- 2999)
XXX Office of Finance and Management, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3000 -- 3099)
XXXI Office of Environmental Quality, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3100 -- 3199)
XXXII Office of Grants and Program Systems, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3200 -- 3299)
XXXIII Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture (Parts
3300 -- 3399)
XXXIV Cooperative State Research Service, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3400 -- 3499)
XXXVI National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department of
Agriculture (Parts 3600 -- 3699)
XXXVII Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts
3700 -- 3799)
XXXVIII World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 3800 -- 3899)
XXXIX Economic Analysis Staff, Department of Agriculture (Parts 3900
-- 3999)
XL Economics Management Staff, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4000
-- 4099)
XLI National Agricultural Library, Department of Agriculture (Part
4100)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 8 -- Aliens and Nationality
I Immigration and Naturalization Service, Department of Justice
(Parts 1 -- 499)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 9 -- Animals and Animal Products
I Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department of
Agriculture (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Packers and Stockyards Administration, Department of Agriculture
(Parts 200 -- 299)
III Food Safety and Inspection Service, Meat and Poultry Inspection,
Department of Agriculture (Parts 300 -- 399)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 10 -- Energy
I Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0 -- 199)
II Department of Energy (Parts 200 -- 699)
III Department of Energy (Parts 700 -- 999)
X Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
XV Office of the Federal Inspector for the Alaska Natural Gas
Transportation System (Parts 1500 -- 1599)
XVII Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700 -- 1799)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 11 -- Federal Elections
I Federal Election Commission (Parts 1 -- 9099)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 12 -- Banks and Banking
I Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the Treasury (Parts 1 --
199)
II Federal Reserve System (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of The Treasury (Parts 500
-- 599)
VI Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600 -- 699)
VII National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800 -- 899)
IX Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900 -- 999)
XI Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council (Parts 1100 --
1199)
XIII Farm Credit System Assistance Board (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
XIV Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
XV Oversight Board (Parts 1500 -- 1599)
XVI Resolution Trust Corporation (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 13 -- Business Credit and Assistance
I Small Business Administration (Parts 1 -- 199)
III Economic Development Administration, Department of Commerce
(Parts 300 -- 399)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 14 -- Aeronautics and Space
I Federal Aviation Administration, Department of Transportation
(Parts 1 -- 199)
II Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation (Aviation
Proceedings) (Parts 200 -- 399)
III Office of Commercial Space Transportation, Department of
Transportation (Parts 400 -- 499)
V National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 15 -- Commerce and Foreign Trade
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 0 -- 29)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Commerce and Foreign Trade
I Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 30 -- 199)
II National Institute of Standards and Technology, Department of
Commerce (Parts 200 -- 299)
III International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts
300 -- 399)
IV Foreign-Trade Zones Board (Parts 400 -- 499)
VII Bureau of Export Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts
700 -- 799)
VIII Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce (Parts 800
-- 899)
IX National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of
Commerce (Parts 900 -- 999)
XI Technology Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 1100 --
1199)
XII United States Travel and Tourism Administration, Department of
Commerce (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
XIII East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
XIV Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
Subtitle C -- Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade Agreements
XX Office of the United States Trade Representative (Parts 2000 --
2099)
Subtitle D -- Regulations Relating to Telecommunications and
Information
XXIII National Telecommunications and Information Administration,
Department of Commerce (Parts 2300 -- 2399)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 16 -- Commercial Practices
I Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0 -- 999)
II Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000 -- 1799)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 17 -- Commodity and Securities Exchanges
I Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200 -- 399)
IV Department of the Treasury (Parts 400 -- 499)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 18 -- Conservation of Power and Water Resources
I Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of Energy (Parts 1
-- 399)
III Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400 -- 499)
VI Water Resources Council (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800 -- 899)
XIII Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 19 -- Customs Duties
I United States Customs Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 1
-- 199)
II United States International Trade Commission (Parts 200 -- 299)
III International Trade Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts
300 -- 399)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 20 -- Employees' Benefits
I Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department of Labor
(Parts 1 -- 199)
II Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200 -- 399)
III Social Security Administration, Department of Health and Human
Services (Parts 400 -- 499)
IV Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of Labor (Parts
500 -- 599)
V Employment and Training Administration, Department of Labor (Parts
600 -- 699)
VI Employment Standards Administration, Department of Labor (Parts
700 -- 799)
VII Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 800 -- 899)
VIII Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 900 -- 999)
IX Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' Employment and
Training, Department of Labor (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 21 -- Food and Drugs
I Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and Human
Services (Parts 1 -- 1299)
II Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice (Parts 1300
-- 1399)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 22 -- Foreign Relations
I Department of State (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Agency for International Development, International Development
Cooperation Agency (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Peace Corps (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV International Joint Commission, United States and Canada (Parts
400 -- 499)
V United States Information Agency (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency (Parts 600 --
699)
VII Overseas Private Investment Corporation, International
Development Cooperation Agency (Parts 700 -- 799)
IX Foreign Service Grievance Board Regulations (Parts 900 -- 999)
X Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
XI International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and
Mexico, United States Section (Parts 1100 -- 1199)
XII United States International Development Cooperation Agency (Parts
1200 -- 1299)
XIII Board for International Broadcasting (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
XIV Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor Relations
Authority; General Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations Authority;
and the Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
XV African Development Foundation (Parts 1500 -- 1599)
XVI Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 23 -- Highways
I Federal Highway Administration, Department of Transportation (Parts
1 -- 999)
II National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Federal Highway
Administration, Department of Transportation (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
III National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of
Transportation (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 24 -- Housing and Urban Development
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and
Urban Development (Parts 0 -- 99)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban Development
I Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, Department of
Housing and Urban Development (Parts 100 -- 199)
II Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 200 --
299)
III Government National Mortgage Association, Department of Housing
and Urban Development (Parts 300 -- 399)
V Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and
Development, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 500 --
599)
VI Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning and
Development, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 600 --
699)
VII Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and Urban
Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance Programs and Public and Indian
Housing Programs) (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing -- Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Section 8
Housing Assistance Programs and Section 202 Direct Loan Program) (Parts
800 -- 899)
IX Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian Housing,
Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 900 -- 999)
X Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing -- Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Interstate
Land Sales Registration Program) (Parts 1700 -- 1799)
XI Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank, Department of Housing
and Urban Development (Parts 1800 -- 1899)
XII Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and Urban
Development (Parts 2000 -- 2099)
XV Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs under the Emergency
Homeowners' Relief Act, Department of Housing and Urban Development
(Parts 2700 -- 2799)
XX Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing -- Federal Housing
Commissioner, Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 3200 --
3699)
XXV Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100 -- 4199)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 25 -- Indians
I Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior (Parts 1 --
299)
II Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the Interior (Parts
300 -- 399)
III National Indian Gaming Commission (Parts 500 -- 599)
IV Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 700 -- 799)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 26 -- Internal Revenue
I Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 1 --
799)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 27 -- Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms
I Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department of the Treasury
(Parts 1 -- 299)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 28 -- Judicial Administration
I Department of Justice (Parts 0 -- 199)
III Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice (Parts 300
-- 399)
V Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice (Parts 600
-- 699)
VII Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700 -- 799)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 29 -- Labor
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 0 -- 99)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Labor
I National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100 -- 199)
II Bureau of Labor-Management Relations and Cooperative Programs,
Department of Labor (Parts 200 -- 299)
III National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of Labor (Parts
400 -- 499)
V Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 500 -- 899)
IX Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission (Parts 900
-- 999)
X National Mediation Board (Parts 1200-1299)
XII Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 1400-1499)
XIV Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600-1699)
XVII Occupational Safety and Health Administration, Department of
Labor (Parts 1900 -- 1999)
XX Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission (Parts 2200 --
2499)
XXV Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, Department of Labor
(Parts 2500 -- 2599)
XXVI Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 2600 -- 2699)
XXVII Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (Parts 2700 --
2799)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 30 -- Mineral Resources
I Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of Labor (Parts 1
-- 199)
II Minerals Management Service, Department of the Interior (Parts 200
-- 299)
III Board of Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Department of
the Interior (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 400 -- 499)
VI Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior (Parts 600 -- 699)
VII Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Department
of the Interior (Parts 700 -- 999)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 31 -- Money and Finance: Treasury
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of the Treasury (Parts 0 -- 50)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
I Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 51 -- 199)
II Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 200 -- 399)
IV Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the Treasury (Parts
500 -- 599)
VI Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the Treasury
(Parts 600 -- 699)
VII Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of the
Treasury (Parts 700 -- 799)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 32 -- National Defense
Subtitle A -- Department of Defense
I Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1 -- 399)
V Department of the Army (Parts 400 -- 699)
VI Department of the Navy (Parts 700 -- 799)
VII Department of the Air Force (Parts 800 -- 1099)
Subtitle B -- Other Regulations Relating to National Defense
XII Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200-1299)
XVI Selective Service System (Parts 1600-1699)
XIX Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900 -- 1999)
XX Information Security Oversight Office (Parts 2000 -- 2099)
XXI National Security Council (Parts 2100 -- 2199)
XXIV Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400 -- 2499)
XXVII Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 2700 -- 2799)
XXVIII Office of the Vice President of the United States (Parts 2800
-- 2899)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 33 -- Navigation and Navigable Waters
I Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 200 -- 399)
IV Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, Department of
Transportation (Parts 400 -- 499)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 34 -- Education
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary, Department of Education (Parts
1 -- 99)
Subtitle B -- Regulations of the Offices of the Department of
Education
I Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education (Parts 100 -- 199)
II Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, Department of
Education (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,
Department of Education (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Office of Vocational and Adult Education, Department of Education
(Parts 400 -- 499)
V Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs,
Department of Education (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of Education (Parts
600 -- 699)
VII Office of Educational Research and Improvement, Department of
Education (Parts 700 -- 799)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 35 -- Panama Canal
I Panama Canal Regulations (Parts 1 -- 299)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 36 -- Parks, Forests, and Public Property
I National Park Service, Department of the Interior (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500 -- 599)
VII Library of Congress (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800 -- 899)
IX Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 900-999)
XI Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board (Parts
1100 -- 1199)
XII National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 37 -- Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights
I Patent and Trademark Office, Department of Commerce (Parts 1 --
199)
II Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 200 -- 299)
III Copyright Royalty Tribunal (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department of Commerce
(Parts 400-499)
V Under Secretary for Technology, Department of Commerce (Parts 500
-- 599)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 38 -- Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief
I Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0 -- 99)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 39 -- Postal Service
I United States Postal Service (Parts 1-999)
III Postal Rate Commission (Parts 3000 -- 3099)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 40 -- Protection of Environment
I Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1 -- 799)
V Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500-1599)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 41 -- Public Contracts and Property Management
Subtitle B -- Other Provisions Relating to Public Contracts
50 Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1 -- 50-999)
51 Committee for Purchase from the Blind and Other Severely
Handicapped (Parts 51-1 -- 51-99)
60 Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal Employment
Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 60-1 -- 60-999)
61 Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans Employment and
Training, Department of Labor (Parts 61-1 -- 61-999)
Subtitle C -- Federal Property Management Regulations System
101 Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1 -- 101-99)
105 General Services Administration (Parts 105-1 -- 105-999)
109 Department of Energy Property Management Regulations (Parts 109-1
-- 109-99)
114 Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1 -- 114-99)
115 Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1 -- 115-99)
128 Department of Justice (Parts 128-1 -- 128-99)
132 Department of the Air Force (Parts 132-1 -- 132-99)
Subtitle D -- Other Provisions Relating to Property Management
(Reserved)
Subtitle E -- Federal Information Resources Management Regulations
System
201 Federal Information Resources Management Regulation (Parts 201-1
-- 201-99)
Subtitle F -- Federal Travel Regulation System
301 Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1 -- 301-99)
302 Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1 -- 302-99)
303 Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of Certain Employees
(Parts 303-1 -- 303-99)
304 Payment from a non-Federal source for travel expenses (Parts
304-1 -- 304-99)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 42 -- Public Health
I Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human Services
(Parts 1 -- 199)
IV Health Care Financing Administration, Department of Health and
Human Services (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of Health and
Human Services (Parts 1000 -- 1999)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 43 -- Public Lands: Interior
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of the Interior (Parts 1 --
199)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Public Lands
I Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior (Parts 200 --
499)
II Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior (Parts 1000
-- 9999)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 44 -- Emergency Management and Assistance
I Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 0 -- 399)
IV Department of Commerce and Department of Transportation (Parts 400
-- 499)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 45 -- Public Welfare
Subtitle A -- Department of Health and Human Services, General
Administration (Parts 1 -- 199)
Subtitle B -- Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
II Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), Family Support
Administration, Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 200 --
299)
III Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support Enforcement
Program), Family Support Administration, Department of Health and Human
Services (Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Office of Refugee Resettlement, Family Support Administration,
Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States,
Department of Justice (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI National Science Foundation (Parts 600 -- 699)
VII Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700 -- 799)
VIII Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800 -- 899)
X Office of Community Services, Family Support Administration,
Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
XI National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities (Parts 1100 --
1199)
XII ACTION (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
XIII Office of Human Development Services, Department of Health and
Human Services (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
XVI Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
XVII National Commission on Libraries and Information Science (Parts
1700 -- 1799)
XVIII Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800 -- 1899)
XX Commission on the Bicentennial of the United States Constitution
(Parts 2000 -- 2099)
XXI Commission on Fine Arts (Parts 2100 -- 2199)
XXII Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee Commission (2200 --
2299)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 46 -- Shipping
I Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1 -- 199)
II Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation (Parts 200
-- 399)
III Coast Guard (Great Lakes Pilotage), Department of Transportation
(Parts 400 -- 499)
IV Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500 -- 599)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 47 -- Telecommunication
I Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0 -- 199)
II Office of Science and Technology Policy and National Security
Council (Parts 200 -- 299)
III National Telecommunications and Information Administration,
Department of Commerce (Parts 300 -- 399)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 48 -- Federal Acquisition Regulations System
1 Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1 -- 99)
2 Department of Defense (Parts 200 -- 299)
3 Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300 -- 399)
4 Department of Agriculture (Parts 400 -- 499)
5 General Services Administration (Parts 500 -- 599)
6 Department of State (Parts 600 -- 699)
7 Agency for International Development (Parts 700 -- 799)
8 Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800 -- 899)
9 Department of Energy (Parts 900 -- 999)
10 Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000 -- 1099)
12 Department of Transportation (Parts 1200 -- 1299)
13 Department of Commerce (Parts 1300 -- 1399)
14 Department of the Interior (Parts 1400 -- 1499)
15 Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500 -- 1599)
16 Office of Personnel Management Federal Employees Health Benefits
Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1600 -- 1699)
17 Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700 -- 1799)
18 National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 1800 -- 1899)
19 United States Information Agency (Parts 1900 -- 1999)
22 Small Business Administration (Parts 2200 -- 2299)
24 Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 2400 -- 2499)
25 National Science Foundation (Parts 2500 -- 2599)
28 Department of Justice (Parts 2800 -- 2899)
29 Department of Labor (Parts 2900 -- 2999)
34 Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 3400 --
3499)
35 Panama Canal Commission (Parts 3500 -- 3599)
44 Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 4400 -- 4499)
51 Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 5100 --
5199)
52 Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 5200 --
5299)
53 Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition Regulation
Supplement (Parts 5300 -- 5399)
57 African Development Foundation (Parts 5700 -- 5799)
61 General Services Administration Board of Contract Appeals (Parts
6100 -- 6199)
63 Department of Transportation Board of Contract Appeals (Parts 6300
-- 6399)
99 Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal Procurement
Policy, Office of Management and Budget (Parts 9900 -- 9999)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 49 -- Transportation
Subtitle A -- Office of the Secretary of Transportation (Parts 1 --
99)
Subtitle B -- Other Regulations Relating to Transportation
I Research and Special Programs Administration, Department of
Transportation (Parts 100 -- 199)
II Federal Railroad Administration, Department of Transportation
(Parts 200 -- 299)
III Federal Highway Administration, Department of Transportation
(Parts 300 -- 399)
IV Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 400 -- 499)
V National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, Department of
Transportation (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI Urban Mass Transportation Administration, Department of
Transportation (Parts 600 -- 699)
VII National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) (Parts 700 --
799)
VIII National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800 -- 899)
X Interstate Commerce Commission (Parts 1000 -- 1399)
47 CFR 300.1 Title 50 -- Wildlife and Fisheries
I United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of the Interior
(Parts 1 -- 199)
II National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 200 -- 299)
III International Regulatory Agencies (Fishing and Whaling) (Parts
300 -- 399)
IV Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife Service,
Department of the Interior and National Marine Fisheries Service,
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, Department of
Commerce); Endangered Species Committee Regulations (Parts 400 -- 499)
V Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500 -- 599)
VI Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic and
Atmospheric Administartion, Department of Commerce (Parts 600 -- 699)
47 CFR 300.1 CFR Index and Finding Aids Subject/Agency Index List
of Agency Prepared Indexes Parallel Tables of Statutory Authorities and
Rules Acts Requiring Publication in the Federal Register List of CFR
Titles, Chapters, Subchapters, and Parts
47 CFR 300.1 Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
CFR Title, Subtitle or
Agency
Chapter
ACTION 45, XII
Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 1, I
Administrative Conference of the United States 1, III
Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations 5, VII
Advisory Committee on Federal Pay 5, IV
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation 36, VIII
African Development Foundation 22, XV; 48, 57
Agency for International Development 22, II; 48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service 7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service 7, V
Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service 7, VII
Agriculture Department
Agricultural Marketing Service 7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service 7, V
Agricultural Stabilization and Conservation Service 7, VII
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service 7, III; 9, I
Commodity Credit Corporation 7, XIV
Contract Appeals, Board of 7, XXIV
Cooperative State Research Service 7, XXXIV
Economic Analysis Staff 7, XXXIX
Economic Research Service 7, XXXVII
Economics Management Staff 7, XL
Energy, Office of 7, XXIX
Environmental Quality, Office of 7, XXXI
Farmers Home Administration 7, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 4
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation 7, IV
Federal Grain Inspection Service 7, VIII
Finance and Management, Office of 7, XXX
Food and Nutrition Service 7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service 9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service 7, XV
Foreign Economic Development Service 7, XXI
Forest Service 36, II
General Sales Manager, Office of 7, XXV
Grants and Program Systems, Office of 7, XXXII
Information Resources Management, Office of 7, XXVII
Inspector General, Office of 7, XXVI
International Cooperation and Development Office 7, XXII
National Agricultural Library 7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service 7, XXXVI
Operations Office 7, XXVIII
Packers and Stockyards Administration 9, II
Rural Electrification Administration 7, XVII
Rural Telephone Bank 7, XVI
Secretary of Agriculture, Office of 7, Subtitle A
Soil Conservation Service 7, VI
Transportation, Office of 7, XXXIII
World Agriculture Outlook Board 7, XXXVIII
Air Force Department 32, VII; 41, Subtitle C, Ch. 132
Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement 48, 53
Alaska Natural Gas Transportation System, Office of the Federal
Inspector 10, XV
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of 27, I
AMTRAK 49, VII
American Battle Monuments Commission 36, IV
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service 7, III; 9, I
Appalachian Regional Commission 5, IX
Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance Board 36, XI
Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, U.S. 22, VI
Army Department 32, V
Engineers, Corps of 33, II; 36, III
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 51
Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department of Commerce 37,
IV
Benefits Review Board 20, VII
Bicentennial of the United States Constitution, Commission on the 45,
XX
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs, Office of 34, V
Blind and Other Severely Handicapped, Committee for Purchase from 41,
51
Board for International Broadcasting 22, XIII
Budget, Office of Management and 5, III
Census Bureau 15, I
Central Intelligence Agency 32, XIX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of 45, III
Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee Commission 45, XXII
Civil Rights Commission 45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for (Education Department) 34, I
Claims Collection Standards, Federal 4, II
Coast Guard 33, I; 46, I, III; 49, IV
Commerce Department 44, IV
Census Bureau 15, I
Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy 37, IV
Economic Affairs, Under Secretary 37, V
Economic Analysis, Bureau of 15, VIII
Economic Development Administration 13, III
Endangered Species Committee 50, IV
Export Administration Bureau 15, VII
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 13
Fishery Conservation and Management 50, VI
International Trade Administration 15, III; 19, III
National Institute of Standards and Technology 15, II
National Marine Fisheries Service 50, II, IV
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 15, IX; 50, II, III,
IV, VI
National Telecommunications and Information Administration 15, XXIII;
47, III
Patent and Trademark Office 37, I
Productivity, Technology and Innovation, Assistant Secretary for 37,
IV
Secretary of Commerce, Office of 15, Subtitle A
Technology Administration 15, XI
Under Secretary for Technology 37, V
United States Travel and Tourism Administration 15, XII
Commercial Space Transportation, Office of, Department of
Transportation 14, III
Commission on the Bicentennial of the United States Constitution 45,
XX
Committee for Purchase from the Blind and Other Severely Handicapped
41, 51
Commodity Credit Corporation 7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of Assistant Secretary for
24, V, VI
Community Services, Office of 45, X
Comptroller of the Currency 12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 29, IX
Consumer Product Safety Commission 16, II
Contract Appeals, Board of 7, XXIV
Cooperative State Research Service 7, XXXIV
Copyright Office 37, II
Copyright Royalty Tribunal 37, III
Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal Procurement Policy
48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality 40, V
Customs Service, United States 19, I
Defense Department 32, Subtitle A
Air Force Department 32, VII; 41, Subtitle C, Ch. 132
Army Department 32, V; 33, II; 36, III, 48, 51
Engineers, Corps of 33, II; 36, III
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 2
Navy Department 32, VI; 48, 52
Secretary of Defense, Office of 32, I
Defense Logistics Agency 32, XII
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board 10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission 18, III
Drug Enforcement Administration 21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board 15, XIII
Economic Affairs, Under Secretary (Commerce) 37, V
Economic Analysis, Bureau of 15, VIII
Economic Analysis Staff, Department of Agriculture 7, XXXIX
Economic Development Administration 13, III
Economics Management Staff 7, XL
Economic Research Service 7, XXXVII
Education, Department of
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages Affairs, Office of 34, V
Civil Rights, Office for 34, I
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of 34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of 34, II
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 34
Postsecondary Education, Office of 34, VI
Secretary of Education, Office of 34, Subtitle A
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Office of 34, III
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of 34, IV
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of 34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of 34, II
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board 20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board, International Organizations 5, V
Employment and Training Administration 20, V
Employment Standards Administration 20, VI
Endangered Species Committee 50, IV
Energy, Department of 10, II, III, X; 41, 109
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 9
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission 18, I
Energy, Office of, Department of Agriculture 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of 33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of 31, VI
Environmental Protection Agency 40, I; 41, 115; 48, 15
Environmental Quality, Office of (Agriculture Department) 7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, I
Executive Office of the President 3, I
Administration, Office of 5, XV
Export Administration Bureau 15, VII
Export-Import Bank of the United States 12, IV
Family Assistance, Office of 45, II
Family Support Administration 45, II, III, IV, X
Farm Credit Administration 12, VI
Farm Credit System Assistance Board 12, XIII
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation 12, XIV
Farmers Home Administration 7, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 1
Federal Aviation Administration 14, I
Federal Claims Collection Standards 4, II
Federal Communications Commission 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of 41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation 7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation 12, III
Federal Election Commission 11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency 44, I; 48, 44
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 12, XI
Federal Financing Bank 12, VIII
Federal Grain Inspection Service 7, VIII
Federal Highway Administration 23, I, II; 49, III
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation 1, IV
Federal Housing Finance Board 12, IX
Federal Information Resources Management Regulations 41, Subtitle E,
Ch. 201
Federal Inspector for the Alaska Natural Gas Transportation System,
Office of 10, XV
Federal Labor Relations Authority, and General Counsel of the Federal
Labor Relations Authority 5, XIV; 22, XIV
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center 31, VII
Federal Maritime Commission 46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service 29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 29, XXVII
Federal Pay, Advisory Committee on 5, IV
Federal Prison Industries, Inc. 28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations 41, 101
Federal Property Management Regulations System 41, Subtitle C
Federal Railroad Administration 49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of 1, I
Federal Register, Office of 1, II
Federal Reserve System 12, II
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board 5, VI
Federal Service Impasses Panel 5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission 16, I
Federal Travel Regulation System 41, Subtitle F
Finance and Management, Department of Agriculture 7, XXX
Fine Arts Commission 45, XXI
Fiscal Service 31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States 50, I, IV
Fishery Conservation and Management 50, VI
Fishing and Whaling, International Regulatory Agencies 50, III
Food and Drug Administration 21, I
Food and Nutrition Service 7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service 9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service 7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of United States 45, V
Foreign Economic Development Service 7, XXI
Foreign Service Grievance Board 22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel 22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board 22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board 15, IV
Forest Service 36, II
General Accounting Office 4, I, II, III
General Sales Manager, Office of 7, XXV
General Services Administration
Contract Appeals Board 48, 61
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 5
Federal Information Resources Management Regulations 41, Subtitle E,
Ch. 201
Federal Property Management Regulations System 41, 101, 105
Federal Travel Regulation System 41, Subtitle F
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of Certain Employees 41,
303
Reduction in Meeting and Training Allowance Payments 41, 304
Relocation Allowances 41, 302
Travel Allowances 41, 301
Geological Survey 30, IV
Government Ethics, Office of 5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association 24, III
Grants and Program Systems, Office of 7, XXXII
Great Lakes Pilotage 46, III
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation 45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of 45, Subtitle A
Child Support Enforcement, Office of 45, III
Community Services, Office of 45, X
Family Assistance, Office of 45, II
Family Support Administration 45, II, III, IV, X
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 3
Food and Drug Administration 21, I
Health Care Financing Administration 42, IV
Human Development Services Office 45, XIII
Inspector General, Office of 42, V
Public Health Service 42, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of 45, IV
Social Security Administration 20, III; 45, IV
Health Care Financing Administration 42, IV
Housing and Urban Development, Department of
Community Planning and Development, Office of Assistant Secretary for
24, V, VI
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, I
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 24
Government National Mortgage Association 24, III
Housing -- Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of Assistant
Secretary for 24, II, VIII, X, XX
Inspector General, Office of 24, XII
Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs Under Emergency Homeowners'
Relief Act 24, XV
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant Secretary for 24, IX
Secretary, Office of 24, Subtitle B, VII
Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank 24, XI
Housing -- Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of Assistant
Secretary for 24, II, VIII, X, XX
Human Development Services Office 45, XIII
Immigration and Naturalization Service 8, I
Indian Affairs, Bureau of 25, I
Indian Arts and Crafts Board 25, II
Information Agency, United States 22, V; 48, 19
Information Resources Management, Office of, Agriculture Department
7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office 32, XX
Inspector General, Office of, Agriculture Department 7, XXVI
Inspector General, Office of, Health and Human Services Department
42, V
Inspector General, Office of, Housing and Urban Development
Department 24, XII
Inter-American Foundation 22, X
Intergovernmental Relations, Advisory Commission on 5, VII
Interior Department
Endangered Species Committee 50, IV
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 14
Federal Property Management Regulations System 41, 114
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States 50, I, IV
Geological Survey 30, IV
Indian Affairs, Bureau of 25, I
Indian Arts and Crafts Board 25, II
Land Management Bureau 43, II
Minerals Management Service 30, II
Mines, Bureau of 30, VI
National Park Service 36, I
Reclamation Bureau 43, I
Secretary of the Interior, Office of 43, Subtitle A
Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board of 30, III
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, Office of 30, VII
United States Fish and Wildlife Service 50, I, IV
Internal Revenue Service 26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission, United States and Mexico
22, XI
International Cooperation and Development Office, Department of
Agriculture 7, XXII
International Development, Agency for 22, II
International Development Cooperation Agency 22, XII
International Development, Agency for 22, II
Overseas Private Investment Corporation 22, VII
International Joint Commission, United States and Canada 22, IV
International Organizations Employees Loyalty Board 5, V
International Regulatory Agencies (Fishing and Whaling) 50, III
International Trade Administration 15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States 19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission 49, X
Japan-United States Friendship Commission 22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries 20, VIII
Justice Department 28, I; 41, 128
Drug Enforcement Administration 21, II
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 28
Federal Claims Collection Standards 4, II
Federal Prison Industries, Inc. 28, III
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United States 45, V
Immigration and Naturalization Service 8, I
Offices of Independent Counsel 28, VI
Prisons, Bureau of 28, V
Labor Department
Benefits Review Board 20, VII
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board 20, IV
Employment and Training Administration 20, V
Employment Standards Administration 20, VI
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 29
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of 41, 60
Federal Procurement Regulations System 41, 50
Labor-Management Relations and Cooperative Programs, Bureau of 29, II
Labor-Management Standards, Office of 29, IV
Mine Safety and Health Administration 30, I
Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29, XVII
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration 29, XXV
Public Contracts 41, 50
Secretary of Labor, Office of 29, Subtitle A
Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of the Assistant Secretary
for 41, 61; 20, IX
Wage and Hour Division 29, V
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of 20, I
Labor-Management Relations and Cooperative Programs, Bureau of 29, II
Labor-Management Standards, Office of 29, IV
Land Management, Bureau of 43, II
Legal Services Corporation 45, XVI
Library of Congress 36, VII
Copyright Office 37, II
Management and Budget, Office of 5, III; 48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission 50, V
Maritime Administration 46, II
Merit Systems Protection Board 5, II
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for 32, XXVII
Mine Safety and Health Administration 30, I
Minerals Management Service 30, II
Mines, Bureau of 30, VI
Minority Business Development Agency 15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies 1, IV
Monetary Offices 31, I
Mortgage Insurance and Loan Programs Under the Emergency Homeowners'
Relief Act, Department of Housing and Urban Development 24, XV
National Aeronautics and Space Administration 14, V; 48, 18
National Agricultural Library 7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service 7, XXXVI
National Archives and Records Administration 36, XII
National Bureau of Standards 15, II
National Capital Planning Commission 1, IV
National Commission for Employment Policy 1, IV
National Commission on Libraries and Information Science 45, XVII
National Credit Union Administration 12, VII
National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 45, XI
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration 23, II, III; 49, V
National Indian Gaming Commission 25, III
National Institute of Standards and Technology 15, II
National Labor Relations Board 29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service 50, II, IV
National Mediation Board 29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration 15, IX; 50, II, III,
IV, VI
National Park Service 36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board 29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 49, VII
National Science Foundation 45, VI; 48, 25
National Security Council 32, XXI
National Security Council and Office of Science and Technology Policy
47, II
National Telecommunications and Information Administration 15, XXIII;
47, III
National Transportation Safety Board 49, VIII
Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation 25, IV
Navy Department 32, VI; 48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation 24, XXV
Nuclear Regulatory Commission 10, I
Occupational Safety and Health Administration 29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 29, XX
Office of Independent Counsel 28, VII
Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 28, VI
Operations Office, Department of Agriculture 7, XXVIII
Overseas Private Investment Corporation 22, VII
Oversight Board 12, XV
Packers and Stockyards Administration 9, II
Panama Canal Commission 48, 35
Panama Canal Regulations 35, I
Patent and Trademark Office 37, I
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of Certain Employees 41,
303
Peace Corps 22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation 36, IX
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, Department of Labor 29,
XXV
Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation 29, XXVI
Personnel Management, Office of 5, I; 45, VIII; 48, 17
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation 48, 16
Postal Rate Commission 39, III
Postal Service, United States 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of 34, VI
President's Commission on White House Fellowships 1, IV
Presidential Documents 3
Prisons, Bureau of 28, V
Productivity, Technology and Innovation, Assistant Secretary
(Commerce) 37, IV
Property Management Regulations System, Federal 41, Subtitle C
Public Contracts, Department of Labor 41, 50
Public Health Service 42, I
Railroad Retirement Board 20, II
Reclamation Bureau 43, I
Reduction in Meeting and Training Allowance Payments 41, 304
Refugee Resettlement, Office of 45, IV
Regional Action Planning Commissions 13, V
Relocation Allowances 41, 302
Research and Special Programs Administration 49, I
Resolution Trust Corporation 12, XVI
Rural Electrification Administration 7, XVII
Rural Telephone Bank 7, XVI
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation 33, IV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of 32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and National Security
Council 47, II
Secret Service 31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission 17, II
Selective Service System 32, XVI
Small Business Administration 13, I; 48, 22
Smithsonian Institution 36, V
Social Security Administration 20, III; 45, IV
Soil Conservation Service 7, VI
Solar Energy and Energy Conservation Bank, Department of Housing and
Urban Development 24, XI
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States 5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of 5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services, Office of 34, III
State Department 22, I
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 6
Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board of 30, III
Susquehanna River Basin Commission 18, VIII
Technology Administration 15, XI
Tennessee Valley Authority 18, XIII
Thrift Supervision Office, Department of the Treasury 12, V
Trade Representative, United States, Office of 15, XX
Transportation, Department of 44, IV
Coast Guard 33, I; 46, I, III; 49, IV
Commercial Space Transportation, Office of 14, III
Contract Appeals Board 48, 63
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 12
Federal Aviation Administration 14, I
Federal Highway Administration 23, I, II; 49, III
Federal Railroad Administration 49, II
Maritime Administration 46, II
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration 23, II, III; 49, V
Research and Special Programs Administration 49, I
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation 33, IV
Secretary of Transportation, Office of 14, II; 49, Subtitle A
Urban Mass Transportation Administration 49, VI
Transportation, Office of, Department of Agriculture 7, XXXIII
Travel Allowance 41, 301
Travel and Tourism Administration, United States 15, XII
Treasury Department 17, IV
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of 27, I
Comptroller of the Currency 12, I
Customs Service, United States 19, I
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of 31, VI
Federal Acquisition Regulation 48, 10
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center 31, VII
Fiscal Service 31, II
Foreign Assets Control, Office of 31, V
Internal Revenue Service 26, I
Monetary Offices 31, I
Secret Service 31, IV
Secretary of the Treasury, Office of 31, Subtitle A
Thrift Supervision Office 12, V
United States Customs Service 19, I
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation 45, XVIII
Under Secretary for Technology, Department of Commerce 37, V
United States and Canada, International Joint Commission 22, IV
United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency 22, VI
United States Customs Service 19, I
United States Fish and Wildlife Service 50, I, IV
United States Information Agency 22, V; 48, 19
United States International Development Cooperation Agency 22, XII
United States International Trade Commission 19, II
United States Postal Service 39, I
United States Soldiers' and Airmen's Home 5, XI
United States Trade Representative, Office of 15, XX
United States Travel and Tourism Adminstration 15, XII
Urban Mass Transportation Administration 49, VI
Veterans Affairs Department 38, I; 48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of the Assistant Secretary
for 41, 61; 20, IX
Vice President of the United States, Office of 32, XXVIII
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of 34, IV
Wage and Hour Division 29, V
Water Resources Council 18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of 20, I
World Agriculture Outlook Board 7, XXXVIII
47 CFR 300.1 47 CFR (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 300.1 OMB Control Numbers
47 CFR 300.1
47 CFR 300.1
47 CFR 300.1 Table of OMB Control Numbers
The OMB control numbers for Chapter I of Title 47 were consolidated
into 0.408 at 49 FR 18306, Apr. 30, 1984. Section 0.408 is reprinted
below for the convenience of the user.
47 CFR 0.408 OMB control numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork
Reduction Act.
(a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers
assigned to information collection requirements of the Commission by the
Office of Management and Budget pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act
of 1980, Pub. L. 96-511. The Commission intends that this section
comply with the requirements of section 3507(f) of the Paperwork
Reduction Act, which requires that agencies display a current control
number assigned by the Director of the Office of Management and Budget
(''OMB'') for each agency information collection requirement. OMB
control numbers assigned to Commission forms are not listed in this
section since those numbers appear on the forms.
(b) Display.
(Sec. 4(i), Communications Act of 1934, as amended; 47 CFR 0.231(d))
(49 FR 18306, Apr. 30, 1984, as amended at 50 FR 9632, Mar. 11, 1985;
51 FR 12157, Apr. 9, 1986; 51 FR 34619, Sept. 30, 1986; 52 FR 35918,
Sept. 24, 1987; 53 FR 5184, Feb. 22, 1988; 53 FR 6916, Mar. 3, 1988;
54 FR 3038, Jan. 23, 1989; 54 FR 35650, Aug. 29, 1989; 55 FR 39277,
Sept. 26, 1990; 56 FR 49417, Sept. 30, 1991)
47 CFR 0.408 47 CFR (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 0.408 Cross Reference Table
47 CFR 0.408
47 CFR 0.408
47 CFR 0.408 Cross Reference Table
At 51 FR 31213, Sept. 2, 1986, parts 81 and 83 were removed and
reorganized into new part 80. For the convenience of the user, the
following cross reference table shows the summary of changes reflected
as a result of the reissuance of the regulations, as reorganized into
part 80.
47 CFR 0.408 47 CFR (10-1-91 Edition)
47 CFR 0.408 List of CFR Sections Affected
47 CFR 0.408 List of CFR Sections Affected
All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations which
were made by documents published in the Federal Register since January
1, 1986, are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the
nature of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to Federal Register
pages. The user should consult the entries for chapters and parts as
well as sections for revisions.
For the period before January 1, 1986, see the ''List of CFR Sections
Affected, 1949-1963, 1964-1972, and 1973-1985'' published in seven
separate volumes.
47 CFR 0.408 1986
47 CFR
51 FR
Page
Chapter I
80 Added; eff. 10-2-86 (regulations transferred from Parts 81 and
83) 31213
80.156 Correctly added 34984
80.207 (d) table footnote 5 corrected 34984
80.313 Introductory text corrected 34984
80.355 Heading corrected; (c)(2) correctly removed; (c)(3) and (4)
correctly redesignated as (c)(2) and (c) 34984
80.357 Heading corrected 34984
80.373 (d)(1) table corrected 34984
80.559 (c) corrected 34984
81 Removed; eff. 10-2-86 (regulations transferred to Part 80) 31213
83 Removed; eff. 10-2-86 (regulations transferred to Part 80) 31213
87.29 (a)(7) added 1513
87.49 Redesignated as 87.51; new 87.49 added 17341
87.51 Redesignated from 87.49 17341
87.77 (b) amended; eff. 10-2-86 31305
87.183 (j)(3)(ii) amended; (cc)(3) revised; (cc)(4) added 1513
(j)(1) amended; eff. 10-2-86 31305
87.237 Amended; eff. 10-2-86 31305
Corrected 34984
87.305 Added 29106
87.431 (d) redesignated as (e); new (d) added 1513
87.433 (b) amended 1513
87.513 (g) revised 37911
90.7 Amended; eff. 10-22-86 14995
90.17 (c)(3) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14995
90.53 (a) table and (b)(31) revised; (b)(8) removed; eff. 10-22-86
14995
(b)(1) introductory text, (ii), and (iii) amended; eff. 10-2-86
31305
90.63 (d)(15) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14995
90.65 (c)(37) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14995
90.67 (c) (18) and (29) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14995
90.73 (d) (28), (30), and (32), and (e)(4) introductory text revised;
eff. 10-22-86 14995
90.75 (c)(15), (25) introductory text and (vi) revised; (c)(25)
(vii) and (viii) added 18331
90.79 (d) (4) and (13) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14996
(d)(4) revised 36014
90.81 (d)(4) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14996
(a) and (d)(4) revised; (d)(1) removed; (c) table amended 30867
90.89 (c)(10) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14996
90.91 (c)(10) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14996
90.93 (c)(11) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14996
90.103 (c)(11), (15) and (16) amended; eff. 10-2-86 31305
90.111 Revised; eff. 10-22-86 14996
90.119 (a)(2)(ii) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14996
90.127 Heading and (a) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14996
90.129 Introductory text revised; eff. 10-22-86 14996
(g) revised 15003
90.135 Revised; eff. 10-22-86 14997
(c) (1) and (2) redesignated as (c) (2) and (3); new (c)(1) added
18795
(a)(8) added 36014
90.137 (a) introductory text revised; (a)(3) added; eff. 10-22-86
14997
90.139 Heading and (b) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14997
90.141 Revised; eff. 10-22-86 14997
90.145 (c) added; eff. 10-22-86 14997
90.151 (a) and (d) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14997
90.159 Revised; eff. 10-22-86 14997
90.175 Revised; eff. 10-22-86 14998
(f)(3) revised; (f)(13) added 36014
90.176 (a) (1) and (3) and (b) (1) and (3) revised; eff. 10-22-86
14998
90.179 (e) revised 36014
90.205 (b) table amended 37400
90.209 Second (h) redesignated as (i) 37400
(b)(4) and (c) introductory text revised; (b) (5) through (8), (c)
(1) through (3), and (h) and (i) redesignated as (b) (6) through (9),
(c)(1) (i) through (iii), and (i) and (j); new (b)(5), (c)(2) (i)
through (iii), and (h) added 37401
90.211 (d) introductory text and (2) revised; (d)(1)(iii) added
37401
90.213 (a) table amended; footnote 11 revised 37401
90.237 Introductory text revised; eff. 10-22-86 14998
90.303 Table amended; footnote 4 added 4361
90.311 Table amended 4362
90.477 (a) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14998
(b) introductory text revised 37401
90.492 Revised 37402
90.494 (b) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14999
90.525 Removed 37406
90.527 Removed 37406
90.555 (Subpart R) Heading revised 37406
90.601 -- 90.657 (Subpart S) Heading revised 37402
90.601 Revised 37402
90.603 Introductory text revised 37402
90.605 Revised; eff. 10-22-86 14999
90.607 (e) added; eff. 10-22-86 14999
90.611 -- 90.633 Undesignated center heading revised 37402
90.613 Introductory text revised; table heading parenthetical text
removed; new table added 37402
90.617 Heading revised; Tables 2, 3, and 4 redesignated as Tables
2A, 3A, and 4A and headings revised; new Tables 2B, 3B, and 4B added
37404
90.621 (a) and (c) revised; eff. 10-22-86 14999
(a)(1) (i) and (iv), and (2)(i) and (g) revised 37404
90.627 (a) and (b)(2) revised; (b)(3) added 37404
90.635 -- 90.657 Undesignated center heading revised 37404
90.635 (d) Tables 2, 3, and 4 headings revised 37404
90.637 (a) revised 37405
90.645 (f) and (g) revised; (h) redesignated as (i); new (h) added
37405
90.657 Revised; eff. 10-22-86 14999
94.3 Amended 2704
Effective date corrected 4596
94.5 Amended; eff. 10-2-86 31305
94.9 (b)(1) amended; eff. 10-2-86 31305
94.15 (b) revised 41630
94.17 Revised 10546
94.27 (a)(5) revised; (b) redesignated as (a)(6) and revised 2704
Effective date corrected 4596
94.31 (i) revised 15003
94.51 Revised 2704
Effective date corrected 4596
94.61 (a) amended 2704
Effective date corrected 4596
94.63 (d)(1) amended 2704
Effective date corrected 4596
94.67 Amended 2704
Effective date corrected 4596
94.75 (b) table amended 19841
94.191 (b) amended 2704
Effective date corrected 4596
97 Temporary waiver granted 10546
Reimbursement fee 45891
97.3 (k) added 2716
(m)(3) revised 3070
(w) revised 17030
(k), (r), and (aa) revised 17342
Petitions dismissed 28237
(k) revised; (dd) added 37027
97.7 Revised 2716
(b) table amended 9012
(g)(8) and (9) revised 37027
97.21 Revised (effective date pending) 30646
Revision eff. 12-31-86 41630
97.25 (b) revised 42576
97.27 Revised (effective date pending) 30646
Revision eff. 12-31-86 41630
97.28 (e) revised 42577
97.29 (a) revised (effective date pending) 30646
(a) revision eff. 12-31-86 41630
97.61 Revised 2719
(b)(1) amended 3788
(a) table and (c) amended; (b) revised 7798
(a) table amended; (d)(2) revised 9012
(c) revised 37027
97.67 (a) and (b) revised; (g), (h), and (i) added 2720
(c) removed 17343
Petitions dismissed 28237
(i) revised 37027
(i) correctly designated 39861
97.69 (d) added 3070
97.79 (b) revised 3070
97.80 Added 3070
(b) revised 39537
97.84 (d)(1) amended 21175
97.85 (f)(2) removed; (f)(3) redesignated as (f)(2) 2720
(g) revised 17343
Petitions dismissed 28237
(g) amended 37027
97.87 (d) amended 2720
97.114 (c)(2) corrected 2402
(b)(4) added 3070
(b)(4) revised 39537
97.185 (b) table amended; (c)(6) removed 2720
97.415 Revised 2720
97.517 Revised (effective date pending) 30646
Revision eff. 12-31-86 41630
97.521 Revised (effective date pending) 30646
Revision eff. 12-31-86 41630
97 Appendix 5 removed 17343
Petitions dismissed 28237
47 CFR 0.408 1987
47 CFR
52 FR
Page
Chapter I
80.5 Amended 7417, 35244
80.19 Table corrected 35244
80.23 (c) revised 10231
80.80 (a)(4) footnote 1 revised 35244
80.89 (g) added 35244
80.95 (a)(3) revised 35244
80.102 (a) amended; (e) added 35244
80.111 (a)(6) added 35244
80.143 (b)(4) added 35244
80.177 (d) added 41434
80.203 (b) amended 41434
80.205 (a) table amended; (a) table Footnote 12 added 7418
80.207 (d) table amended; (d) table Footnote 12 added 7418
(a) introductory text revised; (a)(4) added 35244
80.209 (a) table amended; (a) table Footnote 4 and (c) added 7418
80.213 (c), (d), (f), and (g) redesignated as (d), (c), (g), and (k);
new (f), (h), (i), and (j) added 7418
(h) and (i)(1) (i) and (vii) revised; (i)(1) introductory text
republished 28825
80.215 (m) and (n) added 7419
(b)(1)(i) corrected; (c)(1) footnote 12 added; (e)(1), (g) (3), and
(4) revised; (m) and (n) correctly designated 35244
80.219 (a)(3) correctly revised 35244
80.225 Introductory text amended 35245
80.303 (a) revised 35245
80.327 (c) revised 35245
80.355 Heading revised 35245
80.369 (c) revised 35245
80.371 (a) table amended; (d) amended 35245
80.371 (c) revised 48439
80.373 (c)(1) table, (2)(iii), (f) table and footnotes 2, 4 and 10
amended; (c)(1) table footnotes 3 and 4 added; (c)(2) introductry
text, (f) table footnotes 5 and 9, and (i) heading revised; (c)(2) (iv)
and (v) removed 35245
80.375 (c) and (d) revised 7419
80.383 (b)(2) correctly revised 35245
80.387 (b) table amended; (b) table footnote 3 added 35245
80.409 (a)(3) and (f)(1) revised 35245
80.471 Heading correctly revised 35245
80.475 (a) revised; (b) (1) and (2) corrected 35245
80.477 (c) added 35245
80.514 Added 35246
80.601 -- 80.603 (Subpart M) Heading revised 35246
80.605 Revised 7419
80.655 (a)(1) revised; (a)(2) redesignated as (a)(3); new (a)(2)
added 35246
80.825 Revised; eff. 10-13-87 35247
80.860 Correctly designated 35246
80.871 (d) table corrected 35246
80.879 Added 35246
80.1019 Revised 35246
80.1053 (a)(4) corrected 35246
80.1055 (a)(3) correctly revised 35246
80.1185 Revised 27003
80.1187 Revised 27003
80.1189 Added 27003
90.7 Amended 29855
90.17 (d)(5) added 6155
(b) table amended 29855
(d)(2) removed 29857
90.19 (f)(6) added 6155
(d) table amended 29855
(f)(2) removed 29857
90.21 (d)(5) added 6155
(d)(2) removed 29857
90.23 (d)(4) added 6155
(d)(1) removed 29857
90.25 (d)(5) added 6155
(c)(19) revised 29855
(d)(2) removed 29857
90.53 (c)(5) added 6155
(b)(29)(iii) amended 29855
(c)(2) removed 29857
90.63 (e)(5) added 6155
(d)(19) amended 29855
(e)(2) removed 29857
90.65 (d)(5) added 6155
(d)(2) removed 29857
90.67 (d)(4) added 6155
(d)(2) removed 29857
90.69 (d)(4) added 6156
(d)(2) removed 29857
90.71 (d)(3) added 6156
(d)(1) removed 29857
90.73 (e)(6) added 6156
(c) table amended; (d)(23) revised 29855
(e)(2) removed 29857
90.75 (d)(5) added 6156
Second (c)(24) redesignated as (c)(43) and revised; (b) table and
(c)(25)(viii) table amended; (c)(15) revised 29855
(d)(1) removed 29857
90.79 (e)(4) added 6156
(c) table amended 29856
(e)(2) removed 29857
90.81 (e)(3) added 6156
(e)(1) removed 29857
90.89 (d)(4) added 6156
(d)(1) removed 29857
90.91 (d)(6) added 6156
(b) table amended 29856
(d)(1) removed 29857
90.93 (e) added 6156
(d)(1) removed 29857
90.95 (f) added 6156
(e)(1) removed 29857
90.103 (c)(9) amended 29856
90.127 (a) revised 10231
90.129 (o) introductory text amended 29856
90.135 (f) added 10232
90.151 (d) revised 10232
90.203 (e) through (h) added 47570
90.205 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.207 (k) amended 29856
90.209 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.211 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.213 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.261 (b) amended 29856
90.266 (g) amended 29856
90.267 (a) (1) and (2) revised; (a)(6)(iii) added 4501
(b) table amended 29856
90.271 (d) removed 29857
90.273 Added 6156
90.275 Added 6157
90.277 Added 6157
90.279 Added 6157
90.281 Added 6158
90.303 (a) table amended 29856
90.354 Revised 10232
90.360 (b) and (c) revised 10232
90.376 (a) revised; (c) added 1332
90.427 Existing text designated as (a); new (b) added 47570
90.477 Petition comment time extended 4016
(f) added 15501
(d)(3) table amended 29856
90.490 (c) revised; (d) removed 15501
90.492 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.525 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.527 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.555 (Subpart R) Petition comment time extended 4016
(b) table amended 29856
90.601 -- 90.657 (Subpart S) Petition comment time extended 4016
90.601 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.603 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.611 -- 90.633 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.611 (b) revised 10232
90.613 Petition comment time extended 4016
Introductory text amended; tables amended 29856
90.617 (a) introductory text, (b) introductory text, (c) introductory
text, and (d) introductory text revised 3662
Petition comment time extended 4016
(a), (b), (c), and (d) amended 29856
90.619 (a)(1) introductory text, (2) introductory text, (3)
introductory text, (4) introductory text, and (b) introductory text
revised 3662
90.621 (g) revised; (h) added 3662
Petition comment time extended 4016
90.627 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.635 -- 90.657 Petition comment time extended 4016
90.635 Petition comment time extended 4016
Table 1 amended 29857
90.637 (a) revised; (c) added 1332
Petition comment time extended 4016
90.645 Petition comment time extended 4016
94.9 (b)(2)(iii) and (3) amended 7146
Petitions denied 43588
94.15 (b)(3) revised 29857
94.25 (b) revised 10232
(k) removed 29857
94.27 (a) introductory text and (3) amended 29857
94.31 (a) revised 29857
94.45 (b) introductory text amended; (b) (1) and (2) removed 29857
94.61 (b) table amended; (b) table footnote 15 removed; (b) table
footnotes 30 and 31 added 7146
(b) table footnote 22 amended 29857
Petitions denied 43588
94.63 (e)(3) revised 29857
94.65 (g)(1) and (2) redesignated as (g)(4) and (3); new (g)(1) and
(2) and (m) added 7146
(g)(3) and (j)(5) introductory text amended 29857
Petitions denied 43588
94.67 Table amended 7146
Table amended; amendment at 52 FR 7146 correctly designated 29857
Petitions denied 43588
94.71 (b) table amended 7146
(c)(3) revised; (c)(4) added 23551
Petitions denied 43588
94.73 (a)(1) and (2) removed; (a) table added 7146
Petitions denied 43588
94.77 Revised 7147
Petitions denied 43588
94.79 Added 7147
Petitions denied 43588
95.71 (a) revised 10232
95.207 (a) revised; (e) removed 16263
Technical correction 27993
97 Form 610 approved by OMB 7277
Petition for stay denied 13243
Authority citation revised 18916
97.7 (a) table and (b) table amended; (g)(1) revised 5116
97.21 Examination questions maintained 277
Petition for stay denied 4501
(c) and (d) revised 5116
97.23 Revised 5116
97.25 Clarification 278
(b) effective date changed 3663
Petition for stay denied 4501
(a) revised; (e) added 5116
(a) introductory text corrected 18647
97.27 Examination questions maintained 277
Petition for stay denied 4501
97.28 (e) effective date changed 3663
(a) and (b) revised 5116
97.29 Examination questions maintained 277
Petition for stay denied 4501
97.61 (a) table amended; (d)(3) added 5116, 5117
(c) revised 5461
(c) amended 37463
(a) table amended; (d)(3) revised 41717
97.67 (d)(6) revised; (j) and (k) added 5117
97.84 (a) temporary waiver granted 28826
97.85 (i) added 5117
97.86 (e) added 5117
97.87 (f) added 5117
97.517 Examination questions maintained 277
Petition for stay denied 4501
97.521 Examination questions maintained 277
Petition for stay denied 4501
Revised 18916
Chapter III
Chapter III Chapter established 49016
300 Added 49017